4 tf
wat}
deb yep

i

italy
Tay -

"Wa bee Bi ge De he BUR? Be
NERD RP he om be
nis its pA tt
era wea eae Oe

a at AN Ag the bof
vee bean Cty

yy)

By
>

LS

et
Ce ARS

Pepe ee as Pig all

Aarne ac att ai Terk

WOM A DU he

hte SE YE iS,

eX)
L
+)

ore ee

veo
Siegen

sexes

*
et

nied bb ded:
va a

PEE ET
¥ :
: Prana ,

ready

, Z

Un ; dk. bot ay
O89 by bt Yak *. i .
Wea oath) soba
: i

Ke %
PVN
BAAR

ss

Pec he

Mh &
a 4 ‘ ‘ 4 *
Pe ADA i Peder tye tay i i
Y % i ° aa
hehe We
EM
ARs x

yeh bee
oe ay CRA ARA
Ey ta ae

ae
es

sg rary ;
hue ae a6
Patina h ie SO ve |
Py eee bat hy
Pre ee hae
i 10. yo: AE ve
bas toe Teay he He }
bhet ok or HK a,
tobe eae ‘ healt ew ey
Vee kere we ne

he @,

sute
tee
x Vee te eae
va baw hone ee

ee teehy “—_- ~ Ae

mer, » Pps wiv ett ee fe te te Oh rs wovee we y
DLR RR SPOOR af
wy dives, vomit Fen Ne as ee baled “ny t¥ewr™ Whncecocscrue ee
Dal »» N an 4 \avig g ¥ give wy ; & i = OO iat fw Be é .
Pitsce. \ Sy : pp eek ‘ th hg oecenmrertnee: ht dill A ld ta Ce Sek Ges.
a |~ ,
De hb biddiee Neg vwenn eect ce MA euisivii
var Cigrivy A Serta Vina wee wt
soot US TEEPE Mul eet
a oh hed eS YE iLL *vigeis UN
ays Way — vil ee alll * , my rit
Wie ae i) Top 4 Uiyiit BECGe

a hes = ~ ‘es a a J = As
ees . =: tarry CATES Oy

: . ieeiecce
se Ye E Dat “ie ww
v Se: TT Themes HEY
4A 27 ay, iia dtr a way A
erve si ; 4 a8 "a “Swe i
get ty Wy tu “J Swvthy ae atte ed, magn pall ss hy A
{ i v S y | % w
Hutu, P| 7<O¥h, Puveurern- eases Euwe all cue HEL b , von) \o| wy ' : : “heb, »
wwdl iw A Uy. WA AT || er’
ie uy, ; MTT TL Tt “Wi oe wtiy watt livia dire, ws
om | \ vey i mpl Bae "Arty he “t Ue S
Slee N reaver rhea yg HOTT eee ort Mone Telltartrese
wevuity Poe NT i Ne “ee eeseecurs Boo WAAL Ale ial Mid
det SD a hn | AGL . a vuagy ll wewte 225... pe ie ‘ ae) |b orem To,

Viv. vj a, eM UYY MIO al cei etd el ne

WE iiate i” poh Agee peeves

= whos vers

S89 G0 Wess sthae stot ad

LSarATS {ere

ddd ; own. oe Ss “1 5 ees
NiO W sy corde anes aL re ater eves JJ!
WAY “y Cry P *eky A UY : Talal od

ch AA v Wyn SETS Yer, e 5

Vevey! tod hapa. PAR

TY TT NAAD ‘mmecsieen CN FS
VwWevgd” ce ES =
; |
1p titans a
: . hd oak
} "Very Pr aleat shah q
5 Chl aw) aa Ded) | ves chy Oper’: “las eo
‘y Se Tas Bue eeerr ye min cesta Wi
Ly ee " wy reeete BESS MAAR | Te rere Pitan ew) ay
ind wn. 7 Od ha al : i 4
ied "" aM ¥ ye ES oy ies of dad | ws yf apap aN
Mean. = ane oN revel MA Yet HAN wey :
es We Oe me, Li
MT, Ute OTe Cee | it hey eeevercete ,
Hints, ae! bl ON Gayeee bl ase ead) ane
Se TEL Pa telah! To Gi Wins } iti cece een peas!
‘y youss | Bee bh aue -f ] ad et nytt al ry, | rot Ve v \ 7 © al
de di s re 2 r . Ome 4s ew: A Amt, Vv Ty hie | ~ e \
an? ‘4 2 See bt mnt 20 yee em me Fess Jue

nd Te ie hhc Voc oeny Ph | an dtr? ; yore La! ys Mad | mug
. Peyigngetowy rages vel? Me pevietyn habe

uy, a ’ AAL wh
ET ite. ere el bl rereia reesei” oP TW a seth: eet) lw wee
im

Wy oe, TMA Min £05.55 teoe y ond wee had

oN
ey

: i i) ;

i
i

PROCEEDINGS
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCLETY

OF LONDON,

Ol vol IT.

“{ MAY—DECEMBER.)
iAN 5 ~192S
279939,

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE.
LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
PATERNOSTER ROW.

Ib ets I

OF THE

COUNCIL AND

OFFICERS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1901.
COUNCIL.

(Hlected April 29th, 1901.)

His Grace Tor DuKE oF

Witt1am Barrson, Ksq., ¥.R.S.,
Vice-President.

Witutram T. Branrorp, Ksq.,
LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorce A. Bourmnerr, Ksq.,
E.R.

Wiritmm E. pp Winton, Esq.

Herserr Deuce, Mse.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., Z’rea-
SUPEr.

Siz Josepa Farrer, Bt., F.R.S.,
Wice-President.

Dr. Coartes H. Garry, LL.D.

Prorussor Guoren B. Howns,
LL.D., F.RS., Vice-President.

Lr.-Cot, Luonarp H. Irsy.

Brprorp, K.G., President.

|

|

PRINCIPAL

Str Hue Low, G.C.M.G.

Gruorck SS. Mackenzis, sq.,
C.B.

Tas Lorp Mrpway.

P. Cuatmers Mircnett, Hsq.,
D.Sc.

Srr THomas Pane.

Howaxrp Sacwoers, Esq., F.L.8.,
Vice-President.

Poitier Lurtey Sciarer, Hsq.,
M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Seeretary.

Dr. Davin Suarp, F.R.S.

Oxpristp Tomas, Usq., FR.S.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.

OFFICERS.

P. L. Scrarur, Esq., M.A., D.se., ELRS., Secretary.
Frank EH. Bepparp, Ksq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and

Prosector.

Mr. Crarencr Barrierr, Supertiutendent of the Gardens.
Mr, Arrnur THomson, Head-Keeper and Assistant Super-

tntendent. ~~

Mr. F. H. Warernousn, Librarian.

Mr. Jonny Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. H. Corn, Chief Clerk.

Mr. Groren Antuur Dousrupay, Clerk of Publications,

LIST OF CONTENTS.

May 7, 1901.
Page
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's
Menaceriemme April OO lis a7 iar eae oh eka tra tiene 1

Mr. Sclater. Notice of a Zebra (apparently Eyuus grevyt)
taken from Ludolphus’s work on Abyssinia ..........

bo

Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, I'.Z.S. Remarks on the progress

Otethe: alindexaeAtmin alin gages Ne oli oe cen eee 2
Dr. W. G. Ridewood, F:Z.S. | Exhibition of, and remarks

upon, some microscopic preparations of the hairs of

Mntelopess Giratie; ands Zebrart.c. erase ao ae el. 3

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of an original water-colour painting
by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., and remarks upon the
newly-discoyered African Mammal, the Okapi. (PlateI.) 3

i

. On Spiders of the Family Atttde found in Jamaica, By
G. W. Peckuam and E.G. Peckuam.. (Plates IT.-IV:) 6

iw)

On the Hymenoptera collected during the “Skeat Ex-
pedition” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By
Te ACMI ONN tes reas rece Ia ada., cvs cera Une Mime Ran SE te 16

9)

3. On the Arachnida collected during the “Skeat Expedition
to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By M. EHucryr
Simon, President of the Entomological Society of France. 45

an

May 21, 1901.

Mr. KR. 1. Pocock, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,
nests of a tree Trap-door Spider from Rio Janeiro .... 85
1 yy)

1V

1. On the more notable Mammals obtained by Sir Harry
Johnston in the Uganda Protectorate. By OLDFIELD
Tomas. CPlate: Ve)y cl c/s) Sa gare Cee eae ne ete ss

2. On some Arctic Nemerteans. By R. C. Punnert, B.A.
mOPlates ViEo& VLE) ic sc tigy ete ae here ane oar

3. On the Anatomy of Cogia breviceps. By W. Buaxtanp
Beyuam, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., Professor of Biology in
the University of Otago, New Zealand. (Plates VIII.
DO tte Seinen caetgoa cael Soda oc CEA Me reese

4. Descriptions of two new Chameleons from Mount Ruwen-
zori, British East Africa. By G. A. BouLenesr, F.R.S.
GRE ODER DG IMI Gea oicclgh bance bo cacc ccna Ne

5. A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians*obtained by Mr. A.
Blayney Percival in Southern Arabia. By the late Dr.
J. AnpERSON, LU.D., F.R.S. With Notes by the Collector.
CBlates xiVis Ge XaV i) MCU sts eee Sie tale cet tee ae

6. Deseription of a new Fish of the Genus Gobius obtained
by Mr. A. Blayney Percival in South Arabia. By G. A.
IBOWMENG ERS DEAR S ice oe Sree chun os etn es nh Ute ee earn

June 4, 1901.

1. Notes on the Type Specimen of Rhinoceros lasiotis Selater ;
with Remarks on the Generic Position of the Living
Species of Rhinoceros. By Orprrenp Tuomas........

hd

On a small Collection of Fishes from Lake Victoria made
by order of Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B. By G. A.
BOULENGDE SR ARES 2 Guar aero ey eee ta eae ripe d

3. On the Structure and Affinities of Udenodon. By R.
Broom, M.D., B.Sc. (Plates XVI.-X VIII.)

4+, On some Species of Earthworms of the Genus Benhamia
from Tropical Africa. By Frank H. Bepparp, F.R.S. &e.

5. On the Second Occurrence of Bechstein’s Bat (Vespertilio
bechstewnt) in Great Britain. By J. G. Minuais, F.Z.S.

6. On Australian and New Zealand Spiders of the Suborder
Mygalomorphe. By H. R. Hoge, M.A., F.Z.8. ....

June 18, 1901.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie im Mia ii) Oly iar s fein tener eee

Page

85

90

107

154

279

y

Prof. E. Ray Lankester, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, two skulls and a skin of the newly-discovered

African Mammal(Okapia johnston) ........-. 9°... :

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and
remarks upon, specimens of the Ibex of Abyssinia
(Caper MARC ASTD OM)s coo 6B 80's a ba eo Os ond oe Son Seen

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S. Exhibition ot, and
remarks upon, a specimen of the Abyssinian Wolf (Canis
RUNCNSISLINM DDS) en Re nti r ORM hk See ears

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,
a peculiar Stag’s frontlet and horns from Borneo ......

Mr. R. Shelford, C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of lantern-
slides illustrative of mimicry amongst Bornean Insects. .

1. Ona new Hedgehog from Transcaucasia; with a Revision
of the Species of the Genus Hrinaceus of the Russian
Empires) By CONSTANTIN SaTUNIN, C.MZS. 1... 325.

bo

Field-Notes on the Antelopes of the White Nile. By
Capiaine ELEN VeNE gD ONINE aor 6 evn nes a ieee anise

3. On a Collection of Birds made by Dr. Donaldson Smith in
Northern Somali-land. By R. Bowpiur SHarrn, LL.D.,
MAZES sues tae che ons tomy ease standin Anh aU A aud ace

4, On the Evolution of Pattern in Feathers. By J. lL. Bon-
HODn, MOAT EZ Ss.” *(Blates Xl Xe GX) so

5. The Mollusca of the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and
Arabian Sea, as evidenced mainly through the Collections
of Mr. F. W. Townsend, 1893-1900; with Descriptions
of new Species. By James Cosmo Metvict, M.A,
P.LS., F.Z.S., and Roperr StanDEN, Assist.-Keeper,

Manchester Museum.—Part I. (Plates XXI.-XXIV.) :

6. Further Researches concerning the Molluscs of the Great
African Lakes. By J. E.S. Moorz, (Plates XXV. &
ENON VANS) oe saan ster tik vshbettn a! SOM UE stl Nts ache ccnp crclapetcdsty (oP urs

November 19, 1901.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie in June, July, August, September, and
Octower OOM, semincme vee ee ee ue la a

The Secretary. Announcement of the offer of a pair of young
Giraffes to the Society by Col. B, Mahon............

Prge

281]

283

284

284

284

291

298

316

V1

Page
The Secretary. Exhibition of a small collection of Mammals __
presented to the Society by M. C. Satunin .......... 472

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some heads
of Antelopes obtained by Sir W. Garstin in the Egyptian
CUT OLNS ae AE a is ME MMO AIC Aisa adsl ater Gib 472

Mr. Lydekker. Exhibition of, on behalf of the President,
and remarks upon, a photograph of shed horns of Pere
Davids Deer. vie ik). Geuteiveet crs yersclee eee Sieger ice many eae 472

Prof. E. Ray Lankester, F.RS. Notice of a Memoir on
Okapia, anew Genus of Giraffidee, from Central Africa.. 472

1. On the Five-horned Giraffe obtained by Sir Harry
Johnston near Mount Elgon. By Onprinip Tomas,
DA See On Semel nM AG anc mn Nain ydd i 5 a o 8 aba

2. On the Male Genito-Urinary Organs of the Lepidosiren
and Protopterus. By J.Granam Kerr. (Plates XXVII.
6 DRONE TINT Bret ati hana ats Aces or pacts ae Laren a ode 484

jes)

. Kield-notes on the Antelopes obtained during a Journey in
Somaliland and Southern Abyssinia in 1900-1901. By
mo) Lh LVS Wek era a sob p Wana ge Ol 0; 499

December 3, 190].

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie in November 1901. (Plate XXIX.) ...... 503

Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the herd of Prjevalsky’s Horse at
Wioburn'sAibbe yet vieis. Slt crr diese aachebee enamine aaereree eases eae 505

Mr. W. E. de Winton, F.4.8. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, a large specimen of the Grey Mullet .......... 505

1. On the Myriapoda collected during the “Skeat Expedition ”
to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By F. G.Srvcnair
(formerly I’. G. Huarncorr), M.A., F.L.S., Trinity
College, Cambridge. (Plates XXX.-XXXII.)........ 505

2. On the Crustacea collected during the “Skeat Expedition ”’
to the Malay Peninsula, together with a Note on the
Genus Acteops:s. By W. FE. Lancunstrr, M.A., King’s
College, Cambridge.— Part I. (Plates XXXIII. &
DGD. NUS sia ae an Sukhi ic get AR Renee I On Rela Re LIE 5 2 533

vil

3. List of a Collection of Snakes, Crocodiles, and Chelonians
from the Malay Peninsula, made by Members of the

“ Skeat Expedition,” 1899-1900. By F. F. Larpnaw,
B.A., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator at Owens
College. With an Appendix containing a_ list of the
names of the places visited by the “ Skeat Expedition.”

By eWe Wiesicnats (Plate ON XV ees sa ree

4, Notes upon the Anatomy and Systematic Position of -

Rhynchea. By Frank H. Bupparp, M.A,, F.R.S., Vice-
Secretary and, Prosector to the Society ..............

5. On some Anatomical Differences between the Common
Snipe (Gallinago celestis) and the Jack Snipe (Gallinago
gallina). By Frank BE. Bepparp, M-A., F.R.S., Vice=
Secretary and Prosector to the Society ..............

6. On the Collection of Birds made by Dr. A. Donaldson
Smith on his last Expedition to Lake Rudolf and the
Nile. Ry R. Bowptrr SHarps, LL.D., F.Z.S., &e.
(GEIAT CP NENONG VED yes cane caens ta entries eatin vccecn Aiea Gi

. Descriptions of two new Fishes discovered by Dr. W. J.
Ansorge in Southern Nigeria. By G. A. BounEencer,
IDS. (CENTS SCO: Mere eral Gea eeoits oiore 6 Sabine

~

December 17, 1901.

Mr. G. Metcalfe and Mr. O. Thomas. Remarks on the repro-
duchonror the Diehl eames tema amin a i

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, the skull of a new Fossil Mammal (&nkydrictis
J UUGLOULCS IN eRe A ea hee en ab Aa ey Pee RO aR ender nts

Mr. J.S. Budgett. Notice of a Memoir on the Structure
of the DEIR WEN TEOUMUGOIS ao fot) 3 bdo 6 lp 09 Hain 4 016 mea

1. Onthe Anatomy of Gruiform Birds; with special reference
to the Correlation of Modifications. By P. Cuatmzrs
Mircnetn, M.A., D.Sc.Oxon., F.Z.8., Lecturer on Biology
at the London Hospital Medical College, University of
BOpAXO Oh dhaalaten staan Ale cease Rl vented bat as a oe ee

2. On the Muscles of the Ungulata. By Bertram C. A.
Winpir, D.Sc., M.D., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of
Anatomy in the University of Birmingham ; and F. G.
Parsons, F.R.C.S., I'.Z.8S., F.L.S., Lecturer on Human
and Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital, and
Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of Surgeons,
Idina eynGl Sl etied Isc dlarecn ak cede segue a eeire aioe batons

596

602

624

625

628

629

Vill
Page
3. On the Spermatophores of the Earthworms of the Genus
Benhamia. By Frank E. Bupparn, M.A., F.R.S. .... 701

oe

. Further Notes on the African Batrachians Trichobatrachus
and Gampsosteonyx. By G. A. Bounencrr, F.R.S.

(Plate: KOK WATT.) oie ccf) Soy ees peuecl na hele eee eneairae 709
5. On Butterflies from St. Lucia, W. Indies, collected by

Major A. H. Cowie. By Artuur G. Burinr, Ph.D.,

EAS BS Gee ts ee ee eae eget ee ete any eee allt

~

6. On the Spawn and Young of a Polychete Worm of the
Genus Marphysa. By L. A. Bornapaite, M.A., ¥.Z.8.,
Lecturer in Natural Sciences of Selwyn College,
Cambridge. (Plate XXX1X.)

ALPHABETICAL LIST

OF THE

CONTRIB U LORS:

With Leferences to the several Articles contributed by each,

Page
Anpprson, Dr. JouN (the late), LL.D., F.R.S. :
A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained by
Mr. A. Blayney Percival in Southern Arabia. With Notes
by the: Collector: (Plates XIV. & XOVa). eso... 2. ne 137
Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and
Prosector to the Society.
On some Species of Earthworms of the Genus Benhamia
FPOME ATO pica AU rICA ewe mer. materia ence met ls hte fies 190
Notes upon the Anatomy and Systematic Position of
LOLA GAD ail NIE een UES HARE LK He Ae ni eeel 7h Sor Sane ae 587
On some Anatomical Differences between the Common
Snipe (Gallinago ceelestis) and the Jack Snipe (Gallinago
COLL OOHIAA) oes th es eee brain a Rea ee alla hc ape a pC 596

On the Spermatophores of the Earthworms of the Genus
Benhamia 704

G0 OOe0 050-0666 6 60 D-w oO 0-00 0-0 OO oo OO” OO OMO0 0000

x
BENHAM, Prof. W. Buaxtann, D.Sc., M.A., F.Z.S., Otago
University.

On the Anatomy of Cogia breviceps. (Plates VIIT.—XT.)

Bonnort, J. Luwis, M.A., F.Z.S.

On the Evolution of Pattern in Feathers. (Plates

PXATINE LS, OXOX VOSA cles hes la nus a tate aloe rt baleen CEN SIE Heats

Borrapaine, L. A., M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Natural
Sciences of Selwyn College, Cambridge.

On the Spawn and Young of a Polychete Worm of the
Genus Warphysa.) (Blate XOXO) ey er aera

BouLENGER, George AtBErt, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Descriptions of two new Chameleons from Mount
Ruwenzori, British Hast Africa. (Plates XII. & XIII.) .

Description of a new Fish of the Genus Giobius obtained
by Mr. A. Blayney Percival in South Arabia ..........

On asmall Collection of Fishes from Lake Victoria made
bycorderiot Sin is Siohnstom, Ke CAB sale nae eure

Description of two new Fishes discovered by Dr. W. J.
Ansorge in Southern Nigeria. (Plate XXXVII.)......

Further Notes on the African Batrachians Trichobatra-
chus and Gampsosteonyx. (Plate XXXVIII.) ........

Broom, Dr. R., B.Sc., Pearstown, 8. Africa.
On the Structure and Affinities of Udenodon. (Plates
DeGeneres anemia Dea le G's Gi

Bupeert, J. S., M.A., F.Z.S.

Notice of a Memoir on the Structure of the Larval

ROLY PLENUS b nesses Mitek Balas uate Oke iu aaa ws ere eee ee eR

107

516

714

162

xi
Butier, Artuur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On Butterflies from St. Lucia, W. Indies, collected by
Major A. H. Cowie

oie) le}nen ej ie) cekeyyalfe lee. jal rev (olle! (efce)\e) elie) le) lefie/lellel joie iene

CAMERON, Prurmr.
On the Hymenoptera collected during the “Skeat
Expedition ” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900

Dre Winton, W. E., F.ZS.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a large specimen of
ches Grey MATT tii. chard see sncteky Win eae ts ciel el oe

Dunn, Henny N., Capt. Egyptian Army.
Field-Notes on the Antelopes of the White Nile

Hoee, H. R., M.A., F.Z8.

On Australian and New Zealand Spiders of the Sub-
CHUGH IME OMOV OED orgs -davéaadela ved donws able ooh bo

Kerr, J. Granam, F.ZS.

On the Male Genito-Urinary Organs of the Lepidosiren
and Protopterus. (Plates XX VII. & XXVIII.)........

Laiuaw, F. F., B.A., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator
at Owens College.

List of a Collection of Snakes, Crocodiles, and Chelonians
from the Malay Peninsula, made by Members of the
“Skeat Expedition,” 1899-1900. With an Appendix
containing a list of the names of the places visited by the
“Skeat Expedition.” By W. W.Sxnar. (Plate XX XV.)

Lancurster, W. f., M.A., King’s College, Cambridge.

On the Crustacea collected during the “Skeat Expedi-
tion” to the Malay Peninsula, together with a Note
on the Genus Acteopsis.—Part I. (Plates XXXII. &
BENE NGXGUV EE) een er IWR, ADEE Ree te enon coslad okedep a

Page

lai

16

291

Or
~I
on

xu
Lanxustmr, E. Ray, M.A., LL.D., F.RS., F.Z.8., Director

of the Natural History Departments of the British
Museum.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two skulls and a skin
of the newly-discovered African Mammal (Okapia
OCS) Goa city oo SRAM OD aolGs Uma no Mnibalc oo ave O66

Notice of a Memoir on Okapia,a new Genus of Giraffide, ©

ETO MM OOMELAGATICAT coca enero ter eins tic aaale nae ren arctan

LypEexxker, R., B.A., F.R.S., F.ZS.

Exhibition of, on behalf of the President, and remarks
upon, a photograph of shed horns of Pére Dayid’s Deer. .

Masor, Dr. C. I. Forsyru, 1.Z.8.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a new

O10 ‘OVO. 0) OOP ONO OF Oe O00

Fossil Mammal (Hnhydrictis galictoides)

Menvitu, JAMES Cosmo, M.A., F.I.S., F.Z.S.,and Sranpmun,
Ropenrt, Assistant-Keeper, Manchester Museum.

The Mollusca of the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and

Arabian Sea, as evidenced mainly through the Collections

of Mr. IF. W. Townsend, 1893-1900 ; with Descriptions

of new Species.—Part I. (Plates XXI.-X XIV.)

ciyegvendelpirage

Mercatrs, G., of Sydney, N.S.W.

Remarks on the reproduction of the Duckbill

Miunais, J. G., F.Z.8.

On the Second Occurrence of Bechstein’s Bat ( Vespertilio
bechstewnt) im Great Britain 27 h)..6 eer) eet ee e

Mircnett, P. CHartmers, M.A., D.Se. Oxon., F.Z.S.,
Lecturer on Biology at the London Hospital Medical

_ College, University of London.
On the Anatomy of Gruiform Birds; with special
reference to the Correlation of Modifications

oe eee eee ee

Page

624

216

xill
Moors, J. H.S., Royal College of Science, South Kensington,

Further Researches concerning the Molluses of the
Great African Lakes. (Plates XXV.& XXVI.) ..... ‘

Parsons, F. G., FLR.C.S., F.Z.8., F.L.8., Lecturer on Human
and Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital,
and Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of
Surgeons, England; and Winpiz, Burtram C. A.,
D.Sec., M.D., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Anatomy
in the University of Birmingham.

On the Muscles of the Ungulata.—Part I. ..........

Puasz, ALFRED E., M.P., F.Z.S.

Field-notes on the Antelopes obtained during a Journey
in Somaliland and Southern Abyssinia in 1900-1901....

PuckHam, G. W., and PrckHam, ELizasnru G.

On Spiders of the Family dAdtide found in Jamaica.
(Bla tess SVE isc nrrcite ects om can cccy ee Seen Aiken at ne

Pocock, R.I., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, nests of a tree l'rap-
door Spidertromy iors ameito we erst ta ee ee aaa

Punnett, R. C., B.A., F.Z:8.

On some Arctic Nemerteans. (Plates VI. & VII.)

Rrpuwoop, W. G., D.Sce., F-L.8., F.Z.8., Lecturer on Biology
at the Medical School of St. Mary’s Hospital.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some microscopic
preparations of the hair of Antelopes, Giraffe, and Zebra.

Rotruscuitp, The Hon. L. Watrsr, M.P., Ph.D., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of the [bex
on Abyssinia; (Capra walie Rupp.) else's 1. ee eee see 3
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the
Abyssinian Wolf (Canis simensis Riipp.)..............

461

656

499

0)

(

Qi

90,

XIV
Satunin, Constantin, C.M.Z.S.
On a new Hedgehog from Transcaucasia; with a Revi-
sion of the Species of the Genus Hrinaceus of the Russian

Empire

0D O1010: 0 OFD0 O04 00 60-0060 Goo 000,090 41.0 6000 oF 0-0 6

Scnater, Paimip Luruny, M.A., D.Sc., Ph.D., F.B.S.,
Secretary to the Society.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
PAE OU Oe ee Roa Oe, Janek st OO anal aria titn
Notice of a Zebra (apparently Hquus grevyt) taken from
Ludolphus's work ow Abyssinian ssc scne eae eee
Exhibition of an original water-colour painting by
Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., and remarks upon the
newly-discovered African Mammal, the Okapi. (Plate I.)
Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in
IMA a S10) i ieneek aN nMn Mewawi a AiG daily s aan oad oa 6 ols
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
June, July, August, September, and October, 1901
Announcement of the offer of a pair of young Girattes
to the society by Col: Ba Mahon yes. e enka ee
Exhibition of a small collection of Mammals presented
tothe Society bya. C2 Satumumeane) wre ey ere
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some heads of Ante-
lopes obtained by Sir W. Garstin in the Egyptian Sudan.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
November 19014). (Plate xuxueXe) hes eee se eyes

Remarks on the herd of Prjevalsky’s Horse at Woburn
WN) Gey Guam racer eeu: Ure meena lela Sioly A Bun che Glait il

Saree, R. Bowpurr, LL.D., F.2.8., British Museum,
Natural History, South Kensington.

On a Collection of Birds made by Dr. Donaldson Smith

im Northern Somali-land) (ac qeven cc. eis eine erent

On the Collection of Birds made by Dr. A. Donaldson

Smith on his last Expedition to Lake Rudolf and the

Nile -e(blate XONENAVAL Sealer a er tcce lon tivere penned naam

Page

284

iG

279

470

298

602

XV
Suptrory; &., C.M.Z.8., Curator, Sarawak Museum.

Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides illustrative of
mimicry amongst Bornean Insects

SHerporn, C. Davis, F.Z.S.

Remarks on the progress of the ‘Index Animalium’ ..

Stuon, M. Eveknn, President of the Entomological Society
of France.

On the Arachnida collected durmg the “ Skeat Expedi-
tion ” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900

O ONO) O OF 00-60 O05

Stvctair, F. G. (formerly F. G. Huarucore), M.A., F.LLS.,
Trinity College, Cambridge.

On the Myriapoda collected during the “ Skeat Expedi-

tion” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. (Plates XXX.—

NEXT Ma Seren cn iis oy

Skear, W. W.

List of Place-names in the Siamese Malay States visited
by Members of the “ Skeat Expedition ”

SranpEN, Ropert, Assistant-Keeper, Manchester Museum,
and Metvinn, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

The Mollusca of the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and

Arabian Sea, as evidenced mainly through the Collections

of Mr. F. W. Townsend, 1893-1900 ; with Descriptions

of new Species.—Part I. (Plates XXI.—XXIV.)

THOMAS, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

On the more notable Mammals obtained by Sir Harry
Johnston in the Uganda Protectorate. (Plate V.)

Notes on the Type Specimen of Lhinoceros lusiotis
Sclater ; with Remarks on the Generic Position of the
Living Species of Rhinoceros

puna iopeienveteliecreifelelielelieliliehielewiaiivildi (elie

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a peculiar Stag’s
frontlet and horns from Borneo

ehhoien le gedselreMelieiLoieliel sWle)iehlebiepleuleiite

On the Five-horned Giraffe obtained by Sir Harry
Johmstou near Mountable oni... cies sis eres eae

Page

284

0D

154

284

XVl
Page

Winpuz, Bertram ©, A., D.Sc., M.D., M.A., F.R.S., Pro-

fessor of Anatomy in the University of Birmingham ;

and Parsons, F. G., F.R.CS., F.Z.8., F.L.S., Lee-

turer on Human and Comparative Anatomy at

St. Thomas’s Hospital, and Hunterian Professor in

the Royal College of Surgeons, England.

On the Muscles of the Ungulata.—Part I. .......... 656

LIST OF PLATES.

1901.—Vot. II.

Plate
Pe the Okapin(Okaprajohnscona)sss see se ee
Il.
II. } New sAttide from Jamaica... ...0...ce.s26 0s
IV.
Wolk Gaon Qesnnie .We hE AW Ae Smilin on os 6 Mame ee Ob
VI. l Arctic Nemerteans

VII. { oe ere ee ee ee we ee ew oO ee woo eee ele

VI.
IX.
xX. Amatomy On Cogta Varin ct seis cesuaa owas ciecsiireesehce ‘
XI.

OG CRRA LOD BOATS. -cocobosnbnaocconeboncnocas
NOM Cham leonMmonnstonvarne yeni a ie etc aa
XIV. 1. Bunopus spatalura. 2. Agamodon arabicus ....

DW 6 1) GROROESOE LADD, G4 aul G60 bls Saab Gua tNo Oso Cbs
XGVAE Skeleton ot Uidenodomonacylisn ann. was eric ie

XVII. Skull, Vertebra, & Hind Limb of Udenodon ......

XVIII. Limb-bones & Sternum of Udenodon .........05.
XIX. | : :

P AVENE BENG AUA Ie TO Be

XX. ( Evolution of Pattern in Feathers
XXI.

aoe Mollusca of the Persian Gulf and Arabian Sea ....
DOMIDYS

XXV. Mollusca of Tanganyika (Neothauma and Vivipara).

XXVI. Mollusca of Tanganyika (Neothauma and Kytra) ..

XXVII. Genito-Urinary Organs of Male Lepidosiren ......
XXVIII. Genito-Urinary Organs of Male Lepidosiren and
JARO OUENUS noonvoson no souneo”
ODS JHU CIS 66 ONGC OOO AS OOO NOIG

XXXI.> Myriapoda from the Malay Peninsula
XXXII.

oF eo ee 02058 FS oo

ee ee

XVHl

Plate Pads
oe Crustaceans from the Malay Peninsula .......... 534
XXXV. Snakes from the Malay Peninsula .............. 575

XXXVI. 1. Cossypha omoensis. 2. Ploceipasser donaldsoni.. 602
XXXVII. New West-African Fishes. 1. Phractura ansorgi.
2. Fundulus gularis, male. 3. Fundulus gularis,- 623

Lomialen eer rumen eve cc alale ote reuters etter eee
XXXVI. 1. Trichobatrachus robustus. 2, 3. Gampsosteonyx | 709
WED a066 60000 400000000000000000 raw ooodd {

XXXIX. Young of a Worm of the Genus Marphysa........ 714

LIST OF TEX'T-FIGURES.

1901.—Vot. II.

Page
. Diagram of anterior part of vascular system of Amphiporus
THOTHPSONEM vz qexer lor ose elehRA ICTs ie ol eI oe SES RS OL
. Drepanophorus borealis. Section through the commissural
region of the brain showing the opening of the cerebral
OVATE UHM taleve eRe kero nat ver hs Ghaten eadosons, isunieeay ace nenoeeta aiec rayon MENON
Drepanophorus boreals. Section slightly behind the pr ead
one, showing the expansions of the rhynchoccelomie diverti-
culayover thercerebralvorgany ia .e aes lea nea ieee OS

APPA N19 O01S\ 1 OSC N WRatiattal ees ens eels, sheke Shel edolet silo exers. ceey oleic OS:

Walacobdellats sinrewanns act cwtusuh coi yaks wal aeceneraeenl OS
Malacobdellaaccordina stor Burger ice mae. ec ccaciete alOs
Muscles of penis of Risso’s Chora, Seenirombelows...4-90 1 cll28
Muscles of penis of Greenland Right Whale, seen from below. 12
ERE PORTICO Me aioe 6 0:0 0's no Uc ncoo bo hbo AnA Aes Karoo koe
A composite figure of the Skull of Udenodon .............. 165
Skull of a primitive Theriodont, Ictidosuchus primevus ...... 165
Ventral view of the anterior seements of Benhamia mooret.... 193
Spemmicheca Ole BEenhamva nooner. a eect cet ca) LOG
MNO SONGS OH LAINE YWOUUODS oeonohoonakoocusnbaedesn 00)
Ventral surface of clitellar segments of Benhamia oon 200
IS EWES Obi INAH Solo oo habe ejoundoo DdnuodobnbundHG | On
Pentalisetaoleb ena ausieniee ite il eliaey neta ea vice a LOS
Extremity of penial seta of Benhamia gambiana ............ 212
Penial seta of Benhamia michaelsent ........0ys.ceeeess0. Q14
VRSDAAUOO DAPUIUOV OD: 6G BARB. CAG Ob bb 060Gb ORR UNO RO RON Gb Wn. ele
Eviedon rugosum. Male palp. £2. wsigne. Eyes, male palp.. 223
iodon wncentiumwetyesnmaleypalpyanpeis cree: oe eerie oe
Eriodon rubrocapitatum. Eyes of male, eyes of sacl, left
andunahtmiallespalips|eaprau detuned tile sete cga ticle beens etarceun ee O
Arbanitis gilhesit, yes, rear tarsal claws. Supposed 4.
(nia aKceND ENB CRIS obo booed oudheooded sous Udeoo
. Maoriana dendyt. Vyes, profile, lip, and sternum showing

28

26.
27.

28.

29.
30.
31.
32.
34.

35.

36,
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.

42.

43.
44,

45,
46.
47.

48,

49.
5).

dl.
52.

53.
54.

5d.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.

KX

Eyes of Ldioctis helva. I. palmarum. Kayes of I. palmarum ..
Selenocosmia stirling?. Male palpal organ, extremity enlarged
sHeOpIa Wy NEre ual WUNALE? CIES, CET coocccoccosvoogos0000¢
Selenocosmia vulpina. Papal bulb from above and beneath,
wholelofipalp, eyes, protle . iia... ser ates ord ome st
Salmons jlmmoouess IES chanododacbonadeusdobodnov0s
AWC OSCE. IMVIES60 5 oC bio bo 0 00 Oo BNO too DOL.od OD. ido D
AIOE CHOORIE, BYES cccp occ cddoosdosecocopeoco000 encores
Amamie pellucida. MyOS ye ase. ois e ol ein ole olelel shore) hehe ser
Usamatus oregon. Maley palp eyes: mre reraietr crete
Ivamatus broomt. Male palp, tibial joint of first pair of legs,
GEN GH eenbedo nose hOoToDOdONd Dace Opao noob oo Ay odor
Chenistonia maculata. ‘Tibial and metatarsal joints of Ent
pair of legs of male, end of palp, eyes ............. xeaitane
Chenistontah major Wyse tur Rieter suede
Porniothele simon. Kiyiess pmoriley wer. tater a ereicre ehenarev-nehel onan eee
Stenygrocercus broom. Byes, profile 20... vic ap oe ee be
Atraxrobustus, “Myes, tarsal Claws. .-ctaste vedere tore
Hadronyche cerberea. Yyes, vight and left male palp ......
Hewvathele hochstettert. Vyes, male palp, tibia, and metatarsus
of male, underside of abdomen, profile ..................

Head of old male Five-horned Giratte, showing the position of
Has suo VAI IOAN ego boddnodsouop Sool cube dosooddboudot
Posterior part of the skull of an old Five-horned Giraffe.....,
Postero-external view of the occipital region of a young
Giraffe, showing the swelling which represents the mizen
LOW BOA Senco o ASG M a d GOGH OE dc Ooo. oO 0bIC OO maI6 5.0
Occipital view of the skull of an old male Five-horned Giraffe.
Young Okapi. Postero-external view of the occipital crest ..

Bramatherium perimense. Diagrammatic side-view of the
skull, showing the position of the horns ......... nods
Bramatherium perimense. Diagrammatic back-view af the

Scully iarataie tateetetetata tenets nateiten tre Se esomieeasteys youdonoos .>
The genito-urinary apparatus of the sl Tepidoswven os... :
“emer s section of the genito-urinary apparatus of Lepido-

SUN « icavaloreallaceteteneds (otek torenotetaloteatots Fever ele Manel eensie ston stat
Section through hs Malpighian capsule of Lepidosiren ......
Transverse section through the genito-urinary organs of the

male Lepidosirens avait erase Ba aHcRGIGGiO 0, Oyo. coraunrarc ob
The genito-urinary apparatus of Protopterus.............06.
Diagrammatic sketch of the genito-urinary system in certain

IMIS MAAR A OO AOddad dos bot dound.9 odd. Om OOo ROD e0
GrantisiZebrar 5 oi. a Aertel nse atelier CANS MA en ras
Portion of windpipe of Rhynchea capensis, Q 1... esse eee
Portion of windpipe of Woodcock (Scolopax rusticula) ......
Portion of windpipe of Common Snipe (Galhinago ceelestis)....
Skull of Rhynchea capensis, ventral aspect... 0.66.6... essen
Skull of Rhynchea capensis, dorsal aspect 1... eee cee rece

Xx1

Page
61. Extremity of bony bill of Scolopax rusticula ......... 000000. 593
62. ixtremity of bony bill of Tringa canutus ......... 0... cee 593
63. Extremity of bony bill of Rhynchea capensis .............% 593
64, Base of skull of Common Snipe (Giallinago ceelestis) ........ 597
65. Base of skull of Jack Snipe (Gallinago gallinula) .......... 597
66. Skull of Common Snipe (G. celestis), lateral aspect.......... 598
67. Skull of Jack Snipe (G@. gallnula), lateral aspect ............ 598
68. Syrinx of Giallinago gallinula 3, front View ..........-.000. 600
OlmoyTnxomGagalliunulal gy plateralaviewi aac reetie a ecitmrloe rs 600
GOmWano=structune of ftalins long¢nostriss....sscre \o cities te aie 631
lle VTE RANEY Ot JINN QOSGIRY sca ociodhosco00500 6000000 633
TA, Wier OF OS HOO crabs adoksodsvooesousve odooe 634
73. Wing-structure of Rhinochetus jubatus ... 0... cee eee es 634
74. Shoulder-muscles of Rallus longirostris ....... 0... c eee ce 637
domshoulder-museles of Lsqphiaobscwiays. 24 tie ss tek. lobia 637
ion Mar muscles ofihinochetus qubates ni sete oeiee se 640
ime Mar misc lesloteallusongirostitsimar ieee eee 640
Hes, Aulese sons Oy JEOQKOT MS jE odo codsscndndoadecaanscucue 640
io aelhigh-musclesroheesophianeucoplergie hie inal ay eae 646
80. Thigh-muscles of Aramus scolopaceus .... 0.66. cee eee 648
81. Knee-muscles of Rallus longtrostris.........2. 0c. 0.cveceeee 650
82. Knee-muscles of Aramus scolopaceus..... 0.0.00 cece eenees 650
CS, Kone simeOles OF CEN UTM wooo sone do cetond sauces so uoddG 651
SAmucnec-MuUsclesiOh secon syfaLleCann asst oe akick eu niacin cas 651
Son Weep plantaritendons om Gruitormesya. 4 sanere> ode tke see 654
86: Hacialtmuscles ofthe Duiker-bok) 036560. alee on ee 662
Sieekacialemmusclesson thesMoutlons esata aetacre ris eet 663
So usciyoid: muscles of the WDuiker-bole Giese ce t-ts teins actee 669
SoM Ebyoidiapparatusion the Duiker-bokee es. s-seb. 4: 671
OOs Shoulder=musclesiof thevelyraxie ase seh vie anise prion 680
91. Arm and shoulder-muscles of the Hyrax .................. 682
92. Spermathecalof Benhamia austen’ oo... ot. eee sen eee 705
93. Spermatheca of Benhamia austeni, with an incompletely
HOANL SUMMON MORE 6 doo oogscdaeuosouoboopagdbaboser 705

. Longitudinal section through duct of spermatheca of Benhamia

austent, to show portion of spermatophore in position...... 707

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS

PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (1901. vol. I1.).

Page
Actites (Crustacea) ............... 574
Argyropeza (Moll.) ............... 371
Atanyjoppa (Hymenopt.) ...... 37
Chenistonia (Arachn.)...... 251, 261
Enhydrictis (Mamm.)............ 627
Maoriana (Arachn.) ...... 230, 236
Nilakantha (Arachn.) ............ 8

Page
Okapia (Mamm:).o0 00.00... 280
Panysinus (Arachn.) ............ 74
Skeatia (Hymenopt.) ............ 39
Taurongia (Arachn.) ............ 279
Vagenatha (Hymenopt.).... ... 41
Verpulus) (Arachne. see 84

Zygometis (Arachn.) ............ 63

See a i en Se ey ee
SP ne a ae a
, fer

Grete Ree ee pete : ne
e CEE NER °
er ah [csr . f

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

ZQOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.

1901, vol. IL.

PART I.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MAY ano JUNE.

OCTOBER ist, 1901. |

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.

a _ [Price Twelve Shillings.]

’

LIST OF CONTENTS.
1901.—Vo. Il.
Part I.

May 7, 1901.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in April 1901 ......

Mr. Sclater. Notice of a Zebra (apparently Equus grevyi) taken from Ludolphus’s work
CSAS lives one Ie e aca bers Tiee shah ume neom ste REGS Rt aad aniomenbeno Hoa

Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, F.Z.S. Remarks on the progress of the ‘ Index Animalium’....

Dr. W. G. Ridewood, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some ‘microscopic

preparations of the hairs of Antelopes, Giraffe, and Zebra ..............00-.++ uses

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of an original water-colour painting by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B.,
and remarks upon the newly-discoyered African Mammal, the Okapi. (Plate I.) ....

1. On Spiders of the Family Attide found in Jamaica. By G. W. PrckHam and
H..G. Premaam, (\(Blates UL SRVs)i iiss Cece ce meeps eerste ancien crs meee

2. On the Hymenoptera collected during the “ Skeat Expedition ” to the Malay Peninsula,
1899-1900. 2; By Pe Cammrons 2. 2ci ssc Baten 22 bis eierg cpr ueiey ate nein Cadell eee eee

8. On the Arachnida collected during the ‘“‘Skeat Expedition” to the Malay Peninsula,
1899-1900. By M. Eveiye Smon, President of the Entomological Society of France .

:

May 21, 1901.

: Mr. B. I. Pocock, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, nests of a tree Trap-door

Spider from IO eaAnelO wee: soe Bei Ga ee eRe ee He ence hy Worainik AV ARE 4 oy

1. On the more notable Mammals obtained by Sir Harry Johnston in the Uganda
Protectorate. By Ouprintp Tuomas. (Plate V.) «-.+-- 2-02 2-1 see eee eee

2. On some Arctic Nemerteans. By R.C. Punnert, B.A. (Plates VI.& VIL.) ..-.....

3. On the Anatomy of Cogia breviceps. By W. Buaxtanp Brnuam, M.A., D.Sc., F.ZS.,
Professor of Biology in the University of Otago, New Zealand. (Plates VIJI.-X1.)..

_ Descriptions of two new Chameleons from Mount Ruwenzori, British East Africa. By
G@ Ao Bounmyeen BURL’ (Plates X11 ONDE) oc cee oe oh io ee

_ A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians ebtained by Mr. A. Blayney Percival in Southern
Arabia. By the late Dr. J. Anperson, LL.D., F.R.S. With Notes by the Collector,

(Plates XIV. & XV.). seers eee e cece tect teee ete e eee Pal Refers

o

Description of a new Fish of the Genus Gobius obtained by Mr.2A. Blayney Percival in
South Arabia. By G. A. Boununcmr, FLRS. ..0..-.- 1. cere eee eee eee,

152

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

. Tuts Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir

Houmeury Davy, Bart., Sir Stamrorp Rarries, and other eminent

Savants, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,

and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal

Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829,

COUNCIL.

HIS GRACE THE DUKE

Witiam Bateson, Esa., F.R.S.,
Vice-President. |

Wituam T. Branrorp, Ese., |
LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President. |

Grorck A. Bovtenerr, Ese.,
F.R.S.

Wituram E. pe Winton, Esa.

Hersert Druce, Ese.

Caartes Droummonpn, Ese,
Treasurer.

Sir JosepH Farrer, Br., F.R.S.,

Vice-President.
Dr. Cuartes H. Garry, LL.D. |
Proressor Grorce B. Howes,
LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

OF BEDFORD, President.

Lr.-Cot. Leonarp H. Irsy.

Str Huew Low, G.C.M.G.

George 8S. Macxenzte, Ksa., C.B.

Tae Lorp Mepway.

P. Caatmers MircHet, Esa.,
D.Sc.

Srr THomas Parner,

Howarp Saunpers, Hse., F.L.S.,
Vice-President.

Puitre Luriey Scrarer, Esa,
M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary.

Dr. Davin Suarp, F.R.S.

OxuprieLp Tomas, Ksa., F.R.S.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.

a

2

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset.

The Offices (8 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications
should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-
days, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.

The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of
Mr. F. H. Wareruovuse, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M.,
on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.

No person can become a Frttow until his Admission Fee and
First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments
have been compounded for.

Fetxtows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Fettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.

FeEttows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders

every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on each
Saturday aud ¢wo on each Sunday in the year. But the Saturday

3

Orders are not available if the Frtxow shall have used his privilege
of personally introducing two companions on the same day.

Fetiows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),
each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,
including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of
Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to on
Adult’s. These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are
available for following years.

Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book
of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of
Twenty Tickets. These books must, however, be returned entire,
and the exchange can only be made during the year of their issue.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Fentow on the
ist of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing
Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what
address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied
on application.

The Wire of a Frertow can exercise all these privileges in his

absence.

Ferttows have the privilege of receiving the Nociety’s Publications
on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every
year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must
be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which
the privilege lapses. FxEnxtows are likewise entitled to purchase the
Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.
less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of
25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued
prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the
lst July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.

They may also obtain a TraNsFERABLE Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

4

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Ferttow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested
to communicate with the undersigned.

PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.,

Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, London, W.,
October, 1901.
MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.
(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)
Session 1901-1902.

Igo1
Turspay, NovEMBER 19 | Tuxspay, DecemBer3 and 17
1902.
Turspay, JANUARY 14 Torspay, Apriy ..15
a Frprvary 4 and 18 9 May co a6
- Marco .. 4 ,, 18 ay) SAUNT ey a3 vamdualiy

The Chair will be taken at half-past Exght o'clock in the Evening
precisely.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

Tux scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the ‘ Proceedings” by
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of
the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and
April, the part published in April completing the volume
for the last half of the preceding year. Commencing from
January 1901 they form two half-yearly volumes.

The ‘‘ Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of
Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of
five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the
Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1
(which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only),
payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege
is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the Ist of
December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of
the Society already issued. They may be obtained at
the Society’s Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.
Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),
or through any bookseller.

| October, 1901. |

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

4to. 15 vols. and Index. ote Brice tone

Vol. _I., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... £3 18 6.... £418 Of
AIT EN Sa Ey AGiCos 41) ih 0) ROW mee ORMOMNCH

UUM in CEU AMa aly OE URE MN CN a SM ATT. Op

MGV em Uk gael CS ales EGON | Vi IG | Orn i) BUGS MORAG

Reon se ul 67) | A igen =66) eters (44S te mOMmO

SOMO ALEH ar 8 QOS aes 1 LS6G-68) mae elem oun Ole 15 0 0

ot al eRe IO A Oates 1 1

NYU Me Sa SOR Pee (Si 2-74) enone note 12 11 0

HMDA 00 1. 2) (1s7b"77) lee 1 6 nl enmomnG

DSc Ueaia a al 95) ee Voki (S220) neil OOS ie Igy vf ©

Tare xVOIS ME ONG aici nee Uva ae slats @’ueBEEYO)) soda) O) 0 Goudy O10 ©
Voll xcs containing) (Plates) (CiSSO—So)irrimmom 2 mOmeiaereal onl OmnG)
dyin 2GOls Ue UN iste UN aay h/t Orca erat. ab ©

me OXaTD a ECA CONG BRA EL @

NC Sa A UN TSIMOS) Mul TRO) ane GO 0

XV co pa aiags Seon 5 a1 Nem in) Zane me

PERV IGUPL Lo) 16 0) § (Bobi oOI ane: O)TSiONn Lie 0

SUR OSON TT Qi bigs Sa aia COVA IESTONL) he 5 8.0) Ilisy, Ib ©

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). Frice to Erige torthe

Barth. ls30=Slt walivol. SvOsm anor et 4s. 6d. .... 68.
» IL 1882. eine ae ee Asa. wie ites!

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public, Fellows. Public.

Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.¢ | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

MTT S84 8 As) Gd. a: yo, 1849.0 AS ea maniacaas
MO MMMeMSS5)) |. 45 Ga Gs eX 1848) as Ga uot

WOT TBSN) 15 46 Cdl 6s. AMD. E Macy MMM INCL, 0)" Go.
MEM CBG uNih As Gd. k iGs: Oe Ghd ey AN cl Gir Go,
PU VA SSB NWR od. As (Gaon 6s, RV 984609110 | \ Nag GH MAG ene

ON VET. 1880) | 7 |. 4s, 6d.) Gat | 5) | OXUVE SATU 10) el ea ase
WITT 1840; | 45. Ga. || Gs-+ |) Index 1830-11847) 8) As eens

8vo. 18 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)

Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Part PXGV SAS Oliv ole Svo4dss Gade MGss i ateae £0 Be aor
5 XVII. 1849. Agi Gd. Wass Gah: Wieemee eee LO 18S) Ove oa aren oste
Pe AGW ETD SHO: A As Od iL wi Gea ineree minis 1 8 6 138 OF
66 XIX. 1851. ie As Gi irae dus OSM aetna 015 9 SL Op
a XX. 1852. » ASE OE ISN OS. Yen seat 015 9 OF
eo XXI, 1853. 95 A's MOGs en wOs a iuranageie tens 018 0 1 4 OF
ie XXII. 1854. of ASO iis NOS ATR ora iate 019 6 1 6 OF
» XXIII. 1855. an CEASE OR REL A A IDL TA 1 8 6 118 OF
ns XXIV. 1856. 50 AS SON ERG NGSa NM las LE RORNS We Gi
a XXV. 1857. % AS HOM NG gs NM wall, OS Geni
6 XXVI. 1858. ss ASV OM Mae LOS Ae wane es 111 6 2 2 OF
» XAXVIL. 1859. is AS 3OE Sik e iOS AT Aeon ees 111 6 2 2 Oi
» AXVITI. 1860. A ABHOR EE IGS sate malate 111 6 2 2 OF
Index 1848-1860. o65 4s.6d. .. 6s.

t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30 vols. and 3 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Fellows. Public, Fellows. Public.
NSGIBR As Odse era OSS. leccicid ere Qs. TAGS oes eer GOS OC erele AOSuT
WG oS Gh Bose ke lo boeds 9s. 1 US aa garg SOSH OC Me 45s.
1863 ASRAGG sere td OShMe ey ce 9s. MD Seve aarevine DS OC OSs
1864 Ae Gh Sooo We onoone 9s. DAG re ee Bary ob saqq CuSEIP
1865 AS OG Aine at OSHEE nate 9s. Stee ae SOSMOC MEALS.
1866 418 Gh soo GRP2686 oc 9s. PSR Pees sas 38s. 9d. .... 46s.
TUCKS ek eke aa ase Ania eR a Qs. 12s.* 9 Bt Sb Gong CuK
TSS 5 Gof eae eS Oe eee 9s, AD ouirel dase 338, 9d. .... 45s:
IS GORE tie ee cer ta ec lan ek 9s. AD on cnen snare SB Dh sage Ze
TSI) 2 oS re ih 8 GO Pe 9s. UD see neinens SD Blah vig neo. CE
iIindexalSGI=N870) 5 cies esc AsaGdalenr ne OSs
TUG / T's Sy a RP 9s. UD Oh a5 6 338s. 9d. 2... 45s.
iS) 5G gene tere ee BA GG aera 9s. WOR NG oi ¢ BE Beh babe Car
TS Big i OSG, cp OMe aE ALE Os AUDIO Wy ae 33s. Od. .... 45s.
NOTES x 5 Se ON Ceamtone eee Bricks 9s. 12s.+ 36s. sooo Gheaar
TEKS). sees aE ai aa or 9s. DPE Ree Bites 36s. soo Ake.
TUCYAG.. siti eh sia at Rt AR 9s. 12s. 36s. so 2S,
Sapa ae ht beara, cate, Urged e Eel 9s. PAS er ys Vs 36s. son 4h,
NEVWAS olathe beg o EAA Ronee ce ones 9s. TOG a eae tee 36s. ASS:
TSIOAG) 8 os eiieaae seer gee) Oa I ah a a 9s, LA aan eed 36s. SACS:
NSS OMe esr tyace ste ate ansigiciee ss niaier aware 9s. ND Shee ene 36s. . 48s.
index WS 7A 1VSS8O0u es sle stole cist WS gon6 OS
TRS Sig ot SRG Cg A ae ean ee a Oe, LAS Wass 36s. 560 ake
HIS SO Meee aie me ane ayy ea 9s. 12s. 36s. aos:
WSS Sian hae ain rose) al le, 9s. Doe ie a 36s. ... 48s.
ISSA ren vcn a ysis cab ah Atul smear Ua De 9s, IDR ee pes 36s. 50.0 Aheo
TIS YYD ey AU NR ep nt 9s. Ie Soe 36s. sooo Cte.
TuStSLG) <p. i a Res AR Oo 9s, 12s. 36s. weeASs:
SS Ame ORE albsie cre ye ncwnen ae : 9s. gL ras 36s. 560 ASS,
Uisteke) ee papier eee RISER) ea a eal: 9s. 11s. 36s. soo Zkey
ISSO BPE. aime bar cemiAt A oe a can 9s. MD sans aint 36s. Soo ahek,
NS 9 OMe ny Sessa sca a) acest We 9s. Pas al UG eee ne 36s. . 48s.
Hardexs el SSI NSQOK hice hele Asi Gans a) (OSs

* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or toe GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tute ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 11 vols.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.
TUSSI Ls Glasbale Sih Seta ee cas eM AIL Rcereincaetcliella md a top Sn Hi Gia SOS eee a A8s
SO De ROS IIe ISA sieN lang lhe Tal Stern eitea ater ig ro ate Car aie ane pete tay aay SOSA Posi 48s
NS OSIRIS Siro Mth Pe astatirs sie reate Sha tai oho los eter ah sh eoaha eV MeR Sb ahisvayisedioteltedepemevens SOSMMeh essere 48s
SO Air heepebe gaily acapet ast dates epaivas Siete cule ieg ai enemenmintad carer cunlateacp alone SOSHe Ee 48s
TESTO Sy eS eras te OAT Aa EEA ey AUT cave WU CEA rs nS UR UN SOS HUME 48s
BS OG asso des arc, cy Ae eter eearsicay hrcticvat sul yceuhecasien eR Shyla, (UciBNs Rename RN apAt eine atl OSH AG aceliyeie 48s
INS O peratavaes Horctatcusy Muerreve heh co seaveniens Warceale ys ante RED UN seecr catalan Aer cuaWa hts SOSA 48s
RS OS ey wan eL a RPM ABAD Caen alcttniea cel caigeo eC Mn Maar eanirsieausta eral ourasteyty SOSH weeuE 48s
1S OO MRR YEON ae erie ORO NA Meade Aad Cnet LIN nae LOU USLNS ai allairg aoe ate SOSN ae 48s
QO OMe stale elicits sea Are te art art AU DAES Soe TUNG SAN ed, OES Cade s 48s
TCI, SoH esse, ih AOR none a UOMO ite BARE 18s 24s

ce Te) TEES SA AUER aC Ee aCe NaF talon MEUM ie None SI ay 12s,

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.*
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) Svo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Kdition.)
8vo. 1872. Price 2s.*
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.
1875. Price 1s.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.
Svion VLSTil. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated oimals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-
taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price ls. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.
1896. * Out of print. Price 4s. 6d.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.
The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1893. Thirty volumes.
8vo. Price £9 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Suarp, Esq.,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1895. 8vo. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-second. Being Records of
Zoological Tuiterature relating chiefly to the year 1895. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Esq.,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1896. 8vo. Price 30s,
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-third, Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1896. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin SHarp, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1897. 8vo. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fourth. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1897. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin SHarp, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1898. 8vo. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fifth. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1898. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A.,
E.RB.S., F.Z.S., &. London, 1899. 8vo. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-sixth. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1899. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A.,,

F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1900. 8vo. Price 30s.
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.

These publications may be obtained at the Sociery’s OFrrice
3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans (Paternoster Row
A Y Me

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

0030300 —

[se object of the Zootogicat Record is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications
relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during
the year preceding the issue of the Volume; together with full
information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a
manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all
parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory which will retain
its value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs.
Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all
Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege
of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United
Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s. per annum. This Sub-
scription is due on the Ist of July in every year, but the privilege
of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the
Ist of December following.

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of
the ‘Zoological Record,’ are able to supply complete sets of the
first thirty volumes at the price of £9 10s. Volumes of any
single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vol. 6) can
likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’
are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned
when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate
the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also
furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,
when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for
registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former
Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the
‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of
the Zoological Society.

P. L, SCLATER,

Secretary.
October, 1901.

ZoouoGican Society or Lonpon,
3 Hanover Squarg, W.

LIST OF VOLUMES or tHe ‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD,’

_The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864. Volume First.
Edited by Arzerr C. L. G. Ginrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &.
London, 1865. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1865. Volume Second.
Edited by Atserr C. L. G. Giwrner, M.A., M.1)., Ph.D., F.Z.S,, &e.
London, 1866. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1866. Volume Third.
Edited by Anpert C. L. G. Ginrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RS.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1867. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1867. Volume Fourth.
Edited by Aubert C. L. G. Gunruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1868. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1868. Volume Fifth,
Edited by Atsert C. L. G. Ginrurr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.BS.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1869. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth.
Edited by Atszrt C. L. G. Gtnrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &e. London, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870; being Volume Seventh of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newton, M.A.,
E.B:S., F.L.S., V.P:Z.8., &c. London, 1871. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1871; being Volume Eighth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Nrewron, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &. London, 1873. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1872; being Volume Ninth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newton, M.A.,,
F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &. London, 1874. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1873; being Volume Tenth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Carpwett
Ryg, F.Z.8. London, 1875. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1874; being Volume Eleventh of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwett
Rys, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1876. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1875; being Volume T'welfth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwett Rye,
F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1877. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1876; being Volume Thirteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLtpwen
Rye, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1878. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1877; being Volume Fourteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpWELL
Ry, F.Z.S., M.E.S. London, 1879. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1878; being Volume Fifteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwri.
Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1880. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1879; being Volume Sixteenth of
the Record of Zoolgical Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpweLi
Rye, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1880; being Volume Seventeenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweEti.
Rye, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1881; being Volume Eighteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpweii
Ryg, F.Z.S., M.E.S. London, 1882. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1882; being Volume Nineteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpWELL
Rye, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1883. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1883; being Volume Twentieth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwert
Rye, F.Z.S., M.E.S. London, 1884. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1884; being Volume the Twenty-
first of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jerrrry
Brett, M.A. London, 1885. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1885; being Volume the Twenty-
second of the Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by F. Jurrrey
Bett, M.A. London, 1886. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-
third of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8. London, 1887. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-
fourth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E,
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S8. London, 1888. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-
fifth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-
sixth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx H.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-
seventh of the Record of Zoological Literature. Kdited by Frank
EK. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S. London, 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-eighth; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1891.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, C. Warburton, R. I. Pocock,
D. Sharp, E. A. Minchin, A. Willey, and 8. J. Hickson. Edited by
D. SHarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &. London, 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-ninth; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1892.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, R. I. Pocock, D. Sharp, F. A.
Bather, Florence Buchanan, 8. J. Hickson, and R. Hanitsch. Edited
by D. Saarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1893, Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirtieth ; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1893. By J. A.
Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. A,
Herdman, B. B. Woodward, R. I. Pocock, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather.
Florence Buchanan, 8. J. Hickson, and R. Hanitsch. Edited by
D. Saarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1894. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, Florence
Buchanan, and R. Hanitsch. Edited (for the Zoological Society of
London) by D. Swarr, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1895.
Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-second; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1895.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, R. I. Pocock, D. Sharp, F. A.
Bather, Florence Buchanan, R. T. Giinther, R. von Lendenfeld,
W. F. Hume, and F. Chapman. LEdited (for the Zoological Society
of London) by D. Suaxp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1896.
Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-third; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1896.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, A. W. Brown, D. Sharp, Florence
Buchanan, R. T. Giinther, and R. von Lendenfeld. Edited (for
the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1897. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fourth; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1897.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekkei, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.
Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, Florence Buchanan, and R. von
Lendenfeld. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin
Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1898. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fifth ; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1898. By J. A.
Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. A.
Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W. Brown,
D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, Florence Buchanan, R. T. Ginther, and
R. von Lendenfeld. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by
Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1899. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirth-sixth ; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1899. By
J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. Willey,
A. W. Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and R. von Lendenfeld.
Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Suarp, M.A.,
F.RS., F.Z.8., &. London, 1900. Price 30s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s OFrrice
(3 Hanover Square, W.), of Messrs. GuRNEY and Jackson (Pater-
noster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller.

LIST OF INSTITUTIONS

TO WHICH

COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.

AFRICA.
The South-African Museum, Cape Town.
The South-African Philosophical Society, Cape Town.
The Museum, Durban, Natal.

AMERICA, SOUTH.
The National Museum, Buenos Ayres.
The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.
The Museum of La Plata, La Plata, Buenos Ayres,

AUSTRALASIA.
The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.
The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne.
The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.

AUSTRIA.
The Hungarian National Museum, Budapest.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.
The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.

BELGIUM.
The Congo Free State Museum, Tervueren, Brussels.
The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.
The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.

BRITISH INDIA.
The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.
The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.
The Indian Museum, Calcutta.

CANADA (DOMINION OF),

The McGill College, Montreal.
The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.
The University of Toronto, Toronto.

»)

J

CHINA.
The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.

EAST INDIES.
The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.

FRANCE.

The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.

The Agricultural Society, Lyons.

The Entomological Society of France, Paris.
The Museum of Natural History, Paris.

The National Society of Acclimatization, Paris.
The Zoological Society of France, Paris.

GERMANY.

The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.

The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.

The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.
The Senckenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The New Zoological Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The Natural History Society, Freiburg-in-Breisgau.

The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.

The Imperial Leopoldino-Carolinian Academy of Naturalists,
Halle.

The Natural-History Society, Halle.

The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.

The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.

The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.

The Union for Natural History of Wirtemberg, Stuttgardt.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society, Belfast.
The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.

The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.

The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.

The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.

The Royal Society, Edinburgh.

The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.
The Athenzeum Club, London.

The British Museum of Natural History, London.
The Entomological Society, London,

The Geological Society, London.

The King’s College Library, London.

The Linnean Society, London.

The London Institution.

3

The Royal College of Physicians, London.

The Royal College of Surgeons, London.

The Royal Geographical Society, London.

The Royal Institution, London.

The Royal Society, London.

The University College, London.

The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester
The Owens College, Manchester.

The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History
Society, Plymouth.

The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.
The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.

HOLLAND.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.
The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.

The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.

The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.
The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.

ITALY.
The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.
The Civil Museum of Natural History, Genoa.
The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.
The Zoological Station, Naples.
The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.

JAPAN.
The Science College of the Imperial University, Tokyo.

RUSSIA.

The Society of Naturalists, Jurjeff (Dorpat).

The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.

The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.

The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.

SCANDINAVIA.
The Bergen Museum, Bergen.
The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.
The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen,
The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.

+

SPAIN.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.

SWITZERLAND.
The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.
The Vaud Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne.
The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.
The Natural-History Society, Zurich.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.
The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.
The Field Columbian Museum, Chicago.
The Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, Illinois.
The American Journal of Science, Newhaven.
The American Museum of Natural History, New York.
The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.
The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.
The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.
The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.
The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
The United States Fish Commission, Washington, D.C.
The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.
The United-States National Museum, Washington, D.C.

WEST INDIES.
The Institute of Jamaica, Kingston.

DEDRAODDDIIOIOIIPPPAIIOIOIOIO IO

The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as
soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-
knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,
in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.

Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed
to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that they may be
sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission
through booksellers and in other ways.

By order of the Council,

P. L. SCLATER,

Secretary.
3 Hanover Savane, Lonpon, W.,

October, 1901.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1901, Vol. II. (May to December).

May 7, 1901.

Prof. G. B. Howss, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1901 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of April were 200 in number. Of these 52 were acquired
by presentation, 51 by purchase, 2 were born in the Gardens, and
95 were received on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 156.

His Majesty The King has ordered some animals, lately kept at
Windsor, to be transferred to the Society’s Gardens and placed
under our care. Amongst these is the beautiful female Greévy’s
Zebra (Equus grevyi) which was presented (along with a male of
the same animal) to Her late Majesty Queen Victoria in August
1899, and was subsequently removed from the Gardens (where
they were temporarily deposited) to Windsor. ‘This animal is now
in most perfect health and condition, and through the kind efforts
of Lt.-Col. Harrington, H.B.M. Representative in Abyssinia,
we are hoping to obtain a young male of the same species.

I may also call attention to two beautiful birds—a Rutous-
necked Scimitar Babbler (Pomatorhinus ruficollis) and a Golden-
backed Woodpecker (Brachypternus aurantius)—presented on

Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1901, Vou. II, No. I. 1

2 MR. C. D. SHERBORN ON THE ‘INDEX ANIMALIUM. [May 7,

April 11th by Mr. W. H. Harper, F.Z.S., who continues to send
us most interesting additions to our collection of Indian Birds;

and to a fine young male Hiand, bred at Woburn, and presented to
us on April 26th by H.G. the Duke of Bedford, which will make
an excellent match for our young female purchased in April 1899.

Mr. Sclater stated that Mr. E. Bidwell had kindly pointed out
to him the following passage in Ludolphus’s work on Abyssinia,
published in 1682, which apparently referred to Grevy’s Zebra
(Equus grevy2) :-—

“ But there is a beast which is called Zecora, which for beauty
exceeds all the four-footed creatures in the World. They of Congo
give it the name of Zebra. This creature is about the bigness of
a Mule, and is brought out of the woods of Habessinia, ‘and the
countries possessed by the Galans, and easily tam’d. A present
of great esteem and frequently given to the Kings of Habessinia.
Tellez briefly describes him thus,—‘A Circle of black colour
encompasses his Loyns like a girdle; adjoining to which, Nature
has pencilled out several others, some broader, some narrower,
some black, and some of a bright shining Ash-colour; with so
much Elegancy and order, as no Painter’s Art can equalize. His
ears are the only thing that disfigures him; being of a dispro-
portionable length: for which reason he is called by the Portugals
“ Burro do Matto” (though improperly) the wild Ass. But you
may guess at his beauty, by his price, for King Susneus having
given one of these beasts to the Turkish Basha of Suaqena, he
sold the same for Two thousand Venetian Pieces, to a certain
Indian, that bought him for a present to the great Mo gu.”

Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, F'.Z.S., remarked that it had been his
privilege to bring before the Society, from time to time, the
progress of the ‘Index Animalium.’ He had now to inform the
Society that the Index was completed from the Ist of January,
1758, to the 31st of December, 1800. This portion of the manu-
script was ready for press, and negotiations with the Cambridge
University Press were in progress for printing it.

One of the chief difficulties that the compiler had to contend
with was the inaccessibility of much of the literature. With the
exception of about twenty books, which from their titles might
possibly contain specific names, this difficulty had been successfully
grappled with, either with the help of those interested in the work
or by purchase. He alluded to the impossibility of accurate com-
parison of various editions, copies of which were in different
institutions, and lamented the fact that even in the British
Museum (Nat. Hist.), where the collection of books was very com-
plete, this matter of editions had not been fully grasped. He had

1 Lupo.ruvs, J. A New History of Ethiopia, being a full and Accurate
Description of the Kingdom of Abyssinia... . called the Empire of Prester
John. By the Learned Job Ludolphus. Made English by J. P. Gent.
Plates. Folio. London, 1682.

(UE

ake a

Pliner:

Feng
an

H a Johnst Su pinx THE O KAP T : Mintern Bros.imp.
SEE (OKAPIA JOHNSTONI)

(reduced one half from Sir Harry Johnstor's origmal painting )

1901.] ON A NEW AFRICAN MAMMAL, 3

himself been instrumental in purchasing many hundreds of volumes
dealing with systematic zoology, published before 1800, and these
were now in public libraries and therefore accessible to zoologists.
Instancing Buffon’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle,’ Mr. Sherborn said that
he had purchased no less than six editions, published before the
close of the eighteenth century, all of which included specific
names of importance to systematists, and none of which had
previously been seen in this country. These and many other
books were essential to proper work.

A great deal of manuscript had been accumulated towards the
1801-1900 portion of the Index, but as it was beyond the powers
of one man to deal with the vast literature of the last hundred
years, progress would necessarily be slow unless further assistance
were forthcoming. Mr. Sherborn hoped that the first volume
would be of service to zoologists, as that would no doubt be an
incentive to the further support desirable. This part 1, 1758-
1800, had taken him over eight years to compile, arrange, and get
ready for press.

Dr. W. G. Ridewood, F.Z.8., exhibited and made remarks on
a series of microscopic preparations of the hairs of Antelopes,
Giraffe, Zebra, and the so-called Hquus johnstoni, pointing out
that the hairs of the last-named animal were similar to those of
the Giraffe as well as those of the Zebra, but differed from those

of the Antelopes.

Mr. Sclater exhibited an original water-colour painting (Plate I.)
made by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.S., of the new Mammal’,
which he had discovered in the forest on the west side of the Semliki
River, on the south-western boundary of Uganda, and portions of
the skin of which had been already laid before the Society (see
P. Z.S. 1900, pp. 774, 950; 1901, vol. i. p. 50).

Mr. Sclater read the following extracts from a letter addressed
to him by Sir Harry Johnston on the subject, dated Eldama
Ravine, Uganda Protectorate, 31st March, 1901 :—

‘“‘T am sending you by this mail a water-colour painting I have
made of the new animal. I have done this painting with the
utmost care from the skin while it was in a fresh condition. I
have used the skull to assist me in delineating the exact shape of
the head. I have also questioned various Congo natives who are
with me as to the shape and appearance of the animal, and the
result is this drawing, which I think will be found to be a fairly
faithful representation of this wonderful new creature.

“| wish to impress on you this, that the colours in the drawing
are absolutely not exaggerated in any way in brightness. I say
this, because the skin may have a dulled and faded appearance
when it reaches England. I scarcely remember ever coming

1 See below (June i8th) for the origin of the scientifie name now applied
to this animal.—P. L. 8.
1*

4 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A [May 7,

across the skin of a mammal which came so near to having actual
bright red in it, I think you will agree with me that the general
coloration is of the most extraordinary kind, and that if the skin
were not there as evidence, it would be thought to be an in-
vention of my imagination. If.you examine the skin, however,
you will see that my drawing is correct in the tiniest details of
the stripes. In my drawing I have made the tail a trifle longer,
because from information received I gathered that the tail of
the specimen had suffered a little at its extremity. I am also
told that the animal having been roughly skinned, some of the
skin on the inner side of the legs and belly is absent.

“These missing portions are not considerable, and were of a
creamy-white colour, except in regard to the stomach and chest,
of which the fur is blackish-brown. The missing hoofs were
bluish-black.”

Mr. Sclater remarked that there could now be no doubt that
Sir Harry Johnston had made a most important discovery. The
animal portrayed in the drawing (Plate I.) was, of course, not
a Zebra, nor even a member of the family Hquide. What should
be its proper position it would only be possible to say when the
skin and two skulls, recently obtained by Sir Harry, were received
in this country. It was probable, however, that Sir Harry was
not far wrong when, in one of his letters, he called it a Hellado-
therium, and that it would be found to be allied to that or to one
of the other extinct forms of Mammals allied to the Giraffe.

The leading facts as yet known concerning this new and extra-
ordinary discovery had been fully given in an article published in
‘The Times’ of this day, from which the following extracts were
read :-—

«‘ After sending home incomplete fragments of skin which he
obtained in situ from the natives of the Congo forest near the
Semliki River (fragments of which were considered to indicate
the existence of a new species of Horse, which was tentatively
named by Mr. Sclater Hquus johnstoni), Sir Harry Johnston has
at last secured, through the kindness of the Belgian authorities at
the frontier post of Fort Mbeni, a complete skin and two skulls
of this animal, which is now shown to be not at all a horse, but a
cloven-hoofed ruminant of extraordinary coloration and appear-
ance, which seemingly is either of the extinct genus Helladotherium,
or is some closely-allied creature belonging to that somewhat
vaguely-defined group of which the Giraffe is an exemplar. The
skin and the skulls which have been forwarded by Sir Harry
Johnston to the British Museum were obtained by native soldiers
of the Congo Free State, in the vicinity of Fort Mbeni, and were
very kindly presented to Sir Harry Johnston by Mr. K. Eriksson,
a Swedish officer in the service of that State, who has until recently
been the Commandant of Fort Mbeni. It is to be hoped that
these invaluable specimens will reach London safely.

“Weare informed that the complete skin sent home now shows
the animal to be coloured in the most extraordinary manner. The

1901. ] NEW AFRICAN MAMMAL. 5

cheeks of the rather large head are yellowish-white, and the
tapering muzzle is blackish-brown. The forehead is a most vivid
red, narrowing down into a thin black line continued along the
ridge of the nose to the nostrils. The long ass-like ears are of a
deep reddish-brown, with silky black fringes. The neck, shoulders,
stomach, and back are a deep reddish-brown, which in parts has
almost a crimson tinge, and in others becomes blackish. The hind-
quarters and hind legs, down to the hocks, and the front legs from
the elbow to the wrist-joint are boldly striped in purplish-black
and white, the white having here and there faint touches of orange.
The hind legs from the hock downwards are of a creamy colour.
The front legs are also cream-colour, but a bold black line runs
down the front of the leg in an oblique manner. The fetlocks of
all four feet are black and cream-colour. The tail is bright reddish-
brown, with a black tuft at the end. There are no horns, but it
may be seen from the skulls that far back in its history this
creature possessed three horn-cores similar to those of the Giraffe,
but that by long disuse these horn-cores have degenerated into
rounded bumps on the skull, two of them being situated a little
above the eyes, and one at the beginning of the nasal bones. On
the skin, just over the two bigger bumps, are two tiny and comical
little twists of hair, which represent all that remains outwardly
of horns or horn-cores. The animal stands slightly higher at the
withers than at the hindquarters, but its neck is not proportionately
longer than that of a horse. The head is rather large in propor-
tion to the body, and in outline slightly resembles the head of a
Tapir. The nostrils are two long slits, completely covered with
hair, and resembling the nostrils of the Giraffe. The lips apparently
taper to a point. There are, of course, no front teeth in the
upper jaw, as the animal isa true Ruminant. The front teeth in
the lower jaw are so small and feeble as to suggest the idea that
the creature, like the Giraffe, must possess a prehensile tongue for
furnishing food for the molar teeth to grind. If this is not the
case, then the rather long and prehensile lips secure most of the
animal’s nutriment, which consists of leaves. Other particulars
will, no doubt, be furnished to us before long by the authorities of
the British Museum, when they are able to examine the specimens.
The build of the animal is rather heavy in the case of the male.
The female is said to be much more lightly built, and ber skull is
considerably smaller than that of the male. Itis not yet known
whether any difference of coloration exists between the male and
female; the natives say that they differ only in size. The same
authorities state that the creature is found only in the densest
parts of the forest, and that it goes about in pairs of male and
female. It would seem to be quite inoffensive, and very easily
killed. It is ordinarily captured in pitfalls, and from what Sir
Harry Johnston ascertained on the spot its extinction is being
rapidly carried out by the natives of the Congo Free State. Now
that this discovery has been made by joint action on the part of
British and Belgian officials, we may look with confidence to King

6 MR. AND MRS. PECKHAM ON [May 7,

Leopold to issue stringent orders for the protection of this
remarkable creature. Its flesh is said to be excellent eating, and
there is no reason why an attempt should not be made to domesti-
cate it.

“ At the present time the known habitat of the Okapi (as this
animal is called by the natives) consists of the forests of the Ituri
and the western banks of the Semliki in the Congo Free State,
and the adjoining district of Mboga in the Uganda Protectorate.”

The following papers were read :—

1. On Spiders of the Family Attide found in Jamaica.
By G. W. Pecxuam and EH. G. Pecknam’.

[Received April 12, 1901. ]
(Plates II.-IV.2)

Most of the Spiders described in this paper were collected
by us some years ago. We have also received some specimens
from Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell, and from Mr. Taylor of Kingston.
Other Attide that have been described from Jamaica are :—
Marptusa melanognathus Lucas ; Saitis anne Cockerell, ‘ Canadian
Entomologist,’ p. 343, 1894; Anoka peckhamiti, Cockerell, ‘ Journal
of Institute of Jamaica,’ vol. ii. p. 221, 1898; Zyqoballus suavis
Peckham, “Spiders of the Homalattus Group,” Occ. Papers
Nat. Hist. Soc. of Wisconsin, vol. 1. p. 178. Anoka moneaqua
Peckham, “Spiders of the Marptusa Group,” Occ. Papers
Nat. Hist. Soc. of Wisconsin, vol. ti. p. 127, 1894, is identical
with Anoka peckhanwt Cockerell. The thirteen species now
described probably give a fair idea of the Attid fauna of the
island. The genera are like those of Central and North America,
excepting Cybele, which we have from St. Vincent, and Nilakantha,
which is new.

Key to the Attidee of Jamaica.
Males.

Legs of the first, third, and fourth pairs nearly equal; cephalo-

thorax with red hairs and white bands on the thoracic slope

and lower sides; length 5°5-6'5 mm. ............0...0000 Cybele grisea.
Hirst and fourth, or first and third, or third and fourth legs

plainty longer, than) the others ) (ioc esncscsee eee etee ee eae eee eee 2

]

hairs on each side to the end of tarsus .............6 Cybele albopalpis.
First and fourth legs longer than the others ..........ccsecceseeecececevecees
Third and fourth legs longer than the others .........ccccccessssseccseeveeees 4

(
|
{
|
\
f Legs 1342; palpus blackish, with a fringe of very long white
|

1 Communicated by R. I. Pocock, F.Z.8S.
» For the explanation of the Plates, see pp. 15, 16.

12 Bo. UO, Well JN IAN

WN

ms

va,

hs

a Ne,

‘\ yn ly

A Ni,

\ ‘y ) \ SAO QW .
VON Sy

Bale «Danielsson Lt

NEW ATTIDAS FROM JAMAICA.

ies
me pene :

14 Ss LOOM, AOI le IIe. auul

TL
Ne ul |

|) yn)
yn Ni

t
UNI
AT RUHL Up
i Mais
Q

)
NAH

i

N (« H)

Vuh, J

YL
, 80.

\ \ 4 é

Bale «Danielsson Lit

NEW ATTIDA FROM JAMAICA,

&

i

1D Ace AON. ayOlk Ns IRins OW

vi

\\\th
vl

ia,
TD i

\
inl i
, Ml,
.

Bale «Danielsson Lt4

NEW ATTIDZ FROM JAMAICA.

1901.} SPIDERS FROM JAMAICA. "i

(Legs 1 432; spiders small (45 mm.), and pale yellow in colour,
with four square black spots on the eye-region..................
Nilakantha cockerelli.

Legs 1 45 2; small spiders (2-3 mm.); palpus brown, with a
narrow white line on the outer side ............... Prostheclina viaria.

Legs 1423; small spiders (45 mm.) ; cephalothorax brown,

with white bznds on sides and red down on upper surface
era@) QROWwE! GES, coccesoocoouncooocasesoncoueceoncusossonde Anoka peckhamt.

34 Legs 1423; small spiders (35 mm.); abdomen brown, en-

circled with white, with three or four pairs of white spots ..

Dendr. yphantes prudens,

Legs 1 423; small spiders (4-5 mm.); cephalothorax and abdo-

men bronze-brown encircled with white ...... Dendryphante taylori.
Legs 1 4 23; medium-sized spiders (8 mm.) ; abdomen with
median band of dark rufous and white sides....................-

Marptusa melanognathus.
Legs 1 423; falces long, oblique; quadrangle of eyes occupying
more than one-half cephalothorax ..................04. Zygoballus suavis.

(Legs 8412; length about 45 mm. ; cephalothorax fawn-

coloured, with light bands on sides, cur ving backwards over
thorax to dorsal GW7GS sdoaohosspocnosopsnanBogbasb— -A50008 Pellenes translatus,

Legs 3412; body and legs with crimson and green iridescent
SENOS seonaoonceiocobacanaasdoss¢boucnopasndpenssodoonadeD Prostheclina perplexa.,

Legs 3 4 1 2; abdomen iridescent, with four velvety black
BPOtS 2. 22e- ese eeeenerenecoeeecscceerrecsencconeroe rene Prostheclina morgan.

44 Legs 34 1 2; abdomen brown, with longitudinal, median, yellow
[SES0N61, occ. eccacncaapo=pocuodudbucocancuaqoacaccaccdRcaq6a5 Prostheclina venatoria.

Legs 4 3 2.1; cephalothorax with red hairs and white bands on
BUCL SSP arse rence etches ie ae are Tae dase oneeat/a'e arene cl teTa sete Natetsrees Saitis (?) enutilis.

Legs 481 2; length about 3:5 mm.; cephalothorax and abdo-
men each with a V-shaped black mark; palpus with terminal
portion red-brown, becoming black at end; middle portion

L with tuft of shimmy winiberna its) a. cacta-se meses os eneiee Saitis anne,
Females.

1 { Legs 1 423 “_pnen0000eH dabshdnboAdeegaEoubosaccaeaboBdo50qannoRddD Anoka peckhamt.

IDSA) THON JK48 2G)" GoqgosnnbasoqaSso6oboGaK ogdeqoHsboadddebanndogadabencenobanbocaDdende 2

yeesee 2 Souths 73)” GeodgonoononodobboboboenabobodbobCahsoDoconasanDoonoonoqabie 3

LORS PAGE OGY Ghee ll OS) a yee uoncadoseuaaeehRecaceeec eee bono Osea coA AG HeOne 4

( Quadrangle occupying plainly more than one-half of the cephalo-
thorax ; cephalothorax plainly widest at the dorsal eyes;

34 legs 4 1 12 DAIS) obabanqooubbo ree ecosBapoe SBEOBNeaaEE cnneOLOKCCHS Zygoballus suavis.
l Quadrangle occupying less than one-half of the cephalothorax ;
| cephalothorax not widest at dorsal eyes; legs 4123 ......
L Dendryphantes prudens.
(picasa Ole ROrmAn onl 2p tee Miu osueeicueuecacincese oe tel smecencogs sce sant eteetss 5
USSeesgs 3 AOS ap NT et CR I ae RRs 6
(Spiders small (4°5 mm.), pale yellow, with four square black
spots on eye-region ; legs 4312 ............0. Nilakantha cockerelli.
Spiders large (9°5 mm.); dorsum of abdomen grey, with wavy
54 outlines; dark bands on EIB GSe Nes) 25) L748 | Jecoccanobcocensen

Marptusa melanognathus,
| Spiders small (4°5 mm.) ; cephalothorax with golden iridescent
1

scales except a white band on thorax; legs 43 1 2............
Saitis defloccatus.

Ped

8 MR. AND MRS, PECKHAM ON [May 7,

{ Spiders covered with light brown hairs and a few longer black
LY WD usted oll 7), BPA Ren eR EP Canis Gn hae sr Ana aeie Pellenes bankst.
Abdomen brown, with a longitudinal, median, yellow band ;
64 Test SPA nie a au a0 Ces aN ee sea Prostheclina venatoria.
! Abdomen iridescent, with four velvety black spots; legs 3412.
| Prostheclina morgant.
! Green and crimson iridescent scales on cephalothorax, abdomen,
L BMMLS ss Sabeccieitecieajater mane erate elelasetnose ame ae ESE Prostheclina perplexa.

NILAKANTHA, n. gen.

Small, pale spiders.

The cephalothorax is moderately high and is widest and highest
behind the dorsal eyes. The sides are slightly contracted in front
and behind. ‘The cephalic part is a little inclined, and the thorax
falls steeply from just behind the dorsal eyes. The quadrangle
of the eyes is one-third wider than long, is a little wider behind
than in front, and occupies one-half of the cephalothorax. The
first row of eyes is plainly curved downward, the eyes being all
close together, with the middle twice and a half as large as the
lateral. The second row is nearer the first than the third, and
the third row is as wide as the cephalothorax at that place. The
legs in the male are 1 4 3 2, and in the female 4 3 1 2.

This genus resembles, in a general way, our Plevippus puerperus
Hentz (Attide of North America, p. 33), but the spiders are
smaller, the curve of the first row is different, and the middle
eyes of this row are larger.

NILAKANTHA OCOCKERELLI, n. sp. (Plate IL. figs. 1-1 g.)

3. Length 45mm. Legs 1 4 3 2, first a little stoutest.

2. Length 4°5-5°5 mm. Legs 43 1 2, first stoutest.

This is a small, pale, yellow species, with four square black
spots on the eye-region. The lateral eyes of the first row and
the small eyes of the second row are upon the front pair of spots,
and the dorsal eyes on those that are further back. The clypeus
and the sides of the cephalothorax are covered with light yellow
hairs, which are found also in the spaces between the four black
spots. The abdomen is marked with black specks, which form,
more or less distinctly, lines of chevrons over the dorsum. The
male has a band of yellow hairs around the front end and the
sides. The falces, palpi, and legs are yellow, a little darker in
the male.

‘We have one male and three females from Moneague and
Kingston, Jamaica.

This species is named after Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell, of Las
Cruces, New Mexico.

CYBELE GRISEA, n. sp. (Plate II. figs. 2-2.)

Length, ¢ 55-65 mm., 2 6-7 mm.

Legs, 6 1342; 9 431 2, not very unequal.

The cephalothorax is high, with the cephalic part inclined,

1901.] SPIDERS FROM JAMAICA, 9

while the thoracic falls very slightly in the first third, and then
abruptly. The sides are vertical and nearly parallel, there being
a very slight widening behind the dorsal eyes. ‘The anterior eyes
are close together in a straight row. They are large, the lateral
being two-thirds the size of the middle. The second row is about
halfway between the first and the third, and the third is about as
wide as the cephalothorax. The quadrangle of the eyes is one-
fourth wider than long, occupies one-half of the cephalothorax,
and is equally wide in front and behind.

In the male, the cephalothorax is covered with red_ hairs,
excepting bands of white hairs on the lower sides, and a white
median band on the thoracic slope, running backward from the
third row of eyes. On the abdomen the hairs are golden-yellow ;
down the middle, in the anterior half, is a narrow white band,
which changes, in the posterior half, into a band of white chevrons.
A narrow white band runs around the anterior end and onto the
sides, curving upward and inward opposite the point at which
the chevrons begin. The legs are pale, with the femur dark in
some specimens. The palpus has the patella much elongated,
nearly equalling the tibia and tarsus. The patella and tibia
are flattened and rugose on the dorsal surface, and there is an
apophysis on the inner distal end of the patella. There is a
fringe of white hairs throughout the whole length of the palpus,
on the inner side. The falces are as wide as the middle eyes
and are transversely rugose. In the middle, on the outer edge,
is a small apophysis which is edged with minute notches, and
below this, near the insertion of the fang, there is a longer,
pointed apophysis. The lip is narrow, and only half as long as
the maxilla, which are notched on the middle of the outer edge
and project at the outer corner. The female has golden-yellow
hairs on the cephalic plate, and has the eyes on dark spots.
There are indistinct bands of a lighter colour on the sides and
down the median line of the thoracic part. On the abdomen the
hairs are red, and there is a yellowish band which passes around
the front end onto the sides, from which a short projection runs
backward in the middle line. On the middle dorsum there is a
white region with wavy outlines, which is mottled with red.

We have numerous examples of both sexes.

CYBELE ALBOPALPIS, n. sp. (Plate II. figs. 3-3 6.)

3. Length 55 mm. Legs 1 3 4 2, the first plainly stoutest,
and longer than the second by the tarsus and half the metatarsus.

The cephalothorax is rather high, and slants in both directions
from the dorsal eyes, the hinder slope being almost continuous.
The anterior eyes are large, and form a slightly curved row, the
middle ones touching, and the lateral a little separated from them.
The middle are less than twice as large as the lateral. The second
row is about halfway between the first and the third. The dorsal
eyes are large, and form a row which is as wide as the cephalo-

10 MR. AND MRS. PECKHAM ON [May 7,

thorax at that place. The sides of the vephalothorax are vertical,
and are nearly parallel, widening a little in the middle. The
quadrangle of the eyes is plainly wider in front than behind, is
one-fifth wider than long, and occupies one-half of the cephalo-
thorax.

In our specimen the hairs are all rubbed from the abdomen.
The cephalothorax is blackish, with red hairs on the eye-region, a
white band down the middle of the thoracic slope, and white bands
low on the sides. Under alcohol the pattern appears as in the
drawing. The palpus is blackish, with a fringe of very long white
hairs on each side, extending to the end of the tarsus. The tibia
is flattened. The first leg has the femur and tibia reddish, but
otherwise the legs are pale, with many fine black spines. The
falces are vertical and moderately stout. This species differs from
C. grisea in having no apophyses on the falces, in the maxille,
which are rounded and short, and in having the patella of the
palpus shorter than the tibia, instead of much longer.

We have a single male of this species.

SAITIS (?) INUTILIS, n. sp. (Plate III. figs. 4-4 6.)

3. Length 35mm. Legs 43 2 1, all slender, and decreasing
very gradually in length from the fourth to the first. Second
longer than first by tarsus.

The cephalothorax is rather high, and falls distinctly, in both
directions, from the dorsal eyes. Its widest point is plainly at
the front end, the sides contracting gradually behind. The quad-
rangle of the eyes occupies about one-half of the cephalothorax.
It is only one-fifth wider than long, and is a very little wider in
front than behind. ‘The anterior eyes are all large, and are placed
close together in a plainly curved row, the middle being less than
twice as large as the lateral. The eyes of the second row are
about halfway between the lateral and the dorsal, and the third
row is as wide as the cephalothorax at that place.

When under alcohol the cephalothorax is brown above, with a
pale scalloped band down the middle, and is pale on the sides.
The abdomen has the sides brown speckled with white, and a pale
central band, which has an enlargement at the middle point, and
which is crossed by a number of short pale bars, which form
chevrons. In one specimen there is, on each of the anterior sides,
a pale spot, and further back there is a short curved pale band, of
which only the extremities are visible from above. When dry the
upper part of the cephalothorax is seen to be covered with red,
and the sides with white hairs. The red hairs grow a little longer
above the eyes of the first row, and below them the clypeus is
covered with white or yellowish-white hairs. On the abdomen
the dark parts are covered with red, and the pale with white hairs.
The legs are brown, flecked with pale, the first and second being
darker than the third and fourth. The palpus is brown, with
rather long white hairs on the tibia and tarsus. The falces are
small, vertical, and brown.

We have two males of this spider.

1901.) SPIDERS FROM JAMAICA. tl

SAITIS DEFLOCCATUS, n. sp. (Plate ITI. figs. 5, 5a.)

@. Length 45 mm. Legs 431 2, all slender. The first is
almost as long as the third and fourth, but the second is distinctly
shorter, the first exceeding it by the length of the tarsus.

The cephalothorax is high at the dorsal eyes, from which point
it is strongly inclined in both directions. The upper surface is
rounded. ‘The sides are widest at the dorsal eyes, narrowing
before and behind, and widening again at the front end. The
anterior eyes are close together, the middle being nearly twice as
large as the lateral, and form a row which is a little curved down-
ward. The clypeus is narrow. The quadrangle of the eyes is
wider in front than behind, is one-fourth wider than long, and
occupies nearly one-half of the cephalothorax.

Under alcohol the spider appears as in Mr. Emerton’s drawing,
but when dry the cephalothorax is seen to be covered with light,
golden, iridescent scales, excepting a central white band on the
thoracic part. The abdomen has a white band around the front
end, but is otherwise covered with silvery iridescent scales, there
being some wavy black lines and spots on the posterior part of the
dorsum. The legs and palpi are pale brown, ringed with darker
brown. The falces are small and brown.

We have one female from Kingston.

PELLENES TRANSLATUS, n. sp. (Plate III. figs. 6-6 ¢.)

3. Length 45mm. Legs3 412. The first and second are
considerably shorter than the third and fourth, and the third is
longer than the fourth by the length of the tarsus ; first stoutest.

The cephalothorax is moderately high. The cephalic plate
slants forward ; the upper surface and sides are normal for the
genus. The anterior legs are close together in a straight row;
the middle are not twice as large as the lateral. The quad-
rangle is a little wider behind, and nearly one-fourth wider than
long. The second row is halfway between the outer two, and
the third row is as wide as the cephalothorax at that place. One
specimen is a good deal rubbed, and under alcohol it appears as in
Mr. Emerton’s drawing ; but when dry, the upper surface of the
cephalic part is covered with fawn-coloured hairs, and on each
side of the head and thorax there is a wide band of white hairs.
These bands are on the lower edge, and unite behind with a wide
white band that runs back, on each side, from just behind the
dorsal eye, down the posterior slope of the thorax. The space
between the two white bands on the posterior slope of the thorax
is dark-coloured. The lower white bands, as they pass forward,
do not unite in front on the clypeus, but turn down and end in a
narrow point on the front face of each falx. The space thus left,
under the middle eyes of the first row, is dark-coloured. There
are a very few red hairs around the first row of eyes. The abdo-
men is dark above, nearly surrounded by a wide white band which
passes very far down on the sides and stops at the spinnerets.
There is a central longitudinal white band from base to apex of

12 MR. AND MRS. PECKHAM ON [May 7,

the abdomen. The femora of all the legs are pale, darker at the
distal ends, and the first and second pairs have black bands on the
front faces, running obliquely from end to end. This band is
much less distinct on the second pair. The other parts of the
legs are darker, and all have many white hairs. The palpi have
pale femora and patelle, covered with white hairs, while the other
joints are dark. The dark spot on the clypeus, just under the
large middle eyes, is characteristic, and serves to distinguish this
from all other spiders thus far found in Jamaica.
Found by Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell at Mandeville.

PELLENES BANKSI, n. sp. (Plate IIT. figs. 7, 7a.)

2. Length 5 mm. Legs 3 4 1 2: first and second much
shorter than third and fourth; second is shorter than third by
the length of the metatarsus and tarsus; the length of the third
is due to the elongation of the femur; the first and second
stoutest.

The quadrangle is one-fourth wider than long, is a little wider
behind than in front, and occupies two-fifths of the cephalothorax.
The anterior eyes are close together and are a little curved. The
middle are not twice as large as the lateral. The second row is
halfway between the others, and the third is as wide as the
cephalothorax at that place. The whole body and the legs are
covered by short hairs, light brown in colour, with a few longer
black hairs. Under alcohol the pattern appears as in the drawing.

We have a single female from Kingston.

PROSTHECLINA PERPLEXA, n. sp. (Plate III. figs. 8-8 d.)

A brilliantly iridescent species.

3 @. Length 5 mm. Legs 3 4 1 2, the third and fourth
decidedly longer than the first and second.

The quadrangle of the eyes is wider in front than behind,
occupies two-fifths of the cephalothorax, and is one-fourth wider
than long. The anterior eyes project forward and form a slightly
curved row, all four being close together, and the middle being
plainly less than twice as large as the lateral. The second row
is about halfway between the first and third, and the third is
narrower than the cephalothorax at that place.

Although we have a good many specimens of this beautiful little
spider, they are all more or less rubbed. Under alcohol it appears
as in the drawing, with brown background and pale bands. When
dry it shows iridescent scales of bright green and crimson on the
cephalothorax, and around the front end of and down the middle
line of the abdomen, which is otherwise covered with fawn-
coloured or golden hair. The clypeus is covered with long
iridescent hairs, and the front surface of the falces with iridescent
scales. ‘The same scales appear on all of the legs, and on the tibia
and tarsus of the palpus. ‘The males are darker than the females,

1901.] SPIDERS FROM JAMAICA, 13

and have at the end of the femur, and on the patella of the palpus,
a bunch of long snow-white hairs.
We have numerous examples from Mandeville.

PROSTHECLINA MORGANI, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 9-9 d.)

Length, ¢ 4mm., 9 42mm. Legs, d 3412; 9 3412;
the first andsecond are slightly the stoutest and are plainly shorter
than the others.

The quadrangle of the eyes is one-fourth wider than long, is a
little wider in front than behind, and occupies nearly one-half of
the cephalothorax. The anterior eyes are close together in a
straight row, the lateral being nearly three-fourths as large as the
middle. The second row is halfway between the first and the
third, and the third is nearly as wide as the cephalothorax at that

lace.

f The cephalothorax is covered with a mixture of white and irides-
cent scales. The abdomen is also iridescent with the exception of
four large velvety, black spots. ‘The legs are pale brown with
white scales. The palpus has iridescent scales mixed with white
hairs on the patella and tibia, and with dark hairs on the tarsus.
The white hairs are long and conspicuous in the male. The clypeus
and falces have white scales in the female, and iridescent scales in
the male.

The apophysis on the palpus of the male is notched along the
inner edge, like a saw.

We have six specimens from Kingston.

PROSTHECLINA VENATORIA, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 10-10 d.)

3 2. Length 35mm. Legs 341 2, the third being longest
through the elongation of the femur, and exceeding the second by
the length of the tarsus. The first and second are the stoutest.

The cephalothorax is moderately high. The sides are parallel in
the female, but widen a little toward the front in the male; they
are nearly vertical. The cephalic part is rounded and inclined
forward. The thorax falls but little in the first half, and is
narrowed and rounded above, widening out a little below. The
quadrangle of the eyes is one-fifth wider than long, is plainly wider
in front than behind, and occupies a little more than two-fifths of
the cephalothorax. The anterior eyes are close together in a
straight row, the lateral being nearly two-thirds as large as the
middle. They are rather large for the size of the spider. The
second row is plainly nearer the third than the first, especially in
the male. The third is about as wide as the cephalothorax at that
place.

Our specimens arerubbed. The male shows some metallic scales
on the eye-region, and has, on each side, a band of yellow hairs,
starting from the lateral eye, and widening as it passes backward
to join the one of the opposite side beyond the dorsal eyes. The
cephalothorax is otherwise dark brown. The abdomen is brown

14 MR. AND MRS. PECKHAM ON [May 7,

and has, down the median line, a yellow band which becomes in-
distinct behind. The anterior sides show some greenish metallic
scales. The legs are brown excepting the tarsal and the proximal
ends of the femoral joints, which are pale. The palpus has black
hairs on the femur, and yellow hairs on the patella, tibia, and tarsus,
most marked on the patella, and on all the joints there is a scat-
tering of metallic scales. The female shows no hairs nor scales,
but is brown with a yellow, median, longitudinal band on the
abdomen. ‘The legs are pale.
We have one male and one female from Port Antonio.

PROSTHECLINA VIARIA, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 11-116.)

dg. Length 2-5-3 mm. Legs 143 2, femur slightly enlarged
in first and second ; the first and fourth are nearly equal, and are
longer than the third by only a part of the tarsus; the first is
longer than the second by the tarsus and a part of the metatarsus.

The cephalothorax is moderately high. The sides are a very
little wider m front and are nearly vertical. The highest point is
at the dorsal eyes, the cephalic plate being inclined, while the
thoracic part falls but little for about one-third of its length, and
then abruptly, the upper surface not being so much narrowed and
rounded as is usual in Prostheclina. The clypeus is narrow. The
anterior eyes are close together in a straight row, the lateral being
two-thirds as large as the middle. The second row is much nearer
the third than the first, and the third is nearly as wide as the
cephalothorax at that place. The quadrangle of the eyes is very
slightly wider in front than behind, is one-fourth wider than
long, and occupies one-half of the cephalothorax.

Our specimens are badly rubbed. Under alcohol the pattern
appears as in the drawing, but when dry the whole body looks dark,
with a covering of light brown hairs. In the first and second legs the
femur has the proximal end pale, and the distal end dark. Other-
wise the legs are pale with darker rings. The palpus is brown,
with a narrow line of white hairs running along the outer side of
all the joints.

We have two males from Moneague.

DENDRYPHANTES TAYLORI, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 12-12 6.)

3g. Length 45 mm. Legs 1 4 2 3, the first a very little the
stoutest, all being rather slender; the first and fourth do not
differ greatly in length, but these two are plainly longer than the
second and third. The coxa of the first leg is twice as long as that
of the second.

The quadrangle of the eyes is one-third wider than long, is wider
behind than in front, and occupies one-half of the cephalothorax,
approaching, in this respect, the genus Hris. The first row is
straight, with the middle eyes subtouching and about twice as large
as the lateral, which are a little separated from them. The second
row is a little nearer to the first than to the third. The abdomen

1901.] SPIDERS FROM JAMAICA. 15

is bronze-brown, with a white band around the front end, which
runs, on the sides, nearly to the spinnerets, with a break at about
the middle point. There are two pairs of white spots or transverse
bars on the dorsum, one pair across the middle, and the other
further back. The cephalothorax is bronze-brown, with a white
band across the clypeus which runs back on to the sides. The legs
are dark brown, with the tarsi and the proximal ends of the meta-
tarsi lighter. The palpi are long, curving over the falces, and have
the femur and patella covered, above, with white hairs. The falces
are brown in colour, and are long, oblique, and divergent, with a
long fang.
We have a single male.

DENDRYPHANTES PRUDENS, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 13-136.)

Length, ¢ 35mm., 9 45mm. Legs, ¢g 1423, 9 4123,
the first stoutest.

The quadrangle of the eyes occupies two-fifths of the cephalo-
thorax, is one-fourth wider than long, and is a little wider behind
than in front. The first row is curved, with the middle eyes sub-
touching and less than twice as large as the lateral, which are a little
separated from them. In the male, the cephalothorax is bronze-
brown with white bands on the sides. The abdomen is brown with
an encireling band of white, and three or four pairs of white spots
on the dorsum. The legs are barred with lighter and darker brown.
The female has the cephalothorax brown with tawny hairs, the
abdomen pale with some brown chevrons, and the legs yellow.
The falces are brown, short, and yertical. The male has an
apophysis on the tibia of the palpus.

We have two males and one female from Kingston.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate II.

Fig. 1. Nilakantha cockerelli (p. 8), dorsal view of female; 1a, dorsal view
of male; 10, side view of cephalothorax of female ; 1 ¢, face of male ;
1d, epigynum ; 1, dorsal view of palpus; 1 /f, side view of palpus ;
1g, ventral view of palpus.

Fig. 2. Cybele grisea (p. 8), dorsal view of male; 2a, dorsal view of female ;
26, epigynum ; 2c, ventral view of palpus; 2d, side view of palpus ;
2, face and falces of male.

Fig. 3. Cybele albopalpis (p. 9), dorsal view of male; 3a, ventral view of
palpus; 3, side view of palpus.

Puare ITI,

4, Switis (?) inutilis (p. 10), dorsal view of male; 4a, ventral view of
palpus; 44, side view of palpus.

Fig. 5. Sattis defloccatus (p. 11), dorsal view of female; 5a, epigynum.

ig. 6. Pellenes translatus (p. 11), dorsal view of male; 6a, ventral view of

palpus ; 64, dorsal view of palpus; 6c, side view of palpus.
Fig. 7. Pellenes banksi (p. 12), dorsal view of female; 7 a, epigynum.
Fig. 8. Prostheclina perplexa (p. 12), dorsal view of male; 8 a, dorsal view of
female ; 86, ventral view of palpus; 8c, side view of palpus; 8 d,
epigynum.

16 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

Prats IV.

Fig. 9. Prostheclina iorgani (p. 13), dorsal view of male; 9a, dorsal view
of female; 94, ventral view of palpus; 9c, side view of palpus;
9d, epigynum.

Fig. 10. Prostheclina venatoria (p. 13), dorsal view of male; 10a, dorsal view
of female; 10, ventral view of palpus; 10c, side view of palpus ;
10 d, dorsal view of palpus.

Fig. 11. Prostheclina viaria (p. 14), dorsal view of male; 11 a, ventral view of
palpus; 110, side view of palpus.

Fig. 12. Dendryphantes taylori (p. 14), dorsal view of male; 12a, ventral view
of palpus; 12, side view of palpus.

Fig. 13. Dendryphantes prudens (p. 15), dorsal view of male; 15 a, ventral view
of palpus ; 13 4, side view of palpus.

2. On the Hymenoptera collected during the “ Skeat
Expedition ” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By
P. CAMERON’.
[Received April 15, 1901.]

The Hymenoptera of the Malay Peninsula are far from well
known. In addition to the species of Aculeata from Tenasserim
mentioned in Bingham’s ‘ Fauna of British India, Hymenoptera,’
our chief, almost our sole, authority on the subject is the late
F. Smith, who in 1858 described (Journ. Linn. Soe. ii. pp. 42-1380)
the species found by Dr. A. R. Wallace at Malacca and Singapore.
Including Ants (which are not dealt with in this paper) Mr. Smith
enumerated 136 species from the Peninsula. The collection on
which this paper is based was formed by Messrs. Annandale, Evans,
and Laidlaw, members of the Skeat Expedition, chiefly on the eastern
side of the Peninsula, which entomologically is the least known part.
Though small, the collection contains examples of several new and
interesting forms.

In Bingham’s ‘ Hymenoptera of British India,’ out of a total
of 995 species of Aculeata (other than Ants) no less than 376 are
recorded from Tenasserim, the extreme northern district of the
Malay Peninsula; and there can be no doubt that if the Peninsula
were adequately explored it would prove to be extremely rich in
Hymenoptera.

T have included a few species that were not found by the members
of the Skeat Expedition, and also some allied forms from neigh-
bouring regions. As a matter of convenience these are placed in
their proper positions and are distinguished by square brackets.

MUTILLIDA.

MUTILLA MALAYANA, sp. 0.

Nigra, abdomine ferrugineo, bast apiceque nigris ; capite thoracequ
dense albo-pilosis ; alis violaceis. 3.

Long. 20 mm.

1 Communicated by Dr. D. Suarp, F.Z.8.

1901.1 HYMENOPTERA OF THE “‘SKEAT BXPEDITION.” Lif

Hab. Bukit Besar, Jalor (District of Patani State), Malay
Peninsula. '

Antenne black ; the flagellum opaque, covered with a pale dull
down ; the scape on the upperside is covered with pale pubescence ;
the underside is bare, hollowed in the middle, the outer sides more
acutely pointed and narrower than the inner. Front and vertex
strongly punctured and thickly covered with white hair, the front
being much more thickly covered than the vertex. Face smooth
and shining, stoutly keeled down the middle. Over the clypeus
are 6 foveze, close to each other in a row, the outer is the largest ;
the sides are furrowed. Mandibles aciculated, and not very sharply
pointed at the apex. Thorax thickly covered with silvery pubes-
cence ; there is a broad band of depressed pubescence on the hinder
edge of the pronotum. Mesonotum shining, coarsely, but net very
closely, punctured ; there is a keel down the centre and a furrow
on either side of it; the hair is close and deep black. Scutellum
pyrainidal ; rugosely punctured, except the upper two-thirds of the
base in the centre; the base has an oblique, straight slope, as has
also the apex from below the smooth top, which slightly projects ;
the smooth part of the basal slope projects and is clearly separated ;
the top is almost transverse ; below the centre are two small foves.
Median segment closely reticulated ; its base thickly covered with
depressed silvery pubescence, the apical slope with long white hair ;
the basal area reaches to the top of the apical slope; its basal third
is dilated ; the base of the dilated part has the sides straight, the
apex has them obliquely narrowed; the segment has the sides
broadly and roundly dilated; the outer side on the basal half is
bordered by a smooth keel. The base of the propleure is rugosely
punctured, the punctured portion being bordered by a row of
elongated fovee, which are narrowed obliquely at the apex on
either side and are there clearly separated from each other.
Mesopleure, except behind, coarsely punctured and densely covered
in the middle with silvery pubescence. Mesosternum densely
covered with silvery pubescence. Metapleure reticulated.

MUTILLA SKEATI, sp. n.
Nigra, thorace femoribusque rufis; abdomine pallide aureo
piloso. &.

Long. 13-14 mn.

Hab. Kuala Aring, State of Kelantan, Malay Peninsula.

Antenne entirely black, short and stout; the scape thickly
covered with white hair; the flagellum with white pubescence ;
the 3rd joint is as long as the 4th and 5th united. Head as wide
as the thorax, coarsely rugosely punctured, sparsely covered with
long black hair ; the upper part of the front bears shorter golden
hair, the lower is more thickly covered with longer white hair.
Antennal tubercles black, the part between them obscure rufous.
Eyes oval. Mandibles longish, becoming gradually narrowed
towards the apex; the upperside at the middle grooved. Thorax
of nearly uniform width, only very slightly and broadly narrowed

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vor. IT. No. U1. 2

18 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

in the middle ; above coarsely, uniformly, and rugosely punctured ;
the punctation on the lower half of the apical slope is much
weaker and the apex itself is almost impunctate. Pleurze smooth
and shining. Legs black, thickly covered with white hair; the
spines on the tibie are black, on the tarsi bright rufous; the
ealearia of a paler rufous colour. Abdomen black ; its base bears
longish white hair; the basal segment is rather broad at the base
and projects laterally in a bluntly triangular smooth and shining
tooth; behind the middle of the 2nd segment are two oval
marks of pale golden pubescence; the 3rd segment has the apical
two-thirds covered with similar pubescence ; the 4th has a similar
band, but widely interrupted in the middle; the last is thickly
fringed on the sides with long pale fulvous hair; it is closely
rugose. The ventral keel on the basal segment becomes gradually
raised to the apex, which projects roundly, the lower slope being
oblique. The ventral segments are all fringed with pale fulvons
hair; on the sides of the 2nd segment is a longish longitudinal
furrow, covered with pale rufous pubescence. The thorax is fully
twice longer than broad; it is rounded in front, transverse

behind.

ScOLIID SA.
Scon1A PROCERA III.

One example of this fine species from Patalung State.

ScoLta SPECIOSA Smith.

Bukit Besar.

The male has not been described. Its head is reddish yellow,
except behind between the antenne and at the ocelli, where it is
black ; above it is smooth and shining ; the clypeus is strongly, but
not very closely, punctured. Thorax thickly covered with short
black pubescence ; the mesonotum is closely punctured, except the
space on either side of the centre; the scutellum is similarly
punctured except at the apex, where it is smooth; the median
segment is more closely punctured, and if anything more strongly,
the hair, too, on it is longer and thicker. It has the base of the
3rd abdominal segment reddish yellow, as in the female ; this yellow
line may be interrupted in the centre and is covered with rufous
hair.

S. speciosa has hitherto only been recorded from Borneo.

ScoL1a RUBIGINOSA Fab.
One example: Eastern Malay Peninsula, without exact station.
SCOLIA LATHONA, sp. D.

Nigra, thorace abdomineque opalina pulcherrime lavatis ; alis
fusco-violaceits. 3.

Long. 22 mm.

Hab, Kuala Aring, Malay Peninsula.

Antenne much shorter than usual, distinctly shorter than the

1901. } HYMENOPTERA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 19

thorax; black, stout; the scape strongly punctured, sparsely
haired; the flagellum opaque. The lower part of the front
broadly depressed; the basal part clearly separated, broadly
rounded above; the apex transverse, with the sides broadly
rounded; the upper third is smooth, impunctate; the lower strongly
punctured, except in the middle and at the apex. The front is
distinctly keeled ; the sides of the keel oblique and punctured ;
the top smooth. The upper half of the clypeus is deeply punc-
tured ; the lower smooth, opaque, except at the apex, which is
depressed and shining. Except very slightly on the vertex, the
head wants the violaceous tint. Thorax very shining; it has all
over very brilliant violaceous and blue shining reflections, and is
covered with black pubescence ; the upper part is closely and uni-
formly punctured all over, as is also the upper part of the propleure
and the greater part of the mesopleure ; the metapleurz punctured
on the upperedges. The apex of the median segment is transverse
in the middle; the sides are oblique. The legs have the violaceous
tints of the body; they are thickly covered with black hair; the
front tibize and the tarsi bear dark fuscous pubescence behind ;
the calcaria black, except the anterior, which are dark piceous
and curved. Wings dark fuscous, with a slight violaceous tint,
rather dull, without brilliant reflections. Abdomen black, with
brilliant violet and blue micaceous reflections and thickly covered
with black hair, which is longer and denser on the apex and ventral
surface ; the basal segment has a distinct neck at the base; the last
dorsal seginent is smooth and bare on the apex.

Comes near to S. opalina Smith, from Borneo. No mention is
made of the form of the head in Smith’s description, and presumably
the front is not depressed : it is said to have only a few scattered
punctures, not strongly punctured as in the present species; the
dise of the mesothorax has a smooth space, which is not the case
here.

Euis (Dreris) rHoracica Klug.

This species is in the collection from Singora and from Kota
Bharu in Raman (District of Patani). All belong to the form with
the pubescence on the collar and mesonotum red, this being also the
case with all the specimens I have seen from Singapore and Java.
In India the red-haired form is very rare compared with the white.

Euis (DIELIs) AGLAEA, sp. n.

Nigra, flavo-maculata; femoribus tibusque anterioribus femori-

busque posticis subtus flavis ; alas fusco-violaceis. 3S.

Long. 20 mm.

Hab. Biserat in Jalor, Malay Peninsula.

Head covered with pale hair; black, the clypeus yellow, except the
middle at the apex, where it is black; the lower part of the front is
strongly and closely punctured ; the vertex below and on either side
of the ocelli sparsely punctured ; the eye-incisions are more closely
but not so strongly punctured ; the part aboye the antenne has

Q*

a

20 MR. P, CAMDRON ON THE [May 7,

an oblique slope. Clypeus smooth and shining; the base of the
mandibles is broadly yellow ; they are fringed with long pale hair.
Thorax black; the edge of the pronotum broadly, two large marks
in the centre of the scutellum, and a mark in the centre of the post-
scutellum—transverse in front, rounded behind—yellow. Meso-
notum minutely and not very closely punctured all over; this is
also the case with the scutellum, except behind, where it is smooth
and impunctate. Median segment closely, strongly, and uniformly
punctured and thickly covered with long white hair and with a
silvery down. Pleure thickly covered with long pale hair; the
hinder part of the meso- and the metapleure are thickly covered
with silvery pubescence. Legs black; the front coxe below, the
four front femora broadly towards the apex, the four front tibie
except at the apex in front, and the hinder femora below, yellow ;
the legs are thickly covered with long white hair; the calcaria
black; the tarsal spines pale. Wings fuscous, darker in the
middle, where they have a violaceous tinge. Abdomen black, thickly
covered with white hair ; the basal three segments are banded with
yellow at the apex ; the band on the basal segment is broader than
the others.

POMPILIDS.

| PSEUDAGENIA MALAYANA, sp. 0.

Nigra, femoribus posticis rufis ; alis hyalinis. &.

Long. 7 min.

Hab. Singapore (Mr. George Lewis).

Resembles P. arethusa Cam.', but is a smaller species, has only
the hinder femora red; the wings are clearer; the apex of the
clypeus rounded, not transverse ; the 2nd transverse cubital nervure
is roundly and distinctly curved ; the transverse anal nervure in the
hind wings is not interstitial, but received distinctly in front of
the transverse cubital. It also resembles P. tencta Smith ; but that
is a larger and stouter species, has the head more hairy, the hair
being longer and thicker, and the hinder tarsi are shorter compared

1 [Pseudagenia arethusa Cam., above alluded to, is an undescribed species from
Khasia represented in Mr. Rothney’s collection.

Nigra, femoribus tibtisque anterioribus late rufis ; abdominis apice supra albo ;

alis hyalinis. .

Long. 8 mm.

Comes into Bingham’s Section ‘‘C”’ (Fauna of India, Hymenopt. i. p. 108):
“Wings clear hyaline”; and 4, b'. Scape of antenne densely clothed with
short white hair; the flagellum with a close, black, microscopic down. Vertex
closely punctured and sparsely covered with longish fuscous hair; the front
more strongly punctured than the vertex and obscurely transversely striated ;
it projects immediately over the antenne; the projection is keeled down the
middle; the keel becomes wider towards the apex. The cheeks, the part below
the antenne, and the clypeus thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the
clypeus strongly and closely punctured ; roundly dilated, the sides at the apex
oblique ; the apex transverse; the silvery hair is mixed with some longer golden
hair; on either side near the middle is an obscure yellowish-white spot; palpi
pale testaceous ; the mandibles reddish before the middle, Pronotum rounded

1901. ] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT HXPEDITION.” 21

with the length of the tibiz; the tarsi, too, in tincéa are distinctly
spined, which is not the case with P. malayana.

Head opaque; the cheeks and clypeus covered with silvery pubes-
cence, the front and vertex sparsely covered with longish pale hair ;
the apex of the clypeus rounded, the sides at the base not sharply
oblique ; the palpi testaceous ; the hinder ocelliare separated from
the eyes byadistinctly greater distance than they are from each other.
Thorax thickly covered with a silvery pile; the scutellum and median
segment more sparsely with fuscous hair. The median segment
has a gradually rounded slope, is closely obscurely transversely
striated in the middle; the oblique furrow on the mesopleure is
narrow but distinct ; its lower part at the base is depressed, clearly
separated from the rest, and more strongly punctured. Legs
pruinose, the four anterior femora more or less obscure reddish
beneath, the hinder femora bright ferruginous, except at the
extreme apex; the hinder tarsi are much longer than the tibie,
which are almost spineless. Wings clear hyaline; the stigma
fuscous ; the nervures darker; the 2nd cubital cellule at the top
and bottom is distinctly, but not much, shorter than the third ;
the first and second transverse cubital nervures are roundly curved,
the first is distinctly, the second scarcely oblique; the first recurrent
nervure is received in the middle, the second distinctly in front of
the middle of the cellule; in the hind wings the transverse anal
nervure is received distinctly in front of the cubital. Abdomen
pruinose, shining; the segments are testaceous at the apex. ]

[ POMPILUS SINGAPORENSIS, sp. n.

Niger, dense argenteo-pruinosus ; alis hyalinis, apice funato. Qe

Long. 10 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

Antenne densely pruinose, like the body. The eyes distinctly
converge above, where they are separated by nearly the length of
the 3rd antennal joint ; the hinder ocelli are separated from each
other by the same distance as they are from the eyes; the front

thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Mesonotum closely punctured, the
middle in front slightly raised; from the base of the tegule runs an oblique
narrow furrow. ‘The postscutellar region is closely and finely, at the base
towards the apex more strongly transversely striated. Median segment with a
gradually rounded slope ; opaque, finely transversely granular ; the middle and
apex thickly covered with long white hair. The middle of the propleuree raised ;
the lower part triangularly depressed; the mesopleurz granular, opaque ; the
apex on the lower part and the sternum thickly covered with long white hair ;
the base of the metapleurz obscurely obliquely striated. Legs longish ; the
apex of the fore femora, the fore tibix, and the greater part of the tarsi, the
apical two-thirds of the middle femora except at the extreme apex, the middle
tibiz except behind, the hinder femora except at the base, and to a less extent
at the apex, red. Wings hyaline, but with a uniform fuscous tinge; the 2nd
and 3rd cubital cellules are subequal at the base and apex above and beneath ;
the first recurrent nervure is received near the middle, the second shortly before
the basal third of the cellule. Abdomen pruinose; the apical segment above
white, fuscous at the apex. |

22 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

has a narrow furrow down the centre. Clypeus transverse in the
middle; its sides broadly rounded. Mandibles black; the base
thickly covered with greyish pile ; the middle rufous. Palpi black,
covered with a grey pile. The sides of the pronotum behind are
straight and oblique. The median segment is distinctly furrowed
down the middle. ‘The cloud in the fore wings commences at the
end of the radial cellule; the radial cellule is wide in the middle ;
the apical abscissa of the radius is oblique; the apical half has a
different angle from the basal. The spines on the tibie and
tarsi are black; the calcaria are two-thirds the length of the
metatarsus. The first and third transverse cubital nervures are
roundly curved; the second straight and slightly oblique; at the
top the second cubital cellule is not quite half the length of
the first.

Comes near to P. pulverosus Sm., which may be known from it
by the cloud commencing “ beyond the first submarginal cell,” and
the calcaria are nearly as long as the metatarsus. The description
of P. pulverosus is not very complete. A revision of the Hymeno-
ptera collected by Dr. A. R. Wallace in the Malay region, and now
in the Hope Museum, Oxford, is a great desideratum. At present
the determination of many of the species from the description is
mere guesswork. With the Larridw, for example, one is never
certain whether the species described belongs to Larra, Notogonia,
Tachysphex, or Tachytes. |

[SALIUS MISERUS, sp. N.

Niger, capite, pronoto, apice mesonoti scutelloque flavo-testaceis ;
pedibus rufo-testaceis ; cowis posticis nigris ; alis fusco-flavis,
apice fusco-violuceis. 3.

Long. 22 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

Antenne rufous; the scape hollowed on the underside; the
outer edge is much sharper than the inner; the apical joints are
roundly curved above. The head fulvous; the face pale yellow ;
the vertex (especially at the ocelli) fuscous black. Eyes large,
slightly converging above; the lower part parallel; the ocelli
large, placed in a triangle, the hinder are separated from each
other by a slightly greater distance than they are from the eyes ;
there is a narrow shallow furrow in the middle of the front. Pro-
thorax rufo-fulvous; the lower and hinder parts of the pleure
darker coloured. ‘The apical half of the mesonotum, the scutellum,
and postscutellum are rufo-fulvous; the black on the mesonotum
is triangularly narrowed at the apex. Median segment, except at
the apex, transversely striated ; it is covered with a golden down
and some longish pale fulvous hairs. The scutellum is thickly
covered with long pale fulvous hair. Legs rufo-fulvous; the
hinder coxe black ; the inner tooth of the claws is half the length
of the outer. Wings fulvo-hyaline at the base; the apex with an
obscure violaceous-fuscous tinge, which is deeper in the radial and
cubital cellules ; the discoidal cellule is hyaline, with an elongated

1501. ] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 23

fuscous cloud in the centre ; this cloud is sharply narrowed towards
the apex; the apical abscissa of the radius is curved; the first
cubital cellule is shortly but distinctly shorter than the second ; the
third transverse cubital nervure is roundly curved. Abdomen
black ; the apical dorsal segment rufous.

Belongs to Bingham’s Section Ba (Fauna of India, p. 12#).]

[SALIUS TAPBROBANA, sp. 0.

Niger, antennis, pedibus, apice pronoti, mesonoto, scutello post-
scutelloque rufis; cowis trochanteribusque nigris ; alis flavis,
apice fumatis. 9.

Long. 25 mm.

Hab. Trincomali, Holraputtana, Ceylon (Colonel Yerbury).

Belongs to the section with one tooth on the claws, and comes
near to S. flavus.

Antenne stout, bare, ferruginous; the scape darker. Head
ferruginous, sparsely covered with long black hair; the vertex
thickly covered with depressed golden pile. The apex of the
clypeus is almost transverse in the middle; the apex of the labrum
is slightly rounded and is densely fringed with reddish hair. Thorax
black ; the apical half of the pronotum, the mesonotum, scutellum,
and postscutellum densely covered with silky depressed golden
pubescence. The depressed belt behind the postscutellum is dark
testaceous, is furrowed down the middle, and is transversely but
not closely striated. The median segment is coarsely transversely
striated, except on the apical third ; the strie have a brownish hue.
The upper part of the metapleure is obliquely striated ; the apex
of the propleure is brownish above. Legs ferruginous; the cox
and trochanters are black. Wings yellowish; the apical margin
distinctly smoky all round. Abdomen entirely black, shining ; the
pygidium and the epipygium velvety and thickly covered with long
black hairs. |

SALIUS SYCOPHANTA Grib.

An example from Patalung (Zvans) is the usual form ; one from
Kuala Aring has the wings much darker, the fulvous tinge being
much darker at the apex ; the apex itself is not clouded, and the
darker colour of the basal region extends nearer to the apex; the
hind wings want the basal tint entirely.

SALIUS MALAYENSIS, sp. nl.

Long. 16 mm.

Hab. Kuala Aring.

This species has the coloration of the body and wings of S. pere-
grinus Sim., with which it is closely related. S. peregrinus may
readily be known from it by the 3rd cubital cellule on the top being,
if anything, longer than the 2nd, whereas in the present species it
is not much more than one-half its length ; there is also a marked
distinction in the shape of the 2nd transverse cubital nervure,
which in peregrinus is straight, whereas in malayensis it is, on the

24 MR. P, CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

lower side, obliquely bent backwards towards the base of the wing,
while the upper two-thirds are roundly curved towards the apex.
The same character separates it from the closely-allied Khasia
species, S. subfervens Cam.

Head fulvous, yellowish along the eye-orbits ; the ocellar region
and the middle of the front are black; this black mark extends
behind the ocelli to the end of the eyes, where it is roundly
narrowed ; it is roundly incised at the sides of the ocelli, below
which it is roundly and broadly dilated; the lower part is incised.
The eyes distinctly converge above ; the hinder ocelli are separated
from each other by about the same distance they are from the eyes.
The clypeus is broadly rounded at the apex; the labrum is broadly
black in the middle, its apex fringed with bright fulvous hair.
Mandibles broadly black at their apices. Thorax black; the
prothorax (except the lower half of the pleurz), the sides of the
mesonotum, its centre largely from near the base to the apex,
the scutellum, and postscutellum, rufo-fulvous. The apical two-
thirds of the pronotum are furrowed in the centre; this furrow is
widest at the base. Wings uniformly fuscous-violaceous; the
stigma is pale fulvous in the middle; the first cubital cellule is
about twice the length of the second ; the first and third transverse
cubital nervures are oblique and roundly curved, the second is
straight and oblique on the lower third, the rest roundly curved
towards the upper apex of the cellule; the first recurrent nervure
is received near the base of the apical fourth, the second near the
base of the apical third of the cellule. Legs coloured like the
thorax; all the coxe and trochanters, the base of the four anterior
femora, and almost the basal half of the hinder pair black; the
apical joint of all the tarsi black. Abdomen black, except the upper
part of the last segment, which is pale fulvous.

POMPILUS ANALIS Fab.
One example, without special locality, of this widely distributed
Eastern species.
SPHEGID &.
SPHEX LOBATUS Fab.
Patalung, Biserat, Gunong Inas (Perak), and Bukit Besar.
A common Indian species.

SPHEX UMBROSUS Christ.
Bukit Besar.

SPHEX AURULENTUS Fab.

The form of this species agrees with the description of Sphew
flavo-vestita Sm., a species placed by Kohl, in his monograph of
the genus, among the unidentified species. According to some
specimens in the Cambridge Museum from North Borneo, it stores
its nests with young grasshoppers, and spins a cocoon, which is

(
|

1901.] HYMENOPTHRA OF THE “ SKBAT EXPEDITION.” 25

smooth, bare, brown, and shining on the inner side; on the outer
side it is thickly covered with pale, long, woolly yellow hair.

AMMOPHILA ATRIPES Smith.

T'he female example is very large and has bright red legs; the
males are not much more than half its size and have the legs
almost entirely black. Special locality not stated.

SCELIPHRON JAVANUM Lep.
Singora. Several examples of this fine species.

SCELIPHRON MADRASPATANUM Fab.
Singora. One example.

[ BEMBEX LACTEA, sp. n.

Long. 22 mm.

Hab. Khasia (coll. Rothney).

This species wants the U-shaped yellow mark on the mesonotum,
and comes into Bingham’s Section B near to B. latitarsis (Fauna of
India, Hymenopt. p. 285).

@. Antenne black; the scape of the antenne yellow, except the
apical half above, the 2nd joint, and the base of the 3rd beneath,
which are black. ‘The yellow colour has a distinct pale olive tint ;
ou the head, the clypeus, the labrum, the front, except for two large
oblique marks on the top continued from the black on the vertex,
the inner orbits to near the ocelli, the outer orbits more narrowly
from near the top, and the mandibles are yellow. The eyes slightly
diverge below ; the front and vertex are thickly covered with long
fuscous hair; the front is broadly keeled; on the top of the
clypeus are two oblique, large, irregular black marks. Mesonotum
black ; the scutellum black, except for a large transverse line in the
centre, which is dilated behind at the sides; the base of the post-
scutellum is broadly yellow at the base. Median segment yellow,
except broadly in the middle at the base and two oblique lines—
broad at the base, becoming gradually narrowed towards the apex
—across the middle and one across the apex, black. The base of
the pronotum, an irregular mark on the propleure behind, the
upper two-thirds of the mesopleure at the base, the sutures
narrowly, and au irregular large mark on the apex of the meta-
pleurze, black. Legs of the yellow colour of the body ; the femora
and tibize broadly lined with black—the former in front and behind,
the latter behind only. ‘The ventral surface of the abdomen
entirely, the basal segment except for a large oblique line on either
side extending near to the middle of the seement and becoming
gradually narrowed from the outer to the inner side, black; the
second and third segments are broadly black at the apex, the black
bands triangularly dilated in the middle at the apex; near the
centre of these segments are two transverse black marks ; on the
base of the fourth segment is a large black mark, which projects
obliquely broadly at the apex and to a less extent on the inner

26 MR. P.CAMBRON ON THE ~ [May 7,

side; the black band between these marks triangularly projects
in the middle; two larger black marks, not projecting at the
sides, are on the fifth segment; the sixth is entirely black.

The male is similarly coloured to the female, except that the
black marks on the clypeus are much smaller, the yellow line on
the scutellum is narrower and is interrupted in the middle, the
abdominal segments have only their apices narrowly black, and
the marks on the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th segments are much narrower ;
the last segment is yellow, black round the edges, and more
broadly and irtegularly at the base, where the black band projects
broadly in the middle. The 8th, 9th, and 10th joints project and
are minutely spined below; the 11th and 12th joints are broadly
hollowed, smooth, bare, and brownish below; the last has the apex
obliquely rounded. The anterior tarsi are broader than usual ;
the metatarsus is of almost uniform width and has its lower edge
slightly irregularly waved; the 2nd joint is not much narrowed
at the base; the 3rd and 4th become gradually wider towards the
apex; the middle femora are irregularly, minutely, and closely
spined or serrate on the lower edge, the outer two serrations are
wider, more regularly rounded than the others. The spine on the
2nd ventral segment is large, becomes gradually wider from the
base to the top; its apex has an oblique slope; on the penultimate
segment is a distinct rounded tubercle.

A distinct species related to B. pinguis and B. latitarsis. |

BEMBEX MELANCHOLICA Sim.

Except that the yellow lines on the mesonotum are indistinct
and very short, an example from Singapore agrees very well with
the description of this species. In the male the incised apex of
the last abdominal segment is a characteristic feature.

[BeMBEX BORNHANA, Sp. 0.

Long. 22mm. ¢.

Hab. Borneo.

This species has the pale lacteous colour of B. melancholica, and
is closely related to it; but it may be at once separated by the fact
that the last abdominal segment is not incised in the middle.

Antenne black; the scape yellow below; the apical two joints
are hollowed below; the last has its apex obliquely truncated and
is broadly, roundly incised; the 12th is more obliquely and
slightly incised ; the 11th is obliquely narrowed at the base; the
10th is slightly spinose in the middle; the 9th is sharply spinose ;
the 8th hasa less distinct spine. Head thickly covered with long,
soft, white hair; black, the inner orbits to near the top, the
clypeus, labrum, and mandibles, except at the apex, livid yellow ;
below the antenne are two black marks, longer than broad,
rounded above, obliquely narrowed on the inner side. Mesonotum
black; an interrupted U-shaped yellow mark in its centre, and
there is a wider line alongside the tegule. Scutellum black,
yellow round the apex ; postscutellum for the greater part yellow.
Median segment yellow; a somewhat triangular black mark on

\

1901.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ‘‘ SKHAT BXPEDITION.”’ 27

either side at the base: on the inner side they are produced nar-
rowly and obliquely to the middle of the segment and outwardly
down the metapleure, where they become much narrowed on the
lower end. On the pleure there is an elongated pyriform black
mark near the tubercles. Legs coloured like the body ; the femora
and tibie lined with black above; the front tarsi are broadly
dilated; the 2nd joint is roundly dilated on the outer side, the
dilated part is clearly separated ; the base of the joint is not con-
tracted ; the middle femora are not toothed beneath; near the
apex on the lower side is a shallow incision. The apical slope of
the basal segment and the apical third of the others are black ;
the black bands are dilated broadly and irregularly backwards in
the middle; behind the middle of the segments are two narrow,
transverse, short lines; the apical segment is black, with two
large, somewhat triangular yellow marks in the middle; its apex
is broadly, bluntly rounded. |

[ PISON FUSCIPALPIS, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus, dense argentco-pilosus ; alis hyalinis, stigmate

nervisque mgris. @.

Long. 6 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

Scape and pedicle of antennz densely covered with silvery
pubescence; the flagellum less densely with a pale pile. The
lower part of the front and of the eye-incision, the face, and the
clypeus are densely covered with silvery pubescence; the upper
part of the front and the vertex with short silvery pubescence ;
the front and vertex are shagreened and can hardly be called
punctured ; the front has a shallow but distinct furrow down its
centre. The mandibles are broadly rufous in the centre; the
palpi are fuscous. Thorax shagreened and thickly covered with
silvery pubescence. Pronotum clearly separated behind. The
basal part of the median segment has a distinct keel down the
middle ; a stout keel runs from the spiracles to the apex of the
segment; the apex of the segment has an oblique slope; on the
upper half is a deep furrow; on either side of this are five curved
strie. Wings clear hyaline; the apex slightly infuscated; the
nervures and stigma are black; the pedicle is longer than the
lower two transverse cubital nervures, which are roundly curved ;
the second recurrent nervure is received almost in the middle of
the cellule; the first recurrent about the length of the top of the
apical cubital cellule from the transverse cubital nervure. Legs
densely pruinose; the calcaria pale. The basal segment of the
abdomen is as long as the second segment; the two are clearly
separated.

The tegulee are piceous on the outer side ; the basal two segments
6f the abdomen have their margins depressed ; the anterior part
of the pronotum is distinctly separated from the larger posterior
part ; both have oblique slopes.

A distinct species from P. suspiciosus Sm., which is also from
Singapore. |

28 MR. P, CAMERON ON THH [May 7,

CRABRONID A.

[CRABRO IMPETUOSUS, sp. 0.

Niger, abdomine maculis flavis sex; geniculis tibiisque flavo-

lineatis ; alis hyalinis, nervis stigmateque nigris. @.

Long. 6-7 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

Head black ; the front and vertex almost bare, alutacecus ; the
ocelli are in a curve, the hinder are separated from each other by
a slightly less distance than they are from the eyes, which, on the
inner side above, are obliquely narrowed. ‘The sides of the clypeus
are thickly covered with silvery pubescence; the middle has a
distinct keel. The basal half of the mandibles is yellow. Thorax
black, opaque; yellow are two lines on the pronotum, two marks
on the scutellum, and the tubercles. The postscutellum is longi-
tudinally striated. The base of the median segment is depressed
and bears stout keels ; the basal area is defined by a wide furrow,
which is traversed by the striz ; the apical half bas a deep furrow
in the centre ; the sides of the segments are bounded by a stout
keel, at the base of which, on the inner side, are two small aree.
Propleure strongly aciculated ; the hinder part is striated. Meso-
pleure alutaceous; the furrow is crenulated ; the apex is obliquely
narrowed, with a keel at the base, behind which is a narrow crenu-
lated furrow. Metapleure closely and minutely striated, except
at the base above, where there is a strongly striated part, bordered
behind by a furrow. Wings clear hyaline; the nervures black ;
the radial cellule is slightly infuscated. Legs black; the four
anterior knees, the tibize (except broadly behind), the hinder tibize
behind (except at the apex), and the calcaria yellow. The petiole
is nearly as long as the following three segments united; it is
opaque and dilated at the apex; there are two yellow oblique
lines in the middle of the 2nd segment, two longer ones on the
base of the 3rd, and a broad one on the base of the 4th ; the latter
is slightly incised in the middle at the apex. |

[TRYPOXYLON VARIPILOSUM, sp. n.

Nigrum, abdomine rufo, petiolo nigro; pedibus testacers, tarsis
posticis nigris ; facie clypeoque dense aureo-pilosis ; alis hyalinis,
nervis nigris, stigmate fusco. &.

Long. 16 min.

Hab. Singapore.

Antenne testaceous, paler towards the base. The front and
eye-incisions are covered with golden pubescence ; on the face and
clypeus the pubescence is denser and more silvery in hue. The
apex of the clypeus is rufo-testaceous ; its middle broadly but not
very much projects, the projection is slightly waved in the centre.
Mandibles testaceous, paler, more yellowish towards the apex.
The upper part of the front is broadly but not: deeply furrowed ;
the lower is stoutly keeled. The hinder part of the head is
thickly covered with golden-silvery pubescence. Thorax smooth

1901.) HYMENOPTPRA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 29

and shining, thickly covered with longish silvery hair; on the
mesonotum the hair has a golden tinge. The basal half of the
median segment has a wide shallow furrow, which becomes
eradually wider towards the apex; the furrow on the apical slope
is wide on the basal two-thirds, much narrower and shallower on
the apical. Legs testaceous: the four front femora are more
rufous in colour; the posterior darker in tint and are lmed with
black on the inner and outer sides; the apex of the hinder tibize and
the hinder tarsi black. Abdomen ferruginous ; the petiole, except
at its apex, black.

Comes nearest, apparently, to 7. coloratum Smith. The legs
probably vary in tint; the hinder coxe are black at the base
behind. The pleure have a plumbeous tint. There are curved
lateral furrows on the base of the median segment, but they are
not deep or very distinct. |

VESPIDGE.
VESPA CrIncTA Fab.

Biserat. The common Indian form, not the Malayan var.
affinis. In most of the workers the rufous colour of the abdomen
extends on to the basal segment.

POLISTES SAGITTARIUS Sauss.
One specimen of this common species from Biserat.

ICARIA LEPTOGASTER, sp. 0.

Flava, capite supra, mesonoto medioque pronoti nigris; alis
hyalinis, nervis stigmateque testaceis. 2.

Long. 14-15 mm.

Hab. Patalung, Malay Peninsula.

@. Antenne dark rufous ; the scape darker in colour. On the
head the vertex, the front (except near the eyes and immediately
above the antenne), and the part below the antenne and above
the clypeus, and bordered on the outer side by the sutures, are
black ; there is an obscure line down the clypeus, which does not
extend quite to the apex. The mandibular teeth are black. Meso-
notum black. On the apex of the scutellum is a triangular black
mark ; its central furrow is deep, and does not extend to the base.
The furrow on the median segment is narrow at the base; the rest
of it is much wider, with the sides obliquely sloped ; the centre
has a narrow keel. Legs coloured like the body ; the apices of the
four posterior tibiz and their tarsi black. Abdomen elongate,
without black; the petiole is nearly as long as the 2nd and 3rd
segments united.

This is a larger species than S. sulciscutis ; the femora want
entirely the black colour so conspicuous in the last-named species ;
the abdomen is distinctly longer compared with the thorax, and
the rest of the abdomen is clearly longer compared with the
petiole; the second segment itself is longer compared with its
width at the apex.

30 MR, P. CAMERON ON THE [ May 7,

[IcARIA SULCISCUTIS, sp. n.

Pallide flava, supra late nigro-maculata ; pedibus pallide flavis,
tarsis nigris ; scutello sulcato ; alis hyalinis, stugmate nervisque
nigro-fuscis. %.

Long. 13 mm.

Hab. Bukit Tomah, Singapore.

Antenne deep black, stout; the joints of the flagellum clearly
separated. Head pale yellow ; brownish black are the front, ex-
cept the orbits of the ocelli and a mark above the antenne, the
outer orbits broadly, and the clypeus, except for a black line down
its middle on the basal two-thirds, the line becoming wider towards
the apex. The black mark on the front is dilated outwardly on
the lower edges ; there is a narrow but distinct furrow extending
from the ocelli to the antenne; on the black mark between the
antenne are two small yellow marks. The apex of the clypeus is
acutely pointed in the middle. Mandibles pallid yellow, except
that the teeth are black. The prothorax is black, except the hinder
edges narrowly, the upper edges and a broader, more irregular line
before the middle. The scutellum is broadly furrowed down the
middle ; it is yellow, except the middle, narrowly bebind, and a large
triangular mark behind. The median segment is edged with brown
behind and more narrowly down the centre; this central line is
much narrowed on the top. The basal line extends obliquely to
ihe spiracles ; the pleural furrows are clearly defined; the furrow on
the centre of the median segment is keeled. The middle femora
are brownish on the basal two-thirds above; the hinder are
entirely black, as are also the four hinder tarsi and the apices of
the four hinder tibie. The petiole is brown, its apex and sides
pallid yellow ; the other segments are brownish, with the apices
and the ventral surface pallid yellow. |

BUMENES CIRCINALIS Fab.

Hab. Patalung, Singora, Malay Peninsula.
The three examples are very dark-coloured, and all differ from
each other in coloration.

[ODYNERUS MEPHITIS, sp. 0.

Niger, flavo-maculatus ; abdominis basi rufa; pedibus flavis,
femoribus rufis, tibiis posticis mgris; ahs hyalinis, stigmate
fusco. 2.

Long. 6 mm.

Hab. Ceylon.

Belongs to the section without a suture on the petiole, and

comes close to O. miniatus and O. diffinis.

Scape of antenne bright yellow below ; the base of the flagellum
rufous. Head closely and uniformly punctured; black; the oblique
sides of the clypeus, a mark above the antenne, roundly dilated on
either side below the middle, the lateral, the upper, and lower
portions being not clearly separated, the end of the eye-incisions,

1901.) HYMENOPTERA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 31

and the outer upper half of the eye-orbits, pale yellow. The
central part of the clypeus is flat and strongly punctured ; the
sides are oblique; the apex transverse. Pro- and mesothorax
closely and strongly punctured, as are also the scutellum and
postseutellum ; the postscutellum has an oblique slope, and does
not project at the apex. Median segment opaque, rugose, and
thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Legs pallid yellow; the
femora rufous ; the middle tibiz are lined behind with black; the
posterior are entirely black. On the thorax there are two yellow
marks on the pronotum, which become gradually wider outwardly ;
the tegule are yellow at the base and apex; the sides of the
scutellum and of the postscutellum more widely are also yellow.
Wings clear hyaline, the stigma fuscous ; the nervures are darker
coloured. ‘The basal half of the petiole is rufous; its apex and
the apex of the second segment are yellow; the apical three
segments are marked with yellow in the middle; on the sides of
the second segment behind the middle is a small yellow mark. |

[ RHYNCHIUM TAPROBANA, sp. n.

Nigrum, abdomine flavo-lineato ; femoribus rufis ; alis violaceo-
hyalins, nervis stigmateque mgris. 2.

Long. 9 mm.

Hab. Ceylon.

Antenne black, brownish beneath. Head black, a line on the
lower side of the eye-incision, a small triangular mark over the
antenne, and a large curved mark on either side of the top of the
clypeus, yellow. Front and vertex closely and strongly punctured ;
the lower part of the front, of the eye-incision, and the face and
clypeus covered with silvery pubescence; there is a stout keel
between the antenne. Clypeus obliquely narrowed towards the
apex, where it is roundly but not deeply incised; the sides are
triangular. Pro- and mesothorax closely and strongly punctured ;
the median segment is more deeply, more rugosely, punctured ;
the postscutellum has a sharp edge behind and is slightly depressed
in the centre there; the sides of the median segment, seen from
above, are straight and oblique. The base of the thorax is trans-
verse ; in the centre are two small yellow marks; the tegule are
black. Wings fuscous-violaceous; the violaceous tint is more
distinct at the apex and base; the nervures and stigma are deep
black. Legs black; the four posterior femora are rufous; the
anterior and the anterior tibie in front are of a darker rufous
colour. The abdomen is closely and rather strongly punctured ;
the basal segment is cup-shaped, and behind is clearly separated
from the 2nd, which becomes distinctly narrowed towards the
base ; the basal two segments are banded with yellow all round;
the 3rd is banded with yellow above; the transverse suture on
the base of the second ventral segment has a blistered appearance
and is not punctured. The sides of the median segment are
broadly rounded, not angular or toothed; the postscutellum is
more distinctly raised than usual and is broadly rounded behind.

32 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

This species looks not unlike, at first sight, a small example of
R. flawvomarginatum, but is abundantly distinct; ¢. g. the sides of the
median segment do not angularly project. |

APID &.

| XYLOCOPA MALAYANA, sp. 0.
Nigra, thorace supra abdoninisque basi dense fulvo-pilosis ; tarsis
anterioribus longe albo-pilosis ; alis fusco-violaccis. 3.

Long. 25-26 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

Antenne black; the scape and the fourth and following joints
rufous beneath ; the scape is only rufeus in the middle. Head
distinctly narrower than the thorax ; black, closely punctured ; the
vertex behind is covered with yellowish-fulvous pubescence ; the
sides of the face to the middle of the clypeus with shorter white
pubescence ; the hair on the upper part of the outer orbits is black,
onthe lower piceous. In the middle of the clypeusis a pale yellow
streak, which reaches near to the apex, which is smooth and shining
and is clearly separated ; below it is fringed with rufous hair. The
mandibles are widely grooved above, narrowly below ; the tooth is
long and becomes gradually narrowed towards the apex; there is
no subapical or upper tooth ; the space above the lower tooth is
roundly curved. The entire upper part of the thorax is thickly
covered with bright yellow pubescence; the pro- and metapleure
are shining and only sparsely haired ; the mesopleure black, closely
punctured and thickly covered with black, mixed with pale, hair ;
the hair on the breast is much shorter ; the apex of the metapleuree
may be piceous. The four anterior tarsi are thickly fringed with
very long white hair; the hair on the four front tibie is black,
white on the top in front and on the apex behind; on the posterior
legs the hair is entirely black. The hair on the basal segment of
the abdomen is yellow, passing gradually on the 2nd and 3rd
segments into olive colour; on the other segments itis black. ‘The
basal ventral segments are more or less rufous; the sides of the
2nd segment bear yellowish hair; those of the 3rd, 4th, and 5th
white, the others black hair; the hair on the last segments is long
and black. The wings are uniformly deep fuscous-violaceous ; the
stigma and nervures are deep black.

The ocelli are in a curve :.*; the hinder are separated from
each other by about the same distance they are from the eyes. |

[ XYLOCOPA CHYLONICA, sp. n.

Dense ferrugineo-pilosa, thorace supra abdominisque basi olivaceo-
pilosis ; alis fusco-violaceis. .
Long. 27-28 mm.
Hab. Ceylon.
This species closely resembles X. rufescens, but is more slenderly
built; the head is narrower compared with the mesothorax, it wants
entirely the yellow markings on the face and clypeus; the hair on

1901.) HYMENOPTHRA OF THE ‘ SKUAT EXPEDITION.” Bo

the top of the thorax and base of abdomen has a distinct olive
tint ; the 2nd recurrent nervure is not broadly and roundly curved,
but has the upper and lower parts straight and oblique, and the
face and clypeus are much more densely covered with rufous hair.

The underside of the scape is pale yellowish; the lower part of
the flagellum rufous; the third joint darker coloured than the
others. Head densely covered with rufous pubescence, which is
shorter on the face and clypeus than on the front and vertex. The
clypeus is closely and distinctly punctured, except in the centre,
where it is smooth, which is also the case with the apex, where
it is very smooth and shining; the labrum is more projecting
than usual and is keeled in the middle. The ocelli are in a curve;
the hinder are separated from each other by a distinctly greater
distance than they are from the eyes. Thorax covered with olive-
yellow pubescence; the olive tint is more noticeable above than on
the pleuree. The pubescence on the base of the abdomen has a
slight olive tint ; on the rest it is bright rufous above and below.
The pubescence on the legs is long, dense and bright rufous; the
apices of the tarsi are piceous. Wings fuscous, with bronzy tints.

The anterior femora are brownish in front ; the front trochanters
triangularly project at the apex. |

XYLOCOPA COLLARIS Linn.

XYLOCOPA PICTIFRONS Smith.

3d. One example of what agrees fairly well with Bingham’s
description of this species in his Fauna of India, Hymenop.
p- 538; but not with Smith’s original description, Trans. Ent. Soc.
u. (1852) p. 42, and in his Monograph of the genus, Trans. Ent.
Soc.. 1874, p. 275.

XYLOCOPA GRANDICEPS, sp. n.

Nigra, dense fulvo-pilosa ; tarsis ferrugineo-pilosis ; alis fulvo-

hyalinis, nervis nigris. @.

Long. 20 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

Head large, nearly as wide as the thorax. Ocelli larger thar
usual, they are placed in a triangle; the hinder are separated from
the eyes by one-half the distance they are from each other.
Clypeus closely and strongly punctured ; its apex has a depressed
margin; in the centre is a stout, shining, smooth tooth. The apical
tooth of the mandibles is large, triangular; the subapical distinctly
projects, is large and rounded at the apex. The front distinctly
projects between the antennz; it is, as is also the vertex, closely,
uniformly, and distinctly punctured. The thorax is thickly covered
with long rufo-fulvous hair; the mesonotum is smooth and shining ;
the scutellum is strongly, but not very closely punctured, as is also
the median segment, except the basal area, which is alutaceous ;
the segment has a semiperpendicular slope and is rounded at the
top. Wings fulvo-hyaline; rufous in tint along the fore margin ;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No. III. 3

34 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7

the 1st recurrent nervure is not interstitial, but is received shortly
beyond the 2nd transverse cubital. Tegule rufous, black round
the inner edges. The hair on the legs is dense, long and bright
rufous; the tooth on the apex of the fore tibie is short, blunt, and
hollowed on the outer side. The hair on the abdomen is similarly
coloured to that on the thorax; it is sparse on the back; the ven-
tral segments are fringed with long hair; unless the segments are
distorted, the 4th is distinctly longer than the 3rd.

A distinct species; the rufous colour of the pubescence makes it
resemble rufescens Smith ; but, apart from other differences, that
species is a Koptor thosoma whereas the present species is a Xylocopa
s. str. It is a well- marked species, through its head being larger
and more particularly wider, compared w ith the thor aX, than usual,
most of the species having the head very perceptibly narrower than
the mesothorax ; the ocelli too are larger and are placed in a
triangle, while with most of the species, e. @. rufescens, they are
placed in a curve; they are also placed nearer to the eyes than in
the typical species of X ‘ylocopa. |

KoprorTHOSOMA CHRULEUM Fab.
One example from Kuala Aring.

KoproRTHOSOMA STUANS Linn.
Common, as elsewhere in the Oriental Region.

KOProRTHOSOMA LATIPES Drury.
Common.

MEGACHILE ERYTHROPODA, Sp. 0.

Nigra, pedibus rufis ; capite dorsoque thoracis dense rufo-pilosis ;
scapo antennarum rufo ; alis fulvo-hyalinis, apice fere fumatis,
stigmate nervisque fulvis. @.

Long. 14-15 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

The scape of the antenne rufous; the flagellum black, brownish
beneath. Except on the clypeus the head is thickly covered with
bright fulvo-rufous hair; the face is strongly punctured: the
clypeus i is more closely rugosely punctured and is strongly keeled
on the upper two-thirds ; it is covered (but not so thickly as the
front) with longish dark rufous hair; on its sides there is a patch
of thick fulvous hair, which is obliquely narrowed towards the
apex. The apical tooth of the mandibles is bluntly rounded; the
subapical tooth is short, broad, bluntly rounded, and is furrowed
broadly, but not deeply, i in the middle. The entire upper part of
the thorax is thickly covered with bright rufous hair, except in the
centre of the median segment. The pleure are also thickly covered
with similar pubescence. Mesosternum closely rugosely punc-
tured and covered with pale fulvous hair. Legs rufous; the coxe
and the four anterior trochanters black ; the hair is thick, stiff, and
dark rufous; the tarsi are darker in colour, especially towards the
apex. Wings fulvo-hyaline, the apex slightly smoky ; the stigma

1901.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” BD

and nervures are fulvous. The base of the basal segment of the
abdomen and its sides are covered with fulvous pubescence ; its
apex and the apex of the second are fringed with similarly coloured
hair; the hair on the rest of the segment and the ventral scopa
deep black. Tegulee rufous.

The apex of the clypeus is transverse in the middle and has the
sides rounded ; the central part has an irregular margin, almost
toothed on the outer side ; the hinder ocelli are separated from each
other by twice the distance they are from the eyes.

Comes near to MW. dimidiata Sm.

MEGACHILE EREDERICI, Sp. n.

Long. 21 mm. 2.

Hab. Kuala Aring, Malay Peninsula.

This species closely resembles one from Borneo which is also
undescribed. They both agree in being large, in having the pubes-
cence black, except on the apex of the abdomen (where it is pale)
and the scopa (which is bright red). The differences between the
two may be expressed thus :—

Head and thorax closely and strongly punctured; the apical
segment of the abdomen clothed with pale pubescence; the
mesonotum not furrowed laterally. Length21 mm. __frederici.

Head and thorax sparsely punctured; the apical two seg-
ments of the abdomen clothed with pale pubescence; the
mesonotum with a wide, deep furrow on either side. Length
Sere TIMMINS a eget el coermiatch oye tai hires gio tik eran eke bicanaliculata,

Head strongly and closely punctured ; the face is not so strongly
or regularly punctured and in the middle is shagreened only ; it is
distinctly separated from the face. The inner part of the man-
dibles is irregularly punctured; the outer side has the punctures
smaller and more widely separated ; the apical tooth is bluntly
triangular; the subapical is a bluntly rounded small tubercle.
Mesonotum with the seutellum closely, uniformly, and strongly
punctured ; the postscutellum is closely and minutely punctured :
the basal area of the median segment is smooth and shining; the
rest of it is closely and minutely punctured; the base of the seg-
ment is fringed with long white hair. Pro- and mesopleure closely
punctured, the metapleura coarsely shagreened. Legs deep black,
with deep black pubescence ; the pubescence on the underside of
the basal joint of the tarsi is bright rufous; the calcaria dull
red, almost brown. Wings hyaline, slightly suffused with fulvous
tints ; the nervures are fuscous black, the stigma darker coloured.
Abdomen black ; the back almost bare to the last segment, which is
thickly covered with greyish-white pubescence ; the segments are
sparsely punctured at the base and apex ; the scopais bright rufous ;
the basal ventral segment is for the greater part reddish brown.

(MEGACHILE BICANALICULATA, sp. n.
Long. 23-24 mm.
Hab. Borneo, Matang, 3000 feet (Shelford).
3%

36 MR. P. CAMURON ON THE [ May 7,

Vertex shining, sparsely punctured; the punctures shallow,
irregular. Below the anterior ocellus is a V-shaped hollow, bordered
with stout keels; the sides have an oblique slope. The part of the
face below the antenne is roundly convex and bordered on its
lower edge by a keel; the clypeus is keeled down the middle and
is more strongly and regularly punctured than the face, its apex is
alutaceous, opaque, and impunctate, its sides are roundly, but not
very much, dilated. Mandibles opaque, their basal half sparsely
punctured ; their apical tooth is bluntly rounded, the subapical is
indistinct and rounded. Mesonotum shining, sparsely punctured,
and having a blistered appearance ; its central part is bordered by
two shallow, wide furrows ; outside these is a narrow, deeper, and
more clearly defined one; the outer edge is distinctly and sharply
raised and furrowed on the inner side. The scutellum is irregularly
punctured like the mesonotum. Median segment closely, distinctly,
but not very strongly, punctured; the basal area is smooth and
shining, except at the edges (where it is opaque) and at the base on
the outer side (where it is punctured); the middle is furrowed ; the
sides are thickly covered with long white hair. Pleure and sternum
rugosely punctured; under the wings, below the tegule, is a
thick patch of white pubescence. Wings hyaline, the apex slightly
smoky; the nervures and stigma black. Legs black, thickly
covered with stiff black hair. Abdomen black ; the dorsal segments
closely and minutely punctured ; the basal slope is covered with
longish, white, soft hair ; the apices of the basal four segments are
fringed with white hair; the apical two are thickly covered with
short white pubascence and with longer white hair; the ventral
scopa is bright rufous. |

TRIGONA COLLINA Sm.
Patalung. Described by Smith from Mount Ophir, Malacca.

TRIGONA TESTACEITARSIS, sp. 0.

Nigra, capite thoraceque dense albo-pilosis ; scapo antennarum
apiceque tarsorum testaceis; alis hyalinis, nervis stigmateque
pices. 3.

Long. fere 4 mm.

Hab. Patani, Malay Peninsula.

Scape of antenne and the second joint testaceous; the
flagellum dark testaceous, black on the upperside. Head smooth
and shining; densely covered with short white pubescence ; the
edge of the clypeus is testaceous; the labrum dark testaceous.
Mandibles obscure testaceous, darker in the middle. Thorax
densely covered with short pale pubescence, except on the median
segment ; on the pleuree and sternum it is denser and longer than
it is on the mesonotum. Legs black, the tarsi testaceous, the
basal joint of the hinder black ; the hair on the legs is black, paler
on the apical joints of the tarsi. Wings hyaline, higlily iridescent ;
the stigma and nervures are testaceous or piceous. Abdomen
smooth and shining; the basal segment may be brownish.

Patani. Several workers.

1901.} HYMENOPTERA OF THE “‘ SKEAT BXPEDITION.” B47)

ICHNEUMONIDG.

JOPPINI.

ATANYJOPPA, gen. nov.

Antenne short, distinctly shorter than the abdomen, thickened
and compressed beyond the middle. Clypeus not separated from
the face by a suture; a fovea on either side of it above; its apex
slightly and roundly incurved in the middle ; the labrum distinctly
projecting. Face flat. Mandibles bidentate at the apex ; the lower
tooth much smaller than the upper. Occiput margined, roundly
incised. Scutellum flat, broader than long, its sides keeled.
Median segment depressed in the middle at the base ; itis distinctly
areolated. Gastrocceli not very distinct, elongate, narrowed towards
the apex. Areolet 5-angled, narrowed above, the recurrent nervure
is received in its centre; the apical abscissa of the radius is curved
upwards at the base. Legs stout; the base of the front tibie
deeply incised ; the claws are simple. Abdomen long, three times
the length of the thorax, which is not much longer than the basal
two segments united. Petiole curved at the apex; its spiracles
are placed near the base of its apical fourth; the ventral fold
extends to the apex of the 4th segment ; the segments are produced
laterally at the apex; there are 7 segments, the last two are large
and form a sharp, somewhat triangular point. Ovipositor short.
The middle segments of the abdomen are longitudinally striated.

In Ashmead’s classification of the Joppint (Proc. U.S. Nat.
Museum, xxiii. p. 13) this genus comes nearest to the American
genus Lindigia, Kreichbaumer, which is, however, very different
in form. The characteristics of the genus are the very short,
strongly dilated antenne, the very long abdomen, with its middle
segments sharply dilated at the apex, projecting labrum, and flat,
strongly keeled scutellum.

[ATANYJOPPA FLAVOMACULATA, sp. n.

Nigra, promesothoraceque albo-maculatis ; metathorace rufo; abdo-
mine late albo-lineato ; pedibus anterioribus albis, posticis nigris,
basi tibiarum late alba; alis hyalinis, stigmate testaceo. 9°.

Long. 17-18 mm.

Hab. Borneo (Shelford).

Antenne short, scarcely longer than the thorax. Thorax and
basal two segments of the abdomen black ; the scape beneath, the
basal joints of the flagellum at the apex, and the 7th to 15th more or
less white; the scape smooth, thickly covered with long pale hair.
Head large; the face, labrum, clypeus, mandibles, palpi, the inner
orbits (widest in the middle and behind the ocelli), and the outer
orbits (narrow above and becoming wider towards the bottom)
yellow; the black on the front and vertex has a plumbeous hue ;
the front and vertex are very smooth and shining; the face is
obscurely punctured in the middle, the clypeus at the base.
Labrum thickly fringed with long hair. Thorax: the edge of the

38 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

pronotum all round above and slightly wider at the apex, a short
line on either side of the mesonotum, the sides of the scutellum
broadly, its apex more narrowly, the postscutellum, the edge of
the propleure broadly, the lower half of the mesopleurz, the
tubercles, the edge of the apex of the mesopleure, and the sides of
the metanotum at the apex, yellow. The mesonotum at the base
and sides obscurely punctured; the middle with large deep
punctures: it is thickly covered with short black hairs, especially
at the base. Scutellum flat, large, slightly narrowed towards the
apex; the sides with a stout keel, which extends from the base
to near the apex: except along its edges it bears large deep
punctures ; the apex is longitudinally striated ; the depression at
the base is narrow and shallow. Postscutellum smooth and
shining. The base of the median segment is coarsely shagreened ;
the rest strongly punctured ; the are are not distinctly indicated,
the keels being faint; the supramedian is longer than broad, and
obliquely narrowed at the base; there are no teeth; the apex in
the middle is depressed, shining, and finely transversely striated ;
the keels on the apex of the segment are more distinct than they
are on the base; the posterior median area is triangularly nar-
rowed at the base. Propleure shining; the upper part strongly
obliquely striated ; the apex furrowed ; the mesopleure punctured,
more strongly below than above; the middle behind smooth,
plumbeous; the apex is crenulated. Metapleure strongly and
closely punctured. Legs stout, thickly covered with white hair;
the four anterior tibiz and the femora are lined above with black ;
the hinder coxe are black, except in the middle behind ; the basal
joint of the trochanters and the basal half of the hinder tibize
yellow ; the tarsi spinose ; the metatarsus and the base of the 2nd
joint are testaceous. Wings hyaline, the nervures blackish ; the
areolet narrowed above, being there somewhat less in length than
the space bounded by the first transverse cubital and the recurrent
nervures ; the latter is received nearly in the middle; the wings
are rather short, and hardly reach to the apex of the 4th abdominal
segment. The petiole becomes gradually widened from the middle
to the apex; yellow, the dilated part blackish, and obscurely
longitudinally shagreened ; the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th segments are
broadly yellowish at the base ; the apical three are entirely white ;
the 2nd and 3rd segments punctured and longitudinally striolated
in the middle; the gastroceli are shallow, and not very clearly
indicated ; the ovipositor projects, its sheath is black. |

[ATANYJOPPA RUFOMACULATA, Sp. n.

Long. 22 mm. 2.

Hab. Khasia (Rothney).

Agrees closely with the preceding species, from which it may
be known by the median segment being broadly black at the base
and in the middle, while the metapleure are also broadly black at
the base.

Antenne black; the scape beneath and the 7th joint to the

1901. ] HYNENOPTERA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 39

commencement of the dilatation white; the dilated apex has a
brownish hue. Head pale yellow ; the middle of the front and ot
the vertex broadly, the occiput, and the hinder part of the outer
orbits to shortly below the middle, black. Face and clypeus shining,
flat, sparselv and indistinctly punctured ; the face is covered with
short, the clypeus with longer pale, hair ; the apex of the clypeus
is more distinctly punctured than the rest; the projecting labrum
is smooth and is fringed with long hair. Mandibles yellow, black
at the apex. Thorax black; the edge of the pronotum, two short
marks, narrowed at the base and apex, the sides of the scutellum
broadly and of its apex more narrowly, the postscutellum, an
irregular mark behind the metathoracic spiracles, the apex of the
segment from behind the middle and extending obliquely on to the
pleure, the lower edge of the propleure and slightly less than
the lower half of the mesopleure, yellow. Mesonotum smooth,
closely punctured in the middle, where the yellow spots are.
Scutellum strongly, but not very closely, punctured. Post-
scutellum sparsely punctured. Propleure closely and distinctly
punctured ; in the middle are some curved keels, at the apex
short strie; the yellow, lower part of the mesopleure closely
punctured. Median segment closely, rugosely punctured all over ;
the posterior median area coarsely, closely, transversely striated.
The four front legs are yellow; the femora and tibie are black
behind ; the hinder coxe are yellow, black below and at the base
above ; the hinder femora entirely, and the apical part to near the
middle and the base narrowly, black; the hinder tarsi are blackish
behind. Wings clear hyaline; the stigma testaceous; the apical
nervures fuscous. Abdomen black; the basal four segments to
near the middle and the apical two segments entirely yellow ; the
postpetiole is closely shagreened and closely striated ; the middle
segments are closely punctured; the 2nd and 3rd segments are
longitudinally striated at the base. |

MESOSTENINI.

SKEATIA, gen. nov.

g. Antenne shorter than the body; the basal joints of the
flagellum elongated, the middle ones roundly and broadly dilated
on the lower side; the apical ones dilated, about three times
_ broader than long. ‘Thorax three times longer than broad; the
parapsidal furrows deep, reaching to shortly beyond the middle.
Median segment, except at the base, coarsely, irregularly reticu-
lated ; the basal smooth part is bounded by a stout transverse
keel; in its centre is a small square area. Metapleural keel
distinct, long. Areolet small, square ; the apical nervure is faint ;
the transverse median nervure is received behind the transverse
basal; the hind wings as in Mesostenus. Legs slender, long; the
fore tarsi nearly twice the length of the tibie; their claws are
small; the hinder coxe elongate, about three times longer than

40 MR, P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

wide. Petiole of abdomen long, slender, curved, not much dilated
towards the apex.

The malar space is moderate ; the eyes reaching to the end of
the clypeal fovese, which are deep. Clypeus roundly convex; not
separated by a suture above. Mandibles large, bidentate ; the
upper tooth is slightly smaller than the lower. Mesopleural
furrow wide and deep. Scutellum roundly convex, only keeled at
the base; postscutellum bifurcate at the base. Median segment
armed with two long teeth; it is moderately long. Palpi long;
the second joint of the maxillary is dilated towards theapex. The
propleuree are stoutly keeled laterally in front. The head is
wider than the thorax ; it is obliquely narrowed behind the eyes ;
the occiput is sharply keeled. The scutellar depression is large,
deep, and bears two keels in the middle.

The female has the antennez stouter than in the male, and they
are slightly thickened beyond the middle; the abdominal petiole is
shorter and broader towards the apex; the apex of the abdomen
is bluntly pointed; the last segment (the 8th) is very short
above, below it is much more largely developed; the ovipositor
is not one-half the length of the abdomen.

The metathoracie spiracles are small, oval, about twice longer
than they are broad; the median segment is depressed at the
base, the scutellar and postscutellar furrows are deep and crenu-
lated. The last joint of the hinder tarsi is about equal in length
to the third.

SKEATIA ALBISPINA, Sp. n.

Nigra, facie, clypeo, mandibuls tarsisque albis; cowis trochanter-
tbusque anterioribus pallide flavis; alis fere hyalinis, nervis
stigmateque nigris. s.

Long. 13 mm.

Hab. Bukit Besar, Malay Peninsula.

Antenne black; the 7th to 24th joints white beneath; the
scape pale yellow in the middle below ; the scape is covered with
short pale pubescence. Head smooth and shining; black; the
face, clypeus, mandibles, and palpi pale yellow. Ocelli large.
Front depressed ; astout keel runs down its centre from the ocelli.
Eyes large, parallel. Mesonotum and scutellum smooth and
shining. Propleurz stoutly longitudinally keeled behind. Meso-
pleure opaque and closely longitudinally striated, except on the
upper part behind. Metapleure above closely, below more _
stoutly, irregularly, and not so closely, reticulated. The meso-
sternal furrow is wide and deep, especially at the base, and is
closely striated. The base of the median segment is smooth and
shining ; there are a few narrow irregular striz on either side of
the central area; the basal keels in the middle are curved and end
in a squarish area, which is stoutly keeled down the middle; the
rest of the segment is stoutly reticulated ; the spines are long,
curved, and white. All the coxe are pale yellow (actually they
are testaceous yellow, but this may be owing to discoloration) ;

1901. ] HYMENOPTERA OF THE “‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 41

the front legs, the middle femora at the base, and the greater part
of the middle tibiz are testaceous; the basal joint of the middle
tarsi and the basal third of the posterior and the hinder tro-
chanters, the femora, tibie, and calcaria are black. Abdomen
black, except the apical segment, which is white.

SKBHATIA NIGRISPINA, sp. n.

Nigra, coxis, trochanteribus et femoribus anterioribus, basi
femorum posticorum late tarsisque posticis flavis ; alis hyalinis,
nervis stigmateque ngris. 2.

Long. 13, terebra 3 mm.

Hab. Bukit Besar, Malay Peninsula.

Antenne as long as the body, thickened towards the apex ;
the 6th to 13th joints white, except above. Front and vertex
shining; the front below the ocelli stoutly, irregularly longitudinally
striated; the lower part excavated, smooth except for a stout
keel down the middle. Face coarsely aciculated, slightly and
broadly projecting in the centre, where it is yellow; clypeus
broadly, roundly convex; its lower part projecting and slightly
oblique. Mandibles dark testaceous ; their lower border keeled.
Mesonotum aciculated ; the scutellum is more shining, the post-
scutellum still more so. The basal region of the median segment
has two keels in the centre, which converge towards the apex ;
the parts nearest to them are smooth and shining; the rest
opaque, with some thin oblique striz on the inner portion. The
middle part of the propleure is stoutly striated. Mesopleure
closely striated, except above. Except at the base above, the
metapleure are closely, stoutly, obliquely striated. The meso-
pleural keel is curved, deep, not very wide, and striated. Meso-
sternum smooth and shining. The median segment behind the
transverse keel is closely reticulated; the apical slope is irregu-
larly transversely striated ; the teeth are stout, curved, black, dull
testaceous towards the apex. Legs black ; the four anterior coxe,
trochanters, and femora, the hinder cox, basal two-thirds of the
femora, and the hinder tarsi except the extreme base, yellow.
Abdomen black; the apical two segments lemon-yellow above ;
the 2nd and 3rd segments are shagreened, the others smooth and
shining.

VAGENATHA, gen. nov.

Edges of pronotum and median segment stoutly spined. Para-
psidal furrows distinct; the first joint of the flagellum distinctly
longer than the second. Median segment with one incomplete
transverse keel. Middle segments of the abdomen distinctiy
separated and narrowed at the base; the edges of the second,
third, and fourth on the lower edges at the apex projecting into
spines. Petiole broadly dilated at the apex, the postpetiole
clearly defined ; the spiracles are nearer to each other than to the
apex : on the lower side at the base are two sharp, oblique teeth,

42 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

Metapleural keel complete. Head wider than the mesothorax ;
its front and vertex reticulated, without spines or keels. Scutellar
depression large, shallow, and bearing longitudinal keels. Areolet
large, about twice longer than wide; the transverse cubital ner-
vures are parallel and only slightly oblique; the recurrent nervure
is received near the base of the apical fourth of the cellule; the
transverse median nervure is received behind the transverse basal.
Both the transverse cubital nervures are distinct.

The eyes largely project ; the head behind them is obliquely
narrowed and is well-developed there ; the occiput is sharply
margined ; the scutellum is flat and has the sides keeled ; on the
basal half of the second segment are two oblique, wide, shallow
furrows, which enclose a triangular space ; at the apex of this is a
narrow transverse furrow ; there is a similar, but not quite so
distinct, furrow on the third segment. The legs are long; the
tarsi are spinose, the anterior are twice the length of the tibie ;
the median segment is coarsely, irregularly reticulated; the
spiracles are about three times longer than wide; in the hind
wings the transverse median nervure is angularly broken by the
subdiscoidal nervure shortly below the middle.

In Ashmead’s system (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiti. p. 44) this
genus comes near Mesostenoideus and Christolia. Characteristic
are the clearly separated middle abdominal segments, spined at
their apices, and the spines on the basal ventral segment.

[ VAGENATHA SPINOSA, sp. n.

Nigra, flavo-maculata, spinis flavis ; pedibus flavis, covis posticis,
apice femorum posticorum apiceque tibiarum posticarum nigris ;
alis hyalinis, nervis stigmateque mgris. 3.

Long. 16 mm.

Hab. Borneo (Shelford).

Autenne as long as the body; black, the scape beneath and the
middle of the flagellum broadly white. Head black; the clypeus
yellow. Front and vertex smooth and shining, except the front,
which is irregularly reticulated in the middle—more broadly above
than below. The face is opaque, coarsely shagreened, and sparsely
haired; the outer orbits are thickly Coverall with longish white
pubescence. The spines on the pronotum are large. Mesonotum
closely, rugosely punctured, opaque; the parapsidal furrows are
irregularly striated. The scutellar depression is large; in the

centre are two stout longitudinal keels, with a thinner one between
fee on their outer side is another narrow keel. Scutellum
sparsely punctured at the base. Median segment strongly, closely,
rugosely reticulated. Propleurz obliquely, stoutly striated; the
strie distinct and clearly separated. Mesopleure on the base and
lower side closely, rugosely punctured; the middle obliquely
striated ; the apex behind smooth and shining above. Metapleure
strongly, obliquely striated ; below thickly covered with white
pubescence. Legs yellow ; ‘the femora with a more fulvous hue ;

1901.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 43

the hinder cox, except above, the base of the trochanters, the
apex of the hinder femora and of the hinder tibiz, black. Abdomen
black ; the base and apex of the petiole and the apical third of the
other segments yellow; they are closely and distinctly punctured,
the petiole more coarsely than the others.

There is a short broad tubercle on the centre of the median
segment; it is joined to the teeth by an oblique broad yellow
band; all the thoracic spines are yellow, as are also the tegule,
scutellum, and tubercle. |

BRACONID®S.

[PHIAULAX MALAYANUS, sp. n.

Luteus, capite, antennis tarsisque posticis nigris ; facie clypeoque
pallide flavis ; alis fusco-violaceis, ad basin late flavis. 2.

Long. 12, terebra 4 mm.

Hab. Singora, Malay Peninsula.

Antenne entirely black, as long as the body; the scape smooth
and thickly covered with long fuscous hair; it is more shining
than the flagellum. Head black, shining; the face from shortly
below the antenne, the oral region, and the malar space pale
yellow. Face smooth ; in its centre, below the antenne, is a deep
furrow with oblique sides. The clypeus is surrounded by a keel,
which is more distinct on the top, where it forms a semicircle.
Thorax smooth and shining; above, and on the sternum, it is
thickly covered with long pale hair. The meso- and metapleural
furrows are smooth, wide, and deep. Legs coloured like the body,
thickly covered with white hair; the hinder tarsi are deep black.
Wings to shortly beyond the transverse median nervure yellowish
hyaline ; the rest deep fuscous, with a violaceous tinge, except the
base of the stigma broadly and a narrow oblique mark on the base
of the first cubital cellule. Petiole smooth, except the raised
central part, which bears large, deep, elongated punctures. The
second segment is closely, rugosely punctured ; the central basal
part is smooth and is not prolonged into a keel; the basal depres-
sion is deep ; the basal branch is striated in the bottom, the wider
apical one is smooth ; at its apex are four narrow keels. Securi-
form articulation deep, wide, stoutly, but not very closely, longi-
tudinally striated; the apical furrow on the segment is narrow,
deep, and smooth ; the 2nd and 3rd furrows are deep and closely
striated, those on the apices of the segments are smooth and

deep.
EVANIID4.

[EVANIA SHELFORDI, sp. n.

Nigra, basi flagella antennarum, trochanteribus anterioribus, basi
tabiarum posticarum basique tarsorum posticorum late, albis ;
alis fusco-violaceis. @.

Long. 12 mm.

44 ON THE HYMENOPTERA OF THE “( SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [ May 7,

Hab. Borneo (Shelford).

Antenne black; the 3rd joint, except at the apex, white. The
front and vertex are stoutly, acutely, longitudinally striated; the
face is similarly, but more obliquely, striated; the outer parts of
the head are obliquely, and not quite so strongly, striated. The
hinder ocelli are separated from each other by about the same
distance as they are from the eyes. The lower tooth of the
mandibles is rufous before the apex; the palpi are dark fuscous.
The base of the pronotum is raised; the raised part slightly
projects laterally; the sides are oblique; the base is not quite
transverse, the edges being rounded; it bears round, deep, clearly
separated punctures. The central part of the mesonotum is
alutaceous and impunctate at the base; the rest of it irregularly,
deeply, but not very closely punctured; this punctured part is
bordered by a deep furrow; outside this it is opaque and aluta-
ceous, and bears two thin keels on the outer side. Seutellum in
the middle strongly, irregularly punctured; the centre has a
longitudinal keel; the sides are stoutly, obliquely striated ; on the
postscutellum are two stout keels. Propleure alutaceous and
bearing some scattered, shallow punctures. The upper two-thirds
of the mesopleure are smooth and shining, except for an oblique,
clearly defined, depressed area ; this has the bordering keels more
distinct in front than behind and bears, except at the base and
apex, some stout keels; the lower part is closely, but not very
deeply punctured. Sternum smooth. Median segment closely
reticulated; the central portion inore closely, rugosely, and ir-
regularly than the rest. he basal part of the wings is fuscous,
with a distinct violaceous tinge; the apical part below the radial
and second cubital cellules is similarly, but more lightly, clouded.
The metasternal fork is short and stout, and obliquely diverges at
the apex: behind it is a stout, smooth keel. The front tibie and
tarsi are fuscous ; the four anterior trochanters are broadly white
at the base, as is also the base of the hinder tibiz narrowly, the
basal joint of the hinder tarsi, and the second joint broadly in the
middle. Petiole smooth at the base: its sides bear stout, oblique
striew ; the apical half above is irregularly, coarsely punctured.
The hinder tibiz and tarsi are shortly spied. The sides of the
median segment are broadly rounded; the middle transverse ; the
abdomen is very smooth, shining, and piceous.

This comes nearest, of the known species, to the Australian
E. princeps West. |

1901.) ON THE ARACHNIDA OF THE “‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 45

3. On the Arachnida collected during the “Skeat Expedi-
tion” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By M.
EvuceEner Srmon, President of the Entomological Society
of France’.

| Received April 15, 1901. |

[This collection of Arachnida contains examples of 129 species,
of which 48 are described as new, and there are also 4 new sub-
species. Three new genera are characterized. A few species of
Acarina—chiefly Txodide—were obtained, but have not been de-
termined. Not one of the members of the Skeat Expedition was a
specialist in Arachnida, so that the large percentage of novelties
in this collection indicates that a great deal of work still remains
to be done at this class of animals in the region in question.—

D. 8.)
Ordo ARANEA.

Familia AVICULARID A,

1. SELENOCOSMIA JAVANENSIS (Walckenaer).

Mygale javanensis Walck., Apt. i. 1837, p. 216.

M. monstrosa C. Koch, Arachn. v. 1839, p. 14, f. 346.

Biserat in Jalor (District of Patani).

En tout semblable aux exemplaires de Java auxquels je Vai
compare.

Connu de Java, de Sumatra, de Celebes et des Iles Nicobars.

2. OMOTHYMUS THORELLI, sp. nov.

Ceph.th. long. 19 mm., lat. 18. Ped. max. 44 mm. Ped. i
81 mm.; u. 70 mm. 3 ii. 63 mm. ; iv. 76 mm.

Cephalothorax mgricans, crebre et longe flavido-pubescens, humilis,
non multo longior quam latior sed antice valde attenuatus, fronte
sat angusta, fovea thoracica recte transversa, sat profunda sed
tuberculo oculorum fere duplo angustiore, impressionibus radi-
antibus distinctis. »Tuberculum oculorum modice altum, ovato-
transversum et fere duplo latius quam longius. Oculi quatuor
antici in lineam leviter procurvam, inter se fere equidistantes
(spatis interocularibus diametro minore oculi lateralis non
latioribus), aecaleo rotundi, laterales longe ovati atque obliqut
medis saltem 3 minores. Oculi medii postict albi, parvi, obtuse
iriquetri, oculr laterales postict ovate et obliqua, mediis posticis
majores sed lateralibus anticis multo minores. Clypeus sub
oculis medvis convexus, diametro majore oculi lateralis paulo
lator. Chele nigricantes, flavido-pubescentes, supra setis
longissimis fulvo-rufulis hirsute, extus crebre scopulate, subtus
marginibus sulci cum margine interiore coxarum pedum-

* Communicated by Dr, D. Suarp, F.Z.S.

46 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

maxillartum crebre coccineo-crintis. Abdomen breve, setis
longissimis et erectis, ad busin fuscis ad apicem pullide ferru-
gines crebre vestitum. Pars labialis sternum pedesque nigella,
flavido vel einerco-flavido erebre pubescentia. Pars labialis
crebre et minute granulosa. Pedes setis validis fuscis vel nigris
hirsuti et setis fulvo-rufulis multo longioribus conspersi, tarsis
cunctis, metatarsis 1’ paris usque ad tertiam partem basilarem,
netatarsis 2’ paris usque in medio, metatarsis posticis tantum ad
apicem late et crebre nigro-cinereo-scopulatis. Tibia |’ paris
apophyst brevi crassa leviter incurva, apice late et obtuse truncata,
spinulis mgris tneurvis ereberrime vestita, intus ad apicem
imstructa. Pedes-mawillares longissimi, bulbo ad basin nigro,
preterea fusco-rufulo, piriformi, spina intus directa, attenuata
sed obtusa, subtiliter striata et supra acute carinata.

Ab Omothymo schicedtei Thorell, cui verisimiliter affinis est, differt
imprimis tuberculo oculorum duplo (haud triplo) latiore quam
longiore et oculis lateralibus posticis anticis multo minoribus.

Perak: Ulu Selama.

Nora.—lH est 4 noter que le sternum est assez fortement atténué
en avant, caractere attribué par R. I. Pocock au genre Phormingo-
chilus.

3. CHILOBRACHYS ANNANDALEI, sp. nov.

Q. Ceph.th. long. 16°3 mm., lat. 13°5. Pedes 1. 47°5 mm. 5 11.
40°5 mm. 3 ii. 89°5 mm. 3; iv. 48 mm.
Cephalothorax fuscus, cinerco-fulvo-pubescens, sat humilis, evidenter
longior quam latior, antice modice attenuatus, fovea thoracica
profunda sat magna, tuberculo oculoruwm non multo angustiore,
valde procurva semilunari. Tuberculum oculorum ovato-
transversum, saltem duplo latius quam longius. Oculi quatuor
antict, superne visi, in lineam via procurvam, medit inter se
quam a lateralibus vie remotiores (spatio inter oculum medium
et lateralem utrinque diametro minore lateralis minore), medir
rotundi, laterales longe ovati et obliqui mediis paulo minores,
ocult medit postici albi, parvi, ovate, recti et leviter angulosi,
laterales ovati et obliqui mediis majores sed luteralibus antics
evidenter minores. Clypeus diametro majore oculorum lateralium
latior. Abdomen oblongum, fuscum, fulvo-ferrugineo-pubescens
et hirsutum. Chele fusce, supra fulvo- ‘ferrugineo-pubescentes et
longe hirsute, extus fere glabre et nitide sed prope marginem
inferiorem minute et creberrime spinulose, marginibus sulci
cum margine interiore covxarum pedum-maxillarium crasse
coccineo-ciliate. Partes oris, cove sternumque obscure fusca,
sat breviter nigro-setosa. Pars labialis apice conveaa, minutissime
et crebre granulosa. Coxe pedum-maaillarium intus aculeis
proms bacilliformibus biseriatis, inferiortbus longioribus, in-
structe. Pedes sat longi, robust, sed metatarsis tarsisque
posticis sat gracilibus, fusci, fulvo-rufulo pubescentes et hirsuti,
aculeis parvis apicalibus metatarsorum posticorum eaceptis,
mutici, tarsis metatarsisque quatuor antics usque ad basin crasse

1901. ] ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” Au

scopulatis, tarsis posticis scopulatis sed scopulis tarsoruin 4 paris

linea parce setosa subdwisis. Ungues tarsorum (saltem posti-

corum) dentibus paucis parvis et remotis, i medio muniti,
Jalor: from floor of cave.

Familia PSECHRID @.

4, PsecHrus aRGENTATUS (Doleschall).

Jalor: Biserat. Ligeh: Belimbing.

Trouvé pour la premicre fois dans la presqu’ile Malaise, espéce
répandue dans |’Austro-Malaisie et la Nouvelle-Guinée.

5. (2?) PSECHRUS SINGAPORENSIS Thorell.
Psechrus singaporensis Thorell, Boll. Soc. ent. Ital. xxvi. 1894,
[De dle

Perak: Ulu Selama.
Détermination incertaine, les individus recueillis étant tous

jeunes.

Familia ULOBORID &.

6. ULOBORUS GENICULATUS (Olivier).

Ul. zozis Walck., Apt. ii. 1841, p. 197.

U1. latreillei Thorell, Vet. Ak. Forh. xv. 1858, p. 197.

Orithyia williami Blackwall, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. u.
1858, p. 331.

Ul. domesticus Doleschall, Tweede Bijdr. etc. 1859, p. 46.

Ul. borbonicus Vinson, Aran. Réun. etc. 1863, p. 258, pl. 1. f. 3.

Jalor: Biserat. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Espéce répandue dans toutes les régions tropicales du monde.

7. Utosorus preropvs (Thorell).

Phailoponus pteropus Thorell, in Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xxv. 1887,
p- 128.

Patalune.
Décrit de Birmanie.

Familia SICARIID&.

8. Scyropes MARMORATA LL. Koch,
Scytodes marmorata L. Koch, Ar. Austr. i. 1872, p. 292, tab.
Oa tg 45

Jalor: Biserat.
Espéce trés répandue dans toute |’Asie tropicale, la Malaisie et
la Polynésie.

Familia ZODARIID &.

9, STORENA PSELIOPHORA Thorell.
St. pseliophora Thorell, Bih, t. K, Sv. Handl. xx. 1894, p. 5.

48 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [ May 7,

St. anvulipes Thorell, Bull. Soc. ent. Ital. xxiv. 1892, p. 209
(non L. Koch).

Perak : Ulu Selama.
Décrit de Singapore.

10. STORENA OBNUBILA, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 65 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, valde convexus, fronte
obtusa, nigro-witidus et glaber, Oculr cuncti parvi et subeequales,
lineas binas validissime et fere wqualiter procurvas designantes,
medit antici et postici a sese “conourntis gur sed a lateralibus
latissime distantes, arcani parallelam fere duplo longiorem quam
latiorem occupantes. Clypeus latus. Abdomen breviter ovatum,
supra duriusculum, nigro-nitidum et glabrum, sed postice, supra
mamillas, minute albo-testaceo, notatum, subtus confuse dilutius.
Mamille albo-testacec. Ghee sternumque fusco-rufula sub-
levia. Pedes, presertim antici, sat breves et robusti, luter,
tibiis ad basin late olivacers, pedes quatuor antici femoribus
supra parce aculeatis, tibia 1° paris subtus aculeis binis parvis
setiformibus uniseriatis, metatarso aculeo basali aculeisque
apicalibus binis similibus, tibia 2' paris subtus aculers trinis
uniseriatis aculeisque binis interioribus, metatarso aculers binis
subbasilaribus aculeitsque apicalibus binis, cunctis parvis et
debilibus, armatis. Pedes posticr aculeis validioribus numerosis
muniti. Metatarsi antici usque ad basin, postici ad apicem
crasse nigro-pilosi. Pedes-maxillares fulvo-rufuli, robusti, tarso
acuminato. Regio epigasteris leviter coriacea, rufula, spostice
tenuiter nigro-marginata et plagula media rufula minutissima
notata.

Perak; Ulu Selama.

Species fere inter Storenam et Ascewam.

11. STORENA SCIOPHANA, sp. nov.

Gg. Long. 8 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, modice convexus, fronte
obtusa, nigro-piceus, omnino subtilissime coriaceus, opacus et
glaber. Oculi quatuor postici in lineam validissime (noe Verte
semicircularem, medi a lateralibus quam inter se salten 3 re-
motiores, quatuor anticc in lineam minus procurvam, inter se
anguste et fere ceque separati, oculr medi antici cum lateralibus
posticis lineam leviter recurvam desiqnantes, oculi quatuor medii
aream subquadratam occupantes, antici reliquis oculis, inter se
subeequalibus, multo majores. Clypeus altissimus. Abdomen

ovatum, supra nigrum, immaculatum, sed postice, supra mamillas,
minute testaceo-notatum, subtus absent fulvo-testaceum et vittis
trams parallelis sat angustis nigricantibus notatum, regione
epigasteris leviter coriacea rufula, mamillis fulvis, Chel
robuste, subtiliter coriaceee, nigro-prcee, apice leviter dilutiores.
Sternum fusco-rufulum, subtiliter corvaceum, parce nigro-
setosum. Partes oris fusce apice dilutiores et testacew. Pedes
longi fulvo-rufulr, coais trochanteribusque dilutioribus, femoribus

1901.) ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 49

infuscatis et olivaceis. Fovea genitalis semicircularts, plagulam
rufulam transversam leviter procurvam includens.

Perak : Ulu Selama.

Familia HERSILIID 4S,
. HERSILIA savienyr Lucas.

Hersilia savignyt Lucas, Mag. Zool. 6° Ann. 1836, cl. vil. p. 10,
tab. xii. f. 1.

? H. calcuttensis Stoliczka, J. A. S. Beng. xxxviil. 1869, p. 216,
dle Satay DE

Perak: Ulu Selama, Raman: Kota Bharu.

Espéce tres répandue dans l’Inde et la Birmanie.

Familia PHOLCID#.
13. PHOLCUS OPILIONOIDES (Schrank).

Perak: Gunong Inas.
Espéce répandue en Europe, dans |’Asie centrale et en Chine.
Trouvée sur le Mt. Inas (environ 6000 pieds).

14. PHoncus v-notatus Thorell.

Pholcus v-notatus Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. 1878, p. 163 (300).

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.
Deécrit d@’Amboine, indiqué depuis de Birmanie (Bhamo) par
Thorell.

15. PHOLCUS VESCULUS, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 4:5 mm.—Cephalothorax fere orbiculatus, pallide luteus,
parte thoracica macula fusca media magna postice ampliata et
subtriquetra, linea media pallida divisa, notata, parte cephalica
thoracica viv altiore, clypeo leviter infuscato sed linea media
pallida notato. Oculi ordinarit, quatuor antici aprcibus m
lineam rectam, medit parvi, nigr 1, @ sese contigur a lateralibus
spatio oculo laterali non majore distantes. Oculi laterales
utringueé a sese contigutr, anticus reliquis paulo major. Abdomen
sat longe ovatum, supra convewum, postice longe declive, nec
truncatum nec angulosum, albidum, supra in dimadio basali,
linea longitudinalt fusca angusta et leviter lanceolata notatum,
subtus vittis binis obscurioribus parum expressis, postice valde
divaricatis et leviter ampliatis ornatum. Chel, partes ors,
sternum pedesque lutea, patellis fuscis, tibtis dent, apicalt fusco
parvo notatis. Rabercubun genitale magnum, altum et sub-
globosum, albidum sed postice, in declivitate, rima transversa
fusco-rufula coriacea notatum.

Perak : Gunong Inas.

16. PHOLCUS DIOPSIS, sp. nov.

3. Long. 5-6 mm.—Cephalothorax fere orbiculatus, luteo-
rufescens, parte thoracica in medio confuse infuscata, cephalica
brevt, late truncata, in medio setis erectis inordinatis munita,

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No. IV. 4

59 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

utringue tuberculo longo (parte cephalica haud breviore)
divaricato, luteo apice nigro, gracili, versus basin sensim angustiore,
apice minute mucronato, oculos laterales gerente, imsigniter
instructa. Oculi medit anticr minutissimi fere obsoleti, ocult
laterales utrinque mediocres, longissime pediculati. Abdomen
longuin, teretiusculum, apice leviter convecum, omnino albido-
testaceum. Chele debiles, rufule, intus prope apicem tuberculo
nigro, obtuso, cariniformt et granuloso munite. Partes oris,
sternum pedesque longissimé pallide lutea, patellis leviter
infuscatis, tibuis ad apicem minute fuscis. Pedes-maxillares
mavimi ; trochantere parvo, subtus ad apicem apophysi lutea,
erecta, acuta et sat longa armato ; tibia longe et late ovata ;
tarso brevi, supra apice acuminato ; apophyse fusco-rufula,
longa, leviter sinvosa.

2. Long. 6-7 mm.—Cephalothorax pallide luteus, paulo latior
quam longior, utrinque ample rotundus. Oculi antic in lineam
rectum, medit a sese contigui, minutissimt et punctiformes, a
lateralibus late distantes (spatio interoculari oculo lateralt multo
latiore). Oculi laterales utrinque contigui, intertor reliquis
paulo minor. Tuberculum genitale magnum, latum sed apice
acuminatum, postice verticale, triquetrum, planum, testaceum sed
utringue rufulum et leviter corraceum.

Gua Glap (*‘ Dark Cave”), Biserat, Jalor.

A P. podophthalmo E. Sim. (ex ins. Taprobane), cui sat affinis est,
mprimis differt, tuberculis oculiferis apice minute ampliatis haud
truneatis sed minute et acute mucronatis, tarso pedum-maxillarium
apice acuminato, haud truncato, ete.

2
?
f

17. SPERMOPHORA TESSELLATA, Sp. NOV.

©. Long. 2 mm.— Cephalothora pallide luteus, parte cephalica
clypeoque infuscatis fere nigris, brevis, latior quam longior,
utringue ample rotundus, parte cephalica a thoracica sulco
profundo semicirculari Gieenaie, antice leviter elevata et latissime
truncata, thoracica convera, sulco longitudinali profundo secta.
Ocult in turmas duas, inter se late remotas, ordinate, utrinque
tres, duo eateriores inter se contigui, alter interior a reliquis
leviter sejunctus, paulo minor et ovatus. Abdomen valde con-
vexum et postice subverticale, albido-testaceum, maculis nigris
imiquis, medianis majoribus et subquadratis, parum regulariter
seriatis, swpra ornatum, subtus late nigricantr-plagiatum,
mamille prominentes. Chele debiles, fuscee, antice opacce et
leviter inequales. Sternum latius quam longius, nigrum,
subleve. Partes oris et pedes-maxillares minutissima, fusct.
Pedes tenues et longi, minutissime rugosi, luter, femoribus,
presertim posticis, prope apicem leviter nfuscatis et subannulatis.
Plaga gentahs maxima, medium ventris occupans, rufula et
convexa sed in medio depressa, latior quam longior, utrinque
oblique truncata, postice leviter proninula.

Jalor: Biserat.

A S. maculata Thorell, cui verisimiliter affinis est, differt parte

thoracica haud vittata, tibiis pedum baud annulatis, ete.

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” dl

Genus Uruta E. Simon.

Uthina Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. 2° éd. t. i. p. 476.
Belisuna Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. 2s. xix. 1898, p. 278.

18. UTHINA ATRIGULARIS, sp. nov.

2. Long. 3 mm.—Cephalothorax haud longior quam latior,
utringue ample rotundus, parte cephalica brevi, lata et convexa,
sulco semicirculart profundo discreta, luteo-testaceus nitidus,
regione oculari clypeoque (margine excepto) nigris, parte
thoracica area vvata longitudinalc fusco-marginata notata.
Ocult utringue valde prominult et pediculati @& sese contigui,
anticus reliquis major, spatio inter tubercula sat angusto, leviter
convexo, a clypeo, leviter proclivi, stria transversa discreto.
Abdomen angustum et longissimum, utrinque leviter bisinuosum,
albido-testaceum, supra tenwiter albido-pubescens sed vitta media
glabra et postice maculis nigris biseriatis, parvis, longis et
obliquis or natu, subtus glabrum, duriusculum, et nitidum.
Chele ct partes oris nigricantes, he testaceo-marginate. Sternum
pedesque pallide lutea, patellis cunctis mgris, tbis ad apicem
minute nigris. Area genitalis subrotunda, magna, latitudinem
epr ugasteras totam occupuns, antice convexa, nigr tcans, levis et
senrcircularis, preterea rufula, depressa et transversim rugata.

Ab JU. luzonica HE. Sim. imprimis ditfert oculis utrinque longius

pediculatis, clypeo nigro, femoribus annulo fusco subapicali
carentibus, ete.

19. MicROMERYS VERMIFORMIS HE. Simon.

Calapnita vermiformis EK. Simon, Ann. Soe. ent. Fr. 1892, p. 42
Détermination incertaine, le seul individu recueilli étant en

mauvais état.

p.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Familia THERIDIID.
20. ARIAMNES FLAGELLUM (Dol.) NiGRITUS, subsp. nov.

Q. Long. 29 mm.— Cephalothorax nigricans, prope marginem
vie dilutior. Abdomen longissimum et vermiforme, obscure
fusco-testaceum, vitta dorsali lata et integra nigricants et utringue
punctis nigris tnordimatis notatum. Sternum fuscum, utrinque
Julvo-marginatum. Pedes olscure fusci, crebre nigricanti-
punctati, covis trochanteribusque anticis luteis, femoribus anticis
prope Lasin luteis et subvittatis. Pedes-mawillares nigricantes.

Patalong.

21. ARGYRODES MINIACEUS (Doleschall).

Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak. Raman: Kota-Bharu.

Vit en parasite sur la toile de Nephila imperialis Doleschall.
22, ARGYRODES FISSIFRONS O. P. Cambridge.

A. fissifrons O. P. Cambr. in Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. x. 1869,
380, tab. xii. ff. 31-38.
4%

o2 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

A, inguinalis et fissifrons Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. 1. 1878,
pp. 145-148.

A. procrastinans O. P. Cambr. in Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1880,
p- 330, tab. xxix. f. 9.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Vit en parasite sur la toile des Nephila.

Espéce trés répandue dans l’Inde et la Malaisie.

23. Puoroncipia LyGEANA (Walckenaer).

Plectana lygeana Walck. Apt. nu. 1841, p. 11.

Phor. acrosomoides V. Hasselt, Midd.-Sum. ete., Ar. 1882, p. 30,
VENOS ip wy 76

Kelantan: Kuala Aring. Perak: Gunong Inas.

Décrit de Sumatra.

24, EPIsINOPSIS RHOMBOIDALIS E. Simon.

Episinopsis rhomboidalis Simon, in Ann. Soe. ent. Fr. 1895,
p. 186.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.
Décrit de Singapore.

25, THERIDION RUFIPES Lucas.

Jalor: Biserat.
Espéce répandue dans toutes les régions tropicales du monde.

26. THERIDION MUNDULUM L. Koch.

Th. munduium Koch. Ar. Austr. 1.1872, p. 263, tab. xxi. f. 3.

Th. aneenuim Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. 1. 1877, p. 463.

Ligeh.

Decrit d’Australie, trouvé depuis 4 Celebes, en Birmanie et a
Penang.

27. THERIDION NicRUM (O. P. Cambridge).

Argyrodes nigra O. P, Cambr. in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1880,
p- 341, tab. xxx. f. 20.

? Theridion ovyurum Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. etc. iv. 1. 1889,
p. 265.

Nawneg-Chik.

Décrit de Ceylan, indiqué depuis de Java.

28. THERIDION SUBRADIATUM, sp. Nov.

3. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax niger postice sensim dilutior et
rufescens. Ocult quatuor antice in lineam leviter procurvam,
inter se anguste et fere aque separati, medw lateralibus paulo
muajores. Ocult postici minores, inter se equi, in lineam leviter
procurvam, melu a lateralibus quam inter se vie remotiores.
Area quatuor mediorum subquadrata. Clypeus area oculorum
non multo lation, chelis multo brevior, sub oculis depressus, dein
CONVELUS. Abdomen breviter ovatum, convecum, supra nigrum,

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKBAT EXPEDITION,” 53,

linea media longitudinal integra, sat angusta, sed postice in
decliitate valde ampliata et maculam magnam triquetram
formante, prope medium linea transversa simili recta angusta
sed utrinque abrupte et valde dilatata et maculam subrotundam
formante, albis, decoratum, subtus fulvo-testaceum, sed vitta
media latissima mamillas includente et antice ad rimam vitta
transversa angustiore nigris notatum. Mamualle fulvo-rufule.
Chelee et partes oris fusco-ferruginee, lamine longe et anguste.
Sternum nigrum, opacum. Pedes longa et robusti, inter se valde
inequales, pallide luter, rufulo nigroque annulati, femoribus
Ll’ paris annulo medio rufulo annuloque apicali nigro ornatis,
reliquis femoribus immaculatis, patellis (3 exceptis) rufulis,
tibuis 1’ paris et 4° paris apice nigro-annulatis, reliquis tibis
apice rufulo-annulatis, metatarsis tenuibus immaculatis, setis
longis, in annulis nigris densioribus, conspersi, patellis ad
apicem seta spiniformi erecta et longa, tibiis setis similibus
binis supra instructis. Tuberculum genitale magnum, ovato
transversum, foveola postice lobata marginata et septo triquetro
divisa, impressum.
Jalor: Bukit Besar.
A T. plumipedi V. Hasselt et saropodi Thorell, cui versimiliter
affine est, differt cephalothorace sternoque fere nigris, metatarsis
pedum concoloribus, haud annulatis.

29, STEATODA PERAKENSIS, sp. nov.

3. Long. 6 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, postice sat abrupte
angustior et breviter productus, parte cephalica elevata, sulcis
profundis disereta, niger, valde coriaceus, granulis parvis
setiferis conspersus, in processu postico transversim striatus.
Oculi magni, inter se subcequales, postict albi, in lineam sub-
rectam, inter se fere equidistantes (spatiis interocularibus oculis
saltem duplo minoribus), antict in lineam sat procurvam, inter
se eque et anguste distantes, media nigrt lateralibus albis saltem
haud majores. Area quatuor mediorum subquadrata, antice
conuexa. Clypeus area oculorum saltem haud angustior, sub
oculis depressus, ad marginem valde convexus. Chele anguste
et sat lenge, fusco-picew, nitide, prope basin minute et parce
rugose. Lamine inclinate, picee, in medio late depress.
Pars labiahs nigra, latior quam longior, transversim plicata.
Sternum postice acuminatum, nigrum, antice parce postice crebre
arcuato-rugosum et subvermiculatum. Abdomen subglobosum,
supra duriusculum, opacum et parcissime setosum, nigrun,
lineolis paucis transversis eailibus testaceis vie expressis seg-
mentatum, ad marginem anticum, supra processum cephalo-
thoracis, prominulum et obtuse emarginatum, subtus regione
epigusteris convexa, sublevi et ferrugineo-tincta. Pedes tong,
parum robusti, parce tenuiter et sat longe setosi, femoribus
anticis subtus subtiliter rugosis, nigri, metatarsis tarsisque
cunctis fusco-piceis, coais et preesertim trochanteribus posticis
dilutioribus. _Pedes-maaillares fusco-picei vel nigricantes ;

54 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE - [May 7,

femore longo, recto apicem versus sensim et levissime ampliato ;
patella conveaa ; tibia patella longiore, ad basin angustiore sed
anicem versus sensim et valde ampliata ; tarso magno, ovato,
apice acuminato, bulbo magno.

Perak: Ulu Selama.

Espece de classification incertaine, différant des Steatoda typi-
ques par ses yeux antérieurs égaux; des Zeutana par ses yeux
antérieurs en ligne fortement procurvée; des Crustulina par son
sternum acuminé en arriecre.

Familia MIMETID &.

30. MIMETUS MARGARITIFER, sp. nov.

@. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax pallide fulvus, levis, nitidus
et glaber, sed sctis nigris longissimas et erectis biseriatis (5-5
vel 6-6) supra munitus, convewus, antice longe attenuatus.
Oculi medit, preesertim postici, a lateralibus quam inter se
multo remotiores, aream paulo longiorem quam latiorem
et antice quam postice latiorem occupantes, antici prominuli,
posticis vie 3 majores. Oculi laterales utrinque parvi, equi,
contigua et prominulrt. Clypeus oculis mediis anticis vie latior.
Abdomen sat longum, ovatum et convexum, fulvo-testaceum,
utringue, presertim antice late, et fere inordinate albo-opaco
plagiatum, supra tuberculis rufulis et nitidis subglobosis sed
longe setiferis, quadriseriatis, medianis majoribus, insigniter
ornatum, subtus parce et minute albido-punctatum. Chele
fulvo-rufule, anguste et longissime, a partibus oris sat late
distantes, antice fere plane, subtus, preesertim ad basin, convexe.
Partes oris, sternum pedesque lutea, tibiis metatarsisque anticis
rufulo tinctis late et confuse annulatis, pedes cuncti numerose et
longissime aculeati, tibiis et metatarsis anticis (valde curvatis)
intus aculeis erectis longissimis aculeisque parvis et uncatis
numerosissimis et uniseriatis armatis, Tuberculum genitale
nigrum, transversum.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Espéce trés remarquable qui pourrait devenir le type d’un genre

spécial.

Familia ARGIOPID &.

Subfamilia LiInypurin &.

31. SPHECOZONE DENTIMANUS (EK. Simon).

Nematogmus dentimanus EK. Simon, in Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. xl.
1886 (p. 21).
Perak : Gunong Inas.

Répandu dans I’Indo-Chine et 4 Ceylan.
32. LINYPHIA PASSERCULA, Sp. nov.

3. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax subtilissime coriaceus et opacus,
rufescens, regione oculorum leviter infuscata et oculis, preesertim

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “‘ SKEA‘ EXPEDITION.” 5d

medits posticis, singulariter nigro-cinctis. Oculi quatuor antici
in lineam leviter procurvam, parvi et inter se subequales, medii
qgri a sese appropinquati a lateralibus plus triplo remotiores.
Ocult postici in lineam fere equaliter procurvam, sed inter se
fere equidistantes et medi reliquis oculis evidenter majores.
Oculi quatuor medu aream haud longrorem quam latiorem et
postice quam antice fere duplo latiorem occupantes. Oculi
laterales utrinque parvi eque et contigui. Clypeus area
oculorum latior, antice oblique prochvis. Abdomen sat longe
oblongum, antice rotundum, postice leviter ampliatum, obtusum
et convecum, antice fusco- olivaceum, postice nigro-nitidum, in
medio cingulo dilutiore albido cinctum. Chele longe et paral-
lelee, fulvo-rufule, fere leves, maryine inferiore sulci dentibus 6
(4 et 5 reliquis paulo minoribus), margine superrore dentibus
minutissimis 7 vel 8, lineam sinuosam designantibus, armatis.
Sternum fusco-rufescens, subtilissime coriaceum et opacum,
parcssime setosum. Pedes graciles et lonyi, minute et parce
aculeati, obscure olivacet, coats cunctis, femoribus quatuor anticis
usque ad apicem, posticis ad basin dilutioribus et flavido-
aurantiacis. Pedes-mawillares obscure fusci vel nigri, femore
tereti ad basin dilutiore, patella parva convewa et nodosa, tibra
majore, cequaliter convewa mutica sed superne longe nigro-
crinita, turso bulboque maaimis late ovatis, reliquis articulis
sumul sumptis haud vel vie brevioribus.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

Nora.—Le genre Linyphia est représenté dans |’ Asie tropicale et
dans la Malaisie par des espéces analogues aux ndtres mais confinées
dans les régions les plus élevées des montagnes, ot elles trouvent
sans doute des conditions de vie analogues a celles d'Europe.
Thorell en a décrit deux (L. beceari et L. phyllophora) du Mont
Singalang 4 Sumatra.

Subfamilia TEerRaAGNATHIN”.

33. TerRAGNATHA MANDIBULATA Walckenaer.

Tetragnatha mandibulata Walckenaer, Apt. i. 1841, p. 211.

T. ninatoria EK. Simon, in Ann. Soe. ent. Fr. 1877, p. 83.

T. leptognatha Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. 1. 1877, p. 441 (101).

Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.

Espece largement distribuée en Asie, en Malaisie et en Poly-
nésie.

34, TETRAGNATHA NOVIA, Sp. Nov.

3. Long. 7-10 mm.—Cephalothorax angustus et longus, obscure
fuluus, plus minus olivaceo fuscove reticulatus, fovea thoracica
profunda, transversa sulcisque cephalicis impressa, fronte lata,
parte thoracica vie an gustiore. Oculi singulariter nigro-cinctt,
quatuor posticl, superne visi, in lineam sat recurvam, inter sé
aqui et wquidistantes, quatuor antici, antice visi, in lineam
paulo angustiorem, validissime recurvam, medi lateralibus

56

M, EUGENE SIMON ON THB [May 7,

plus triplo majores et a lateralibus quam inter se plus triplo
remotiores. Oculr quatuor medit aream saltem haud longiorem
quam postice latiorem et antice quam spostice multo angustiorem
occupantes, antici posticis vie majores. Oculi laterales utrinque
a sese appropinquat. (spatio interoculari oculo postico non
majore), anticus postico plus duplo minor. Abdomen angustum
et longissimum, omnino fuluum. Chelce cephalothorace haud vel
viv breviores, proclves, fulvo-rufule, leves, supra in parte
apicali extus apophyst longa, gracilt, arcuata apice minute
bifida, et supra dente minore niyro et conico armate, margine
superiore sulcc dente 1° mediocri recto vel leviter uncato, ad
radicem unguis sat remoto, dente 2° minutissimo et uncato
(sepe obsoleto), dente 3° maximo recto et acuto (reliquis dentibus
multo majore) et prope basin dentibus seriatis 6-7, versus basin
sensim minoribus, margine inferiore dente 1°, prope radicem
unguis sito, parvo, dente 2° fere duplo majore antice oblique
directo, dente 3° valde remoto minore et prope basin dentibus
parvis 4 vel 5, versus basin sensim minoribus, armatis, ungue
longo, simplict haud dentato. Pars labialis sternumque fusco-
testacea, lamine pedesque fulvi. Pedes longissimi, tibiis anticis
utrinque aculeis quatuor aculeisque dorsalibus binis, metatarsis
aculeis basilaribus binis aculeisque exterioribus binis (rarius
trinis), altero subbasilari altero submedio, armatis. Pedes-
maxillares ordinarit.

Q. Long. 10 mm.—A mari, cur subsimilis est, differt chelis
brevioribus et validioribus, apophysi denteque superioribus
carentibus, margine supertore sulci dentibus 1, 2 et 3, inter se
subsimilibus, sat late et fere eque distantibus, 1° antice oblique
directo, dein dentibus minoribus et inter se appropinquatis
4 vel 5, margine inferiore dente 1° parvo, dente 2° reliquis
dentibus majore, dente 3° paulo minore, reliquis dentibus 3 vel 4
multo minoribus. Pedes-maaillares lutet, tarso infuscato,
patella seta apicali longa supra munita sed tibia mutica.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

85. Evora 1sipis E. Simon.

Espéce commune a l’Egypte et a Inde.

36. ORSINOMH PHRYGIANA, sp. nov.

3. Long. 4 mm.— Cephalothorax fusco-olivaceus, parte thoracica
late dilutiore sed vitta media fusca notata et versus marginenr
sensim infuscata. Oculi antici in lineam leviter recurvan,
inter se fere ANNE et non late distantes, medit prominuli, late
ralibus circiter 3 majores. Ocult posticr in lineam fere equaliter
recurvam, med ao majores et a lateralibus quam inter se remotiores.
Ocul quatuor medvi magni, aream haud vel vie longiorem quam
latiorem et antice quam postice paulo latiorem, occupantes, Oculr
luterales utrinque valde prominuli et subcontigur, anticus postico
major. Clypeus oculis mediis anticis paulo angustior. Abdo-
men breviter ovatum, supra obscure fulvum, utringue et postice

IOI] ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘‘SKBAT EXPEDITION,” 57

albido-testaceum et grosse argenteo-punctatum, area fulva dorsal,
in dimidio basali vitta nigra flecuosa marginata et maculis
mediis binis magnis et subrotundis lete argenteo-punctatis, in
dimidio apicali maculis parvis nigris sex biseriatis ornatum,
subtus atrum sed utrinque dilutius. Chele fulvo-rufule, leves,
longe, apicem versus attenuate et leviter divaricate. Partes
orts sternumgque fusco-olivacea, levia. Pedes longi, aculeis
nigris ordinartis longissimis instructi, luter, femoribus tibiisque
annulo medio annuloque apicali olivaceis vel nigricantibus
notatis, patellis cunctis, cova trochantereque \' paris fuscis.
Pedes-macillares pallide lute, tarso nigro, bulbo olivaceo ;
femore gracili apicem versus sensim et leviter ampliato atque
arcuato ; patella conveva seta longissima supra munita ; tibia
patella paulo lonyiore ; tarso ovato, intus ad basin apophysi
divaricata, gracili, recta sed apice uncata armato; bulbo
maximo, simpli et nitido, subgloboso, leviter reniformi.
Jalor: Bukit Besar.

37. ARGYROEPEIRA ELEGANS (Thorell),

Meta elegans Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. 1. 1877, p. 416.

Callinethis elegans Thorell, in Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 2? ser. v.
1887, p. 134.

Jalor: Biserat.
Décrit de Celebes, trouvé depuis en Birmanie.

38. ARGYROEPEIRA FASTIGATA (KH. Simon),

Meta fastigata E. Simon, in Ann. Soe. ent. Fr. 1877, p. 79,
t. ili. fig. 10.

Ligeh.

Répandu dans une grande partie de la Malaisie et aux Iles
Philippines.

39. ARGYROEPEIRA GEMMEA (V. Hasselt).

Meta gemmea V. Hasselt, Midd.-Sum. ete., Aran. 1882, p. 26,
t. ii. f. 4.

Perak: Ulu Selama. Jalor: Bukit Besar.

Connu de Sumatra, de Singapore et de Pinang.

40. ARGYROEPEIRA TESSELLATA (Thorell).

Callinethis tessellata Thorell, in Ann. Mus, Civ. Gen. xxv. 1887,
p. 135.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

Décrit de Birmanie.

41, ARGYROEPEIRA VENTRALIS (Thorell).
Meta ventralis Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. i. 1877, p. 423.
Nawng-Chik. Raman.

58 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7.

Déerit de Celebes, indiqué depuis de Birmanie et des iles
Nicobars. Se trouve aussi & Java et 4 Sumatra.

Nora.—Répond a la description du Dr. T. Thorell, sauf pour
la taille qui est plus forte (8 4 9 mill.).

Subfamilia NEPHILIN#.

42, NEPHILA IMPERIALIS (Doleschall).

Nephila flagellans L. Koch, Ar. Austr. i. 1872, p. 158, t. xii.
f. 5-6.

N. baert E. Simon, in Ann. Soe. ent. Fr. 1877, p. 82.

N. holmere Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. iii. 1881, p. 141.

Patalung. Jalor. Raman.

Trouvé en grand nombre.

43. NEPHILA MACULATA (Fabricius).

Forma typica.
Patalung. Nawng-Chik.

44, NePHILA MacuLATA (Fabr.) JALORENSIS, subsp. nov.

@ (subadulta). A typo differt pedibus nigricantibus coxis luters,
femoribus subtus tibiis metatarsisque crebrius et longus nigro-
pilosis sed tibiis 1' paris et 4° paris annulo subbasilarc et meta-
tarsis 4' paris annulo angustiore subbasilari fulvis, brevius et
parcius pilosis ornatis, abdomine supra olivaceo, in medio
lineolis longitudinalibus parallelis subcontigus 3 vel 4, m
lateribus lineolis numerosis sinuosis et inordinatis dilutioribus et
breviter albo-argenteo pilosis ornato, prope marginem anticum
vitta transversa lata albida, dein zonis transveris fuscis leviter
procurvis quatuor fuscis notato.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

45, NEPHILA MALABARENSIS (Walckenaer).

Perak: Ulu Selama. Raman. Ligeh. Kelantan.
Espéce répandue dans presque toutes les régions tropicales.

Subfamilia ARGIOPIN &.

46. ARGIOPE PULCHELLA Thorell.
Argiope pulchella Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. ii. 1881, p. 74.

Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.
Répandu en Birmanie, dans le Siam, etc.

47. Gua DEcoRATA Thorell.
Gea decorata Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. iv. i. 1890, p. 105.

Perak: Gunong Inas. Jalor: Bukit Besar.
Décrit de Sumatra.

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 59

48. Gua FEestIVA (Thorell) NIGRIFRONS, subsp. noy.

A typo differt cephalothoracis regione frontal nigra.
Jalor: Bukit Besar

Le type est décrit de Birmanie et indiqué de Singapore.

49. Gea nocricotor Thorell.

Gea nocticolor Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. xxv. 1887,
ae LAO:

Ligeh.

Décrit de Birmanie.

50. CyrropHorRA orcaTrosa (Stoliczka).

Epeira (Nephila) cicatrosa Stoliczka, in Journ. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal, xxxvili. p. 11, no. iv. 1869, p. 242, pl. xx. f. 5.

Epewra salebrosa Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. ii. 1878, p. 49.

Jalor: Biserat.

Répandu dans l’Inde, I’ Indo-Chine et la Malaisie.

51. CyRTOPHORA UNICOLOR (Doleschall).

Epeira unicclor Dol., in Nat. Tijdr. Neder]. Ind. xiii. 1857,
p- 419.

Epeira stigmatisata Karsch, in Zeitschr. f. g. Naturw. li. 1878,
p- 326.

Epeira serrata Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. iv. i. 1890, p. 33.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

52. ARACHNURA MELANURA KE. Simon.

Arachnura melanura E. Simon, in Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie,
1867 (p. 3).

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

Connu de |’Inde et de Java.

53. ARANEUS CAPUT-LUPI (Doleschall).

Jalor: Biserat.
Indiqué de Sumatra, des Moluques, de N.-Guinée, ete.

54, ARANEUS SUBMUCRONATUS (HE. Simon).

Epeira submucronata K. Simon, in Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
lyie ps eno EMS Si7, pal OG:

Nora.—Cette espéce a été réunie 4 tort, par le Dr. Thorell, a
VA, de haani Dol.; elle en différe par les tubercules des yeux
latéraux plus longs et plus acuminés, le sternum garni de granula-
tions beaucoup plus grosses, inégales et irréguli¢res. Son abdomen
est pourvu 4 langle apical de trois tubercules contigus dont le
médian est plus gros, ce qui sobserve quelquefois aussi chez
A, de haani.

Perak: Ulu Selama.

60: M. EUGENE SIMON ON THR [May 7,

50. ARANEUS LAGLAIZEI (BH. Simon).

Epeira thomisoides Doleschall, Bijdr. ete. 1857, p. 422.

Epewra laglaizei HE. Simon, in Ann. Soe. ent. Fr. 1877, p. 65.
Epewra thelura Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ii. 1878, p. 84 (273-293).
Ligeh.

Tres répandu en Malaisie, en Océanie et dans I’ Indo-Chine.

56. ARANEUS NAUTICUS (L. Koch).

Perak : Ulu Selama.
Répandu dans presque toutes les régions tropicales du monde.

57. CYCLosA BIFIDA (Dol.) MacruURA Thorell.
Epeira macrura Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. 1. 1877, p. 404.
Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

58. CYCLOSA INSULANA (Costa).
Jalor: Biserat. Ligeh. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

59. C&HROSTRIS PARADOXA (Doleschall).
Patalung : Ban-Kong-Rak.

60. GASTERACANTHA FoRNICATA (Fabr.) JALORENSTS, subsp. nov.
@. Abd. long. 8°5 mm., lat. 185 mm.—A_ typo differt magni-

tudine majore, aculeis lateralibus principalibus longioribus sed
aculeis posticis minoribus.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

61. GASTERACANTHA ARCUATA (Fabricius).
Patalung. Nawng-Chik. Kelantan.

62. GASTERACANTHA HASSELTI (C. Koch).
Jalor: Bukit Besar. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

63. GASTERACANTHA PERAKENSIS, Sp. nov.

Q. Seutum abd. long. 7 mm., lat. 9:5 mm. Acul. angul. long.
4-7 mm.—Cephalothorax niger, margine clype anguste testaceo,
parte cephalica obtuse sulcata, albido-pilosa, apice minute et
parce granulosa. Oculi mediti inter se subcequales (antici viv
majores), aream paulo latiorem quam longiorem et antice quam
postice angustiorem, occupantes. Ocult laterales utringue valde
prommuli. Abdomen via t latius quam longius, antice trun-

cutum, postice valde ampliatum et late. truneatum ( sere ut m
G. hasselti C. K.), supra nitidum, flavum, utringue in sigallis
nigro-bimaculatum, aculiis sew nigris armatum, utrinque aculeis
binis, ad angulum anticum quam a sese plus duplo remotioribus,
antico medwert, gracili, recto, acutissiino et antice oblique directo,
altero, angulari fere tr ‘uplo longtore, in parte basali crasso subtus

convexo et granuloso, in parte apical abrupte angustiore, levi,
recto et acuto, ad marginem posticum aculeis binis, lateralibus

1901.] §««- ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKEAT UXPEDITION.” 61

anticis fere duplo longioribus, rectis et acutis, sed ad basin
leviter incrassatis et granulosis ; sigillis anticis quatuor parvis
longis et rectis, in lineam rectam, utrinque, in declivitate, sigillis
trinis paulo majoribus, antico ovato alteris subrotundis, sigillis
posticis sew in lineam rectum, laterali ovato et obliquo, alteris
minutissimis, sigillis medianis quatuor sat parvis, aream trapezi-
formem haud longiorem quam latiorem occupantibus, subtus sat
crebre granulosum, im medio converum haud tuberculatum,
mgrum, maculis flavis sat parvis et mniquis conspersum. Sternunr
valde et crebre granulosum sed antice tuberculo parvo hunillimo
leviore et rufulo notatum, nigrum, utrinque ad marginem
maculis parvis flavis trinis ornatum. Chele nigro-nitide.
Pedes fulvo-rufuli, versus extrenutates sensim obscuriores, meta-
tursis tarsisque anticis fere nogris.

A G. globulata Walckenaer, cui valde affinis et subsimilis est,
differt imprimis sigillis abdominis, presertim anticis, multo
minoribus, aculeis angularibus in parte basali minus globosis, in
parte apicali gracilibus et divaricatis haud erectis.

Perak: Ulu Selama. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

64. GASTERACANTHA LEUCOMELAS (Doleschall).

Gasteracantha annamita E. Simon, in Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. x1.
1886, p. 14.

Jalor. Ligeh. Raman.

Espéce trés répandue dans |’Indo-Chine et la Malaisie.

65. ANEPSIA FUSCOLIMBATA, sp. Nov.
@. Long. 3 mm.— Ab A. depressa Thorell, cui affinis est, differt

magqnitudine saltem duplo minore, cephalothorace levi et nitido,
pallide luteo sed regione frontali et clyper infuscata, sterno luteo
(haud nigro), abdomine breviore, subrotundo, supra plano,
nitido, grosse sed parce inpresso-punctato, sigillis medranis
obsoletis, supra pallide luteo sed utrinque late fusco-marginato,
subtus, pone plicam genitalem, vitta media fusca sat angusta et
confusa notato, mamillis fusco-marginatis, pedibus fere nvuticts,
obscurioribus, jfusco-olwaceis, femoribus quatuor anticis fere
nigris, covis cunctis femoribusque posticis, presertim subtus,
dilutioribus, unco vulve fulvo obtusiore.

Perak : Gunong Inas (6000 ft.).
66. ANEPSIA DEPRESSA (Thorell).

Paraplectana depressa Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. etc. i. 1877, p. 14
(804).

Jalor: Biserat.

Décrit de Celebes.

67. PRONOUS AFFINIS, sp. nov.

2. Long. 3 mm.—Cephalothorax parce et minute rugosus, parce
et longe albo-sctosus, fusco-rufescens, regione frontalt sensim
nigra. Arca oculorum mediorum magna, leviter prominula,

62 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

haud longior quam latior et antice ie postice vie angustior,
oculi medit postict anticis saltem 3 majorcs. Clypeus sub-
verticalis, area oculorum mediorum circiter equilatus. Abdomen
convexum, breviter oblongum, antice leviter attenuatum atque
obtusum, postice paululum amplatum, obtuswm sed supra
tuberculis duobus latis et humillimis notatum, fusco-lividum,
nitidum, fere glabrum, antice linea long gitudinali abbreviata
alba, utringue, prope medium, macula parva et postice macula
majore nigris, notatum, eben atro-purpureum. Chele
rupfescentes, glabree et lew, Sternum fusco-pupureum, tneequale
et valde coriaceo-granulosum. Pedes fusco-olivacer, femoribus
dilutioribus et luteis sed fusco-vittatis. Tuberculum genitale
simplex, breve, ovato-transversum, nigro-mtidum.

A P. taprobanico BE. Sim., cui affinis est, imprimis differt
tuberculo genitali altiore eb minus transverso, subrotunde,
pictura corporis obscuriore sed sterno rufulo haud nigro.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

68. THERIDIOSOMA NEBULOSUM, sp. nov.

@. Long. 2 mm.—Cephalothorac levis et nitidus, fulvo-olivaceus,
parte cephalica confuse infuscata, regione oculorum nigra.
Oculi medit postict a sese subcontiqui. Ocule quatuor anticr a
sese subcontiqui, medi wigri, lateralibus albis vie majores.
Area quatuor mediorum subdirecta, longior quam latior et
subparallela, ocult medi antict posticis minores. Abdomen
magnum, subglobosum, atro-olivaceum, zonis transversis paulo
Cilutioribus via expressis atque antice maculis magnis obliquis
binis convergentibus albo-punctatis supra notatum, subtus atrum.
Sternum nigrum, im medio late dilutius et rufescens. Chele
pedesque obscure olivacer, coxis femoribusque (apice excepto)
dilutioribus et testaceis. Pedes breves, parce sed longe setosi.
Tuberculum genitale maaimum fere Theridiosomatis gemmosi
L. K., transversim ovatum, antice leve et rufulum, postice fovea
magne testaced semicireulari, marginata et apice minute excisa,
notatum.

Jalor: Biserat.

A T. picteti E. Sim. (ex Java) et fasciato Workman (ex Singa-

pore) presertim differt abdomine cingulo argenteo carente.

69, ANDASTA CYCLOSINA, sp. nov.

2. Long. 3°5 mm.—Cephalothorax levis et nitidus, atro-olivaceus,
parte thoracica vitta media lata fulvo-rufula notata, cephalica
angusta et longa, antice leviter attenuata, postice a thoracica
sulco tenur semicirculari discreta, fronte angusta, regione oculart
postice leviter depressa. Oculi quatuor postici, presertim medit,
macximt, inter sé anguste et fere aque distantes (spatirs inter-
ocularibus oculis mecliis triplo ninortbus). Ocult antict in
lineam rectam, wmter se subcontigui, medir nigrt lateralibus albis
majores. Aree quatuor mediorum sulquadrata, antice valde
promnula, superne convera. Clypeus oculis medis anticis

1901.) ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 63

latior, sub oculis leviter depressus. Abdomen longius quam
latius, supra deplanatum, antice rotundum, postice sensim
attenuatum et pone mamillas in tuberculum obtusum pro-
ductum, supra parce et longe albido-pilosum, nigrum, antice
macula maxima testacea, utrinque lobata et vittam mediam albo-
punctatam includente, notatum, subtus atrum vel testaceum et
vitta fusca lata notatum, mamille inferiores rufule extus
fusco-vittate, reliquee testacee. Sternum fusco-rufescens, nigri-
canti-marginatum. Pedes breves et robusta, sat longe setosi haul
aculeati, lutei, femorribus tibiisque anticis apice late nigris,
reliquis minute fusco-notatis, coxis sepe maculatis. Plaga
gemtalis parva, rufula, unco negro gracili et brevi recto sed
apice minute uncato munita. Chelarum margo superior dentibus
quatuor valde imiquis, 1° et 2° parvis, 3° multo longiore et
acuto, ultimo mediocri, margo inferior dentibus binis validis et
subcequis instructt.
Perak: Gunong Inas.
Ab A. semiargentea E. Sim. (ex ins. Taprobane) imprimis differt
magnitudine multo majore, abdomine postice acuminato et pro-

ducto, oculis quatuor posticis inter se equidistantibus, et plaga
genitalis unco munita.

Familia THOMISID &.
70. AMyclz#a FortiIcEpPs (O. P. Cambridge).

Amycle forticeps O. P. Cambr., in Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond. 18738,
p. 122.

Nawng-Chik.

Espéce trés commune a Ceylan, indiquée aussi de Singapore, de
Birmanie et de Java.

ZYGOMETIS, nov. gen.

A Runcinia cui affinis est imprimis differt cephalothorace plano,
haud longiore quam latiore, utringue ample rotundo, oculis
mediis posticis et anticis a lateralibus quam inter se multo
remotioribus, oculis quatuor anticis in lineam rectam, tibis
quatuor anticis omnino muticis, metatarsis aculeis 4—4 tantum
armatis, abdomine brevi, antice posticeque recte truncato, postice
ampliato fere Thomisi.

71. ZYGOMETIS CRISTULATA, sp. nov.

2 (pullus). Long. 5 mm.—Cephalothorax latus, utringue ample
rotundus, planus, fronte late truncata subcarinata, utrinque
ante oculum lateralem posticum minute turbinata, subtilissime
corvaceus et granulis nigris minutissinus, in parte thoracica
lineas radiantes abbreviatas designantibus, ornatus, pallide
flavus, regione oculorum alba sed antice linea eaili fusca, oculos
anticos includente, limitata, parte cephalica lines binis flexuosis,
thoracica maculis submarginalibus iniquis et laciniosis albo-
opacis ornatis. Abdomen paulo latius quam longius, postice

64 | M, EUGEND SIMON ON THE [May 7,

valde ampliatum, antice posticeque recte sectum, supra fulvo-
cinereo-testaceum leviter albido-varieqatum et postice in declivitate
vitta transversa lata fusca notatum, granulis nigris paucis 4
conspersum, subtus albidum. Chelw, partes oris, sternum
pedesque pallide flavida, patellis quatuor anticis superne macula
obliqua, tibiis subtus annulo submedio, metatarsis tarsisque
subtus vitta obliqua fusco-olivaceis notatis, ubus muticis, meta-
tarsis 1* paris aculeis inferioribus 4—4 interioribus (superioribus)
minoribus, metatarsis 2* par ws aculeis 4-4, exterioribus (inferi-
oribus) minoribus, instructis.
Perak: Gunong Inas.

Familia CLUBIONID &.

Subfamilia SELENOPIN®.
72. SELENOPS ACULEATUS, sp. nov.

@. Long. 7 mimn.— Cephalothorax planissimus, latior quam longior,
pallide fulvus, tenuiter fusco-marginatus, mai ge frontal ad
oculos migra, flavido-sericeo pubescens, ad marg genem longe et
valde crinitus. Oculi quatuor antict a sese contigui, in lineam
subrectam vie recurvum, medit lateralibus evidenter minores.
Oculi exteriores minutissimi albi et ovate a lateralibus antics
parum distantes. Oculi postica utringue prominuli reliquis
oculis majores. Abdomen planissimum, longius quam latius,
pallide fuluum, flavido-sericeo pubescens, postice anguste fusco-
marginatum. Sternum pedesque lutea, femoribus 1 paris subtus
usque ad basin, femoribus 2' paris ad apicem late nigricanti-
pla gratis, tibtis metatar Susque SUpEerne minute, (gu cé et nordinate
fusco-variatis, tibiis quatuor anticis aculeis 7-7 (interioribus
long groribus), metatarsis aculeis 5-5 subtus armatis. Plaga
genitals nigra, fovea testacea magna, postice amplata, truncata
et tubercula nunuta ovata et obliqua includente, impressa.

Perak : Gunong Inas.

A S. montigena E. Sim., cui presertim affinis est, imprimis
differt magnitudine minore, tibiis metatarsisque anticis aculeis
numerosioribus instructis (in S. montigena metatarsis anticis
3-3 aculeatis).

Subfamilia SPARASSIN®.

73. Hurrropopa reaia (Fabr.).

Heteropoda venatoria auct. (non Aranea venatoria L.).

Perak. Kelantan. Raman. Patalung.
Répandu dans les régions tropicales du monde entier.

74. Herpropopa LEPROsA EK, Simon.

Heteropoda leprosa K. Simon, in Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. xx. 1884,
p. 336.

Perak: Ulu Selama. Kelantan: Kuala Aring. Jalor: Bukit
Besar.

Décrit de Birmanie.

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘‘ SKHAT EXPEDITION.”

75. HETEROPODA SEXPUNCTATA EH. Simon.

Heteropoda sexpunctata KE. Simon, in Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr.
1885 (p. 14).

Ligeh.

Decrié de Inde Centrale.

76. SPARIOLENUS TIGRIS E, Simon.
Spariolenus tigris E. Simon, Rev. Sparass. 1880, p. 61.

Jalor: Biserat.
Décrit du Bengale.

77. SPARASSUS ANNANDALHI, sp. nov.

65

2. Long. 11 mm.—Cephalothorax convexus, via longior quam
latior, fronte lata, fulvus, albido-sericeo pubescens, regione
frontali leviter obscuriore et rufescenti-tincta, Oculi quatuor

antici in lLineam plane rectam, inter se fere cwequidistantes
(spatiis interocularibus oculis paulo minoribus), medi lateralibus
paulo muajores. Oculi quatuor postice multo minores et inter se
subequales, in lineam latiorem vie procurvum, a sese late et fere
ceque separate, Area quatuor mediorum circiter ceque longa ac
lata et postice quam antice angustior, medi antic postices saltem
duplo majores. Clypeus oculis mediis anticis angustior. Abdo-
men oblongum, fuluum, crebre et longe sericeo-pubescens, supra
in dimidio apicali linea media fusca exilr notatum, subtus
concolor. Chele valide et convexw, nigro-rufescentes, lceves et
paree crinite, margine inferiore sulci dentibus validis quatuor
contiguis, ultimo reliquis paulo minore, armato. Partes ors
castanee. Pars labialis convexa, Prdonten latior quam longior.
Sternum, pedes-maxillares pedesque lutea, tarso pedum-maail-
larium metatarsis tarsisque pedum, presertim anticis, obscurt-
oribus et rufulo-tinctis, tarsis cunctis, metatarsis anticis usque
ad basin, meiatarsis 4' paris ad apicem, longe et crebre cinereo-
Scopulitis, aculeis ordinartis longs. Plaga genitalis magna,
fulva e nitida, parallela, postice truncata, im parte secunda
sulco lon gitudinali divisa.

Nawng-Chik: Ban.

Trouvé dans une coque de tissu trés résistant logée dans une
feuille roulée et contenant un cocon ovigére globuleux de tissu

simple et assez mince appliqué sur les ceufs.

78. RHITYMNA XANTHOPUS, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 21 mm.—Cephalothorax latior quam longror, nigro-

piceus, postice in dechivitate puulo dilutior et rufescens, albido-
luteo-pubescens et longe hirsutus. Ocult medw antici lateralibus
paulo majores et a lateralibus quam inter se circiter 3 remotiores.

Abdomen ovatum, antice lenter emarginatum, supra crebre
flavido-pubescens et setis erectis longissimis pallide flavidis
conspersum, antice lineolis binis convergentibus, dein macula

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No. V. 5

66

M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE {May 7,

ovata vel subrotunda, postice urcubus transversis seriates tenurbus
et utringue evanescentibus, migricantibus supra ornatum, subtus
crebre fulvo-pubescens, requone ventrali lineis nigricantibus bins
leviter incurvis notata. Chele validissime et conveaw, nigre,
nitide et glabrw, sed mar ginibus suler longe et crasse rubro-
pilosis, inferiore dentibus trinis subcontegurs, 1° paulo manore
armato. Partes oris wgre ad marginem crasse rubro-pilose.
Sternum cowaque nigra, nigro-setosa. Pedes crassi et longi,
fusco-picet, supra fulvo-pilosi et longe hirsuti, subtus patellis
nigris, femoribus tibusque crebre et longe jflavo-pilosis et hirsutes,
sed femor ibus cunctis annulo apicah, tibus 1’ paris annulo sub-
apicali, reliquis tibiis annulis binis nigris ornatis, netatarsis
tarsisque usque ad basin crasse nigro-scopulatis. Pedes-mawil-
lares migri, nigro -pilosi. Plaga genitalis subrotunda, rubro-
nitida, costis parvis trinis, lateralibus antice divergentibus,
notata.

Kelantan : Kuala Aring.
A R. ingenti B. Sim. (ex Java), cui affinis est, imprimis differt

oculis mediis anticis a sese minus distantibus, devincers DIO tibiisque
subtus flavo (haud albido) pilosis, tibiis 1’ paris annulo nigro
singulo notatis et plaga genitali rubra haud nigra.

79. SERAMBA PENNATA, sp. nov.
3. Long. 9 mm.—Cephalothorax late ovatus, antice valde attenu-

atus, “fronte sat angusta, fulvo-rufescens, levis, parce alhido-
pilosus, linea mar ginali vittasque dorsalibus binis latis et dentatis,
tenuiter fusco-reticulatis parum expressis notatus. Oculi antici
in lineam leviter procurvam, inter se ceque et sat anguste distantes
(spatis interocularibus oculis minoribus), medu lateralibus
majores. Ocult postict multo minores, in lineam latiorem leviter
procurvam, iter sé subequales et fere cequidistantes. Area
quatuor mediorum latior quam longior, medi antici posticis fere
duplo majores. Abdomen sat anguste ovatum, postice attenuatum,
testaceum, supra utringue valde nigricanti-maculatun, antice
vitta longitudinal, postice arcubus transversis fuscis seriatis,
apicem versus sensim minoribus et swpe confluentihus, supra
ornatum, subtus parce fusco-punctatum. Mamille imferiores
testacee, superiores fusce. Chel, sternum pedesque fulvo-
rufescentia. Chel sat debiles, margine mferiore sulci dentibus
minutissimis 6 armato. Tibie antice aculeis inferroribus longis
(apicalibus nunoribus) 6-6 et utrinque lateralibus menoribus
binis, metutarsis aculeis inferioribus longissimis 2—2, lateralibus
exterioribus trinis interioribus bins mstructis. Pedes-maaillares
lute, tibia rufescenti, tarso bulboque fuscis nigrisve; tibia
patella breviore et latiore, supra et eatus valde ampliata et
apophysibus ngris tmquis armata, apophyst superiore subrecta,
crassa apice leviter arcuata et truncata, media paululum sinuosa
et acutissima, inferiore minore et dentiformi ; tarso late ovato,
extus ample rotundo, intus subrecto ; bulbo magno.

Nawng-Chik.

(=P)
“I

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKEAT BXPEDITION.”

Subfamilia CLUBIONIN &.

80. (?) CHIRACANTHIUM MELANOsTOMA (Thorell).

Entittha melanostoma Thorell, Descr. Cat. Spid. Burma, 1895,
p: 44.

Jalor: Biserat.

Décrit de Birmanie.

81, Cuiracanruium caupAatuM (Thorell).

Entittha caudata Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. xxy. 1887,
p: 58.

Patalung : Ban-Kong-Rak.

Décrit de Birmanie.

82. Marrprta agRIA KH, Simon.

Matidia aeria B. Simon, in Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 1896, p. 503.
Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.
Espéce trés répandue, décrite de Jolo (Philippines).

Subfamilia Crenin®.

83. CYrENUS VALVULARIS V. Hasselt.

Ctenus valvularis V. Hasselt, in Midd.-Sum. ete., Ar. 1882,
p. 40, tab. v. f. 12.

Ctenus valvularis Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. iv. 2, 1891-92,
p. 135.

Jalor: Biserat.

Décrit de Sumatra, indiqué depuis de Java.

84. CALOCTENUS ORBUS, Sp. nov.

2. Lony. 10 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, parte cephalica attenuata
et antice leviter acclivi, thoracica conveva, sulco profundo et
longo secta, fusco-olivaceus, vitta media integra et fere parallela,
lineaque submarginali ungustiore et flecuosa dilutioribus albo
fulvoque pilosis ornatus. Oculi med aream haud longrorem
quam latiorem et antice quam postice multo angustiorem
occupantes, antict posticis fere duplo minores. Oculi laterales
antict parvi ovati et albi prope marginem inferrorem oculorum
mediorum posticorum siti. Clypeus verticalis planus, area
oculorum mediorum circiter equilatus, fuscus, utrinque dilutior.
Abdomen oblongum, supra atrum, obscure cervino-cinerco-
pubescens, vitta media sat angusta, antice acuminata, postice
leviter ampliata et dentata albido-fulvoque pilosa et utrinque
punctis naigris seriatis 4-5 notutum, subtus paulo dilutius et
obscure cinerco-pubescens. Chelw longa, cylindraice, fusco-
rufule, leves et ntide, margine inferiore sulci quinquedentato.
Partes ovis fulvo-rufule, pars labialis infuscata, convexa,
circiter ceque longa ac lata, dinidium laminarum haud attingens
et apice truncata. Sternun pedesque fulva. Pedes longissimi

5

68 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

et gracillima, tibiis anticis aculeis pronis longissimis (apicalibus
minoribus) 8-8 vel 9-9, metatarsis aculeis similibus 4-4 subtus
instructis. Tuberculum genitale paulo latius quam longus,
rufulum, in medio valde crinitum utrinque incisura vel fovea
parva impressum.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

Subfamilia LIocRANIN2.

85, TruramMus poxirus Thorell.

Teutamus politus Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. 2 ser. x.
(1890), p. 281.

Perak: Gunong Inas, Ulu Selama.

Décrit de Pinang.

Familia PISAURIDA.
86. Hyaropopa LoNGIMANUS (Stoliczka).

Dolomedes longimanus Stoliczka, in Journ. As, Soc. Beng. xxxvill.
pt. 2, p. 218, tab. xx. f. 3.

Raman: Kota Bharu.

Décrit du Bengale.

87. THALASSIUS ALBocINCTUS (Doleschall).

Dolomedes albocinctus Dol., in Verh. N. V. Ned. Ind. v. 1859,
p- 9.

Titurius marginellus E. Simon, Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. xx. 1884,
p. 329.
Raman: Kota Bharu. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Répandu dans l’Indo-Chine, la Birmanie et une partie de la
Malaisie.

88. DoLOMEDES"PAROCULUS, sp. nov.

2 (subadulta). Long. 18 mm.—Cephalothorax fusco-olivaceus,
breviter cervino-pubescens, utringue, prope marginem et antice
in clypeo, maculis parvis, iniquis et inordinatis albo-pilosis,
vittam latam confusam designantibus, in medio vitta longitudinal
flavido-pilosa, in parte cephalica lata et linea media eanli secta,
in parte thoracica abrupte angustiore, ornatus. Oculi quatuor
antici inter se equi et fere equidistantes, medii leviter prominult.
Oculi quatuor postici maaimi in lineam valde recurvan,
latcrales prominuli, medii a lateralibus quam inter se remotiores
(spatio interoculart oculo plus duplo minore) et spatium
transversum oculorum linea antica tota non multo angustius
occupantes. Area quatuor mediorum circiter cwque longa ac
lata et antice quam postice multo angustior, medi anticr
posticis plus triplo minores. Clypeus subverticalis, area
oculorum mediorum latior. Abdomen magnum, ovatum, obscure
fuluum, cervino-pubescens, antice linea media angusta dilutiore,

hi
a
t
a
:
2
ty
i

1901.} ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 69

utrinqgue et presertim postice maculis parvis lineolisque flexuosis
albo-pilosis ornatum, subtus concolor. Chelew longe, parallele,
fusco-rufule, erebre et longe albido-hirsute, marginbus suler
longis, inferiore dentibus quatuor, 1° reliquis paulo majore,
armato, Sternum, partes oris pedesque olivacea. Pedes versus
extremitates sensim obscuriores, cervino-pubescentes, maculis
albis parvis conspersi et subannulati, aculeis ordinariis, validis
et longis armati, tarsis yracilibus subtus setosis utrinque
anguste scopulatis.

Raman: Kota Bharu.

Species fere inter Dolomedem et Anoteropem, oculis posticis

insigniter magnis, eximie distincta.

Familia LYCOSID 4.

89. Parposa TRRETITA EH. Simon.

Pardosa irretita E. Simon, in Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. xl. 1886
(p. 6).

Ligeh.

Décrit du Cambodge, retrouvé depuis 4 Saigon, a Singapore et a
Borneo.

90. PARDOSA LAIDLAWI, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 6 mm.—Cephalothorax nigellus, vitta media lata,
antice oculos haud attingente, in parte thoracica leviter dentata
atque attenuata fulvo-rufula, antice fulvo-rufulo postice albido-
pilosa, lineaque submarginali fulva earl et dentata ornatus,
clypeo in medio nigro utrinque dilutiore. Ocule antica in
hneam procurvam, medu evidenter majores et a sese quam a
lateralibus remotiores (spatio interoculari oculo haud angustiore),
laterales a margine clyper quam ab oculis magnis ser. 2% plus
duplo remotiores. Area oculorum quatuor posticorum postice
quam antice latior, Abdomen oblongum, nigellum, area media
vel vitta latissima dilutiore, antice albido postice fulvo-pilosa,
antice lincolis binis nigris figuram acute lanceolatam desiqnantibus,
postice arcubus transversis fuscis seriatis albo-pilosis ornata,
supra notatum, subtus dilutius, obscure testaceum albido-cinerco-
pubescens. Chele nigre vel fuscw, parce albo-pilose. Sternum
nigrum, albo-pilosum, swpe antice minute testaceo-maculatum.
Pedes longi, obscure fulvo-rufescentes, metatarsis tarsisque
dilutioribus, coxis infuscatis, femoribus annulis nigris quatuor
valde sinuosis, tibiis valde, metatarsis view distincte fusco- vel
olivaceo-annulatis, tibtis metatarsisque anticis aculeis tenurbus et
longis 2-2 aculeisque apicalibus binis multo minoribus subtus
armatis. Plaga genitalis ovato transversa, utrinque nigra sed
pilis crassis nivers convergentibus munita, im medio depressa,
late foveolata et carinula fulva tenui et integra divisa.

Perak: Ulu Selama.

A P. birmanica Thorell verisimiliter affinis.

70 M, EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

Familia OXYOPID &.

91. Oxyoprms LINEATIPES (C. Koch).

Sphasus lineatipes, C. Koch, Arachn. xv. 1848, p. 55, fig. 1455.

Oxyopes lineatipes Vhorell, St. Rag. Mal. etc. iv. 2, 1891-92,
3 LOO.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Espéce trés répandue en Birmanie et en Malaisie.

92. OXYOPES PATALONGENSIS, Sp. nov.

3. Long. 10 mm.—Cephalothorax altus sat brevis, fronte lata et
obtusa, fusco-ferrugineus, pilis simplicibus pronis fuscis, versus
marginen, preesertim postice, nigricantibus, vestitus, sed zona
marginal inequalr paulo dilutiore et subglabra cinctus, regione
clypet leviter obscure reticulata (haud lineata), regione oculorum
mgra et flavido-pilosa. Oculi ordinarw. Abdomen sat an-
gustum, antice rotundum, postice valde attenuatum et cylin-
draceum, supra nigrum, obscure olivaceo-pubescens sed utrinque
vitta niveo-pilosa, laciniosa, extremitates haud attingente, mar-
ginatum, subtus antice fuluum et aurantiaco-pubescens, preeterea
nigrum et lineis tenuibus trinis, media abbreviata, albo-pilosis,
ornatum. Mamaille nigre. -Chele fusco-ferruginee, leviter
reticulate. Sternum fuluum. Pedum coxe, trochanteres femo-
raque lutea, antica, subtus, usque ad basin, infuscata et
subvittata, femora postica apice infuscata, reliqua articula nigri-
cantes supra parce albo-pilosi, sed tarsi (presertim anticr)
dilutiores et subluter, aculeis ordinariis longissimis nigris armati.
Pedes-maxillares sat breves et robusti, mgri, femore utringue
dilutiore, tibia supra ad apicem minute albo-pilosa ; tibia
patella haud longiore, extus ad apicem minute dentata, subtus
depressa et apophyst ngro-nitida crassa obtusissima et oblique
costiforma munita ; tarso magno, supra valde convexo, ad
apicem breviter acuminato, eatus ad basin breviter prominenti et
anguloso.

Patalung. Oke

Familia SALTICID &

1°. Salticide pluridentati.

93. Linus rrmBRiaTus (Doleschall).

Salticus fimbriatus Dol., in Verh. N. V. Ned. Ind. v. 1859, p. 22.
Sinis fimbriatus Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. 1. 1878, p. 270.
Jalor: Biserat.

Espéce largement distribuée, commune dans la Malaisie et la
Papuasie, 4 Ceylan et 4 Madagascar.

Genus PapinrtoTHorax E. Simon.

A Bavia differt cephalothorace humiliore et multo longiore ovato,
parte thoracica quadrangulo oculorum fere duplo longiore,

1901.) ARACHNIDA OF THD ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” fa

imupressione transversa parva sulcoque renotis submedis munita,
oculis anticis inter se contiquis et validissime vmuquis, ely co
angustissimo glabro, oculis lateralibus anticis et posticis
minoribus.

94, PADILLOTHORAX SEMIOSLRINUS, sp. nov.

3. Long. 75 mm.—Cephalothorax humilis, longus et ovatus,
rubro-castaneus versus marginem infuscatus, valde coriaceo-
vermiculatus sed parte thoracica in medio levire, parte
cephalica antice et utringue, sub oculis, pilis albo-argenteis
ornata, thoracic vittis mediantis binis latis subcontiquis, lineaque
marginali ewil, albo-argenteo-pilosis decorata. Pili oculorum
pau albidi. Clypeus angustissimus nudus. Abdomen
angustum et longissimum, supra fusco- -violaceum, vitta media
lata et integra luteo-testacea, antice liners postice maculis
seriatis albo-argenteo-pilosis marginata, ornatum, utrinque im
lateribus antice linea recta postice lines obliquis binis albis,
notatum, subtus fuluum, mamille fusce. Chele nigro-nitide,
breves sed divaricate, extus convexe, intus subcostate, margine
inferiore sulci depresso, dein valde elevato et dentibus seriatis,
contiquis, mediantis majoribus, armato. Partes oris nigre,
lamine apice truncate, convex, sed angulo compresso et leviter
prominulo. Sternum luteum. Pedes \' paris reliquis multo
longiores et crassiores, femore clavato, tibia longe ovata, fusco-
castanei, cova femoreque nigris, tarso luteo, tibia metatarsoque
subtus sat longe sed parwn dense nigro-ciliatis. Reliqui pedes
pallide lutei, aculeis paucis et parvis, ut in Bavia ordinatis,
muniti. Pedes-maxillares sat parvi, pallide luter, crasse albo-
pulosi; tibia patella breviore, extus ad apicem apophysi sat
longa, antice directa, apice nigra et acuta, instrucia.

Jalor: Biserat. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

95. CoPROCROSSA ' POLITIVENTRIS, Sp. nov.

3. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax humilis et longus, leviter ovatus
atro-purpureus, prope oculos niger, supra planus et glaber, in
medio crebre, antice posticeque parcius impresso-punctatus,
utringue in declivitate parum dense albo-pilosus. Oculr antic
inter se validissime ineequales et contigui, medii maximi, alti-
tudinem facier totam occupantes. Clypeus mullus. Chelew
brevissume, nigra, reclinate et antice plane. Abdomen angustuin
et longum, teretiusculum, supra nigro-nitidum, micanti-tinctum,
glabrum, sed in lateribus zonis obliquis abbreviatis albo-pilosis
ornatum, subtus atrum. Sternum et partes oris nigro-nitida,
lamine extus ad apicem prominule et divaricate sed obtuse.
Pedes \* paris longissimi, nigro-nitidi, cova in lateribus et subtus,
metatarso (basi eacepta) tarsoque pallide luters, femore conpresso
longo, patella sat parva, tibia longissime ovata, subtus, im
dimidio apicali, aculeis brevibus sed robustis et sin gular ater

' Coprocrossa=Stenodina EH. Simon (olim), nomen proccupatum.

Ue M, EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

elevatis 3-3, armata, metatarso gracile sat longo, presertum ad i
basin curvato, subtus aculeis minutissimis et erectis 2-2 munito. )
Reliqua pedes pallide luter, omnino mutier. Pedes-maxillares i
parve fuser, apice tarso bulboque luteis; tibia terett, patella
paulo brevion e, extus ad apicem apophysi parva acuta et leviter

curvata armata ; tarso tibia multo longiore sed viv latiore ;

bulbo ad basin valde convewxo et subgloboso, ad apicem stylo

valido nigro, circulum magnum formante, munto.

Perak : Gunong Inas.

96. MYRMARACHNE ANNANDALEI, sp. nov.

3. Long. 65 mn.—Cephalothorax niger, opacus, parce et tenwiter
olivaceo alboque pubescens, in contractura linea fulva sat eaih,
valde biangulosa atque im medio interrupta, notatus, parte
cephalica alta superne plana, thoracica cephalica equlonga vel
paulo breviore, in medio convexa, antice profunde et late depress
vostice declivi. Oculi antici inter se valde ineequales et contigur,
apicibus in lineam rectam, pilis albis longis cincti. Clypeus
angustus, fere glaber. Pediculum abdominale sat breve, superne
visum subquadratum. Abdomen breviter ovatum, supra scuto
duriusculo nitido et glabro nigro omnino ebtectum, subtus atrum,
mamille testacee. Chelew porrecte, cephalothorace paulo bre-
viores, superne plane et mutice, catus dilatato-arcuate, fusco-
rufule, valde rugosew et parce albo-pilose, margine superiore
sulci, prope apicem, dentibus trinis subequis, 1° paulo validiore
et uncato, dente minore submedio, dentibusque parvis binis
remotis, margine inferiore dentibus minutissinis 6 vel 7, api-
calibus inter se distantibus, reliquis appropinquatis, instructis,
ungue ad basin atque ad upicem curvato, subtus carinato sed
mutico. Partes oris longissime, pars labialis fusca, lamine
dilutiores. Sternum angustum fusco-olivaceum. Pedes tenues,
obscure olivacei, patellis tibiisque anticis, tarsis posticis tro-
chanteribusque 4° paris dilutioribus ; pedes 1’ paris, patella
longa, tibia subtus aculeis 7-7 longis et pronis (apicalibus
minoribus), metatarsis tibiis multo brevioribus, aculeis similibus
2-2 munitis ; pedes 2' paris tibvis aculeis Eatin subtus
armatis sed pedes quatuor posticc omnino mutici. Pedes-
maawillares fusco-cenei ; femore compresso subtus carinato ; patella
tibia tarsoque superne deplanatis ; tubta patella longiore, versus
apicem sensim et valde amplata subtriquetra, extus ad apicem
apophysi gracilt sinuoso-arcuata armata ; bulbo ovato semplict.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

M. (Toweo) maailloso C. °Koch et M. (Gatco nemoreo Peckham

sat affinis.

Salticide unidentati.

97. CHRYSILLA VERSICOLOR (C. Koch).

Plexippus versicolor C. Koch, Arachn. xiii. 1846, p. 103,
f. 1165 (¢).

1901.) ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 73

Mevia picta C. Koch, Arachn. xiv. 1848, p. 72, f. 1328
(oe! qs)

Chrysilla versicolor Thorell, K. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. xxiv. 2,
1891, p. 117.

Jalor: Biserat. Ligeh.

Deécrit de Bintang, indiqué depuis de Singapore, de Pinang et de
Sumatra.

98. THIANIA BHAMOENSIS Thorell.

Thiania bhamoensis Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Genova, xxv.
1887, p. 357.

Kelantan; Kuala Aring.

Décrit de Birmanie.

99. THIANIA SUBSERENA, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 8 mm.—Cephalothorax levis et nitidus, niger, parte
thoracica in medio via dilutiore, wtrinque et postice sat breviter
pallide luteo-pilosus, antice et wm medio squamulis viridibus
parvis conspersus. Pili oculorum pallide lute. Pili clypei
longissini, albidi. Abdomen longe oblongum, supra nigro-
nitidum, squamulis parvis et longis viridi-micantibus conspersum
(fere omnino depile), subtus obscure testacewm, vitta media fusca
lata, postice attenuata et mamillas haud attingente notatwn.
Mamille nigre. Chele nigre, antice deplanate, coriacce,
valde et inordinate transversim rugate. fartes oris sternumque
nigro-nitida. Pedes 1 paris reliquis robustiores, fusco-castanet,
cova tarsoque luters, femore ad basin, tibia patellaque in medio
paulo dilutioribus, reliqui pedes lute. femoribus ad apicem
infuscatis et subannulatis, tbiis 2' et 3 parium ad basin
atque ad apicem minute fuscis ct tibiis 2' paris subtus nigro-
vittatis, Tibia 1’ paris subtus aculeis validis et longis 3-3 et
utringue lateralibus minoribus binis, metatarsus aculeis in-
ferioribus longis et validis 3-3 aculeoque minore eateriore
apicali instructi. Tibia 2' paris similiter aculeata, sed meita-
tarsus aculeis inferioribus 2-2 et utrinque lateralibus binis,
basali longiore, armatus. Plaga genitalis magna rufula, antice
fovea testacea transversa, acute emarginata, impressa.

Perak : Ulu Selama.

100. BIANOR DIVERSIPES, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax niger, subtilissime coriaceus,
supra parce et tenuissime setosus, utrinque, mm declhivitate, parum
dense luteo-pubescens, parte thoracica in medio pilis crassis
pronis niveis vestita. Pili oculorum et facier luter. Pili clyper
longissimi decumbantes nivei. Ocult quatuor antici aprcibus in
lineam rectum, inter se contigu. et valde imecequales, medi
maxim viridi-enert. Abdomen oblonguin, atrum, luteo-pubescens,
ad marginem anticum setis albis longis ornatum. Chel, partes
oris sternumque nigra, chele antice valde rugose et parce albo-

74 M, BUGENE STMON ON THE [May 7,

crinite. Pedes |’ paris robustissimi, femore compresso et late
clavato nigro sed supra fusco-rufulo et subvittato, patella nigra,
tira ad basin fusco-rufula ad apicem nigra, metatarso pallide
fusco- -rufulo, tarso luteo, patella tbiaque et subtus et wtus
‘long gissune et sat crebre ulbo-setosis, reliqui pedes omnino luted,
aculeis ordinarvis armate.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

101. Hyztus tanrurinus (C. Koch).

Plevippus ianthinus C. Koch, Arachn. xii. 1846, p. 97, f. 1160.

(2?) Pleaippus succinctus C. Koch, Arachn. xin. 1846, p. 98,
si LILI.

Ligeh.

Répandu en Malaisie et en Birmanie.

102. PsEUDAMYCUS ALBOMACULATUS (V. Hasselt).

Amycus albomaculatus V. Hasselt, in Midden-Sumatra, etc.,
Aran. p. 52, tab. ili. f. 10.

Perak: Gunong Inas. Ligeh.

Connu de Sumatra.

103. PLEXIPPUS CULICIVORUS (Doleschall).

Perak. Jalor. Rahman.
Trés répandu en Malaisie.

104, PLexiprus PaYKULLI (Audouin).

Ligeh.
Répandu dans toutes les régions tropicales et subtropicales du
monde.

3°. Salticide fissidentati.
PANYSINUS, nov. gen.

Ab Hasario preser ti m differt metatarsis anticis aculeis inferioribus
et saltem intus aculeis lateralibus binis instructis, a Chapoda
Peckh. differt oculis quatuor anticis a sese subcontiquis et
lineam rectam seu subrectam designantibus—Typus P. niten

E. Sim.

105. PANYSINUS NITENS, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 5 mm.—Cephalothorax niger, squamulis lanceolatis et
striatis viridi-aureis crebre vestitus, parte thoracica linea mar-
ginali exvili alba, linea submarginali paulo latiore lutea et
utrinque, pone oculos, macula parva alba, notata. Pili oculorum
denst et longi flavi. Clypeus subglaber, parce albo-setosus.
Abdomen oblongun, supra atrum et cupreo-squamulatum, zonis
transversis recurvis viridi-aurers et postice utrinque macula alba
supra ornatum, subtus lutewn, argenteo-micanti-squamulatum.
Chele conver, nitider et glabra, sternum et partes oris fusco-
olivacea, chelarum margine supertore dentibus principalibus

:

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 75

bins wquis dentibusque minoribus binis, inferiore carinula sat
longa fere equaliter bifida, armatis. Pedes luter, parce nitido-
squamulati, femoribus quatuor anticis subtus late nigricanti-
vittutis. Plaga genitalis fulvo-nitida, utringue area magna
subrotunda, in medio carinula triquetra notata.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

106. LoLLIANUS PERAKENSIS, sp. nov.

3. Long. 5-6 mn.—Cephalothorax niger, subtiliter coriaceus et
opacus, pilis simplicibus sed crassis, obtusis et pronis, flavo-
nitidis parum dense vestitus. Pili oculorum flair, Clypeus sub
oculis glaber, ad marginem pilis longissimis uniseriatis pallide
flavidis munitus. Oculi antici magni et contigur, apicibus in
lineam rectam. Clypeus dimidio oculorum mediorum paulo
angustior. Abdomen breviter ovatum, supra fusco-piceum et
flavo-pilosum sed postice, supra mamillas, nigrum et subglabrum,
subtus paulo dilutius, mamille sat longe lutece. Chele valide,
glabree, nigro-virescentes, valde coriacee et intus, prope apicem,
valde rugate. Partes oris fusco-piceew. Sternum obscure
fulvum, leve et glabrum. Coxe trochanteresque lutei, antici
paulo obscuriores. Pedes 1° paris reliquis robustiores et paulo
longrores, nigricantes, tarso vi« dilutiore, patella tibiaque supra,
metatarso ad basin flavido-pilosis, subtus sat longe sed parcissime
nigro-setosis, tibia acules inferioribus mediocribus 3-3 et
lateralibus interioribus binis, metatarso aculeis multo longioribus
2-2 subtus armato sed aculeis lateralibus carente. Pedes 2:
paris fusci, femore ad basin, metatarso tarsoque luteis, subtus
similiter aculeatis sed tibia utrinque aculeo luterali submedio,
metatarso aculets lateralibus interioribus binis armatis. Pedes
quatuor postici longitudine fere wqui (iv vix longiores), minute
et sat parce aculeati, metatarso 3° paris aculeis subbasilaribus
binis aculeisque apicalibus verticillatis munito, sed metatarso
4’ paris, aculeis apicalibus parvis binis exceptis, mutico. Pedes-
mavillares fulvo-rufuli, breves et robusti ; femore crasso, curvato,
subtus ad basin obtuse prominulo ; patella convexa, haud longiore
quam latiore ; tibia patella breviore, extus ad apicem apophysi
gracli longissima, articulo plus duplo longiore, incurva et
antice, secundum tarsum directa, insigniter armata ; tarso longo,
cylindraceo ; bulbo maximo, ad basin valde prominulo et globoso,
ad apicem sensim attenuato.

Perak: Ulu Selama.

107. SILER PULCHER, sp. nov.

3. Long. 4 mm.— Cephalothorax niger, crebre olivaceo-pubescens,
versus marginem late dilutior et coccineo-pilosus sed tinea
marginals eaili nigra pallide viridi-squamulata cinctus. Pili
oculorum albidi. Clypeus angustus fere nudus. Abdomen
angustum longum et teretiusculum, nigrum, supra in dimidio
hasali lete coccineo-pubescens et maculis quatuor pallide viridi-
macantibus, anticis longis obliquis et arcuatis alteris minoribus et

76 M. BUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

ovatis decoratum, in parte aliera violaceo-micanti squamnulatum,
subtus parce micanti-squamulatum et pone plhcam genitalem
albido-pilosum. Chele antice deplanate, valde coriaceo-granu-
lose, fuscee apice sensim rufule, margine inferiore sulci carinula
longa tenuissime serrata et oblique secta cum angulo postico
prominulo armato. Partes oris sternumque obscure fulva,
albido-pilosa et parce squamulata, Pedes \' paris robuste,
fulvo-rufuli, patella et presertim tibia valde infuscatis, metatarso
tarsoque pallide luteis, patella lete violaceo-micanti-squamulata,
femore clavato subtus ad marginem exteriorem in dimidio apicali
tibia et subtus et supra longissime nigro-fimbriatis. Reliqua
pedes graciliores, luter, putellis tibiisque cunctis, metatarsisque
4 posticis utrinque tenuiter fusco-lineatis. Pedes-maxillares
lutei, crasse nigro-pilosi ; tibia patella breviore haud vel vie
longiore quam latiore, eatus ad apicem apophysi mgra brevi,
compressa valde uncata atque acuta instructa, tarso longe ovato.
Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

108. HarMocHIRUS MALACCENSIS BH. Simon.

Harmochirus malaccensis E. Simon, in Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. 1885,
p. 441.

A typo differt magnitudine duplo majore.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Ordo PEDIPALPI.

Familia TARANTULIDS.
109. STYGOPHRYNUS CERBERUS, sp. nov.

Long. 20-28 mm.— Pusco-piceus, abdomine poulo dilutiore, pechbus,
saltem sex posticis, fulvo-rufulis, tey egumentis cephalothor WS Ge
pedum-maxilarvum subtiliter rugosis et granulis parvis nigris ;
conspersis, abdominis subtilius rugosis, pedum femoribus granulis
minutis mgris seriatis ornatis. Pedes-mawillares cephalothorace
fere ir iplo longiores, trochantere intus spinis mediocribus maquas
plurimis atque ad marginem apicalem spina multo longiore
arcuata (non truncata) compressa et superne leviter et obtuse
serrata armato ; femore subtus ad marginem superiorem spinis 5,
1° minore et obliquo a 2° fere contiquo, 3° reliquis longiore, 5°
minore, ad marginem inferiorem spinis 4, 2° reliquis longiore ;
tibia (brachio) ad marginem superiorem, in dimidio apicali,
leviter dilatata spinis longissimis et inter se subceequis trinis,
spunuisque minoribus trinis, 1* ante spinas principales, 2% leviter
uncata, inter spinas prince. 2" et 3°, 3° apicali, margine inferiore
spinis 4 et inter eas spinis parvis numerosis seriatis, spina
prince. 3° reliquis multo longiore, 4° apicali brevi sed crassa
et dentiformi; metatarso (manu) utringue spinis parvis 4
(apicalibus longioribus) et prope basin spina longissima et
divaricata, inferiore simplict, superiore subramosa subtus ad
basin dente brevi sat valido et leviter retro directa armata,
instructis.

1901.) ARACHNIDA OF THE “‘SKHAT EXPEDITION.” 77

A. S. cavernicola Thorell presertim differt tegumentis corporis
pedum-maxillarium femorumque subtiliter rugosis et parce granu-
losis, magnitudine multo majore, spina minore inter spinas
principales mmarginis superioris fibiee pedum-maxillarium et ramulo
inferiore spine superiore metatarsi crassiore et divaricato.

Jalor: Caves (v.-vi. 1899), Gua Glap (‘‘ Dark Cave”), Biserat
(26 v. 1899).

110. CATAGHUS RIMOSUS, sp. Nov.

2. Long. 7 mm.—Fusco-piceus, subtus dilutior, céphalothorace
leviter rufulo-variegato, pedibus-maaxillaribus chelisque rufescen-
tibus, pedibus versus apicem sensim fulvis. Cephalothorax
impressus et incequalis, subtiliter et crebre rugosus, pilis rufulis
brevibus, obtusis et subclaviformibus conspersus, margine frontalr
angusta, spinis rufulis quatuor, medianis longioribus, munita.
Segmenta abdominalia subtilissime rugosa. Pedes-maaillares
robusti, subtiliter coriacet, pilis spinformibus rufulis consperst
trochantere intus spins parvis 2 vel 3, ad marg ginem apicalem
subtus, spina vel apophysi majore, ad mar ginem inferiorem
tridentato spinague minore armato ; femore subtus, ad marginem
superiorem, spins 4 inter se fere ‘cequidistantibus, basalt paulo
longiore, apical minore, ad marginem inferrorem spinis 3, basal
longiore ; taba (brachio) ad marginem superrorem spinis 5 vel 6
(basali minutissimo vel obsoleto), wpicali (6%) mediocri, sub-
apicali longissima apice acutissima et leviter curvata, 3° pre-
cedenti paulo breviore, reliquis basin versus sensim minoribus ;
metatarso (manu) ad marginem inferrorem spina unica submedia,
ad marginem supertorem aculers longis acutis et leviter curvatis,
inter se subsimilibus, armato ; tarso (ungue) ad marginem su-
periorem, prope basin, spinis minutissimis bins munito.

A Catageo pusillo Thorell imprimis differs manu pedum-
maxillarium ad marginem superiorem aculeis binis, inter se equis
armato (in C. pusillo aculeo 2° 1° multo minore atque recto, sec.
Kraepelin, Rev. Tarant. fig. 34).

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Familia THELYPHONIDA.
111. Hypocronus KRAEPELINI, sp. nov.

@. Long. 30-32 mm.—Cephalothorax segmentaque dorsalia ab-
dominis mgro-opaca, segmenta ventralia rufula et nitida, pedes-
maaillares (cowis exceptis) nigerrimi et nitidi, pedes 1’ paris
obscure fusci, reliqui pedes rufi. Cephalothorax antice sat grosse
et crebre, pretered tenuiter granulosus, antice, ante oculos
laterales, depressione media longitudinalr leviter lanceolata,
minus granulosa et utrinque costa lata obliqua et obtusissima
leevt munita. Tuber oculorum mediorum leeve et nitidum, inter
oculos leviter convecum et subcostatum, spatio inter oculos medios
oculo non multo latiore. Segmenta dorsalia abdominis opaca,
minute et parce granulosa, cuncta ad marginem posticum granulis

78 M, HUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

minutissimis densioribus et uniseriatis munita, segmenta ventraha
nitida. Segmentum anale nitidum, macula albida oculiformi
parva utrmque mumtum. Pedes-maxillares robusti, niti-
dissumi ; trochantere supra dente angulari sat valido et acuto,
ad marginem anteriorem dente simili, ad interiorem dentibus
trinis paulo minoribus, inter se aquis et equidistantibus armato ;
apophysi tibiali valida sed acuta, ad marginem interiorem
dentibus sat parvis 6-7 inter se equidistantibus (basalibus binis
minoribus), ad marginem exteriorem dente apicalt minutissimo
denteque subbasilart paulo majore instructa. Pedes 1' paris
tarsi articulo 2° plus triplo longiore quam latiore, 3° saltem
duplo longiore quam latiore, 4°, 5°, 6° paulo brevioribus inter
se subequis. Pedes 3' paris tibia mutica. Pedes + paris tibia
aculeo medio-apicalt subtus armata.

Ab H. saxatili Oates, qui verisimiliter afhinis est, differt imprimis

tibia 3' paris mutica.
Jalor: Biserat. Nawng-Chik: Bukit Grah.

112. THELYPHONUS LINGANUS CO. Koch.

Thelyphonus linganus C. Koch, Arachn. x. 1843, p. 31, f. 774.

Thelyphonus jahorensis Oates, in Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. Lviii.
IUSKEW)s Je ILE

Thelyphonus linganus Kraepelin, Rev. Uropygi, 1897, p. 25.

Perak: Ulu Selama. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Ordo SCORPIONES.

Familia BUTHID &.

113. ARcHisoMErRuS scuratusS (C. Koch).

Lychas scutatus (scutillus) C. Koch, Arachn. xii. 1845, p. 3,
£962.

Isometrus webert Karsch, in Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxvi. 1882,
p. 134.

Lsometrus messor E. Simon, in Ann. Mus. civ. Genova, xx. 1884,
p. 71.

Lsometrus phipsoni Oates, in J. Bombay Soe. iii. 1888, p. 248.

Archisometrus scutatus Kraepelin, in Tierr., Scorp. et Ped. 1899,
1b ee

Jalor: Bukit Besar. Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.

Familia SCORPIONID &.

114, PALAMN US LONGIMANUS (Herbst).
Forma angustimanus Thorell.
Patalung: Singgora.

Forma thorella Pocock.
Jalor: Bukit Besar, Biserat, Patani. Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.

1901. | ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘“‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 19

115. HorMuURUS AUSLRALASLH (Fabricius).

Perak: Gunong Inas, Ulu Selama. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.
Jalor: Biserat, Bukit Besar. Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.

116. Hormurus caupiouta (Ll. Koch).
Ligeh.
Familia CH HRILID &.

117. CH#Rinus TRUNCATUS Karsch.

Cherilus truncatus Karsch, in Mitt. Minch. ent. Ver. ii. 1879,
p- 108; Kraepelin, Joc. cit. p. 163,
Jalor: Biserat. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Ordo CHERNETES.

Familia GARYPID&.
118. GARYPUS PERSONATUS, sp. nov.

Long. 3:5 mm.—NSat longus, postice sensim ampliatus, subtiliter et
uniformiter corraceus, pilis carens (?). Cephalothorax evidenter
longior quam latior, antice, usque ad oculos, leviter attenuatus,
ante oculos abrupte angustior, longe productus, oblique proclivis
et leviter sulcatus, prope medium vie distincte transversim de-
pressus. Ocult utrinque bint, a sese Justa contigui, anticus
postico vv minor. Pedes-mawillares longi, sat graciles, subtiliter
coriaceo-rugost, dig gitis setis tenuissimis paucis munitis ; tro-
chantere brevissime pediculato, dein lato, convewo sed intus haud
producto, saltem haud longiore quam latiore; femore longo,
parallelo, haud pediculato ; tubia femore fere 3 breviore, circiter
equilata, basin versus sensim et longe attenuata; manu tibia
curciter ceequilonga, haud duplo latiore, longe ovata, intus quam
extus paulo convexiore ; digitis tenuibus, leviter curvatis, manu
saltem haud brevioribus.—Truncus fulvo-testaceus, regione
Frontal fusca, maculam postice laciniosam, formante, segnentis
abdomints maculis fuscis parvis quadriseriatis ornatis. Pedes-
maxillares fusco-olivacei, digitis pallidioribus rufulis. Pedes
pallide luter subpellucentes.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Familia CHELIFERID&.

119. Cannrrer (LAMPROCHERNES) JavANUS Thorell.

Chelifer javanus Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Genova, xvii.
1882, p. 37, tab. v. f. 20-23.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Espéce trés répandue en Malaisie.

120. CHELIFER COCOPHILUS, sp. nov.

Long. 4 mm.—Sat depressus, cephalothorax anophthaluus (sed

80 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

antice utrinque macula testacea oculifornumunitus) fusco-olivaceus
vel niger, minute et crebre rugosus, sed postice (pone sulcum 2")
albo-testaceus atque in medio fusco-maculatus, sulcis transversis
binis tenuibus et rectis, 1° submedio, altero a sulco 1° atque ad
marginem posticum fere cweque remoto. Segmenta abdonanalia
supra subtilissime coriacea, antica testacea, postica infuscata,
subtus levia, nitida et pallide testacea, pilis simplicibus tenu-
atbus et brevibus conspersa. Pedes-maanllares longi et robuste,
et supra et subtus leves et nitidr, nigri, digitis rufulis, polis
simplicibus tenuibus et sat brevidus conspersi; trochantere
breviter pediculato, viv longiore quam latiore, supra convexo
et obtusissimo ; femore crasso, intus recto, catus valde convexo,
ad basin brevissime et abrupte pediculuto; tibia femore
cireiter eque longa et lata (vel via latiore), longe ovata, ad basin
atque ad apicen fere wqualiter attenuata, intus quam extus
conveaxiore, ad basin breviter pediculato; manu tibia latiore, ad
basin globosa, apicem versus parum attenuata, digrtis robustis,
curvatis, manu circiter equilongis. Pedes breves, luteo-olivacet,
subpellucentes.
Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Ordo OPILIONES.
1°. Opiliones plagiostethi.

Synopsis specrerum.
5)

1. Truncus supra muticus spina carens ......... 2.
Truncus supra spina media vel spinis duabus
IIS CGUCCUS MM seecseeenenceceec posacsoodgedesbose 3.

2. Tuber oculorum humile. Pedum-maxil-
larium patella intus ad apicem ramulo
longo munita. Pedes nigricantes tibiis ad
apicem late albis ..............+5 Beeenoeads ... Laleptus festivus Th.
Tuber oculorum angustum et altum., Pedum-
maxillarium patella simplex ramulo
carens. Pedes nigricantes concolores ... Verpulus spumatus s. n.
3. ‘Tuber oculorum supra, ante oculos, dentibus
sat longis binis munitum. Scutum abdo-
minale spinis duabus armatum. Patella
pedum-maxillarium intus ad apicem
ramulo longo munita............... gandonobodu6 Gagrella bicornigera s. n.
Tuber oculorum muticum vel minute bi-
seriatim dentatum. Scutum abdominale
spina unica armatum. Patella pedum-
maxillarium simplex ramulo carens ...... 4,
4, Tuber oculorum humillimum, saltem duplo
latius quam longius, ad basin haud angus-
tatum. Scutum abdominale antice parce
et inordinate granulosum, postice subti-
lissime coriaceum, spina crassa denticulis
Validis SCADTOBA <0... 2. ..oscececeraesenclin ce :
Tuber oculorum sat altum, versus basin
angustatum. Scutum abdominale uni-
formiter granosum yel coriaceum, spina
graciliore armatum ......-... eee ee ee eee eee D.

Gagrella semigranosa s. n.

1901. ] ARACHNIDA OF THD “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 81

5. Tuber oculorum supra, inter oculos, dentibus
parvis biseriatis 4-4 munitum. Corpus

OMMNINO NISTUM .....0.ee ee eeeee es agebbddbuasKaee Gagrella patalungensis s. n.
Tuber oculorum lve et muticum nec denta-
tum nec spinulosum .............cs.ceceeee eens 6.

6. Tarsus pedum-maxillarium subtus in parte
basalilineaspinularum parvarum armatus. Gagrella illusa s. n.
Tarsus pedum-maxillarium muticus, linea
GOANOSE GAREINE -\pAcdddonguosoocsooossddgaobeqRb4t ie
7. Truncus niger, abdomine maculis albis
pulverulentis albis biseriatis ornato, spina
dorsali leviarmato ............... SBpdnatoROee Gagrella biseriata s. n.
Truncus lete fulvo-rufescens, tubere oculo-
rum apice nigro-zeneo, scuto abdominali
in medio late nigro-opaco, spina nigra
minute scabrosa armatoO ..............ceeeee Gagrella atrorubra s.n.
‘

121. Zateprus Festives Thorell.

Zaleptus festwus Thorell, in Ann. Mus. ciy. Gen. 2* ser. vii.
Isto), fox COILile

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Décrit du Tenasserim.

122. GAGRELLA BICORNIGERA, sp. nov.

Long. 3 mm.—Truncus brevis, subrotundus, convexus, rufo-cocct-
neus, tubere oculorum spinisque abdominis nigris, crebre et
nunute rugosus, spinis duabus gracilibus, acutissimis et subtilissime
rugosis, antica altera paulo minore, armatus, margine antico
cephalothoracis longe dechivi, tuberculis rugosis binis geminatis
munito. Tuber oculorum modice altum, antice visum multo latius
quam altius et basin versus angustius, supra, inter oculos pro-
funde suleatum, minute granosum et ante oculos tuberculis binis,
erectis, leviter divaricatis atque obtusis armatum. Truncus subtus
cum coais subtiliter coriaceus et opacus. Chele lute, laves et
nitide, articulo 2° (manu) cylindrato. Pedes-maxillares lutet,
graciles et longi, patella supra ad apicem conveaa sed intus haud
producta ramulo carente ; tibia saltem quadruplo longiore quam
latiore. Pedes longissimi, mutici et parce dentati, obscure fusei,
coxis trochanteribusque dilutioribus sed femoribus ad basin
sensim infuscatis fere mgris.

Ligeh.

A G. bidentata Thorell, cui verisimiliter valde affinis et subsimilis

est, differt (sec. Thorell) corpore subtus coriaceo (haud lve) et
femoribus pedum ad basin fere nigris.

123. GAGRELLA ILLUSA, sp. nov.

Long. 4°83 mm.-—Truncus niger, cephalothorace utrinque macula
magna subtriquetra, scuto abdominal vittis binis longitudinalibus
angustis, sinwosis, scepe eatus dentatis et antice abbreviatis albis
et pulverulentis ornatus, breviter ovatus, convexus, crebre et sat
minute granulosus, spina media erecta, gracili et acutissima
omnino levi (haud granulosa) armatus. Tuber oculorum

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No. VI. 6

82 M, EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

muticum, nec dentatum nec spmosum, altum, antice visum, haud
latius quam alivus, versus basin angustius, supra, inter oculos,
profunde suleatum, ante et pone oculos minute et obtuse promi-
nulum. Regio ventralis coweque materia subcerea albida omnino
obtecte. Chele leaves et nitide, fulvo-rufule, articulo basal
infuscato, apicali cylindrato. Pedes-maaillares mediocres,
femore patellaque nigricantes, preeterea fulvo-rufulr, femore subtus
minute et inordinate dentato, patella simplica ramulo carente,
trbia patella paulo longrore et gracilore sed non triplo longrore
quam latore, subtus omnino levi et mutica, tarso subtus in
dimidio basali, prope marginem intervorem, linea spinularum
parvarum armato. Pedes long gissimt, nigri, apicem versus via

dilutiores, minutissime et parce spinulosi.

Jalor: Bukit Besar, in silvis.

124, GAGRELLA BISERIATA, Sp. NOv.

Long. 45 mm.—Truncus niger, cephalothorace utrinque maculis
albis binis, antica subtriqueira, aliera (prope tuber oculorum sita)
long gt, oblique et sceepe arcuata, scuto abdominal utrinque ad
margmem plus minus testaceo ‘plagiato, supra maculis parvis
albis biservatis (5-5 vel 6-6) ornato. Tuber oculorum alium,
ad basin angustius, supra, inter oculos, profunde sulcatum, haud
prominulum, sed ante oculos sepe minute dentatum. Seutum
crebre granulosum, spina media, erecta, gracili et acutissima
levi, haud granulosa, armatum. Regio ventralis cowcwque
materia subcerea albida obtectw. Chelw leves et nitide, fulvo- ‘
rufule, articulo basalt infuscato, apicali cylindrato. Pedes-
macillares medrocres, femore patellaque ngricantes, preterea
fulvo-ruful, femore subtus sat minute wordinate et crebre
dentato, patella simplict, ramulo carente, tibia patella paulo
longiore et graciliore sed non duplo longiore. quam latiore, subtus
ad marginem eateriorem, presertim ad basin, spinulis parvis
armata, tarso omnino mutico, levi. Pedes longissimi, nigri,
apiem versus viv dilutiores, minutissime et parce spinulosi.

Perak: Gunong Inas.

A precedente, cui valde affinis est, imprimis differt tibia pedum-

maxillarum subtus spinulosa sed tarso mutico, linea granulosa
carente.

ee ee ne eS Sa

ae

125. GAGRELLA PATALUNGENSIS, Sp. nov.

Long. 4:5 mm.—Omnino niger. Truncus breviter ovatus, convecus,
cephalothorace segmentisque abdomims posticis sat subtiliter
coriaceis et opacis, scuto abdominis crebre et uniformiter coriaceo-
granuloso, spina media erecta sat gracilr et acutissima, parce
granulosa, armato. Tuber oculorum sat altum, versus basin
angustatum, leve sed supra, inter oculos, denticulis parvis
biseriatis 4—4, duobus ante oculos reliquis a sese subcontiguis et
pone oculos sitis, armatum. Chele leves et nitide, articulo 2°
(manu) anguste cylindrato apicem versus paulo dilutiore. Pedes-
maatllares modice longi, fusci apice dilutiores, femore subtus

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘‘ SKHAT EXPEDITION.” 83

minute et sat crebre denticulato, patella simplici ramulo carente,
tibia haud triplo longiore quam latiore subtus minutissime crebre
et inordinate spinulosa, tarso leviter curvato, compresso, aprcem
versus levissime ampliato, tibia cum patella simul sumptis multo
longiore. Processus sternalis coxeque sat grosse sed parce
granosi, segmenta ventralia abdominis subtiliter coriaceis haud
granosis. Pedes nigricantes, longissimi, femoribus minutissime
inordinate et parce spinulosis.
Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.
A G. histrionica Thorell, cui presertim affinis est, differt trunco
sat grosse haud subtiliter coriaceo-granuloso, maculis albis carente,
pedibus-maxillaribus fuscis, patella simplici ramulo carente.

126, GAGRELLA SEMIGRANOSA, sp. ov.

Long. 4:8 mm.—Truncus breviter ovatus, valde convexus, inter-
dum omnino niger, interdum fulvo-ferrugineo-variatus (cephalo-
thorace late marginato, scuto abdominal antice lineis bins
stnuosis postice convergentibus et postice vitta marginali latissima
et dentata), subtiliter coriaceus et opacus, parte abdominal
antice granulis transversim wniseriatis, scuto in dimidio anteriore
granulis similibus imordinatis sat parce consperso, spina media
erecta, crassa sed acuta, fere usque ad apicem granulis grossis
et miquis dentiformibus imstructa. Tuber oculorum muticun,
nec spinosum nec dentatum, insigniter humile, saltem duplo latius
quam altius, ad basin haud angustatum et via sulcatum. Chele
leves et mtide, fusco-rufule, articulo 2° (manu) cylindrato.
Pedes-maxillares modice longi, fusci apice dilutiores, femore subtus
nmunute et sat parce dentato, patella simplici, ramulo carente,
tibia haud triplo longiore quam latiore, subtus spinulis minu-
lissiims paucissimis munita, tarso leviter curvato, cumpresso,
apicem versus levissime amphato, tibia cum patella simul
sumptis muito longiore. Processus sternalis cowcque sat grosse
sed parce granost, seqmenta ventralia abdominis subtiliter
coriacea et granulis parvis transversim seriatis munita., Pedes
longissimm, nigri, metatarsis tarsisque dilutioribus et obscure
fulvis, interdum pedes fusco-rufulr cum basi femorum patellisque
nigricantibus, femoribus minutissime wmordinate et parce
spinulosis.

Jalor: Biserat, Bukit Besar. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

A G. ephippiata Thorell (ex Sumatra) verisimiliter sat affinis.

127. GAGRELLA ATRORUBRA, sp. Nov.

Long. 455 mm.—Truncus brevis subrotundus, valde convexus,
fulvo-rufescens, scuto abdominali cum spina nigro, antice et
utringue testacco-marginato, maculam magnam subquadratam
formante, segmentis posticis dorsalibus nigris, ultimis binis
macula media albida notatis, cephalothorace fere levi, in
declivitate anteriore minutissime via distincte et parcissime rugoso,
scuto segmentisque posticis opacis, minutissime et regulariter
granulosis, spina dorsalt erecta, longa, sat gracil et acutissima,

6*

84 ON THE ARACHNIDA OF THE “‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [May 7,

sublevi, parce et minute scabra. Tuber oculorum ad basin
luteum ad apicem mgro-eneum, longum, reclinatum, ad basin
valde angustatum, muticum, nitidissiemum et profunde suleatum.
Chele lutee, nitide, articulo 2° (manu) cylindrato. Pedes-
maxillares mediocres, fulvo-rufuli, tarso luteo, femore subtus in
medio denticulis parvis triseriatim ordinatis munito, patella
tibiaque utrinque minutissime et parce dentatis, patella sumplier,
imtus ad apicem leviter convexa, sed ramulo carente, tibia haud
triplo longiore quam latiore, tarso gracilr compresso, tibia cum
patella longiore. Coace minutissime et parce granose. Processus
sternalis segmentaque abdomims subtus haud granosa fere levia.
Pedes longissinu, fusco-rufuli, trochanteribus femoribusque
dilutioribus sed femoribus 4' paris ad basin infuscatis, spinulis
minutissimis et tnordinatis conspersi.
Perak: Gunong Inas. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

VERPULUS, noy. gen.

A Gagrella differt scuto abdominali dorsali mutico, spinis tubercu-
lisque carente et tubere oculorum altiore quam latiore, ab Hypsi-
buno Thorell differt tubere oculorum reclinato, angusto sed apice
leviter ampliato omnino mutico et leve, et pedibus-macilaribus
simplicibus, patella convexa intus haud producta ramulo carente
et tibia patella haud longiore.

128. VERPULUS SPUMATUS, Sp. nov.

Long. 25—3 mm —Truncus brevis, subrotundus, minute et
crebre rugosus, ger, cephalothorace materia subcerea flavida
crasse obtecto, tuberculo oculorum sat reclinato, levi et mutico,
altiore quam latiore, apice sensim incrassato et subrotundo, inter
oculos haud sulcato sed conveao, ad basin rufulo ad apicem nigro.
Chele leves, articulo basali nigro, apicali fulvo-rufulo angusto,
teretiusculo, a basi haud prominulo, digrtis aprce mgris. Pedes-
maaillares simplices fusci, tarso fulvo, patella convexa, intus
haud prominula, tibia patella circiter equalonga, paulo angus-
tiore, haud triplo longiore quam latiore. Pedes longissumt, nigra,
metatarsis tarsisque leviter dilutioribus. Processus sternalis,
cove segmentaque abdoninis subtus corracea et opaca.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

2°, Opiliones mecostethi.

129. Oncopus truncatus Thorell.

Oncopus truncatus Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Genova, 2* ser. x.
1891, p. 764.

Perak: Gunong Inas.

Connu de Singapore et de Pinang.

16 Zuo Do LOO Oo dks Joao W

Mintern Bros.imp.

+ del. et lth.

m1:

Jes

Gigs TwA VICTORIA «

1901.] ON MAMMALS FROM UGANDA. 85

May 21, 1901.
Dr. W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S., exhibited two nests of a tree Trap-
door Spider, brought by Mr. J. T. Maury from Rio Janeiro,
as an instance of the perfection of the instinct displayed by
these animals in the construction of their domiciles on the trunks
of trees. One of these nests was still tenanted by a living Spider
with her family. It was suggested that the Spider probably
belonged to the species known as Psewdidiops rastratus, described
in the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1889, p. 250, specimens of which had been
kept alive in the Insect House of the Society’s Gardens.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the more notable Mammals obtained by Sir Harry
Johnston in the Uganda Protectorate. By OxprieLp

‘THOMAS.
[Received May 7, 1901.]

(Plate V.’)

The valuable scientific exploring and collecting work which
Sir Harry Johnston did in Nyasaland, during his residence there,
he has continued while acting as Special Commissioner in the
Uganda Protectorate. With his usual generosity he has sent all
the specimens obtained by him to the National Museum, and
I have had the pleasure of working out the Mammals.

During the autumn of last year Sir Harry made an expedition
to investigate the Fauna and Flora of Mount Ruwenzori, and
obtained a number of interesting forms, by far the most remark-
able of which is the wonderful new Mammal, of which Mr. Sclater
gave us an account at the last meeting (see above, p. 8). Other
specimens obtained at the same time were exhibited to the Society
by Mr. Sclater on March 19th (see P. Z. 8. 1901, vol. i. p. 222),
but these he has been good enough to hand over to me, and an
account of them is included in the present paper.

On this occasion it has not been thought worth while to record
all the mammals sent, and my notes are restricted to the rarer
and more remarkable forms.

CoLOBUS RUWENZORII, sp. n.

Two native skins ; Buamba Country, N.W. flank of Ruwenzori.

A black and white Colobus allied to C. palliatus and C. ango-
lensis.

Fur of back enormously long, longer than that of any known

* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 87.

86 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [May 21,

species, and wavy, so that it is very like that of a long-haired
Angora Goat, Over the shoulders the black hairs are 9 to 11
inches in length, isolated ones being found up to 13 inches long.
White cheek-tufts long and bushy. Distribution of black and
white very much as in C. palliatus, there being apparently a white
superciliary band, although this is cut away entirely in one
specimen, and there is only a faint indication of it in the other
(the type). In the anal region, however, the white is more
extended, for an area from 4 to 6 inches each way below the
callosities is either white or grizzled with white, while in C. palh-
atus only a small spot or streak in the middle line is white. The
tail differs markedly from that of the allied species by having
practically no white tuft at all, for the terminal 6 inches are
merely grizzled, more blackish than white, and it is only the hairs
at the extreme end (and these are only some 24 inches in length)
which are altogether white.

Type. B.M. No. 1.8.9.138.

This splendid monkey is probably the Colobus referred to
by Scott Elliot (P. ZS. 1895, p. 341) as seen by him in the
Yeria and Msonje valleys, near Butanuka, Ruwenzori, but he was
not able to obtain a specimen.

COLOBUS OCCIDENTALIS Rochebr.

2. Mpanga Forest, September 1900. “ Iris light hazel.”

A beautiful skin, with skull, of this rare species, which is as yet
very imperfectly represented in our collections.

The tail-tuft of this monkey is as well-developed as in

Rochebrune’s figure, and shows no approximation to the reduction
said to be characteristic of C. matschiei Neumann’.

CoLOBUS RUFOMITRATUS Peters.

Several specimens from the Ruahara River, altitude 4000 ft.,
August 1900.

“ Eyes bright hazel.”

The occurrence in the Uganda Protectorate of this remarkable
monkey, not hitherto represented in the Museum collections, is of
much interest. It was originally discovered by the German
traveller Dr. G. A. Fischer on the ana River, and was described
and figured by Dr. Peters*. It does not appear to have since
been met with, and the present is therefore only its second recorded
occurrence.

So far as Dr. Peters’s figure and descriptions enable me to
judge, there is no difference at all between the Tana and Ruahara
specimens,

CERCOPITHECUS STUHLMANNI Matsch. 2

3. Mpanga Forest, altitude 4000 ft., Sept. 1900.
The local representative of C. pluto Gray.

1 SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1899, p. 15.
? MB. Ak. Berl. 1879, p. 829, pl. La.

1901.) MAMMALS FROM UGANDA. 87

GENEITA VICTORIA, sp.n. (Plate V.)

A single skin from Entebbe.

Size nearly twice as great as in any known species of the genus,
and almost rivalling that of a Civet, to which at first sight there is
a general resemblance. Fur comparatively short, very close and
thick; hairs of back about 23-26 mm. in length. Median dorsal
crest not or scarcely developed, though there is a black line in its
usual position. Markings throughout very strong and prominent.
Light ground-colour above yellowish white, the hairs smoky grey
basally, with a subterminal ring of yellowish white and a black tip.
Top of muzzle and centre of face between eyes whitish, with a
black median line commencing level with the anterior canthus.
Sides of muzzle and a narrow orbital ring black; a prominent
white suborbital spot. Crown and nape with a very handsome
intensification of the usual Genet markings; the two dark
divergent bands which run backwards from behind the ears very
prominent and sharply defined, deep glossy black, contrasting with
the clear yellowish-white bands outside them ; outside these again,
on the sides of the neck, the usual dark blotches are deep glossy
black. Spots on body generally very numerous, well-defined,
black. Centre of posterior back with a black line, but its hairs
not lengthened into a crest. Under surface spotted black and
whitish, not defined from the dorsal colour. Shoulders spotted
like body; forearms and hands fuscous brown throughout, ob-
scurely spotted proximally. Hind limbs similar to fore. ‘Tail
long, bushy, cylindrical, its hairs about 25-30 mm. in length;
prominently and completely ringed with black and white, the
black bands about twice the breadth of the white ones, which
latter are six in number; the tip black.

Dimensions (approximate, taken on a badly made skin) :—
Head and body 540 mm.; tail 400 mm.; breadth of naked
rhinarium below nostrils 14 mm. (as compared with less than
10 mm. in a well-grown ordinary Genet).

Hab. Entebbe, Uganda.—Date and other particulars not
recorded,

Type. B.M. No. 1.8.9.29.

This fine animal, which appears to be nearly double the bulk of an
ordinary Genet, is quite distinct from any species hitherto known.
With its large size, conspicuous banding, and ringed tail, it has a
general resemblance to a Civet, but the character of its foot-pads
and other details of structure show that it is really a Genet.
Unfortunately no skull was obtained.

Hysrrix GALEATA Thos,

A fine adult skull of this Porcupine, hitherto only represented
in the Museum by the immature type from Lamu, measures :—

Basilar length 149 mm.; greatest breadth 91; nasals 101 x 60 ;
frontal suture 27; parietal suture (measured to occiput) 39 ;
palate from henselion 84.

88 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [May 21,

PROCAVIA CRAWSHAYI Thos.

Three specimens from the Ruwenzori region.

This Dassie does not appear to be distinguishable from the
species which I described from Kenya and Roromo, from specimens
obtained respectively by Messrs. Mackinder and Crawshay.

It is evidently a variable species, as Sir H. Johnston’s three
specimens differ considerably among themselves.

Procavia (DENDROHYRAX) MARMOTA, sp. n.

Nearly allied and very similar externally to the West-African
P. dorsalis, but smaller and with some cranial differences.

Fur long and shaggy, hairs of back 40-50 mm. in length, a few
much longer hairs being intermixed. General colour dark fuscous
brown, very like that of specimens of P. dorsalis in faded fur.
Dorsal area rather darker, sides rather paler, the hairs being here
subterminally ringed with dull isabelline. Bases of hairs deep
brown on back, whitish brown on sides. Under surface dull brown,
but little paler than sides, the hairs tipped with dull buffy ; in the
inguinal region they are buffy throughout. Hands and feet
uniformly brown.

Naked part of dorsal gland about 35 mm. long by 12 mm. wide.
Hairs surrounding the gland black for their basal and dull white
for their terminal halves; the resulting white line on the back
about 3 inches in length.

Skull, as compared with that of P. dorsalis, more slender in the
muzzle, the nasals narrower, and the zygomata more expanded
anteriorly, so that their broadest point is opposite the back of the
orbit. Postorbital bar complete. Malar bones feebler, their least
height (opposite the temporal fossa) about 5 instead of at least
7mm. ‘Temporal crests less developed than in P. dorsalis, and the
fosse not running so far back on the skull, terminating 14 mm.
from the lambdoid edge.

Molar teeth smaller and lighter, the breadth of m’ 6:0 as against
6°6-6°8 in P. dorsalis.

Dimensions of the type, immature, measured in skin :—Head
and body 430 mm.; hind foot 70. Skull: basal length 85; greatest
breadth 50°5; nasals 24°3%17°7 5; interorbital breadth 19°5 ;
distance between temporal fosse across parietals 22; diastema 16 ;
length of palate 46; length of tooth-row (mp* to m*) 31-5.

Hab. Mengo, N. of Entebbe, Uganda.

Type. Immature female. B.M. No. 1.8.9.42. Collected
December 8, 1900.

“ Tris dark hazel.”

This Dassie is no doubt most closely allied to the West-African
P. dorsalis, which it appears to represent in Uganda.

The type is in Stage V. of my table of age-stages ', but the skull
is neither so large, so stoutly built, nor so heavily ridged as that of
a P. dorsalis in Stage ITI.

LP ZS. 1892; 03:

1901.] MAMMALS FROM UGANDA. 89

CEPHALOPHUS JOHNSTONI, sp. Nn.

Most closely allied to C. weynsi Thos.’, but fur thicker and
woollier, and general colour very much darker.

Size, so far as can be judged from a young specimen, about as
in C. weynsi. Hairs of middle line of nape reversed forwards
as in that species.

Forehead grizzled blackish brown; coronal tufts uniform chest-
nut rufous (rather darker than Ridgway’s “ bhazel”). Cheeks paler
brown. Anteorbital region dull buffy; an inconspicuous buffy-
orange supraorbital streak present. Outer side of ears blackish
brown. Neck and fore-quarters shining brown, gradually redden-
ing posteriorly until the whole rump and hind-quarters are a deep
reddish russet; middle line of back not markedly darker than
sides. Belly dull brownish. Fore limbs brown, darkening termi-
nally to black on the fetlocks ; hind limbs reddish to the hocks,
then brown darkening to black. Tail black along its upper surface
and white below.

Owing to the youth of the type, the only dimensions worth
giving are :—Hind foot, including hoof, 205; ear (contracted) 65.
Combined length of three milk-premolars 29.

This species is related on the one side to C. weyns? Thos., of the
Congo, and on the other to C. spadia True, of Mt. Kilima-njaro.
From the former, of which one of the co-types is of just similar
age to the present specimen, it differs by its much thicker fur
and darker colour, being dark brown and dark rufous as compared
with pale brown and pale rufous ; it shares, however, with OC. weynst
the characteristic reversal of the nuchal hairs. From C. spadix,
on the other hand, it differs by this reversal of the hairs, that
species having the neck-hairs all directed backwards, and also by
the more rufous colour of the posterior back, for Mr. Miller tells
me that the general colour of C. spadiw is “ Prouts brown,
darkening to nearly black along spine and on rump, buttocks, and
tail.” The coronal tufts of C. spadiv are partly black, and the
tail is only whitish at the tip, not throughout its length below.

Hab. Toro, east of Ruwenzori.

Type. Young female. B.M. No. 1.8.9.64. July 1900.

CEPHALOPHUS RUBIDUS, sp. n.

Fur thick, close and slightly woolly. General colour of
neck and body uniform rich chestnut-rufous, something between
“hazel” and “ cinnamon-rufous ” of Ridgway, but brighter and
richer than either; bases of the hairs rather greyer, and along
the middle line of the back, especially posteriorly, these greyer
bases are more decidedly grey-brown, and, showing through, give a
darker hue to the dorsal line. Hairs of neck directed backwards
as usual. Middle line of nape rather browner, probably in
continuation of a darker area on the head. Sides of neck particu-
larly bright rufous. Under surface paler rufous, not sharply

Described for the Belgian Congo Museum, and now in the press. Co-types
in that collection and in the British Museum.

90 MR. R. C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

defined ; axillee and groins whitish. Shoulders darker rufous, this
colour darkening downwards on the fore limb until at the knee
(and probably thence to the hoof) it is blackish brown. Hind
limbs similarly deep chestnut rufous on the thighs, changing at the
hocks to black or blackish brown. Tail short, only about two
inches in length*; above black, more or less grizzled with rufous
and white, below and at the extreme tip grizzled white.

In all probability this handsome Duiker is most nearly related to
the West-African C. ngrifrons Gray, but differs in its thicker and
more woolly hair, deeper and more uniform general colour, and by
the greater extent of the black on the hind feet.

Hab. Ruwenzori district.

Type a flat skin, without head, purchased from the natives.
B.M. No. 1.8.9.65.

Kogsus tHomast Scl. (?).

A single native skin from the Semliki Valley is marked in an
unusual and striking manner with grey, so symmetrically arranged
that it has been supposed to represent a new species.

But without further material I am not prepared to give in my
adhesion to this view, and would rather suggest that the grey marking
is due to senility, just as domestic dogs and other animals occasion-
ally turn grey in patches. I would freely admit that I know of no
such striking case as the present; but as the skin agrees in all
other respects with one from approximately the same region
brought home by Mr. Scott Elliot, and of the usual fulvous colour,
I do not at present feel justified in describing Sir H. Johnston’s
specimen as a distinct species.

2. On some Arctic Nemerteans. By R. C. Punnert, B.A.’
[Received April 20, 1901.]
(Plates VI. & VIL.*)
(Text-figures 1-6.)

The Nemerteans described below formed part of the collection
in the Museum of University College, Dundee, and were kindly
handed to me for examination by Prof. D’Arcy W. Thompson,
after whom I have much pleasure in naming one of the new forms.
T have been able to refer two to species already known, whilst five
other forms are new, viz.:—Amphiporus thompsoni, A. arcticus,
A, paulinus, Drepanophorus borealis, and Cerebratulus greenlandicus.
It is worthy of note that whilst the Metanemerteans, and especially
the genus Amphiporus, are well represented, only two specimens
of Heteronemerteans, belonging to the same species, were found.

*} Although not obviously imperfect, it is possible that the tail has been
broken and healed in life.

2 Communicated by Dr. 8. F. Harwar, F.Z.8.

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 106.

14S MOON Noll WL wal WIL.

Bale & Danielsson, L#

JRE US INNS VUE SUUS A'S)

12) AS NOM voll MeL WAU.

Abv.
0es

< ‘\)
4 - :
ey
qe ss.
eine
Te
<r re

zs SS Oe thats
COB OR
GR aeOO?

TUN
are

Ss id <4 Ke

Cece ste eT Ree eC ee
NEAT

Bale & Danielsson, Ltd

INEGI, INGE INEMEEIVANINS)

=) Ze Be } "
Bis aah 2 Te r
£5) Se eee ae ;

1901.] SOME ARCTIO NEMERTEANS. 91

In the following paper I have first given an account of the new
species, and have added at the end some notes on such points of
more general interest as have arisen in connection with them.

'METANEMERTINI.

AMPHIPORUS THOMPSONI, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 6 & Plate VII.
fie. 8.)

Numerous examples from three localities, i.e. N. Greenland
(collected by Herr Lohmann), Upernavik, and Davis Strait.

Average length about 50 mm., with a breadth of 3 mm. when
not greatly contracted. Body rounded and tapering at either end.
One very large specimen measured 120 mm. in length and 6 mm.
in breadth. Colour dorsally reddish brown, ventrally pale
yellowish buff, probably white in life. A darker streak occurs on
the snout dorsally (Plate VI. fig. 6), and behind this there are two
transverse white lines marking the position of the head-furrows.

The epithelium, which is devoid of unicellular glands, rests on
a basement-membrane of about one-half its thickness. In the
head-region the basement-membrane is pierced by numerous small
nerves. The muscular system is of the usual type. The circular
muscle-layer is of about one-third the thickness of the basement-
membrane (2. ¢. about 20 »). The longitudinal layer is about 5
times as thick as the circular. Dorso-ventral muscle-strands
occur in the cesophageal and intestinal regions. The vascular
system shows a well-marked cephalic loop. The limbs of this loop
converge to pass through the nervous ring, and as they lie upon
the ventral commissure the median dorsal vessel is given off from
either the right or the left, and not from both as is usually the case
where a median dorsal vessel exists. A similar arrangement was
observed by Dr. Willey in a small Amphiporid from New Britain.

Text-fig. 1.

median dorsal
vessel

lateral

cephalic locp vessel
! (

Diagram of anterior part of vascular system of Amphiporus thompsoni.
(For explanation, see text.)

In the cesophageal region of A. thompsont, where the excretory
tubules are present, the lateral vessels give off dorsal branches
which are united by a longitudinal vessel running for a short
distance along the side of the proboscis-sheath (vide text-fig. 1).
The dorsal blood-vessel leaves the proboscis-sheath very soon after
the brain ends, and before the level of the excretory pore
(Plate VII. fig. 8*).

1 The classification given in Burger's Monograph (1895) has been followed.

92 MR. R. C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

The alimentary canal presents no peculiar features. The most
anterior pair of the blind-gut diverticula do not reach to the
brain. The cesophagus opens into the rhynchodeeum about half-
way between the tip of the snout and the commencement of the
brain. The proboscis-sheath extends back to the posterior
extremity of the body.

The proboscis is well developed. Its armature consists of a
central stylet 210 mw in length attached to a rather shorter base,
185 » long. There are two pockets of reserve stylets each con-
taining 4. A somewhat remarkable variation! occurs in the number
of the proboscis-nerves. Whilst the females show 12 nerves in the
proboscis, the males may have either 12, 17, or 18. The excretory
system resembles that usually found in the genus. The branched
tubules commence just behind the cerebral organ and extend
backwards for several mm. (Plate VII. fig. 8). There is a single
excretory pore on either side shortly behind the brain; it opens
laterally and somewhat ventrally.

The gonidial sacs are numerous and irregularly arranged. Both
ova and spermatozoa are almost or quite ripe.

The nervous system shows no marked peculiarities. Shortly
after its commencement the dorsal ganglion gives off laterally a
nerve to the cerebral organ. A small median dorsal nerve is
present. There is a supra-anal nerve commissure posteriorly.

The cerebral organs are well developed and lie for the most part in
front of the brain. Seen in transverse section, their height some-
what exceeds their breadth (av. height 350 y, av. breadth 250 py).
Their opening is in front of the brain about 7 of the distance
between the anterior extremity of the brain and the tip of the
snout (Plate VII. fig. 8).

Numerous eyes are present, amounting to about 40 on each side.
They are arranged as a row from the tip of the head to the anterior
brain-region, where they form a cluster.

Scanty head-glands are present opening ventrally.

AMPHIPORUS PAULINUS, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 11.)

Several specimens collected by Prof. D’Arcy Thompson in the
Pribyloff Is., Behring Straits. In external form a long slender
species tapering at either end. The specimens varied in length
from about 50-90 mm. In a specimen 90 mm. long the greatest
breadth was 4 mm.—which proportions in the preserved state
point to this species being longer and more slender than most other
members of the genus. Colour after preservation a pale yellowish
brown dorsally and almost white ventrally. There are no distinctive
markings.

The epithelium is high, and rests upon a comparatively thin
basement-membrane (about 18 p thick).

The circular layer of the muscular system is rather thicker than
the basement-membrane. Ventrally there is a thin diagonal layer

1 See note on p. 104.

1901.] SOME ARCTIC NEMERTEANS. 93

between the circular and longitudinal layers. The last layer is not
very strongly developed.

On either side of the animal, and lying partly in the longitudinal
muscle-layer, partly in the gelatinous connective tissue within the
body of the animal, is a well-marked layer of gland-cells (Plate VII.
fig. 11, gll.). This layer stretches back to the intestinal region.
Their secretion does not stain with borax-carmine, picric acid, or
nigrosin, but takes an intense purple hue with thionin. The glands
pierce the circular muscle-layers and the basement-membrane to
open to the exterior. They are really the backward extensions of
the enormously developed head-glands, which in the snout-region
comprise the bulk of the tissue lying within the basement-
membrane. <A similar arrangement is found in the genera
Prosadenoporus' and Hunemertes* (some species), and also in one
other species of Amphiporus, viz. A. carinelloides®. In the last-
named species the backward extent of these glands is not so great
as in A. paulinus.

The vascular system is of the normal Amphiporid type. The
median dorsal vessel is formed by both branches of the head loop.
The vessels are small throughout.

The blind gut does not reach nearly to the brain. Its anterior
limit is halfway between its point of origin and the tip of the
snout.

The proboscis-sheath does not extend to the end of the body,
being wanting in the posterior +th.

The proboscis is about 2 of the total body length. It is found
coiled in the anterior 3 of the rhynchocelom. Behind this the
proboscis-sheath becomes much smaller. The proboscis contains
15 nerves. Its epithelium is raised into numerous large papille.
The armature consists of a central stylet and two pockets each
containing 4 reserve stylets. The stylet and base are of the
same length, viz. 130 p.

The excretory system commences shortly after the brain. The
tubules lie round the lateral nerve-cords, and are numerous and
fairly large (Plate VII. fig. 11, ewt.). There is a single duct on
either side situated at the junction of the anterior 3 with the
rest of the system. The backward extent of the tubules is greater
than in A. thompsoni (Plate VII. fig. 8), and considerably greater
than in A. arcticus (Plate VII. fig. 9).

The brain is fairly well developed. The ventral commissure is
very short and straight; the dorsal fine and curved. The median
dorsal nerve is very small. The side stems form a strong supra-
anal commissure.

The cerebral organs lie just in front of the brain. They are
small, and the greater part of their bulk consists of gland-cells.

The head-furrows are small, not encircling more than half the

1 Birger, O.: ‘“ Untersuchungen tiber die Anatomie und Histologie der
Nemertinen, u.s.w.,” Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. 1890 (p. 30).

2 Birger, O.: Naples Monograph, The Nemertines, 1895 (p. 126).

3 Birger, O.: ibid. (p. 559).

94 MR. R, C, PUNNETT ON [May 21,

circumference of the head. The openings of the cerebral organ
are ventro-lateral and rather in front of the organ.
Numerous eyes are present.

AMPHIPORUS ARCTICUS, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 9.)

A single specimen from Davis Strait. Length 28 mm. and
greatest breadth 3°5 mm. The anterior end is slightly blunted ;
the posterior end tapers to a point. Colour a uniform pale buff
in preserved specimen. There is a well-marked groove round the
head.

The epithelium is about 70-80 mm. high, and contains a number
of small oval glandular concretions which take a brilliant yellow
stain with picric acid. The basement-membrane is about half the
thickness of the epithelium in the cesophageal region. The circular
muscle-layer is well developed, its thickness being about the same
as that of the basement-membrane. The longitudinal muscle-
layer is also well developed.

The vascular system is of the normal Amphiporid type. The
limbs of the cephalic ioop lie closely apposed to the cerebral organ
in the region where this is present.

The alimentary canal is more complicated than the usual
arrangement in the genus. It closely resembles that figured by
Joubin for A. marmoratus’. The ventral unpaired diverticulum,
however, is longer than in this last species, extending past the
median portion of the true blind gut. The blind-gut pockets do
not reach forward as far as the brain.

The rhynchocelom extends throughout the whole length of the
animal, being spacious even in its hinder portion. It reaches
backwards over the hind nerve commissure, a condition which is
apparently of rare occurrence according to Montgomery °.

The proboscis is large and contains only 10 nerves. The arma-
ture has unfortunately been dissolved out.

The excretory system extends forward past the brain to the
anterior level of the cerebral organ (Plate VII. fig. 9). The
backward extent of the tubules is, however, short. The excretory
duct is found on either side at the junction of the hindermost 3
of the system with the rest.

The genital sacs, which contain ova, are large and alternate
fairly regularly with the intestinal diverticula, a somewhat unusual
condition in the genus. They open just dorsally to the nervous
side-stems.

The brain is well developed.

The cerebral organ is small and is situated just in front of the
brain (Plate VII. fig. 9, corg.). Its greatest size in transverse
section is 150 p in breadth and 200 p in depth.

Numerous eyes are present.

The head-glands are well marked and extend backwards, though

1 Joubin, L.: Archiv. Zool. Exp. et Gén. 1890, p. 564.
2 Montgomery, T. H.: Zoolog. Jahrb., Abt. Syst. 1897, p. 4.

1901.] SOME ARCTIC NEMERTEANS. 95

they are sometimes scantier here, to the side of the cerebral organs,
where many of them open.

AMPHTPORUS LEUCIODUS.
Ref. Coe, W. R. Proc. Wash. Acad. Se. 1901.

To this species I have referred several small white Nemerteans
labelled from “ Copper Island °97.” The largest specimen measured
not more than 18x1‘5mm. They agree as regards their anatomy
fairly closely with Coe’s description. Owing, however, to the
circumstance of their having been preserved in formalin the pro-
boscis armature is not present. For this reason it is impossible
to be absolutely certain that these specimens belong to the species
to which I have referred them. The excretory ducts are numerous,
being about 10-12 in number on either side. The posterior ones,
however, have not the dorsal position described by Coe (loc. cit.
p- 53) for his specimens. There are 12 nerves present in the
proboscis. In his account of A. lewciodus this feature is omitted
by Coe. All the specimens collected by Prof. D’Arcy Thompson
were immature.

DREPANOPHORUS BOREALIS, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 4, 5, 7;
Plate VII. figs. 13-17 ; and text-figs. 2, p. 97, and 3, p. 98.)

Several specimens obtained from Davis Strait. Even making
allowance for the contracted state of the specimens, this is an
extremely broad form compared with its length. The following
are the dimensions in millimetres found in two entire specimens :

Length. Breadth. Depth.
(LON eee eS.B 58 16 4
(2) So eb iddion 35 10 3d

From this it will be seen that after preservation the breadth is
more than a quarter of the depth, making this the relatively
broadest Nemertean, with the possible exceptions of Pelagonemertes,
Nectonemertes, and Malacobdella.

Both anterior and posterior ends are somewhat blunted. The
colour and markings are characteristic. The dorsal surface is dark
reddish brown. Towards the tip of the head the colour is deep-
ened and there is a white band on either side, extending nearly to
the mid-dorsal line (Plate VI. fig. 7) and marking the position of
the head-furrows. The lateral margins of the dorsal surface, and
the whole of the ventral surface, are nearly white. It is some-
what remarkable that the coloration and markings should so
closely resemble those of A. thompsoni, a representative of another
genus from a neighbouring region.

The epithelium is high and almost devoid of gland-cells. It
rests upon a strong basement-membrane which is considerably
thicker than the circular muscle-layer (Plate VI. fig. 5). The
relative thickness of the various body-layers is best seen in the

96 MR, R. C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

following table, which refers to the ventral surface in the middle
of the body :—

TOMO 56 oo oobd dC OmagCouONN 110 pn
Basement-membrane............ 75 pe
Circularimusclemsee eee ee 30 pb
Mongitudinal muscle... 2... 2. 185 p

The epithelium is relatively somewhat higher dorsally. The
basement-membrane is considerably thinner below the epithelium
of the head-furrow. Powerful dorso-ventral muscles occur
throughout the body behind the brain.

The vascular system shows the ordinary arrangement, such as
has been figured by Oudemans’* for D. spectabilis (=rubrostriatus).
The alimentary canal offers no points of special interest. There
is a short well-marked proctodzeum lined by comparatively low
epithelium. The first pair of blind-gut pouches reach forwards
and lie against the hinder portion of the cerebral organ.

The proboscis-sheath exhibits the peculiar basket-work arrange-
ment of the circular and longitudinal muscle-fibres characteristic
of the genus. It possesses also the peculiar diverticula. In this
species they are slender with a fine layer of muscle-fibres, and the
whole surrounded by a layer of parenchyma-cells (Plate VI. fig.
4, rd). The 1st two diverticula unite with cne another anteriorly
(cf. D. lankesteri Hubrecht, Challenger Reports, vol. ix. p. 106).
They form an irregular network which extends anteriorly over the
brain and here gives off a number of large expansions (Plate VI.
fig. 4, rde) whose wall consists only of the rhynchoccelomic epi-
thelium—the muscular and parenchymatous layers disappearing.
Consequently in the cerebral region we meet with 4 distinct sets
of cavities lying in the gelatinous connective tissue, viz. :

(1) Blood-vessels.

(2) Exceretory tubules.

(3) Rhynchoccelomic diverticula and their expansions.

(4) Irregular spaces in the connective tissue (Plate VI.
fig. 4, cts.).

The proboscis is well developed and of about the same length
as the body. Its epithelium is raised up into large papille, and
through the extremely thick basement-membrane, upon which they
rest, may be traced strong nerves entering their bases. The pro-
boscis contains 14 nerves and is attached near the end of the body
to the ventral wall of the proboscis-sheath.

The excretory system reaches forward to the cerebral organ,
and backward some way along the posterior division of the
cesophagus (“« Magendarm ”). The duct is situated at the level of
the hind end of the cerebral organ. The tubules lie closely round
the lateral nerve-cords.

The gonads are large and arranged in three rows either side, which
all open on the dorsal surface. They take the form of elongated

1 Loe. cit. pl. i. fig. 7.

1901.} SOME ARCTIC NEMERTEANS. 97

tapering sacs, the widest portion of which is near the ducts (Plate
VI. fig. 5). A most interesting feature is that they show ova at
all the various stages of development. These are referred to in
more detail on p. 104. ‘The brain is well developed. In shape

Text-fig. 2.

|

y

Cj

&

Drepanophorus borealis, Section through the commissural region of the brain,
showing the opening of the cerebral organ. 380.

bm., basement-membrane ; cc., ciliated canal of cerebral organ; c/., cephalic
vascular loop; dc., dorsal nervous commissure; dg., dorsal ganglicn ;
ep., epithelium ; gct., gelatinous connective tissue; mc., circular muscle-
layer ; m/., longitudinal muscle-layer ; o¢s., esophagus ; ps., proboscis-
sheath ; rd., rhynchocephalie diverticulum ; rde., expansions of rhyncho-
ccelomie diverticula ; vc., ventral brain-commissure ; vg., ventral ganglia.

it is considerably flattened, so that the dorsal ganglion comes to lie
on the outer side of the ventral, and not above it as is usually the
case. The ventral commissure is short, straight, and strong; the
dorsal thinner and more curved. A single large neurochord-cell
occurs on either side. It is oval in shape, measuring about 83 p x
40 yw. Its nucleus measures 25 « x 18 » and contains a well-marked
circular nucleolus 8 » in diameter.

The lateral nerve-cords lie ventrally, and each is situated at the
same distance from its fellow as it is from the lateral margin of
the body. They are united by ventral commissures at intervals.

Proc. Zoou. Soc,—1901, Vou. II. No. VII. 7

98 MR. RB. C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

There are no dorsal commissures. There is a well-marked supra-
anal commissure behind the termination of the proboscis-sheath
and the dorsal vascular commissure.

' The cerebral organ is large. It begins shortly after the com-
mencement of the brain, to the outer side of which it lies. It
extends backwards behind the brain, where it lies dorsally and
slightly externally to the ventral nerve-cord. It is very large, 2. e.
about half as large again as the dorsal ganglion, and is richly clothed
with gland-cells, especially on the dorsal surface. The opening of
the ciliated canal is ventro-lateral, and is situated at the anterior
end of the organ. The organ is innervated bya single large nerve
which is given off from the hind end of the dorsal ganglion.

Text-fig. 3.

oT:
2 00%

92 000%
‘0

Drepanophorus borealis, Section slightly behind the preceding one, showing
the expansions of the rhynchoccelomic diverticula over the cerebral organ.
(The details of the cerebral organ are omitted.) x 30.

corg., cerebral organ ; cts., spaces in gelatinous connective-tissue ; dby., median
dorsal blood-vessel ; ext., excretory tubules,

Other letters as in text-figure 2.

Portion marked by x enlarged on Pl. VI. fig. 4.

There is a well-marked transverse head-furrow on either side,

and the two furrows between them surround more than half the
circumference of the head.

1901.] SOME ARCTIC NEMERTEANS. 99

About 4 large eyes are present on each side just in front of the
brain. They are arranged in an irregular horizontal row. ‘The
total number of eyes is smaller than in any other member of the
genus', D. wiileyanus coming next with a total of 16.

EUNEMERTEs NeEESI ((irsted, 1844).

Nemertes neesi, MeIntosh, 1873-74.

Hunemertes neesi, Birger, 1895.

Fragments of a large specimen from Greenland, amounting to
35 em. in length with a breadth of 7 mm. I have compared a
series of sections from this animal with a similar series from a
specimen of £. neest procured at Plymouth. The Greenland speci-
men is typical both with regard to external colour and form and
also internal anatomy.

HETERONEMERTINI.

CEREBRATULUS GREENLANDICUS, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 1-3 and
Plate VII. figs. 10, 12.)

Portions of two specimens from Greenland and from North Green-
land (collected by Herr Lohmann). The anterior end was preserved
ineach case. The fragments from Greenland amounted to about
8 cm. in length and 7 mm. in width. The fragments from N.
Greenland belonged to a larger specimen and amounted to 44 cm.
in length and 8 mm. in breadth. The worms were of a pale dirty
brown hue, all traces of the original coloration having probably
been extracted by a 10 years’ sojourn in alcohol. The head-slits do
not extend so far as the mouth, which is very evident as a round
hole.

The epithelium is fairly high and contains a few unicellular
glands (Plate VII. fig. 12). It rests upon a fine basement-mem-
brane, beneath which is the delicate circular muscle-layer of the
cutis. ‘The connective tissue is fairly well developed in the cutis.
Its more superficial portion contains small scattered bundles of
longitudinal muscle-fibres (Plate VII. fig. 12, mlc.). Beneath these
are the cutis-glands, which rest directly upon the outer longitudinal
muscle-layer of the body-wall.

In the esophageal region the outer muscle-layer is about 23 times
as thick as the circular layer. The last-named layer is of the same
thickness as the inner longitudinal layer. The three muscle-
layers preserve approximately the same proportions in the intestinal
region. There is no well-marked layer of horizontal muscles over
the mouth. No diagonal muscele-layer.

The vascular system in the head-region presents some slight
points of divergence from that usually found in the Lineide. In
front of the brain there is a single lacuna which is not divided up
by muscle-strands (Plate VII. fig. 10, cla.). It possesses a longi-
tudinal muscle-coat which, together with the rhynchodeum, is

1 Punnett: Willey’s Zoological Results, pt. v. p. 571.
, 7*

100 MR. R. C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

surrounded by a fine circular muscle-layer. Just in front of the
brain this lacuna divides into two limbs which almost immediately
reunite. From this junction is given off the median dorsal vessel,
which at once enters the proboscis-sheath. A little more pos-
terlorly the main lacuna gives off two large trunks—the lateral
lacune, which extend over the cerebral organ and surround its
hinder portion. Almost immediately after giving off the lateral
lacunze to the cerebral organ, the median lacuna ends by giving off
two lateral branches—the buccal lacune, which at once fuse with
the lateral lacunz in the region of the cerebral organ. The chief
points of divergence from the usual arrangement lie in the single
head-lacuna, and in the short course and large size of the buccal
lacune. A similar cephalic lacuna has, so far as I am aware, only
been described among the Lineide for LZ. sanguineus}.

The backward extent of the rhynchoceelom relative to the body-
length cannot, owing to the imperfection of the specimen, be
given. The proboscis is slender, measuring in the smaller indi-
vidual not more than ‘75 mm. in cross-section. Its layers are
arranged in the following order—proboscis epithelium, nervous
layer, circular muscles, longitudinal muscles, rhynchocclomic
epithelium. ‘There are two ill-defined muscle crosses.

The excretory system is extensive and possesses numerous ducts
on either side (Plate VIT. fig. 10, cvd.). Most of these make an
angle of about 45° with a line joining the nervous side-stems.
Some open nearer the level of the side-stems, though none open
more dorsally. The excretory tubules do not extend ventral to
the level of the nervous side-stems. Many of them project as long
tufts into the lateral lacunee, which here are easily distinguished
from the cesophageal lacune.

The brain is fairly well developed, the dorsal ganglia being half
as large again as the ventral. The dorsal commissure is very short,
and the ganglion-cells of the two dorsal ganglia here almost meet
dorsally over the proboscis-sheath. The dorsal lobe of the dorsal
ganglion does not reach as far as the commencement of the cerebral
organ. No neurochord-cells are present.

The cerebral organ is not large. It hes directly over the side-
stems (Plate VI. figs. 1, 2,3). It is rounded in transverse section,
and is almost completely sheathed in gland-cells.

The head-slits are deep and end before the level where the
cerebral organ starts (Plate VII. fig. 10). The head-glands are
well marked dorsally and ventrally. Before the level of the brain
they merge into the cutis-glands.

A small frontal organ of the typical Lineid form is present.
Hyes are absent.

Synopsis of the Genus Amphiporus.

By adding new species to the genus Amphiporus this paper raises
the total of the named species referred to that genus to over 40.

' Oudemans, A, O.: loc. cit. p. 45,

fe

iS G CNS een FI “puryog =] """ asneuwnys | 3
EEG FO. ROT a=s G GL uretq O7 é “‘purygeg = [* susognpunzh ‘yr |
UI ULS.L0 TRAqa.r1a0 JO sutusdg = “kur ; : boners 5
"€@=9§ ‘seasou-stosoqoad QT ae g Ghece eg) " bel ae: EL 7 ;
“tofe]-apOsnul [VUOseICy é d Z “Aq 0} JON Z “opIsogq SISUAULOQUD “Fo ‘aYNVT-Opuy ‘T |
es “ATTest0p oe ee |
ao C Zw é d Z snppjnoorwg “FT
LPN
(eAoqe| 908) 8naLoyrjon] “Wr
“V[NOIYAOATp pared un [eaquea |
puv [esiop yyiM snseydosyp) q=s w “Aue, | “tq 07 JON OL ‘apisog. SNIDLOULLDUL "FF |
pice
(aAoqe| 999) of oe Dparcce avon dara)
“UOLSaI [vas )
-eydosa Ul yIOMJou Av[noseA | gq—<yg C ‘Luv | “1Q 03 90N | ST-OL | ‘quoay uy |-*'*** 2wosdwmoy, “p
‘d ‘d ‘d ‘d ‘d ‘d ‘d
“eTNOT}AOATp poaredun Te.rqudea -aeodomnaatg
pur Tesiop YI snsvydosip Z é “AuvyL | “tq 0} JON OL nhatonas Wap -JPeeeeo uhnetS720.0 70:1 10s 7a ee faa < I
‘d ‘d ‘d ‘d ‘d ‘d ‘d :
‘sgonp Arojoaoxo Auvpy | gq=9 Z “AULT "sq OF, FI ‘qUoOaE Up |-°'8* snawoyfejon) “7
‘O PW ‘d
aq<s j “Auvyy | “Iq 0} ION FI ‘purpog [ot wayagnd ‘py )
PN
(eel) este ‘syoyood reel ‘soALOU ied
s}I pur : 0} eATyeTod | | 0} OALZVLTAL
: -yopAys : -S1980q,
Saanyvoy AVI[NIIT (9) 991498 |, rs sos |sjoyood yns -oad 30 UWBdIO
JO sy suey qaquin i -puryq 4s] daquan yy [eiqa.seo
OAT}R TOW : jo worzIsog jo Worlpsog

“TOL ‘d 20nf o7 |

[IT “IOA ‘L061 —"00g “1007 “ooud

1901.] SOME ARCTIC NEMBRTEANS, 101

As descriptions of these species are scattered over numerous papers,
it has seemed worth while to collect them into a list and to give in
each case a brief diagnosis based upon such characters as have been
shown to exhibit marked and definite divergences among the various
species (see Table facing this page). The details necessary for
forming a complete list are not forthcoming in all the species, and
the list has in part been made with the idea of drawing to such
omissions the attention of those who may be able to remedy them.
Tn the original description of some species the external appearance
alone has been chronicled. The names of such species are given
in a footnote at the bottom of the table. The species have been
tabulated according to their geographical distribution. In the
nomenclature of the marine regions the classfication suggested by
Ortmann’ has beeu followed. The species found in the North
Atlantic and in the Mediterranean are fairly well known, though
perhaps the region for which our knowledge is most accurate is
the North Pacific, owing to the recent publication of a valuable
paper by Coe*. With the exception of a few South-Georgian
forms described by Biirger, we have practically no knowledge of
the genus south of the Equator. Until our knowledge of Southern
and Tropical forms is somewhat more extensive, it is safest to
avoid any elaborate discussion on the affinities of the groups of
species inhabiting the various regions. A few points, however,
call for short notice. Numerous collections of Nemerteans have
now been worked out from the tropics—more particularly from
the Indian Ocean. A feature of such collections is the almost
total absence of species of Amphiporus. As nearly all the species
of the genus are of fair size, often very plentiful, and readily
found where they occur, it would appear that they are relatively
scarce in the tropics, where their place is taken by the genera
Drepanophorus and Prosadenoporus. Whether the genus is well
represented or not in the South, itis not yet possible to say. The
few Antarctic species worked out by Birger are interesting when
compared with those from other regions. A careful examination
of the table will bring out the fact, that whilst the species of
Amphiporus inhabiting the Arctic circumpolar, the Atlantic boreal,
and the Mediterranean respectively, show as groups considerable
amount of resemblance, they differ as much from the Pacific
boreal forms as these do from the Antarctic forms. In fact it
might be said that the Pacific boreal forms are more closely allied
to the Antarctic forms than to the North-Atlantic forms. In the
Pacific boreal and Antarctic forms, as compared with the rest, tie
cerebral organ is more often in front of the brain, the average
number of proboscis-nerves is a great deal higher (about 20 °/,),
the number of reserve stylet-pockets is much more frequently
ereater than two, and lastly there is a greater tendency for the
central stylet to be shorter than its base. That there should be
' Ortmann, A. E.: ‘Grundziige der marinen Tiergeographie,’ Jena, 1896.

* Coe, W. R.: “ Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition : The Nemer-
teaus,” Proe. Wash, Acad. Se. 1901.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—i901, Vor. 11.)

| Position of

ae |
Position of ~ a
cerebral Nunihen Ist blind- yeep d
organ bones gab pockets Eyes. sistas
relative to ~~. | relative to Peace
brain. merece: brain. nockats.
a Mel. |
( A. pulcher 2.2.00. Behind. 14 Not to br. | Many. | 2
|
A. lactifloreus ..... In front. 1+ = To Gee | Many. 2 =
. 1224 Sr: | . a
I. Arctic 4 A, arcticus ........ In front. | 10 Not to br. | Many. | ?
Circumpolar.
1) 4 P| P.| 12
A, thompsoni .....- In front. | 10-18 | Not tobr.| Many.} 2 |
\
( A, pulcher ....00.--| | (See above)
| A, marmoratus ...| Beside. 16 | Not to br. | Many. 2
| |
A, lactifloreus (See |aboye)
| A, bioculatus 2... ft ? ? 2 2
II, Atlantic :
? setlnalle od a Se | ator rar
g A, hastatus......... 2 ? ? Many. 4
<}
a
4 Ms HY
° A, dissimulans ...\ In front. Many.
6 M. M. M. M. M.
& A, greenmani ...... Beside. 11 | Lobrain. Few. b}
I M. M M. M. M.
4 U A, glutinosus .....) Beside, 11 | Tobrain. | Few. | 2
il 12) 4 1 ib,
A, paudinus In front. | | 15 Not to br.| Many. | 2
|
C. C. x) Oo Cc.
A. angulatus ...... In front. | 17-20 | To brain. | Many. 2
' 4 C. 0.
| A, bimaculatus ...) Beside. 16 To brain. | Many. 4
ILL. Pacific Gh el
boreal, A, LiGVINUS voc ssevee In front. ? Not to br. | Many. 2
C. C. iH C. C,
| A, nebulosus .. ...| In front. 17 To brain. | Many. 2
i H C,, C.
| A, leuciodus ...... Tn front. ? To brain. | Many. | 3
1 Ay
Ab CSIRS comenepentee|| In front. | ? To brain. | Many. | 6-12
I. Indo-Pacific. — A. amboinensis ...| Beside. ? Not to br. 2 ?
( 4. pulcher ... J Oca xo | (See |above)
| A, reticulatus | Behind. 10 ? Many. 2
A, glandulosus ...) Behind. 2 To brain. 12 2
. = | AL stanniusi_......| Behind.| — 14 — | Not--to-bx.-|_None. eee
tA A, marmoratus ... Goa 200 (See |above)
5 A, virgalus... Beside. 14 Not to br. | Many. 2
ry AGCRUDUEY cecaccca In front. ? To brain. | Few. 2
Rn
I
= IL. West African. ; A, algensis ......6. In front. | ? ? Many. 2
3° oditery: |
a (Mediterranean. | A, oligoommatus .| In front. | ? Over br. | Many. 2
a A. polyommatus...| In front. | ? To brain. | Many. 2
=) A, lactijlore .| reo J see (See jubove)
5 al. carinelloides .... In front. | 14 To brain. | None. 2
ai | | |
A, langiegeminus., In front. | 12 Not to br. | None. 2
| A, validissimus ...| In front. |? To brain. | Many. | 5
A, hastatus.. ...... ooo 3x6 (See jaboye) |
, LA, pugnax ? if ? se i a
(Guinea.) A, dubius en (See labore) |
no SDE ROR e Sos |
2 : “ |
Bz { A, spinosus ........5 | In front. 18 Not to br.| None. 8
Bie A. spinosissinus | In front. 16 | Not tobr.| None. | 11-12
Eo | A, cruciatus ...... Tn front. 16 Not to br.| None. 3
4

[To face p. 101.

Relative
engths of
stylet (S)

Peculiar features.

and its
base (B).
S>B
Mel.) 0.
S=B Many excretory ducts.
12} :
? | Bsophagus with dorsal and
ventral unpaired diverticula.
Py P.
S>B | Vascular network in @sopha-
geal region.
S=B | Glsophagus with dorsal and i
yentral unpaired diverticula.
Mel,
B
a
Mel.| I
g—B | Cephalic vascular lacunae in-
Ty stead of loop.
M.
S=B |
S>B
P.| P.
S=B | Head-glands reach to intes-
tine.
C. }
S=B | Oceasionally more than one
pair of excretory ducts.
S=2B
_ 3}
Sass
C, 0,
S=B_ | Lateral glands in ceesophageal
region.
i C.
S<B | Many excretory duets.

S<B Many excretory ducts opening
dorsally.
? Diagonal musele-layer.
10 proboseis-nerves. S=B.
S=B | Opening of cerebral organ in
front of brain,
S=B
mice Ss —
S=B |
S<B Cerebral organ far in front of
brain.
«_B
a)
?
2

? Well developed subepithelial
glands in front of brain.

The letters occurring in the table above each statement denote the authors on whose authority the facts are given. O.=OCoe,
J.=Joubin, M.=Montgomery, McI.=MeIntosh, O.=Oudemans, P.=Punnett, R.=Riches. Where no letter occurs the state-

ment concerned is due to Biirger.

The following species have been made by Verrill (Trans. Connecticut Acad. 1892) on

external features alone—A. multisorus, heterosorus, tedrasorus, ochraceus, frontalis, mesorus, cruentatus, agilis.
Hubrecht also (‘Challenger : Reports, yol. ix.) has described two additional species, 4. marioni and A. moseleyi, but the
morphological details given are insuilicient to make it worth while tabulating them.

~~

np

102 MR. R, C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

this agreement in the features chiefly relied upon in classification,
would seem to point to a connection between the Amphiporids of
these two regions closer than that between those of either of them
and the Northern Atlantic forms. It is possible that the present
wave of Antarctic enterprise may bring to light fresh forms which
may help to settle an interesting point.

With the affinities of the new species other than Amphiporus
described in this paper, I hope to deal on some future occasion
when considering in detail the genus Drepanophorus and the family
of the Lineide.

Note on the Vascular System of Metanemerteans.

In the writings of several authors who have treated of this
group are to be found discrepancies with regard to the somewhat
important point of the relation of the lateral blood-vessels and
cephalic loop to the brain and the rhynchodeum. McIntosh’, in
his monograph on the British Nemerteans, states that ‘« At the
ganglionic region the vessels which go to form the cephalic arch
pass below the commissures (?. ¢. brain-commissures) and unite in
front beneath the channel of the snout (7. e. the rhynchodeeum) ; ”
and his conception of the arrangement is represented by a dia-
eram on p. 42 of the same work and by several figures of Ampht-
porus among the plates. On the other hand, the excellent figure
representing the anatomy of Yetrastemma candidum (pl. xiv.
fig. 1) shows the cephalic loop entirely above the rhynchodeum
and the lateral vessels passing through the nervous ring. This is
the condition described by Oudemans for the Metanemerteans, and
arrived at after studying nine members of various genera by the
method of serial sections. Oudemans’ finds ‘‘in the head two
vessels which communicate in front, forming a vascular loop above
the proboscidian sheath (=rhynchodeum). These vessels also
communicate within the cerebral ring, but now beneath it (i.e. the
rhynchodeum).” I have been unable to find any specific state-
ments for the Metanemerteans with regard to these points in
Biirger’s monograph. Ina previous paper *, however, he mentions
that “Die Seitengefisse vereinigt in der Kopfspitze vor dem
Gehirn uber dem Rhynchodeum eine geriiumige Kopfschlinge,”
though here again he does not distinctly state whether the two
vessels are surrounded by the nervous ganglionic ring or pass
beneath it. Moreover, his figures are at variance with regard to
the last point. In his Naples monograph, Birger distinctly
represents the cephalic vessels of Tetrastemma coronatum (pl. ix.
fig. 7) and of Amphiporus virgatus (pl. vii. fig. 16) as passing
beneath the ventral commissure of the brain; whilst in another
place (pl. xvi. fig. 16) he figures a section of the last-named
species showing these vessels lying upon the ventral brain-com-

1 Loe. ett. p. 80.
2 Loe. cit. p. 58.
* Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zool. 50 Bd. 1890, p. 204.

1901. ] SOME ARCTIC NEMERTHANS. 103

missure, within the nervous ring. This last arrangement, which
I take to be the true one, is also shown by Biirger in section for
other Metanemerteans, viz., for Hunemertes marioni (pl. xv.
fig. 10), for Drepanophorus albolineatus (pl. xvi. fig. 2), for
Tetrastemma cruciatum (pl. xvii. fig. 6), and for Ototyphlone-
mertes duplex (pl. xvii. fig. 17), On pl. xviii. fig. 3, however,
Birger figures a section through the brain and its commissures
in Malacobdella grossa, where the lateral vessels are shown
lying entirely outside the nervous ring. In a series of sections
made through a specimen of this species, | have been unable
to confirm this arrangement. In my specimen the cephalic
loop divided just before the brain, and whilst one branch ran
along the lateral edge of the body, as in Biirger’s figure, the other
lay just over the ventral brain-commissure, and consequently
within the nervous ring. The vessels lying outside the nervous
ring are probably to be regarded as secondary. In many Metane-
merteans (esp. Amphiporus and Drepanophorus) the cephalic and

Text-figs. 4-6.

_herve ving. es

Amphpiorus, &e. Malacobdelia. Matlacobdella according
to Birger.

cephalic
~~" loop ~

dorsal
-~Tvessel

lateral
L--= vessel) ===]

lateral vessels are strongly bent just before entering and just
after leaving the nervous ring (text-fig. 4). It is probably by the
confluence of these arches that the outer lateral vessels of Mala-
cobdella are formed (text-fig. 5). If now we suppose the portion
of the lateral vessels lying within the nervous ring, anterior to the
point of origin of the median dorsal vessel, to disappear, we arrive
at a condition similar to that described by Biirger (text-fig. 6).
Such a condition must, however, be regarded as secondary, and
derived from the normal Metanemertean type. The conclusion
then, I think, is justified, that in the Metanemerteans, as in all
the rest of the phylum, the lateral blood-vessels pass through the
nervous ring formed by the brain and its commissures, and that
the limbs of the cephalic loop unite at the tip of the snout above
the rhynchodéeum.

LT have laid upon this point partly because of its morphological
importance, and partly because erroneous statements on this head
tend to become perpetuated in text-books. Thus in the ‘ Cambridge
Natural History,’ vol. ii. p. 106, Miss Sheldon gives a diagram in

104 MR. R. C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

which the relations of the vascular system on both these points

are entirely wrong. At the same time the account given in the
text is erroneous.

Note on a Secondary Sexual Character in a Nemertean.

Hitherto no instance of an anatomical difference between the
sexes of any species of Nemertean has been observed. Occasion-
ally during the breeding-season the male may be distinguished by
its colour irom the female, but such differences are always directly
due to the hue of the gonads themselves. It has already been
mentioned (p. 92) that the number of proboscis-nerves in
A, thompsoni is subject to considerable variation. Fourteen speci-
mens taken at random were sectioned, and the number of their
proboscis-nerves and their sex noted. From the subjoined table
it will be seen that the sexes are in almost equal proportions.
All were collected together from the same locality, all were of
about the same size, and all were sexually mature.

No. of proboscis-nerves...... LOW IGS Z Sates on OM iaeel'S
Oe Sra 1—- 65 —-— — — —
Giese — — 4 —- — — — 2 2

From this it would appear that whilst the female has 12
nerves or less in the proboscis, the male has either 12 or else a
much greater number, z.¢. 17 or 18, though this proboscis itself
was in all cases of about the same size. If a considerably greater
number could be examined with regard to these points, it is not
improbable that we should obtain for the male a bimodal curve,
such as has been described by Bateson and Brindley ' in the case
of certain earwigs and beetles. It is interesting to notice that we
have here a case of sexual dimorphism where the organ affected is,
so far as we know, im no way concerned with sexual functions.
That the proboscis has nothing to do with copulation may be
gathered from Mcluntosh’s” interesting account of the deposition
of the ova and spermatozoa in an allied form—Hunemertes gracilis,
where the individuals of either sex did not approach within three
inches of one another, and fertilization took place in the surround-
sea-water. Into the possible raison détre of such a phenomenon
as this it seems at present useless to enquire. It is sufficient
here to draw to such tacts the attention of those who propound
theories concerning secondary sexual characters.

Development of the Ovum in Drepanophorus borealis.

That the ovary of Drepanophorus borealis contains eggs in
various stages has already been seen (p. 97). Throughout the
greater portion of the intestinal region the ovaries are large and
usually contain one almost or quite ripe ovum, and a number of

Proce. Zool. Soc. 1892, p. 588.
ELC Cit. ps Oo:

1901. } SOME ARCTIC NEMERTEANS. 105

others in stages fairly well advanced (Plate VI. fig. 5). Towards
the hind end of the body, however, earlier stages in the formation
of the ovary may be found. At certain spots within the copious
gelatinous connective tissue surrounding the intestine may be seen
a very young ovum (Plate VII. fig. 13), around which a space is
commencing to appear. The connective-tissue nuclei around this
space are somewhat more plentiful than in other parts. The
ovum at this stage is surrounded by a small amount of yolk-
material, though whether this represents its own protoplasm or
has been derived from other cells which apply themselves to it, I
am unable for certain to say. At a somewhat later stage the
cavity in the connective tissue has become larger, with a more
definite outline, whilst at the same time the ovum has increased
in size and is seen to be surrounded by cells (Plate VII. fig. 14)
composed mainly of yolk-material. In some of these cells is to
be found a well-marked nucleus and a nucleolus of similar staining
reactions to those of the ovum itself. In others the large nucleolus
alone can be recognized, whilst in others again all traces of both
nucleus and nucleolus have disappeared. It seems reasonable to
suppose that these cells are in reality primitive ova which apply
themselves to the functional ovum and become converted into yolk-
material around it. The ovum now increases greatly in size, and
the ovarian cavity becomes lined with a flattened epithelium
derived from the cells of the gelatinous connective tissue. This
epithelium may be traced passing over and covering the ovum
(vide some of smallest ova in Plate VI. fig. 5), where it gives rise
to a peculiar coat of follicle-cells. The follicular layer takes the
form of a layer of irregular-shaped cells, with branched processes
on the outer side, forming delicate strands connecting the ovum
with the adjacent ovarian wall or other follicle-cells, whilst on the
inner side are more regular processes like little waterspouts pro-
jecting through the delicate limiting membrane of the ovum into
the sea of yolk beneath (Plate VII. figs. 15 & 16). As the
ovum nears the ripe condition it becomes coated with a shell-like
structure. On the ventral surface of the ovum (¢. é. on the surface
furthest from the dorsal opening of the ovary) the follicular layer
degenerates into an undulating homogeneous deeply staining
covering to the ovum (Plate VII. fig. 15). At the same time the
surface of the ovum in this region takes on a similar appearance.
This process gradually spreads round the ovum. Between the
two layers are small spaces which subsequently disappear, though
the two layers can still be recognized by the fact that the outer
takes on a far deeper stain, owing probably to its containing more
chromatin derived from the nuclei of the follicle-cells (Plate VII.
fig. 17). The outer egg-covering is undoubtedly derived from the
follicle-cells ; the inner layer is formed within the fine limiting
membrane of the ovum, though the material which composes it
has probably been derived also from the follicle-cells. The largest
ova observed were irregularly oval in shape, measuring about
700 x 420 yu.

106 ON SOME ARCTIC NEMERTEANS. [May 21,

The foregoing account differs in several points from that given
by Burger ' for two other species of the genus, viz. D. crassus and
D. cerinus. In the former species, whilst the ova are still quite
small, an oval deeply staining body is found lying in close proximity
to each of them. ‘These subsequently increase in number, surround
the ovum, and later become metamorphosed into yolk. At a
later stage, when the ova are already of considerable size, there is
developed around them a delicate follicular tissue like a network,
in the meshes of which the ova then lie. What the nature of the
coverings of the ova are, and whether the follicular epithelium
plays any part in their formation, Birger does not state.

The process which occurs in D. borealis throws some light upon
the peculiar nuclear-like little bodies which give rise to the yolk
in D. crassus, and which have also been found by Hubrecht? in
Amphiporus marion. They are probably to be regarded as
primitive ova in which the nucleolus has greatly increased in size
at the expense of the rest of the cell, and it seems plausible to
regard the enormous development of the nucleolus at the expense
of the rest of such primitive ova as a stage in their conversion
into yolk. The peculiar behaviour of the follicle-cells in D. borealis
is probably correlated with the relatively great size attained by
the ova in this species. Whilst in D. crassus the nearly ripe ova
measure 144 4 x 100 uw, in D. borealis they attain the dimensions
of 700 wx 420 p.

Gatty Marine Laboratory,
St. Andrews, N.B.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Lettering in both Plates.

bm., basement-membrane. hs., head-slit.
ec., ciliated canal of cerebral lbv., lateral blood-vessel.
organ. Ui., lateral blood-lacuna.
cl., cephalic vascular loop. m., mouth,
cla., cephalic lacuna. mec., circular muscle-layer.
corg., cerebral organ. mcc., circular muscle-layer of cutis.
cts., Spaces in gelatinous connective ml., longitudinal muscle-layer.
tissue. mic., longitudinal muscle-layer of
dbv., median dorsal blood-vessel. cutis.
dc., dorsal nervous commissure. mlo., outer longitudinal muscle-
dg., dorsal ganglion. layer.
ep., epithelium. @s., esophagus.
exd., excretory duct. ps., proboscis-sheath.
ext., excretory tubules. rd., rhynchoccelomic diverticulum.
fr., frontal organ. rdé., expansions of rhynchocelomic
gct., gelatinous connective tissue. diverticula.
glcorg., glands of cerebral organ. ss., nervous side-stem.
gu., lateral glands. ve., ventral brain commissure.
gs., gonidial sac. vg., ventral ganglion.

* marks point where the median blood-vessel leaves the proboscis-sheath.

1 Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zool. 50 Bd. 1890, p. 243, and pl. x.
* ‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. ix. (the Nemertea) p. 120.

re
PM

sie
th

ba

ie
a),
é
ie

* nae
me

is
en
ml

Wo

1A. Ss. WO, soll I IPL NAIL,

Parker & West imp.

M.-P Parker lith.

TAUN ATE OMEN ORY CO CHwAg

2. Z. 8S, OO well WIFI.

GIS 9

MP. Parker hth. Parker & West imp.
POININALOIMUNG “Or GOCNAN,

Parker & West imp.

7.8, 1, el ES.

-+---Bo.

PNIN|YNALC)IMOSE Ol (COCOA.

MP Parker lith.

nn ei
pinata
DN Gahan

rly;

pe

, Soil. J JEN OI

12, 4, S. IO

Parker & West imp.

M.P Parker lith.

ANATOMY OF COGIA.

1901. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 107

Pruate VI.

Figs. 1, 2, & 3. Cerebratulus greenlandicus (p. 99). Sections through cerebral
organ and neighbouring parts, taken at intervals of about 50. X 45.
Fig. 4. Drepanophorus borealis (p.95). Section through rhynchoccelomic diver-
ticulum at the point where it gives off an expansion. Enlarged view
of * in text-fig. 3, p. 98. 89.
The minute structure of the cerebral organ is not shown.
. D. borealis. Section through a gonad. 45.
. Amphiporus thompsoni (p. 97). Dorsal view of anterior end. x $.
. D. borealis. Dorsal yiew of anterior end. X 1

TS Or

Puate VII.

Fig. 8. Amphiporus thompsoni. Schematic reconstruction of anterior end,
showing the relations of the various systems. The alimentary canal,
proboscis, and its sheath are omitted. The vascular system is more
arched than shown here (c/. text-fig. 1, p. 91). x 10.

9. A. arcticus (p. 94). Similar to fig. 8. x 10.

10. Cerebratulus greenlandicus. Similar to fig. 8. x 5.

11. A. paulinus. Transverse section through cesophagus, just before the
first appearance of the blind gut. x 45.

12. €. greenlandicus. Section through skin of cesophageal region. X 89.

13. D. borealis. Very young stage of ovum. X 410.

14. D. borealis. Slightly later stage than fig. 13. The functional ovum
has become surrounded by several primitive ova, in one of which the
nucleus and its contained nucleolus are seen, whilst in others the large
nucleolus alone can be made out as a deeply staining body. x 410.

15. D. borealis. Older ovum, in which the greater part is surrounded by
waterspout follicle-cells. At the lower pole the follicle-cells and the
outer surface of the ovum are forming the egg-coverings. 85.

16. D. borealis. Enlarged view of a few follicle-cells from the ovum shown
in preceding figure. X 410.

17. D. borealis. Portion of the outer wall of a nearly ripe ovum, showing
the two coverings of the egg enclosing the yolk (y). x 410.

3. On the Anatomy of Cogia breviceps. By W. Biaxtanp
Benuam, M.A., D.Sce., F.Z.S., Professor of Biology in
the University of Otago, New Zealand.

[Received April 30, 1901.]
(Plates VIIT.—XI.*)
(Text-figures 7 & 8.)

At the end of August, 1900, I received information that a “young
Sperm-Whale” had come ashore at Parakanui, a spot about
12 miles north-east of Dunedin. Next morning, accompanied by
the museum taxidermist, I went down by train to the spot, where
I ascertained that the whale had been thrown ashore just a week
previously. We found the carcase at about high-water mark,
nearly entirely covered by sand, which had preserved the animal
from decomposition, so that the carcase did not present the
unpleasant odour usual to deceased whales. Unfortunately, how-
ever, the animal had been much cut about; but I at once saw that

1 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 132.

108 PROF, W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

it was not a “young Sperm-Whale,” but a full-grown “ Small
Cachalot,” or Cogia breviceps. The head had been most skilfully
disarticulated from the cervical vertebre, and remained close to
the body ; the lower jaw had been cut away and was missing. I
found, later, that it was im the possession of an old whaler, who
intended to keep it as a curio, but who parted with it for a small
consideration.

The “ flukes,” too, had been cut off and carried away by the
finder of the whale; while much of the flesh of the head and trunk,
including the dorsal fin, had also been removed for the purpose of
extracting the oil. I subsequently obtained the flukes, but the
damage done to the carcase prevented me making any observations
of value on the contour of the body or its coloration, or accurate
measurements. This is the more to be regretted, as I gather from
Flower and Lydekker’s ‘ Mammals’ that some uncertainties exist
as to these matters.

The abdominal wall had been cut through and the viscera were
scattered about on the sand near the body ; the thorax, also, had
been opened and the lungs and heart abstracted.

Thus I obtained the entire skeleton, which together with some
of the viscera were packed in barrels and taken to Dunedin. At
the time I was unaware of the rarity of Cogia, otherwise I should
have taken care to preserve all the viscera, and to have taken
fuller measurements, even though these would have been imperfect.
The only organs that I removed for study were the larynx,
stomach, and penis, while the narial canals remained adherent to
the skull.

An account of the larynx I have already presented to the
Society, it agrees closely with that of other Odontocetes. The
present contribution deals with the remaining organs.

1. External Features.

The general form of the body of Cogia has been described and
figured by Owen [7] for specimens from India, and Von Haast [2]
gave an account of a specimen from New Zealand seas. These
are the only accounts accessible to me.

The dorsal surface of the Parakanui specimen was black; the
under surface dirty white with a tinge of yellow in it, especially
noticeable on the under surface of the pectoral fin. Von Haast
says the ‘belly is greyish white”; Owen states (from Elitt’s
MS.) that the lower surface was “ pinkish.” Possibly these varia-
tions from pure white—which is usual in the Cetacea—are due to
postmortem changes. Ina young Rorqual that reached me in a
perfectly fresh condition early in August, within 48 hours after
its death, the belly was pure snow-white, but after exposure to
the air for a couple of days the white took on a bluish tinge.

The total length of this specimen of Cogia, which is a full-
grown male, was 8 feet 9 inches, measured in a straight line from
the tip of the snout to the bottom of the notch in the flukes.

1901. ] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 109

This total is obtained by adding together the measurements of the
separated head (1 ft. 4 in.), trunk (5 ft. 10 in.), and tail (1 ft.
7 in.); it is, therefore, liable to a small error owing to shrinkage
of the flesh, and to the fact that the tape would follow slightly
different lines and curves in the three separate pieces, instead of
one line; but the error cannot be greater than an inch or two
one way or the other.

At any rate this specimen is considerably longer than the female
described by Von Haast, which was 7 ft. 2 in. long, and much
longer than Owen’s Indian male, which was only 6 ft. 8 in.
Flower and Lydekker state that the adult may attain a length of
10 feet, and the head is about one-sixth of the length of the body ;
from the above it is seen that the head is contained in the total
length 64 times, or in body alone 54 times.

This was the only measurement I took, for naturally the cir-
cumference &e. could not be measured with anything approaching
accuracy.

The pectoral fin measured 14 inches in a straight line from base
to tip, or 15 inches along the curved anterior margin; it was
5 inches across the oblique base of attachment, 54 across the
widest part.

The shape of the fin does not differ much from that usual in
the Cetacea ; its anterior margin is slightly convex; its posterior
margin is angulate, the rounded angle being enclosed by a short
proximal limb of 4 inches, and a longer distal limb of 8 inches,
which is slightly excavated.

The colour of the fin was very dark grey on the upper surface
—probably black in life; for in the young Rorqual the jet-black
of the fresh animal gave place to a dark grey after exposure to air
for a few days. The under surface of the flipper was yellowish
white; but the dark tint of the upper surface passes round the
margin and comes on to the lower surface, so that there is a narrow
black margin nearly all the way round.

The “ flukes” measured 2 ft. 3 in. from tip to tip; the notch
was 53 in. deep, 7. e. from a line joining the tips; and the distance
from the base of origin of the flukes across the lobe, parallel to
the long axis of the body, is 12 inches; the flukes are black below.

II. The Nasal Passages.

The top of the head had suffered like the other parts of the
body, and much of the flesh anterior to the blowhole had been cut
away. There is but a single blowhole as in other Odontocetes ;
it is not median in position nor symmetrical in shape.

It is a crescentic slit, situated just to the left of the median
line, with the horns of the crescent directed backwards and slightly
towards the middle line (Pl. VIII. fig. 1), so that its concavity is
backwards’.

* In the Porpoise, Grampus, and others, the blowhole, situated on the right
side of the top of the head, has its concavity forwards. In Physeter it is on
the left side, slightly sigmoid and near the anterior end of the snout.

110 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

It is situated about 12 inches from the tip of the snout; but as
the measurement was made after the removal of skin and blubber,
it is probable that the fissure containing the blowhole has shrunk
backwards a little; for in Owen’s 6-foot specimen the blowhole is
only 5 inches from the tip of the snout.

The distance between the horns of the crescent is 24 inches; the
inner horn terminates (14 inch) further forwards than the outer.

The blowhole is the external opening of a “ vestibule” into
which open the two narial canals, of which the right is much the
smaller. The anterior wall of the opening has a sharply marked
edge or lip (Pl. VIIL. fig. 2, a), especially well-marked towards the
left, where it overlaps the posterior lip or ‘“ opercular fold” (d).
The hinder limit of the blowhole is, however, quite ill-defined ; the
surface of the head slopes gradually downward and disappears
behind the above lip, forming a kind of flap or operculum.

On a closer examination of this aperture, it is seen to be im-
perfectly divisible into two portions: a small portion on the right
(6) just above the median line, and a much longer curved slit (a)
forming the greater moiety of the crescent; the separation is indi-
cated by an interruption in the lip, for over a short space (c) the
anterior limit of the blowhole slopes gradually forwards to pass
below the operculum (d).

On pressing apart the lip and operculum, or by cutting across
the lip, the crescentic blowhole is found to open into a shallow,
but wide chamber—the “ spiracular sac ” as Von Baer termed it in
Dolphins, or the “vestibule” as I would term it here. This is
lined by a black-pigmented epithelium continuous with that
covering the head, and passing downwards into the narial canal
on the left side.

The greater part of this vestibule is, in reality, the upper end
of the large left narial canal, its floor is highly convex owing to
the existence of a very prominent fleshy “valve” (Pl. VIII. fig. 3, #)
which is developed on the mesial wall of the canal, but which, as
it approaches the top of the head, assumes a transverse and nearly
horizontal position. This valve becomes less convex as it approaches
the surface of the head, with which it is continuous at the spot c¢,
where the above-mentioned interruption in the lip of the spiracle
occurs. This valve reduces the cavity of the vestibule to a horse-
shoe-shaped cleft, the limbs of which pass anteriorly and posteriorly
towards the right; the bend lying towards the left, where the cleft
deepens suddenly to form the left narial canal.

In the Detphinide this “ spiracular sac” or vestibule is described
by Murie [4] as possessing in its floor a pair of smooth, convex,
obliquely transverse cushions; the above-mentioned “ valve ”
appears to correspond with the left of these, but I find no mention,
in either of the works consulted, of the continuance of this con-
vexity down into, and along the wall of, the narial canal itself.
Indeed, in these papers, more attention has been paid to the
muscular arrangements than to details as to the dispositions of the

sacs and canals.

1901.] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 111

Turning our attention to the posterior cleft on the floor of the
vestibule, it is seen to be a groove between the convex floor (valve)
and the hinder lip of the blowhole (¢), which here bends suddenly
downwards to form a vertical wall to the vestibule: on pressing it
backwards, a horizontally disposed furrow (g) is seen about halt-
way down—a furrow which is about 4 inch deep and nearly co-
extensive with the length of the wall; it appears to be connected
with the working of the lip itself. At the extreme right corner
of the cleft is the small entrance to the right narial canal, having
the form of a horizontal slit, about 4 inch in length, bounded by
smooth, inconspicuous lips (fig. 4). The “ spiracular sac,” or
vestibule, then receives both right and left narial canals, which
are extremely disproportionate in size and are very different in
structure.

The /eft narial canal being the more conspicuous, and having a
simple course, may be considered first. From the vestibule it
passes outwards for a brief space, and then abruptly downwards
with a slightly inward bend towards the median line, to reach the
bones of the facial region of the skull; it passes through these to
open into the naso-palatine canal. The ‘“ valve” which was seen
in the vestibule is continued throughout the entire length of the
canal as a well-marked convex, typhlosole-like ridge on its mesial
wall, and is visible at the lower opening of the canal into the naso-
palatine canal (Pl. VIII. fig. 5; Pl. IX. fig. 9).

This left narial canal, then, is quite simple; but it is otherwise
with the right canal, which is complicated by the existence of a
couple of dilatations to form “ spiracular chambers,” similar to
those occurring in the Delphinide, from which, however, they
differ in two or three particulars.

The right ‘“ nostril” is a small slit-like orifice bounded by thin
muscular lips ; it leads into a short canal which passes across the
middle line, obliquely forwards, downwards, and to the right. It
terminates in a considerable chamber, but on its way gives rise to
branches that pass towards the left, and subdivide to form a number
of narrow, anastomosing tubules, lying in front of the left narial
canal (Pl. IX. fig. 9, 2).

The chamber, or upper chamber (A) as it may be called to
distinguish it from a second one lower down, is irregularly ovoid
in shape, with its longer diameter transversely disposed; this
longer axis measures about 5 inches ; its shorter axis, or height, is
3 inches. The chamber is situated immediately below the fibro-
muscular dermis, and is lined by a smooth, greyish membrane ; its
wall is not muscular, and relatively thin, though it is embedded in
the muscles of this region.

Its roof is formed of a series of trabecule having, in general, a
transverse direction ; these, by lateral branches, connect with one
another, so as to form a kind of network, leaving shallow pits
between the trabecule. Some of these are deeper, and lead into
short cecal tubes projecting backwards ; whilst lower down on the
hinder wall are a few larger, circular apertures leading into similar

112 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

tubes, most of which lie behind the chamber itself. ‘These tubes,
as well as those that are in connection with the canal itself, are
similarly lined with a greyish membrane.

On the floor of the chamber, towards the median line, is a
prominent aperture, somewhat curved, and provided with raised
black lips. I took this, at first, for the true right nostril, but, for
reasons given below, this is probably not the correct interpretation.
This aperture leads into a short canal, curved towards the right,
and then bending backwards towards the left, which in its turn
opens into a lower and larger spiracular chamber’. This lower
chamber (PI. IX. fig. 7, B) rests, by its posterior wall and its sides,
against the bones of the cranial region of the skull; its anterior
wall (S), however, is soft, reddish, thick and muscular, and is
evidently capable of considerable movement. The chamber is
irregularly pyriform, the dorso-ventral diameter being much greater
than its transverse diameter; it is, too, wider near the dorsal than
at the ventral end. The longer axis is not truly dorso-ventral, but
is somewhat oblique, the lower end being slightly more forwards
than the upper, which is situated behind the upper chamber (see
diagram, Pl. IX. fie. 9). The roof is concave and asymmetrical; the
anterior and posterior walls meet below at an angle, where it is
apparently closed; but in the middle of the angular furrow the
reddish colour of the anterior wall becomes feebly pigmented with
black, and here, by closer inspection, is to be found a very small
aperture—about 7 inch in diameter—which leads by a short canal
into the nasopalatine canal (P]. VIII. fig. 5,7; Pl. IX. fig. 9, c).

It is stated by Owen, in his ‘Comparative Anatomy,’ that the
right bony canal in the skull does not transmit a naria! canal : this
is an error (which may probably have already been pointed out).
The right narial canal is perfectly evident, though much smaller
than the left one.

This lower chamber (Pl. IX. figs. 7, 9, B) is about twice the size
of the upper chamber, or even greater; but I omitted to make a
note of the dimensions. It is lined by a membrane that differs in
character in the anterior and posterior walls. The former is lined
by a smooth, reddish ‘‘ mucous membrane,” the latter and the sides
and roof are covered by a shining, grey, tough membrane, covered
with small closely-set papille, which I at first mistook for some
kind of parasite.

These papille (Pl. EX. fig. 8) are vascular. Each is short and
somewhat club-shaped, measuring { inch in height by 34 inch
across. They are most numerous, and quite densely aggregated,
on the roof, and the upper part of the hind wall and sides: lower
down they become sparser (in the drawing they are not represented
in their true abundance).

The junction of the side walls with the back of the chamber
is crossed by a number of narrow tendinous strands, some
of which are covered with papilla. The microscopic structure of a

1 This short canal has been severed, but no part appears to have been
removed.

1901.] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 113

papilla is as foilows:—it is more or less circular in transverse
section ; its epithelium consists of about three layers of cells, the
most superficial of which are well-defined, refringent, and somewhat
cuticular in aspect. The nuclei of these cells are not much more
flattened than those of the deeper cells, which are arranged with
the long axis parallel to the surface ; the upper ones, however, are
smaller and take the stain less deeply than the others. The bulk
of the wall of the papilla is formed of concentric fibres of elastic
connective tissue, which is somewhat looser externally than
internally. Below this comes white fibrous tissue penetrated
by numerous capillaries and small blood-vessels. The centre of
the papilla is occupied by a cavity (?lymphatic) in which an
unstainable coagulum was noted: it is lined by a layer of flat
cells,

Towards the lower end of the papille the white fibrous tissue
becomes more abundant, and passes gradually into that of the
membrane lining the chamber, while the elastic tissue decreases.

I have no suggestions to make as to the functions of these
peculiar structures.

The muscles that act upon these chambers in the Delphinide
have been fully described by Sibson, Murie, and others: un-
fortunately the head of my specimen was too much injured to
allow me to trace them out in Cogza.

Remarks.—A comparison of the foregoing account of the
spiracular sacs in Cogia with that given by various authors for
members of the family Delphinide brings out several differences
which seem to be of importance.

In the Delphinidz the single blowhole opens into a “ vestibule”
or spiracular cavity, which is in communication with (1) the two
narial canals, and (2) from four to seven diverticula, that are
known as “spiracular” pouches or sacs. (The nomenclature of
the parts is in need of revision.)

In Cogia the “ vestibule” is extremely reduced ; indeed it seems
rather to be represented by the upper, slightly dilated end of the
left narial canal, into which the small right narial canal has come
to open, having pushed its way across the middle line in order to
reach it. The “spiracular chambers” are here dilatations in the
course of the right narial canal: they are unpaired and are not
diverticula.

This being the case, it seems impossible to homologise them
with the functionally similar pouches in the Delphinide. At the
same time I must confess that the only accounts to which I have
access are those of Sibson [10], Murie [4, 5,6 |, and Struthers [12], in
addition to that by Huxley in his ‘ Manual.’ Of these, the first gives
a detailed description of the relations of the various sacs to the
‘‘spiracular vestibule” and to the narial canals; and he gives
figures of actual dissections in illustration thereof. Murie deals
chiefly with the muscular arrangements, and discusses the
homologies of the apparatus with structures present in other
mammals ; while Struthers’s account is in a footnote, and merely

Proc. Zoou. Soco.—1901, Vou. II. No. VIII. 8

114 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE {May 21,

enumerates the pouches present in the White Whale. Husxley’s
account is descriptive but not illustrated; and, unfortunately, his
account does not agree with Sibson’s in regard to the point of
origin of the sacs; so that I am in some doubt whether my
conclusions as to the interpretation of the “ upper chamber” (A)
are correct or not. In the Porpoise there are five pouches, two
pairs and an unpaired one; in the White Whale two pairs only ;
in the Grampus seven pouches in all.

According to Sibson the five pouches in the Porpoise all com-
municate with the “ vestibule’? above the openings of the narial
canals into that cavity. He writes :—‘‘ Connected with the
channel [%. ¢. vestibule] that leads from the external opening
[blowhole] down to the two bony conduits [%. e. narial canals] is a
series of pouches.”

His figures indicate, but do not show quite clearly, that the
pouches are outgrowths of the vestibule, with which they com-
municate above the entrance of the narial canals.

On the other hand, Huxley in his ‘ Manual’ describes for the
Porpoise the “ spiracular chamber” (2. ¢. vestibule) as receiving
the two nasal passages, the openings of which are guarded by
valves ; and then goes on to say that “ Each nasal passage, after
it ceases to be surrounded by bone, sends off two diverticula, one
forward and one backward.”

The accounts given by the other authors referred to do not aid
us in deciding which of these two accounts is correct. But,
apart from this point of disagreement, all accounts agree that the
various pouches are, in the Delphinide, not dilatations of the
eanal but diverticula, either of the narial canal or of the
“ vestibule.”

With regard to the “ upper chamber” in the present Whale, it
is a possible view that it is the ‘‘ vestibule,” asymmetrically
expanded towards the right side, receiving the large left narial
canal near the external “ blowhole,” and the small right narial
canal deeper down: in other words, that the slit carried by the
prominent papilla in the floor of the “upper chamber” is the
true right nostril. The chief facts that seem to me to be opposed
to this contention is that this “‘ upper chamber” has a thin, grey
wall, and is devoid of that black pigmentation that appears to
characterize the “vestibule” in Delphinide ; and, secondly, there
is no convex valve on the floor of the “upper chamber,” as we
should expect if it were a “ vestibule.”

But, however this may be, there is no uncertainty about the
lower one (B): it communicates below with the naso-palatine
canal, while above it opens, by a canal, into the upper chamber:
it is a dilatation in the course of the narial canal. So that, which-
ever view is taken as to the upper chamber, it is clear that in
Cogia there are two asymmetrically placed sacs, which though
physiologically, no doubt, corresponding with the series of paired
spiracular sacs in the Delphinide, are morphologically different.
I have therefore avoided the use of the descriptive terms

1901.] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS, 115

“maxillary ” and “ premaxillary,” that Murie uses in describing
the analogous chambers in that family.

III. The Buceal Cavity.

The lower jaw having been removed, the skull disarticulated,
and the larynx severed from its position, | am unable to make
any remarks upon the tongue or pharynx.

The tough gum on each side was provided with 13 shallow pits
for the reception of the 13 teeth borne by the corresponding
ramus of the lower jaw. Further, each premaxilla bears a tooth :
that on the right side was sufficiently long to project tor 5% inch
beyond the gum; but the left tooth could only be felt; it had
not been “cut.” This premaxillary tooth was about 13 inches
from the anterior end of the snout; it is conical and slightly
curved, with the point directed backwards.

In the lower jaw there are thirteen teeth on each side, of the
shape usual in the genus; that is, each is a rather slender cone,
curved, and sharply pointed. They are all so arranged that the
points are directed inwards, and, with the exception of the first,
slope slightly outwards; those in the middle of the series having
a greater slope than those at the ends.

The front tooth projects 3 inch, and the last 3 inch above the
(dried) gum, (The lower jaw had been removed and _ was
partially cleaned when I obtained it.) The series of teeth, or
“dental area,” measures 5} inches, and the individual teeth are
separated by a space of + inch, though the two hindmost are
nearer together.

The dental formula, then, for the Parakanui specimen is
1=1

In another skull in the Otago University Museum, obtained
from Napier, on the East coast of the North Island, in 1&92, the

formula is —
absent in the specimen, and that there are only 14 teeth
remaining on each side of the lower jaw, the tip of which has
been broken across at the level of the sockets of the front teeth ;
the sockets are, however, quite visible at the fracture.

This skull is rather larger than that of the Parakanui specimen
(which I hope to describe in the future), and the teeth are longer
and stouter; the anterior teeth measuring 4 inch, the binder ones
5 inch above the dried gum. The dental area measures 63 inches,
allowing for the front teeth; and the dental interval is 7 inch,
except for the hinder 3 teeth, which are separated by a space of
only + inch; these last teeth have their points turned backwards,
though whether this is due to the shrinkage and distortion of
the gum in drying I am unable to say,

IT have referred to this skull, since in Flower and Lydekker’s
‘Mammals’ it is stated that Cogia has 9 to 12 teeth in the lower
jaw. Owen gives 9 for the Indian specimen. I panes nay access

= 28, which is the same as that of von Haast’s specimen.

It is true that the premaxillary teeth are

116 PROF, W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

to other accounts, but it is worthy of note that the three specimens
described from New Zealand have each more than the above
maximum. Moreover, Owen states (p. 41) that “the teeth are
small, straight, conical, obtuse, not exceeding 8 lines in length,”
&e. It is, | understand, generally believed that there is but one
species of this Small Cachalot; it is therefore worth noting these —
small differences.

The soft palate had been partially cut away, and the broad nasc-
palatal canal exposed. A short slit was all that was needed to
exhibit the lower ends of the narial canals, which are shown 1%
Pl. VIII. fig. 5.

IV. Alimentary Tract.

My observations are incomplete, as the gut had been cut across,
close to the stomach, and indeed across the narrow chamber of this
organ. When removing the viscera—which were buried in sand—
this fact was overlooked, and the intestine with the rest of the
stomach was left behind, so that I am unable to give measure-
ments of the entire canal.

The hindmost portion (about 7 feet) of the intestine remained
attached to the body ; and at a point about 3 feet 6 inches from the
anus the intestine suddenly dilates to form a sac, filled with a very
dark-brown fluid, of considerable density, which, when smeared on
the paper of my note-book, left a dark sepia-coloured mark.

Sir W. Turner [15] describes a similar rich brown fluid in the
hind gut of Risso’s Grampus, and suggests that it is derived
from the sepia of the ink-sacs of the cuttles on which the
cetacean had fed; and further explains the absence of the dark
material in the stomach and anterior part of the intestine, by
supposing that the ink-bags pass uninjured into the posterior
region of the gut, where their walls become dissolved and the
fluid released. ‘This seems to be the case in Cogia, for the small
intestine did not contain the dark fluid.

This specimen of Cogia contained in its stomach a great
quantity of cuttle-beaks, lenses of eyes, and the remains of the
pens of some Loligo-like species, probably Ommastrephes sloani ;
also some partially digested red membranes which appear to have
been cylindrical. Each bears, near one end, a thick, firm, white
patch on which, and on the membrane, are horny, conical teeth-
like structures, recalling gizzard-teeth of Aplysia, but no dark
fluid.

Von Haast [2] states that in the specimen studied by him, “the
contents of the stomach consisted of a dark slimy matter ;’ and
noting the absence of cuttle-beaks, and the small size and the
position of the mouth, he concluded that Cogia is “ probably a
eround-feeder, perhaps on the smaller hydroid polyps.” This
view is, evidently, negatived by the presence of beaks in the
Parakanui specimen.

The stomach (Pl. IX. fig. 10), as I have said, is imperfect; but
I will describe so much as remains, for in some respects it confirms

1901.) ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. Lily

Turner’s accounts (13, 14) of the organ in Odontocetes, though it
differs from that of Porpoise or Dolphin, and appears to agree
with that of the Sperm Whale. The csophagus, which is 2
inches across (externally), is dilated below the entrance to the
true stomach, to form a large ovoid pouch or “ paunch ” 7 inches
in length and 5 in breadth *.

The true stomach arises from the side of the cesophagus just
above the commencement of the crop-like dilatation. It has the
form of a long wide sac, somewhat like a curved sausage, extending
beyond the end of the paunch, and measuring 15 inches in a
straight line taken from its anterior margin to the hindmost end.

This sac may be termed the “cardiac chamber.” - It presents a
“ oreater curvature ” directed towards the right side, and a “ lesser
curvature,” facing the paunch. Along the lesser curvature there
are two slight constrictions, so that this chamber seems to be
subdivided ; but in reality it is one great sac. The constrictions
are mere indentations of the wall, and there is no corresponding
fold of the mucous membrane internally. On the dorsal surface
of this cardiac chamber, at about midway along its length, and
close to the lesser curvature, there arises a small sac, which soon
becomes a distinct tube. Most unfortunately this had been cut
across. It is the second chamber of the true stomach ; and we are
at present ignorant of how many chambers there are in Cogia,
though probably only these two. For convenience I will term it
the “pyloric chamber” for reasons that will become evident
later.

This pyloric chamber commences as a depressed, subcircular,
thin-walled swelling on the side of the cardiac chamber. It soon
becomes tubular; but for about 4 inches remains adherent to
the cardiac chamber, then leaves it as a free tube, one inch in
diameter; but only about one inch of this tube remains in the
specimen. :

The hardened and distended stomach was opened by cutting
windows, of convenient size, in the walls. The cardiac orifice is
on the side wall of the esophagus. It is usually stated that in
Dolphins and other Cetacea in which a paunch is present, this
and the cardiac chamber communicate with the cesophagus “ at the
same point,” thereby inferring a sort of bifurcation of the cesophagus ;
but in Cogia the cardiac orifice (Pl. X. fig. 14) is a wide oval
aperture, about 4 inches long, on the side wall of the cesophagus.
Itis surrounded by a very prominent rounded ridge (q), recalling a
sphincter muscle, though it isa fold of the mucous membrane and
the submucosa only, and the muscular coat is not involved. From
the margin of this orifice the lining (4) of the cesophagus projects

1 This and the following measurements were obtained from the preserved
and not from the fresh specimen. The stomach and paunch having been emptied
of their contents and thoroughly washed with water, were distended by filling
them with strong alcohol, the ends being tightened ; the alcohol was poured in
through a funnel, not injected, so that the distension is not exaggerated. The
whole was then laid in strong alcohol for about four months before I had time
to examine them.

118 PROF. W. B, BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

into the stomach as an irregular fringe, or, as Huxley describes it
in the Porpoise, as a ‘“‘ prominent rugose lip.”

The communication between cesophagus and paunch is by way
of a deep groove bounded by a couple of high and thick folds (d.d)
on the outer wall of the cesophagus. It is similar to the groove
between the cesophagus and psalterium in the Cow’s stomach. It
is evident that the paunch is a blind, downward prolongation
of the cesophagus, beyond the entrance of the latter to the
stomach.

The passage from the cardiac to the pyloric chamber is between
two stout curved folds of mucosa and submucosa, forming valves,
which only incompletely circumscribe the aperture. One valve,
the superior, is continuous with the surface of the cardiac
chamber, and its free edge is concave backwards; the other, or
inferior valve, is at a slightly different level, being the projection
forwards of the adherent wall of the pyloric chamber; this fold
is concave forwards, and its right end overlaps that of the superior
valve. Further, as part probably of the apparatus, there is a
strong rounded ridge (3 inches in length) in the ventral wall of
the pyloric chamber, passing forwards and curving over the
inferior valve.

The mucous membrane of these parts exhibit very characteristic
differences, both macroscopic and microscopic; these have been
described for some Cetacea by Sir W. Turner in some detail
(14).

The lining of the cesophagus (Pl. IX. fig. 11), which in the
preserved specimen is whitish and hard to the touch, is thrown
into labyrinthine folds, the general trend of which is transverse.

In sections, the epithelium is seen to be “ stratified,” consisting
of some 6 or 7 layers of cells: the nuclei of the deepest layer are
oval and closely set ; the upper ones are more or less flattened, and
those on the free surface quite flat. These last take the stain
(hematoxylin) much more faintly than the deeper ones. The
surface of the epithelium is very ill-defined and irregular, due
partly no doubt to the manipulation it had undergone; though,
partly, this seems to be a natural character, for even in the deep
pits formed by the above-mentioned foldings, where the tissue
would be less liable to disturbance, the epithelium is comparatively
thin. Moreover, it is everywhere of very irregular depth, as the
subumucosa rises up into it at intervals in such a way that the
epithelium seems to dip downwards in the form of solid columns ;
and I imagined that these were tangential sections of small pits; but
I failed even in thin sections to determine the existence of any-
thing of the kind. I find that Sir W. Turner notices the same
thing in the Porpoise, and suggests that they are “ in all probability
slender folds of the mucous membrane, which when vertically
divided look in sections as if separated by papille ” of the under-
lying connective tissue.

There are no glands, either macroscopic or microscopic, in the
wall of the cesophagus.

1901.) ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 119

Opposite the entrance to the cardiac chamber, the mucous mem-
brane is thrown into a few powerful longitudinal folds, two of
which are more prominent than the rest, about one inch in height,
and delimit the groove that leads to the paunch. Below the point
there are 10 well marked ridges, which radiate from the groove,
along the wall of the paunch ; some reach almost to the hinder end,
others die out half-way along. In addition to these longitudinal
folds, a few irregular ones originate from them and pass ina
transverse direction.

The mucous membrane (Pl. X. fig. 12) is in the paunch distinctly
yellow ; it is marked by irregularly arranged, straight, narrow, and
shallow furrows, appearing as lines crossing one another at
various angles, but there is nothing approaching the labyrinthine
character seen in the cesophagus.

Sections show that the epithelium is stratified; but it is much
thicker than in the cesophagus, and more closely resembles the
epidermis of a mammal than the epidermis of part of the gut. In
fact, it is from the character of this epithelium that this region is
recognized as being part of the cesophagus, and not part of the true
stomach.

The epithelium consists of very well marked stratum mal-
pightt and st. corneum, of about equal depth. ‘The lowermost
nuclei of the st. malpighi are oval, closely set, with the long axis
vertical to the plane of the surface; the others are rounder, till
immediately below the sé. cormewm the nuclei undergo sudden
degeneration, and are represented by small, horizontal, and almost
linear groups of deeply stained granules; two to four rows of
such cells exist, evidently the st. granulosum. There is a very
sharp line between them and the overlying sé. cornewm, which is
coloured yellow (in the sections that were stained on the slide in
Delafield’s hematoxylin) except the outermost margin, which is
faintly purple ; the whole stratum is distinctly “ lamellate,” with
small linear groups of refringent, unstained granules interspersed
here and there between the lamella.

The free surface is slightly irregular, the cells appear to be
dropping away, and are somewhat swollen.

In short the lining of the paunch is a typical epidermis,

The mucous membrane of the cardiac chamber (PI. X. fig. 13) is
pinkish, even in the preserved stomach; it is thrown into more
or less pronounced and irregular folds, and the surface is furrowed,
marking out rounded gyri of larger size than those of the cesoph-
agus. ‘Towards the hinder end the membrane is smoother. <A few
stray ridges start from the cardide orifice, but soon die down, giving
rise to the above-mentioned irregular folds. Im sections, the
epithelium is seen to be typically ‘“gastric;” it is many times
thicker than that of the paunch, and consists of closely-set, long,
tubular and branched “ peptic glands.” The cells at the surface
had macerated off, but in the deeper parts of the glands they,
though displaced, remain ; and the two kinds of cells—* chief” or
“central” and oxyutic or parietal—are recognizable.

120 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

In the pyloric chamber “the mucous membrane is smooth, soft,
and of a darker red than in the preceding chamber. Sections show
that here, too, peptic glands occur; though of a different shape and
Jength. From the ill-preserved state it is difficult to give an
accurate detailed account, but it appears that the “ duct ” of each
gland is much longer, and the branching takes place deeper in the
epithelium than in the cardiac chamber. The mucous membrane is
not uniformly thick, but ina given section the free surface describes
undulations ; in the thinner parts of the sections the glands consist
of one kind of cell only, recalling the pyloric glands of ordinary
mammals ; but in the thicker parts patches of glands occur which
show the oxyutic cells quite plainly, and even in greater numbers
than in the cardiac chamber.

Although figures are apt to be misleading, yet the following
afford an idea of the relative thickness of the mucous membrane in
these different parts :—

In cesophagus it is 0:025 mm.

», paunch it is 0°37 mm.

,», cardiac chamber it is 1°5 mm.

», pyloric chamber it is trom 0:4 to 0°75 mm.

Remarks.—It is well known that in the Cetacea the “ stomach ”
consists of several chambers, and Sir W. Turner (18, 14) has
given an account of the arrangements met with in different families
of the Order. It appears that in the majority of Odontocetes the
“first chamber” is in reality a dilatation of the esophagus; a
fact that was recognized more than 200 years ago by Edward
Tyson [16] who, according to Turner, recognized that this first
compartment is “ lined by a continuation of its inward tunic, which
we now know to be of squamous epithelium,” so that it seems to be
a sac-like dilatation of that tube; or, in short, a “paunch.” Only
in the Ziphioids is this paunch absent; in them, notwithstanding
the many chambers, all are true gastric chambers, lined by
glandular epithelium. Although other authors, as for example
Murie [4] for the Caa’ing Whale, compares this first chamber to a
ruminant paunch, and Huxley in his Textbook (p. 395) also speaks
of the first chamber as “a kind of paunch lined by a thick epi-
thelium ” (see also Wiedersheim), yet it appears that Turner was
the first to investigate the character of the mucous membrane by
means of microscopic sections; the literature at my disposal is
sparse, but Turner gives no reference to anyone who had previously
cut sections of the stomach-wall.

It seems necessary to insist on this fact that the first chamber is,
in the majority of Cetacea, a “ paunch” since in some English
textbooks, even of recent years, the complex of chambers is still
spoken of as “stomach.” Turner has pointed out, and no doubt
other workers on the group have done so, that this ‘* paunch”
serves not merely for receiving and holding food, in the way that the
paunch of the Ruminant does, but that there is abundant evidence
that the digestive juice is discharged from the true stomach into

hi
\

1901.; ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 121

this chamber ; for fish-bones, cuttle-beaks, and other indigestible
remains of the food are found in the paunch, and never in the
stomach : that, in fact, it isa “ macerating chamber: ” that these
things are rejected through the mouth, just as owls reject the
undigested parts of their food.

In view of his own insistence on the cesophageal nature of this
first compartment, it is to be regretted that Turner does not,
in his memoirs, speak more definitely of it as a “‘ paunch” and thus
draw attention to it more strongly; in his figures, for instance,
he labels it “1” as he also does the first compartment of the
ziphioid stomach. It may be objected that “ paunch” is used for
a particular part of the ruminant stomach; that in this no digestive
juice is poured on to the food while it is retained there ; that it is
a mere reservoir, and not a macerating chamber. But according to
Prof. Fleming (Chauveau’s Comp. Anat. 1891) both the paunch
and the reticulum are lined by “stratified epithelium,” and there-
fore are as much cesophageal dilatations as the Ist chamher of the
“stomach ” in Cetacea ; they are morphologically similar, even if
physiologically dissimilar.

In these days of ‘ precise nomenclature,’ it is strange that such
a word as ‘“‘ stomach ” is so very vaguely employed for all sorts of
sacs: primarily used for the digestive chamber in man, the meaning
of the word has been extended to include a variety of dilated
portions of the alimentary system in different animals, ¢.g., the
gizzard of the Crayfish is nota ‘ stomach,” although frequently so
termed, nor is the paunch of Cetacea or Ruminants.

Messieurs Pilliet and Boulart [8] have pointed out that the
stomach of Cetacea cannot be compared in detail with that of
Ruminants ; but it seems that, so far as this first compartment is
concerned, there is a morphological resemblance, and to some
degree a physiological one’.

The true ‘‘stomach” consists, as we know, of a“ pars cardiaca” and
a “pars pylorica”; and while both these are present in the Cetacea
and Ruminant, there is in addition an cesophageal paunch. In the
whales, the pars pylorica and perhaps the pars cardiaca may be
further subdivided.

Returning, now, to Cogia; the mutilated condition of the
organ prevents us comparing it in detail, as I should have wished
to do, with that of other Odontocetes ; but so much as remains
indicates that it differs from the stomach of the Delphinide, in the
fact that the “‘ pyloric chamber” (=3rd chamber im the sense of
other authors) soon becomes free from the wall of the cardiac (or
2nd chamber), and is evidently the commencement of a tubular
region; whereas in Porpoise, Dolphin, &c., this ‘‘ 3rd chamber” is
totally adherent to wall of the “ 2nd” (as in Gilobicephalus, where
Murie calls it the “ burrowing passage”), or it is globular in form,
whilst additional chambers exist. Naturally one turns for elucidation
to Physeter macrocephalus, of which but little seems to be known.

1 T have been unable to consult either this or Max Weber’s valuable work
in the Morph. Jahrb. xiii. 1888, or Pouchet and Beauregard in the original.

122 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

I quote from Turner’s memoir [13], who summarizes the account
given by Dr. Jackson [3] of the stomach of the Sperm Whale.
“The first cavity is nearly globular, and is lined by a
continuation of the cuticle and cutis from the cesophagus. ‘The
2nd cavity opens freely into both cesophagus and the first cavity.
It is elongated, and the ruge on its inner surface are nowhere
strongly marked. The 3rd cavity is elongated, narrow at its
commencement, but becomes dilated and curved upon itself. The
mucous coat is less rugose than in the 2nd cavity. There is no
small intermediate chamber between the 2nd and 3rd. The 3rd
cavity opens into a dilatation by an orifice inch in diameter; this
dilatation ends in the intestine.”

Of course by “ Ist cavity” is meant what in his paper Turner
speaks of as “ paunch;” the “ 2nd cavity” is the cardiac chamber,
and the 3rd cavity is the pyloric chamber. Unfortunately, this
summary does not enable us to form a very vivid picture of the
Sperm-whale’s stomach, as we are not told where the 3rd chamber
originates from the 2nd, nor the relative size of the parts ; but, so
far as it goes, it appears that Cogia has a stomach of the same kind.
At any rate, we have the evidence, that Prof. Turner desired to
have, that in the Physeteride the Ist chamber isa paunch.

According to the account of the Cachalot’s stomach given by
Pouchet and Beauregard [9] the “ first chamber” is, in its upper
part, lined by a mucous membrane similar to that of the cesophagus,
while in the lower part a “ gastric epithelium ” exists. Thus this
chamber is partly “paunch,” partly cardiac region of stomach.
It appears that though the boundary between the two kinds of
mucous membrane is distinct, there is no constriction here.

The “ pyloric chamber ” is separated from the two following or
‘“¢ duodenal chambers” by a short definite duct.

Of the two “ duodenal chambers,” the first is lined by a smooth
mucous membrane; while, in the second, valvule conniventes are
present’.

Without access to the original account, it is difficult to correlate
this description with Jackson’s with certainty. But it seems that
the “ narrow commencement ” of the 3rd elongated chamber of his
account corresponds to the “true duct”’ of Pouchet and Beauregard,
and their “ first duodenal chamber” with its smooth lining is
Jackson’s dilated part of the 3rd chamber.

There is one point in the above account that is of general
importance, viz.: the absence of any constriction between the
paunch and cardiac region of the stomach. Have we, here, a
commencement of the process by which a part of the stomach
becomes modified to serve as a receptacle for food, by the down-
growth of the cesophageal membrane? or, is an original paunch
being invaded by gastric epithelium ?

1 But it is not clear from the abstract in the Zool. Jahresber. whether the
2nd ‘“‘cavité” is the pyloric, or whether a third “chambre” (pyloric) also
exists.

1901.] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 123

No doubt this matter is dealt with by the French authors; but
in view of the condition of the “ stomach” in other Cetacea, that
of the Cachalot is rather puzzling.

It appears, then, that in the family Physeteride the apparatus is
simpler than in the Delphinidx, and agrees with the Platanistide in
having only three chambers, viz.,a paunch, a cardiac chamber, and
a pyloric chamber.

V. The Pos

The body-wall between the anus and the aperture of the penial
sheath had been cut about, so that the position of these apertures
and their distance apart, with regard to the body-length, could not
be ascertained.

In the arrangement of the muscles at the base of the organ, and
some other matters, Cogia differs from the accounts given for the
Dolphin and the Right Whale’(by Professors Turner and Struthers
respectively), so that it is worth while to put on record the arrange-
ments in the present whale. The total length of the apparatus, in
the fresh condition, was 28 inches, measured from the base of the
‘“‘accelerator urine” muscles to the end of the penial sheath, but
more detailed measurements of the preserved material show that
a certain amount of shrinkage had occurrred.

In dealing with the penis, it will be convenient to distinguish
three regions :—

(1) A basal portion consisting of the crura penis, surrounded by
the muscles, which in Cogia are 4 in number, a pair of
medial acceleratores wrine and a pair of lateral erectores penis.
This region measures, in the preserved specimen, 7 inches in
length and about 5 inches at the broadest.

(2) The middle region or ‘* body of the penis,” rather more than
6 inches in length, formed almost wholly by the single
corpus cavernosum.

And (3) the distal region of 12 inches, extending from the
insertion of the sheath or prepuce into the penis, up to the
external pore. The terminal region of the penis, enclosed
within the sheath, is 83 inches in length: this region may
be termed the ‘ glans,’ though it contains a continuation of
the corpus cavernosum.

We will consider the middle region or body of the penis first.
It consists of a single corpus cavernosum, having the usual struc-
ure, with a thick tunic of fibrous tissue, and enveloped in a looser
connective tissue carrying blood-vessels and nerves (PI. X. fig. 16).
The body is not quite cylindrical, but is slightly higher than broad
(12 inch by 14 inch, in the measured specimen) ; it was not straight,
but somewhat undulating *.

The upper surface is convex. There is no dorsal furrow, such
as is described for Balenoptera, and the plexus of blood-vessels

' The only figure of transverse sections of a Cetacean penis that I have seen
is that given by Murie (4) for Balenoptera, where it is broader than high.

, 124 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

destined for the glans is not in the mid-dorsal line, but consists of
a right and left group of veins and arteries, lying on either side of
the upper surface of the penis. Only fora short space, just behind
the attachment of the penial sheath, do the two bunches of vessels
widen out so as to meet dorsally, but almost immediately they
separate again as the “glans” is entered, and take up a still more
distinctly lateral position (Pl. X. fig. 17, Bu).

The ventral surface of the ¢. cavernosum embraces, as usual, the
corpus spongiosum, in which the urethra is contained in a slightly
asymmetrical position. :

In transverse section the ec. spongiosum is 7% inch in height by
z inch across.

While the tunic of the ce. cavernosum is very thick and dense,
that of the c. spongiosum is quite thin, and to the naked eye is not
distinguishable from the tissue of the spongy body itself.

As the distal region or glans is approached the relative sizes of
the parts change. The glans is an elongated cylindrical cone,
terminating ina blunt and slightly upturned point, the slit-like
urinogenital pore, which is 4 inch in length, being subterminal. In
the preserved specimen the skin of the glans has a yellowish tint, is
smooth but much wrinkled transversely, owing no doubt to shrinkage.
Soon after the ¢. cavernosum has entered the glans, it undergoes a
considerable reduction in size: thus, at a distance of 6 inches from
the tip (Pl. X. fig. 17) it is, in transverse section, circular in outline,
with a diameter of only 4 inch, while the c¢. spongiosum has
slightly increased in size. Further forwards, two inches from
the tip (PL. X. fig. 18), the cavernous body has almost disappeared.
It is but 3 inch in diameter, while the spongy body is now 2 inch
across, and is practically circular. The rest of the substance of the
penis is now occupied by fibrous tissue with abundant vessels, chiefly
laterally placed, derived from the previously mentioned dorso-
lateral “ plexus.”

The urethra has enlarged, and here commences the usual dila-
tation to form the “ fossa navicularis.” Turning to the proximal
region, we find a very interesting condition of affairs. After
dissecting away the muscles—or rather by slicing them away—
the usual crura penis (c. c. spongiosi) are exposed (Pl. X. fig. 19),
each embedded in a muscle that appears to be the “ erector penis ”
(or M. ischio-cavernosus). But the ¢. spongiosum instead of
terminating posteriorly in the usual bulb at the angle of origin of
the crura, bifurcates; and each limb or the crus ¢. spongiosi is enclosed
in one of the “accelerator urine” muscles (or M. bulbo-cavernosus),
within which it enlarges to several times its former size (Pl. XI.
fig. 20). Hach crus of the spongy body is 23 inches in length, and
is as long as the crus penis: it is here irregularly oval in section,
and measures % by 3 inch across.

The crus ¢. spongiosi lies ventrad and mediad of the crus c.
cavernosi of its side, and the upper and external face rests against
the tough tunic of the latter, while on the other three sides it is
enveloped in muscle.

1901. | ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 125

This forked character of the c. spongiosum in Cogia is readily
seen both in transverse sections and horizontal sections. So far
as I have been able to find out from textbooks, the Kangaroo (and
perhaps some other Marsupials) presents a similar condition
(according 10 Owen). In Cetacea no mention is made of the phe-
nomena, and generally a “ bulb ” is described and figured, as in the
majority of mammals.

It is, of course, in this basal region that the urethra enters the
penis, and in the general disposition of parts Coyia is quite
typical. The thick-walled, muscular urethra passes obliquely back-
wards and downwards towards the angle formed by the crura
penis; it dilates to form the thin-walled bulbus urethra, and here
the angulation of the tube occurs: it then enters the c. spongiosum,
through which it runs, slightly to the right side.

The prostate gland in Cogia agrees very closely with the account
given by previous authors (e.g. Turner, 15) for other Whales ;
it is a loose glandular and vascular tissue surrounding the lower
half of the bulbus urethre. Above the gland is a circular muscle,
the ‘“‘compressor prostate” or ‘‘comp. urethre.” (Pl. XI. figs. 24,
25, C.u.)

The seminal ducts deserve a few words. For a considerable part
of their lower portion, each duct takes a straight course, as a wide,
thin-walled tube; the internal lining of which is raised into a
series of imperfectly transverse, thin membranous valves (Pl. XI.
fig. 21). They do not form a continuous spiral, as they do in the
Rorqual and the Dolphin, according to Beauregard and Boulart (1),
who compare the arrangement to the well-known spiral valve of the
Elasmobranch intestine.

Below the valves, for a distance of about an inch and 4 half, the
mucous membrane is thrown into a number of very fine, lamellose,
longitudinal ridges, which continue almost to the entrance of the
sperm duct into the urethra.

The verwmontanum (Pl. XI. fig. 22) is a long, narrow, but well-
marked ridge, fading out anteriorly, and higher and broader
posteriorly. At this point, on the posterior ventral wall of the
“ bulbus urethre,” is a transversely oval aperture («) situated on a
slight, rounded prominence. ‘This aperture, which has a rounded
margin, leads into a shallow, but well-marked pit, into which, right
and left, the seminal ducts open by slightly curved slit-like pores,
guarded by distinct and whitish lips. These poresare quite below
the general level of the mucous membrane, and between them is a
very slight recess, in the substance of the urethral wall, which no
doubt represents the wterus masculinus (cf. Beauregard and
Boulart).

The pores of the prostate gland (PI. XI. fig. 22, Pro.) open behind
this oval aperture ; on each side of which, and behind it, a number
of delicate transversely dispersed ridges or lamelle occur. Most
of the prostate pores are placed between the outer ends of neigh-
bouring ridges: four on the left side, three on the right, but two
others on this side are at a different level, and lie at the side of

126 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

the longitudinal ridge of the verumontanum, between it and a
smaller lateral ridge.

There appear, from the preliminary account by the above-
named authors, to be various differences in this arrangement
from the conditions in Dolphin and Rorqual.

The basal region of the penis is perhaps of the most interest,
as we shall find striking differences in the arrangement of the
muscles in Cogia, Balena, and Grampus.

In the whale under consideration there are, as I have said, two
pairs of muscles, to which I apply the older names “ accelerator
urine ” and ‘“erectores penis.” The two accelerators lie side by
side on each side of the middle line, and have a length of 7 inches
on the ventral surface. (Pl. XI. figs. 20, 22, 24, 25, Ac, Hr.)

The fascicles of which the muscle is composed are strikingly large,
and have in general a transverse, 7. ¢. circular, disposition. At
the extreme anterior end, the fascicles of the right and left muscle
interdigitate; but for the most part they are separated by a
distinct median septum of connective tissue. (Fig. 20, 7.)

By the passage of the retractor penis, the accelerators are
divisible into a larger anterior moiety (4c), and a smaller posterior
moiety (Ac’), where the fascicles are oblique, with their mediad
extremities directed slightly backwards.

The anterior moiety of the accelerator embraces and conceals
the crus corporis spongiosi of its side, and the fascicles are
arranged as follows. (See Pl. XI. fig. 20.)

Each muscle-fascicle is a broad band, thicker in the vertical than
in the horizontal direction (with regard to the surface of the
muscle), so that we may distinguish two faces and two edges, as
well as two ends.

The faces are pressed against the faces of neighbouring
fascicles ; one edge is directed outwards and forms the surface of
the muscle ; the other edge is fixed to the thin connective tissue-
sheath of the crus c. spongiosi. The ends are attached to the
vertical longitudinal septa, one of which separates the right
accelerator from the left (fig. 20, 7); the other separates the
accelerator from the erector of its side (fig. 20, 2); and in part
these outer ends are inserted in the crus corporis cavernosi, with
which this septum is continuous.

It is evident that the contraction of these circularly disposed
fibres must exert considerable pressure upon the spongy body.

The posterior moiety of the accelerator is marked off from
the anterior, by the passage of the retractor penis (Pl. XI.
fig. 23, Re.). On the ventral surface there appears to be a very
marked break in the muscle at this point; but this is less marked
on the dorsal surface (Pl. XI. fig. 25), where the transversely
disposed fascicles of the anterior moiety only gradually take on
an oblique direction ; the mediad ends are directed backwards, and
the last 3 or 4 fascicles enter the mass of muscle constituting
the “sphincter ani,” but do not mix with it. They are, here,
inserted in a semicircular septum or sheath, concave anteriorly,

1901.] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICHPS. 127

which is continuous laterally with the longitudinal septa above
referred to.

The fascicles in this region are, then, attached only to the septa,
and are independent of the crus ¢. spongiosi.

The erector penis (Er.) is a plano-convex muscle, enclosing the
crus corporis cayernosi of its side. It is shorter than the acce-
lerator, being only 4 inches in length. It is made up of large
fascicles, the direction of which varies in different parts of its
extent ; in fact, they radiate froma small circular tendinous patch
on the outer surface near the hinder end of the muscle (7.).

From this area the most anterior fascicles pass directly forwards
to be inserted in the corpus cavernosum ; those in the middle of the
series pass directly inwards, and the most posterior ones backwards
and inwards. The opposite ends of these fascicles are attached to
the fibrous tunic of the crus penis.

A small separate muscle (Pl. XI. figs. 24, 25, m.) arises from
this tendinous patch, the fibres of which pass backwards and enter
the sphincter ani. It seems probable that this represents the muscle
marked ‘‘ a” in Struthers’s figures 13 & 14, arising from the hinder
end of tne pelvic bone, and which he terms the ‘“ caudal muscular
mass.”

Prof. Turner found no muscle attached to the hinder end of the
pelvic bone in the Grampus.

The retractor penis (Re.) is, as usual, a double muscle, though the
two are closely bound together. Hach is band-like, and measured
3 inch across and 5%; inch in thickness. They are attached at one
end to the corpus cavernosum, immediately proximal to the insertion
of the penial sheath ; posteriorly they lie in the groove between
the two accelerators, and finally burrow upwards between the
anterior and posterior moieties of these muscles, to gain the dorsal
surface. They then pass behind the posterior margin of the
“pelvic fascia” and enter the muscle surrounding the rectum
(Pl. XI. fig. 25).

The retractors are 13 inches long, and they lie quite loosely
separated from the penis, except at the two ends.

The upper surface of the accelerator muscles is covered by a
tough, inextensible membrane, the margins of which had been cut.
But from its relation to the muscles and other structures, it
appears to be the “ pelvic fascia” (Pl. XI. fig. 24, 7.). Anteriorly, it
bears on its under surface the two seminal ducts; on each side is
seen an artery (av.)—dipping downwards below it—the pudic
artery, and posteriorly it is slightly reflected on to the rectum.

A short distance behind the anterior, cut edge is a depression
caused by the origin, from its under surface, of a couple of muscles,
which pass forwards, diverge, and embrace the urethra, just above
the prostate gland. The muscle-fibres enter the muscular coat of
the urethra on its anterior face (Pl. XI. fig. 25, C.u.). This almost
circular muscle appears to be the ‘‘ compressor urethra ” (=com-
pressor prostate of Turner). In the Grampus, however, it is
rather a sheet of muscle-fibres, covering the whole of the upper

128 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

surface of the prostate, and encircling also the seminal ducts and
the urethra; it arises, however, from the “ interpelvic ligament ”
(which represents the “pelvic fascia”). I find that im Cogia
some of the fibres of this muscle originate from the inner and
upper faces of the crura penis.

Another muscle, though cut through, may be mentioned. On
each side, and immediately below the cut edge of the pelvic
fascia, is a fairly stout bundle of longitudinal fibres (Pl. XI.
fig. 24, lev.), which, passing backwards, loses itself in the mass of
muscle above referred to as “‘ sphincter ani”; this pair of muscles
appears to be the levatores ant. °

Text-fig. 7.

=e Nae
For ee errr ae ee ees — -

aw
(ore

AlUaA IU)

Hhtenbcceberst Lo hohe More
a
aS ~~

y \N Hl
\
\\SS

Muscles of Penis of Risso’s Grampus, seen from below (copied from Turner).
A. M. accelerator urine.
A’. Its posterior moiety.
B. M. erector penis.
pel. Pelvic bone.

Remarks.—If we compare the penial muscles of Cogia with
those in Grampus as described by Prof. Turner [15], and with

1901.] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 129

those in the Greenland Right Whale as described by Prof.
Struthers [12], we shall find an interesting series of stages in
their arrangement.

For this purpose I reproduce the figures given by these authors
(see text-figs. 7 and 8).

In the Grampus (text-fig. 7, p. 128) there are two pairs of
distinct muscles ; also a pair of accelerators (A), which only differ
from those in Cogia by their smaller size, for in the Small Cachalot
they extend much beyond the “ erectores ” and are, relatively, much
more conspicuous. No doubt this is in relation to the much
greater development of the posterior end of the corpus spongiosum
and its bifurcation.

Text-fig. 8.

Muscles of Penis of Greenland Right Whale, seen from below (copied from
Struthers).
S. Horseshoe-shaped septum ; other letters as in text-fig. 7, p. 128.
Compare text-figs. 7 & 8 with the figure of these muscles in Cogia (Pl. XI. fig. 23).

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No. IX,

130 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

The retractor penis (B) is seen to have precisely the same
relation in both, and the hinder moiety of the accelerators (4’)
presents the same modification described above. But the muscles
for which I have used the name “ erectores penis” are in the
Grampus represented by a much larger pair (B), termed by Turner
(and others) the ‘ ischio-cavernosi.” In this whale, each arises
from, and almost entirely conceals, the pelvic bone (pel.). Apart
from this, the relations are similar to those in Cogia.

When removing the viscera from Cogia, I sought for the pelvic
bone, and not finding it in the neighbourhood, imagined that
it would be concealed within the lateral erectores; but on dis-
secting these muscles I find no trace of it. I think, then, we may
conclude that there is no pelvic bone in Cogia. I cannot speak
with absolute certainty, since the body-wall was much cut about ;
but if it had been present it would have been connected with the
penis; and there is no trace of any muscle, other than I have
described, which would have been attached to it. We may take it,
then, that the pelvic bone is absent, and that the “ erectores ” are
homologous with the m. ischio-cavernosi.

At first sight, the account and figure given by Struthers from
the Greenland Right Whale differs considerably from the other
two Cetacea. On the ventral surface (text-fig. 8) there is a great
muscular mass consisting of a right and left half, separated by a
median raphe or septum. This mass is subdivided into an anterior
(B) and a posterior (4) muscle by a “ horseshoe-shaped septum ”
(S). To this great muscle he gives the name ‘ compressor.”
The anterior compressor consists of fibres with various origins,
but with in general an antero-external direction, as seen from
below. The hindmost fibres arise from the inner surface of the
hinder part of the pelvic bone (as in the case of the mus. ischio-
cavernosus in the Grampus); they pass forwards to be inserted,
on the dorsal surface, mto the median septum or raphe: the
deeper fibres are inserted in the outer surface of the crus penis. A
second lot of fibres arise on the ventral surface from this septum
and pass round the corpus cavernosum to be inserted in its
dorsal surface: these, in fact, surround the base of the corpus
cavernosum.

On p. 306, the author goes on to say :—‘‘ This vast muscle in
Mysticetus corresponds to two muscles in human anatomy: the
part from the inner slope on both aspects of the [pelvic] bone to
the erector penis (ischio-cavernosus), enormously developed ; the
part from the mesial raphe, on the under surface, to the anterior
part of the accelerator urine (bulbo-cavernosus).”

Before giving reasons for controverting this view, I will continue
his account (p. 307) of the posterior part of the great compressor
(A) behind the horseshoe-shaped septum.

Its fibres are only visible from the ventral aspect; they arise
from the median raphe, pass forwards and outwards, towards the
horseshoe-shaped septum, and “are inserted into the whole fibrous
surface covered by this muscle: the deeper into the fibrous coat

1901. | ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 131

of the bulb’; the most superficial imto the hinder surface of the
horseshoe-shaped septum; the intervening and greater part into
the hard fibrous coat of the crus.”

Behind this muscle he represents a group of curved fibres
(4’, fig. 2), the ends of which arise from the horseshoe-shaped
septum in front; the right and left by a median raphe. These
cross over behind the retractor penis. To this muscle he gives
the name—with some hesitation owing to the mutilation—“‘ levator
anv” (p. 308).

This ‘“ horseshoe-shaped septum” is a vertical sheet of fibrous
tissue, attached to the lower faces of the crura penis and of the
bulbus spongios1. “In sections the septum appears as a prolonga-
toon of the special fibrous stratum which thickens the under surface of
the crus*, and may be regarded as a continuation of that stratum,
shelving to the surface in relation to the attachment and action
of the posterior compressor muscle” (p. 306).

From the relations of the “ anterior compressor ” (B)—that part
which hes in front of the horseshoe-shaped septum—it seems to
me that, not merely one part of it, but the whole is homologous
with the erector penis or ischio-cavernosus, while the “ posterior
compressor” (A) is nothing else than a much reduced “ accelerator
urine”; for, like it, it is related to the corp. spongiosum, and the
account of its attachments agrees with that given by Sir W. Turner.
Further, the so-zalled “levator ani” (4’) has relations practically
identical with the “ posterior moiety” of the accelerator.

As to the horseshoe-shaped septum, it seems to correspond with
the longitudinal septum that, in Cogia, separates the acceleratores
from the erectores (Pl. XI. fig. 20, 2), which, owing to the short-
ening of the median muscle and the great development of the
lateral ones, has assumed this curved form.

A comparison of the arrangement in the three genera shows the
same two pairs of muscles in each, but an interesting disproportion
in the relative sizes. At one end of the series, Cogia, we find the
accelerators (A) relatively enormously developed, probably in re-
lation to the bifurcation of the corp. spongiosum; at the other
end of the series, in B. mysticetus, the accelerator is much reduced,
while the erectores (B) are enormously developed—no doubt in
relation to the great size of the pelvic bone and to the existence of a
rudiment of the hind limb, both of which are absent in Cogza.
The Grampus occupies a middle place in the series, in which a
pelvic bone is present, but with neither a hind limb nor crura c.
spongiosi.

Inst of Papers referred to in the text.

1. Bravrecarp & Bovutarr.—* Sur lUtricule prostatique et les
Canaux déférents des Cétacés.” C.R. Ac. Se. vol. 119, 1895,
p. 596.

+ Note.—The italics are mine.

QO*

132

2.

16.

PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

v. Haast.—<“ On the Occurrence of a new Species of Huphysetes
&c. on the N. Z. Coast.” Tr. N. Z. Inst. vi. 1878, p. 97, and
P. Z.8. 1874, p. 260.

. Jackson, J. B.S., in Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. v. 1845.
. Muriz.—“ Anatomy of the Caa’ing Whale, Gilobicephalus

melas.” Tr. Gool. Soc. viii. 1867.

. Muriz.—‘ Notes on the White-beaked Bottle-nose, Lageno-

rynchus albirostris.” Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) xi. 1870,
p. 141.

. Murie.—“On Risso’s Grampus.” Journ. Anat. Physiol.

(ser. 2) iv. 1871, p. 118.

. Ownn.—“ On some Indian Cetacea.” Tr. Zool. Soc. vi. 1865,

Woe Whee

. Prnuimr & Boutarr.— L’Estomac des Cétacés.” Journ. de

Anat. et Physiol. xxxi. 1895, p. 250. [Abstract in Zool.
Jahresber. |

. PoucHer & Bravrecarp.—“‘ Sur l’Estomac du Cachalot.”

C.R. Biol. Soc. ix. 1889, p. 92. [Abstract in Zool. Jahresber. |

. Srpson.—* On the Blowhole of the Porpoise.” Phil. Trans.

1848, p. 117.

. StRUTHERS.—“ On the Bones, Articulations and Muscles of

the Rudimentary Hind Limbs of the Right Whale (B. mystice-
tus). Journ. Anat. Physiol. xv. 1881, p. 301.

. STRUTHERS.—“ Anatomy of Beluga.” Journ. Anat. Physiol.

(3rd ser.), x. 1893.

. TurnEeR.—“ Anatomy of Sowerby’s Whale.” Journ. Anat.

Physiol. xx. 1886, p. 144.

. Turner.—<“ Additional observations.” Journ. Anat. Physiol.

Xxiil. 1889.

Turner.—‘‘ Notes on some of the Viscera of Risso’s Grampus.”
Journ. Anat. Physiol. xxvi. 1892, p. 258.

Tyson. ‘“ Phocena, or the Anatomy of the Porpoise.”
London, 1680.

Dunedin, March 8, 1901.

Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VIII.-XI.
Anatomy of Cogia breviceps.
Puate VIII.
Figs. 1-9 illustrate the structure of the Nasal Passages.

1. Outline of the head, to show the position of the blowhole (reduced).
This is not absolutely correct, as the flesh of the head had been partially
removed,

2. Enlarged view of the blowhole (nat. size). a, 6, the anterior lip;
c, the interruption in the lip, where the lip becomes continuous with
the skin of the head; d, posterior lip. mm, the median line of head.
x points to region that, in the next figure, has been cut across.

3. The spiracular vestibule, exposed by cutting across the anterior lip at
z,and turning backwards the hinder lip d (nat. size). 0, the right-hand

1901.]

Fig. 4.

ioe Wie

Fig, 12.

ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 133

corner of the blowhole. #, the valve, which is continued down the
left narial canal. /f, vertical wall of the hind-lip of blowhole ; g, the
recess in this. h, left narial canal; h', probe passed into it. 7, probe
passed into the right narial canal, im, median line of head. a, ¢, as
in fig. 2.

The right-hand corner of the foregoing figure, enlarged, showing the
right narial canal and its lips. Letters as in fig. 3.

. The naso-palatine canal exposed by slitting open the soft palate, seen

from behind. A, the lower end of left narial canal. 7, the lower end
of right narial canal. £, valve. dsp., basisphenoid bone. ptery., ptery-
goid. prs., presphenoid.

. Dissection of the head, exposing (4) the upper spiracular chamber,

the front wall of whichis laid open (nat. size). 6, the narial canal passing
to the lower spiracular chamber. id., fibro-muscular dermis.
z, probe passes through the left nostril into the spiracular chamber.
m, another probe passed into the nostril and issuing through the cut
end of a branched canal similar tom. mus., cut muscle.

Puate IX.

Further dissection exposing lower spiracular chamber, the front wall
of which is turned downwards (4 nat. size). A, posterior, inferior
face of the upper chamber. 8, the opened lower chamber ; 1, its
posterior wall; S, its anterior wall. mws., muscles. id., fibrous
dermis. 7, right narial canal disappearing behind the surrounding
tissue. 5’, the lower end of a probe passed through the inter-cavity
canal (>) of the previous figure. 6" and 6'", another probe passed
through the dissevered part of this same canal; 6', its entrance into
the lower chamber. ¢, probe passed down into the naso-palatine
canal.

. A group of papilla from the wall of the lower chamber (x 4).
. Diagram of the nasal passages in the form of a projection seen from

in front. a, blowhole. 0, intercavitary portion of right narial canal.
e, lower end of right narial canal. £, longitudinal valve in the left
narial canal. h, left narial canal. J, upper end of right narial canal.
n, branching outgrowths of this right narial canal. g, nasopalatine
canal. A, upper spiracular chamber. B, lower spiracular chamber,
the dotted outline indicates its dorsal extension behind A. m.e.s., me-
dian line of the head.

Figs. 10-14 refer to the Alimentary Canal.

J. View of the dorsal surface of the paunch and stomach (} nat. size).

a, cesophagus. 6, paunch. c, cardiacchamber. d, commencement of
pyloric chamber which had been cut short.

. Surface view of the lining of the cesophagus (slightly enlarged}, a,

section through the same.

PuaTE X,
Epithelial lining of the paunch (slightly enlarged).

13. Mucous membrane of the cardiac chamber (slightly enlarged).

14.

A part of the wall of the cardiac chamber has been removed, and the
cardiac orifice thus exposed (3 nat. size). «@, esophagus. 6, paunch.
¢, cardiac chamber. d, the two ridges bounding the furrow leading
from cesophagus to paunch. £, probe passing from cesophagus.
J, probe passed along the furrow into the paunch. g, circular ridge
of mucosa and submucosa surrounding the orifice. h, %, free fold of
cesophageal mucosa projecting through the orifice.

134

Fig.

Fig.

ON THE ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. [May 21,

Figures 15-25 refer to the Penis.

15. View of the entire penis from the right side ($ nat. size): the penial
sheath is opened to show the tip of the glans. A portion of the abdo-
minal wall (B) is represented to show the connection of the muscles of
the sheath.

16. Transverse section of the body of the penis (nat. size).

17. Transverse section of penis about 6 inches from the tip (nat. 7),

18. Transverse section of penis two inches below the tip (nat. size).

19. A dissection of the base of the penis (4 nat. size): the upper half of
the muscles and of the corp. cavernosum and corp. spongiosum has
been sliced away so as to expose the crura of these two bodies,

Puare XT.

20. Transverse section of the base of the penis at the point of bifurcation
of the erectile tissues ($ nat. size, somewhat. diagrammatic). It
exhibits the relation of the muscles to the crura. J, 2, connective-
tissue septa.

21. A sperm-duct opened. «a, its upper region ; 0, its lower region.

22. Internal surface of the hind wall of the ‘pulbus urethra and the
commencement of the penial region of the urethra. a, the mouth of
shallow pit, which is drawn on an enlarged scale at the side to show
the apertures of the two sperm-ducts.

23, Ventral view of the base of the penis (3 nat. size).

24, Dorsal view of the base of the penis (4 nat. size), with the pelvic fascia
in situ, and a couple of lymphatic glands on the left. In the centre,
forwards, the origin of the compressor urethree (C.w.) in the under sur-
face of the fascia is indicated.

25. Dorsal view of the base of the penis after removal of the pelvic fascia
(4 nat. size). The “sphincter ani” has been turned backwards to
show the compressor urethra and termination of the retractor penis
in the rectal muscles.

Explanation of the lettering.

Ac., accelerator urinz muscle. Ac.', its posterior division. ., pudic
artery. Bv., blood-vessels on penis. Ca., corpus cayernosum.
Cr.ca., crus. corp. cavernosi. Cr.Sp., crus corp. spongiosi. ¢.7., cir-
cular musclesin sheath of penis. C¢., connective-tissue coat of penis.
C.u., compressor urethra muscle. ep., epidermis of glans penis.
Er., erector penis muscle. g, lymphatic gland. gl.p., glans penis.
l., pelvic ligament. J/ev., levatorani muscle. m., muscle of doubtful
homology. /., external aperture of penial sheath. Pro., prostate
gland or its pores. &., rectum. /e., retractor penis muscle. 7, longi-
tudinal ridges in sperm-duet. Sd. , Sperm-duct, or its opening into
urethra. Sh., shcath of penis. Sp., corpus spongiosum. Sph., sphincter
ani muscle. o tendinous patch on erector muscle. ¢w., tunic of corp.
cavernosum. iE urethra. v., valves in sperm-duct.

i

SSONIHYONSEX NOR THNVHD

‘chat soug wsequTy VAT32 TP Fors rg

IDE eM OA OGL SZ

ae

ELON seek sll, IPL, CLOT.

Mantern Bros.imp.

PJ.Smit delet lth.

CHAMELEON JOHNSTONI

1901.] ON NEW CHAMELEONS FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 135

4. Descriptions of two new Chameleons from Mount
Ruwenzori, British Hast Africa. By G. A. Boutencer,

F.R.S.
[Received May 6, 1901.]

(Plates XII. & XITI.’)

The already long list of East-African Chameleons has recently
been enriched by the discovery of two most strikingly new species
represented in Sir Harry Johnston's collection, which I have been
authorised to describe. Hxamples of these new species were
obtained on Moant Ruwenzori at an altitude of 6000 feet, together
with specimens of C. elliot, Gthr.

CHAMELEON XENORHINUS. (Plate XII.)

Casque elevated posteriorly, very much in the male, with
strong, curved parietal crest; the distance between the commissure
of the mouth and the extremity of the casque equals the length
of the buccal cleft in the male, a little less in the female; lateral
crest distinct all round the head, strong and tubercular; upper
head-scales large, unequal in size;. interorbital region concave ;
the snout of the male terminating in two large compressed
bony processes directed forward and slightly upward, closely
appressed, fused together at the base, nearly twice as long as deep;
in the female, the processes replaced by two very small tubercular
knobs ; no trace of occipital lobes. Body covered with rather coarse
granules, intermixed with numerous feebly enlarged flat tubercles.
A feeble dorsal crest in the male, barely indicated in the female ;
no gular or ventral crest; enlarged flat tubercles on the side of
the throat. No tarsal process. Tail longer than head and body,
not crested. Male uniform dark olive, the rostral appendage and
part of the tail lighter. Female purplish brown, with a large
blackish, light-edged blotch on each side of the body.

Gs <:
millim. millim.
Wotaldlenethy Vive ye NeOr nt reciente 240 197
From end of snout to extremity of
mandible (rostral process excluded)... 25 21
From end of snout to extremity of
PAU oes oo sgsonsogdo didoos ol So) es eeeey
Length of rostral appendage ........ 14 ——
Greatest width between lateral cranial
GRIN Goocco sooo OD bUO ood Ou Oe OOOe 16 13
Depth of skull (mandible included).... 26 16
Wachin OF nena pbaoeoueedadooogss ec 16°5 14
LBOGN Guin dagooauddoow ops opHoua noo. 75 66
ISS aioe ara res oy etotlaieasy c cotenctegay sacrans re: Aly 15
Marlee Merc eune dye sre era ce siseers loncdeadorenel 140 110

Two specimens, male and female.
This species stands nearest to C. fischeri, Reichen.

1 For an explanation of the Plates, see p. 136.|

136 ON NEW CHAMELEONS FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. [May 21,

CHAMALEON JOHNSTONI. (Plate XIII.)

Casque feebly raised pesteriorly, with obtusely angular posterior
contour, with a short, feeble parietal crest; the distance between
the commissure of the mouth and the extremity of the casque
equals the length of the buccal cleft; lateral crest strong and
tubercular, but absent on the snout; no canthus rostralis ; inter-
orbital region concave; male with three long, conical, smooth,
horn-like processes with circular striz, directed forward and
slightly upward, one in front of each orbit and the third on the
snout ; the rostral horn a little thicker, but not longer than the
orbitals ; no trace of such appendages in the female; scales on
upper surface of head unequal, moderately large; no trace of
occipital lobes. Body with angular spine, but without crest,
coarsely granular, with scattered small flat tubercles; no gular
or ventral crest. No tarsal process. Tail as long as head and
body, not crested. Uniform dark olive ; horns yellowish.

sine millim.

MotalMlensthyy oers oi ao acea eueateueeketyaiers 224 220
From end of snout to -extremity of

MAMGTOO Megs taedsene er voger ent eee enas 24 24
From end of snout to extremity of casque 33 33
IRostral horns yew. as veer ce: 16 —
Preorbital Wormer sacra eran 17 —
Greatest width between lateral cranial

EEESUS really te lielae a causal eee ceeMe lennyaice 13 13
Depth of skull (mandible included) .. 21 21
AWitdithvotis kale Se. ear emma ihe 17
1 BZoKG bee (ede ARE ie Cae RSME UN 3 88 80
ITO as ENO a SA eA cles 22 20
DEST Us A SESS SB i aU a RPC REA LATS 112 115

Three male specimens, one female and one young.

The Chameleon which I have the pleasure of naming after
Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., is most nearly related to the one
described by me as C. jacksoni, from which it is easily distinguished
by the more feeble occipital crest, the finer granulation of the
body, and the absence of large tubercles on the spine, forming a
dorsal crest.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prare XII.
Chameleon xenorhinus, male, with upper view of head, and side view of head
of female.
Puate XIII.
Cera deerton; male, with upper view of head, and side view of head of
emale.

12. 42S) 1QOl oll lll JEN, SW.

N

Mintern Bros.imp.

2. AGAMODON ARABICUS.

PJ.Smit del.et lth.

IS OINOlS Si AWANLIUIRAS .

TINGHa XILSVNOdf

“ouLo TY)‘ SOsg use quUryy suaIL3@ ep AMES “Py

AK TEM WM LOGL S Zeal

1901.] ON REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 137

5. A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained by
Mr. A. Blayney Percival in Southern Arabia. By the
late Dr. J. Anperson, LL.D., F.R.S. With Notes by
the Collector.’

[Received May 14, 1901.]
(Plates XIV. & XV.’)

REPTILIA.

LACERTILIA.

GECKONIDA.

1. STENODACTYLUS DORI Blanf.

Three specimens from the Abian country. One, an adult
female, the largest of the species I have seen, measures 60 mm.
from the snout to the vent, and the tail 46 mm. The second
female is about half-grown ; the third is a male, also young. It
has two well-developed preanal pores. All three were collected
by Mr. Percival in the Abian country.

The adult female has well-defined large brown spots on the
back and much smaller whitish ocelli, margined with brown, inter-
mixed among the brown speckling. The other two individuals
have no large brown dorsal spots, but the pale brownish of the
back is marked by numerous round white spots, with a dark ring
encircling each, intermixed among the dark rings and dark brown
speckling. The coloration is much the same as that of the Egyptian
S. elegans, from which this form differs chiefly by the divided
character of the scales or plates on the under surface of the toes.

2. BUNOPUS SPATALURUS, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.)

Head oval, flattened from between the eyes and backwards to
the occiput. Snout short and somewhat broad, its length equalling
once and a half the longitudinal diameter of the eye and one-third
the total length of the head on the upper surface. Forehead
convex ; a short depression behind each nostril. Hye rather large,
its longitudinal diameter equal to the distance between the hinder
border of the ear and external canthus. Ear a narrow oval
slit placed obliquely, from above downwards and forwards, about
half the long diameter of the eye. Body not depressed but
rather compressed, covered with somewhat imbricate or juxtaposed
scales of irregular size, the larger more numerous than the

' This paper had been prepared shortly before his death by the author, whose
MS., however, comprised no introduction. For an account of Mr. Percival’s
Expedition, see P. Z. S. 1900, p. 90.

* For an explanation of the Plates, see p. 152.

138 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [May 21,

smaller scales, some of them on the middle of the back showing a
tendency to carination. - Scales of the upper surface of the head
juxtaposed, flat, rounded, hexagonal. A few rounded tubercles
on the temporal and occipital regions. Rostral once and nearly
one half as broad as high, upper external angles rounded off, mesial
line cleft in its upper half. Nostril defined by the rostral, first
labial, and three nasals. Ten upper and lower labials. Mental
nearly as broad as long, outer margin opposed to first labial, concave,
with another shorter concave margin behind it, against which lies a
small shield, the most anterior of the line of enlarged granules
which lies below the lower labials. Gular scales granular. Ventral
scales more or less pointed and feebly carinated. Tail verticillate
throughout, cylindrical in its anterior half, and flattened from above
downwards in its posterior moiety, with the tip slightly laterally
expanded; no enlarged scales inferiorly. Limbs moderate ;
digits slender, with two or three of the distal phalanges
forming an angle with the base as in G'ymnodactylus, covered with
transverse lamelle more or less spiny or tubercular. Four preanal
pores. General colour greyish, the head finely and obscurely
speckled irregularly with black. A broad black band passing
from side to side across the nape of the neck from behind the
temporal region, succeeded by five similar broad bands on the
trunk and eight on the tail, the intervening greyish areas being not
quite so broad as the black bands. The dark bands are continued
down on both sides of the trunk, but on the tail they form rings.
Underparts whitish.

From snout to vent 35 millimetres; tail 23.

This species is of considerable interest, as it seems somewhat to
connect the two genera Bunopus and Gymnodactylus together. Its
flattened tail somewhat expanded at the tip and the character of
the body-scales are its most striking features.

Only one specimen was collected by Mr. Percival, in the Wadi
Jimil.

3. PRISTURUS FLAVIPUNCTATUS Riipp.

Numerous examples from the hills north of Lahej, towards
Jimil, and from the Jimil Valley.

4, PRISTURUS CRUCIFER Val.

Numerous examples from the same localities as the preceding,
and also from the hill-country east of Aden, from Wadis between
Lahej and the mountains and below Mount Manif.

5. PRISTURUS COLLARIS Steindachner.

Two specimens from the hills north of Lahej towards Jimil, and
one from the Wadis between Lahej and the mountains. These
specimens are exactly like those described from the Hadramut’.
This is the first time it has been recorded from Aden.

1 Herpetology of Arabia (Anderson), 1896, p. 34.

1901. ] BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 139

These specimens do not throw any additional light on the
relation between this species and P. carteri (Gray) *.

[ We found these strange little beasts on the very hottest stony
deserts near Manif, and again amongst the black volcanic rocks in
the Abian country: they are extremely quick and are also very
fragile, tails breaking off without any provocation. I obtained
several with a pistol by shooting at the stone where they sat, the
splashes of lead from bullet killing them. When sitting on a stone
the tail is usually curled round, something like a chameleon’s.
They look almost white when alive. As I passed the stone on
which they were, they would move round it so that their head was
to be seen over the top.—A. B. P.]

6. HeMIDACTYLUS YERBURYI Anderson.

23. From the Bungalow at Lahe}.

16,12. North of Lahej.

These specimens agree in all their details of structure and in their
coloration with the types.

[Very common on walls and roof of the Bah Bungalow at
Lahej ; also about the Sultan’s palace.—A. B. P.]

AGAMIDA.

7. AGAMA stnarrta Heyden.

1g &1 9. Wadis between Lahej and the mountains.

1¢ &1 9. Wadis below Mt. Manif, north of Lahej.

16 &1Q. Dahej.

These specimens resemble the examples of this species from the
Hadramut in their large dorsal scales. They consequently differ
from the Sinaitic and Egyptian lizards; but as this is the only
feature by which they can be distinguished, and as they have the
third digit the longest, possess an enlarged plate under each claw,
and have brown spines on the transverse plates of the digits, all
of which are characteristic of this species, the enlargement of the
dorsal scales is only a local variation which begins to show itself
to the north at Medina, where the species is traced to the south
from the Sinaitic Peninsula.

8. UROMASTIX (APOROSCELIS) BENTI Anderson. (Plate XV.)

2¢ adnlt and 12. Between Mt. Manif and Jimil.

1 ¢. Abian Mountain.

This species, originally described from the Hadramut, was
obtained by Captain Nurse about four years ago from the hills 50
miles to the north of Aden*. The present specimens differ in no

' Conf. Boulenger, Ann, Mus. Genov. (2) xvi. 1896, p. 549.
» Herpetology or Aravia (Anderson), 1896, p. 63.

140 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [May 21,

respect from those obtained by Captain Nurse, nor from the
Hadramut type.

Mr. Percival has added the accompanying note regarding this
Lizard, which, as is well known, is a vegetable-feeder. He says
it is much hunted by the Beduins, who eat it.

[This fine lizard is fairly numerous in the hills of Southern
Arabia. It is a vegetable-feeder, and is much hunted by the
Beduins, who eat it. The specimens now in spirit in my collections
all contained small twigs and grassin stomach. The first specimen
was brought me at J. Manif cut to pieces by aspear. I impressed
upon the bringer that I did not want them in that state, and he
promised to get some more alive: next day he brought one alive
and in nice condition. ‘Two days later at Jimil I got two more
specimens ; and on the last trip into the Abian country, to the east
of Aden, I got two more specimens, the live one I brought
home being one of them. Itis a slow beast, and when seen is very
easily captured, unless, as happened to me, they get into a crack
in the rocks and so escape. There are, I think, one or two more
species, as the Beduins say that in Dethina there is a larger species
that is particularly good-eating. I did not try the lizard as an
article of food, much as some of the men wished me to. I was
told that they were particularly numerous along the sides of
W. Yeramis, but I saw only one and that one escaped me into a
crack in rocks; it was on the northern side.—A, B. P.|

The larger species referred to by the natives as occurring at
Dethina may probably prove to be U. ornatus.

The figure here given of this beautiful lizard is taken from the
living specimen brought home by Mr. Percival.

VARANID®.

9, VARANUS GRiseus Daud.

[Native name “ Waral.” I saw only one specimen of this fine
Lizard. They are not uncommon, as we often saw their spoor.
Seem to live in same holes as the large Jerboa Rats (Tuft-tail
Rats).—A. B. P.|

AMPHISBAENIDA.

10. AGAMopon ARABIOUS, sp.n. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.)

Body much compressed, its transverse breadth at the middle
being little more than one-half of its depth, whilst betore the
vent it is less than half of the depth. Head very short, higher
than broad. Rostral considerably broader than long, triangular ;
the apex or labial border curved downwards and slightly back-
wards and nearly half the breadth of the base of the shield. Frontal
more or less concave from side to side, the lateral margins of this
shield, as well as of the rostral, projecting and raised above the
shields on the sides of the head. Nostril elongated, parallel to the

1901.] BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 141

outer border of the rostral, in a single shield resting on the Ist, 2nd,
and 3rd upper labials. Five upper labials, the fourth and fifth the
largest, the first lying below and close to the nostril. <A large
quadrangular postnasal lying above the 3rd, 41h, and 5th labials
and below the anterior half of the ocular shield. Ocular plate
considerably longer than deep, partially divided about the middle
of the eye; a large postocular with three shields between
it and the hinder margin of the gape. A subocular, higher
than broad, lying between the postnasal and the shield below the
postocular. Three lower labials, the first only in contact with the
mental; the last very large and elongated from above downwards,
separated from its fellow of the opposite side by seven scales which
are shut off from the posterior end of the chin-shield and from the
first and second labials by seven other shields and scales, one or
two of the shields being in contact with all the lower labials.
Mental very elongate and ribbon-shaped, reaching as far back as
the posterior border of the second labial. 161 annulion the body,
18 on the tail. About 55 scales round the body, including the
irregular scales of the vertebral and ventral lines, in the former of
which there are about 7 and in the latter 3; each annulus containing
about 45 quadrangular segments.

Salmon-coloured in life, the majority of the segments of the
annuli being generally partially or wholly marked by a dark
brown spot, absent, however, from the lower half of the sides and
ventral aspect ; head-plates yellowish.

A single specimen, from the Abian country, measuring 144
millimetres.

This species is the first of the Emphyodont group of Amphis-
beenide which has been recorded from the Asiatic Continent, but
Pachycalamus is found in Socotra.

Three species of Agamodon are known, viz., A. anguliceps Peters 3,
the type of the genus, A. compressus Mocquard *, and A. arabicus
Anders. The first was described from a specimen obtained at
Barava, and the second also from Somaliland. They constitute
three well-defined species distinguished from one another by
the number of annuli round the body. In the first they do
not exceed 133. In A. compressus there are as many as 147,
and in A. arabicus there are over 160. A. arabicus has a greater
number of upper labials than in the African forms, but it is
quite possible that with further materials the supposed dis-
tinction will vanish. It also differs from the other species in
the way in which the second lower labial is broadly excluded from
the mental.

A. arabicus has the compressed form of A. compressus, from
which it is at once distinguished by the shape of its fronto-parietal
in addition to the other characters here enumerated.

1 Peters, Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1882, p. 579, pl. x.
2 Mocquard, Mém, Cent, Soc. Philom. 1888, p, 121*, pl. xi. figs. 2, 2 a to 2c,

ral
ey]
may
fas]
=
(Cj

DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND

142

“qory
-u0d ul ATpRo.Lq,

‘goujuoo ut ATpro.q

*aR[NoO pue
‘repnooqns ‘[eseu
‘s[eIQe] € BG
‘Teqored - 0700.17

ERT

PUL TEC S
‘bow
snssaLducod “Fr

“JoByuood TT

‘yoryuo 9 ut ATpeoaq

“IBpNIO ‘LV]
-no0qns ‘s[VIqey
HG ‘ese ‘[erysor
‘Teyotwed - 0FUO0AF

‘snJT Ulpteg
“‘BABICT ‘S100.
‘sdooynbun yr

‘pepnpoxe ATproaq

“goRqU0N UT A[TpRoaq

‘aR[Noo0 pur rejns0
-qns ‘s[eIqel ¢ 9 F
‘e Jesvu ‘Teaqysoa
‘qTejorrvd - oWUO0AF

‘CG ET CL 66 NE
“VIQuay
‘Kaqunoo ueIqy
“SNOIQD.LD “FT

“gory
-uoo ul ATproaq

*qouqjUON UT ATpvorq

*{BTNDO puw IVyNIO
“qns ‘s[elqul } ®
‘Teseu ‘TBA4SO.T
£2. ‘% Tl “ay 1 G “IE TT

L
II
GT

TOLls8 Nd

“puvplye wos

‘sdanynbun 7

*pepnypoxe 7
4OBJUOD “AT

“you} Oo ul ATPRO.Iq

*rBpNIO
pue avpnooqns “fF
YET ‘qey Fe
‘Teseu ‘TVlysour

VeCl a

TO Sole at

9

6
all
GOT
v
0g

OT
c&I
ial

&
PU EL

‘CS OLGL68 WE

*puryipeuiog
‘sdaoynhup Wy

"4004
-uoo ut ATpoaq

‘qoRyuod UI ATPro.Aq

‘opis
AL WO MARIAD 6
‘1e[NI0 puv lepynd0
-qns pure spelqe] F
Y & ‘esvu ‘Teaysor
Teyorted - ojuody

iCe Cn lgstle = Gay al

‘OL FS696 “WA
sOUETBULOS
‘CABLOT
‘sdaoynbun *y

esteteenes ceeeeeteeees pA TTOUE
pue jetqey aoddn puoseg
retesetecesteereseeees TRAUOUE
pue yeiqey asoddn ysany

“UIA YORITOD UL Av[noowIg

sence oceee scot oeceeeoviee S[elqey

oddn qyra oe }t09 UI [VSB AT

“Go Yysusy ‘spferys-pvayy
se eecoreecccree prey jo yysuery
weeeseeeeeteetteee nee teseeee eT BT.
queA 0} ynoug
sodod Teuvorg
Xkpoq

punor sopvos puv s}usuLseg
“Trey punor TTNUUy
seeseeses’ AYOG punod ITDUUY
ctesaseeeseeteeeeeterses STRIGRT

TOMO] SVT ToeMyoq selvAg
teeceeeeereesee STBIGBT TOMO
speiqey tedd q

eoveeceevecose

eoereccve

ee eseeerccceres

1901.) BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 143

Peters’s definition of the genus is as follows :—‘‘ Dentes maxil-
larum tomiis innati. Caput superne scutis duobus, rostrali fronto-
parietalique, obtectum. Oculi distincti, superolaterales. Corpus
subbreve ; segmenta lateralia quadrangularia, dorsalia ventraliaque
media minora, squamiformia; sulcus lateralis nullus, spinalis
obsoletus, abdominalis medianus distinctus; pori preanales distincti.
Cauda compressa, apice acuminato.” In his further explanation
of the generic characters he states that the nasal was sickle-formed,
and in his account of the specific characters he states that there
were three upper labials, but that in the type the first upper
labial had united with the nasal, separating only two labials, the
nasal entering the labial border, there, however, being in reality
3 upper labials.

Mocquard, who had 9 examples of A. anguliceps Peters under
observation, viz.,’77 males and 2 females, states that they all had
4 upper labials instead of 3 as described by Peters, so that in
A. anguliceps these shields may vary from 2 to 4, the smaller of
these numbers being due to the first labial amalgamating with the
nasal. Four, however, would appear to be the prevalent number
in this species.

In the specimen 88.1.12.1 there are two well-developed and
prominent preanal pores, whereas in the individual 89.12.16.32
there are four small blackish orifices in the position of pores
exactly as figured by Peters. If these pores are confined to the
males, then the specimen 96.9.24.16 and the type of A. arabicus
are females.

[This burrowing reptile I obtained at Ai Khaur from a ploughed
field, it being thrown out by the plough just as I passed. It was
salmon-pink in colour when alive.—A. B. P.]

LACERTID&.

11. ACANTHODACTYLUS CANTORIS Giinther.

|
: E Ss E pa 3
5 a OS a
ity ae

Lee ieoscaeees 3 621 | 152 32 14 1 20 21
DPimentieg 3 60 ? 34 14 14 21 20
Saeeeses juv. 9| 39 ? 39 15 13 22 22
1 Se aHOGe CORE © 53 ? 32 14 12 21 20
Sac sdeusaoee juv.2| 36 ? 34 14 12 21 20
i aiet eal ONS AOE | BB. TE I ae Waban eo

* Measurements throughout in millimetres.

144 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [May 21,

No. of
specimens.

1&2. 24. Wadis between Lahej and the mountains,

3. 1 juv. Wadi below Mount Manif north of Lahe}.

4. 9. Hills north of Lahej towards Jimil.

5. Juv. Jimil Valley.

6. Abian hill-country east of Aden.

None of the examples of this species hitherto recorded from
Aden and its neighbourhood have had fewer than 38 scales trans-
versely and dorsally between the ventrals at the middle of the
body, but in some of the foregoing examples there are as few as
32, so that now the range of variation in the number of dorsal scales
in the region indicated is as much as 25, the highest number
occurring in Baluchistan, and the lowest in the Aden district,
where the variation may be as much as 13.

12. ACANTHODACTYLUS BOSKIANUS Daud.

Be
. €
3 2 BI I
3 f) = n & Oo
=} p oa Pore)
S 9 ne 2 oO ae
ie & 3 iq =| 2
: Ee = cS) = foe %p ®
ia ar 3 3 =
Ase et. fea ii Est ihe 4 &
L R
DOH aN aa ste Q 72 ® 34 10 16 11-7 20 12
Die OMNIA 2 60 128 36 10 17 11:4 PAY PAL |
Soe ealee 3 72 163 37 10 17 12 | 23 23 |

1. 19. Wadi between Lahej and the mountains.
2. 19. Wadis below Mt. Manif.
3. 1. Abian country.

These specimens belong to the variety aspera, as is shown by the
small number of scales between the ventrals across the back.
Thirty-four is a lower number than has hitherto been recorded.

13. LATASTIA LONGICAUDATA Reuss.

1 ¢. Shaikh Othman.

Snout to vent 98 mm., tail 320 mm.

The only distinction in which this male differs from African
specimens is in the greater number of its femoral pores. The
highest number yet recorded in Africa is 14, whereas in this South
Arabian specimen there are as many as 16. The following are
the numbers of plates and scales present in this individual :—

Ventrals from side to side 6. Ventrals between collar and
preanal region 31. Collar-plates 9. Upper labials 9 (6th below
eye). Scales round middle of body 58.

SES a ae

~

1901. | BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 145

This is the second occasion on which this species has been
recorded from Asia. In the first instance it was found at Tor on
the Sinaitic Peninsula, and these specimens constituted the types
of the species.

14, LavTasTrA HARDEGGERI Steind.

Latastia hardeggert, Steind. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vi. 1891,
p. 371, pl. xi.; Blgr. Zool. Rec. 1893, Rept. p. 23; id. Ann. & Mag.
NEE. (7) vi. L893) p.) 130.

Eremias heterolepis, Boettg. Zool. Anz. 1893, pp. 115 & 198.

Philochortus newmannt, Matschie, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.
1893, p. 30.

Latastia neumanni, Anders. P.Z. 8. 1895, p. 648, pl. xxxvii.
fig. 1; id. Herpet. of Arabia, 1896, pp. 73, 80, 85, & 88.

Slo vand luv.

Berbera.
3. OF Juv. Taco
a | [| |
Snout to vent ................6. 74 82 51 43
Vent to tip of tail.............. * 205 190 ? 122
Ventrals across body ......... 6 6 6 6
Ventrals, collar to preanal
MECIOME re aemeeseics seins esas sete 32 3l 31 30
Plates of collar .................. 8 8 g 8
Wipperilabialssc...e-sone- eee 9—9 &—8 9—9 9—9
Upper labials under eye ...... 6—7 5—5 6—6 6—6
Scales round middle of body... 38 3 39 34
Hemorallporesi(cn-csceonsscsscec 16—15 | 15—14 | 16—15 12

The first specimen of this species from Aden which came under
my observation had 42 and 47 rows of scales across the middle of
the body between the ventrals. These recent specimens from
practically the same locality have only 38 and 39 rows of scales.
In an example in the British Museum from Berbera there are
only 34 rows of scales. Mr. Boulenger, in identifying this example
of L. hardeggeri in 1898*, remarked that in fact “nothing but
a smaller number of scales across the body (about 30 exclusive of
the ventrals) distinguishes it” from LZ. newmanni. The specimen,
however, with which he dealt, he states had 34 rows. The
circumstance that there is only a difference of 4 rows of scales
between the recent acquisition from Aden and the Berbera lizard
referable to L. hardeggeri, causes the supposed distinction to break
down, and LZ. newmannt must be relegated as a synonym to
L. hardeggert. The range of scales exclusive of the ventrals has
now been ascertained to be from 30 to 47.

15. Eremias eurrunata Licht.
19. Jimil valley.
19. Abian country east of Aden.
The palpebral disk of these specimens consists of two semitrans-
Y Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) ii. 1898, p. 130.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vow. If. No. X. 10

146 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES

AND

[May 21,

parent plates, of about equal dimensions, as in Egyptian examples

of this species.
with the occipital.

In both the interparietal is directly in contact

Seantl co Scales round | Mesial longitu-
Tail. | body including | dinal line of
vent.
ventrals. ventrals.
46 23 49 30
38 ? 56 30

Position of
subocular be-
tween labials.

om

felfed fests!
one
Fe BP
ope)!

Femoral
pores.

Recently figured, see ‘Symbole Physice, seu Icones adhuc
inedite,’ of Hemprich & Ehrenberg, Zool. i. Amph. pl. ii. fig. 1.

SCINCID A.

16. Masura BREVICOLLIS Wiegm.

1. Wadis between Lahej and the mountains.
ys 99 i eX) 99 39 99
3. @. Abian hill-country E. of Aden,
4. Juv. of foregoing specimen.
o. 99 99 o 39 ‘
6. In membranes of foregoing specimen.
7. Abian country.
8. Jimil Valley.
. 5 [o)
coe lice ealiene 5 = B
=| 5 Bb 3S a ui =| ES ine
a | s Sen i Fe ae)
Lng Miley firs £s me | 3 a iS
2 Breall ee eel cee ei a3 fr | ga | 3 18s
2 a 2 Sa col e n Se a as Eh NS)
. Se ete NED a cee A ame eg 0.301) Cue SC as
i) Slo: 4 eseate tance) aS & ao da ees} SS
2 = 2 hei a1 23 28 22) |) eee
oa We ees ey Ve ea |e a on a | ae
L. R.
©.) 121/187) 27 | 16 | 35 | 49 | 32 3 {1,2,32&3 1 1 58 | 37
©.| 95} 150] 20 | 12 | 30 | 41.] 30 2263 2:63) Ve 2) 1 00 | 3l
L. RB
©./122; ? | 25 | 16] 34 | 49 | 382) 3 2 2&3 |1&2 1&2) 1 59 | 35
d-| 88} 50; 11] 7 | 13 | 16 | 32 ? 2&8 1&2 1 16 | 13
3.| 88} 50} 11 | 7 | 18) 16 | 32 2 2&8 1&2 Il 16 | 13
3.) 125/170) 28 | 21 | 86 | 49 | 33 3 2&3 1&2 1 61 | 37
ASN alo eS Lon AN S22 ee 2&3 1&2 1 24 | 15
|

1901.] BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA, ey

This lizard and the specifically identical Huprepes pyrrhocephalus
Wiegm. have been figured in the recently published work entitled
‘Symbole Physicz, seu Icones adhuc ineditz &c.,’ of Hemprich &
Ehrenberg, Zool. i. Amph. pl. v. figs. 1 & 2.

The large female, the mother of the young ones, is completely
devoid of white spots. The dark longitudinal lines are only feebly
indicated, but the small dark brown spots by which they are marked
are very distinct. The white lateral band is more or less distinct.
The specimen No. 2 has much the same characters, but there are
here and there faint traces of white spots. In the large female
No. 1 the dark lines and dark brown spots are present, and white
spots on the anterior part of the body. In the adult male the
general colour is pale brown, each scale having a dark brown
margin. A few white spots occur on the sides of the body. The
pale lateral band is present, and below it is a broadish dark band
extending back from the eye to the hind limb, blackish on the sides
of the head and neck, but becoming pale brown behind the axilla.
The sides of the body below the band are of a pale livid tint ex-
tending on to the throat, which is dark-spotted ; white spots on
the upper and lower labials.

The young is marked dorsally by two broad, very pale brown
bands defined by a mesial and by a very narrow pale whitish band
externally. These three lines converge on the base of the tail.
There are six longitudinal lines, each consisting of 18 well-defined
black spots from the head to the interfemoral region, but beyond
that they are prolonged on to the tail. There are two transverse
sets of spots to each of the broad brownish areas, and another
somewhat more transversely elongated set of black spots along the
side on a somewhat pale brownish lateral band trom the eye to
the hind limb, the sides of the body below it being also black-
spotted. The upper surface of the fore limbs is pale brownish with
obscure whitish spots, whereas the corresponding aspect of the
hind limb is markedly black-and-white spotted. Underparts pure
white. The mesial white longitudinal dorsal line disappears in the
adult, but the white lateral line of each side is more or less per-
sistent throughout life. In none of the very young which I have
examined are white spots associated with the dark spots as occur
in some adults. Young lizards with the foregoing coloration corre-
spond to M. pulchra Matschie.

In two of the foetuses the male generative organs are extruded.

17. Scrncus HEMPRICHII Wiegm.

1 ¢. Sbaikh Othman.

1 $. Lahej and south to Shaikh Othman.

This lizard has been recently figured in the part of the ‘ Symbol
Physice’ entitled “ Icones adhuc inedite &c.,” 1899, Zool. i, Amph.
pl. iv. figs. 1 & la.

The Aden specimen described by me in 1895 differed from
the type preserved in the Berlin Museum and see Professor

10*

148 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [May 21,

Beettger’s Aden example of the species in having 24 instead of 2
rows of scales round the body, whereas out of the three suogenene
now recorded 22 is the prevailing number. ;

In all of these specimens the frontoparietals and frontal are
normal, also the supraorbitals.

: oS re Ps xe)
os) s Bs} q S
g Hees ceuieulesh Ll S
i 2 5 ab
° ‘S Ro) 6 al |ore Ws 7)
~~ — ae H .
is a 4 era ie femjoy lle! Loeality.
ea oy me Psa Ne eye re) MVE OS
3S S 8 g = a ® 5
177) 70) al 4H = 4 4 wa
3. | 101 48 27 18 29 33 22 Shaikh Othman.
3. | 140 82 42 29 41 44 22 Lahej tosouth of
Shaikh Othman.
°. 80 58 25 17 26 3l 24 . _

18. CHALCIDES ocELLATUS Forskal.

1. Wadis between Lahej and the mountains.
1. Wadis below Mount Manif north of Lahe}.
1 juv. Abian country.

: aD
: as =
a) Q - oS rer |
= 3 ) i . nes} A bre}
=) a) . = Da fs aS I
g Sar SS RSIS Soy Sele CM chee era i |
fo) wn S fe) = at S a aie Sea ee,
3 = ~ = Se aici s Sha 2) 28 Er ons
° pion — ©) tc} op = + © Kesh Of ay ale)
Z| i =) w SS iro} = 8 s gS & ve Seo | oe
5 =| o = KI a E q “hs 2 =o 2 S| Sy 15)
PI aS Bs iS) A ast iS) Oa > ae 3 5
alia l|aliae |< 18 aw fal Dn =) =I M
- | |
; el | 7 ai, || \
102/107) 7 19 | 21-5) 27 1&2 2 SOMO) 30
over | labials. ih
suture of
124| 90 | 8 | 20 |28 | 29 | rostral 1&2 2 | R.8—7 5 30
and Ist L. 8—7
labial.
46| 43 | 4 | 9:5)11 | 14:5 1&2 2 |R.7—6] 5 30
L. 8—6

In both the adults, the broken, more or less oblique or transverse
black dorsal bands, the breadth of a scale, are well-defined,
each dorsal and lateral scale included in the black band being
provided with the usual pure white narrow spot. In the smaller
of the two, the black bands with the white spots constitute
about 26 transverse dorsal bands, whereas in the larger specimen
they are nearly obliterated. In the young there are no black
bands, but many of the scales have a white spot margined with
blackish, but on the tail there are feebly indicated pale brown
dorsal bands with white spots, as in the last mentioned adult.
The coloration of these lizards thus conforms to that distinctive
of the typical form of this species.

es
oS

1901.] BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 149

The largest of the two adults is four millimetres longer than the
largest male yet recorded by me’.

[Not uncommon in desert between Lahej and Shaikh Othman:
only obtained at night by going out with a lantern and looking
for tracks in sand and by throwing the sand aside which indicated
where the animals had gone down, until they were thrown or had
come out again. Chaleides ocellatus was very common in and
around Lahej, and in fact everywhere we went.—A. B. P.]

RHIPTOGLOSSA.
CHAM £ZLEONTID 2.

19. CHAM XLEON CALCARIFER Peters.

1g. Lahe}.
26. Shaikh Othman.
1 juv. 2. Abian country.

|
Snout to end aoe OH sentexrtn Snout to Vent to tip
Sex. to sumnuit of Iv at
of casque. vent. of tail.
casque.
oie orene 74 d+ 230 265
arigeanae 71 50 195 220
Gir seks 39 26 108 122
Or aaa 25 17 74 80

In the adult and semiadult the anterior border of the casque is
nearly straight, whereas in the other two much younger
specimens it is decidedly concave in its curvature. The occipital
lobes of the second specimen are somewhat more developed
relatively than in the adult.

OPHIDIA.
COLUBRID”.

20. ZAMENIS RHODORHACHIS Jan.
1, Abian country.

Snout Upper Labials
to vent. Tail. Wow. cals C. Scales. _labials. entering eye.
©...655 245 Ppa All Bi 19 9+9 5&6.

This snake is of a uniform greyish-blue or slate-colour along
two-thirds of the length of the trunk, whereas in the latter third
and on the upper surface of the tail it passes into purplish brown.

‘ Herpet. Arabia, 1896, p. 50; Zool. of Egypt, Rept. & Batr. 1898 p. 219.

150 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [ May 21,

On the neck there is a narrow interrupted blackish mesial line,
becoming more marked as it is traced backwards, and so broad at
the anterior fourth as to cover the greater part of the back,
ultimately extending over the whole of the dorsal surface and pro-
ducing the purplish-brown colour already referred to. Externally
to the dark area, about the middle of the body, there are a few black
scales on the sides and on the angles of the ventrals. The upper
surface of the head olive-greyish. Upper lips pale greyish-yellow.
Under surface of neck anteriorly yellowish, passing into dusky,
which is the general colour of the ventrals, which have darker
borders, whereas the under surface of the terminal fourth of the
body is dark purplish-brown.

It recalls in its coloration the snake from Ogaden in Somaliland
described by Boettger’ under the name of Z. ladacensis var.
subnigra, but differs from it in some details, but of such little
importance that the type of coloration first indicated by Boettger
may be said to be common to individuals of Z. rhodorhachis from
both sides of the Red Sea in the latitude of Aden. ‘

The type of Boettger’s var. subnigra had ventrals 213, anals 1/1,
caudals 118, and scales 19.

21. TARBOPHIS GUENTHERI Anderson.
1 2. Abian country.

Snout Upper Labials
to vent. Tail. Vv. A. C. Seales. —_lubials. entering eye.
650 125 229i 65 21 9+9 3,4, & 5
Number of Relation of
dark dorsal preocular Post-
spots. Preocular. to frontal. oculars. Temporals.
Tll-defined, not 1 In contact. 2 k. 2+.
sufficiently distinct L, 2+4.

to be counted.

The coloration of this specimen resembles that of the specimen
already recorded from Lahej. The undivided anal, the number
of the scales round the body being less than 23, and the
arrangement of the labials entering the orbit, are all characters .
distinctive of this form, which, however, is very closely allied to
T’. obtusus Reuss.

22, C&LOPELTIS MOILENSIS Reuss.
1 2. Abian country.

Snout to Upper Labials
vent. Tail. Vv. A. C. Scales. labials. entering eye.
495 135 LOT AL 69 17 8 4&5

Relation of
preocular and Post-
Preeoculars. frontal. oculars. Temporals. Nasal. Loreal.
1 Widely separated. 242 243 1 1

1 Zool. Anz. 1893, p. 118.

1901.] BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 151

This species was first recorded from Arabia by Riippell. In 1895
it was met with for the first time at Aden by Col. Yerbury ', and
in 1896 Bent brought it back with him from the Hadramut. In
the smallness of the dark spots the present example corresponds to
the Egyptian snakes. ‘Those from Suakin are distinguished by large
black spots and more vivid colouring.

23, PSAMMOPHIS SCHOKARI Forskal.
1. Abian country.

Snout to vent. Tail. Ventrals. Anals. Caudals. Scales.
228 155 181 1/1 154 ef
Relation of Temporals in
Upper Labials preeocular contact with Number of
labials. entering eye. to frontal, postoculars. nasals.
9 5&6 Broadly in 2 2
contact,

A dusky band from the nostril through the eye to the temporal
region. Upper parts pale greyish, under surface white, but with a
minute black spot generally present in the angle of each ventral.
The lineated form of this snake also occurs in the Aden district.
154 caudals is the highest number yet recorded in Arabia, in which
the individuals of this species are distinguished from those found
in Africa by the more numerous caudals.

VIPERID &.

24, CERASTES CorNuTUS Hasselq.
1 2. Abian country.

Snout Upper _— Scales between
TORVETI teal eV Aten On un SCs labials. labials and eye. Horns.

330 OY NSE) I Sf eS 1p Nh dat Ty 5 None.

The two extremes, or nearly so, of the range of variation in the
ventrals are met with in South-east Arabia, as this individual
possesses 139 ventrals, whereas in the Hadramut the highest
number of ventrals (164) hitherto recorded of the species is met
with. An Aden specimen obtained by Colonel Yerbury in 1895
had as many as 159 ventrals.

95. ECHIS CARINATUS Schneider.
1 2. Lahe}.

Snout to vent. Tail. Ventrals. Anal. Caudals. Scales.
610 52 167 1 27 29
Nasals and
Nasals. supranasals. Seales round eye. Upper labials.
2 In contact with SONS Reels L.12. RB. 11.

rostral. Left supra-
nasal excluded.

! Proc. Zool. Soc. 1395, p. 656 ; Herpet. of Arabia, p. 52.

152 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A [May 21,

Hitherto the specimens from South-east Arabia have had never
less than 30 subcaudals.

BATRACHIA.

1. RANA CYANOPHLYCTIS Schneider.
3g. Abian country.

I
2. BuFro ANDERSONI Bler.
. Shaikh Othman.

i
3. Buro PENTONI Anderson.

3. Wadis below Mount Manif north of Lahe}.
2. Abian country.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pirate XIV.

Fig. 1. DBunopus spatalurus, p. 137.
la. Upper view of head. x 2.
1d. Side
le. Lower ,, ¥ 55

2. Agamodon arabicus, p. 140.

2a. Upper view of head. x 3.

2b. Side

2c. Lower

9 9 2?

ted 9 99

9 ” ”

Priare XV.

Uromastix (Aporoscelis) benti, p. 189. 2

6. Description of a new Fish of the Genus Godius obtained

by Mr. A. Blayney Percival in South Arabia. By
G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

[Received May 14, 1901.]
(Text-figure 9.)

The collection made by Mr. Percival, the Mammals, Birds, and
Reptiles of which have been reported upon by Mr. O. Thomas,
Mr. W. R. O. Grant, and the late Dr. Anderson, contained
examples of only two species of Fishes, viz., the widely distributed
Cyprinid Discognathus lamta, and a fine Goby which I propose

to name
GOBIUS PERCIVALI, sp. n. (Text-fig. 9, p. 153.)

No canine teeth. Depth of body 4 times in total length, length
of head 33 times. Head slightly longer than broad; diameter of

1901.] NEW FISH OF THE GENUS GOBIUS. 153

eye 64 times in length of head, twice in interocular width; snout
slightly shorter than postocular part of head; upper jaw extending
somewhat beyond the lower; maxillary not extending to below
anterior border of eye. First dorsal with 6 rays, the length of
which is ? that of head; its base 2 length of head ; its distance
from the eye nearly equal to that between the end of the snout
and the border of the preeoperculum. Second dorsal with 11 rays,
14 as long as and slightly deeper than the first. Anal as much

Text-fig. 9.

Gobius percivali.

developed as the second dorsal, with 11 rays. No silk-like
filaments to the pectoral. The extremity of the ventral halfway
between its base and the vent. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle
slightly longer than deep. 60 scales in a longitudinal series, 28
in a transverse series. Pale olive-brown above, white beneath ;
dorsal and caudal fins with numerous dark dots.

Total length 165 millim.

A single specimen from a Wadi (= stream) near Lahej, coming
down from the hills in the interior.

154 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [June 4,

This Gobius, which I have much pleasure in naming after
Mr. Percival, is closely allied to another large Arabian species,
described by me from specimens obtained ‘at. Muscat by Dr.
Jayakar, G. jayakari (P. ZS. 1887, p. 663, pl. liv. fig. 2). It
differs from G. jayakart in the shorter mouth, not extending to
below the eye, in the broader interocular region, and in the
shorter caudal peduncle.

June 4, 1901.
Dr. W. T. Branrorp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Type Specimen of Rhinoceros lasiotis Sclater;
with Remarks‘on the Generic Position of the Living
Species of Rhinoceros. By Oxpriztp Tuomas.

[Received May 7, 1901. ]

On August 31st, 1900, there died in the Gardens of the Society
the famous female Rhinoceros from Chittagong which has so often
been referred to in our ‘Proceedings,’ and the characters of which
it is only fitting should be here noted, now that its skull and head-
skin have passed into the possession of the National Museum.

As the animal was captured in January 1868, its age at death
was more than 32 years.

The first reference to this specimen is an account of its external
characters given by the late Dr. Anderson, the Superintendent of
the Calcutta Museum (P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 129). Then followed
(t. c. p. 185) an announcement of its purchase for £1250. In
March of the same year (¢. c. p. 493, pl. xxiii.) our Secretary gave
the history of the specimen’s capture, and a figure of it, and in
a footnote assigned to it the name of #. lasiotis, given after
comparison with a Malaccan example of &. suwmatrensis which
arrived in August. In November (¢. ¢. p. 790) he gave his full
reasons for separating the two forms, accompanied by figures of
the heads, and of the Malaccan specimen.

Dr. Gray, however (Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) x. p. 207, 1872), with
a total disregard to the geography of the question, considered that
it was the Chittagong animal that was the true &. swmatrensis,
assigning the Malaccan animal first to his &. crossi(P. Z.S. 1854,
p- 250) and afterwards (Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xi. p. 357, 1873)

1901.] RHINOCEROS LASIOTIS. 155

giving it the special name of Ceratorhinus niger (nec Rhinoceros
niger, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. ii. p. 335, 1845).

In the latter paper Gray, perceiving (as I think rightly) that
the skulls figured in Blyth’s valuable paper of 1863, quoted below,
belonged to different forms, gave the name of Ceratorhinus blythi
to some of them, but so worded his remarks that it is not easy to
make out to which he applied the name. This point is, however,
of but little importance, as the term b/ythii is antedated by names
covering all the forms figured.

Other references bearing on the subject are as follows :—

Sclater, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) x. p. 298 (1872).

Blyth, ¢. ¢. p. 399; also J. A.S. B. xxxi. p. 151 (1863), and xliv.
Burmese Appx. p. 51 (1875).

Flower, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 445, and 1878, p. 634.

As might have been expected, after so many years in confinement,
the animal had become very much diseased, and after its death it
was found that the skull and the head-skin were alone worth
preservation, and it is on these that my observations have been
takeu.

For comparison I have had before me 13 skulls belonging to the
group of A. sumatrensis, four of them having been kindly lent me by
Prof. Stewart from the College of Surgeens collection (Nos. 2142,
2143, 2145, and 2146 of the 1884 Catalogue), and the others being
those belonging to the British Museum.

In the first place, with regard to the external characters of
colour and hair development, a comparison of the head-skin of
R. lasiotis with the two specimens in the Museum of “ Ceratorhinus
niger” leads me to the conclusion that the differences described
were mainly due to age. For it will be remembered that the
“CO. niger” (that is to say the specimen determined by Sclater as
sumatrensis and used by him for his comparison with lastotis) was
very old, while the type of Jasiotis was then quite young. In its old
age the latter has become practically quite like the former, for the
tufts on the ears do not exceed 14—2 inches in leneth, and are in
no way noticeably different from those of the Malaccan specimen.
In fact Dr. Anderson’s supposition (P. Z. 8S. 1872, p. 130) that the
tufts on the ears might wear off with age, seems to me entirely
confirmed by the evidence, so far as can be judged from a mena-
gerie specimen.

Nor is there in colour any difference worthy of note, that
described by Sclater having apparently disappeared with advancing
age.

taming to the skull, we find that in size the type of R. lasiotis

surpasses all the other thirteen skulls examined, but differs in
no other tangible character, so that the question of the validity of
R. lasiotis as a special form seems to depend purely on the matter
of size. The following are its measurements, given in inches for
comparison with those published by Sir W. Flower in 1878 :—

Length from occipital crest to end of nasals, in straight line 238,
with tape over curve of.nasals 24:5; greatest zygomatic breadth

156 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [June 4,

127; interorbital breadth 8. [Teeth and palate too much diseased
for measurement. |

From these measurements it appears that 2. lasiotis exceeds
considerably the equally aged skull of “ C. niger” (Flower’s No. 2)
from Malacca, and is only approached by No. 5(R. C.8. No. 2142),
said to be from Sumatra.

Allowing for its much more youthful condition, the latter skull is
practically of the same size as the Chittagong one, and therefore,
if it really came from Sumatra, disposes at once of the claim of
R. lasiotis to distinction on the ground of size.

But I am not satisfied about the question of locality, for
Sir Stamford Rafiles, as a collector of Natural History objects, and
a great Governor and Administrator, might easily have had
brought to him a skull from any part of the Hast Indies ; so that,
merely on the evidence of this skull only, I do not like to dismiss
the claims of F. lastotis to distinction, since such dismissal would
carry with it the assumption, otherwise unsupported, that the
skulls of the Sumatran Rhinoceros vary in size to so considerable
an extent.

The Pegu skull (Theobald, B.M. No. 68.4.15.1, Flower’s No. 4)
is intermediate in size, as in locality ; while all the Malaccan and
other Sumatran skulls are comparatively small, as are those from
Borneo.

For the time being therefore, on the assumption that the Raffles
skull referred to was not really from Sumatra, | should consider
R. lasiotis as a tenable northern subspecies of R. swmatrensis,
characterized mainly by its greater size. As noted by Flower in
the case of the Pegu skull, and borne out by that from Chittagong,
the post-glenoid processes appear to be longer in proportion than
in the Malaccan and Sumatran Rhinoceros.

Of course it follows, from the tentative nature of this conclusion,
that further material is badly wanted, both from the North, to see if
the form found there is constantly larger, and from Sumatra, to see
if any such skull as R.C.8. No. 2142 may really occur there.

Further material may also prove that the typical horn of Gray’s
“ Rhinoceros crossii”” belongs to the northern subspecies, in which
ease the name crossiz will have to supersede Jasiotis. But this
identification is as yet too doubtful to be definitely accepted.

Now with regard to the general question of the nomenclature of
Rhinoceroses and the genera in which the recent species should
be placed, I would draw attention to the recent important paper
by Prof. Osborn on the ‘“‘ Phylogeny of the Rhinoceroses of
Europe ” *.

1 Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. xiii. p. 229 (1900). I should demur to the charac-
terization of R. bicornis as a dolichocephalic torm, for its short stumpy head is
one of its most marked distinctions from its long-headed congener F. simus, but
in all other respects Prof. Osborn’s conclusions seem justified. In conjunction
with Mr. Lydekker, I have compared the fine skull in the Museum of 2. platy-
rhinus, hitherto usually considered related to the simus group, and after careful

consideration we have come to the conclusion advocated by Osborn, that, in spite
of its tooth characters, it is really most nearly allied to the swmatrensis group.

1901.) RHINOCEROS LASIOUIS. 157

In this paper no less than six groups of the family are recognized,
distinguished mainly by the characters of the skull, those of the
teeth being considered to be of less phylogenetic value. Of these
six groups, which are treated by the author as subfamilies, three are
still existent, the “ Ceratorhine ” (sumatrensis), the “« Atelodine ”
(simus and bicornis), and the ‘“ Rhinocerotine ” (wnicornis and
sondaicus), groups which were also recognized by Flower as genera
in his paper of 1876.

Now if there is to be any sort of uniformity in the value of
genera as recognized among Mammals, it appears to me impossible
to continue to include such essentially different animalsin one
genus Lhinoceros. Flower came to this conclusion in 1876,
although he did not carry it out in his later works ; and now that
Osborn arrives at a like opinion from the paleontological side,
I venture to think the generic groups should be accepted for
ordinary use.

But in so doing it would be advisable to start with the names
for them which have technical priority, so that no name-changing
may hereafter become necessary. Both Atelodus and Ceratorhinus,
used by Flower and Osborn, are antedated by earlier names, as the
following synonymy will show :—

I. RHINOCEROS.

Type.
Rhinoceros, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) 1. p.56 (1758)... BR. unicornis.
Eurhinoceros, Gray, P. Z.8. 1867, p. 1009...... R. unicornis.

One-horned. Occipital plane much slanted forward. Meatus
closed in below by the junction of the post-tympanic and post-
glenoid processes. Functional incisors present above, and canines
below.

1. Rhinoceros wricornis L.

2. R. sondaccus Desm. Mamm. i. p. 399 (1822).

Il. DicrRorHinvus.

Oh } Type.
Dicerorhinus, Gloger, Naturg. p. 125 (1841)... D. sumatrensis.
Ceratorhinus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 1021.... D. sumatrensis.

Two-horned. An open groove below the meatus. Incisors and
canines as in Jthinoceros.

1. Dicerorhinus sumatrensis G. Cuv.

la. D. sumatrensis lasiotis Sclater.

IIf. Dicuros.
Type.
Diceros, Gray, Med. Repos. xv. p. 306 (1821).. D. bicornis.
Celodonta, Bronn, Jahrb. Min. Geol. 1831, p.51 D. antiquitatis.
Opsiceros, Gloger, Naturg. p. 125 (1841) .... Dz bicornis.

158 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON [June 4,
Type.

Atelodus, Pomel, Ann. Sci. Auvergne, xxvi.

Tob MY CUS) Boeducadecahsocdessodoes D. bicornis.
Rhinaster, Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M.

p- 282 (1862) ...... sence rere eens D, bicornis.
KG itlog. Gray, ¢. 6. py lOZS yap tit: D. bicornis.
Ceratotherium, id. t.c. p. 1027.............. D. simus.

Two-horned. Occipital plane slanted backward. Auditory
region as in Dicerorhinus. Incisors and canines rudimentary or

absent.
1. D. bicornis Linn.
2, D. simus Burch.

Should D. simus, on the ground of its much longer skull and
the different structure of its molars, be separated generically
or subgenerically from D. bicornis, it and its fossil allies would
have to bear the name of Celodonta, Bronn.

These conclusions are practically identical with those to which
Sir W. Flower came in his classical paper on the craniology of the
group (P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 443), but unfortunately his study of
the nomenclature did not carry him back to the names now shown

to have priority.

9, On a small Collection of Fishes from Lake Victoria
made by order of Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B. By
G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.
[Received May 21, 1901.]

The Fishes which have reached the Natural History Museum
from the Victoria Nyanza through Sir H. H. Johnston are
referable to seven species only, four of which were previously un-
represented in the National Coliection, two being besides new
to science.

1. Prororprerus arHtopticus Heck.

Three specimens, two adult measuring 1 m. 35 and 1m. 10, and
a young one measuring 160 millim. The latter was taken from
the crop of a Bulaniceps.

In the adult specimens the length of the head is contained 4
times in the length from snout to vent, the diameter of the eye
is 15 or 20 times in the length of the head and 43 or 53 times in
the interocular width ; dorsal fin originating nearer the vent than
the head ; pectoral fin twice length of head, ventral fin 12; vent
sinistral; 65 scales in a longitudinal series to above vent, 44 or 50
round middle of body; no traces of external gills. The scales
show very distinctly the punctulations of ganozne already noticed

by Kélliker.

re ee

1901.] FISHES FROM LAKE VICTORIA. 159

In the young the length of the head is 4 times in the length
from snout to vent, the diameter of the eye 8 times in the length
of the head and twice in the interocular width; dorsal fin origi-
nating a little nearer the vent than the head ; pectoral fin 23 length
of head, ventral fin 13; vent dextral ; about 65 scales in a longi-
tudinal series to above vent and 40 round middle of body ; no
traces of external gills.

2, MorMYRUS KANNUME Forsk.

3. LABEO VICTORIANUS, sp. n.

Body compressed, its depth equal to length of head and con-
tained 44 to 42 times in total length. Head 14 as long as broad ;
snout rounded, strongly projecting beyond the ‘mouth, with small
horny warts ; eye pertectly lateral, in the middle or a little anterior
to the middie of the head, its diameter 6 to 64 times in length ot

head, 3 to 34 times in width of interorbital region, which is slightly
convex; width of mouth, with lips, not much more than half greatest
width of head, 2} to 2 times in length of head; rostral flap and
anterior border of lip not denticulated ; posterior border of lip very
indistinctly denticulated ; inner surface of lip with numerous
transverse plice, formed of closely-set obtuse papilla; a minute
barbel, hidden in the folds at the side of the mouth. Dorsal Ill
9-10, with notched upper border; the longest ray equals the
length of head; fin equally distant from the end of the snout and
the root of the caudal. Anal Il 5; longest ray about } length of
head. Pectoral subfalciform, as long as head, not reaching base of
ventral. Ventral not reaching vent, its first ray falling under the
seventh (fourth branched) ray of the dorsal. Caudal deeply
forked, with pointed Hele Caudal peduncle about 14 as long as
deep. Scales 38-39 ; 4or5 series of scales between the

ee ?
lateral line and the root of the ventral. Olive above, whitish
beneath ; fins greyish.

Total length 235 millim.

Three specimens.

L. victorianus stands nearest to L. forskalit, from which the more
perfectly lateral eyes and the smaller mouth easily distinguish it.

4, DISCOGNATHUS JOHNSTON, sp. n.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 5 times in total length.
Head moderately depressed, with nearly flat interorbital region ;
eye supero-lateral, in the second half of the head, its diameter 43
times in length of head, twice in interorbital width; two very
short barbels on each side; width of mouth 4 length of head ;
upper lip moderately developed, lower large, semicircular; no
denticulate fringe to the lips. Dorsal 11 7, equally distant from
the nostr ils and from the root of the caudal; first branched ray
longest, § length of head. Anal II 5; first branched ray longest,
3 length of head. Pectoral 3 length of head, widely separated

160 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [June 4,

from the ventral, which is situated below the posterior half of the
dorsal. Caudal a little shorter than head, with deep crescentic

emargination. Caudal peduncle 17 as long asdeep. Scales 38 a Ep

4 series between lateral line and root of ventral. Upper parts ag
fins blackish olive; lips, gular and pectoral regions yellowish white,
belly brown.

Total length 110 millim.

A single specimen.

In its very minute barbels, this species is intermediate between
D. lamta and allies, in which they are well developed, and D. im-
berbis, in which they are altogether absent. A species from Syria,
Transcaspia, the Tigris, and Persia, D. variatilis Heckel, to which
I refer specimens from Kushk and the Helmand’, agrees in the very
small size of the posterior barbels, but differs in the total absence
of the anterior and also in the more backward position of the
dorsal, which is equally distant from the occiput and the root
of the caudal, the position of the eyes, which ave nearly perfectly
lateral and occupy the middle of the length of the head, and the
longer caudal fin. The scales number 33 to 37 in the lateral line,
4 or 5 between the latter and the ventral fin.

In the Abyssinian and Erythrean specimens which have been
previously referred to D. lamta*, and for which I propose the
name D. blanfordi, the barbels are much longer, as in D. lamta, the
eye is perfectly lateral and a little anterior to the middle of the
head, the interorbital width is more than half the length of the
head, the dorsal is equally distant from the eye and the root of
the caudal, or a little nearer the latter, which is longer than the

head, the scales number 33-35 a 3 or 4 between the lateral line

and ventral fin.

A third African species has been described by Vinciguerra * from
Shoan specimens, under the name of D. chiarinwi. It has two pairs
of well-developed barbels, a larger eye (its diameter contained
only 3) times in the length of the head), a little anterior to the
middle of the head, and smaller scales (L. lat. 42).

I have recently received from Mr. Loat several small specimens,
measuring from 38 to 45 millim., obtained on the Nile in a pond
in the cataract country about 3 miles north of Kermeh, which
approach D, chiarinti in the size of the eye (35 diameters in length
of head), the length and number of the barbels, and the position
of the dorsal, but which may be distinguished from it by the
larger scales, numbering 37 or 38 in the lateral line and 3 between
the latter and the ventral. For this new species 1 propose the
name D. vincigquerre.

1 Recorded by Ginther, Tr. Linn. Soc. (2) v. 1889, p. 107, under the name
of D. lamta. Recently Aeseeineal as D. rossicus by Nikoleki. Ann. Mus. St.
Petersb. v. 1900, p. 259.

? Blanford, Zool. Abyss. p. 460; Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Genova, xviii. 1883,
p- 695, fig.

3 DL. ¢. p. 696, fig.

1901.] FISHES FROM LAKE VICTORIA. 161

5, CLARIAS LAZERA C. et V.

6. SYNODONTIS AFRO-FISCHERI Hilgend.

Hilgendorf, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1888, p. 77; Pfeffer,
Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 37 (1896).

The following description is taken from the single specimen
sent by Sir Harry Johnston :—

Body compressed, its depth equal to the length of the head
and contained 32 times in the total length. Head little longer
than broad, granulate above, the granulate area extending on the
snout to half-way between nostrils and eyes; frontal fonta-
nelle large ; snout rounded, a little shorter than postocular part
of head; interorbital region slightly convex, its width half length
of head ; eye supero-lateral, its diameter 5 times in length of head,
twice in interorbital width; occipital region neither keeled nor
tectiform, simply convex. Lips moderately developed ; maxillary
barbel simple, a little longer than the head, extending to anterior
third of pectoral spine ; mandibular barbels inserted on a straight
transverse line, the outer ? length of head and with slender simple
branches, the inner 4 length of head and with shorter but ramified
branches. Preemaxillary teeth small and numerous, forming a broad
band; anterior mandibular teeth small, curved, 2 the diameter of
the eye, 44 in number. Grill-cleft not extending inferiorly beyond
the base of the pectoral fin. Nuchal shield convex, not keeled,
rugose and pitted, 14 as long as broad, ending in two sharp points,
which extend a little beyond the base of the dorsal spine. Humeral
process covered with granular asperities, about 14 as long as
broad, sharply pointed, not extending quite so far back as the
occipito-nuchal shield. Skin villose on the sides of the anterior
part of the body. Dorsal I 7; spine strong, 13 as long as the
base of the fin, nearly as long as head, striated and armed behind
with 11 retrorse serre. Adipose dorsal 3} times as long as deep,
13 as long as its distance from the rayed dorsal, # the length of
the head. Anal III 8. Pectoral spine very strong, as long as
that of the dorsal, striated, with 31 to 33 strong teeth on the
anterior border and 11 much stronger still and retrorse on the
posterior border. Ventral not reaching anal. Caudal very deeply
notched, crescentic. Dark brown above and beneath, with some
lighter, yellowish-brown marblings; fins dark grey, with transverse
series of blackish spots having a tendency to form cross-bars.

Total length 135 millim.

7. PARATILAPIA SERRANUS.

Hemichroms serranus, Pfetier, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 23
(1896). ;

Paratilapia serranus, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 148.

Adult specimens, measuring 125 millim., agree well with
Pfeffer’s description, drawn up from an example obtained by
Stuhlmann at Bukoba, a German station of L. Victoria at about

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1901, Vou. II, No. XI. 11

162 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

1° 21’ S. lat, except for the depth of the body, which is 45 to 42
times in the total leneth, the maxillary not extending quite to below
the anterior border of the eye, the diameter of which is 45 times
in the length of the head. 9 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior

arch. D. XV-XVI 9; A. III 8-9; Sq. 30-32 =>.; Lat. 1. 20-21/

12-13?
13-14. 6or7 scales between the first dorsal spine and the lateral
line.

Smaller specimens (85-95 millim.) differ in the smaller head,
the larger eye (84-4 times in length of head), and the lower jaw
not projecting beyond the upper. The dark longitudinal bands
are very indistinct and are traversed by 7 or 8 ill-defined dark
cross-bars.

In all the specimens the ventral fins are of a bright yellow.

8. On the Structure and Affinities of Udenodon.
By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc.'

[Received May 21, 1901.]
(Plates XVI.-XVIIT.) °
(Text-figures 10 & 11.)

A considerable number of skulls of Udenodon and of the closely
allied genus Dicynodon have long been known, and there have also
been found many other bones of the skeletons ; but as in almost all
the specimens the association of the skull and other bones has
been quite lost, it is at present impossible to refer limb-bones to
their proper species of which the skulls are the types, and it is
only with some doubt that they can be referred even to their
proper genera. In a few cases some bones of the skeleton have
been found in association with Dicynodon-skulls, but in the case
of Udenodon the post-cranial skeleton is quite unknown.

The most important specimen in which the Dicynodont skull is
in association with a considerable portion of this is the little form
which has been described by Seeley (1) as “ Ketrognathus cordylus.”
In this specimen the skull, upper vertebre and ribs, front limbs,
shoulder-girdle, and sternum are shown, but all in a very bad
state of preservation. There is scarcely a doubt that the skeleton is
that of a young Dicynodon, and it is specially valuable as showing
the relations of the shoulder-girdle, sternum, and interclavicle.
Seeley’s restoration is unsatisfactory.

In the Lower Karroo beds of Pearston, 8. Africa, while the
remains of various species of Dicynodon are met with, the genus
which most commonly occurs is Udenodon and from the specimens
which I have recently discovered I am now in a position to give
an almost complete account of its skeleton.

4 Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howzs, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.
? For an explanation of the Plates, see p. 190.

12, A Sy TOON) <evl LJ SN wa

Parker ds West imp.

SKELETON OF UDENODON GRACILIS.

PEA Sa 1OOL ol die Oavale

Parker & West imp.

SUAGILIL,, NASI RIM ISISVA 65 ISLICINIO) Delite) | (Cpa UDENODON.

P.Z.S. 1901, vol. JI.Pl XVI.

p.co-

B del.
a Parker & West imp.

igt
MP Parker lith.
LIMB-BONES & STHRNU™M OF UDENODON.

1901. } AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. - 163

When an endeavour is made to classify the specimens found, one
is beset with a number of difficulties. Almost every specimen
exhibits some degree of crushing ; and when two skulls of the same
species have been crushed in different directions, the appearances
would readily make one believe that he was dealing with two
species. One skull of Udenodon baini in my possession has the
maxilla of one side so crushed as to give an appearance very like
that in the specimen described by Owen (2) as ‘“‘ Udenodon
strigiceps.” Another difficulty is due to our ignorance of the
extent to which differences in specimens may be due to the sex
and age. The identification of any specimen therefore must in
the meantime be subject to some doubt.

The following is a list of the specimens which I have found
and on which my researches are based :—

1. An almost complete skull of a small form, which I regard as
new, and for which I propose the name of Udenodon
gracihs (Pl. XVII. figs. 2 & 3).

. An almost perfect skeleton of apparently the same species.
The skull unfortunately has been so much weathered that
it is impossible to decide the species with certainty
(Pl. XVI).

3. A lower jaw of possibly the same species.

4, A fairly good skeleton of Udenodon baini.

5. A second very imperfect skeleton of presumably the same

species, but with the head missing.

6. A moderately complete skull of Udenodon baini, but much

crushed on one side.

7. A second imperfect and much crushed skull of the same

8

9

bo

species.

. A third imperfect skull, also probably of U. bain.

. A moderately complete but somewhat crushed skull of a
young animal, probably U. megalops. From a much higher
stratum than the other specimens.

10. An imperfect skull of a young animal, apparantly U. greyi.

11. The posterior portion of a skull referred to Udenodon, but
possibly belonging to a Dicynodon.

12. The mandible and front part of snout of a small Udenodon.

13. Imperfect middle region of a small Udenodon-skull.

14. A number of detached portions of mandibles, maxille, humeri,
vertebrae, and other bones referred to Udenodon.

Of these specimens all have been discovered in the neighbour-
hood of Pearston, 8. Africa, with the exception of specimen 10,
which is from the Bedford district and was kindly presented to
me by Mr. D. D. Frazer, Junr.

Before beginning an account of the general structure of
Udenodon, I think it will be well to give a brief description of
specimens 1 and 2.

The small skull which I take as the type of Udenodon gracihs
(Pl, XVII. fig. 2) is somewhat crushed on the Ree sunt and

164 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

on the same side the temporal arch and the lower jaw are missing,
but otherwise the skull is almost perfect. The skull is more
elongated than is usual in Udenodon, and differs from most
species in having the interorbital region very considerably
wider than the parietal region. The eyes are moderately
small and directed more outwards than upwards. The nostrils
(n.) are placed far forwards and rather small. The nasal bones
are prominent immediately behind the nostrils. The caniniform
ridges are flat and slender and directed well forwards. The
suborbital arch is moderately round and rather feeble. The
frontal region is broad and moderately flat, and is characterized
by a rather prominent median ridge (r,f.). _ Posteriorly, the
frontals are considerably wider than in front. The postfrontals,
where they join the frontals are flat and broad and to a considerable
extent roof over the orbits. Externally they are rather slender.
A distinct ridge runs from the posterior border of the postorbital
portion of the postfrontal bone inwards, then backwards along the
posterior part of the postfrontal. The parietal region is about
two-thirds the width of the frontal region, and is characterized
by the presence of two well-marked postfrontal ridges (r.p,f.),
with an intervening depressed parietal portion. The squamosals
are large, and the anterior portions which form the temporal arches
are developed considerably, horizontally outwards.

The second specimen (Pl. XVI. fig. 1) referred to is an almost
perfect skeleton of a small Udenodon, and it is especially valuable
in that the bones are scarcely at all displaced. The specimen was
found in an impure and fairly hard shale. The skull had evidently
been long exposed, and is so badly weathered that very little now
remains of the bones of the upper side of the head. The post-
orbital arches are quite lost, though evidences of their positions
are given by the underlying matrix. The squamosal, so far as it is
displayed, agrees very closely with that in Udenodon gracilis, and
nothing in the other parts of the head seems to oppose this
determination.

When the slab in which the skeleton lay was split, it was
found that this had been so arranged that the remains were
almost equally divided between the two sides. In the larger of
the two portions, which may be looked upon as the main slab, are
preserved the almos: perfect left fore-limb, the impressions of a
number of vertebra, a large number of ribs and impressions of ribs,
the sacrum and caudal region, the left ilium (7.), and the left hind-
limb, which unfortunately is twisted and has not been fully
displayed, and the right ischium (¢s.) and pubis (pd.). In the
counterpart slab is seen the head, the right fore-limb, almost all
the vertebre and ribs, and the right ilium with the right hind-limb
extended and almost perfectly displayed. In the drawing (Plate
XVI.) the bones and impressions on the main slab are with the
skull figured and shaded in true relative position, while the bones
of the counterslab are in outline in proper relationship with those
of the main slab.

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 165

In the following account of the structure of Udenodon, that
part dealing with the skull is founded mainly on the skulls I have
obtained at Pearston, while the account of the post-cranial
skeleton is mainly based on the little skeleton of Udenodon
gracilis.

Skull.

The Dicynodont skull has been described by Owen (2), Cope (3),
Huxley (4), and others, but the fullest description is that given by
Seeley (5). Even Seeley’s account, however, leaves many points
in doubt, and a considerable number of his determinations are
very questionable. I have therefore thought it well to give an
independent description of the skull, dealing but briefly with those
elements whose structure is well known, and more fully with the
points open to dispute.

Text-fig. 10.

A composite figure of the skull of Udenodon (text-fig. 10) showing details from
the left side, for comparison with the skull of a primitive Theriodont,
Ictidosuchus primevus (text-fig. 11).

a., angulare; ar., articulare ; d., dentary ; fr., frontal ; 7., jugal ; /c., lachrymal ;
mex., maxilla; na., nasal; pa., parietal; p.me., premaxilla ; po.f., post-
frontal; pr.f., prefrontal ; g., quadrate ; sg., squamosal ; s.4., surangulare.

166 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

In Udenodon (text-fig. 10, p. 167) the whole beak has had a horny
covering, which in some species at least covers not only the
alveolar margin, but almost the whole of the facial surface of the
maxilla (mw.); and in probably in all the species the horny layer
was specially developed over the caniniform development of the
maxilla.

The premaxilla in Udenodon and Dicynodon is better deve-
loped than in the majority of reptiles, having not only a well-
developed facial portion passing up between the two nostrils, but
also a large palatal portion. The two premaxille, as in the bird,
must have very early united into a single bone (cf. Pl. XVII.
fig. 2), as in even comparatively young specimens there is no trace
of a suture between the two elements. As I have elsewhere
shown (6), the premaxilla forms almost the whole of the bony
palate, including by far the greater part of the median ridge, which
has almost invariably been regarded as the vomer. In the paper
referred to, a section through the posterior part of the hard
palate of Udenodon truncatus is figured, and it is there shown that
though the maxille have internal plates which form a sort of
secondary palate, these are almost completely covered by the
ereat palatal development of the premaxilla. From the palatal
portion of the premaxilla there passes up internally a prominent
median ridge which runs from the facial portion of the premaxilla
backwards to articulate with the vomer, and to a considerable
extent divides the nasal cavities.

The maxilla differs in shape greatly in different genera, and it
is highly probable that there is considerable difference in shape in
the two sexes of the same genus. In all, however, there is a
more or less well-marked caniniform development. In some
species a prominent external descending ridge gives the tusk-like
development a triangular shape; in others the descending process
is almost flat. The maxilla resembles that of man in having a
large antrum mawillare. From the region of the antrum, which
may be regarded as the centre of the boue, the maxilla is
developed upwards, forming the greater part of the side of the
snout (¢f. text-fig. 10, p. 165) and bounded by the nostril and the
nasal (na.), the prefrontal ( pr.f.) and the lachrymal (/c.) inwards,
forming part of the secondary palate ; and backwards, meeting the
jugal, are the palatine and the pterygoid bones. The caniniform
ridge is continued back into the ridge formed by the anterior bar
of the pterygoid and forms the border of the palate.

I can find no evidence of any ossified turbinal bones.

The nasals (na.) are moderate-sized bones irregularly triangular
in shape. They are joined to each other by a fairly long median
suture. Their anterior sides are formed by the premaxilla (p.mw.),
the nostrils, and the maxille. The posterior and outer side of
each nasal is bounded by the frontal (fr.), the prefrontal (pr.f.),
and maxillary (mv.).

The lachrymal (dc.) is quite mammalian in structure. It forms
a considerable part of the anterior wall of the orbit—fitting in

1901.} AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 167

between the prefrontal above and the jugal (ju.) below. It has a
large lachrymal canal opening within the orbit.

The prefrontal (pr.f.) is a somewhat quadrate bone—three sides
being formed by the orbit, the frontal, and nasal respectively, and
the fourth side by the lachrymal and maxilla. It forms a con-
siderable portion of the anterior and upper wall of the orbit.

The frontals (fr.) lie between the orbits and are usually well
developed. In Udenodon greyi they are narrow; in U. gracilis
almost exactly as broad as long. They usually form the borders
of the upper sides of the orbits. Each frontal articulates with
the nasal and prefrontal in front, and with the parietal and post-
frontal behind.

The postfrontal (po.f.) forms, as in Dicynodon and many Therio-
donts,an outer limb whichtforms the postorbital arch, anda posterior
which runs backwards by the side of the parietal. The postorbital
arch varies considerably in different species, but is usually rather
broad above, forming a sort of roof to part of the orbit. In the
middle it is generally narrow and round; while inferiorly it
broadens out and articulates with the squamosal and the jugal.
From the upper end of the postorbital portion the posterior part
runs abruptly backwards, forming the greater part of the inner
wall of the temporal fossa, and to a great extent hiding the
parietal. Posteriorly it curves outwards a little and meets the
squamosal (cf. text-fig. 10, p. 165).

The parietals early unite to form a single bone, which though
of moderate size is very largely hidden by the postfrontals. Near
the centre of the bone is a fairly large parietal foramen.
Posteriorly the parietal articulates in the middle with the inter-
parietal, and laterally with the squamosals (sq.).

The jugal is rather a small bone (jw.) which forms the greater
part of the infraorbital arch. Anteriorly it forms a considerable
part of the wall of the orbit at its anterior and lower side, meeting
the lachrymal and being clasped by the maxilla. Internally, the
anterior part meets the palatine. The squamosal (sq.), which lies
on the outer side of the jugal in its middle and posterior regions,
to a large extent hides it from view. Where the jugal meets the
postfrontal it is fairly deep in some species. but in others only
slightly increased in depth. Posteriorly it flattens out and lies on
the inner side of the squamosal, forming with it the temporal
arch.

The squamosal is by far the largest bone in the skull (cf. sq., text-
fig. 10, p. 165). It comprises a large broad posterior portion which
descends from its union with the parietal and postfrontal, along
the outer border of the supra- and exoccipitals, to give articulation
to the quadrate, and an anterior branch, which springs from the
upper half of the posterior portion and passes forwards to form
with the jugal the temporal arch.

The quadrate (q.) consists of a broad flat part which les against
the front of the descending portion of the squamosal, and a large
articular head. ‘The articular face of the quadrate has a deep

168 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

antero-posterior groove running across it, which divides it into
an outer semicircular button-like portion and an inner very
prominent antero-posterior ridge. Both the outer and inner
portions of the articular face have an antero-posterior convexity
of fairly wide radius.

The structure of the palate I have elsewhere dealt with (6),
and I have little further so add to my previous description. The
pterygoids, as in the other Dicynodonts, are greatly developed,
meeting each other in the middle line and sending processes
forwards to the maxille and backwards to the quadrates. Between
the two anterior processes lie the palatines and the vomer. The
vomer is quite mammalian in structure, and is present as a
median plate, extending from the fork formed by the anterior
branches of the pterygoids forwards to articulate with the palatal
median and internal median ridges of the premaxilla. Superiorly
the vomer articulates with the sphenoid, the mesethmoid, and
the ethmoid cartilage. Towards the posterior and upper part
it gives off a pair of small lateral wings which articulate with
the palatines, and with them form the roofs of the nasal passages.
The palatines pass outwards and downwards from the articu-
lations with the vomer, by the side of the anterior branches of the
pterygoids. Hach palatine then sends a process forwards and
inwards to form a sort of rudimentary secondary palate, and a
second process outwards above the anterior lobe of the pterygoid
to meet the jugal.

Where the two pterygoids meet in the middle line they rest on,
and are articulated to, the basisphenoid. This latter bone shows
on the under surface of the skull to a considerable extent, sending
two plates backwards to clasp the large paroccipital. processes.
From the region where the pterygoids meet, the basisphenoid sends
a comparatively narrow median plate upwards and forwards
resting on the vomer, and probably in adult specimens articulating
with the mesethmoid. This plate may be the presphenoid, but I
have not seen any specimens in which it is distinct from the basi-
sphenoid. The mesethmoid is a median plate which forms the
greater part of the interorbital septum. Above it is clasped by
the orbital plates of the frontals, and below it rests on the
vomer.

Immediately behind the point where the pterygoids meet, there
passes upwards from each pterygoid a slender columella cranit.
In forms with a deep narrow skull,e.g. U. greyi, the columella is long
and slender: in those species where the skull is broad and rather
flat, the columella is comparatively short. In all forms, however,
it is very slender. It appears to articulate with the parietal above.

The periotic bones appear to form the lateral walls of the brain-
case in a manner very similar to that seen in lizards; but I have
not seen any specimens in which their exact limits could with
certainty be determined.

The occiput has long been well known in a number of Dicy-
nodonts, especially Ptychosiagum. A small occiput is figured by

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 169

Lydekker in the British Museum Catalogue of Fossil Reptiles,
which is probably that of a species of Udenodon. The supra- and
exoccipitals are bordered by the interparietal and the squamosals,
while the lower corners of the large exoccipital processes also
articulate with the quadrates.

Between the quadrate and the descending process formed by
the exoccipital and basioccipital, there lies a remarkable little
dumbbell-shaped bone, which with one end fits into a hollow of
the occipital process and with the other supports the quadrate.
As it is but loosely articulated, it is lost from the majority of
Dicynodon and Udenoden skulls discovered. This bone differs so
markedly from any bone found in the posterior region of the skull
in known Reptiles or Mammals, that one hesitates in giving an
interpretation. As, however, it forms with the notch in the
lower border of the exoccipital an oval aperture, and as the
columella auris lies in this same notch of the exoccipital, it seems
to me most probable that it is the homologue of the mammalian
tympanic.

Lower Jaw.

The lower jaw is almost typically reptilian in structure (cf. text-
fig. 10, p. 165). In front, the two large toothless dentaries (d.)
are anchylosed together as in the tortoise. Each dentary is con-
siderably deeper than in the tortoise, and differs in forming a
single edge above, instead of two ridges as in the Chelonian. In
U. greyt the outer surface of the dentary is moderately flat ; but
in U. gracilis there passes outwards from the posterior part of
the bone a very prominent horizontal ridge. On passing back-
wards the dentary divides into an upper and a lower lobe, which
meeting respectively the surangular (sa.) and the angular (a.)
encloses with these a fair-sized oval vacuity. The angular
is a rather large flat element which articulates with the dentary
in front, the surangular above, the splenial below, and the articular
(ar.) behind. The surangular is a fairly strong bone which fits
into a deep cavity in the posterior end of the upper part of the
dentary. The splenial extends along almost the whole length of
the jaw, from the articular behind to the symphysis in front.
Posteriorly it is fairly stout, but on passing forwards it becomes
a rather thin plate. The articular is a large thick bone, but, as in
Chelonians, short.

I am unable to give any account of the hyoid apparatus, as
though there are evidences of hyoid bones, they are disconnected
and their interpretation is quite uncertain.

Vertebre.

Tn the little skeleton of Udenodon gracilis (Pl. XVI.) most of
the vertebrz are preserved, but none are well displayed. The atlas
and axis are hidden by matrix, but from the 3rd cervical (4th ?)
there are indications of almost all the other vertebree. The skeleton
does not show where the division lies between the cervical and

170 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

the thoracic series; and in Udenodon, as in most other Thero-
morphous reptiles, there is no division of the body vertebre into
thoracics and lumbars. Assuming that the first cervical vertebra
displayed is the 3rd cervical, then it is moderately certain that in
U. gracilis there are 27 presacral vertebrae.

The vertebree which I take to be 3rd and 4th cervicals, so far as
displayed, agree fairly closely with the 3rd and 4th cervicals of
Tropidostoma dunni Seeley (5) [=according to Lydekker (7)
Ptychosiagum microtrema Seeley]. The bodies of the vertebre
have well-marked lateral processes arising from the anterior and
outer angles of the ventral surfaces, for articulation with the
cervical ribs.

In the skeleton of Udenodon gracilis, though most of the
vertebree of the thoraco-lumbar series are shown, unfortunately
only the bodies are displayed ; but in the imperfect skeleton of
U. baint (spec. 4) a number of presacral vertebre are well
preserved.

As has long been known in other Dicynodonts, the vertebre
consist of deeply cupped bodies to which are articulated arches
closely resembling the arches in mammals. In the dorsal series
(cf. Plate XVII. fig. 4) the bodies are considerably elongated
and moderately constricted in the middle. On the body just
below the neuro-central suture in front is the articular surface
for the head of the rib. The pedicle is stout, and a ridge runs up
obliquely from near the front of the neuro-central suture to the
transverse process. ‘he transverse processes (¢r.) are short and
strong, directed outwards and slightly upwards, and lie well above
the level of the top of the neural canal. The spine (sp.) is quite
short, and situated well backwards over the posterior zygapo-
physes. Both the anterior and posterior zygapophyses are
situated fairly closely together, and the articular surfaces make
approximately a right angle with each other. A large opening is
formed between each pair of vertebre for the exit of the spinal
nerves.

The ribs in the thoracic region (cf. Plate XVI.) are long and
slender ; the anterior ones being, however, slightly stouter than the
others. The upper end of the rib is expanded so as to form a
distinct head for articulation with the centrum and a tubercle for
attachment to the transverse process. As the border of the rib
between the head and the tubercle is almost straight, and the
ridge on the vertebra between the articular surface and the
transverse process is only slightly concave, there must be but
little of a foramen left between the rib and the vertebra. The
ribs in the lumbar region have their upper ends less expanded
and may possibly have been articulated to the transverse processes
alone.

The sacrum is very badly preserved in the skeleton of U. gracilis,
but appears to have been composed of 5 vertebree.

The tail has evidently been short, but it is impossible to say
of how many vertebre it may have been composed. Those that

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. alia’

are shown in the little skeleton have their centra about half the
length of those in the thoracic series. The vertebre are much
crushed and fractured, so that it is difficult to be certain of the
identification of the fragments. By the side of one of the vertebre
is a well-developed process, which may be a spine, but which I
am rather inclined to believe to be an autogenous transverse
process.

Shoulder-girdle and Sternum.

In the little skeleton of Udenodon gracihs the shoulder-girdle,
though present, is almost completely hidden by matrix and couid
not be displayed without injury to other parts. In the skeleton of
U. baint (spec. 4, Pl. XVIII. fig. 10) the scapula (sc.), precoracoid
(p.co. fig. 11) and coracoid (co.) are well preserved, and also in the
very imperfect skeleton (spec. 5), while in specimen 5 the sternum
is also shown.

The scapula, precoracoid and coracoid agree pretty closely with
the corresponding bones in the Dicynodont shoulder-girdle as
figured by Owen (2), Seeley (1), and Lydekker (7). ‘lhe scapula is
somewhat stouter than that figured by Lydekker, but on the whole
closely agrees with it. The upper part of the scapulais broad and
flat and only moderately curved inwards. The anterior border is
grooved for the lodgment of the cleithrum. A little below the
middle of the scapula there is a well-marked acromion process
(ac., Pl. XVIII. fig. 10) which passes forwards, upwards, and
slightly inwards as a fan-like expansion. The lower end of the
scapula has a large glenoid surface (gl.) which looks downwards
and a little outwards, and an anterior flattened continuation which
articulates with the precoracoid.

The coracoid (co.) is comparatively small, but has a large glenoid
surface (gl.) which looks mainly outwards, and which is separated
from the outer surface of the bone by a very prominent bony border.

The precoracoid (p.co.) is a moderately flat bone, but slightly
larger than the coracoid. On its upper border is a deep notch ( fo.)
which closed by tne lower border of the scapula becomes a large
oval foramen. The precoracoid articulates behind by a straight
suture with the coracoid, and above with the scapula. It appears
to furnish a small portion of the glenoid cavity.

I have failed to identify the interclavicle or cleithrum in any of
the specimens in my possession, but in the skeleton of U. gracilis
one of the clavicles is fairly complete (¢l., Pl. XVI. & Pl. XVIII.
fig. 8). It is curved very much like the human clavicle. It
appears to have articulated with its neighbour in the middle line,
and to have rested on the anterior part of the interclavicle. The
inner half of the bone is flattened antero-posteriorly, and the outer
vertically.

The sternum, or perhaps more correctly presternum (PI.
XVIII. fig. 9), is a moderately large four-sided median plate, with
the angles pointing forwards, backwards, and to the sides. The

172 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

anterior angle is notched, probably for the lodgement of the inter-
clavicle; the outer angles are rounded and the posterior angle
truncated as if to give attachment to a cartilaginous meso- or
xiphisternum. For its lower two-thirds there is a well-marked
median ridge for the attachment of the pectoral muscles. The
bone is a little longer than broad.

Humerus.

In the little skeleton of Udenodon gracilis (Pl. XVI.) one of the
humeri (hu.) is perfectly preserved and beautifully displayed; the
other though less perfect has the opposite side showing. In speci-
men 4 one humerus is fairly well preserved, and of the other the
lower half is almost perfect ; while in specimen 5 one humerus is
shown, but in bad condition. The difference between the humeri
in U. gracilis and U. baini is very striking, and much greater than
one could have expected to find in two species apparently so closely
allied.

In Udenodon gracilis (Pl. XVI.), the humerus, while constructed
on the well-known Dicynodont type, is characterized by a number
of peculiarities. The delto-pectoral crest (¢.d.) is greatly developed,
its border curving forwards and downwards from the articular
surface and ending, as in ‘‘Platypodosaurus robustus,” in a somewhat
hooked process. The ento-tuberosity is developed to a greater
extent than is met with in the humerus of any 8. African reptile
hitherto discovered, and forms a long flattened tapering process
which ends in a rather sharp point. Near the middle of the bone on
its inner side is developed a very prominent tricipital ridge resem-
bling more that seen in Echidna than the rounded prominence on the
humerus of ‘‘Platypodosaurus.’ The articular surface of the head
of the bone resembles greatly that in Ornithorhynchus and Echidna
in being considerably developed transversely, while it is but very
narrow. As in the Monotremes, a sharp ridge runs down from
the articular head to the external condyle; and this is very
peculiarly developed, in that while in the humeri hitherto dis-
covered though it may be very prominent it is generally slender, it
is here a markedly rounded boss (c.e.). The internal condyle is
not very large. The entepicondylar foramen is only of moderate
size, and is situated a little more distally than is usually the case
in Dicynodonts. The ridge of bone which forms the bridge
over the foramen runs up to the base of the delto-pectoral crest.

In Udenodon bain the humerus varies much less from the
normal dicynodont type. The delto-pectoral crest is not developed
downwards to form a hooked process in front ; the tricipital ridge
appears to have been small; while the external condyle is not more
greatly developed than is the case in Ornithorhynchus.

Radius and Ulna.

The radius and ulna are very mammal-like in form (cf. Plate
QV),
The radius (7d.) is considerably shorter than the humerus. Its

1901.] AFFINITIBS OF UDENODON. ae

upper half is moderately rounded, and from the head to a little
below the middle of the bone it steadily decreases in thickness, so
that at the middle the diameter is only about one-half that of the
head. In its lower third the borfe becomes flattened out to give a
broad articulation to the radiale (ra.). The broad end of the bone
has a deep depression on both its upper and under sides. Its
articular surface looks downwards and slightly outwards.

The ulna (wl.) is very nearly twice as long as the radius, and
considerably longer than the humerus; its great length being due
tothe greatly developed olecranon process (0/.; of. also Plate XVIII.
fig.7). The upper half of the bone is very strongly developed, and
the olecranon extends about as far beyond the sigmoid articulation
as it does in such typical lowly mammals as the Wombat and the
Poreupine. The point of the olecranon is directed slightly out-
wards, but it is not dilated like that of the Monotremes. On the
outer side of the ulna a short prominent ridge is seen bordering
the sigmoid articulation. On the inner side the upper part of
the ulna is deeply excavated after the manner seen in that of
Echidna, but to a much greater extent, as the border of the bone
forms a much more prominent ridge. The lower half of the ulna is
much flattened. Like the radius, the lower end is slightly expanded ;
while the articular surface looks slightly towards the radius.

Carpus (Plate XVI.).

In the skeleton of Udenodon gracilis the carpus is almost per-
fectly preserved, and the various bones composing it have scarcely
been at all disturbed in position. In the proximal row are four
bones—radiale (vra.) intermedium (7.), ulnare (un.), and pisiform
(pi.); in the distal row are five carpals; while in the middle is a
single centrale (¢.).

The radiale or scaphoid (ra.)is a broad and considerably flattened
bone which occupies the greater part of the articular end of the
radius. Its dorsal surface shows a considerable depression
towards its outer end. Itarticulates with the radius, with the 1st
carpale, the centrale and the intermedium.

The intermedium or lunar (7.) lies between the end of the radius
and the ulna and ulnare. On the upper side it has a fairly large
surface, but on the under it is ‘apparent as a slender plate fitting
in between the radius and the ulnare.

The ulnare or cuneiform (wn.) is considerably shorter in its
transverse diameter than the radiale, but of much greater length
antero-posteriorly. It articulates with the ulna, the intermedium,
the 4th and 5th carpalia, the pisiform, and probably with the cen-
trale. Bordering the side by which it articulates with the ulna
there is a prominent little oblique ridge, and at the distal and
inner corner of the bone is a little rounded eminence.

The pisiform (p?.) is a little bone which articulates with the
outer side of the ulnare, and curves outwards and upwards, forming
part of the articulation for the ulna.

174 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

The centrale (c.) is a rounded, moderate-sized element, which
occupies the centre of the carpus. It articulates with the radiale,
intermedium, and probably with ulnare of the proximal carpal bones,
and with the Ist, 3rd, and 4th carpalia of the distal series. It is
possible that a small second central element may have lain between
the centrale and the ulnare, but I regard this as improbable.

The 1st carpale is a short flattened bone which fits in between
the radiale and the 2nd carpale. On its outer end it gives an
articulation to the pollex. Its inner end articulates with the 3rd
carpale and the centrale.

The 2nd carpale is a very small bone which articulates with the 1st
and 3rd carpalia, and supports the metacarpal of the 2nd digit,
and possibly shares with the Ist carpale the support of the Ist
metacarpal.

The 8rd carpale is a fair-sized element which fits in between the
2nd and 1st carpalia, the centrale, and the 4th carpale, and gives
articulation to the 3rd metacarpal.

The 4th carpale is a large quadrangular element. Distally it
gives articulation to the 4th metacarpal and to a slight extent to
the 3rd and 5th metacarpals. Proximally it articulates with the
ceatrale and the ulnare, and fits in between the 3rd and 5th carpalia.

The 5th carpale is very small, and is so closely articulated to the
Ath carpale as to render it not improbable that the two elements may
be anchylosed as age advances. In the little skeleton, which is
probably immature but not very young, the two elements are quite
distinct. The little 5th carpale articulates also with the ulnare,
and gives articulation to the 5th metacarpal.

Metacarpals and Phalanges.

In the manus there are five well-formed digits, but I fail to
detect any trace of a prepollex. The three median digits are
somewhat stronger than the other two.

Of the pollex only the metacarpal and part of first phalanx are
preserved. The metacarpal is a small rectangular bone about as
broad as long. The lst phalanx is probably very similar.

In the second digit, as in the first, only the metacarpal and a
portion of the Ist phalanx are preserved. The metacarpal is a fair-
sized element appreciably longer than broad. In the middle it is
somewhat constricted, and at its distal end considerably expanded.
The 1st phalanx was probably considerably smaller than the
metacarpal.

The third digit is complete except the ungual phalanx. The
metacarpal is very similar to that of the 2nd digit, but somewhat
larger. Like the latter, it is constricted in the middle and
expanded distally. The Ist phalanx is a quadrangular bone
only slightly longer than broad, and slightly constricted in the
middle. Itis about one-half smaller than the metacarpal. The
2nd phalanx is very similar in shape to the Ist, but still smaller.

The fourth digit is almost perfect. The metacarpal is about
equal in size to that of the 3rd digit, but is less constricted in the

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 175

middle. The 1st phalanx is a quadrangular bone slightly broader
than long and only slightly constricted im the middle. The 2nd
phalanx is a small bone very distinctly broader than it is long.
It gives articulation to a large claw. The terminal or ungual
phalanx is narrow, slightly curved, and almost as long as the meta-
carpal and the other two phalanges together.

The fifth digit has a small metacarpal, about as broad as long,
and but slightly narrowed in the middle. The Ist and 2nd
phalanges are both small quadrangular bones, the Ist being
considerably smaller than the metacarpal, and the 2nd than the Ist.
The ungual phalanx is almost as large as that of the fourth
digit, and like it but slightly curved.

In Udenodon baini the metacarpals and phalanges appear to be
very like those in U. gracilis, but the ungual phalanges are much
shorter and broader, and the whole digits appear proportionally
stronger.

Pelvis.

In the skeleton of Udenodon gracilis (Plate XVI. and Plate
XVII. fig. 6) the almost perfect ilium (i.) is displayed. On the
right side the ischium (¢s.) and pubis (pb.), with a portion of the
ilium, are shown attached to the main slab, while the greater
portion of the right ilium remains adherent to the counter slab.

The ilium resembles considerably the ilium of Ptychosiagum
orientale figured by Lydekker (7) in being directed upwards and
forwards, and in being greatly expanded antero-posteriorly. As
the acetabulum (ac.) is fairly large, the lower end of the ilium
which articulates with the pubis and ischium is broad. On passing
upwards it becomes somewhat constricted into a short neck, from
which it again rapidly broadens into a large fan-like expansion.
The anterior part of the blade of the ilium lies much in advance of
the axis formed by the neck and the acetabulum, the anterior border
of the bone forming a graceful gentle curve forwards. The posterior
part of the blade is of much less size, and the posterior border
curves almost abruptly backwards from the neck and at right angles
to its axis. The iliac blades are moderately flat, being only slightly
concave antero-posteriorly on their outer side and with some
muscular ridges.

The pubis (pd.) is peculiarly twisted, so that while the upper part
looks outward the lower looks mainly downward. The pubis forms
a little more than a quarter of the acetabulum, and bounds the
articular cavity by a prominent ridge. The outward facing portion
of the pubis is triangular in shape. In front of the acetabulum
is a little prominence—apparently the pectineal tubercle; while at
the lower and anterior angle of the triangular portion is another
small tubercle, which in position corresponds with the tubercle
which in Ornithorhynchus assists inthearticulation of the marsupial
bone. A ridge runs obliquely from this lower tubercle towards the
lower border of the acetabulum, and from it the pubis passes at
first directly inwards and then downwards and inwards. The
exact size of the obturator foramen (f.0b.) is not clearly shown

176 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

in this skeleton, but it is situated immediately below the oblique
ridge not far from the lower border of the acetabulum. The lower
part of the pubis is moderately flat, and does not extend farther
forward than the level of the lower tubercle. The anterior border
between the lower tubercle and the symphysis is straight, as if for
the articulation of a cartilaginous epipubic element. There is a
long articulation between the pubis and the ischium below the
obturator foramen.

The ischium (7s.) in Udenodon gracilis is proportionally very
considerably smaller than in the Dicynodon pelvis figured by
Lydekker, and looks much less downwards than in that specimen.
From the point where the ischium meets the ilium the posterior
border curves downwardsand then backwards, ending abruptly at the
ischial tuberosity. From the tuberosity the lower border curves
gently round to meet the pubis. The lower part of the ischium is
flat except in being slightly concave in the neighbourhood of the
obturator foramen. Round the posterior border of the acetabulum
the ischium forms a prominent ridge, but the ridge formed by the
ischium is not continuous with that formed by the pubis, a gap
occurring at the ischio-pubic suture. From the acetabular border
a prominent thickening or ridge runs backwards to the upper end
of the ischial tuberosity.

There is no evidence of any marsupial bones, and from the con-
dition of the skeleton this may almost be taken as conclusive proof
that such bones did not exist in Udenodon. There is evidence,
however, in favour of there having been a cartilaginous epipubis.

In Udenodon baini the ilium is very similar to that in U. gracilis,
but the ischium is proportionally considerably larger though its
general characters are very similar. The obturator foramen (f.0d.)
is oval with the long axis directed antero-posteriorly and situated
close under the border of the acetabulum. ‘The long axis of the
foramen measures about half the diameter of the neck of the ilium.

Fenvur.

In Udenodon gracilis the right femur has its posterior side well-
displayed, and as its upper half has been broken loose its anterior
side can also be examined with the exception of the head.

In its general proportions the femur (Plate XVII. fig. &, fm.)
agrees with that of the Monotremes, though in its characters it
differs somewhat. It is much flattened throughoutits whole length,
and considerably broadened out both at its upper and lower ends,
From the head to the greater trochanter the measurement is nearly
three times as great as that across the middle of the shaft. From
a little below the middle of the bone, the outer border forms an
almost straight line to the top of the great trochanter. The inner
border curves very markedly inwards to the head, and the curve is
interrupted by the presence of the small trochanter, which forms a
small but very distinct inwardly directed ridge. On the anterior
surface of the bone so far as displayed is a small vertical groove a

Ses ; = :

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 177

little to the outside of the middle line; while to the inside of the
great trochanter is a distinct but shallow concavity. On the pos-
terior side of the bone there is a fairly deep concavity below the
head and on the inner side of the small trochanter. On the outer
edge of the posterior side there runs down, from a little below the
ereat trochanter to beyond the middle of the shaft, a small sharp
backwardly directed ridge. In the middle of the shaft a section is
almost oval, showing a small but distinct medullary cavity. The
lower end of the femur resembles very considerably the lower part
of the bone in Hehidna or Ornithorhynchus. The condyles are small
and rather widely apart, and, as in the Monotremes, the whole lower
end of the femur is much flatter than in the Hutherians. From the
neighbourhood of the inner condyle an oblique ridge runs upwards
and outwards towards the outer side of the middle of the shaft,
apparently corresponding to the oblique ridge on the back of the
lower end of the femur of Echidna.

In the skeleton of Udenodon baini (spec. 4) both femora are
shown but in rather bad preservation, having been much crushed.
The chief differences in this species are in the bone being propor-
tionally stronger, in the greater development of the great trochanter,
and in the small trochanter being less marked.

Tibia and Fibula.

In the skeleton of Udenodon gracilis (Pl. XVI.) both tibiee and
fibule are shown, but those of the left leg are not well displayed,
and those of the right only show the posterior surface and have
been slightly injured in clearing off the matrix.

The tibia (¢b. Plate X VIT. fig. 5) is considerably shorter than the
femur, and resembles closely the tibia in Hchidna. It is a moder-
ately straight bone with a large flat head, a shaft tapering down to
between the middle and lower thirds, and a distal end moderately
dilated and with an oblique articular surface. It has a distinct
though small medullary cavity.

The fibula (fb.) is a longer though more slender bone. As in
Monotremes and most Marsupials the head is large, giving an
articulation to the femur and having a portion passing up beyond
the head of the tibia to give attachment to some of the leg-
muscles. On passing downwards the fibula is directed slightly
upwards, and it then curves inwards so as to form a wide inter-
osseous space. At its lower end the bone is dilated considerably,
and its articular surface is directed slightly inwards.

In Udenodon bain the tibia, like the femur, is proportionally
a much stronger bone than in JU. gracilis, and it is also propor-
tionally shorter. The head is very large, and from it there runs
down the front of the bone a very prominent crest. The fibula,
as if to compensate for the greater strength of the tibia, is propor-
tionally more slender than in the small species. It gives an
articulation to the femur, but the head is much smaller and is
scarcely extended beyond the level of the head of the tibia. It is

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No. XII. 12

4

178 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

more curyed than in U. gracilis, and there is thus formed a larger
interosseous space.
There does not seem to have been anossified patella in Udenodon.

Tarsus.

The tarsus of the right side (P]. XVI.) has its under surface
well shown, and though a dorsal view would have been more
satisfactory, a good idea is obtained of the structure of the joint
even though a little doubt may remain on one or two points. The
tarsus of the left side is so twisted that it is difficult to be sure of
some of the elements.

Articulating with the tibia and fibula respectively (Pl. XVII.
fig. 5) are two large elements—manifestly the tibiale (¢/.) and the
fibulare (fl.), with a small bone lying between, doubtless the inter-
medium (7.). The distal row of the tarsus is formed by five
tarsalia; while in the centre, between the distal row and the
tibiale and fibulare, is a centrale (c.), small as displayed on the under
surface, but probably of much larger size on the upper.

The tibiale, or astragalus, as displayed, is a fair-sized somewhat
pentagonal bone with the upper and outer angle sharp and pro-
duced. By its proximal and probably its inner face it articulates
with the tibia. On its outer face the little intermedium comes
between it and the fibulare, but it is probable that an articulation
between the two large elements takes place above and distally to
the intermedium. On the distal border of the tibiale lies the small
centrale. It is probable that the tibiale does not articulate with
any other element. As the tarsus is displayed in the specimen,
there appears to be no element between the Ist tarsale and the
tibiale, and one might infer that the tarsale had articulated with
the tibiale, and that these elements are slightly displaced; but it
seems much more probable that what appears to be a very small
centrale is merely a projection, showing on the under side, from
a moderately large centrale which fits in between the Ist tarsale
and the tibiale, as does the navicular in mammals.

The intermedium (7.) is a very small element, at least so far as
displayed, fitting in between the tibiale and the fibulare, and
articulating with these two elements and with the fibula. It is
possible that the element may not be a true intermedium, but a
small sesamoid bone ; its being deeply implanted, however, between
the other tarsal elements, and its occupying the exact position
where an intermedium would be looked for, leads me to believe
that I have rightly interpreted it as that.

The fibulare is a large, elongated, four-sided element, nearly as
large as all the other tarsal elements together. Its proximal side,
by which it articulates with the fibula, is the shortest of the
four. The inner side, which is half as long again as the proximal,
articulates with the intermedium, the tibiale, and the centrale.
The distal end of the element, which is a little shorter than the
inner side, but much broader than the proximal end, articulates
with the fourth and fifth tarsalia and with the fifth metatarsal.

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 179

The centrale, as seen in the specimen, would appear to be a
small element fitted in between the tibiale, the fibulare, and the
third tarsale, but it seems probable that the dorsal view of the
tarsus would show it to be a much larger element. This is rendered
highly probable by the fact that there appears to be an unoccupied
gap between the first tarsale and the tibiale. This must either
have been occupied by the centrale or the Ist tarsale must have
articulated with the tibiale, and in the specimen has been displaced.
The positions occupied by the other tarsal elements lead me to
favour the former alternative.

The Ist tarsale (¢s. 1, Plate XVII. fig. 5)is a large element much
resembling a metatarsal in shape. Its proximal end is expanded,
and, assuming that it is inan undisturbed position in the specimen,
the outer side of this end articulates with the 2nd tarsale. The
proximal end must either articulate with the tibiale direct, or a
portion of the centrale was interposed.

The 2nd tarsale is a very small element, articulating laterally
with the 1st and 3rd tarsalia, and most probably with the centrale
proximally. It gives support to the 2nd digit.

The 3rd tarsale is about twice as large as the 2nd. It articu-
lates with the 2nd and 4th tarsalia and with the centrale, and
gives support to the 3rd toe.

The 4th and 5th tarsalia (ts. 4,5) are so closely united that
there is some doubt as to whether the element present may not be
entirely the 4th tarsale. The element is a somewhat oval-shaped
bone with the distal side slightly concave. It fits in between the
fibulare and the 3rd tarsale, and possibly articulates with the
centrale. It gives support to the 3rd, 4th, and 5th metatarsals.
Near its outer end there is an indication of a transverse suture,
which seems to point to there being a small 5th tarsale closely
united to, if not anchylosed with, the 4th. In dealing, however,
with so small a structure, where the bones so closely resemble the
matrix in colour that it is difficult at times to decide what is bone
and what matrix, one cannot place much reliance on an indication
so minute.

The hallux has a short quadrangular metatarsal (mt. 1) and a
phalanx (ph.) almost exactly similar in shape and size, and a short
ungual phalanx less than twice the length of the 1st phalanx.

The 2nd, 8rd, 4th, and Sth toes are so similar in all respects
that a description of any one would suit, with very slight modifica-
tions, any of the others. In all four the metatarsals are elongated
bones with rounded proximal ends, flattened distal ends, and with
their shafts constricted in the middle. The first phalanx in all
four toes is a quadrangular bone slightly longer than broad. In
the fourth toe the phalanx is somewhat stouter than in the others.
The second phalanx is a little shorter than the first, and very
similar in all four toes. The ungual or terminal phalanx has in
all five toes been provided with a short claw, only slightly curved.

Though the fore and hind limbs are fairly equal in length, the
pes is very much smaller than the manus. All the digits are much

12

180 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND (June 4,

more feeble, and the claws have been only about one-third the
size of those in the manus.

‘* PLATYPODOSAURUS ROBUSTUS, Owen.”

In 1880 and 1881 Owen (8, 9) described in two papers parts of
the skeleton of a large Anomodont reptile to which he gave the
name of Platypodosaurus robustus. The remains comprised a
number of vertebra, a scapula, a humerus, the sternum, the greater
part of the pelvis with the sacrum, a portion of one femur, and
some phalanges. Unfortunately the head was missing. Owen
recognized a number of affinities between the bones and those of
Dicynodon, but was chiefly impressed by the many Mammal-like
characters displayed, and particularly by the striking resemblances
many of the bones showed to those corresponding in the Mono-
tremes; and he suggests that the Monotremes may be the de-
scendants of reptiles closely resembling Platypodosaurus.

Lydekker (7), in the ‘ British Museum Catalogue of Fossil
Reptiles, places Platypodosaurus among the Dicynodontia as a
doubtful species, and expresses his opinion that from the general
Dicynodont character of the specimens, the remains “ are referable
either to Udenodon or Eudothiodon.”

As nothing has hitherto been known for certain of any of the
bones of either Udenodon or Eudothiodon except the skull, no
advance beyond Lydekker’s position has been possible. Now,
however, that the limb-bones of at least two species of Udenodon
are known, it is possible to come nearer a solution of the Platypo-
dosaurus-problem.

The chief distinctive features of the Platypodosaurus specimens
are the great development in the humerus of the delto-pectoral
crest which forms a downward projection, and the presence of a
marked tricipital prominence. In Udenodon gracilis both of these
characters are found, and the general proportions of the humerus
are strikingly similar to those in Platypodosaurus. The sternum
of Platypodosaurus does not differ greatly from that of Udenodon
baint. The scapula agrees so closely with that of U. baini that
had that of the latter been found alone it would almost certainly
have been referred to a young specimen of Platypodosaurus.
The femur of Platypodosaurus, so far as is known, differs somewhat
from that of U. gracilis, especially in the greater development
ot the great trochanter, and in the Jess development of the small
trochanter; but it agrees closely with the femur of U. baina.
The pelvis of the larger anomodont, so far as it is preserved,
agrees very closely with that of U. gracilis in its general
proportions, and, if allowance be made for imperfections, probably
also in its contours. The vertebrae differ very considerably
from those of U. baini which I have figured. This is probably
due to their belonging to different regions of the column in the
two species.

From the close agreement between the bones of Platypodosaurus
and those of Udenodon gracilis and U. baini, there seems to be

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 181

very little doubt that the Platypodosawrus robustus remains are the
bones of a large species of Udenodon. The large skull figured by
Owen (2) as Udenodon magnus bears almost the same proportion to
the limb-bones of ‘“ Platypodosaurus robustus” that the skull of
Udenodon gracilis does to its limb-bones. It seems, therefore, very
probable that the bones described as Platypodosaurus robustus are
parts of the post-cranial skeleton of Udenodon magnus, Owen.
Lydekker (7), in his British Museum Catalogue, holds that
Udenodon magnus is a synonym of Udenodon prognathus Owen.
It is impossible for one away from the original specimens to offer
an opinion on the subject, and though the figures seem to show
a number of distinctive characters, Lydekker’s work among the
Anomodonts has been so carefully and conscientiously done, that
any opinion expressed by him must always carry very great
weight.

AFFINITIES OF UDENODON.

The genus most nearly allied to Udenodon is Dicynodon; in
fact so great is the resemblance between the two genera that it
has been suggested that Udenodon was the female of Dicynodon.
The discovery of the limb-bones shows that the two genera are
distinct though very closely related ; and there seems to be very
little doubt that Udenodon is merely a slightly modified Dicynodon
in which the tusks have ceased to develop.

When the bones of Udenodon or Dicynodon are compared with
those of other Vertebrates, we find that the group has many marked
affinities with the Theriodonts and the Mammals ; some affinities,
but less marked, with the primitive reptilian types such as Paria-
saurus, and even with the Rhynchocephalians, Plesiosaurs, and
Chelonians; but that the relationships with the more highly
specialized reptiles, such as the Crocodiles, Dinosaurs, and Ptero-
dactyles, are rather remote.

In Udenodon the anterior half of the skull is so greatly modified
in connection with the toothless beak that the affinities are
masked. There is little doubt, however, that the beak is derived
from that of a Theriodont type, intermediate stages being found in
Cryptocynodon and Dicynodon.

In the structure of the posterior part of the skull Udenodon
agrees closely with the Theriodonts and Mammals; and differs
markedly from all the regular Reptilian types.

In the majority of typical reptiles the temporal region of the
skull is protected by two bony arches—a supra-lateral arch formed
by the postfrontal or postorbital and the squamosal or supra-
temporal, and an infra-lateral formed by the jugal and quadrato-
jugal. This arrangement, or a modification of it, occurs in the
Rhynchocephalians, Pelycosaurians, Crocodilians, Dinosaurs, and
other groups. The more primitive lizards differ in having lost
the lower arch. In the Dicynodonts, as in the Theriodonts and
Mammals, there is but a single arch formed by the jugal and
squamosal ; and some difference of opinion has been held as to

182 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

whether this single arch is the homologue of the upper or of the
lower arch in the typical reptiles. As, however, the single arch in
the Dicynodonts differs in structure from either of the normal rep-
tilian arches, and as it is moderately certain that the reptiles with
the two arches have been derived from the ancestral forms which
had the temporal region completely roofed, by quite a different
line from that by which the Dicynodonts have arisen, the single
arch in the latter cannot be regarded as homologous with either
of the arches in the more typical reptile. In the branch which
gave rise to the majority of Reptilian orders the temporal roof
became transformed on either side into a couple of arches by
an upper fenestra formed between the parietal, squamosal,
postorbital, and postfrontal, and a lower fenestra between the
jugal, quadrato-jugal, supratemporal’, and postorbital. In the
other great Reptilian branch which gave rise to the Anomodonts,
Theriodonts, and Mammals, a single fenestra only has been formed
in the temporal roof, corresponding to the upper fenestra of the
branch from which the Rhynchocephalians and allied forms have
sprung. After the formation of the fenestra, or possibly before,
the skull in the anomodont line became much simplified by the
reduction and loss of a number of elements and the corresponding
increase in size of others. The squamosal increased apparently
early in relative size, and with its increase the supratemporal and
the quadrato-jugal became first reduced and then lost. in a
number of different lines of descent we find a similar process
has gone on. Thus, in Sphenodon the squamosal by its increase
has led to the complete loss of the supratemporal and the great
reduction of the quadrato-jugal; in Aétosaurus the increased de-
velopment of the squamosal has led to the loss of both the supra-
temporal and the quadrato-jugal ; and in the Plesiosauria, which
are possibly an offshoot from the Anomodont stem, we find a very
large squamosal with complete loss of the supratemporal and
quadrato-jugal. The temporal region of Udenodon only ditfers
from that in the Plesiosaur in that, whereas the latter has both a
postfrontal and a postorbital, one of those elements is lost in
the former; in my opinion it is the postorbital which is lost in
the Anomodont.

The only essential difference between the structure of the
postero-lateral region of the skull in the Mammals and that in
the Anomodonts and Theriodonts is that the mammalian skull
has become further simplified by the loss of the postfrontal and
the almost complete loss of the quadrate. A number of years ago
I advanced (10) the view that the reptilian quadrate had its

* Concerning the two bones found in the upper and posterior temporal
region, opinions have differed as to which is to be regarded as the squaimosal
and which supratemporal. The opinion to which I have been led is that it is
invariably the upper and inner which is the squamosal—an opinion which
agrees with that of Baur, but differs from that of most British authorities,
including Parker. When only the one element is found it appears to be
always the squamosal.

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 183

homologue in the mammal in the interarticular cartilage of the
lower jaw. If recent advances in paleontology have not fully
confirmed this view, they have at least shown that practically all
the alternative theories are untenable.

In the higher Theriodonts, e.g. Cynognathus, the zygomatic
arch, though composed of the same elements as in Udenodon,
differs very greatly in the relative proportions of the parts; but
in the lower Theriodonts, i.e. Jctidosuchus (11), the zygomatic
arch bears much resemblance to that in the Anomodonts.

The palate in Dicynodon and Udenodon differs considerably from
the normal reptilian type, and agrees essentially with that in the
Theriodonts and Mammals.

All known Reptiles have palates more or less modified from a
primitive type such as is found in Pariotichus or Procolophon, and
which consists of the following elements :—an anterior pair of
bones which meet in the middle line, and which are usually
regarded ‘as “‘vomers”; a pair of large pterygoids, which have
each a posterior and outer branch to the quadrate, an outer and
anterior branch joining the transpalatine, and an anterior and
inner branch which usually meets the so-called ‘‘ vomer”; a pair
of palatines lying on the outer side of the anterior and inner
branches of the pterygoids; a pair of transpalatines; and a
median element passing forwards from the basisphenoid between
the two pterygoids, and usually referred toas the ‘ parasphenoid.”
This arrangement we find with only slight modilications in all
the early groups, including types so dissimilar as Pareiasaurus,
Procolophon, Ichthyosaurus, Plesiosaurus, Dimetrodon, and Sphe-
nodon.

The palates of the Theriodonts and Anomodonts are very con-
siderably modified derivatives of the same type. Unfortunately
in none of the primitive Theriodonts is the palate at all well
known. We know, however, that a secondary palate was not
formed in either Gorgonops or Jctidosuchus, nor apparently in
Ailurosaurus. In Udenodon we have an imperfect secondary
palate, and in the higher Theriodonts a secondary palate as well-
developed as that in mammals, and essentially similar to that in
mammals. As the general structure of the skeleton of Udenodon
is essentially Theriodont, and as the palate only differs from that
of the typical 'Theriodont in the specialization of the beak and in
the secondary palate being imperfect, one is justified in concluding
that the Anomodonts are a specialized offshoot from the earlier
Theriodonts. In the evolution of the Theriodont palate from the
primitive Reptilian type, the changes which have taken place
appear to have been the following :—The anterior and internal
branch of the pterygoid has become greatly reduced and finally
lost, and its place and function to a large extent has been taken
up by a great increase in theso-called ‘“‘ parasphenoid” ; while the
anterior and outer branch has become more developed, and with
its increase the palatine has come to lie rather internal than
external to the pterygoid. With the development of a secondary

184 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [ June 4,

palate the anterior paired element—the so-called ‘‘ vomer ”—being
no longer required as a bony floor for the nasal cartilages, has become
reduced, and is only retained to give support to the cartilages of
Jacobson’s organ. This is the condition we find in Gomphognathus
(12). The “parasphenoid,” having now a new function—that
of forming a support for the secondary palate—becomes greatly
developed as a median plate, which is unquestionably the homo-
logue of the mammalian vomer. From this it follows that the
element called Parasphenoid in the Reptiles generally ought to be
called the Vomer; while the anterior paired element, usually
regarded as the ‘‘vomer,” but which is the homologue of the
dumbbell-shaped bone in Ornithorhynchus, may be called the
‘anterior vomer,” or by the name I have elsewhere (13) proposed
for convenience, the Prevomer.

In Udenodon the true vomer is greatly developed, but the
anterior vomer or prevomer is lost—no doubt owing to the great
palatal development of the premaxillary. The vomer in the
Anomodonts agrees with the mammalian vomer even more closely
than does the vomer in the higher Theriodonts.

In the Chelonians, probably as the result of a parallel develop-
ment, the palate bears considerable resemblance to that in the
Anomodonts, and it even appears that the median vomer is a true
vomer, as in Dicynodon and its allies.

The lower jaw of Udenodon differs greatly in appearance from
that in the Theriodonts, owing to its being toothless and to the
absence of a well-developed coronoid process. As the elements
are apparently the same, the difference is probably due largely to a
degeneration in the Anomodont jaw, similar to that which has
taken place in the toothless mandibles of such mammals as
Echidna or the Whales.

The vertebra appear to be essentially similar in structure in the
Anomodont and in the Theriodont ; but in the Anomodont the
type is somewhat more primitive, in that the ribs of the lower
trunk vertebre are not specialized as they are in the higher
Theriodont at least.

The shoulder-girdle in Udenodon belongs to the type which is
found to persist with little variation from the lower forms such as
Parevasaurus up to the Monotremes. The cartilaginous elements
consist of a scapula, a coracoid, and a distinct precoracoid, while
the membrane-bone elements are a clavicle, a supra-clavicle or
cleithrum, and a median interclavicle. In the Anomodonts the
coracoid and the precoracoid are extremely like those in the
Theriodonts, both the higher and the lower ; but, curiously enough,
the scapula agrees with that in the higher Theriodonts such
as Cynognathus, and differs from that in the lower Therio-
donts, e.g. Ictidosuchus, in having a moderately well-developed
acromion.

The humerus closely resembles that in the Theriodonts, but
whereas in the latter, as in the typical terrestrial mammals, the
humerus is elongated, in the Anomodonts, as in the Monotremes,

1901. ] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 185

the humerus is short and broad. As pointed out by Owen in
Platypodosaurus, the humerus bears a most remarkable resemblance
to that in Echidna. There is little doubt, however, that the
humeri in both the Monotremes and the Anomodonts have been
derived by a parallel development from the more elongated
Theriodont type.

The radius and ulna closely resemble these bones in both the
Theriodonts and in the Mammals. The ulna is remarkable by its
having a very well-developed olecranon, somewhat resembling that
which Seeley has shown to occur in Theriodesmus, but developed
to a much greater extent.

The carpus is strikingly like that of both the Theriodont and
the Mammal. In Theriodesmus it is moderately certain that there
are four bones in the proximal row as shown by von Bardeleben
(14), and not three as according to Seeley’s restoration (15).
From the condition found in Udenodon it will be seen that
Seeley’s objection to placing four bones in the proximal row is of
no weight. Bardeleben figures two centralia, but as these two
are figured by Seeley as a single bone, there must still remain
some doubt as to whether Theriodesmus has one or two centralia.
The carpus of Theriodesmus resembles that of Udenodon in the
small size of the 2nd carpale, but differs in the apparent absence
of the 5th carpale. Theriodesmus further differs from Udenodon
in having a small prepollex. In the structure of its carpus
Udenodon seems to be more primitive than the Theriodont, and
shows affinities with a number of the earlier reptilian types. In
Sphenodon the carpus is very similar, but differs in having two
centralia. The carpus of Lacerta as figured by Wiedersheim is
almost similar to that of Udenodon, only differing slightly in the
relative size of one or two of the elements. In Proterosaurus
the carpus is again formed on the same type, though apparently
with the absence of the pisiform; and in the Chelonians we have
another slight modification of type.

In many mammals we find the carpus very closely agreeing
with that of Udenodon, but with the 5th carpale invariably lost.
It is remarkable that in the lowest mammalian orders—the
Monotremata, the Marsupialia, and the Edentata—the os centrale
is absent. It is, however, retained in many Rodents, most
Insectivores, the Seals, in the Hyrax, and in the Primates. Even
in Man in early feetal life a distinct central element can be
seen.

The manus agrees with that of the mammal, not only in the
number of digits, but in the number of phalanges in each.

The pelvis belongs to that type with expanded ilium and small
obturator foramen, which can be seen as far back as Hryops
among the Labyrinthodonts, and which is still found in the
mammals of to-day. As in the Pariasaurians, the ilium lies
mainly in front of the acetabulum, and the ischium and pubis are
well developed. The obturator foramen, however, is considerably
larger than in these primitive forms. In Cynognathus the illum

186 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

is even more greatly expanded antero-posteriorly than in Udeno-
don, and the ischium is produced backwards to a greater extent,
while the obturator foramen is considerably larger. The pelves in
the two forms are, however, manifestly closely related, though the
Theriodont pelvis comes nearer to the Mammalian type than does
the Anomodont; while the latter retains more of the primitive
characters.

The femur does not greatly resemble the femora of those few
Theriodonts in which that bone is known. It shows hardly any
of the remarkable features of the femur of Ictidosuchus. There
is, however, a distinct depression immediately inside the great
trochanter corresponding to the deep pit in the femur of that
early Theriodont. It is probable, however, that in many Therio-
donts the femur was as little specialized as in Udenodon. In
Cynodraco the distal end of the femur is fairly like that in the
Anomodont. On thewhole it must be admitted that the Anomodont
femur resembles the Mammalian type more than that of any other
known Reptilian group.

The fibula agrees with that in the Monotremes and Marsupials,
in having the upper end expanded and passing beyond the head
of the tibia. A similar condition is seen in Aristodesmus.

The tarsus is especially interesting, in that while it shows close
affinities with the primitive types, it also foreshadows the tarsus
of the mammal. Assuming that my interpretation of the
elements is correct, the tarsus would show some resemblance to
that in the Pelycosauria, where, according to Cope (16), a distinct
intermedium and centrale are present. In the large majority of
Reptiles the intermedium and the centrale become early united
with the tibiale. In the mammal it would appear that the astra-
gulus is the tibiale, the caleaneum the fibulare, the navicular the
centrale, and that the intermedium is missing. The condition of the
elements in Udenodon would seem to favour this view. By Gegen-
baur, Flower, and others the mammalian astragalus has been held
to represent the united tibiale and intermedium ; while according
to Emery the astragalus represents a fusion of the intermedium
and a paracentrale. When, in any form, a single cartilage or bone —
occupies the situation held by two elements in an ancestral type,
many morphologists incline to regard the single element as morpho-
logically equivalent to the two; but in the very large majority of
cases there is good reason to believe that the single element is
only functionally equivalent to the two, and that it is the homo-
logue of only one, the other being completely lost. Thus, if we
compare the human carpus with that of the Baboon, we might
readily conclude that the scaphoid or radiale in Man was equivalent
to the small scaphoid and centrale together of the lower form;
but we know from development that a rudiment of the centrale
is present and quite distinct in man in early foetal life, and that
as development advances it completely disappears. Very many
similar instances might readily be given. Of course this rule does

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 187

not apply to those cases where two elements distinct in early life
coalesce or anchylose as development advances, but it appears to
apply to membrane-bones as well as cartilage.

In Udenodon the small size of the intermedium seems to
indicate that it is on the point of disappearing, and in mammals
it is apparently quite lost. The centrale, though as displayed it
is small, occupies the position of the navicular in the mammal,
which has generally been regarded as the centrale of the
tarsus.

The digits and the phalanges agree in number with those of the
Mammalia.

ConcLuUSION.

From the structure of the skull and other parts of the skeleton,
Udenodon is very manifestly closely related to both the Theriodonts
and to the Mammals, and though the higher Theriodonts are too
specialized to have been the ancestors of the Anomodonts, the
lower Theriodonts may very well have been the ancestors not only
of the Anomodonts but of the Mammals. The lower Theriodonts
may have sprung from forms allied to Pareiasaurus with the
temporal region completely roofed; and it seems probable that
the bones forming the temporal roof have been reduced in number
before the first formation of the fenestra. From the same line by
which the Theriodonts have arisen, it is probable that the Plesio-
saurs have sprung as an offshoot arising early and becoming
greatly specialized, and it is also possible that the Chelonians have
branched off from near the same point.

All the other reptilian groups appear to have arisen by a different
branch or branches from the primitive forms. From forms with
the temporal region completely roofed as in Pariotichus, it is
probable that a group arose with the roof fenestrated at first in
the supralateral region, and then later in the infralateral region
as well, and giving rise toa group of which Paleohatteria may
be regarded as the type. From this group it is highly probable
that the Pelycosauria have arisen by one branch, the Crocodilia
by another, the Dinosauria, and probably the Ornithosauria, by a
third; while a fourth branch has given rise to the Rhyncho-
cephalia and the Squamata. The Ichthyosauria appear to have
either sprung directly from the primitive group, or to have
branched off very early from the Palewohatteria stem. All the
orders along this main branch have the palate directly derived
from a Sphenodon-like type, and in most instances the modification
from the type is slight.

What appear to be the mutual relationships of the principal
Orders are best seen when an endeavour is made to arrange them
phylogenetically, thus :—

=H
®
S
3

far)

ioe

DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND

188

“RLLOYQN GL

\ a7 ‘ereidnsaeyy

“snyouliy.soyzwUse

oe

"SOWMALOUO, VATPIULI

“uopouapy
‘snygoubouliy fi
| “wopoulaug
‘snyqnuboyduoy
NI
XX 7 UOPOnyROpney

SS
‘snyonsopuay “I

‘syUOpOMoyy, oaTq aig “elInvsolse,

\

(4) Se

\

x

\

"SOAW

“elINVsOul(y if

wy; “eI [IPOO0.IQ)

‘eydiomouoyqység
]
“eI deoerT | “BLINVSOY}IUIC
\ y NG
“erprydg— S “ermesoodyog
1p! < <
\
\
“elpeydeoogoucgyy \
“elLmesodyy yay /
"eLInesouesoagq
"eLInesojoy

ue

*(¢ adop “ernesopsqog =) JOpIO pezipeseues oarqiuaiag

1901.) AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. - 189

1.

13.

14.

15.

16.

List oF PAPERS REFERRED TO.

Snetny, H. G.—‘“‘ On associated Bones of a small Anomodont
Reptile, Keirognathus cordylus (Seeley).” Phil. Trans. vol.
179 B. (1888), p. 487.

. Owrn, R.—‘ Catalogue of Fossil Reptilia of S. Africa.’

1876.

. Corn, E. D.—“ On the Homologues of some of the Cranial

Bones of the Reptilia, and on the systematic arrangement
of the Class.” Proc. Amer. Assoc. for Ady. of Sci. 1870.

. Huxtey, T. H.—“< On some Amphibian and Reptilian Remains

from S. Africa and Australia.” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.
vol. xv. 1859.

. SpuLny, H. G.—“ Researches on the Structure, Organization,

and Classification of the Fossil Reptilia—VI. On the
Anomodont Reptilia and their Allies.” Phil. Trans. vol.
180 B. (1889), p. 215.

. Broom, R.—*< On the Structure of the Palate in Dicynodon

and its Alles.” Trans. 8. African Phil. Soc. vol. xi. part 11.
1901.

. Lypexkmer, R.—“ Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia and

Amphibia in the British Museum,” Part IV. 1890.

. Owen, R.—“ Description of parts of the Skeleton of an

Anomodont Reptile (Platypodosaurus robustus Ow.) from
the Trias of Graaff Reinet, 8. Africa.” Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc. 1880.

. Owrn, R.—“ Description of parts of the Skeleton of an

Anomodont Reptile (Platypodosaurus robustus Ow.).
Part II. The Pelvis.” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1881.

. Broom, R.—‘‘ On the fate of the Quadrate in Mammals.”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1880.

. Broom, R.—“ On Ictidosuchus primevus.” Trans. 8. Afr. Phil.

Soe. vol. xi. part ii. 1901.

. Broom, R.—<On the occurrence of an apparently distinct

Prevomer in Gomphognathus.” Journ. Anat. & Phys.
vol. xxxi. 1897.

Broom, R.—“ On the Homology of the Palatine Process of
the Mammalian Premaxillary.” Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W.
1895.

BARDELEBEN, K.—‘*‘ On the Prepollex and Prehallux, with
observations on the Carpus of Vheriodesmus phylarchus.”
EAS Soop. 200)

Szetny, H. G.—“ Researches.—III. On the parts of the
Skeleton of a Mammal from Triassic rocks of Klipfontein,
S. Africa.” Phil. Trans. vol. 179 B. (1888), p. 141.

Corz, EK. D.—* The relations between the Theromorphous
Reptiles and the Monotreme Mammalia.” Proc. Amer,
Assoc. for Adv. Sci. vol. xxxiii. p. 471 (1885).

Nat. size.

8. Right clavicle of Udenodon gracilis.
9. Sternum of Anomodont—believed to be Udenodon buini.
10. Right shoulder-girdle of Udenodon baini.

190 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XVI.
Fig. 1. Skeleton of a small Udenodon, presumably U. gracilis. The parts in
outline are from the remains on the counter slab. X 4%.
Puate XVII.
Fig. 2. Upper view of skull of Udenodon gracilis. Nat. size.
3. Side view of skull of Udenodon gracilis. Nat. size.
4, Vertebra (probably lower thoracic) of Udenodon bainii. Nat. size.
5. Posterior view of right hind-limb of Udenodon gracilis. Nat. size.
6. Inner view of pelvic bones of right side of Udenodon gracilis. Nat.
size.
Prats XVIII.
Fig. 7. Posterior or under side of right arm-bones of Udenodon gracilis.

Nat. size.

Nat. size.
Nat. size.

11. Right coracoid and precoracoid of Udenodon baini, from within.

Nat. size.

REFERENCE LErTErs.

ac., acetabulum. n., anterior nares.
acr., acromion process. na., nasal bone.

é., centrale. ol., olecranon process.
e.d., deltoid ridge. pb., pubis.
¢.e., external condyle. ph., phalanges.

el,, clavicle. pt., pisiform.

co., coracoid, p.co., precoracoid.

j., femur. ra., radiale.

Jo., fibula. rd., radius.

jl., fibulare. rf., frontal ridge.
jm., femur. 7.p.f., postfrontal ridge.
jo., precoracoid foramen. Se., scapula.
fob., obturatur foramen. Sp., neural spine.

gl., glenoid facet. tb., tibia.

hu., umerus. tl., tibiale.

z., intermedium. tr., transverse process.

w., ilium.
as., ischium.
mt., metatarsals.

tarsalia (1 & 4-5).

., ulna.
., ulnare.

4. On some Species of Earthworms of the Genus Benhamia
from Tropical Africa. By Franx E. Bepparp, F.R.S. &e.

[Received May 20, 1901.]
(Text-figures 12-19.)

The genus Benhamia was originally instituted by Dr. Michaelsen
and withdrawn from Acanthodrilus, in which it had been formerly
included. Quite recently * the same authority has proposed to drop
this generic name, and has placed the species which belong to it in

1

| JB. Hamb. wiss. Anst. vi. p. 6.
? Oligocheeta in ‘ Das Tierreich,’ 1900, p. 334.

1901.] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 191

the genus Dichogaster (originally instituted by myself‘), which has
priority. This genus Dichogaster was also extended so as to include
Mvcrodrilus, Millsonia, and Balanta. The extended genus will
contain therefore at the present moment no less than 70 species.
If it can be avoided, it appears to me to be undesirable to divide
families into such large genera. I do not for a moment deny that
the difference between the several types, which were distinct
enough at the time of their creation as genera, are through further
discovery rendered small. Nevertheless it appears to me to be
still possible to retain the genus Benhamia (which perhaps must
include Vrigaster) for those Acanthodrilid worms in which the
male pores are quite independent at their orifice from the spermi-
ducal glands, and which in all cases (save only in Benhamia viridis)
open on to a segment (the xviith) lying between those upon
which open the two pairs of spermiducal glands. But B. viridis
is not exceptional in the fact that the sperm-ducts are quite
independent at their orifice of the spermiducal glands. Benhamia
is, at least mainly, an African genus—tropical African. Some
38 species are confined to that continent, and two others have been
found in the Malay Archipelago as well, while a third has been met
with in many parts of the world. Four are, so far as we know at
present, confined to the Oriental region, while 9 (exclusive of the
species of the genus Trigaster) are Central-American and West-
Indian. It is held, and as I think rightly held, by Michaelsen
that the real home of the genus is tropical Africa, and that
there is a great possibility that the species not found within
that area have been accidentally transferred. As to the ease
with which this may have occurred there is plenty of evidence
which I need not recapitulate here. There are, as it appears
to me, two strong pieces of evidence in favour of the view that
it has occurred in the case of this particular genus, which are
these :—firstly, three species are common to Africa and to some
other part or parts of the globe ; secondly, the species of the genus
Benhamia of Western Africa are different from those of Central
and Hastern Africa. Now migration across the continent must
surely be an easier matter than migration so far as the Malay
archipelago ; we thus are forced to conclude that if so trifling a
barrier, comparatively speaking, as the breadth of equatorial Africa
has prevented the intermingling of western and eastern species,
the enormous tracts of land and sea which intervene between
Benhamia bolaw in Africa and the same species in other parts of
the world must have been traversed by some other means than
unaided effort.

(1) Benhamia moorii, n. sp.

Mr. Moore has very kindly placed in my hands two specimens
of earthworms collected by him in Africa. One of these is well
preserved, and isa large and, as I believe, new species of Benhamia.

* Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxix. p. 251.

192 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS (June 4,

The worm was found upon the Kurungu mountains north of Lake
Kivu.

This Benhamia is of a leaden colour with a distinct tinge of pink.
It is also, on account of its darkly pigmented body, beautifully
iridescent. It measures some 280 mm. in length, and is thus one
of the larger species of the genus; the extreme diameter (behind
the clitellum) is 15 mm.; it isthusastoutly built worm. Towards
both ends of the body it tapers somewhat. As will be seen from
the drawing exhibited (text-fig. 12), many of the preclitellar segments
are biannulate. The prostomiwm is quite small and entirely re-
tracted within the buccal cavity. It is continued back by a slender
prolongation a short distance over the buccal segment. The dorsal
pores of this worm are apparently rather remarkable in one matter.
They commence between segments v./vi., as in many species of
the genus. Four plainly obvious pores follow the first one, which
is not so pronounced as they are. Then there is a gap where two
pores ought tobe. It might be imagined that this gap was appa-
rent and not real, due simply to the greater contraction of the body
at this part. On dissection, however, the pores were exceedingly
plain. And I observed that on the border-line of the three seg-
ments, where the dorsal pores were apparently absent, the longi-
tudinal muscle which acts as an expansor muscle of the pore was
carried right across the place where the pore should be, instead of
ending at its margin as is the case when the pore is present. There
seems to be thus no doubt as to the real absence of these pores
from the segments mentioned, a curious circumstance which I, do
not recollect having seen referred to in any other species. Between
segments xii./xil. the pores recommence and continue in an un-
broken line to the very end of the body. On the clitelluma median
groove partly obliterates the actual pores; it runs from pore to pore
and on the anterior part of the clitellum is continuous for some
distance ; there are traces of it also elswhere upon the clitellum.
It is not a furrowing of the integument, but a slight folding which
may of course be due to contraction ; and yet thisis not certain,
since it is the ventral side of this worm which was most contracted,
a circumstance which ought to have resulted in a tauter condition
of the opposite side of the body.

The setw, as is universal in this genus, are strictly paired, and lie
entirely upon the ventral surface of the body.

The cltellum is fairly extensive. It begins with the xiith and
ends with the xxuird segment, thus occupying eleven segments.
The middle region of the clitellum, including segments xiv.—xxi.,
is more compacted, owing to a reduction in the depth of the inter-
segmental furrows. The ventral surface of a considerable portion
of this is deeply depressed, as in other species of Benhamia, and thus
forms a sucker-like structure, extending from about the fifteenth to
the twentieth segment. This area surrounds of course the male
pores. The arrangement of these will be apparent from an inspec-
tion of the drawing exhibited (text-fig. 12). The species shows no
ereat differences from the conditions which have been observed

1901. ] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 193

Text-fig. 12.

Age

Ventral view of the anterior segments of Benhamia moorei. Xx 3.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. Il. No, XIN). 13

194 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

and described in other species of Benhamia. The four pores of the
spermiducal glands lie as usual upon the xviith and xixth segments.
Their position corresponds to that of the ventralmost sete ; from
each protrudes a single penial seta, whose structure will be dealt
with immediately in connection with that of the male efferent
apparatus. A nearly circular fold of integument surrounds each
pore, and is continuous with a fold which demarcates a groove
putting the two pores of each side of the body into communication.
This seminal gutter has a curvature which is not usual in the
genus. As arule it is absolutely straight, or, if curved, the con-
_ yexity of the curve is to the outside. In the present species the
curvature is, as may be seen in the figure, in the reverse direction,
the concavity of the curve being directed outwards. Between the
two gutters the integument is traversed by a regular series of
grooves which subdivide its surface as I have shown (text-fig. 12).
I presume that the orifices of the sperm-ducts lie in the groove on
each side of the body. But the groove was so deep that I was
unable to detect them. Moreover I am unable to assert definitely
whether or not the ventral pair of sete are present upon the xvilith
segment. It was thought fora time that the absence of these
sete was distinctive of the genus Benhama (sensu stricto) ; but, as
Michaelsen has found that this is not always the case, the character
must be dropped: still it remains true that in the majority of
species which have been carefully examined these sete are really
absent. On the clitellum generally of this worm, large though it
is, the sete are not at all conspicuous. Just behind each of the
anterior penial setee and just before each of the posterior penial sete
there is, to the side, an isolated and smallish tract of integument
which I regard as a genital papilla. The two pairs of genital
papille would thus appear to be situated on the border lines of
segments xvii./xvili, and xviil./xix. Although the appearance of
the integument which fcrms these structures does not differ
markedly from the appearance of the surrounding integument, yet
the groove which surrounds them seems to mark them out as some-
thing distinct ; and they are, as I think, to be looked upon as
genital papille, which are sometimes, though not very generally,
present in the species of this genus. J could not find either the
pores of the oviducts or those of the spermathecs. As to the
latter, a dissection assured me that they are ventral in position and
correspond fairly closely to the position of the pores of the spermi-
ducal glands.

Internal Anatomy.

When the worm was cut open, the relative thickness of various
regions of the integument was found to vary considerably.
Anteriorly to the clitellum the body-wall was much thinner than in
the clitellar region and bebind it Imay remark that a difference
of colour distinguished the two layers of the clitellar epithelium.

Intersegmental Septa.—The considerable deficiency of septa in the
anterior region of the body may perhaps account for the thinness

1901.] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA, 195

of the integument already referred to. It is very unusual to find
so few—and those such thin—septa dividing the anterior segments.
Their arrangement, moreover, is very puzzling when taken in re-
lation with the external segmentation and with the location of
organs internally. The first recognizable septum is fairly thick
and separates segments v. and vi. Its insertion on the body-wall
corresponds quite accurately to the external furrow separating
those segments. There is then an apparent gap of considerable
extent in which there are no septa at all, though the cesophagus
and the gizzards are bound to the parietes bya few muscular threads.
The next actual septum is very thin; it is inserted behind the last
of the two gizzards on to the alimentary canal, but to the body-
wall at about the middle of the ixth segment, as mapped by the
dorsal pores which are quite conspicuous from the inside of the
body. It might therefore be held that the few muscular strands,
already referred to, represented the otherwise missing septa vi./vil.
and vii./vili., and perhaps viil./ix. Obvious thongh this determi-
nation seems on a dissection, it is apparently not correct. If we
count the septa from a fixed point such as the segment lodging,
and containing the external orifice of, the anterior spermiducal
gland, we find that up to as far forwards as the xivth segment
there is a correspondence between the insertion of the septa and
the segments which they demarcate. Between the septum which
defines the fifteenth segment anteriorly and the second recogniz-
able septum just described, I find six septa crowded together. It
seems to follow therefore that that septum, in spite of the place of
its attachment to the body-wall, is really septum vii./vill. and that
the only really missing septum is vi./vil.

As this latter septum would if present lie between the two
gizzards, it is not surprising to find it absent, a state of affairs which
is very characteristic of the gizzard segments of Pericheta (syn.
Amyntas and Pheretima).

None of the septa as already mentioned are particularly thick ;
those dividing segments xii./xvil. are the most developed.

Alimentary Canal.—The pharynx occupies the first five segments
of the body. The two gizzards are separated by a very short tract
of thin-walled cesophagus. The anterior of the two gizzards is
really preceded by a third rather rudimentary gizzard, for the walls
of the end of the csophagus are nearly as thick as those of
the gizzard and are divided from it by a brief thin-walled region.
From what has been said with regard to the septa of this part of
the body, it should be clear that the two fully developed gizzards
lie in segments vi. and vii.,a quite reasonable determination of
their situation. Segments v. and vi., however, are more usually
occupied by the gizzards in this genus. The caleiferous glands are
in segments xv., xv1., and xvii. The first pair differ from the rest in
being whiter in colour. Each gland is somewhat kidney-shaped
but with a number of transverse depr essions dividing it into lobules.
The glands open separately into the cesophagus, by wide and easily
visible ducts.

13*

196 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

Generative oryans.—The testes I did not detect. The ovaries were
very small, though easily recognizable in their usual segment
(the xitith). There are two pairs of funnels, which seem at first
sight to be situated farther forward than is the rule; they lie in
fact beneath, and are quite concealed by, the large gizzards. ‘The
shifting of the septa, however, already referred to, accounts for
this appearance ; and I have little doubt but that the funnels lie in
segments x. and xi. They are large, much folded, and of an opaque
white colour as is usual with the funnels of the terrestrial Oligo-
cheta. The sperm-sacs are apparently but slightly developed, that
is if I am right in my identification of these structures. In
segment xii. and attached just behind the posterior pair of funnels
to the septum near to the ventral body-wall, is a pair of small
pear-shaped bodies which I took at first for testes, so small are
they, and of so unusual a form for sperm-sacs. Nevertheless I
imagine that they must be sperm-sacs, though I could make out
nothing decisive in their structure when teased in glycerine. A
second pair of apparently similar sacs lie above them and protrude
into their segment through an obviously natural foramen in the
septum. <A series of sections enable me to state definitely that
these are sperm-sacs. The spermiducal glands are large and much
coiled, so that they occupy only two or three segments. They
appear, however, above the gut in thisregion. The muscular duct
in which they end is thinnish and of some extent.

This Benhamia has the usual two pairs of spermathece, which are
large and completely hidden by the gizzards; their external orifices
are, however, between segments vu./vill. and vill./ix. Each sac
(text-fig.13, p.197) consists of a thin-walled receptacle of somewhat
irreeular form owing to its being not very full of secreted matter,
and to unequal pressure by the other viscera in the preserved worm.
Leading from this pouch is the thick-walled and more muscular
duct, which is quite of equal length to the pouch. Attached to
the duct nearer to its external opening than to the pouch is a single
diverticulum, which is composed of a rosette of flattened seminal
chambers which are chalk-white from the enclosed semen.

Penial Setw.—It is rather extraordinary that the very fragile
penial setze were absolutely intact. Protruding from each of the
four spermiducal gland-apertures was a single long penial seta
of a brown horn-colour, and some four or five millimetres long.
That they were protected by the deep depression in which the
male orifices lie is possibly the cause of their preservation ; for I
found them very brittle. These four sete stand up perfectly
straight without a bend, except at the very tip, which is hooked.
It is a curious fact that they were symmetrically disposed ; each
pair stood as it were back to back, with the hooks directed outward.
I do not think that this regularity in the position of the penial
setze has been commented upon before.

The appearance of these setee under the microscope (see text-
fig. 16, p. 205) is characteristic. Very nearly the whole of that
part of the seta which is exposed at the surface of the body is marked

1901.] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 197

by complete rings of a different texture, or at least appearance, to
the interspaces. It can be readily seen that these rings are not
superficial markings upon the seta, as they have been—perhaps
wrongly—stated to be in the case of similar seta in other worms.
They are, as was correctly stated by Michaelsen in another species
of earthworm, caused by some differentiation of the material of the

Text-fig. 18.

Spermatheca of Benhamia moorei. X 3.

seta below the outermost layer. Towards the hooked end of the seta
these rings get to be closer together and at the same time of less
diameter. In addition to these markings the extremity of the seta
is pitted—this time quite superficially—with minute excavations.
The tip is strongly hooked, and before this the seta regularly but
rapidly decreases in calibre, not suddenly as Michaelsen has figured
and described in Benhamia itiolensis.

Spermatophore.—I found a spermatophore in this species ; but I
do not give a full account of it, and as the existence of spermato-
phores in this genus is not my discovery, I do not give a special
section to an elaborate description of it. It is curious how rarely
spermatophores have been met with in the enormous number of
species (some 550) belonging to the family Megascolicide (from
which I exclude the Eudrilide). Indeed I am only acquainted
with their description in two forms belonging to the same genus
as the subject of the present communication. Dr. Michaelsen has in
fact figured and briefly noticed a spermatophore in Benhamia monti-
cola and B. itiolensis. The spermatophore of the species described
here is apparently slightly different in form. I may remark first of
all that it lay entirely in the muscular duct of the spermatheca, and

} Regenwiirmer in Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, p. 28, pl. i. fig. 4.

198 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

that it is too large to have been moulded in the narrow muscular
part of the spermiducal gland. The end turned towards the
spermatheca was oval in form, and this region gradually narrowed
and then terminated abruptly in a large roughly rounded mass, of
greater diameter than the oval end of the spermatophore. The
structure was very hard, anda little brittle, and of the usual chitin
yellow. When viewed with the naked eye, or witha lens, the
distal end of the spermatophore was white from the enclosed
sperm. The finer middle region was of a golden yellow, since the
canal here within the spermatophore was narrow. ‘The walls are
thick, especially of course those of the rather irregularly shaped
terminal swelling. Whether there is a terminal pore I do not know.

I conclude with a brief definition of this new species, which I
propose to name after Mr. Moore :—

Benhamia moorei, n. sp.

Length 280 mm., diameter 10-15 mm. Prostomium very small,
prolonged for a short way on to the buccal segment. Dorsal pores
commence v./vi. Clitellum wii.—aeit. Male por es on deep depression ;
seminal gutter convex inwards. Two purs of genital papille on
xvit./evii. and wviir.fam, Gizzards in vi. and vui.; calciferous
glands WM BU., LUI., LUM, opening separately into asophagus. No
septa very thick ; septum vt./vi. wanting. Dorsal vessel single ; last
heartin au. Two pairs of sperm-duct funnels. Spermiducal glands
large and coiled. Penral sete one to each gland, hooked at the tip
and marked throughout the greater part with fine rings ; at the very
tip very slightly pitted. Spermathecee with long muscular duct as
long as the pouch. Near to the beginning of the muscular duct a rosette
of four or five diverticula. Spermatophores present.

Hab. Kurungu Mts., East Central Africa.

(2) Benhamia johnstoni, n. sp.

Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., has sent to the Natural History
Museum three Earthworms which prove to be all of the same species,
and are closely allied to B. moorei which has just been described.
I am indebted to the kindness of Sir Harry Johnston as well as to
Dr. Lankester for allowing me the opportunity of examining these
worms. The species, which I propose to name after their
collector, is in many respects so near to B. mooret, that at first I
thought that I had before me some larger examples of that species.
Nevertheless, as I shall show, there are a number of points of
structure in which the two differ.

B. johnston is a larger worm, though its actual length is less
than that of B. moore: ; the largest of the three specimens was
250 mm. in length, but quite 20 mm. in breadth, indeed a milli-
metre or two more in places. It is thus an exceptionally stout
species. The colour during life must have been very marked ;
even in the preserved worms the contrasts of colours are
striking. The general colour above is of a red-brown, which
pales into a yellowish upon the ventral surface. The dorsal

1901.] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 199

pores are surrounded by a small pale area and the clitellum is
yellowish.

The prostomium is larger than that of B. moore? ; it is retracted
within the buccal cavity, and is divided off from the buccal
segment by a complete groove which dips faintly into the segment.
The arrangement of the prostomium is that denominated ‘ pro-
epilobisch ” by Dr. Michaelsen. It is convenient to have terms
for the varying condition of the prostomium which is so frequently
of use in the discrimination of species or genera, as in the present
instance. But it would be as well perhaps to convert Michaelsen’s
terms into more purely Greek compounds. I would suggest that
the terms should be epicheilous, &c. The dorsal pores have an
interesting arrangement in this species. In one of the three
examples no pores were missing from the intersegmental groove
v./vi. onwards. In another, one was not visible externally and
internally, the muscles, which are present in every case, running
from margin to margin of the successive pores, were exceedingly
feeble at this point. In the third example, which I did not open,
there was no doubt of the fact that the dorsal pores between
segments x./xi. and xi./xil. were absent ; for in that worm the other
pores happened to be particularly conspicuously distended. ‘There
is thus in the present species a series of stages which culminates
in the loss of the two dorsal pores immediately preceding the
clitellum. In B. moorei, as has been stated, the same pores are
absent ; but it may be of course that other examples would show
some trace of their presence. I should observe that the muscles
whose function it is to distend the pores are exceptionally well
developed in this species, and that the feeble muscles running from
the places which should be occupied by the missing dorsal pores
ended where the pores should be, and did not, asin B. moore,
continue their course over this spot without a break.

The setw have the usual strictly paired and ventral position.
The individual setz are very plainly ornamented, as is the case
with other species; the ornamentation is in the form of slight
ridges over the distal end of the seta. The seta as a whole is
rather straight, and has often a somewhat peculiar ending in its
epidermic sac, which is iliustrated in the accompanying drawing
(text-fig. 14, p. 200). The setz cannot be considered to be small
except proportionately, the worm being exceptionally large.

The clitellum is largely composed of segments whose mutual
demarcations have been to a great extent obliterated ; but in front
of, and behind, this region are two segments which belong to the
clitellum, though they are not so thoroughly amalgamated with the
middle segments as the latter are with each other. The clitellum
extends from segment xii. to xxiii. inclusive, and is thus longer than
that of B. mooret. The ventral surface which bears the several
male pores is deeply depressed as shown in the drawing (text-
fig. 15, p. 200).

The figure of B. moorci shows the tesselated appearance of the
integument in the region of the male pores; this appearance is

200 MR. F. E., BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

Text-fig. 14. —

Two sete of Benhamia johnstoni (highly magnified).

Text-fig. 15,

e

Ventral surface of clitellar segments of Benhamia johnstoni. x 3.

1901.] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 201

exaggerated in the present species (text-fig. 15, p. 200), the condition
of the integument somewhat obscuring the actual orifices of the
spermiducal glands. The penial sete projected from the latter
precisely as in B. moore. The groove which connects the two
spermiducal gland-pores of each side is straighter than in B. moorei,
and in the two not fully mature examples was perfectly straight.
The groove itself is a little difficult to see owing to the numerous
lines which divide up the ventral area into detached tracts.

The internal structure of this worm also shows a few small
differences from both B. moorei and B. itiolensis. The two gizzards
are so close together that itis difficult to note their line of division.
Moreover strands of muscle pass over this line of division. I am
disposed to believe that the gizzards lie respectively in segments
vil. and vill. It is rather hard to be certain upon this point; but
in any case I counted six septa in front of that which divides
segments xiy./xv. In front of the last of these six septa lies the
posterior of the two gizzards. It cannot therefore be behind the
vilith segment, though it is possible that the gizzard really lies in
vil. as in B. moore. The calciferous glands are in segments xv.,
xvi., xvii, They differ slightly from those of B. moore?, in that
the first and the third pairs are equal, while the middle pair are
rather the smallest. I observed no difference of colour such as
distinguishes the first pair of these glands in B. moorei. The
intestine in this species commences in segment xix. There is
apparently nodifference from B. moorei, as far as I can see, in this
particular.

The organs of reproduction are, moreover, much the same. I found,
as in B. moore, masses of sperm in segments xi., xii. I could find
no wall to these masses, which seemed to be merely freely floating
and agglomerated heaps of developing spermatozoa freed from the
testes. Ihave adverted to the very small size of the sperm-sacs
in B. moore. In the present species I could not discover them at
all; they must therefore be small if present. It is remarkable that
in mature examples of both species the sperm-sacs are so small,
and that both concur in having large and freely floating masses of
sperm. In B. itiolensis, Michaelsen was unable to record the
pesition and appearance of the sperm-sacs; while in Benhamia
viridis and Trigaster lankestert the sperm-sacs, dwindling as it
appears in the former three species, have entirely disappeared.
The spermiducal glands are very large and massive. Each of them
occupies two segments, the connection between the two masses
being by a single loop of the tube which perforates the septum ;
thus the appearance of four pairs of glands is produced. The
arrangement is obviously not quite the same as has been figured
by Michaelsen in B, itiolensis. But in the so-called variety
cerulea, the same arrangement as that characteristic of B. johnstone
appears to occur. The penial sete of the present species are quite
different in form from those of B. moorei, as will be seen from a
comparison of the accompanying drawings (text-fig. 16, p. 205).
The general form and the remarkable straightness is the same in

202 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

both, as is the series of transverse bars which mark the sete through-
out. At the distal end, however, there are plain differences. In
B. johnstoni the seta swells ovally just before its termination, and
on the ventral side of this there is a sharply marked ridge; the
actual extremity is bent almost like a crozier, the end lying parallel
with the main shaft; the very tip is slightly bifid. It is clear that
this does not agree with the figure given by Michaelsen of
Benhamia itiolensis. Nor does his description of the penial sete
of the variety cwrulea fit itself to what I have observed. Of the
seta in B. itiolensis var. cwrulea, he remarks that it has a much
narrower distal extremity (as in B. johnstonz), and that there is also
an oval swelling which precedes this terminal hook (also as in
B. johnstoni) ; but the tip is apparently not so much hooked as in
B, johnstoni, and no mention is made of the bifid extremity.

The two species Benhamia johnstoni and B. mooret evidently
come near to B. itiolensis’. But they both differ in a number of
recognizable features from that large and also Eastern African
Benhamia. To begin with, B. itiolensis is distinctly larger, it
measures 380 mm. Its colour seems to be somewhat different.
The anterior segments are some of them triannulate instead of
biannulate, as is the case with the species described in the present
paper. Nothing is said by Michaelsen of the missing dorsal pores ;
but in a variety of the type named by him var. cerulea, the
pores are stated not to begin until the intersegment xi./xiii. The
clitellum of B. itiolensis is more limited than in its allies; but the
seminal gutter is convex inwards asin those two species. At least
that is not the case with the type itself, but with the form cwrulea.
The spermiducal glands of B. itiolensis are very much smaller
than those of B. johnstoni or B. moorei, though their size appears
to be increased in the var. cwrulea. The penial sete as figured
by Michaelsen are more like those of B. johrstont, but the hooking
of the extremity is more marked in the latter form ; moreover, no
ornamentation is described. In var. ca@rulea the extremity of the
seta is more hooked, and therefore more like that of B. johnstoni.
Finally, B. ztiolensis has no free diverticula to the spermathece, a
feature which is so obvious in the species described by myself that
Michaelsen would hardly have overlooked it did it exist in his
Benhamia ctiolensis. The differences between many species of this
genus (which requires revision) are often so small, that a very
careful and detailed statement of the characters is necessary. For
this reason I have not hesitated to deal with my supposed new
species at considerable length.

It may be convenient to contrast the characteristics of the four
species ina tabular fashion. I shall consider the variety cwrulca to
rank as a species ; its differences from B. ctiolensis are quite as great
as those which divide many other recognized species of the genus.

1 Michaelsen, ‘‘ Beschreibung der. von Herrn Dr. Fr. Stuhlmann am ee
Nyanza eeasammelten Terricolen, ” JB. Hamb. wiss. Aust. ix. p. 3; ibid.,
p. 116; Regenwiirmer in Deutsch-Ost- Afrika, iv. p. 25; Gite in
Mmhiorrcich: 1900, p. 360.

1901.]

OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA.

203

B. itiolensis. B. ceerulea. B. moorei. B. johnstoni.
Prostomium......... iPaagotelens Epicheilous. Epicheilous. Proepicheilous.
Anterior segments. Triannutate, — ——saeaeeaes Biannulate. Brannulate.
Dorsal pores ...... v./ve. ri./xvid. v./Vi. v./v6.
UHI eee Cosene LW.-LUU, (?) LULL. LULU.
Seminal gutter Straight. Convex inwards. Convex inwards. Convex inwards.
Gizzandsnne ees: (?) Mis Beas (02) Ut., Vit. Ui., Vit.

Calciferous glands.

Spermathece

av. smallest.

xv. smallest.

vv. smallest.

xvi. smallest.

pemnins No eatern. div. No extern, div. Extern. div. Extern, div.
Penial sete ......... Suddenly Suddenly Gradually Suddenly
diminish into diminish into diminish into diminish into
slightly curved slightly curved slightly curved very curved
hook. hook. hook. hook.

From the above account of its structure I can abstract the
following definition of the species which, | may remark, contains
certain statements not described in any further detail in the
foregoing.

Benhamia johnstoni, n. sp.

Length about 250 mm. ; diameter 15-20 mm. Prostomium rather
large, retracted within mouth-cavity, not prolonged over buccal segment,
but with slight median projection. Dorsal pores commence v./vi.
Clitellum xi.-waitt. Male pores on deep depression ; seminal gutter
slightly convex imwards. Integument surrounding male pores
markedly tesselate. Gizzards in vi., vii.; caleiferous glands xv.,
VVL., LUU., opening separately into wsophagus; middle pair the
smallest. No septa very thick. Dorsal vessel single ; last hearts in
ait. Spermiducal glands lie in two masses i two segments each.
Penial setw, one to each gland, slightly swollen before strongly hooked
tip, which is bifid at extremity, marked throughout with fine rings.
Spermathece: with strong muscular duct longer than pouch, into the
duct opens a rosette of five or siv diverticula.

Hab, Ruwenzori, 6500 ft.

(3) Benhamia mollis, n. sp.

__ In the above table of the specific distinctions between the species
B, johnston, B. moore, B. rtiolensis, and B. caerulea, I have not in-
cluded the characters of a second species of Benhamia placed in
my hands by Mr. Moore. This worm is of a very dark brown
colour and is very soft. I naturally put down this softening to
inferior preservation ; but Mr. Moore informs me that the living
worm was exceeding soft and that the specimen which I have ex-
amined is in reality as well preserved as is the type of B. moore,
I have not compared its characters in a tabular form with those

204 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

of the other species for the reason that, although I believe it to
be a distinct form, it is not easy to define by marked characters
as can be made use of in such a table, and indeed it comes very
near to B. johnstont.

It is, however, a smaller and more slender species than is the
last named. My example measured some 205 mm. in length by a
diameter of about 7mm. There is the same curious absence of
two dorsal pores from the preclitellar series that is so noticeable in
B. moorei and B. johnstoni.

The genital area is a deep excavation; and the integument in
this region is tesselated in appearance, being divided up into
numerous small areas by grooves. The seminal gutters are nearly
straight, only slightly bulging inwards. The single penial seta, as
- in the other species, projects from the apertures on segments xvil.
and xix. The clitellum is a little less extensive, and seems to
occupy only segments xiv.-xxil. Lam sure that the ventral sete of
segment xvill. are wanting, and this adds probability to their appa-
rent absence in the other two species of which the present memoir
treats. Asin B. johnstoni, the middle pair of calciferous glands are
the smallest of the three pairs. The glands are somewhat flattened
from side to side, more so than in B. johnston, and much more so
than in B. moorei. ‘The intestine begins in segment xix. The two
gzzards are certainly in vil. and viil.; the same segments apparently
are occupied by the gizzards in B. johnstoni. The last heart is in
xu. The sperm-sacs in this species were more in evidence than in
the other two species of Benhamia dealt with here. They lie in
segments Xi., xil., and are somewhat elongated transversely, curving
up in asomewhat horn-like fashion. The penial sete of B. mollis
are recognizable as different from those of the other two species. The
setz of all three species are figured in the accompanying drawing
(text-fig. 16, p. 205). It will be noticed that their structure is inter-
mediate between that of the penial-setee of B. mooret and B. john-
ston’. As in the former, the distal end of the seta is not very strongly
curved ; as in the latter, the shaft of the seta is swollen before the
terminal hook. But the swelling is not so marked a feature of
the setze of the present species. Nor is the difference in diameter
between the hook and the rest of the seta so suddenly changed.
Moreover, the markings upon the end of the seta which appear to
be of the nature of pits are much more pronounced in B. mollis
than in its allies. No one, after inspecting the figures referred to,
can doubt the difference of the penial sete in the three species.
The spermiducal glands are, as in B. johnstoni, contained each in
two segments, one half or thereabouts of the gland lying in each
seoment. The junction between the two is a single tube, ¢.¢. the
gland only perforates the intersegmental septum once. The sper-
mathece are most like those of B. johnstont. The muscular duct
of the spermatheca is humped on one side, where a series of five
or six inconspicuous diverticula debouch into the duct. The
diverticula are less separated from the tube into which they open
than they are in B. mooret.

1901.]

OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA.

Text-fig. 16.

Dre
we

Penial setae of Benhamia (highly magnified).
A, distal extremity of that of B. johnstoni ; B, seta of B. moorei;
C, distal extremity of that of B. moldis,

05

206 MR. F. BE, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

It must be admitted that the principal reason for separating
this species from B. johnstoni is the character of the penial sete.
It is, however, a smaller species, with a different coloration. As
to the clitellum, it is possible that other specimens would show an
extension equal to that of B. johnstoni.

(4) Benhamia austeni, n. sp.

Tam indebted to the kindness of Mr. Austen for kindly col-
lecting for me a considerable number of specimens of a species of
Benhamia, which I believe to be new. ‘The worms were collected
about forty miles from Blantyre in Nyassa-land.

The species is not a large one, but I cannot give accurate
measurements of length as the worms were rather softened. I
should say that a length of 150 mm. by a diameter of 5 mm. was
a fair statement of their dimensions.

The sete have the usual strictly paired and ventral arrangement.
Those of the three or four anterior segments are smaller than those
which follow ; they gradually increase in size, and the larger ones
show a distinct ornamentation in the form of ridges which produce
a scale-like appearence—a form of ornamentation found in other
species of the genus. On segments vi—ix. or so the sete are
especially enlarged ; it will be noted that these segments are in
the neighbourhood of the spermathecal pores, and the strong pairs
of sete on the segments between which those pouches open are
particularly noteworthy. It is only the ventral sete which are
thus specially enlarged. Now it will be remembered that in
Benhamia liberiensis ‘ there is a similar enlargement of the ventral
pair of sete of segment vil. But in this species the sete when
extracted are seen to be quite as much modified as are the genital
sete of segments xvii. & xix. in the same and other species of
Benhamia. This is not the case with Benhamia austent; but the
enlargement and increase of the ornamentation upon the sete is a
step in that direction. The circumstances are exactly paralleled
by the slightly modified sete in the neighbourhood of the male

ores in certain species of Perionyx”, which in the allied genus
Megascolex become the much more modified penial sete.

There are no ventral sete upon segment xviil.

The dorsal pores commence between segments v./vi. They
appear to go on without intermission to the end of the body. No
such break as I have described in Benhamia moorei seems to exist.

The oviducal pores are paired. Hach pore lies on the fourteenth
seement to the inside of, and quite in line with, the ventralmost
seta; it locks, on an inspection by a lens, precisely like a third
seta in this position, by reason of its dark appearance.

It is important to note the position of the oviducal pores, which
vary in the genus, and would appear to offer characters of specific

1 Horst, “ Descriptions of Earthworms: IX. On two new Benhamia-species
from Liberia.” Notes Leyd. Mus. xvii. p. 21.
2 Beddard, ‘“‘On some new Species of Earthworms from various Parts of the

World.” P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 688.

1901. | OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 207

value by this variation in position. For example, in Benhamia
crassa the pores lie in front, though also shghtly to the inside, of
the ventralmost seta.

The clitellum extends from segments xiil.-xx. and:leaves only the
area which is occupied by the male pores free. he latter lie upon
the segments which they universally occupy in this genus. The
seminal groove which connects the two successive pores of each
side of the body is quite straight.

The internal anatomy is like that of the genus, and only shows
some slight differences from other species. The septa which divide
segments x./xiv., 7. e. four septa, are specially thickened.

The gizzards occupy segwents vy. & vi. The calciferous glands
are in segments xv., xvi., xvii. The glands are bean-shaped, and
the upper surface is traversed by a few longitudinal furrows,
which divide the glands into segments.

The last pair of hearts are in the twelfth segment, and the dorsal
vessel is throughout a single tube.

The sperm-sacs are in the same segments as those of the last
species described, 7. ¢. xi. & xii. They are large and racemose.
There is no doubt that this species, like at any rate some others,
has sperm-reservoirs also which enwrap the funnels and testes. I
cannot attempt an accurate description of them, but “can assert
that a pair project forwards, just as these pouches generally do
when they are present, into the xth segment.

The spermiducal glands are fairly long and coiled ; I occasionally
observed the posterior pair to be the smaller. The muscular ter-
minal duct is longish. The glands lie in two segments. The shape
of the penial sete of this species is quite peculiar for the genus,
and would serve at once to distinguish it, if there were no other
characteristics. One of the sete is shown in the drawing exhibited
(text-fig. 17, p. 208). Its shape is, as will be seen, straight j in the
shaft like that of the other East-African species alr eady dealt with
here. The end imbedded in the body-wall is curved slightly and
thicker. The opposite extremity of the seta is also curved and in
the same direction: it does not end in a very fine point but
diminishes gradually and not very much in width. he termination
is therefore a blunt point. It is the ornamentation of the genital
seta which is so characteristic. This consists of two rows of
spines which commence about half-way down the seta or a little
less. They appear to be much like the penial sete of Stuhlinannia
variabilis* figured by Michaelsen. In two setee which I examined
I found slight differences in the arrangement of these spinelets ;
in one which I have selected for figuring the two rows ran to the
end of the seta, and between them not far from their origin are
indications of a third row consisting of two separated tracts of
spinelets. In another example this middle row ran to the end of
the seta, and the lateral row of one side ceased a little way from

1 “ Beschreibung der yon Herrn Dr. Fr. Stuhlmann auf Sansibar, &e.” JB,
Hamb, wiss. Anst. ix. 1891, pl. ii. fig. 12,

[June 4,

MR. F. HE. BEDDARD ON BARTITWORMS

208

Dalle

Penial seta of Benhamia austent (highly magnified).

1901. ] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA, 209

its commencement. I may add that each seta-sae contained only
one seta, as in the other Hast-African species.

The spermathece of this species lie in segments vii. and ix.
Each consists of a thin-walled sac and of a duct. Into the com-
mencement of the latter opens a single diverticulum. The thin-
walled sac is divided by a constriction into two unequally sized
chambers, of which the upper is the larger. Its diameter exceeds
that of the duct. The smaller division is of about the same
diameter as the duct, and without a microscopical examination
might therefore be confounded with the duct. The great thick-
ness of the muscular walls of the latter serve to distinguish it
easily. Also the character of the lining epithelium. The duct of
the spermatheca is of about the same length as the pouch; its
walls are, as already said, very muscular, which gives to them a
nacreous appearance. The muscles are disposed in two layers of
which the thicker and internal layer consists of circular fibres.
The outer thinner layer is made up of longitudinally running fibres.
The diverticulum is an oval, almost spherical, pouch, which is
appended to the spermatheca by a short and slender duct. This
opens into the spermatheca just at the junction of the thin-walled
pouch with the thick-walled duct. It might appear from my
figure of the spermatheca of Benhamia moorei (text-fig. 13, p. 197),
that this species differs from Benhamia austeni by the fact that the
diverticula open into the muscular duct itself, and at some little
distance from the union of the duct with the pouch; this is, how-
ever, not the case, as I have assured myself by microscopic sections
of the spermatheca of B. moore? In that worm the diverticula
are certainly appended to the muscular duct itself ; but the tubes
which put them into communication with the interior of the
spermatheca run upwards (é. ¢. away from the external pore) and
open into the commencement of the thin-walled portion of the
spermatheca, which, however, in this species is rather thicker-
walled (in correspondence with its larger size) than the corres-
ponding portion of the spermatheca of Benhamia austeni.

I may extract from the foregoing the following definition of

Benhamia austeni, n. sp.

Length about 150 mm., diameter 5mm. Dorsal pores commence
v./vi. Clitellum wit.—vv. Male pores on a deep depression con-
nected by a straight seminal gutter. No genital papille. Gizzards
in v., Uv., 3 caleiferous glands in wv.-avii. Septa w./wiv. thickened.
Dorsal vessel single; last hearts in ati. Pwo pairs of sperim-duct
funnels. Spermiducal glands large and coiled. Penial sete with
two rows of spinelets, one to each sac. Spermathece with long
muscular duct and a single stalked spherical to oval diverticulum.
Spermatophores * present.

Hab. Near Blantyre, East Africa.

1 T intend to describe these structures, which differ from those of Benhamia
mooret, later.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No, XIV. 14

210 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

Lam indebted to Mr. Budgett, of Trinity College, Cambridge, for
a number of specimens of Earthworms from McCarthy Island in
the Gambia, which he collected during a recent visit. The speci-
mens were at first put aside under the impression that they belonged
to a species recently characterized by myself as Benhamia budgette’.
A further examination has, however, shown that they are not of
that species, but represent two other species of the same genus
upon which I propose to offer some notes. The preponderance
ot the known species of this genus are of West-African habitat,
some 25 having been described from that part of the continent ;
there are some 18 East and Central African forms.

The species of this genus are not at all easy to identify, and
there is a group of West-African forms to which the specimens
described in the present paper belong which are al] characterized
by the calciferovs pouches usually lying in the xivth to the xvith
segments, and of a form like the ‘“ quarter” of an orange; by
spermathecee unprovided with an externally visible diverticulum,
the anterior pair being often the smaller; and often by genital
papille in the neighbourhood of the male pores. This group con-
tains the species B. buettikoferi, B. horsti, B, beddardi, B. stampflir,
B. schlegelii, B. liberiensis, and B. budgetti. To the first of the
new forms described here I shall give the name of

(5) Benhamia gambiana, sp. n.

I have examined three examples all of which were sexually
mature. The length of the worms, which were somewhat softened
in condition, was about 170 mm.; the diameter not more than
5 mm. except in the more swollen clitellar region.

The prostomium is rather broad and does not notch the buccal
segment; it belongs to the type termed ‘“ prolobisch ” by Dr.
Michaelsen, but which I prefer to call ‘ procheilous.”

The sete are in closely approximated pairs, and, as is the case
in this genus, lie upon the ventral surface of the worm.

The clitellum occupies segments xiil.-xx., and is not developed
upon the ventral area which bears the genital orifices of the male
system. The latter part was to be distinguished from the yellow
clitellum by its grey colour.

The seminal gutters uniting the two orifices of the spermiducal
glands of each side of the body are bracket-shaped, the main portion
of each being perfectly straight and only bending inwards and
that at right angles at each end, where it becomes confluent with
the aperture of the spermiducal gland. This species has a number
of very conspicuous genital papille in the neighbourhood of the
male pores. ‘These lie intersegmentally, and in the intersegments
XV./XV1., XV1./XVl., XVIIL/x1x., xix./xx. One pair of papille there-
fore lie within the genital area. A remarkable fact about these
papillee is that aithough paired their mutual distance (of each pair)
increases gradually in successive papille commencing with the

* Proe, Zool, Soc. 1900, p. 653,

1901. } OF THE GENUS BENHAMITIA. PAL

earliest. Thus those of xv./xvi. are quite in contact, and finally
the last pair, those on the intersegment xix./xx., are farther apart
than are the ventralmost sete of the neighbouring segments.
Papille with the arrangement just described were only found in
one example; in another the intersegment xv./xvi. bore but a
single median papilla which was followed by only two pairs, 2. e.
intersegments xvi./xvil. and xix/xx. A third example had still
fewer papille, the anterior pair or single papilla, as the case may
be, having disappeared. In this specimen there are, therefore,
only two pairs of papille.

I observed that the oviducal pores le on a level with and to the
inside of the ventralmost seta of each side. The male pores and
the spermathecal pores correspond in position to the ventral pair
of setze.

In a third individual, which was rather more contracted in the
clitellar region, the papille have become also contracted and look
like half-closed eyes lying between segments xv./xvi., xvi./Xvii.,
and xix./xx. They are not obvious, and might be missed by any-
one who had not seen them in a more fully expanded worm.

The dorsal pores of this species, as of B. budgetti, are by no
means plain. They appear to be quite absent in front of the
clitellum, and behind the clitellum I could only see them by
examining microscopically pieces of stripped-off cuticle. The
condition of the dorsal pores in this species shows how careful
one should be in stating the absence of these structures. The
internal anatomy of this. species shows very few characters of
difference from its allies. The two gizzards are separated from
each other by a considerable tract of soft-walled cesophagus ;
there is not that close connection between the two gizzards that
obtains in some other species—for instance in Benhamia johnstoni.
The position of these gizzards is perfectly plain in one specimen ;
they lie in the vth and vith segments. In others it appeared to
me that the vith and viith segments were those occupied by the
gizzards ; but in view of the very clear appearances shown in the
individual (that with a contracted clitellum) where they were to
be relegated to segments v. and vi., I imagine that the thin
septum dividing segments vi. and vii. had escaped my attention.
The calciferous glands lie in segments Xiv., XV., XVi., aS in many of
these West-African species of the genus. The anterior pair were
smooth and smaller than the others, whose superior surface is
broken up by a few transverse grooves; the shape of the glands
is that of a segment of an orange, the top being flat. I have not
ascertained whether they open separately into the cesophagus or
by a common duct. The intestine begins in segment xix. It is
noticeable that when the calciferous glands are in segments xv.,
XV1., Xvil., the commencement of the intestine is at least sometimes
not thrown a segment farther back.

The dorsal vessel is single, and the last hearts lie in segment xii.
The sperm-sacs are large and lie in segments xi. and xii. There
are also two pairs of sperm-duct funnels which are in x. and xi.

14*

2 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

The spermiducal glands are confined each to its segment (the
xviith and xixth). These glands have a rather short muscular
duct which is not balf the diameter of the glandular tube. The
latter is only bent upon itself once or twice ; there is no complicated
coiling such as occurs in many species. The anterior spermiducal
elands are rather the smaller. The penial sete are about 1:25 mm.
in length. Each sac contains two of these sete equally developed.
The two sete are of precisely the same form, there being no
differentiation of the penial sete such as ahinaneiereer many
species. Hach seta is gracefully curved in an elongated 8S. It

Text-fig. 18.

Extremity of penial seta of Benhamia gambiana (highly magnified).

diminishes in breadth at the free end, but not suddenly or markedly.
For a little distance before the end it is covered with fine spine-
lets. The actual end of the seta seems to be excavated on one
surface, as is shown in the accompanying drawing (text-fig. 18) ;
the outlines of this terminal excavation are plainly to be seen.
The tip of the seta is somewhat expanded in a way reminiscent of
the “ cap” which covers the penial seta of Benhamia horsti'. This
region has a granular appearance.

1 “Ueber eine neue Gattung und vier neuen Arten der Unterfamilie Ben-
hamini,” Mitth. Naturh. Museum, Hamburg, xv. p. 11, fig. 3.

1901.] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 213

The two pairs of spermathece occupy the usual position that
characterize this genus. The anterior pair of pouches are rather
the smaller. Each consists of a roughly spherical pouch which is
almost sessile upon the body-wall; external diverticula are not
visible. Buta microscopical examination shows a cavity filled with
sperm within the walls of the organ.

(6) Benhamia michaelseni, n. sp.

Of this species, also new, which comes from the same locality
as the last, I have had but a single specimen for examination,
which proves, however, to be fully mature. It measured 200 mm.
in length by 5 mm. in diameter. It is thus of much the same
size as the last, and has B. budgetti, B. beddardi, and B. horsti
among its nearest allies.
¢ The sete, which show the usual paired arrangement, are smaller
upon the first few setigerous segments and gradually increase in
size up to the fifth (setigerous) segment. A distinct ornamention
can often be traced in the form of transverse rings.

The genital area is much more deeply sunken than in the last
species. The arrangement of the genital papille is also different.
But in B. michaelseni, as in B. gambiana, the seminal quiter is
straight. The only two genital papille that I could find are situated
respectively on the border-lines of segments xxi./xxii.and xxiL./xxili.;
each papilla is small and round and perfectly obvious ; it les
exactly in the middle ventral line of the body. In the neighbour-
hood of the male pores the integument is swollen here and there
into papilla-like outgrowths ; but I do not put these down under
the category of papillae, since they are not so plain and unmistake-
able as are those which I have just described. Where the area
surrounding the male pores is depressed, there are usually such
inequalities in the surface of the integument. These naturally
produce, as they do in the present species, a chequered surface
upon the cuticle when this is viewed after having been stripped oft
from the body.

In its internal structure this species does not offer many
differences from B. gambiana or B. budgetti, except in the sculp-
turing of the penial setze. The gizzards, however, seem to me to
be in vi. and vii. instead of v. and vi. The calciferous glands
are in Xiv., xv., and xvi., and, as in other species, the first pair are
smaller and of a smoother contour than those which follow. The
large sperm-sacs are in xi.and xii. There are two pairs of funnels.
The spermiducal glands are decidedly larger and more coiled than
in B. gambiana. The penial sete are of quite a different pattern,
as may be seen from a comparison of the drawings (text-figs. 16-19,
pp. 205-214) exhibited. In the present species, as in the last,
each sac contains two sete which are curved in form. They are
nearly twice the size of those of B. gambiana and measure 2 mm.
The end is not much hooked and ends ina rather blunt termination.
A large part of the distal portion of these sete is beset with

214 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

Text-fig. 19.

Penial seta of Benhaméa michaclsent (bighly magnified).

1901. ] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 215

numerous fine spinelets which are four or five rows in the optical
diameter of the seta. The arrangement, however, is not a regular
one. These spinelets are precisely those of B. gambiana, but a
much larger part of the seta is beset with them.

The spermathece, again, are very like those of the last species.
The specimen being, however, in a rather better state of pre-
servation as regards these organs, their form could be more
accurately ascertained. Each pouch is roughly globular and is
nearly sessile upon the body-wall, a short and thick duct putting
it into communication with the exterior. There were no visible
diverticula.

It will be, I trust, obvious from the foregoing descriptions that
the two species with which I am concerned in the present com-
munication are distinct from any of those which have been
previously described by myself or others. As, however, the seven
West-African species to which I have referred on p. 210 are so
extremely like each other and like B. gambiana and B. michaelsena,
I append a brief series of statements of the chief characters in
which they diverge from those treated of in the present paper.
I have not been anxious to emphasize the differences which the
seven species show from each other, since their distinctness will
be generally allowed. The points used serve to discriminate
B. budgetti, B. gambiana, and B. michaelseni from any of those.

(1) Benhamia buttikofert. A larger and thicker worm. 230-
320 mm. by 10 mm. Clitellum xii.—xix. Last
hearts in xii. Sperm-sacs in xii. only.

(2) Benhamia horsti. Of similar size, but seminal gutter strongly
convex outwards. Papillae more numerous. Penial
setae with fine spinelets arranged in transverse
rings and covered by a cap-like structure.

(3) Benhanua beddardi. Of similar size, but seminal gutter convex
outwards. Calciferous glands in xv.-xvii. No
papilla. Sexual sete on vii. and vii. Duct of
spermatheca long.

(4) Benhamia stampflii. A larger worm, 330 mm. by diameter of
10 mm. No papille.

(5) Benhamia schlegeli. Larger worm, 350-750 mm.; diameter
15 mm. No papille, Calciferous glands in xv.—
xvii. Last hearts in xiii. Penial sete “like an
elephant’s tusk” in form, 4 mm. long.

(6) Benhamia liberiensis. Larger worm, 350 mm., diameter 10 mm.
Papille different in arrangement. Calciferous
glands in xyv.-xvii. Penial sete dilated at end.

(7) Benhamia budgettt. Of similar size, but genital papille different.
Penial setee with few spinelets distally.

The characters of these seven species may be compared with
those of the two new species Benhamia gambiana and Benhamia
michaelsent.

216 - MR.J. G. MILLAIS ON [June 4, -

(1) Benhamia gambiana. 170 mm. by 5mm. Clitellum xiii.-xx.
Seminal gutters straight. Genital papillee in pairs,
intersegmental xy./xvil., xvill./xx. Calciferous
glands in xiv.-xvi. Last hearts in xii. Tenial
sete 1:25 mm., with not very many spinelets at
end which is scooped out on one side.

(2) Benhamia michaelsent. 200 mm. by 5 mm. Seminal gutter

straight. Genital papille unpaired, intersegmental
xxi./xxiii. Calciferous glands in xiv.-xvi. Penial
setee with very numerous spinelets covering a large
part of seta ; end bluntish.

5. On the Second Occurrence of Bechstein’s Bat (Vespertilio
bechsteini) in Great Britain. By J.G. Mizuais, F.Z.S.

[Received May 31, 1901.]
(Text-figure 20.)

On the 10th of March, 1901, whilst exploring a chalk cave in
the neighbuorhood of Henley-on-Thames, Mr. Heatley Noble and
I captured six Bats. There were 2 Natterer’s Bats, 2 Daubenton’s
Bats, | Long-eared Bat, and an unknown stranger, the identity of
which we were quite unable to determine.

The peculiar features of this last-named creature differed so
materially from every other British Bat, that it was easy to
see that it belonged to some rare species of which the written and
ficured descriptions were inadequate. After carefully examining
Mr. Harting’s and Mr. Hall’s excellent collections of British Bats,
I was stillin doubt as to my specimen, though I thought, from Bell’s
description, the animal must be V. bechstemmz; and it was only
after a close examination by Mr. W. De Winton (who kindly took
it to the British Museum, consulted with Mr. Oldfield Thomas,
and compared it with others there), that all doubt as to its identity
was set at rest.

A few words of description of this rare Bat as it appeared
in life may be of interest to the student of small mammals. In
general appearance this species resembles V. nattereri: in colour it
is identical, and the tragus and formula of dentition are the same ;
but, on the other hand, it differs in possessing an entire and simple
margin of the interfemoral membrame, and in the fact that the
adult animal is of greater size and the ears much larger and quite
different in shape. The gape, too, is unsually wide, extending to
the base of the ears, and the wings are different in form.

However, by far the mest striking feature, and one which
even the most superficial observer cannot fail to notice, is the
great size and peculiar shape of the ears of V. bechsteini. These
first bend outwards at an angle of 75 degrees, and then turn
upwards to the perpendicular, coming to a reunded point as

1901.) BECHSTEIN'S BAT. 217

shown in the illustration (text-fig. 20), which is a woodeut made
direct from a photograph taken soon after death. This proves
how misleading are the pictures on pp. 40, 41 of ‘ Bell,’ whose
artist evidently drew his examples from dried skins, and that
naturalist himself describes the ears as ‘“‘oval” which they certainly
are not.

Text-fig. 20.

I)

i
{\
\

=

HA
if
rh.
Ly
Ay;
q

Vespertilio bechsteini.

The Bat, when captured, showed itself to be very wide awake;
it resented disturbance in the usual bat-fashion by biting and
uttering a series of querulous screeches not unlike that emitted by
a young child.

This second occurrence of Bechstein’s Bat in the British Islands
should now set at rest any doubts that have been expressed as to
its claim to be a British mammal ; for even so eminent an authority
as Mr. Lydekker has expressed his opinion that the species has
‘¢a very doubtful claim to rank in our fauna.” The first examples
of this Bat which occurred in England were taken many years ago
in the New Forest by Mr. Millard, and are now in the British
Museum.

218 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

6. On Australian and New Zealand Spiders of the Suborder
Mygalomorphe’. By H. R. Hoge, M.A., F.Z.S.

[Received May 21, 1901.]
(Text-figures 21-41.)

The suborder now dealt with is synonymous with M. Eugéne
Simon’s family Aviculariide?. Mr. R. I. Pocock, in arranging
the Indian genera of the same’, raised the family to a suborder,
and its subfamilies to families, which, as remanets of an older
era, is without doubt their proper position relatively to most of
the other families of the Aranez.

I will, however, in the present paper, for the sake of conveni-
ence of reference, retain M. Simon’s nomenclature.

Owing to the imperfect state and small number of any fossil
remains, the line of descent of our various families of Arachnida
has as yet been by no means clearly established.

With the single exception of the genus Liphistius Schiodte, a
curious remanet in South-eastern Asia, the Mygalomorphe are
believed to contain the oldest forms of all known Spiders.

The representatives of the suborder in Australasia are especially
interesting from the fact that, being of a simple form, they are
probably indicative, like much of the rest of the fauna of the
continent, of early types.

Of the seven subfamilies into which M. Simon divides the
Aviculariide of the world, six are represented, the absentee
Paratropidinee comprising two species only, from the Upper
Amazon in 8. America and the Island of St. Vincent respectively.

Those we have to deal with may be roughly distinguished as
follows :—

A. No projecting claw-tufts. Three tarsal claws.
a. A rastellum, or digging apparatus, consisting of hard
teeth on the frontal portion of the upper mandibular
joint * (falx).
a. The cephalic part of the cephalothorax rising abruptly
from the thoracic part and very highly arched.
The eyes spread out across nearly the whole frontal
region. The mandibles projecting horizontally from
the front of and as large as the whole cephalic
FERUONU.. Sig SUS an Ar a ee ee On ae ce AcYINoPoDIN«.

' T have not included Tasmanian species because, many as are the gaps to be
filled in our knowledge of what I am now describing, we know still less of the
Tasmanian region, and I am unhappily not in a position to supplement that
knowledge. As we find to be the case in other orders, Tasmania will no doubt
contain some forms which have disappeared on the mainland. Its northern
and western ranges have been scarcely investigated at all.

* Histoire Naturelle des Araignées, 1892, vol. i. p. 65.

3 Fauna of British India—Arachnida, 1900, p. 157.

* These teeth, though of somewhat the same nature, must not be confounded
with those on the margin of the falx-sheath underneath, used for preventing
the escape of prey.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 219

6. The cephalic part still arched, but not so highly. The
eyes collected in a more or less compact group
slightly raised in the centre of the cephalothorax.
Mandibles less formidable ...............cs.ssceeeeseeeeees CTENIZINE.
6. No rastellum, or only slight hardened bristles on the
lower front part of the falx.
a. The mandibles normally long and reaching out in
fronts noniZzon tall livsmeeea cece ae cece acess Dipurinez.
3. The mandibles very short, convex and horizontal
near the base only, thence inclined almost vertically. Mrcinx.
B. Tufts of bristles projecting beyond the anterior end of the
tarsi; the 5rd, or lower, claw absent.
a. A rastellum, though in some cases not strongly developed
(ddiommata). The superior spiunerets short and
stout, the 3rd joint almost hemispherical ............... BaryYcuELin ez.
. No rastellum, “The superior spinnerets long; the 2nd
and 3rd joints being about the same length as the Ist. AvrcuLARIIN®.

Subfamily ACTINOPODINE.

This is represented by one genus only.

Genus Eriopon Latreille.

Eriodon Latreille, Dict. Nouy. dHist. Nat. appliquée aux Arts,
tom. xxiv. 1804, p. 134.

Missulena C. A. Walckenaer, Tableaux des Araneides, 1805, p. 8.

Pachiloscelis H. Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vol. iii. 1834 (ad
part. nagripes, rufipes), pp. 862-4.

Sphodros Walck. Ins. Apt. vol. i. 1837, p. 246.

Eriodon H. Lueas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. ser. 4, vol. v. 1865,
p- 309, pl. 8. fig.

Closterochilus A. Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, vol. xxi.
1871, p. 141.

Theragretes Auss. ibid. p. 142.

Eriodon Latr., Auss. ibid. p. 142.

Eriodon Li. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873, p. 454.

Eriodon E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. 1892, p. 81.

The specimen on which Latreille founded this genus was probably
the first spider brought from Australia to Europe.

The genus has not so far been recorded outside the continent of
Australia.

The males are generally smaller than the females, and often of
much more brilliant colouring about the head and falces.

Eleven species have been described, in every case from either the
male only or female only. The evidence connecting species of
opposite sex either by locality or similarity of some feature is
rather slight, but I think they can be reduced to eight at most.

Synopsis of Species.

1, Eyes all small and of about the same size.
Bodies whole-coloured black-brown (in fe-
malesiat least) mites. cnsuetcanese. mateo ameines 2.

220 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

2. Eyes sessile, front middle very minute, at least

A diameters apart ...........-cecececesceseeeeenees E. formidabileCambr. °.
Side eyes protuberant, front middle eyes about
I! diameter apart (sec: Lucas) |... 22.0 ..ce-ee- 2 E. occatorium Walck. 2.

3. Cephalothorax and mandibles whole-coloured
brown or black-brown in male as well as

fermale: ;.:.; wach Moeteeh Bata elesmae ee Saas, santa 4,
Cephalic part or mandibles bright scarlet (in
jake) evennallesicln ra nqdeanaseasabedeacudsooobosadcudcast: by.

4. Front middle eyes upright, oval, larger than
rear side. 2nd and 3rd pairs of legs of equal
Isa se eepcsocaancsncneeee oceacac snontascosdees Gonos E. rugosum Auss. C.
Front side eyes largest, middle eyes small and
round, 3rd pair of legs longer than 2nd in
ikaw ls) (S2Q5 ORMOMIGR)) -Gdoposoovecconacnaccoodocd0d0n FE. crassum Cambr. 9.
Eyes as in preceding. Cephalic part of
cephalothorax deeply pitted in male (sec.

Camibr)) 4(Samoyasiabove!) aac ecceseaceence E. granulosum Cambr. 3.
5. Cephalic part dark reddish black. No spines
Oat Ibjoy ie amprablllesy” cs. shaoadadssuedossosbacoouauEK08 E. incertum Cambr. 3.
Cephalic part bright scarlet) .)....1-....2 esse 6.
6. Spines on lip and maxille. 4th pair of legs
One Ses aaa seh a ea ae aeretiagia Sat eesee ee nemeten ae E. insigne Cambr. Co.
No spines on lip or maxille. Ist pair of legs
TONG ESty icacscce uae scccseomeentan reece eer aces: Us

7. Front middle eyes upright, oval, black centre
on pale yellow i iris, or (sec. Rainbow) brown.

Stigma of palp in male about twice the length lS, 22

Of bulbs seh aiceta Seek een ep errr ter ya ama Ramen ene E. rubrocapitatum Auss.
Stigma of palp “very long ” (sec. Simon).

(P Samejas above) nemeaaceccreee eee ceee certs LE. semicoccineum Simon.

Thoracic part of cephalothorax black, cephalic part
bluish black. Abdomen yellow above, or
yeilow hairs only, black beneath. Characteris-
tics doubtful (see. Simon). . ?Same. Male &. nigripes Lucas.
and Female £. rufipes Lucas.

Erriopon occarortum Walck.

Missulena occatoria C. A. Walckenaer, Tableau des Araneides,
p. 8, pl. 2. figs. 11-14 (1805) ; id. Ins. Apt. 1837, vol. i. p. 252.

Eriodon occatorium Walck., Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. sér. 4,
vol. vy. 1865, p. 309, pl. 8.

Eriodon occatorium Walck., L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873,
p. 407.

The original specimen, female, from which Walckenaer described
this type-species (sec. Lucas), was the same as that from which
Latreille formed the genus, the previous year, having been brought
from New Holland by M. F. Péron’, naturalist to Capt. Baudin’s
expedition with the French ships ‘ La Géographe’ and ‘La
Naturaliste, in 1802. They passed several months refitting in
Port Jackson, so probably the spider was from New South Wales.

In colour it was brown all over.

Walckenaer gives two drawings of the eyes, in one of which
the front middle pair are quite small, about three diameters apart ;

1 Voyage de découvertes aux Terres Australes, redigé par M. F. Péron.
Paris, 1807.

1901.) AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 221

in the other, somewhat larger, one and a half diameters apart. In
the former also the rear side-eyes are nearer together than the
front side, and in the other drawing both distances are the same.
The first is from above, the second from in front. M. H. Lucas
in a long paper on the genus (Joc. czt.), in 1865, says that the front
middle eyes are close together ; he gives a drawing in which they
are small and about a diameter apart. His specimen was pur-
chased by the Paris Museum in 1859, and came from ‘les environs
de Melbourne’; he was able to compare it with the original type-
specimen, then 60 years old; still his identification should be
correct. It was 20 mm. long—whether including mandibles or
not does not appear. It is to be hoped some fresh specimens may
be forthcoming from Melbourne or Sydney.

In the British Museum are two specimens from Hunter River,
N.S.W., and Western Australia labelled £. occatoriwn, females
also, old dried specimens ; but they are different from one another,
and do not agree with M. Lucas’s description.

In these the rear row of eyes is shorter than the front. The
two front middle are small, about three diameters apart, but stand
on larger round, slightly raised bases, which may or may not
have been originally part of the eyes, but in the dried state are
now clearly separable from the seeing part. This probably
accounts for the discrepancies above mentioned. ‘The side-eyes
are all slightly raised.

The colour is a uniform rich dark brown, the mandibles black-
brown, and the cephalothorax smooth and shiny.

In the largest there are 11 teeth on the inner margin of the
falx-sheath, 9 on the outer, and about 13 smaller in two inter-
mediate rows.

On the superior tarsal claws are 2 or 3 rather long pectinations
about the middle of the shaft and 1 on the inferior. There are
numerous spines on lip and base of maxille.

The measurements of the largest of the above in millimetres
are as follows :—

Long. Broad
Cephalothorax .. 9 94
Aibdomenta ss. 6 6
Mandibles ...... 7 5

Trochanter Patella Metatarsus
Coxa. & femur. tibia. & tarsus,

Legs i, a i 6 oa 221
Bee ab i 6 +5) = 22
ay a! Hf 54 SP bla —uih a2
Ahan ot 8 7s 6 = 251

Pal pies nor 3 6 5 3 = ieé

In this specimen the teeth on the falx-sheath are numerous,
pectinations on tarsal claws few, posterior legs relatively longer,
and spines on lip and maxille numerous.

These two are more likely the female (unknown) of &, rubro-
capitatum Auss. and of H. crassum Cambr. respectively.

222 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

ERIODON FORMIDABILE Cambr.

Eriodon formidabile Rev. O. P. Cambridge, Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zool. vol. x. 1868, p. 266; L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873,
p. 404.

This was described by Mr. Cambridge from an old dried speci-
men in the Hope Museum at Oxford, which had lost its palpi and
hind legs. He gives its length as 123 lines (or 26 mm.).

There is a mutilated specimen in the National Museum of
Victoria, Melbourne, which I attribute to the same.

It is very similar to #. occatorium both in colouring (dark
chocolate) and eyes. The front middle pair are very minute, about
four diameters apart. The eyes, which are all small, seem more
sessile, the front and rear rows about equal in length, and the
middle eyes of rear row nearer to the side-eyes of same than
to the front middle. Front row in a straight line. The whole
creature is larger than the foregoing, and the species are probably
distinct.

Mr. Cambridge says his specimen had six spinnerets, which, if
correct, would make it differ from the rest of the genus. But old dry
specimens are very difficult to handle and apt to be deceptive. In
the female I examined the rear half of the abdomen was destroyed.

Locality. Swan Hill (River Murray), Victoria.

ERriIopon crassum Cambr.

Eriodon crassum Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool.
vol. x. 1868, p. 269; L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873, p. 456.

This again is very like H. occatoriwm (sec. Cambr.), but smaller,
74 lines. The front side-eyes twice the diameter of frout middle.
Legs 4,3, 2,1. Female from Swan River, W. Austr. (Hope Mus.,
Oxford).

The specimen in Brit. Mus. labelled as /. occatoriwm?, men-
tioned above, has the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd pairs of legs all about equal
length, but, coming from the same locality and in other respects
agreeing with the description of this species, I think it must be
taken to be the same.

ERIODON GRANULOSUM Cambr.

Eviodon granulosum Rev. O. P. Cambridge, Journ. Linn. Soe.,
Zool. vol. x. 1868, p. 268; L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873,
p-. 455.

Male. Length 7 lines. Swan River, W. Austr. (Hope Mus.,
Oxford), see. Cambridge.

Cephalothorax black above and below, as also legs and palpi.
Eyes, as drawn, very similar to those of 4. crasswm. Halces as long
as cephalothorax, strong black spines at upper extremity. Legs
long, 4, 3, 2, 1, with black hairs; black spines on underside of meta-
tarsi and tibie. Margin of cephalothorax and caput rough and
eranulose (a common feature in males of this genus). Male palp
with a double bulb and stigma of about the same length.

This reads very much like the male of the preceding.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 293

Erriopon insigNE Cambr. (Text-fig. 21, figs. a, b.)

Eriodon insigne Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 4, vol. xix. 1877, p. 29.

Cephalic part of cephalothorax and mandibles bright scarlet ;
thoracic part black. Abdomen black. Thoracic fovea deep and
strongly procurved. Front middle eyes largest, oval, upright,
close together. Rear middle eyes nearer to rear side than to front
middle. Scopula on tarsus and two-thirds of metatarsus of 3rd and
4th pairs of legs. Superior claws lightly pectinated, 5 or 6 on
inner, 3 on outer; 2 on inferior. 8 teeth on inner falx-edge,

Text-fig. 21.

Eriodon rugosum. c. Male palp.
E, insigne. a. Eyes. 6. Male palp.
4 on lower part of outer, and 5 very smail intermediate at lower
end. Club-shaped spines on lip and lower inner edge of maxille.
A rather large protuberance on the inner fore corner of maxilla.
Trochantal joint of maxille long and cylindrical. Posterior
sternal sigille large and removed from margin. Forehead slightly
eranulated, not so much as HL. incertum.

I have several of these males from Dimboola, Victoria, but no
females that I can attribute as cospecific with them.

The males of E. insigne Cambr., /. incertum Cambr., E. rubro-
capitatum Auss., and apparently EF. semicoccineum Simon, are all
very much alike, with their black thoracic part, abdomen, and legs,
and scarlet head and mandibles. No scarlet-coloured females have
been found; probably they are of the normal black-brown or
chocolate colour, and may not differ even so much as the males.

a

224 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Of the four species known to me I have figured the palps, the
bulb and stigma of which will be seen to be of a somewhat similar
type, the latter nearly straight, from once and a half to twice the
length of the bulb.

Measwrements in millimetres.
Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax .... 43 5
FAlbd Omen meen + 33

Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.

Iu om a bial I 23 6 43 Agee ee WAS
lar Oe 5 4 ee ea TS

BO ONY i 4 Me 118

Or4A 32, 43 Zs 6 43 5) = 18
Pal pic en ciecataer 12 2&4 5 il = 152

ERIODON INCERTUM Cambr. (Text-fig. 22.)
Eriodon incertum Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 4, vol. xix. 1877, p. 30.
Text-fig. 22.

Evriodon incertum. a. Kyes. 6. Male palp.

Described from a male from Swan River.

Cephalic part of cephalothorax dark reddish black ; mandibles
bright scarlet ; thoracic part black. Abdomen black-brown.

Thoracic fovea very deep and procurved. 8 teeth on inner falx-
edge; 5 teeth on outer falx-edge, and bunch of about 7 small

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 225

intermediate at lower end, away from fang. There are no spines
on lip or maxille.

Eyes: the front middle are the largest, oval, inclined to one
another, bases half their short diameter apart. Side-eyes about
equal in size, in length equal the short diameter of front middle
eyes. The cephalic part above the eyes is deeply pitted with
numerous coarse indentations.

The rastellum is on a pad on the inner side of the falx. The
sternal sigille are large, away from margin, and the same as in
E. insigne and E. rubrocapitatum.

A thick low undivided seopula on tarsus and metatarsus il. and
iv. reaches nearly to the base of the latter. There are 5 pectinations
on superior inner tarsal claw, 3 on outer, and 3 short on inferior.

These particulars are from a male from Perth (H. W. J. Turner)
in the British Museum.

Measurements in millimetres.
Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax 5 6
Abdomen .. 53 5 Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars,
IGS? aera it 24 53 5 4 = 173
2. 24 5 44 4 = IG
By a OG 4 i ee
Or 1,4,2,3. 4. t 5 44 4. =| 165
(Sabah 5 eae i Oe 5 ee Pe

Ertopon rucostum Auss. (Text-fig. 21¢, p. 223.)

Eriodon rugosum Auss., Verh. der k.k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
Band xxv. 1875, p. 141, Taf. v. figs. 5 & 6. A male from Australia.

One male, Keyserling Coll., British Museum. Total length
14 mn.

The front side-eyes.are largest and oval. The front middle are
likewise oval, long diameter vertical, slightly smaller; their short
diameter apart.

The whole cephalothorax and mandibles are deep black, the legs
and palpi inclining to reddish brown—the colour of £. occatoriwm,
from which however the eyes differ entirely. The abdomen
considerably overhangs the cephalothorax.

Measurements in millimetres.
Long. _Broad.
uf

Ceph. (without mandibles) .. 7
ANGI Kee oo kes eoedoa oo 64 5
Mandibles ye endntae cre et: 4
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
Megs scr ll 23. 54 At Ac pili
2; 2t. 5 4 4 = dion.
3. 24 5 4 4 lee
Or 4,1,2,3. 4 24 6 5 5 =) oe
Paloiere ate cuskese dea oh 24 5 5 ee
Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1901, Von. Il. No. XV. 15

226 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

ERiopon RuBROCAPITATUM Auss. (Text-fig. 23.)

From the specimen in Keyserling Coll., Brit. Mus., I take the
following particulars.

Cephalic part of cephalothorax and mandibles rather brownish
red; thoracic part black. Legs and palpi lighter brown than

Text-fig. 23.

Eriodon rubrocapitatum. a, Eyes of male. 06, Eyes of female (labelled
FE. occatoriwm), probably female of this. c, d. Left and right male palps.

latter (not so bright as HZ. cnsigne), but the specimen is old and
may have lost its colour somewhat. Thoracic fovea deep and pro-
curved. Sternal sigille removed from margin; posterior pair
very large; anterior pair small and on sternum below lip-fold.
Scopula on tarsus and lower two-thirds of metatarsus iii and iv.
3 large and 5 small teeth on inner edge of falx-sheath, 2 large and

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 227

2 small near lower part of outer edge; intermediate row of 4 very
small at lower end of same. About 5 or 6 pectinations on outer
superior tarsal claws, 3 on inferior; 4 or 6 pectinations on inner
superior tarsal claws. No club-shaped spines on lip or maxille.
Female below has spines on both. The front middle eyes are
small, on pale yellow prominences (Mr. Rainbow says brown).
The tibial joint of palp is unusually long and swollen in the
middle. The trochantal joint of same is also unusually long
(as in Z. imsigne and EL. incertum).

Mr. Rainbow, of Sydney, describes a male from Menindie,
N.S.W., which is the same as this one labelled Australia only.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. _—_ Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 5 6
Aipaomens 4... 151 4 4
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
JUGS. Al orc i 2 6 5S 5 = lst
DH, 2 54 5 5 anne
3. 2 4t 4 4 = 14}
4, 2 5 5 5 le
IZplhN Se dob come 1t 2&4 7 1 = 1

A female in British Museum, with eyes the same, dark centre on
pale yellowish brown, measures :—

Long. Broad.
9

Cephalothorax .. 4
iNidomenei.. sos iL 10
Mandibles ...... 5 4 each.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib & tars.
Mees) iain sy Li 3 7 54 ALi 20
2: 3 6 54 Arie oD
3. 3 7 54 5 = 204
4, 34 8 3 BL = Zoe
Palio peers ices: 3 54 5 3 ony 16s.

ERIODON NIGRIPES Lucas (sec. Simon).

Pachyloscelis nigripes Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vol. iii. 1834,
p. 364, pl. vii. figs. 1 & 2.
Sphodros abbott Walck. Ins. Apt. vol. i. 1837, p. 249.
Eriodon nigripes E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. 1892,
p. 81 note.
Described as from Brazil. M. Simon, however, thinks that this is
15*

228 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

probably a mistake, as on examination of Lucas’s type of the above-
named species, he finds it to be a male Hriodon.

He further ascertained that Sphodros abbott Walek. (loc. cit.)
was described from the same specimen.

The cephalothorax is described as black, the cephalic part blue-
black, the abdomen yellow above and black underneath.

M. Lucas at the same time described a female as P. rufipes
(loc. cit.), which from the colouring (black all over, bluish head-
part, yellow hairs on abdomen) would appear to be the female of
the above. :

The rear middle eyes are depicted in this female as close up to
the rear side, while in the male they are about half-way, which
may doubtless have led M. Simon to reject it as cospecific; the
drawings given of details of other parts, however, are clearly not
to be taken too literally. Of course there is the doubt as to its
locality, and it has not been recognized since.

ERIODON SEMICOCCINEUM Simon.

Eriodon semicoccinewm Simon, Liste der Arachn. der Semon’schen
Sammlung in Australien und dem Malayischen Archipel (E. Simon,
1896).

Black, with cephalic part and mandibles red; 9 mm. long. From
Burnett River, Queensland. a

From M. Simon’s description (loc. cit.) it is not clear that this
differs from £. rubrocapitatwn Auss., unless the “ very long,
straight, thin” palpal stigma mentioned means something more
than about twice the length of the bulb.

Subfamily Migin #.

This subfamily is represented only by the genus Migas L. Koch,
which is confined to New Zealand. Unlike the other members of
the family, the mandibles are short, convex, kneed at the base and
thence almost vertical. The thoracic fovea is recurved, and the
front row of eyes (sec. Koch) straight or (see. Goyen) procurved.
The New Zealand species are unknown to me. I recorded a muti-
lated specimen from Central Australia (Horn Expedition, Zool.
vol. ii. p. 834) as probably IM. paradoxus L. K.; but on recon-
sidering my notes I feel sure that it must be a new genus—to be
described when more material is available.

Genus Micas L. Koch.

Migas L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873, p. 467; E. Simon,
Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. 1892, p. 84.

Type, M. paradoxus L. Koch.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 9929

Mieas paRApDoxus L. Koch (Joe. cit.).

Front row of eyes straight; a remarkable double row of spines
on metatarsus iv.
Female from Auckland.

Micas Distrnctus Cambr.

(Female.) Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879,
p- 783.

(Male.) P.Goyen, Proc. New Zealand Inst. vol. xix. 1886,
p- 210.

(Sec. Goyen). Both rows of eyes procurved. No spines on lip
or maxille. Length 9 mm.

Locality. At the back of the sea-beach between Dunedin and
Oamaru, Otago.

MIGAS SANDAGERI Goyen.

Migas sandageri Goyen, Proc. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiii. 1890,
p. 123.

(Sec. Goyen.) Both rows of eyes procurved. Lip and mazxille
studded with spines. Length 9 mm.

Weaves a nest on trunks of trees.

Locality. Mokohinou Islands.

Subfamily CTENIZIN &.

Three claws and a rastellum. Eyes on a more or less raised
prominence in the centre of the frontal area.

Of the six groups into which M. Simon divides this subfamily
we have only three into which any of our genera can fall.
Idiopee—in which the front side-eyes are brought so far forward
as to be separated from the others; Cyrtaucheniee and Nemesice,
which M. Simon separates on the procurvedness or straightness
of the thoracic fovea, and these so overlap the borders that no
satisfactory dividing line between the groups can be drawn.

Synopsis of Genera.

1. Rear middle eyes at least two of their longer

diameters distant from the rear side-eyes ......... 2.
Rear middle eyes not more than their longer
diameter from the rear side-eyes ..............2..2008 3.

bo

Abdomen coriaceous, wrinkled, short spines on back.

Anterior lateral eyes brought forward to margin

of clypeus (as in /diops) and not more than their

diametenapantenescesenetoemaecceneceee eee teres Idiosoma Auss.
Abdomen clothed with rather thick and long hair ...
4, Rear row of eyes procurved ; long spines on the

upperside ofthe abdomen ics. mscch...ssccuee sean: Anidiops Pocock.
Rear row, or eyes) recurved. ss ctescectsnsuseercee tenes 5.

5. Cephalothorax only very slightly longer than broad Hucyrtops Pocock.
Cephalothorax one third longer than broad ......... Aganippe Cambr.

230 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

3. Lip broader than long. Thoracic fovea deep and

strongly procurved, Posterior sternal sigille

large and removed from margin. Long thin
spines on upper and under side of abdomen ... Maoriana, nov. gen.

Lip nearly square. ‘Thoracic fovea straight or

only slightly divergent therefrom. Sternal sigille
moderate in size and marginal..,.............0.+++++- Arbanitis L. Koch.

Genus Iprosoma Ausserer.

Ldiosoma Ausserer, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1871, p. 150.

Acanthodon Guérin, E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. 1892,
Dole

Idiosoma Auss., R. 1. Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xix. 1897, p. 109.

Attached by M. Simon to the genus <Acanthodon and group
Idiopee, to which the position of its front side-eyes entitles it.
The rear side-eyes are, however, at least twice the diameter of the
front middle instead of nearly equal, and the lip broader than
long, instead of equally so. No spines on lip, instead of a row of
a few large ones. I think, therefore, that Mr. Pocock is right in
restoring Ausserer’s genus.

Type, J. sigillatum.

IDIOSOMA SIGILLATUM Cambr.

Idwsoma sigillatwm Cambr., R. I. Pocock, loc. cit.

Idiops sigillatus Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 105, pl. viii.
fig. 2.

This, the only species of the genus, was described originally
from a male from Perth, W.A. However, a female was received
by the British Museum from the same neighbourhood a few years
since, from which I have taken the following few points in addition
to those published by Mr. Pocock.

Teeth on inner falx-edge ...... 7
%p outer AN Mh CATS 4
3 smaller intermediate at lower end.

Measurements in millimetres.
Long. Broad.
8 6

Cephalothorax .
Abdomen ...... 11 9
Mandibles ...... 4
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
Legs). 1. 3 6 53 4 =i les,
2 3 54 5 4 — lye
3 3 5 44 4 = los
Or 4,1,2,3. 4 3 6 7 54 =) 214
Ral pi eye, 33 5 5 BE eer a thre

1901. ] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 231

Genus AGANIPPE Cambr.

Aganippe Cambr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. 1877,
p. 28; Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. p. 106 (1892); Pocock,
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. 1895, p. 223; id. ibid.
vol. xix. 1897, p. 112.

Type, AGANIPPE SUBTRISTIS Cambr., loc. cet.

Described from a dried specimen in the British Museum received
from Adelaide (S. Australia), and not recorded since.

The cephalothorax and legs are bright chestnut-brown ; the eye-
space and mandibles darker reddish brown ; abdomen reddish brown,
rough and hairy. The sternum is pyriform, broadest behind.
The posterior sternal sigille large and removed from the margin ;
a smaller pair between these and the anterior margin of sternum.
The sternum and cox are copiously pitted.

The lip is small, as long as broad. Club-shaped spines on base
of maxille, none visible on lip.

In this the rastellum extends in three rows of teeth right across
the lower end of falx.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax .. 12 9
ANGIE, Vgibb 6b 11 gt
Mandibles ...... 8 falx.
5 fang

Tib.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr.&fem. pat. & tars.
1

Messrs is iM, 5 94 oH Se St 285
BA 8 8 5h ie 05 e
See by NaN Gio Mien ag
Ord, 19.3) 4705 10 OU Loewe ie33
Palpiae eon Be on bephal Wieiiih cadas| =) wcos

Genus Anrptops Pocock.

Anidiops Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xix. 1897,
p. 114.

Type, ANIDIOPS MANSTRIDGEI Pocock, loc. cit.

Described from a dried female specimen from Lawlers, East
Murchison, W.A., and not since recorded.

The front middle eyes are yellow with black centres, their
diameter apart. The rear side-eyes are largest, two thirds diameter
of front middle. The rear row strongly procurved. The front
side-eyes project beyond the margin of the carapace, and are their
diameter apart, one third more than front middle.

Rastellum along inner front of falx and over rather large area
behind same.

232 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.
9 7

Cephalothorax ..
Abdomen). ..5 . 8 64
Miandibles ...... 6
Pat. & Metat.
Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
LOS eo eaa 1 4 65 64 a — 224
Pye 3s 6 6 ahs 5h p29
3 3 6 5 5 = 19
4 34 75 14 (| a PAG
Palpieee eyerctsier sel 5 64 64 4 = 22

Genus Eucyrzoers Pocock.

Aganippe Cambr. (ad partem, latior), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 4, vol. xix. 1877, p. 29, pl. vi. fig. 4.

Eucyrtops Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xix. 1897,
p. 113.

Evcyrtops bation Cambr., loc. cit.

Removed by Mr. Pocock from Aganippe in consequence of a
difference, which he considers sufficient, in the arrangement of
the eyes in the type, and only, species from that of Aganippe
subtristis Cambr.

There does not appear to me much difference beyond that the
rear row is rather more recurved, and the front middle eyes equal
in size to the rear middle, instead of larger. The four side-eyes
are also equal, 14 diameter of the medians, and they are all slightly
raised on low tubercles. However, in Hucyrtops the cephalothorax
is broad er, apparently the reason of its specific name.

Type (in British Museum), one dried female from Perth, W. A.
Not recorded since.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 94 9
Ndomieny oy. ..: -). © Ml 54
Mandibles ...... 5
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
Tee Silay tele-t- 1 4 5} 6 2 i anne
2 33 53 6 55 = 208
3. 33 5 54 Se ee 0510
4 4 (fh iq 6 = DA
Or 4, 1, 2, 3.
(Ralpig esse te el. aS 54 5L 41 =) 00

1901. ] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 233

Genus Arpanirts L. Koch.

Pholeuon L. Koch (nom. preoce.), Arachn. Austr. 1873, p. 472.

Arbanitis L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. 1874, p. 491.

Arbanitis EK. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign, vol.i. p. 115 (1892).

Arbanitis differs primarily from Nemesia (sec. Simon) in having
the pectinations on the tarsal claws in one row instead of two.
Judged by this standard, all the species from Australia and New
Zealand described under the two genera must be included in the
former.

M. Simon has already removed NV. gilliesti; and as Mr.
Urquhart’s description of his VV. kirkii is apparently clear on the
point, though he does not state it directly, that must also follow
suit.

Type, A. longipes L. Koch.

Synopsis of Species.

1, Middle eyes of front row about } diameter apart

(Gechis Koch) Wa caciiaenosescact cena ecatactanceatees A, longipes L. Koch.
Middle eyes of front row more nearly 14 diameter
GRTENAB’ ‘poocoquooassdonssaacoHsnnSAoqsocadoasnobdedesoD6D06 2.

bo

. Cephalothorax of adult (¢ or 2) not exceeding
about 6 mm. in length (sec. Cambr. & Goyen). A. huttonii Cambr.
Cephalothorax of adult (¢ or 9) 8-14 mm. in
lengthvrctenesee ce J Go pe tnbosHaSCTee epHooancreeda stirs 3.
3. No club-shaped! spines on lip ...............0.0-sees00e A, gilliesii Cambr.
Lip covered with small papille, or club-shaped
spines (sec. Urq.)...¢f coming within subfamily... A. kirkii Urq.

ARBANITIS GILLIESII Cambr. (Text-fig. 24, a, 0.)

Arbanitis gilliesti Cambr., Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. 1.
p. 115 (1892).

Nemesia gilliestti Cambr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. x. (1877) p. 284,
plate x.

Nemesia gilliesii Cambr., A. T. Urquhart, Trans. N. Z. Inst.
vol. xxiv. (1891) p. 221.

A female sent me by Prof. Dendy from Christchurch, N.Z.,
I attribute to this species, the colouring and pattern agreeing.
Mr. Cambridge described his species from one male and two
females sent by Captain Hutton from Oamaru, Otago.

The thoracic fovea is straight, or slightly recurved. Mr. Cam-
bridge draws his procurved, but does not mention the point. The
scopule on tarsus and metatarsus of two front pairs of legs are
thick and undivided. With three long single spines in the
scopule of the metatarsus; none on tarsus. On the two pos-
terior pairs there are a good many short spines on the underside
of the tarsus, and a row on the anterior end of metatarsus. There
are very long bristles on the anterior end and sides of the sternum ;
bristles, but no club-shaped spines, on the lip, which is as broad
as long, square in front, and sunk below the maxille. There

234 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

is a bunch of club-shaped spines on inner side of base of the
latter.

The front middle eyes are 14 diameter apart, they are wholly
above the highest point of the side-eyes, which are twice their
diameter, and the same distance away from both front middle and
rear side-eyes. The rear row is recurved, the side-eyes being 12
diameter of front middle. The whole eye-space is twice as long
as broad, the sides being parallel, and the front side-eyes are
their long diameter removed from the margin of the clypeus.

Text-fig. 24.

Arbanitis gilliesti. a. Eyes. 6. Rear tarsal claws.
Supposed 4. huttont. c. Rear targal claws.

“The outer superior tarsal claw has two very long pectinations
between two shorter, and the inner claw two long and one short
intermediate ; none on the inferior claw ; one large at base of palpal
claw: this is on front edge of the tarsus-end, and not, as Mr.
Cambridge draws it, close up to the other claws.

The inferior mammille are one diameter apart. The superior
have the first joint longest and stoutest, the second one fourth its
length, the third conical, rounded at the end, the same length as
the second.

There are fine spines on both upper and under side of the
abdomen.

1901. ] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 235

Measurements in millimetres.

Long Broad
Cephalothorax .. 14 11
Abdomen ...... 15 10
Mandibles ...... 3i

Tib.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr. & fem. pat. & tars.

Mess iyo ia) IC Gee NG WOM OLved Et yige
DE es ONTO gi = Be
Bago Sh MAUS ee)
AN 52 eet Tel ters oy VON gl Late agen

T2elhh eas 6 8 7 RS 88

One female in British Museum from J. V. Jennings, Otago,
1891, differs slightly in the following particulars.

Hyes the same as the foregoing (supposed A. gilliesti), but
distance between the front side pair and the margin of the clypeus
rather narrower. Thoracic fovea deeper and slightly procurved.
The Rev. O. P. Cambridge draws his recurved, but does not
mention it in his description. No spines on the back of the
abdomen, and only a few light bristly ones in two of the folds on
the underside. Anterior abdominal (genital) fold double—the
same in both species. Sternal sigillee about the same size and mar-
ginal. The two rear coxe not quite contiguous. Spinnerets
about the same as foregoing.

Three small spines at front end of tarsus i. & ii. One larger
pair at anterior end of metatarsus i. & il., and two single in the
middle and at the posterior end. A single row of large teeth
(about eight) on inner falx-edge. The inner superior claw of
tarsus iv. has about the middle one very long pectination, with
another a good deal shorter nearer to the base, and a very small
one between. On the outer claw is a long one near the base,
followed by two short, and on the other side higher up one very
long and one short—a sort of rudimentary double pectination.
This might, however, almost equally well be a rudimental row
crossing the claw, as in the Diplurine. On the other claws the
pectinations are all single.

Measurements in millimetres.

Cephalothorax .. 11 81
Abdomen’ = 73.0-. 13 8
Mandibles ...... 4.

Pat. & Metai.
Coxa. Tr. &fem. — tib. & tars.

Tenshi 0ee Tents Ohi, 9 fee ee) eal
OM i AIGA) 19 8 6) 2. 28
Shar vet 8 TA Bh =). 26
A WAR Fis OU NE ATi MR MON ish BS

Pall pis Lae 43 74 7 Bi ee eae

236 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

ARBANITIS HUTTONII Cambr. (Text-fig. 24¢, p. 234.)

Arbanitis huttonn Rev. O. P. Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
(24 Sept.) 1879, p. 682, plate li. fig. 1 (male),

Arbanitis huttomt Cambr., A. T. Urquhart, Tr. N. Z. Inst.
vol. xxiv. 1891, p. 221; P. Goyen, ibid. p. 255.

Described from an adult male sent by Captain Hutton from
Dunedin in 1879; female by Mr. Goyen in 1891.

ARBANITIS KIRKII Urquhart.

Nemesia kirkii A. T. Urquhart, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. xxvi.
1893, p. 204.

One female from Wellington.

Mr. Urquhart says :—

Eyes. Posterior row moderately procurved, anterior row slightly
recurved (unless this is a misprint it is of course quite different
from anything else in the group).

The cephalic fovea is circular. (In the other species it is long.)
The superior tarsal claws have 12 teeth, and the inferior 4. The
palpal claw 7 stout open pectinations. In A. huttoni and A. gilliesir
the superior claws have 4 pectinations, the inferior none, and ‘the
palpal claw one.

The position of the species must, therefore, be considered very
doubtful.

ARBANITIS LONGIPES L. Koch.

Arbanitis longipes, Li. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1874, pp. 472
(Pholeuon), 491 (Arbanitis).

MAORIANA, nov. gen.

This genus, though near Arbanitis, differs from it in several
essential particulars. The line joining the centres of the front
row of eyes is only slightly procurved, the upper margins of the
laterals being in a line with the centres of the median. The front
lateral eyes are twice the diameter of the median, and are close
to the margin of the clypeus, so that the clypeus is very much
narrower. ‘The line joining the centres of the rear row is about
straight. ‘The thoracic fovea is deep and procurved. The lip is
broader than long and hollowed in the front margin. The pos-
terior sternal sigillz are large, lying half-way between the margin
and the central line of sternum, and the others are away from
the side-margin.

Maorrana agrees with Arbanitis in having thick scopula on the
two front pairs of tarsi; none on the two rear pairs. Long
thin spines on both upper and under side of abdomen. Superior
tarsal claws pectinated in one row, but with not many in number.
Row of teeth on inner side of falx-sheath only. Hye-space much
broader than long; sides parallel. Eyes well apart. Superior

1901.j AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 237

spinnerets short, stout and tapering; first joint longest, third quite
short and hemispherical.
Type, Maoriana dendyi.

MAoRIANA DENDYI,n. sp. (Text-fig. 25.)

Cephalothorax, mandibles, legs, and palpi bright yellow-brown,
with a few pale yellowish hairs on the cephalothorax, trochanter,
and femur, darkening into brown and thicker on the remainder
of the leg. Two longitudinal belts of yellowish-brown bristles on
the face of the falx are separated by bare spaces. The teeth of
the rastellum are black. The sternum, coxe, lip, and maxille are
dull orange, furnished with brown bristles springing from round

Text-fig, 25.

Maoriana dendyi. a. Eyes. 6. Profile (nat. size).
¢. Lip and sternum, showing sigillie.

roots ; the fringes are pinkish yellow. The fangs dark red, almost
black at base. The abdomen is black above with yellow spots in
transverse bands; underneath black irregularly mottled with
yellow. Spinnerets, gill-covers, and anterior section above genital
aperture yellow-brown; a few long thin spines on both upper and
under side of abdomen, and short yellow hairs.

The thoracic part of the cephalothorax is flat, rounded at sides
and narrowed at rear ; the cephalic part rises rather abruptly from

238 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

the deep and strongly-procurved fovea to about half its length,
whence it slightly slopes downward to the anterior margin. The
side striations are broad, shallow and straight, making the cephalic
part almost triangular.

The front row of eyes is slightly procurved, the median pair
14 diameter apart on a common black oval prominence; the
laterals are twice their diameter, the same distance away as the
median from one another. The rear row is recurved. Side-eyes
14 diameter of front median, and that distance from the front
laterals. The rear median are narrow pear-shaped, the length of
the front middle, and just clearly separated at their apex from the
side-eyes.

The sternum is broadest posteriorly, and very convex, hollowed
in front opposite the lip, and slightly pointed between the rear
coxe, covered with long upstanding bristles on round roots.
The posterior sigille are transversely oval, once and a half of their
long diameter from the margin and the same distance from the
central line.

The lip is broader than long, hollowed in front, and curved
posteriorly with the sternum. It is very convex, and clothed with
bristles on roots, but no small club-shaped spines.

The maxillee are rather long, straight in front, a rounded pro-
tuberance at the heel and thence hollowed over the lip. A few
club-shaped spines are sprinkled from the inner corner to half-
way up.

Legs short and stout. Scopule on tarsi and metatarsi of front
two pairs. A few short stout spines on all tarsi and metatarsi,
and longer ones on underside of tibia.

The superior tarsal claws have one very long tooth near the
base ; the inferior claw is bare. One row of teeth only on falx-
sheath. On the outside of patella ili. and iv. is an area covered
with short stout spines very similar to those forming the rastellum.

The inferior spinnerets are one diameter apart. The superior
are short, thick and tapering, the first joint longest and thickest,
the third is hemispherical and only visible above the second from
the underside.

Measurements in millimetres.
Long. Broad.
7

Cephalothorax .......... 8
WNIDAOMEM pees Jebel ester 10 6
Mandibles (horizontally) .. 3
Superior spinnerets ...... 24
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
Legs .....- 1 3t 6 5 AN ee) TES
2 3t 5t 4) Ae = ules
3 3 5 4 4 =a 6
4, Bt 7 6 6 i= 9) 228
Palpis. Jellioee. fess 34 44 = ES erst —SunNL MO Ils

One female from Christchurch, N.Z., sent me by Prof. Dendy.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 939

Subfamily BARYCHELINAG,

Group BARYCHELES.

In this subfamily we find the tarsal] scopule projecting in strong
bristly tufts beyond the claws at the end of the foot, and from
consequent disuse the third claw has disappeared. Although
the members of this group make their home in burrows in
the soil which has to be dug out, the rastellum has not been
developed into the strong teeth which are so typical in the pre-
viously described families ; but in most cases the bristles on the
front edge of the mandibles are simply hardened, retaining their
bristly form. ‘The spinnerets, as the name of the group implies,
are short and stout; the first joint is longer than the remaining
two together, the third shortest and nearly hemispherical.

The genera of which we have representatives in Australia all fall
into the one group of Barychelew, distinguished by the strongly
procurved front row of eyes; the front laterals being brought
down to a position on the margin of the clypeus, where they are
near together, forming a pattern of which the extreme form is
seen in Jdiops Perty, the whole group being at least not broader
than long.

Genus IptommMatTa Auss.

Idiommata Auss., R. I. Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 6,
vol. xvi. 1895, p. 225.

Idiommata Auss., Rev. O. P. Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
1870, p. 154.

Idiommata Auss. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1871, p. 183.

Idiommata Auss., L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. 1874, p. 474.

Encyocrypta KE. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888, p, 247,

Idiommata Auss., H. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. 1892,
Op dA

Type, Idiommata blackwalli Cambr.

In the year 1895 Mr. Pocock, on re-examining Mr. Cambridge’s
type specimen, discovered (loc. cit.) that (in the male at least,
the female not being known to him) Jd. blackwalli is furnished
with a Wood-Mason’s stridulating organ, which the females, at any
rate those in the British Museum, identified as Jd. reticulata
L. Koch, had not. J. blackwalli being the type of the genus
Idiommata Auss., it is clear that the other species, until proved
to have the stridulating organs, cannot be included in the same
genus; and Mr. Pocock therefore re-characterized the genus
Encyocrypta Simon, for the non-stridulated species. I record them
as such, as it is necessary to obtain and examine more specimens
before it can be seen how far the males and females agree re-
spectively with those of J. blackwalli.

240 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

IDIOMMATA BLACKWALLI Cambr.

Idiommata blackwalli Rev, O. P. Cambridge, loc. cit.; L. Koch,
loc. cit.; R. I. Pocock, loc. cit.; Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, Band xxv. 1875, p. 164.

Described from male only.

Herr Ausserer states (loc. cit.) that the cephalothorax and back
of abdomen are thickly clothed with silver hair. Legs and palpi
dark, nearly black.

Genus Encyvocrypta Simon.

Eneyoerypta Simon, R. I. Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xvi. 1895, p. 225.

Encyocrypta E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888, p. 247.

Idiommata Auss., E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. (1892)
p- 121.

Type, E. meleagris.

This genus was created by M. Simon for a New Caledonian
member of the group (meleagris), but was subsequently merged
by him in the genus Jdiommata Auss., from which, under the
circumstances above detailed, it was again resuscitated by Mr.
Pocock.

From Herr Ausserer’s synopsis of species (Verh. k.k. zool.-bot.
Ges. Wien, Band xxy. 1875, p. 164) I translate the following :—

1. Cephalothorax and upper side of abdomen not clothed
withisilvier halt aotennssweccsctinesatncte-cuiisdescetsconss aces 2.

2. Front middle eyes of second group at least their
diameter apart; cephalic fovea deep half-moon

shape with the opening in front .................0..e00 E. fusca L. K.
Front middle eyes of second group less than their
diameter apart; thoracic fovea straight ............... 3.
3. Abdomen brownish yellow, with adark reddish-brown
network spreadOmiibi a nane dl ascacemieneseceet ec onenee EH. reticulata L. K.
Abdomen black-brown, with yellowish-brown hairs
without any network marking ................ceceececees E. ausserert L. K.

ENCYOCRYPTA RETICULATA L. Koch.

Encyocrypta reticulata R. 1. Pocock (loc. eit.).
Idiommata reticulata L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. 1874, p. 47.

From British Museum specimens (three females from Rock-
hampton) labelled #. reticulata, I take the following particulars :—

The colour is chestnut-brown to lighter yellow-brown all over.
The abdomen is clothed with thick short brown hair, intermingled
with bristles and some spines. The six rear eyes yellow, the two
front black.

A light rastellum of spinous bristles. 8 large teeth on inner
margin of falx-sheath ; 12 quite small intermediate at lower end ;
1 large at lower end of outer edge. Thoracic fovea procurved (?).

Sternum a broad oval. Of the sternal sigille the three pos-
terior pairs are moderate in size and marginal; the anterior pair
under the lip very large.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 241

The lip broader than long, strongly convex; no club-shaped
bristles ; it is somewhat rounded anteriorly, with a thick bunch
of bristly hairs. On the lower end of the maxille is a distinct
heel with 7 or 8 club-shaped spines. There is a thick divided
scopula on all tarsi, the metatarsi of the front two pairs, and at
the anterior end of the rear two pairs. All the tarsi are without
spines; the front two pairs of metatarsi are without them; the
other two pairs of metatarsi have a good many spines on both
upper and under side. The inferior mammille are very minute and
close together; in the superior pair the second joint is nearly as
long as the first, the third short and hemispherical.

Measurements in millimetres.
Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .. nal 74
Abdomen ...... 10 6
Mandibles ...... 4.

Tib.& Metat.
Coxa. ‘Tr. & fem. pat. & tars.
8

LEGS aeesde Ike 4 8 54 = 254
2. 4 7s (f; i — oe:
3. 34 64 6} Cli —weo
4, 4 84 8} 10 ol

loll Speco Sith 3h 6 5 2 ili

Encyocrypra Fusoa L. Koch (R. I. Pocock, loc. cit.).
Idiommata fusca L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 475.

ENCYOCRYPTA AUSSERERI L. Koch (R. I. Pocock, loc. cit.).
Idiommata ausserert L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 476.

ENcYocRYPTA FULIGINATA Thor.
Idiommata fuliginata Thor. Ann. Mus. Gen. xvii. 1881, p. 248.
Male from Cape York.

Genus Trirrame L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 482.

Trittame L. Koch, E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. (1892) p. 124.
The type species, Trittame gracilis L. Koch. No specimen
recorded since.

Genus In1ooT1s L. Koch.

Idioctis L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 483.

Idioctis L. Koch, Simon, loc. cit. p. 125.

Type, Idioctis helva L. Koch, from Ovalau, Fiji.

Idioctis (Koch) has the eyes in one group (Jdiommata in two).
According to Simon, it only differs from Jdiommata in having the
lip longer than broad, an exceptional character in this group.

Proc. Zoot. Soc,—1901, Vox. Il. No. XVI. 16

242 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4

This statement will be seen to be only a printer’s error in the
description of the genus, as in that of the type species it is the
other way—the lip is broader than long, and no exception to
the rest. However, the eye-space is certainly much shorter than
in Idiommata or Encyocrypta (at any rate than in L. reticulata
L. K.); and I think the genus should stand.

I recorded specimens of Idioctis helva L. Koch as having come
from Central Australia (Horn Expedition, vol. ii. p. 335). On
comparing my notes with specimens of Z. helva in the British
Museum, this must clearly be a new species, which I describe below
under the name of J. palmarum.

Genus Iptocris L. Koch.

IpIOCTIS PALMARUM, n. sp. (Text-fig. 26.)

Text-fig. 26.

a. Eyes of Idioctis helva (Keyserling Collection). 6. L palmarum.
ec. Eyes of L. palmarum.

Cephalothorax, mandibles, legs, and palpi walnut-brown ;
sternum, lip, and maxille rather paler. Abdomen—upperside
yellowish brown with dark-brown median line, six dark lines on
either side, thence sloping towards the rear; underside rather
paler without distinct markings, posteriorly the yellow shading
into grey.

Cephalothorax ovate, truncate anteriorly, rounded at rear ;
cephalic part distinctly separated by lateral furrow. Thoracic
fovea transverse, straight.

Front side-eyes rather less than their diameter apart; front
median two-thirds diameter of latter, half their diameter apart ;

1901.1 AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 243

rear side-eyes about the same diameter as front middle. Whole
eye-space broader than long ; an oval tubercle between the median
and side pairs of front row of eyes has long bristles curling back-
wards.

The lip is broader than long, almost triangular, with a small
triangular process at the apex, but without spines. The
maxille are divergent, hollowed at base round the lip; rather
thickly bespined at the basal part. The falx-sheath has six large
teeth on the inner edge. Patella i. has a thick row of spines on
the anterior side.

The abdomen is oval, rounded at the sides.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long, Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 6 3 in front
5 in middle.
Abdomen ...... 24 61
Tib. & Metat.
Coxa. Tr. & fem. pat. & tars.
UGE Seuss ike 2 5 5 4 = 16
2. 2 4} 43 4. =») 15
3. 2 At 4 4 = 14
4, 24 6 6 Gi) = bp20s

Locality. Palm Creek, Central Australia.

Besides its larger size, this differs from L. Koch’s J. helva, from
Ovalau, in having the sides of the lip more sloping, the second,
third, and fourth pairs of legs longer in proportion, and both median
pair and laterals of front row of eyes respectively nearer together.

Subfamily AVICULARIIN|.

This subfamily, which contains all the largest members of the
Mygalomorphe, is characterized by being without both the third
claw and rastellum. Of the ten groups into which M. Simon
divides it, we are only concerned with two, the Ischnocolee and
Selenocosmiec ; and if Mr. Pocock’s supposition be found correct,
that after examination of more specimens of the former, they may
possibly all prove to be the young of other genera, we shall have
only about two genera, both falling into the latter group. So far
no specimens have been recorded from New Zealand.

The groups may be characterized as follows :—

Having no stridulating organs. Scopule of all tarsi divided.

(Simon, Nat. Hist. des Araign. vol. i. 1892, p. 132.)...... IscHNOCOLES.
Hayinga Wood-Mason’s stridulating organ, consisting of spini-

form sete on mandible and an oval cluster of bacilli;

without fringe of hairs on maxilla. Tarsal scopule of

Ist, 2nd, and 5rd legs undivided. (Fauna of Brit. India,

Ara chnyey bya Ue OCOCK OOO ecssnescskeeeceeenee ene eee SELENOCOSMIEZ,

16*

244 MR. H. RB. HOGG ON [June 4

Group IscHNOcCOLES.

This group has been formed on the distinction of the tarsal
scopule being divided by a line of sete; but, as shown by Mr.
Pocock (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. (1895) pp. 225-
230), among those species which in an adult state have an
integral scopula, it is always more or less divided in its earlier
stages, and also that a considerable number of types of described
species of Jschnocolus Auss. are certainly the young of members
of other genera; so that it is possible that this may be the case with
the only one recorded in Australia.

Genus IscHnocotus Auss.

Ischnocolus Auss. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. xxi. (1871)
p- 184.

Type, I. holosericeus Auss.

IscHNOCOLUS LUCUBRANS L. Koch.

Ischnocolus lucubrans L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 487 ;
Auss. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. xxv. (1875) p. 173.

This species is unknown to me. It is distinguished (sec. Auss.)
by the underside of metatarsus 11. having no spines at the fore
end, and by the rear-side and middle eyes being equally large—
points also applicable to Selenocosmia crassipes L. Koch. Seleno-
cosmia is, of course, easily distinguishable by its stridulating organs,
which Mr. Pocock has shown (loc. cit.) that several so-called
Ischnocola possess.

Herr Koch’s type of this species is not available. I leave the
record as it stands, but the presence of the genus in Australia
requires confirmation.

Group SELENOCOSMIDZ.

Synopsis of Australian Genera.

Rear legs less stout and not longer than front legs. Front
row of eyes straight or procurved ...............:.:eeseeeees Selenocosmia Auss.
Rear legs longer and stouter than front pair. Front row of

eyes recurved) 5) .o..05. ses nenoueeea ieee aeebionls cigs seeaan Selenotypus Pocock.

Genus SELENOCOosMIA Auss.

Selenocosmia A. Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Band xx.
(1871) p. 204.

Phrictus L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 488 (nom. preoce.).

Phlogius E. Simon, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vol. vii. (1887)
p. exev; Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. (1892) p. 146.

Selenocosmia Auss., R. I. Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 6, vol. xv. (1895) p. 170; ibid. vol. xvi. (1895) p. 229,

Type, S. javanensis Walck,

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 245

Synopsis of Species.

1. Line joining centres of front row of eyes straight.
Eyes in same about equal in size. Legs whole-
coloured throuchoutieseraccs-iosececcecemosctectbeessess S. sterlingi, 0. sp.
Line joining centres of front row of eyes procurved. 2,
(Male.) First and fourth pairs of legs about equal
in length. Inthe front row of eyes a line touching
the lower part of the middle pair passes through
the centres of the laterals. Femuri.&ii.chocolate- ; 9.7);
brownqundernea bliss cttsctescccscacc essences i b EU Pa a ke
5 . Rig oe i ? S.crassipes L. Koch
(Female.) First pair of legs distinctly longer than , P y
the fourth. Front row of eyes so far procurved
that a line touching the lower points of the middle
pair passes above the side-eyes (sec. Thor.) ...... S. strenua Thor.

bo

SELENOCOSMIA CRASSIPES L. Koch.

Phrictus crassipes L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 490.
Phlogius crassipes Ki. Simon, loc. cet.

SELENOCOSMIA STIRLINGI, n. sp. (Text-fig. 27.)

Text-fig. 27.

Selenocosmia stirlingt. a, Male palpal organ; 4, extremity, enlarged
from upper and under sides. ¢. Eyes.

This species has a wider range over Australia apparently than
any other of the group. I have met with specimens from New
Guinea through Queensland to about the northern border of New
South Wales, through Central and South Australia, to lat. 25° 30’,
and in Western Australia from the latitude of Perth. Until the

246 MR, H. R. HOGG ON [June 4

male was known it was supposed to be L. Koch’s S. crassipes,
from which it differs in the coloration of the legs.

To many female specimens I have only seen one male, sent to
the British Museum from Crown Point Station, 8. Australia.

The measurements (in millimetres) compare as follows :—

Female.
Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 18 1 ie A tes.
Albdomen cee: 28 20
Mandibles ...... 6s
Pat. & Metat.
Coxa.. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
Teg ik isk 1 9 17 Ike 15S Be
2: 8 14 14 14 = £50
oe el 12) 12 V4 = 5
4 8 16 16 18 = 58
leo So gang o0'Go 9 1) 12 Teg == AO
Male
Long Broad
Cephalothorax .. 16 14
Abdomen eye. 174 14 Spinnerets 8.
Mandibles ...... 6
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
JUSEEW poo IL, 84 18 19 18 = 634
Dh. 7 16 174 16 = 564
3. 6 14 15 19 = 54
4. 7 1,76 18 22 = 64
Bali <i. ee 64 13 14 4 = ae

The point of the stigma of palpal bulb of male is broadened
into a flattened scoop, but not to the same extent as in S. vulpina,
n. sp., below.

SELENOCOSMIA STRENUA Thor.

Selenocosmia strenua Thor. Ann. Mus. Genova, vol. xvii. (1881)
p. 253.

Described from an adult female from Somerset, Cape York
(Gulf of Carpentaria).

This species is unknown to me; but the Australian Museum at
Sydney possesses specimens from New Guinea, identified by
Mr. W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S.

SELENOCOSMIA VULPINA, n. sp. (Text-fig. 28, p. 247.)

Male.—Colour. The cephalothorax is black-brown, covered with
short matted yellowish-brown hair which extends over the whole
of the falces but is longer on the lower half. The sheath-fringe

1901. } AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS, 247

is darker reddish brown. Lip and maxille bright red; sternum
dark brown. The legs and palpi yellowish brown above, darker
and redder on tarsi and metatarsi. The coxe of all legs, and the
underside of the femur and trochanter of Ist and 2nd pairs are a
rich chocolate-brown. Scopule a dirty dark brown. Abdomen
above is a rather pale reddish brown, yellower underneath; spin-
nerets darker.

The cephalothorax is a tenth part longer than broad, tapering at
front and rear to little more than half its greatest breadth.
Thoracic fovea procurved.

Text-fig. 28.

Selenocosmia vulpina. a. Palpal bulb from above ; 0, ditto from beneath.
c. Whole of palp. d. Eyes. e. Profile.

The eye-space is about twice as wide as long, a good deal
raised, the prominence extending 13 times the diameter of the
front middle eyes beyond them, to over the margin of the clypeus.

The front row of eyes is rather procurved; the middle pair being
three-fourths of their diameter apart. The oval side-eyes obliquely-
set, once and a half the diameter of middle and once and a half
their diameter away from middle. (A line across the top of the
middle eyes passes quite clear of the laterals, across the bottom

248 MR. H.R. HOGG ON - [June 4,

about through their centre.) The rear side-eyes, oval, have their
long diameter equal to that of the front middle. The rear middle
eyes are truncate posteriorly, half the diameter of the rear side
therefrom, the line joining the centres of the four being slightly
recurved. Front and rear laterals clearly separated. The front
middle eyes have yellow rims with black centres.

The mandibles are as long as the front patella, thickly clothed
with short down-lying hair merging into longer at the front end
and on the inner side of the falx. Fangs rather long.

The mawille are divergent, the base being curved round the lip
to a narrowish heel at the outer corner. There is a bunch ot
numerous club-shaped spines about the middle of the base. The
upper inner corner alongside the insertion of the trochanter is
moulded into a small rounded protuberance.

The tip is unfortunately broken and its form not distinguish-
able.

The abdomen is oval, long and narrow, thickly covered with a
mat of rather long bristly hair, but no spines. The superior
spinnerets straight and tapering, one half the length of femur and
trochanter iv.

The palpi are comparatively short. The femoral joint incurved,
the patellar and tibial joints covered with long bushy hair; meta-
tarsal quite short. The bulb is rather large and well rounded,
twisting at the top so that the stigma, which in length equals
twice the diameter of the bulb, proceeds from the inner side of
the basal portion. The apex of the stigma is much dilated (as in
S. lanipes Auss. Arachn. Austr. 1875, p. 187 & plate), but the bulb
is much more globular.

The legs are powerful, the front pair being thicker than the
rear, and thickly covered with long bushy hair. The scopula on
the fourth metatarsi reach slightly beyond half-way up the joint,
but merges into bristles. There are no spines or marks of them
visible on any of the legs.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

; x 8 front.
Cephalothorax .. 164 \ 15 cael
Abdomen i...) 18 10
Spinnerets 4, 3, 23 = 94.
Pat.& Metat.
Ooxa. ‘Tr.&fem. _ tib. & tars.
easter ac lt 8 19 24 19 = 70)
2. 8 17 18 17 i = (60)
3. 7 14 15 17 ==, 53
4, iG 183 21 23 =1 > 693
Pali weien hs 7 7 13 14 4 = 38

This species (a single male from Cape Upstart, near Bowen,
Queensland, dried specimen in Brit. Mus. N. H. received in 1873)

1901. ] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS 249

is very much smaller than S. lanipes Auss., which it somewhat
resembles, the cephalothorax being only two-thirds the length.
The colouring is apparently lighter, no bare streaks on patellee
and femora nor on inner side of rear femora.

The 1st and 4th pairs of legs are about equal in length, instead
of 4th much longer, and 3rd shorter than 2nd instead of slightly
longer. The process of the palp is not so much curled though the
end is about the same in shape.

Coming from the same neighbourhood, this may prove to be the
male (unknown) of L. Koch’s S. crassipes.

Genus SELENotryrPus R. I. Pocock.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. p. 176 (Feb. 1895).

For a Spider, a female, from Major’s Creek, Townsville,
Queensland, Mr. Pocock rightly constituted a new genus.

It differs from Selenocosmaa Auss. in having the cephalic part not
so much convex, the fovea deeper and more procurved, the front
row of eyes recurved, the oval laterals of same not more than
three-fourths the diameter of the median, the rear median nearly
as large as the front lateral and larger than the rear, the whole of
the clearly recurved rear row rather widely separated one from
the other, and the 4th pair of legs much longer as well as stouter
than the Ist.

Type, S. pluinipes Pocock.

SELENOTYPUS PLUMIPES Pocock. (‘'ext-fig. 29.)
Selenotypus plumipes Pocock, loc. cit.

This fine species is the largest of all our Australian Spiders,
having a total length of 59 mm. It is much more thickly covered

Selenotypus plumipes. Eyes.

with hair than is Selenocosmia crassipes L. Koch, or indeed than
any others of the group.

I make the measurements as follows, but from a dried specimen
it 1s difficult to take them with perfect accuracy.

250 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Measurements in millimetres.
Long. Broad.

1 ; | 12 front.
Cephalothorax .. 224 1 Tipe mesa,
Abdomen) 222% 30 20
Mandibles ...... 7
Pat. & Metat.
Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
Megs! ee ee .r. 1 10 173 194 15 = 62
2 8 15 16 141 = aoe
3 o 1S 14 16 = 52
4 9 19 22 24 = 7.
Palpr chee. oa 10 13 15 oe

Subfamily DIPLURINA.

This subfamily is distinguished by having three claws, no rastel-
lum, and the lip free. The superior mammille vary from less than
one-third the length of the cephalothorax (Hadronyche L. Koch)
to more than the whole length (Cethegus Thorell). The group
Masteriee, though represented in New Guinea and the Pacific
Islands, has not been found in Australia or New Zealand.

; The genera resolve themselves into fairly definite groups as
‘ollows :—

PS Six spimMerets)... sc vcade sess osm cme scereaes sm lemaciln=telneltee HExatTHELEe.
Four spinnerets Only 2.27... --s0csecsereresenereses scr eecnnn seine
2. Tarsal claws with two rows of pectinations. Inferior
mammillz near together (not more than 2 diameters
apart), Tarsi unbespined. Scopule on front two
pairs of tarsi and at least partially on same metatarsi.
No teeth on the outer margin of the falx-sheath.
Sternal sigille of moderate size and marginal. Front
row of eyes procurved. Superior spinnerets generally
not exceeding half the length of the cephalothorax...... BRACHYTHELEA.
Tarsal claws with one row only of pectinations............
3. Inferior mammille widely separated, about 4 of their
diameters apart. No scopule on any legs. No row of
teeth on outer margin of falx-sheath. Sternal sigillze
of moderate size and marginal. Superior mammille at
least not much shorter than the cephalothorax ......... Macroruenes.
Inferior mammille close together, about 1 diameter apart.
Tarsi of all legs thickly bristled and bespined. ‘wo
rows (besides an intermediate at lower end) of teeth
on falx-sheath. Sternal sigille large and removed
from margin. Superior mammille short, hardly exceed-
ing two-fifths the length of the cephalothorax ......... ATRACES.

Group BracHYTHELEA.

The group into which the genera hereunder collected fall is
associated by M. Simon with the genus Diplura under the name
of Dipluree. In the first place, however, we have no genera to
record following the Diplura side of it. Secondly, as shown by
Mr. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896,

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 251

p- 716), at least some of the species hitherto attributed to that
genus (Zrechona C. Koch, and those for which he has constituted
the genera Harmonicon F. O. P.-C., and Melodeus F. O. P.-C., loc.
cit.) are furnished with stridulating organs; and it is not impos-
sible that the type species itself, D. macrura L. Koch, may on
examination prove to have them also, in which case the whole
eroup would require remodelling. Thirdly, the genera centring
around Brachythele Auss. seem to form a better antithesis to
M. Simon’s other well distinguished group of Macrothelee.

In spite of the fact, therefore, that none of the Australian
species examined by me really conform exactly to the genus itself,
the characters represented by Brachythele Auss. seem to form the
better natural group round which to collect them, and I have
adopted it as the type genus.

Synopsis of Genera.

1. Thoracic fovea procurved. ‘Tarsi and metatarsi of
front two pairs scopulated but not to full length
of latter. 3rd joint of superior spinnerets not
longer than the Ist joint. Front row of eyes
procurved though in some cases very slightly ... Aname L. Koch.

Thoracic fovea straight 2,

2. ‘Tarsi only of front two pairs with scopula. None

on metatarsi. 3rd joint of superior spinnerets

eect eee ee sae t sess tesesssosere

longer than Ist (or 2nd), thin and tapering ...... Izamatus E, Sim.
Metatarsi of front two pairs of legs at least par-
tiallyiscopulatedyyr sc. susceucucessncesscesances eke 3.

3. Front row of eyes procurved, side larger than
middle, Tibia i. of male furnished with a single
spur springing from an enlargement in the middle
Off then oint: eaten sewsccecceaten: seech orca dsueeeceneeaite Chenistonia, n. geu
Front row of eyes straight. Tibia i. of male fur-
nished with an apical spur. (Sec. Auss. ad par-
LeMYy' BA DIALIPUS)) Wncacewceectsuer san sunccdeciMee ete ets Brachythele Auss.

Genus Anamep IL, Koch.

Brachythele Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1871, p. 174.
Aname L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. (1873) p. 469.

Brachythele Auss., E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. 1. p.180(1892).
Type, Aname pallida L. Koch.

M. Simon apparently considered (loc. cit.) Herr Koch’s genus
Aname to be synonymous with Ausserer’s older genus Brachythele
(type, B. icterica C. Koch). While, however, we have a group of
several species agreeing with the genus formed for A. pallida,
they differ in the following important respects from Brachythele.

The thoracic fovea is procurved instead of straight. (M. Simon
forgives this.)

The front middle eyes (in A. arborea and pellucida, n. sp.)
range up to 2 diameters apart, instead of being ( parwm disjuncti)
near together. In general the row is procurved and not straight.
The rear middle eyes are, except in A. pellucida, smaller than the

252 MR. H. Re HOGG ON [June 4,

rear side, instead of nearly equal, nor are the latter (except in
that species) smaller than the front side-eyes.

The two front metatarsi are scopulated only two-thirds up the
joint instead of to the base; and lastly, but most important, the
male has no apical spur on tibia i.

The species may be distinguished as follows :—

1. The middle eyes of front row less than or about their

OETA sR EOP Nes hana AaB ae sna Nazan aadoeisad saWocuododsdcdcéedo 2.
The middle eyes of front row more than (more nearly
two) their diameterjaparty.asccnddseceesceececeraseceste 3.

2. On the upperside of the abdomen a black median
longitudinal stripe with side stripes depending there-
from on a yellowish ground. (Sec. L. Koch.) ...... A, pallida.
Dark grey above with no recognizable pattern ......... A, grisea, n. sp.
3. On back of abdomen two longitudinal rows of large
yellow spots on black ground. Front and rear side-
eyes the same length, rear middle shorter; front
LOW PLOCUPVED ey scree sae smcmne esos ceteesennc coe eetieees A, arborea, n. sp.
Black median and side stripes on yellowish ground on
back of abdomen. Front side-eyes longer than rear
side; rear side and middle eyes of equal length;
Front row mearly straight) eee... uenscncseae eee cee A, pellucida, n. sp.

ANAME PALLIDA LL. Koch.

Aname pallida Li. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. (1873) p. 469.

This species was unfortunately described by Herr Koch from a
newly moulted specimen, at which time the whole of the cephalo-
thorax, mandibles, fangs, mouth-parts, sternum, &c., are of a pale
yellow colour, quite different from the normal dark brown or
yellowish brown; and consequently the description is deceptive to
the student. The yellow-brown hair of the cephalothorax looks
almost black or dark grey in consequence. ‘The dark median
and side stripes on abdomen, and front middle eyes only half a
diameter apart, serve to distinguish it.

I have seen no specimen, however, which I can recognize as
being the same.

ANAME GRISEA, n. sp. (Text-fig. 30, p. 253.)

Cephalothorax and mandibles a dull yellowish brown, with dark
brown hairs and black bristles on the latter. Legs and palpi yellow
shaded with brown, with lighter brown hairs. Lip and maxille
brownish yellow ; sternum and rear coxe bright golden yellow
with brown bristles. Abdomen above black, mottled with irregular
yellow spots, with long upstanding hairs medium to pale brown;
underneath yellow, with small black mottlings and long dark
brown hairs. Spinnerets pale yellow, with pale brown hairs.

Cephalothorax rather oblong, truncate both anteriorly and pos-
teriorly, sides curving slightly towards the rear. Cephalic part
rather high, sloping to its highest point behind the eyes, thence
rather downwards to the margin; clearly separated by a long,
deep, straight thoracic fovea and deep side striations from the

1901. ] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 253

thoracic part, on each side of which are three somewhat oval
depressions.

Eyes. The front row is only slightly procurved ; the two median
three fourths their diameter apart; the side-eyes farther away,
about one third longer in diameter than the median. The front
and rear side are equal in diameter and almost contiguous. The
middle eyes of rear row touch the laterals with their upper corner.

Sternum broad, shield-shaped, very convex. Sigille quite mar-
ginal, the posterior pair rather large.

Text-fig. 30.

Aname grisea. a. Hyes.

Lip convex, cup-shaped, broader than long, sides rounded, the
front and rear edges both recurved and parallel; one or two club-
shaped spines. Maxille rather broad, straight in front, a deep
rounded heel at the outer posterior corner, thence curving inwards
round the lip. Above this incurved part a thick group of club-
shaped spines.

On inner margin of falx-sheath 8 large teeth and a few small
intermediate at the lower end.

The superior tarsal claws have two rows of pectinations of 4 or
5 each, the 3rd claw without teeth. The tarsi are all unbespined.
Scopulee on the two front pairs reach two-thirds up the metatarsi
also. The tibize and metatarsi are all bespined, and there are three
short ones on the anterior side of patella iii.

The inferior spinnerets are their diameter apart. The superior
tapering, the Ist and 3rd joints equally long, the 2nd shorter.

254 MR. H. RB. HOGG ON [June 4,

Measurements in millametres.

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax .. 4 34
bomen) i...) 4 3
Superior spinnerets 24
Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
JUGS es Sob Ihe 13 3y 4 oe = 128
By 13 3 oF = I 1t
3. 14 23 3 23. = 10
4, 14 a 4 4 = 13+
JEON Wem earo If 25 24 1 7 = a

Three females from Macedon, Victoria.

ANAME ARBOREA, n. sp. (Text-fig. 31.)

Cephalothorax deep yellow, thinly covered with down-lying
pale yellow hairs and a darker belt of longer hairs round the margin.

Aname arborea. a. Eyes.

Mandibles yellow-brown, with a longitudinal belt of brown hair
beginning one-fourth their length from the base, thence widening
and thickening to the lower end of the falx, where the bristles
lengthen and harden into a light rastellum. Sternum, lip and

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 255

maxille, legs and palpi a’ bright golden yellow, with dark brown
hairs and bristles. The abdomen has a black ground on the upper
side, with a double longitudinal row of large yellow spots joined
anteriorly and reaching to the spinnerets; beyond these on the
side slopes smaller irregular yellow spots; underneath a yellow
ground with a few black mottlings.

The eye-space is black, twice as wide as long. The front middle
eyes are green, the remainder yellow.

The front row of eyes is clearly procurved. On a common pro-
tuberance of their own the median are 14 diameter apart but only
one half their diameter from the laterals, whose long diameter is
14 times that of the median. The rear row is slightly recurved, its
laterals the same size as the front laterals, are half their diameter
away. The rear middle eyes are smaller than the laterals, and touch
them with their upper corner.

The falx-sheath has 7 large teeth on inner margin and 2 small
off the row to the outside.

The patella and tibia of all legs have two bare long streaks with
an intervening row of hairs.

The superior spinnerets have the 3rd joint but slightly longer
than the 2nd, both being shorter than the Ist.

In other respects this agrees with the foregoing (A. grisea).
It differs from A. pallida L. Koch in coloration of abdomen,
and in the front middle eyes being 14 diameter instead of only
3 diameter apart.

Measurements in millimetres.
Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 6 4h
Abdomen’ ...... 6 34
Superior spinnerets 3
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
COS we... \s IL, 2h 51 54 4 at py dle
2, 24 41 4 Se 16
3. 2 + 3 3 ==), 12
4, 24 51 6 6 = ge
Palit sscfoeo2 csc: 2 3 24 eS 9

Two females from Macedon, Victoria.

ANAME PELLUCIDA, n. sp. (Text-fig. 32, p. 256.)

Cephalothorax, legs,and mandibles rather bright pale yellow; hairs
brownish grey. Cephalic part not so much raised up as in A. gresea.
Abdomen black above, with yellow side-streaks 5 in number. (The
other parts are pale cream-colour, probably from recent moulting.)

The eyes are all pale yellow. The front median, each on a round
‘black tubercle, are 2 diameters apart. The front side-eyes are
longer than the rear side 14 of their diameter. The long diameter
of the rear middle eyes is the same as that of their laterals, from
which they are just clearly separated. The front middle are the

256 MR. H, R. HOGG ON [June 4,

same distance (their diameter) from the rear middle and the front
side. The centres of the front row are in a straight line, those of
the rear row recurved.

Text-fig. 32.

Aname pellucida. yes.

Measurements in millimetres.

Cephalothorax .. 84 64
Abdomen ...... 9 54
Mandibles ...... 3
Superior spinnerets 23, 1, 14 = 43.
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
WEES sooo He 4 @ 7 Gl 20
2, 3 64 a 6 es
2. 8 Bue it 6 = 201
4. 3t 7 8 8 = 26}
Ral eer wvatcte 3h 54 5 3 =

In other points the same as the foregoing (A. arborea).

Besides its much greater size, this differs from -A. pallida L.
Koch in the greater distance and colour of its front middle eyes,
the equality in size of its middle and side eyes of rear row, the
straighter front row; the Ist and 4th pairs of legs being more
nearly equal in length.

One female from Macedon.

Genus BRACHYTHELE Auss.

This genus should have the front row of eyes straight. Thoracic
fovea straight. Front tibia of male furnished with an apical spur.
Tarsus and metatarsus of front two pairs fully scopulated.

Type, B. icterica C. Koch.

On comparing the Australian with some S.-American specimens
of Brachythelee recently to hand, they certainly agree in many
points. In eyes, spines of lip, shape of maxille and sternum,
and type of superior mammille they agree. In the Australian the
cephalic part is rather more raised up and the fovea deeper ; the
inferior mammille are nearer together. In the 8.-American all the
tarsi are scopulated instead of only the front two aes, and are
more flexuous instead of straight and firm.

1901.} AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 257

The generic differences of Aname Koch and Jvamatus Sim.
are very slight, and they might well be combined, though they
can be clearly distinguished from Brachythele Auss., and Hapalo-
thele Lenz.

BRACHYTHELE PLATIPUS Auss.

Brachythele platipus Auss. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1875,
p- 159.

Described by Ausserer from a cephalothorax only, from Herr
L. Koch’s collection and marked New Holland, without further
description.

The length of cephalothorax is 7°5 mm. = tibia + patella iv., as
in all the species of Aname L. Koch. Breadth of cephalothorax
5°8 mm.

The front middle eyes are somewhat more than their diameter
apart; and the hair-covering of the cephalothorax is dingy yellow-
brown.

The description is inadequate to show in what it differs from
the species of Aname above described, to which genus it probably
belongs; but I leave it as given until proof can be shown, from more
material, of the genus to which it should really be attached.

Genus [xamatvus Simon.

Iealus Li. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873, p. 469 (nom. preocc.).

Hapalothele H. Lenz, Zool. Jahrb. 1886, Band i. pp. 396-7.

Izamatus E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, Bull. (note).

Hapalothele Lenz, E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i.
p- 180.

Type, L. varius L. Koch.

M. Simon gave the above name to Herr Koch’s genus Jwvalus,
which name had been used before, for a group of mammals. He
subsequently, however, referred it to Lenz’s Hapalothele, type
H. reuteri, from the island of Nossi-bé off N.W. coast of
Madagascar.

In Lenz’s genus the male has an apical spur on tibia 1.,
which is not the case in either of the species below, which
follow exactly Jvamatus Simon. Further, the front row of eyes
is straight or recurved, instead of procurved as in Jwamatus, and
its members have no scopula, instead of having tarsi i. & 11. thickly
scopulated ; moreover the tarsal claws have only one row of
pectinations apparently crossing them, as in the Macrothelew and
Atracee groups, whilst in the Australian species of Ivamatus they
are strongly biseriated.

The superior spinnerets are slender, the last joint tapering and
longer than either of the others.

The thoracic fovea is straight, and the metatarsi are not
scopulated on any of the legs.

Proc. Zoou. Soc,—1901, Vou, Il. No, XVII. 17

258 MR. H. BR. HOGG ON [June 4,

The species may be distinguished as follows :—

The front row of eyes about equally large ......... . ... Uy
Side-eyes of front row nearly twice the diameter of
scat (aks ls) ets Ap Ge anne cod abacidaBaacneaake bec anadodooupenacsOnaes 2,
1. Front row clearly procurved. Palpal stigma in male
twisted and dilated at apex ............ceesesseseeeeseees I. gregorti, n. sp.

— Front row straight. Palpal stigma in male tapering
to a point and about the length of the bulb (sec.

HBG (ove al) Ae Se RES dh aN oral AAR Ha ON A ale eiee I. varius L. Koch.
2. Palpal stigma in male very long and attenuated
(Cwicerthe lenethiot bulb) Ramee casio se cceeeeciniere T, broomi, u. sp.

Ixamatus varius L. Koch.

Ivamatus varius L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. (1873) p. 469.

Described from a male from Bowen, Queensland: the species is
unknown to me.

According to L. Koch, the legs are much shorter in proportion to
the cephalothorax and abdomen than either of the other two species
described below ; his measurements being: ceph. 7 mm., abd. 8,
palpi 10; legs 16, 15, 13, and 18 mm. respectively.

IXAMATUS GREGORII, n. sp. (Text-fig. 33, p. 259.)

The cephalothorax and mandibles are dark yellowish brown,
with down-lying yellow hair and a belt of upstanding brown
bristles round the margin of the former and on the front of the
latter. A straight deep fovea and bare side-streaks separate the
long and rather narrow cephalic part from the thoracic.

The legs and palpi are the same, yellowish brown shaded in
places with darker brown; the tibie and metatarsi wholly dark
brown. They are thickly covered with a mixture of long yellow,
grey, and brown bristly hairs. The tarsi of the front two pairs
have pale yellow, almost white scopule which extend half-way up
the corresponding metatarsi.

The lip, maxille, sternum, and coxe are yellow shaded with
brown, and furnished with upstanding bristly brown hair, paler on
the coxe.

The abdomen above is dark grey mottled with large yellow spots;
below yellow, with smaller black mottlings.

The superior spinnerets are pale yellow above, greyer under-
neath, with yellowish-grey hairs.

This differs from J. broomt in having the front and rear side-
eyes equal in diameter to the front middle, which are half their
diameter apart ; in having the last joint of the superior spinnerets
equal in length to the second and shorter than the first. The
legs much more bristly; the thoracic fovea straighter; a few
spines on the front of the lip; the style of the male palp short and
curling, the length only of the bulb.

The tarsi also are weak and sinuous, the front two metatarsi
partially scopulated, and on the anterior side of patella iii. are
three short stout spines as in Aname grisea described above (p. 253),

— oe

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 259

Text-fig. 33.

ESS Suro ee Cntr
Spee
SS

Su

Ixamatus gregorit. a. Male palp. 6. Eyes.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax.... 44 34
Abdomen, 42.55.79) 44 3
Superior spinnerets 13, 1, 1 = 3}.
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.

Tbeas herpes sel LMI a2 41 5 BE) es Ary
Zi BUN ke ag) Be LG
Bash, SEN a SE inte (eel a38
Aaia92 ABN 5 Go) eet

alpine) Sl aevsaal eas Le 2 44 1 = 93

This specimen (a male) from Macedon, Victoria, I have named
after my friend Prof. Gregory, of Melbourne University.

Lge

260 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

IxaMATUS BROOMI, n. sp. (Text-fig. 34.)

The cephalothorax is dull reddish brown; the mandibles, which
are paler and more yellow-brown, have a bare streak along the
outer edge and long brown bristles over the remainder. The
legs and palpi are reddish brown above, deep yellow underneath,
with brown hair, bristles and spines. The lip, maxille, sternum,
and coxe are bright golden yellow.

Text-fig. 34.

Izxamatus broom. a. Male palp. 6. Tibial joint of first pair of legs.
ce. Hyes.

On the underside of the abdomen the chitinous shield forward
of the breathing-slits is bright golden yellow, the gill-coverings
and the spinnerets are the same colour, behind the breathing-
slits pale yellow mottled with black. Along the back is a dark
median stripe, on each side of which large yellow spots are
irregularly distributed on a black ground.

The cephalothorax is a short oval, the cephalic part only slightly
higher than the thoracic. The fovea is rather long and deep, and
clearly recurved.

The front row of eyes, seen from the front, is slightly procurved ;
the median pair half their diameter apart, and rather less from the
laterals, of which the long diameter is once and a half that of the

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 261

median. The rear row is recurved. The laterals in length equal
the diameters of the front middle eyes. They are clearly separated
from the still smaller rear middle eyes.

The whole eye-space is well raised up, the eyes yellow on a
black ground.

The sternum is ovate, rather convex, covered with short. stiff
bristles ; the sigille are nearly marginal and moderately large.

The lip is without spines, broader than long, rather straight at
the sides and hollowed in front. The maxille are only slightly
hollowed round the lip, with a bunch of quite small spines above
that portion.

The falx-sheath has one row of 7 medium-sized teeth and no
intermediate.

The legs and palpi are rather long and slight, thickly clothed
with stout upstanding bristly hair; the tibiae and metatarsi well
bespined, the front two pairs of tarsi have a light scopula which
does not extend along the metatarsi.

The tarsal claws are large and have 7 or 8 pectinations on the
inner edge, one less on the outer.

On the underside of tibia i. of the male are 10 irregularly
placed spines, but no spur.

The thin, finely curved style of the male palp is 2 times the
length of the genital bulb.

The abdomen is oval, sparsely covered with fine upstanding
bristles on round roots. ‘The inferior mammille are two diameters
apart. The superior pair have the third joint cylindrical and
longest, the second shortest.

Measurements in millimetres.

Cephalothorax .. 6 5
PNUD OMEN vay oi @ 44 4
Superior spinnerets 1, #, 1} = 3.
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
IVER vas obldine il 3 6 54 CooL
2. 24 5 oy = 183
3. 2 5 4 5 = elG
4, 24 6 54 a = 21
EO bece ky oooe nage 25 4 4 1 = ie

A single male in the British Museum, sent by Dr. Broom from
Hill Grove, New South Wales. I have named the species after
that industrious collector.

CHENISTONIA, nov. gen.

Differs from Aname L. Koch in that tibia i. of the male is
furnished with a powerful single spur springing from an enlarge-
ment in the centre of the joint. The front row of eyes is slightly

262 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

procurved, the side-eyes being larger than the middle. The front
and rear side-eyes are distinctly separated. The thoracic fovea is
straight.

Type, C. maculata, n. sp.

CHENISTONIA MACULATA, n. sp. (Text-fig. 35.)

Cephalothorax and mandibles rich red-brown. Palpi and legs
somewhat paler, with fine down-lying yellow hair and brown
upstanding bristles. Coxe, sternum, lip, and maxille deep orange,
with upstanding brown bristly hair.

Abdomen, above, black ground with transverse rows of medium-
sized yellow spots, rather thick short yellow hair; on the under-

Text-fig. 35.

Chenistonia maculata. i Tibial and metatarsal
of legs of male. }. End of palp. c. Hyes.

joints of first pair

side, a yellow chitinous shield in front behind it bl.

l i 3 : ack and yellow
eee with brown hair. Spinnerets yellowish with eae hair.
i aaa is oblong, only slightly narrower in front

; thoracic fovea straight ; i i
ee ees Pee aight ; cephalic part not much higher
Front row of eyes slight] ir di
| y procurved, median pair their diameter
apart ; laterals 14 diameter of former, 4 diumatee distant. Rear

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 263

row recurved, laterals, the diameters of, or very slightly longer
than front middle, rear middle nearly as large. Front and rear
laterals clearly separated.

Sternum nearly round, convex, furnished with upstanding
bristles ; sigillze rather round, marginal, and moderate in size.

Lip small, only slightly broader than long, hollowed in front ;
no spines. Maxille straight in front, round at heel, thence
hollowed round lip, the whole base covered with thick club-shaped
spines.

The falx-sheath has 8 large teeth on the inner side and 5 small
intermediate at the lower end.

The male has a powerful lateral spur springing from an enlarge-
ment in the middle of tibia i., but none at the apex.

The genital bulb is a long pear-shape, with a short stylus not
more than one-fourth of its length. The bulb springs from the
end of a specially long metatarsal joint of the palp.

Measurements in millimetres.

Female.
Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax .... 6 At
Aipdomen! ........ a 4

Superior spinnerets 13, 1, 1; =33.
Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.

USS abe baG66 1 2 43 5 4 5) GF
2. 2 4 4 So el
Bo Beg Ee) See rau 1
A ORME EBL ys 5 = 163
Palpitersrarns entrees 1? 4 3 lO
Male
Long. Broad
Cephalothorax .... 6 ti
Aibdomieny <5)... - 6 3d
Superior spinnerets 14, 1, 1}=4.
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
Meester fe ce 1. 24 54 64 GL a AD
DEV) OY Sy ANS 5 = 16}
3 2 4 41 5 =i be
4, 25 Dy 53 62 = 204
BIO Goocovogsgocos 2 4} dt Ce 12}

Locality. Macedon, Victoria.

CHENISTONIA MAJOR, n. sp. (Text-fig. 36.)

Besides its much larger size, though similar in colouring, this
differs from C. maculata in the pattern of the upper part of the
abdomen having a black median stripe with about 5 pairs of mottly
diagonal side stripes on a baff ground ; underneath all yellow.

264 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

The front middle eyes are nearer together, 7 diameter apart,
and the front side only slightly larger, about 1; diameter. The
rear side are the same diameter as the front middle, the rear

middle broad and truneate at the top.

Chenistonia major. Byes

The mandibles are much more heavily clothed with hair and

bristles.

The superior maxille are shorter in comparison, stout and

tapering and darker in colour.
Also tarsi are scopulated and a portion of metatarsi i. & ii.
Lip rather round, with 3 or 4 spines in one row in front.

Measurements in millimetres.
Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .... 11 8
Abdomen): oats. 14 10
Mandibles )..)2/0). 43
Superior spinnerets 2, 13, 2=53.
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
Hegel ih 3: il 5 9 9 8 =
2 4 &4 84 8 =
3. 34 7 Ty (ui
4, 4 4 94 9 =
LEA OAS a es aes el 4 64 6 3 =

Among a good many females I have not found a male.
Another female :—

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .... 11 9
Abdomen Nicci. 4). 17 11
Superior spinnerets 2}, 14,12=51. Sternum 53x 4.
Pat.& Metat.
Coxa. Tr. &fem. _ tib. & tars.
JOG ide ob ec 1 5 10 10 9 =
2. 43 9 10 eo
3 4 8 8 9 =
4, 44 94 103 Oe
Pal pry een Nicisi/a)cies 4 7 7 4 =

Locality. Upper Macedon, Victoria.

1901. ] AUSERALIAN SPIDERS. 265

Group MacrorHELes.

This group is very clearly distinguished from the foregoing by
the greater length of the superior mammillz, which are not much, if
any, shorter than the cephalothorax, by the distance between the
inferior mammille, which are some four diameters at least apart ;
the tarsi and metatarsi of all the legs being without scopule, and
the tarsal claws having the pectinations in a single row only,
crossing the claw diagonally from one side to the other. They
resemble one another in the sternal sigille, which are of moderate
size and marginal, and in having the teeth on the falx-sheath in
one row only on the inner side, or one row and a small inter-
mediate at the lower end.

The genera may be distinguished as follows :—

1. Mandibles protruding horizontally and normal... 2.
Mandibles short, strongly kneed at base and

nearly perpendicular (as in Migas lL. Koch,

ECES MN NYOTS) heonnitoacaonoeecsnpoaooeAcacesocanasodbooonoenne Cethegus Thor.
Front row of eyes procuryed. Lip smooth or

only bespined at apex; all tarsi generally be-

spined; all legs the same thickness; last joint

of spinnerets not longer than the middle, but

finer, smooth and straight ...............sceeeeeeees Stenygrocercus H. Sim.
Front row of eyes straight or lightly procurved.

Lip profusely bespined nearly to base; last

joint of spinnerets as long as, or longer than

i)

SCONE, odd oobsosoboHodoucsqoKbodabNGUobacoRsasoNGdEo00G 3.
3. No spines on tarsi. Front pair of legs stouter
WEIN, GAGES beocadnsoaocoooscaqqoos andeoduocedoebouEcabcs Porrhothele Sim.
All tarsi bespined. First and fourth pairs of legs
theysamey THICkNeSss ctcsuacy eessecet teen ccc ssito ast Macrothele Auss.

Genus Ceruecus Thorell.

Cethegus Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1881, p. 241.

This genus, formed for a specimen brought from Cape York by
d’Albertis, I only connect provisionally with this group. It is
unknown to me; and although (sec. Thor.) it has very long
spinnerets, the form of the mandibles would seem to make it
doubtful whether it should not rather be joined to the Migine.

CuTHHGUS LUGUBRIS Thor., loc. cit.

Genus PorrHOTHELE Simon.

Mygale Walck. Ins. Apt. vol. i. 1837 (ad part. antepodiana).

Cteniza White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 3 (ad part. hewops and
antipodum).

Hexops Auss. 1871 (ad part. whitei).

Macrothele Cambr. 1873 (ad part. huttont).

266 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Macrothele Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 307 (ad part.
insignipes).

Porrhothele Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. (1892) p. 185.

Type, P. antipodiana Walck.

This is evidently the New Zealand form of the genus Macrothele
Auss.; but the only real difference between the two is that, whereas
in the latter (sec. Auss.) the tarsi are all bespined, in the corre-
sponding species of New Zealand they are without spines and
the front pair of legs is somewhat stouter than the others.

M. Simon makes the lip in Macrothele only bespined at the apex,
but in comparing the type species WM. calpetana Walck. with the
New Zealand specimens, I find no difference in this respect, the
lip of both being profusely bespined to nearly the base. The
front row of eyes in Porrhothele is straight or slightly procurved
according to the point of view.

M. Simon says (loc. cit. & Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 307) that
in P. antipodiana the eyes of the front row are slightly recurved.
He has seen the type specimen, while I have not ; but I would point
out that Baron Walckenaer, though he is not quite clear in his
original description, rather suggests the contrary !, that no speci-
men has been since described with the row in question recurved,
and the type specimen, I think a dried one, is between 60 and
70 years old, under which circumstances examination is difficult
and likely to be deceptive through shrinkage.

Amongst some Spiders sent me by Prof. Dendy from Canterbury,
N.Z., unfortunately all females, there are two distinguishable
species of this genus, and I have little doubt that this includes all
therefrom. It has not so far been met with on the mainland
of Australia, but Mr. Urquhart has described a species from
Tasmania (M. aculeata, Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1893, p. 94), so it
is not unlikely that it may be found somewhere on the mainland.

I distinguish the species as follows :—

Front middle eyes not quite their diameter apart ;

thoracic fovea deep and round. Cephalothorax

bright orange or light red, with dark median

stripe from eyes to fovea; mandibles black-

LR eRe SeOnEE AEE ARNE Ge Wa ARKOb Sic CodenorHCne P. antipodiana Walck.
Front middle eyes their full diameter apart (at least

in female) ; thoracic fovea long and transversely

straight. Oephalothorax and mandibles rich

chocolate-browi y. i:UL cane de ssosstcte eect sessile secs P. simoni, n. sp.

PORRHOTHELE ANTIPODIANA Walck.

Mygale antipodiana Walck. Hist. Nat. des Ins. Apt. vol. i.
(1837) p. 230.

Mygale quoyt Lucas, in d’Orbigny, Dict. d’Hist. nat. vol. viii.

503.

" Cteniza hexops White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 3.

1 “Tes yeux intermédiaires antérieurs ....sont sur la méme ligne que les
latéraux extérieurs.”

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 267

Cteniza antipodum White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 3.

Hexops whitei Auss. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1871, p. 155.

Macerothele huttonti Cambr. Trans. & Proc. N. Z. Inst. vol. vi.
(1873) p. 200.

Macrothele huttonii Cambr., A. T. Urquhart, ibid. vol. xxiv.
(1891) p. 221.

Macrothele insignipes Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 308.

Maerothele (or Hexops) Auss., R. I. Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. (1895) p. 224.

Porrhothele antipodiana Walck., E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign.
vol. i. (1892) p. 185.

This species was originally described by Baron Walckenaer in
1837, from a specimen collected in New Zealand and brought to
Paris by Messrs. Quoy & Gaimard. It would appear to be fairly
common in New Zealand, and has certainly been the subject of
several descriptions since, but some so vaguely drawn as to leave
the characteristics of their types a matter of considerable doubt.

The ‘Erebus’ and ‘Terror’ Expedition brought home several
specimens in 1847, in various stages of growth, from which
Mr. Adam White described two species under the names of Oteniza
antipodum and Cteniza hewops respectively.

Fortunately the types of these (two each) are preserved in the
British Museum, and Mr. Pocock (loc. cit.) has shown that they
are both the same. They are certainly also the same as two larger
specimens of mine (from Canterbury as aforesaid, p. 266).

Baron Walckenaer’s original description of his type specimen
of antipodiana further agrees with these. (One of the names
chosen by Mr. White rather suggests that he had himself a
suspicion that he might be dealing with this species.)

M. Simon says that his Macrothele insignipes differs from
M. antipodiana, but the only difference he quotes is the differ-
ence in size, which goes for very little in the females ; and also
he says that the front row of eyes of antipodiana is recurved,
which I think, from reasons given above, must be taken as
doubtful. His very careful description applies word for word to
my specimens.

Mr. Cambridge’s description of his P. hutione has no points
which disagree with these or by which a different species can be
established.

I therefore conclude that, at least until some difference is shown
between the males, the whole of these species with pale red or
orange cephalothorax are really the same, and, moreover, the same
as Walckenaer’s type-specimen of antipodiana.

The unusually bright colour of the cephalothorax, with darker area
about the eye-space, dark line from eye-space to the thoracic fovea,
which is deep and round; front middle eyes as large as side-eyes
and less than their diameter apart ; black-brown mandibles ; black
or dark abdomen, with large round bronchial opercula yellow at

268 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

the margins and brown inside, are features common to all the
descriptions. The measurements of the largest specimen I have
are as follows (in millimetres) :—

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .... 12 10
Abdomen) i) .0s)5 5: 133 11
Superior spinnerets 104

Pat. & Metat.
Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.

hegs\: se: 1 5 93 oe ie Ok
2 5 3 9 is == atoll
3 4 4 84 8 = 29
4 41 OL) @ Bap

Bal pi gee Min cies 44 4 5 4 = 20

The superior tarsal claws have about 7 pectinations (in one row
crossing the claw).

Tibia iv. above has 1 pair of spines in front, 2 pairs in middle
close together, and 1 spine on outer side between.

Metatarsus i. has 1 pair of spines in front and 1 spine in middle
of underside.

On the inner margin of the falx-sheath are about 11 irregularly
sized teeth, with 8 smaller in a row at the lower end intermediate
between the two edges.

As is well known, Mr. White, after his description of Cteniza
hewops, mentions (casually in a postscript) that it has only six eyes,
on which statement Herr Ausserer constituted a new genus.
Hence arose the discussion (Pocock, loc. cit.) as to whether, on the
discovery that the supposed type specimen had eight eyes, the
generic name Hewops Auss. should or should not stand in place of
the later named genera.

The eyes of this species are so particularly large and distinct,
that it is difficult to believe that anyone looking at it sufficiently
closely to describe a new species could possibly have made such a
mistake as that attributed to Mr. White.

I happen to have a specimen (of P. simonz, n. sp.) with one side-
eye missing from the front row, without the faintest mark of its
ever having been there, and have had similar experience in other
genera. Now if Mr. White’s specimen had similarly lost two
corresponding eyes, he may well have made the observation he did;
and afterwards substituted for the type duplicate specimens, instead
of the one he had pulled about and perhaps broken. In that case
the type specimen of Ausserer’s genus would simply have been un-
wittingly destroyed, and when a similar one reappears the genus,
out of respect to its founder, can come back into our lists. Apart
from this there must surely be an implied authority to rectify any
obvious mistake, as when a name intended to be descriptive through
an error (or carelessness) becomes misdescriptive.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 269

PoRRHOTHELE SIMONI, nu. sp. (Text-fig. 37.)

Mandibles black. Cephalothorax and sternum rich shining dark
brown. Coxe, lip, and maxille rather lighter brown. Legs and
palpi medium reddish brown, with brown hairs, bristles, and spines.
Abdomen dull black-brown, with small yellow spots here and there
and rather rough corrugations; hair yeilow-brown. Gull-covers
brown, edged with yellow. Spinnerets dark brown. The cephalic
part is only moderately raised ; fovea deep and straight or slightly
procurved.

The front row of eyes is slightly procurved, the median pair
their diameter apart. Laterals scarcely, if any, larger, and half
that distance away. The rear row is recurved, the laterals the
same size as the front and three-quarters of the diameter away.
The rear median are two-thirds the diameter of the others, rather
square, half as far from the rear side as the front middle.

The falx-sheath has 10 large and 2 small (Ist and 6th) teeth
on its inner margin, with a median row of 8 small teeth at the
lower end.

Text-fig. 37.

Porrhothele simoni. a, Eyes. 6. Profile.

The sternum is a broad oval, flat, with thin upstanding brown hair.
The sternal sigille are moderately large and quite marginal.

The lip is rather square, straight in front, and very convex. It
is profusely covered with club-shaped spines from front nearly to
base. The maxille are broad, with a protuberant inner front corner,
a thick group of club-shaped spines reaches to two-thirds the
length.

The superior tarsal claws are large, with one row of 11 pectina-
tions, longest in the middle, running diagonally across the claws.
The inferior tarsal claw is smooth. The female palp-claw has
six pectinations. The inferior spinnerets are long, and about four
of their diameters apart. The superior pair have the first and third
joints equal and longer than the second.

The abdomen is oval, high, and rounded at the sides.

270 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax .... 113 7 in front.
10 in middle.
Nbdomen),:) sen: 14 ili
Stermumy) 7s 5 4}
Superior spinnerets 37, 27, 833 =83.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
Hees i UA Oe i, 5 9 9 Sue iol
2. 5) 9 9 Sy) eS) BL
3. 4 8 8 9 = 2g
4, 4 94 10 LO aos
alpine 4 65 54 Bay le)

Two females from Christchurch, N.Z.

Genus StenyeRocercus E. Simon.

Macrothele E. Simon, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888, p. 245 (ad part.
silvicola).

Stenygrocercus E. Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign. vol. i. (1892)
p. 185.

Type, S. silvicola Simon.

M. Simon has constituted the genus Stenygrocercus, with a
New Caledonian species as type, in which the lip is rather
square, both that and the maxille free from spines. The superior
mammille have the first and second joints of about equal length,
the last joint being not longer than middle, and the whole slim, the
first two joints about four times as long as wide. In many cases,
if not always, the second joint of the superior mammillee all through
this family is certainly retractile, and its comparative length there-
fore difficult to establish unless fully extended. Apart from this,
however, the great difference between the unbespined lip and maxillee
in this genus, and the profuse bespining of both in the two genera
Macrothele and Porrhothele, isa good generic characteristic. There
is no obvious thickening of the first pair of legs as in Porrhothele.

The front middle eyes are much smalier than the side, thus
ereatly differing from those of Porrhothele.

STENYGROCERCUS BROOMI, n. sp. (Text-fig. 38, p. 271.)

Cephalothorax, mandibles, sternum, and coxe deep chocolate-
brown; eye-space and mandibular fangs black. Legs and palpi,
lip and maxille rather lighter, edges of the latter paler and ruddier.
Front median eyes greenish, remainder bright yellow. Hairs on
cephalothorax yellowish, on legs, palpi, and sternum dark brown.
Abdomen dark grey ground, with small paler yellow-brown pit-
marks over the upper surface.

The cephalothorax is 14 mm. longer than broad, only slightly
narrowing in front and rear. A deep round fovea and four well-
marked depressions on either side.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 271

The raised eye-space twice as long as broad and half its breadth
from the edge of the carapace. The front row of eyes is procurved.
Laterals 23 times the diameter of the median, the latter one dia-
meter apart, and the same distance from the lowest point of the
side-eyes. The side-eyes of rear row are smaller than front laterals,
+ their diameter away. Rear median 1J diameter of front median,
their apex is close up to the side-eyes.

The mandibles set rather divergently, are the length of the front
patella, and are furnished with long stout bristles on the lower
half. Falx-teeth about 8 of irregular size on inner margin,
with a few small in an intermediate row at lower end of falx-
sheath.

The sternum, a broad oval, and the coxe are covered with long
stout upstanding bristles each springing from a raised round radical.
The anterior sigille are very large and situated in a broad shallow

Text-fig. 38.

b.

Stenygrocercus broomi. «a. Hyes. 6. Profile.

depression behind the lip, which is widest at base, slightly wider
than long and narrowing to a straight front edge. This is alto-
gether without spines, as are also the maxille, which are square with
a small rounded protuberance at front inner corner.

The metatarsi and tarsi are all bespined, the latter rather weakly ;
two small pairs underneath only on the front two pairs. 6 or 7
pectinations in a single row cross the superior tarsal claws. 5 or 6
short teeth on the female palp-claw.

The abdomen is oval, rounded at the sides. It has a little
light-coloured down-lying hair and long spinous bristles with
bases.

The anterior mammille are well developed, more than four times
their width apart. The superior pair are about as long as the
cephalothorax, the last joint tapering, the others cylindrical.

Two females were sent to the British Museum by Dr. Broom
from Hill Grove, N.S.W.

272 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax .... 4 7

IMbdOMen) esse. 11 8
Mandiblessses2 igs. 3
Superior mammille 4, 3, 23=93.
Pat. & Metat. &
Coxe. Tr.&fem. tib. tars.

Messier 1 > 64 64 One 222
2 34 64 4 CR) a 22F
3 e 2 5 Cop a 8.
Or 4,3, 2,1. 4 4 4 84 OF = 2g
IMAM Cog ooo sue. oc 3 2 4 SUT) Canale

Group ATRACER.

The two genera Atrax Cambr. and Hadronyche Li. Koch, which I
have detached to this group, differ considerably from either of the
two previous genera.

The sternal sigillee are large and removed from the margin, and
the teeth on the falx-sheath are in two rows on interior and exterior
margins, with an intermediate row of small ones at the lower end.

The superior spinnerets are short and the inferior even closer
together than in Brachythele ; while the tarsal claws are pectinated
in one row across the claw as in Macrothele, and the lip very thickly
bespined.

Synopsis of Genera.

Last joint of superior spinnerets longer than second, cylin-
drical and smooth ............0.0sceceeee- +--+ ad0BoG0b" Atrax Cambr.
Last joint of superior spinnerets short and conical,........ Hadronyche L. Koch.

Genus ATRAx Cambr.

Atrax Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xix. (1877) p. 26; E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 302;
id. Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. 1. (1892) p. 186.

Type, A. robustus Cambr.

Synopsis of Species.

Front middle eyes more than their diameter apart, and

distinctly less in their diameter than side-eyes of

same row ; patellie of two rear pairs furnished with

one or two spines; all four pairs of tibize bespined... A. robustus Cambr.
Front middle eyes less than their diameter apart, and

about the same in diameter as the front side-eyes ;

patella of third pair furnished with numerous

spines, fourth pair none; and the front four tibize

WACHOULIAEIV EM isiinasnesest sen siecscouaeaceiasinceeneceseeenet A, modesta Simon.

1901. ] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 273

ATRAX RoBUSTUS Cambr. (Text-fig. 39.)

Atrax robustus Cambr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix.
1877, p. 26, pl. vi. fig. 1; E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vol. Ix.
1891, p. 301.

This rather powerful-looking spider varies in the colour of the
cephalothorax, from a rich red-brown to a black-brown. Abdomen
yellowish grey to darker grey, with fine dark brown hairs. The front
middle eyes stand on raised shiny black rims which make them look
larger and nearer together than they really are, and these again
are raised on a common protuberance outside of which he the side-
eyes and rear middle. The front row only looks in any way pro-
curved when seen from right in front.

Text-fig. 39.

Atraz robustus. a. Eyes. 6. Tarsal claws.

There are seven pectinations in a curved row across the superior
tarsal claws, the inferior tarsal claw being smooth.

There are 13 large teeth on the outer margin of the falx-sheath,
11 on the inner, and 9 rather large in an intermediate row.

The metatarsi and tarsi of all legs are thickly bristled and be-
spined, but have no real scopula. There are three or four short
spines at anterior end of tibia i. and i1., and the same with more in
the middle of tibia i. and iv.

There are female specimens from Queensland and New South
Wales in the British Museum, and from New South Wales in that
of Paris, but no male recorded.

T give the following measurements in millimetres of about the -
largest.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. Il, No. XVIII. 18

274 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax.. 15 12
Abdomen .... 122 ial
Superior spinnerets 21,1, 24=6.
Pat. & Metat.

Coxa, Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
OCS Ed tse xe ie 7 12 122 a Ae
Dye 6 11 il igs 1Q) = Bes
3. 5 10 10 10 — Too)
4, 6 U2 11 s a 41
Pali iie ches adetees eats 6 9 8 5 = 28

ATRAX MODESTA Simon.

Atrax modesta E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. lx. 1891,
p- 302.

Described by M. Simon from a female in the Paris Museum from
Melbourne. I have not seen it, but it is apparently smaller and
darker in colour. I have given (above, p. 272) the differences
deduced from M. Simon’s description.

Genus Hapronycue L. Koch.

Hadrenyche L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 18738, p. 463 ; E. Simon,
Hist. Nat. d. Araign. i. 1892, p. 186.

This genus differs from Atrax in having the pars cephalica of the
cephalothorax more raised up and rounder, but not so much so as
in Eriodon. The superior mammille are short and tapering; the
first joint, divided at the back but not all round, is equal in length
to the remaining two, the second being slightly longer than the
third. The inferior mammille are near together, cylindrical, and
truncate at end. The lip is square in front but not nearly so long
as broad, unless the whole distance from the sternum is included.

Type, 4. cerberea Li. Koch.

HADRONYCHE CERBEREA L. Koch. (Text-fig. 40, p. 275.)
Hadronyche cerberea Li. Koch, loc. cit.

Herr Koch’s description is from two female specimens from
Syduey, for which he gives measurements :—Ceph. 11 mm. long;
abd. 14; legs (without cox) 26, 24, 22, 274 mm. respectively.

Ihave a fully developed male from Macedon, Victoria, a good
deal smaller, but in which I can distinguish no specific difference
from his description. Still of course the question is doubtful.

Male. Cephalothorax chocolate-brown, with paler marginal edging.
Abdomen yellowish grey.

Front row of eyes straight and equal in size; middle their
diameter apart, half that distance from nearest point of side-eyes ;
rear side-eyes smaller than front and rear median rather close up
to them, smaller still.

Lip broader than long, straight in front, round at sides and rear,
much bespined. ‘The maxille have a short rounded projection at

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS, 275

upper inner corner. There are 11 teeth on outer edge of falx-
sheath, 9 larger on inner, and 5 or 6 very small in intermediate
row at lower end.

The superior tarsal claws have one row of pectinations with
about 6 teeth apparently crossing the claw. The lower claw

Text-fig. 40.

EEA
f~

Hadronyche cerberea. a. Eyes. 6. Right, and ¢, left male palp.

smooth. There are two rows of stout spines on metatarsus i.
and ii. Scopule and numerous spines on all four pairs of tarsi.
Thoracic fovea deep and procurved.

The stigma of the male palp is about as long as the bulb, the
apex is somewhat flattened but not dilated; the bulb is divided by
a deep long fovea underneath, but round and undivided above ;

metatarsal joint short.
13*

276 ‘MR. H.R. HOGG ON [June 4

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax 63 5

Abdomen .. 6 4
Superior spinnerets 2 mm.
Pat. & Metat. &
Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. tars.
WEES Gosoco ll 23 6 6 Oi es | 202
2 i 54 54 Sails
3 on 5 5 BE ss et
4 24 61 64 7 = 224
leh Sos sca5b 0G Uo 2 3 3 Ue 9

Group HEXATHELEA.

Genus HExatTHELE Auss.

Hewathele Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1871, p. 171;
L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. 1873, p. 459; E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d.
Araign. i. 1892, p. 188.

The genus (sec. Auss.) hardly differs from Macrothele except
in the addition of two small spinnerets to the usual group
of four, but with no scopule on tarsal joint or spines on front
two pairs. The known species, of which two only have been
described, are confined to N. Zealand.

Type, H. hochstettert Auss.

HEXATHELE HOCHSTETTERI Auss. (Text-fig. 41, p. 277.)
Hexathele hochstettert Auss. loc. cit. p. 172; L. Koch, loc. cit.

Since the above was written, two specimens, a male and a female,
have fortunately arrived at the British Museum. They were
collected from Pahiatua, Wellington, N.Z., and forwarded by
Capt. Hutton. They are larger than the specimens previously
described by Ausserer and L. Koch, in both cases females, but
fairly well conform to the descriptions of H. hochstettert Auss.
I am therefore able to give the following particulars of this
previously imperfectly known species.

Cephalothorax and legs bright reddish brown; mandibles dark
red-brown.

Abdomen dark grey-brown above, dark but rather yellower below,
no pattern distinguishable.

Front middle eyes half their diameter apart. Front and rear
side-eyes of equal size, their long diameter 14 of front middle
and 3 of same apart. The long diameter of the rear middle eyes
equal to that of the front middle.

Thoracic fovea. straight and deep.

Sternum ovate, broadest posteriorly ; sigille moderate in size
and nearly marginal.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS.

277
Numerous rather large club-shaped spines on both lip and
maxille. The latter has a rounded prominence at the inner fore
corner and a pronounced heel at the lower outer.
On the inner margin of falx-sheath is a row of about 15 teeth,
and a thick fringe of orange-coloured hair on the outer.
The first and third joints of the superior spinnerets are equal
and longer than the second; the last cylindrical, the others tapering.

The second pair are about three diameters apart, and the small
third pair below and outside these.

The tarsi of the female are all without scopule.

Text-fig. 41,

“thy,
wk

RY SB
z= UA =
a eS =

oe iy =

ee
2

Hexathele hochstetteri.
male.

a. Hyes.

c. Tibia and metatarsus of
d, Underside of abdomen. ¢. Profile.

b. Male palp.

The front two pairs of tarsi in the male have a divided scopula
but without sete, and a small pair of spines near the anterior end ;
only the posterior two pairs have a double row of sete in the
division of the scopula and a row of spines on each side.

One row of about 8 pectinations crosses the superior tarsal
claws. The inferior claw is bare.

The palpal stigma of the male is about twice the length of
the bulb, the first half flattened but tapering into a very fine
point.

18 “ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. [June 4,

Measurements in millimetres.

Female.
Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax 103 9
Abdomen .. 14 Al

Superior spinnerets 3, 2, 3=8.

Pat. & Metat. &

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. tars.
ers eye ae il: 5 9 34 oy =) ell
De 43 or 8 8 = 29
3. 43 Cf i S = Bos
4, 43 9 9 10 9 = 3822
Palpie civo cee eskec 43 6 6 a eS AOS
Male
Long Broad
Cephalothorax Os 9
Abdomen .. 114 es
Spinnerets Ist pair 3, 2, 3=8; 2nd pair 2; 3rd pair 1.
Distance apart ,, 3; 5 Be s 4,
Pat. & Metat. &
Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. tars.
Besst wr seek: i 5 wes 93 eS | Bas
2 4 9 9 ea i) Biles
3 4 84 84 I oe
4, 4 94 94 12 ae
Ralpiiesa ent aie 4 0 7 2. = 20

HEXATHELE PETREII Goyen.

H. petreii P. Goyen, Proc. N. Z. Inst. vol. xix. (1886) p. 207.
H, petrerii, A. T. Urquhart, ibid. vol. xxiv. (1891) p. 221.
Female found by and named after D. Petrie, Esq.; locality Otago.
Total length 20 mm. (sec. Goyen).

Abdomen (overhanging ceph.) 12 mm. long.

Mr. Goyen makes no mention of how his species differs from
the type species. xcept a discrepancy in the eyes I can find no
difference in the descriptions of these two species. —

Ausserer says of the genus, “eyes as in Nemesia,” i.e. front row
procurved, rear row recurved. Lateral eyes oval.

Mr. Goyen says, “anterior row bent backward and the posterior
forward.” If this is meant in the German sense, his description
tallies with H. hochstetteri; if he means recurved and procurved
respectively, it must be something very different from the genus
Hexathele of Dr. Ausserer.

Note.—In a former paper (Proceedings Royal Society of Victoria,
August 1900), I gave the name Hylobius to a new genus of the
family Dictynide. I now find that it has been previously applied

1901. ] ON OKAPIA JOHNSTONI. 279

toa genus of Coleoptera. I therefore change it to Taurongia, after
the locality where the type specimens described were obtained.

In conclusion, I cannot too gratefully express my thanks to
Mr. RB. I. Pocock, of the British Museum Natural History Depart-
ment, for kindly advice and ready assistance always at my service,
and in allowing me access to the Collections under his charge ;
without which it would have been impossible fer me to have in-
vestigated many points of interest and doubt, some of which I
trust I have been able to make clear.

June 18, 1901.
Prof. G. B. Hows, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of May, 1901 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of May was 226, of which 23 were by
presentation, 7 by birth, 16 by purchase, and 180 were received on
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,
by death and removals, was 150.

Amongst the additions attention may be called to :—

1. Four hybrid Macaws bred at Milan, in Italy, between a male
Red-and-Blue Macaw (Ara macao) and a female Military Macaw
(Ara militaris). These birds have been deposited under our care
by the Hon. W. Rothschild, M.P., F.Z.S. This is, so far as I
know, the only instance on record of hybridism between two
species of Macaw in captivity.

2. A young male African Elephant (Hlephas africanus), pur-
chased on May 21st. This animal was imported from Massowah,
and is said to have been captured in the Italian colony of Eritrea.
It is about four feet high, and is presumed to be about four years
old.

3. A Guilding’s Amazon (Chrysotis guildingi) from St. Vincent,
presented by the Earl of Crawford, F.Z.S., on May 25th. ‘This
addition renders our series of the peculiar Amazons of the Lesser
Antilles complete. We have now in the Parrot House specimens
of four species of these Amazons, viz., Chrysotis guilding: from
St. Vincent, C. augusta and bouquet: from Dominica, and C. versi-
color from St. Lucia.

4, A male Red-flanked Duiker (Cephalophus rufilatus) from
West Africa, presented by M. Th. Leportier on May 28th. We
have received no specimen of this Antelope since 1880.

Two skulls and the skin of the new Mammal, the Okapi, dis-
covered by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.8., which had been
sent to the Natural History Museum, were exhibited, and the
following remarks, by Prof. E. Ray Lankester, F.R.S., F.Z.S., were
read :—

280 PROF. H, RAY LANKESTER ON OKAPIA JOHNSTONI. [June 18,

The skin and two skulls of the Okapi, sent by Sir Harry
Johnston, arrived at the Museum on June 17th. The larger of
the two skulls is stated by Sir Harry Johnston to belong to the
skin. It is not adult, and probably not more than two-thirds
grown. There are traces of external male genital organs in the
skin, which is probably, though by no means certainly, that of a
male. The paired ungual phalanges are preserved in both fore and
hind feet, but not the horny hoofs. My attention was immediately
given to the skulls, the larger of which is exhibited to the Society
this evening. It at once showed itself to be that of a Gliraffine
animal, and not that of a Bovine. The characters thus indicating
Giraffine affinity are the almost complete absence of the angle
between the basicranial and basifacial axes ; the great relative length
of the postorbital or true cranial portion of the skull; the large
lacrymal vacuity bounded anteriorly by the maxillary bones; the
swollen frontal margin of the orbit; the widely expanded and
laterally depressed form of the hinder part of the nasal bones ;
the brachydont molars with rugose enamel; and the excessive
length of the diastema between the premolar teeth and the
anterior group of canine and incisor teeth in the lower jaw.

The “ Okapi” differs from the genus Giraffa not only in the
relative shortness of the neck, the greater equality in the length
of the limbs, and the colour-marking of the hair as shown by the
skin, but in the absence, in both male and female, of the bony
outgrowths of the frontal region which form the “horns” of
Giraffa. These are represented in the Okapi by a posteriorly
placed dome-like upgrowth of each frontal and a_knob-like
thickening in the skin.

The Okapi cannot, in my opinion, be associated generically with
any of the described extinct genera of hornless forms allied to
Giraffa, such as Helladotherium and Libytherium, though it has
similar relations to Giraffa and is undoubtedly allied to those
extinct forms. It differs essentially from Helladotherium in the
presence of a large lacrymal vacuity. This is present in Lydekker’s
Hydaspitherium, which, however, had horns. It differs also from
Helladothertum in the form of the orbit, which is oblong and
depressed in that genus, whereas it is equal in height and breadth
in the Okapi. It differs further from Helladotherium in the
absence of the frontal bosses in the case of that genus. I have
been able to compare the Okapi’s skull with that of a Hellado-
therium from India, preserved in the Natural History Museum,
and with the drawings of Gaudry, the founder of the genus.

I propose to establish the genus Okapia for Sir Harry John-
ston’s new animal, and provisionally characterize it as follows :—

OKAPIA, nov. gen.

A genus of Giraffine animals allied to the short-necked, horn-
less, extinct forms known as Helladotherium, &c. Distinguished
from Grraffa by its short neck, absence of horns, and the uniform
reddish-brown coloration of the hair of the body, neck, and head,

1901.] ON THE IBEX OF ABYSSINIA. 281

accompanied by a striping in dark brown and white of the fore
and hind limbs.

Distinguished from Helladotherium by the presence of large
pre-lacrymal vacuities in the skull as in Giraffa, by the presence
of a pair of lateral posterior dome-like prominences on the frontals
(representing the bony outgrowths of Giraffa), and, lastly, by the
presence of a minute accessory tubercle on the mediad face of the
first upper true molar, which exists sometimes in Giraffa but is
absent in Helladothervum.

Species. OKAPIA JOHNSTONI.

(= Equus johnston Sclater, P. Z.S. 1901, vol. i. p. 50.)

The only species known, now represented by two skulls and a
complete skin, was originally described as Equus johnstoni by
Dr. P. L. Sclater, from two pieces of skin which it appears were
cut from the striped region of the hind limbs.

Sir Harry Johnston, who was himself present, gave an account
of the facts connected with his discovery of the Okapi.

Sir Harry also stated that during his last excursion to the north
of Mount Elgon he had found large herds of a Giraffe in that
country which appeared to be distinct from previously known
forms of this mammal in having five horns, four placed in pairs
and one anterior in the middle line. Four examples of this
animal were now on their way home, and would soon be here to
settle the validity of this presumed new species.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, M.P., F.Z.8., exhibited specimens
of a mounted male and two unmounted males and a female of the
Ibex of Abyssinia (Capra walie Riippell), and made the following
remarks :—

When Mr. R. Lydekker wrote his great work ‘The Wild Oxen,
Sheep, and Goats of All Lands,’ in 1898, this fine species was
only known from the type specimens in the Senckenberg Museum
at Frankfort. Since then a few pairs of horns have been un-
earthed, collected at various times by Herr Menges, the wild-
beast trapper, but it has remained for Captain Powell-Cotton to
clear up the history of Capra wale by the fine series he has
collected of this fast-vanishing form.

Riippell’s original description is as follows :—“ Front and upper-
side of head, neck, and back beautiful chestnut-brown ; muzzle, a
curved streak between eye and ear, sides of neck, body, and rump
reddish umber-brown. Region under the eye and ear, the chin,
throat, chest, and inner surface of the thighs and belly dirty
white. Outer side of thighs and legs and sides of belly dirty grey.
Feet whitish, with a large spot at the fetlock and a stripe down
the legs black. Root of tail chestnut-brown, tip black. Inner
side of ears white, with a reddish border, outer surface red-brown.
Tris of eye pale brown, pupil dark blue.”

282 HON. W. ROTHSCHILD ON [June 18,

The specimen of the female exhibited to-night is the first known
female collected and brought to Europe.

The following notes were given me by Captain Powell-Cotton:—

“This Ibex is called Wala by the Abyssinians and is said to exist
only in the mountains of Simien.

“‘T shot these specimens at the commencement of autumn (end
of June), just at the beginning of the rutting-season.

«There were slight falls of snow and hail, and it was very cold
at night. There are said to be two feet of snow on the hilltops in
Atigust.

“On 25th June I saw two males and one female; later on,
on same day, I saw a larger male by itself and shot it.

“ On the 26th, I saw two large males feeding by themselves, and
later on found them with thirteen females.

“*On the 27th, I found the same herd and shot the two large
males and one female.

“These were the only three large males on the ground. I
searched a good deal of country round but only saw old tracks.

“The natives hunt these animals persistently for their flesh,
skins, and horns (which they use for tumblers), and now that
they are so much better armed, I believe in a very few years the
animals will be extinct.

‘“‘T was told of some other hunting-ground farther to the N.E.,
but had not time to visit it.

“The three specimens shot and the head picked up all have the
points of the horns turned inwards, but a pair of horns, which
were said to have been obtained on Mount Hay, had the points
turned outwards.

“TJ found them on the eastern slope of Mount Buiheat, one of
the highest in the Simien range—in the French maps it is marked
as 4510 m. in elevation. The top is undulating grass-land, with a
much-frequented path running along close to the edge of the
cliffs, at the foot of which is the Ibex-ground.

“The cliffs being too high for a shot, and, so far as I could dis-
cover, there being no direct path down, it seemed to be a favourite
amusement of passing caravans to roll over stones in the hope of
seeing a herd disturbed. At the foot of the first line of clitts, and
below several lesser ill-defined lines lower down, are the runs and
lying-up places of the Ibex and Klipspringer.

«The earth and stones dropping from above have formed banks
some little distance from the face of the cliffs, while here and
there an overhanging rock forms a roomy shelter under it.

“The Ibex appear to regularly use these partly concealed runs
in moving from one part of the ground to another, and it was in
them that I found numerous traces of where native shikarees had
lain up to get a shot at them, generally overlooking a drinking-
place or a favourite shelter.

“The steep ground between the different lines of clifls is covered
with long coarse grass, among which the curious Tree-Lobelia
(Lobelia rhynchopetalum) grows, besides firs, birch, and many

1991.] THE ABYSSINIAN WOLF. 283

scrubby bushes, the whole reminding me very much of where I
have shot Thar in Kistowar, Kashmir, and being quite unlike any
ground where I had previously seen Ibex.

“¢ Even when the animals were feeding in the early morning and
late afternoon, it was by no means easy to make them out amongst
the undergrowth.

‘At the foot of the mountain large flocks of sheep and goats
were grazing, being sheltered at night in caves, the openings of
which were protected by stone walls and wattles.

«‘ Lower down there was a large stretch of cultivated land, and
several groups of huts forming the village of Lourey.

“Although I had a special letter from the Emperor Menelik to
the Governor of Simien, and from the latter to the different
headmen, they placed every sort of passive obstacle in the way of
my shooting Ibex, and one and all seemed most anxious to get
me out of the country as quickly as possible, in spite of their
receiving all the meat killed, besides presents and liberal rewards.”

Mr. Rothschild pointed out that the principal differences
separating this Ibex from Capra nubiana were the shorter beard
and the horns, which are thick and stout and more like those of
Capra sibirica. It differed from all the other Ibexes in the bony
protuberance on the forehead.

Riippell’s type had the horns only 25 inches long, measured
over the curve; but Captain Powell-Cotton’s largest adult male
had horns 43+ and 432 in., while his smallest had them 414 and
41 in.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild also exhibited a mounted speci-
men of the Abyssinian Wolf (Canis simensis Riippell), and made
the following remarks :—

This very distinct and curious species has hitherto only been
known to science from the type specimen in the British Museum,
and the accounts of its discoverer, Dr. Edward Riippell. Last
year, during his very successful expedition through Abyssinia,
Captain Powell-Cotton obtained four males and one female, one of
which forms the basis of this note. Captain Powell-Cotton first
met with this curious animal in the highlands of Gogain, just
north of Abbai. None were observed in the low hot country or
along the west of Lake Tana, except on 2nd April, 1900, when
three were met with together, evidently in search of a female.
They were always seen singly and in the neighbourhood of large
colonies of a short-tailed brown rat with pale hind-quarters,
which is their chief food. They appear to be about in the early
morning and at night. The colour of this animal is a curious
mixture of chestnut and greyish white, which produces the effect
of the colour known in horses as ‘‘ red roan.”

This species can at once be distinguished from all other true
‘Wolves by its very long and narrow and slender skull.

Dr. Riippell records it as inhabiting most provinces of Abys-
sinia, hunting sheep and smaller wild animals in packs, and

284 M. C. SATUNIN ON [June 18,

never being dangerous to human beings; but, except as regards
its non-dangerous character, this was quite contrary to Captain
Powell-Cotton’s experiences.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited and made remarks on a peculiar
Stag’s frontlet and horns which had been obtained by Mr. Charles
Hose in Borneo. Mr. Hose had informed him that the Deer
came from a hitherto unvisited part of Borneo, the Pa Bauan
country in the far interior, and that he had been told that several
people had procured similar horns from that district. :

Mr. R. Shelford, C.M.Z.S., exhibited a series of lantern-slides,
exemplifying mimicry amongst Bornean insects, especially amongst
the Longicorn division of the Coleoptera.

The following papers were read :—

1. Ona new Hedgehog from Transcaucasia; with a Revision
of the Species of the Genus Hrinaceus of the Russian
Empire. By Constantin Satunin, C.M.Z.S8.

[Received May 29, 1901.]

In the autumn of 1900, I made an excursion into the sandy
district lying along the foot of Mount Ararat, with the intention
of studying its Fauna.

This locality is highly interesting, inasmuch as its Flora bears
a great resemblance to the Flora of the Transcaspian province, the
sands being for the greater part covered by shrubs of Calligonum
polygonoides Pall., met nowhere else in Transcaucasia but which
is exceedingly common in Transcaspia. I likewise found a great
similitude between the faunas of these sands.

Of special interest for the locality near Ararat is the long-eared
Hedgehog of the district, which belongs to a new species, and
which shows closer affinities to the Transcaspian Hrinaceus albulus
than it does to the #. auritus of the Northern Caucasus.

I name this Hedgehog £. calligont on account of its area in
Transcaucasia being entirely limited to the distribution of Calh-
gonum polygonordes.

I give the following description made by me from six specimens
collected near the village of Aralyk, which lies some 40 versts to
the south of Erivan.

ERINACEUS CALLIGONI, sp. nov.

This new species belongs to the group of Z. aurtéus and resembles
the young individuals of that species, but differs in some external
characters as well as in the structure of the skull. It is even
smaller than £. auritus, and is thus the smallest of the Russian
Hedgehogs. The length of my largest specimen does not exceed
160 mm. from snout to vent, whereas a large E. auritus attains
a length of 210 mm. The colouring of £. callagoni 1s lighter

1901. | A NEW HEDGEHOG. 285

than that of #. auritus, and this depends on the circumstance that
in the last-named species the ends of the spines are brown, whereas
in the former the ends of the spines are wholly white. The
dusky bases of the spines are broader, and the space between the
latter and the black band is not white as in LZ. auritus, but light-
grey. The upper part of the head, the ears, and the lateral line
on the margin which separates the spiny surface from the fur
are, as in £. auritus, brown. The upper surface of the foot has
a brownish tinge. The whole underside is white; claws white.
The ears are comparatively larger; the snout more acuminate.

The callosities on the under surface of the fore and hind
extremities are sharply defined and deeply separated. The spines
attain a length of 20 mm., and have from 16 to 17 finely tubercu-
lated low longitudinal ridges.

The skull bears great resemblance to the skull of £. albulus.
The relation of the greatest zygomatic breadth to the basal length
of the skull is 1: 1-6, as in #. albulus; whereas in E. auritus it is
sometimes, and that only in very young specimens, 1:1°5; in
full-grown animals it is always 1:1:4. The other peculiarities
presented by the skull are shown at the end of this article, in the
table of measurements (p. 290).

Measurements.

: b. Cc.
© senior. Qadult. ¢ adult.
mm, mm. mm.
From snout to vent .......... 160 143 142
From vent to tip of tail........ 25 26:5) lG
From snout to external meatus . . 37 39 41

From snout to the middle of the
QE. wonosoedsoooboagecoons 26 26 25
Length of hind-foot with claws. - 34 36 33'5

It seems therefore that within the boundaries of European
Russia and of the western part of her Asiatic possessions there
are not less than six species of Hrinaceus.

As there is but little to be found about the Russian Hedge-
hogs in existing literature, and as our information of their geo-
graphical distribution is very scanty and, for the greater part,
erroneous, I will give here a brief revision of the species, following
the classification adopted by the late Dr. J. Anderson (P. Z. 8.
1895, p. 414).

A. The pterygoid fossz are well developed and the pterygoids
do not contribute to the enlargement of the auditory
chamber.

a. Postglenoid process of the squamosal solid and much
smaller than the mastoid. A narrow tract, bare of spines,
on the middle of the head.

1. ERINACEUS EUROPZAUS LL.

Erinaceus europeus, Linneus, ‘Syst. Nat. p. 75 (1766); Pallas,
Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. i. p. 137 (1811); Eversmann, Nat. Hist,

286 M. C. SATUNIN ON [June 18,

District Orenburg, ii. p. 75 (1850) (Russian) ; Simashko, Fauna of
Russia, ii. p. 66, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1851) (Russian); Blasius, Saéugeth.
Deutsch]. p. 153 (1857); Sabaneieff, The Vertebrata of the
Northern Ural, p. 12 (1874) (Russian); Dobson, Monogr. of the
Insectivora, 1. p. 8 (1882).

The distribution of the common Hedgehog in Europe is pretty
well known. In European Russia the northern limit of its dis-
tribution descends eastward and reaches, in the St. Petersburg
government, Wego, 61° N. lat., whilst in the Ural mountains it
does not go farther north than 59°,—e. g., in the Verkhotursk
district of the government of Perm, where the species is already
scarce. In Central and Southern Russia and in the Caucasus this
Hedgehog is everywhere common and more or less numerous, being
found as well in forests and the steppes, together with 2. auritus,
as in the hills, up to 8000 feet. In the Transcaucasus these Hedge-
hogs attain a very great size.

We have but very scanty and little trustworthy data as to its
distribution in Asia. According to Pallas it is absent on the other
side of the Ural chain. But Sabaneieff* says that it is met with
on the eastern slope of the Ural and that, there, it increases yearly
in number. This author thinks that it is but recently that this
species has penetrated into the Trans-Ural, and that Pallas’s state-
ment of its absence there is thus simply explained. Slowzoff? found
it in the government of Tobolsk; Schrenck * and Radde* in Eastern
Siberia ; but, according to Prof. Kastchenko, it is wanting in the
government of Tomsk. Schrenck (J. c.) distinguishes the Amoor
Hedgehog as a separate variety. Radde (J. ¢.) does not find it
possible to distinguish the Daoorian Hedgehog from the common
one. Itis difficult to come to any decided conclusion from the figure
given by the last-named author, but it looks as if the skull figured
on plate v. of Radde’s work did not belong to H. ewropeus, but
to some other species. According to Dobson, £. dealbatus
Swinhoe, from Peking, scarcely differs from H. euwropeus. It is
therefore evident that our knowledge of the distribution of Z. eu-
ropeus in Asia is in the hands of future explorers.

6. Postglenoid process of the squamosal as large as the
mastoid process and is internally concave. No bare
space on the head.

2, TRINACEUS AURITUS Gmel.

Erinaceus auritus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. Linn. i. p. 116 (1788) ;
Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. i. p. 188 (1811); Eversmann, Nat
Hist. District of Orenburg, ii. p. 76 (1850) (Russian) ; Simashko,
Fauna of Russia, ii. p. 72, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1851) (Russian) ; Dobson,
Monogr. Insectivora, i. p. 16 (1882).

1 Sabaneieff, Vertebrat. of North. Ural, p. 12 (1874) (Russian).

2 Slowzoff, The Vertebrata of the district Tumen, p. 212 (1892) (Russian).
3 Sechrenck, Reis. im Amur-Lande, i. p. 100, Taf. iv. fig. 2 (1858).

4 Radde, Reis. im Siiden von Ost-Sibir. p. 117, Taf. v. fig. 1 a, ¢ (1862).

1901.] A NEW HEDGEHOG. 287

Differs manifestly from /. albulus, with which it has been con-
founded by many authors, in its smaller size, shorter ears, darker
colouring, and broader skull, as will be seen in the table of
measurements at the end of the present note. The geographical
distribution of this species is far more restricted than it was
commonly supposed to be. It does not go farther south than the
Ust-Urt in the Transcaspian province, whence it has been re-
corded by Zaroudnoi, Radde and Walter, and others. These data are
based on the confusion of this species with #, albulus. I have come
to this conclusion after having examined the specimens in the
Caucasus Museum (collected by Dr. Radde and Dr. Walter), as well
as a great number of Hedgehogs received by me from Transcaspia
through my correspondents. I know, from there, only &. auritus
and #. macracanthus. The distribution of £. auritus begins in the
steppes of the Northern Caucasus, in the plains of the Manytsh ;
it then extends to the north between the Don and the Volga,
up to the hillocks of Ergheni, and thence goes eastward through
the Volga-Ural and the Kirghiz steppes approximately between
45° and 55° N. lat. How far its distribution extends to the
East is not well known. Pallas says that it reaches Lake Baikal,
but the long-eared Hedgehogs which live along the River Irtysh
are much larger; and those of the Trans-Baikal attain a size even
greater than does #. europeus, so that they doubtlessly belong
to some other species. It seems probable that the long-eared
Hedgehog does not extend to the East beyond the Balkhash-
depression and the 80th deg. of E. long. (Paris merid.). This sup-
position is confirmed by the fact that, though Middendorff},
Schrenck ?, and Radde* mention in their works EZ. awritus from
Eastern Siberia, they do so on the testimony of Pallas, but have
not themselves succeeded in finding this species there.

What #. dawuricus Sundev.* is, I do not know, but according
to what Pallas says of the long-eared Hedgehogs of Daooria,
it is very probable that it belongs to some distinct, but now over-
looked species.

3. ERINACEUS ALBULUS Stoliczka.

Hemiechinus albulus, Stolicaka, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1872,
. 226.
. Erinaceus albulus, Blanford, Scient. Res. Second Yarkand Mis-
sion, Mamm. p. 14, pl. i. fig. 2, pl. lia. fig. 1 (1879); Dobson,
Monogr. Insectivora, i. p. 17 (1882).

Erinaceus auritus, Lichtenstein in ‘ Naturhistorischer An-
hang’ zu ‘ Reise von Orenburg nach Buchara’ v. EH. Eversmann,
p- 124(1823); Brandt in ‘Zoclog. Anhang’ z. A. Lehmann’s ‘ Reise
nach Buchara und Samarkand,’ p. 299 (1852); M. Bogdanoff, The
Oasis of Khiva and the desert K yzil-Koom, p.79 (1882) (Russian);

' Sibirische Reise, ii. 2, p. 76 (1853).

> Reis. in Amur-Lande, 1. p. 105 (1858),

° Reis. im Siiden v. Ost-Sibirien, i. p. 124 (1862).
4 Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1848, ii. p. 27.

288 M. C. SATUNIN ON [June 18,

Nikolsky, in the ‘ Works of the St. Petersb. Soc. of Naturalists,’
vol. xvii. pt. 1, p. 384 (1886) (Russian) ; Radde & Walter, Zoolog.
Jahrbiich., Syst. iv. p. 1006, partim (1888); Zaroudnoi, Rech.
Zool. d. la Contrée Transcaspienne, separ. p. 33 (Bull. Nat.
Moscou, 1889-90); Tikbomiroff, in the News of the Imp. Soc. of
Lovers of Nat. Sciences, t. Ixxxvi. p. 23, partim (1894) (Russian) ;
Severzoff, Vert. and Horiz. distr. anim. of Turkistan, p. 61 (1873)
(Russian).

Within the limits of the Russian Empire, this Hedgehog is very
common in the Transcaspian province, where it takes the place of
the foregoing species. The specimens from this locality agree
perfectly with the excellent description and drawing in Blanford’s
work. This species will probably also be found to inhabit the
southern parts of Russian Turkestan.

4, ERINACEUS CALLIGONI Satunin.

Known for the present only from the sandy district along the
foot of Mount Ararat, near the village of Aralyk, about 40 versts
to the south of Erivan.

It is possible that the long-eared Hedgehog of Mesopotamia
belongs to this species, as the true #. awritus can certainly not
exist there.

B. The pterygoid fossee almost disappearing, the pterygoids being
enlarged and bullate, the cavity contributing to the enlarge-
ment of the auditory chamber. On the top of the head a
well-marked bare space, covered by folds of the skin.

5, ERINACEUS MACRACANTHUS Blanford.

Erinaceus macracanthus, Blanford, Ann. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi.
p- 310 (1875); Blanford, East. Persia, ii. p. 27, pl. i. (1879);
Dobson, Monogr. Insectivora, pt. i. p. 15 (1888); Zaroudnoi,
Rech. Zool. Contr. Transcaspienne, separ. p. 34 (1889-90).

Erinaceus auritus (partim!), Radde & Walter, Zool. Jahrb., Syst.
iv. p. 1006, albino (1888).

Obviously not scarce in the South-eastern part of Transcaspia,
whence I have received several specimens. More commonly met
with in the neighbourhood of Askhabad.

The dark colouring, as given by Blanford, I find only in young
animals. With age the colouring gets lighter, and in old speci-
mens it becomes of a uniform yellowish-white.

6. ERINACEUS HYPOMELAS Brandt.

Erinaceus hypomelas, Brandt, Bull. Soc. d. Acad. des Sci. St.
Pétersb. 1836, t. 1. p. 32; Brandt in The Fauna of Russia, by
Simashko, p. 74, pl. vi. fig. 3 (1851) (Russian); Eversmann, Nat.
Hist. of the District of Orenburg, ii. p. 77 (1850) (Russian) ;
Brandt in ‘ Zool. Anhang’ z. A. Lehmann’s ‘ Reise nach Buchara,
etc.,’ p. 300 (1852),

1901. ] A NEW HEDGEHOG. 289

Erinaceus auritus juv.?, Dobson, Monogr. Insectivora, i. p. 16
(1888).

Of late there has prevailed a very false idea about this species,
which has been forgotten for full half a century. This is probably
due to the fact that Brandt described an apparently young specimen,
and that the description of the full-grown animal, given by
Eversmann, and the more detailed one of Brandt, were written in
Russian and were published in works that have long ago become
bibliographical rarities. That is the reason why I find it necessary
to dwell at some length on this species.

It was evident, from the study of the existing literature, that
Dobson’s opinion as to EL. hypomelas being the young 4. auritus
could not stand, as the young Hedgehogs of the last-named species
are much lighter-coloured than are the old ones, and they are
nearly white on the under surface of the body. I was myself dis-
posed to think that Z. hypomelas might prove to be the young of
E. macracanthus.

In the summer of 1900 I had the opportunity of examining ~
Eversmann’s specimens in the Zoological Museum of the Kazan
University, which had served him as types for his description.
These were two well-preserved stuffed specimens, one of them
haying a nearly perfect skull, which I had the good luck to ex-
tricate entire.

This skull differed from the skulls in my possession of
E. macracanthus only by its greater length (61 mm.); and I think
that it would be difficult to distinguish the two species by the
skulls alone.

The bare space on the head is as well-defined as it is in H. ma-
cracanthus. In his article, P. Z.S. 1895, Anderson says (footnote
on p. 421) that Biichner, the then curator of the Mammalian
Department of the Zool. Museum of the St. Petersburg Academy
of Sciences, told him that the type which had served for Brandt’s
description had no bare space on the head and that the spines were
disposed as in £. auritus. Now I think that there must have
been a mistake about this point, and that it is sometimes quite
impossible to see this character in stuffed specimens and espe-
cially in such a very old one (dating from 1838) as Brandt’s type
specimen, which was the skin of a very young animal’. In both
the adult specimens of the Kazan Museum this bare space is well
marked, That both Brandt and Eversmann have described the
same species was made clear to me by the following circumstance :
on the drawing made from the St. Petersburg specimen (Simashko,
pl. vi.) of £. hypomelas, as well as on the stuffed specimens of the
Kazan Museum, there is a very noticeable character which neither
Brandt nor Eversmann has mentioned,—namely, in H. hypo-
melas the whole head up to the hind part of the crown is quite

1 At my request, Prof. N. Kastchenko has obligingly examined this specimen,
and has found on the head a bare area of which he has sent me a drawing.
This leaves no doubt as to the bare space on the head of EL. hypomelas having
exactly the same appearance as it has in . macracanthus.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. Il. No, XIX. 19

[June 18,

M. C. SATUNIN ON A NEW HEDGEHOG.

290

“9-980.

‘spjauodhy “a

“SnLYy. QUDIDAIDU “iT

‘ype P
‘rors &

“VereLy

qunoy tvou ‘yATery

9-91 ¥-91
GI GL
9-TT 9-01
VG TG
II IT
8:16 GG
¢-0F G-OF
la L-8P

“ANE

‘TRSANOT, POUISICL

@ +0
4 as
5
is
iS
rs.
£
SI LI
(i) 12 ZI
@ OL
LG 8-46
ral II
08 a
LP 8-0F
0g oF
iss]
x
~
=

wobyyoo “a

‘jodoaaeqg
“WUPV

JO "U19A04)

“SIIQVMND “TT

S)

“qo1A}S1P
*1OTUO

ysurpounyy

rea

8-46
GL
Té

a7
OF

GPL

G-6¢
G69

‘sn@douna “iy Bs

ssUyiM Ue synyg 2y7 fo SpuamaunsmarT

porececrcvecsesccsecesssserse seen SIV[OUL geddn
as] Jo SUIDIVUE JOLIo}UR UAEAIeq TIPIM *8
peer ccce res cosccssesesssseee elleseu jo wauer

L
eS RonBaBOnETE sisseseeeeeeeseenssttsseceorees KIT
-[rxeomaead jo pu 0} UeMIvAOJ [BIIqAowTJUy “9
eve ccecess ceevecccoce eyeyed kuoq oud jo yysuery °C
peace sEgecies s]e}H0I5 ou puryeq YIpIA svoy “F
Seasesesaae SERB pt COO DSUCBOABDEDESUOGHOue = sat0q
oemos Az ey} ssorow YIpeatqg 9se}VOI4)
| setetioonesdn0d0 gadsbndososaGbe USOT AVTISUG
“+ aug [eyd1o90 Ot} JO
guiod queurutord ysout oy} 0} VI[[IxvuUt”
'-xwid oy} JO depiog AoL1eyUB oY} WOdY

aed

cl

1901.] ON THE ANTELOPES OF THE WHITE NILE. 201!

spineless, and the spines begin only somewhat behind the line
that unites the bases of the inner margins of the ears; whereas in
E. macracanthus the spines begin considerably in front of this
line.

I give here the following description of an adult specimen of
this little-known species :—

Size of a large H. ewropeus.

Ears comparatively a little smaller than in #. auritus. Head
and upper part of neck whitish, with a rufous tinge on the upper
part of the head. The spines are very long, up to 43 mm., and
have a white base and two black and two white bands, and their
long black apex has a blue lustre which gives to the whole colour-
ing of this Hedgehog a very dark appearance. The fur behind the
ears and on the sides of the body is brownish ; the abdomen and the
feet are pure black.

This Hedgehog has only been found in the country named
Ust-Urt, which lies between the Caspian and the Aral seas. At
present this is a quite out of the way place, distant from all roads.
This is the reason, I think, that it has not been visited for a very
long time by a naturalist, and that the animals described from
this country have been almost forgotten, e. g., Ovis arkal Brandt.

It is very likely that besides the above named species of
Hedgehogs, there will also be found in the Transcaspian province
E. megalotis Blyth, so common in Afghanistan. I may also state
that Zaroudnoi speaks of a Hedgehog found by him in the Tedgen
oasis and along the middle course of the Murgab (Bull. Nat.
Moscou, 1889), which, in its characters, according to this
author, does not agree with any of the species enumerated here.
Unfortunately I have not had the opportunity of examining
the specimens collected by him.

2. Field-Notes on the Antelopes of the White Nile.
By Captam Henry N. Dunn’,

[Received May 29, 1901.]

On putting together these few notes on the Antelopes of the
While Nile, lam merely giving information as to what I know
personally of their habits, and will speak only of those species
observed by myself, and that mainly, too, from a sportsman’s point
of view. Not having my diary at hand, I am unable to give exact
dates.

My only opportunity of shooting on the upper reaches of the
White Nile was when attached, as Medical Officer, to an expedition
formed for the purpose of clearing away the sudd-obstruction in
the Bahr-el-Jebel.

* Communicated by the Secretary.

sh

292 CAPT. H. N. DUNN ON THE [June 18,

The expedition left Omdurman in December 1899 and returned
early in May 1900, and as I had received only a few weeks’ notice of
my appointment to the expedition, I had very little time for making
preparations, and had no idea that any of the Antelopes we might
meet would be particularly interesting from a scientific point of
view.

Having remained almost the whole five months at the Base Camp,
on the right bank, within a few miles of the junction of the Bahr-
el-Zeraf with the White Nile, I had much better opportunities of
shooting than the other members of the expedition, who were
mostly engaged in working on the sudd itself. The season being an
exceptionally dry one we had good sport ; and as most of the game
was secured in much the same sort of country, I may as well
describe what it was like in and around our Base Camp. The
Base Camp was situated at Gabt-el-Megahid, on the right bank,
six miles north of the junction of the Bahr-el-Zeraf with the White
Nile, and was pitched in the midst of a patch of red-gum scrub
interspersed with larger trees. This site was chosen, as fuel for
the steamers was our main object. The jungle extended more or
less thickly for seven or eight miles along the bank, with an average
depth of from a quarter to half-a-mile. Outside the jungle stretched
an undulating plain, as far as the eye could reach, covered by coarse
brown grass averaging from a few inches to 2 or 3 feet in height,
but in few places affording much cover for stalking purposes.

In the rainy season, of course, these conditions are greatly
changed, and from all accounts the grass is then several feet high
and the whereabouts of game is only to be ascertained by climbing
trees.

On the bank opposite to our camp the country was somewhat
different, as the ground was more low-lying, and the grass was longer
and higher and afforded excellent cover. Stalking was difficult
owing to the numerous low-lying strips of land containing water
(khors) and mud. The natives of the country, Shuluks, burn the
grass as soon as the dry-season has set in, and these fires were in
full swing on our arrival.

The following were the Antelopes that I met with :—

1. Damatiscus T1ane. (The Tiang.) *

Several large herds of this Antelope were seen on the left bank
between El Duem and Fashoda, but it was well into January before
I personally secured a specimen. My best heads carried horns
of 22 and 223 inches, but I subsequently saw one of 23 inches.
The horns of the female are lighter and more slender, and appar-
ently average from 12 to 16 inches. The herds were generally
met with in the drier ground, and, as is the case with most
Antelopes, coming down to water in the evening or moving up
from the river as the sun rose. Even with the aid of good field-
glasses, I always found it exceedingly difficult to distinguish males
from females, except that, if I remember correctly, the males were

* Sel. & Thom. Bk, of Ant i. p. 63,

1901.) ANTELOPES OF THE WHITH NILE. 293

of a decidedly lighter colour. On one occasion J came across an
immense herd of fully three or four hundred of this Antelope, on
the left bank opposite the junction of the Bahr-el-Jebel with the
White Nile. They allowed me to approach within 400 yards ; and
a splendid sight it was to see them galloping along when startled
and changing direction like so much cavalry, the leading buck on
either flank going more slowly and the wings wheeling round, the
whole herd galloping off in the fresh direction when squared.

The ‘“Tiang,’ when wounded, is sometimes dangerous to
approach. I know of one instance in which a buck charged so
viciously, that it was only stopped by being clubbed across the
head with a rifle, the sportsman breaking his weapon in doing this.
In March and April I saw several young ones, but apparently the
mothers and young kept apart from the males in small herds.
When not with their young, the animals seem to move about either
alone or in small parties, and are comparatively easily stalked, even
in the open. Sometimes single bucks attached themselves to a herd
of Water-buck, and on one occasion I observed a buck of this
species attempt to have connection with several females of the
herd, although the male Water-buck resented it. The Tiang at
times takes an extraordinary amount of killing, and I have seen a
buck carry off eight -303 bullets in him, and only finally brought to
grass after a long hunt, and when he had apparently but one sound
leg left to travel with. The flesh of the Tiang is excellent.

2. OurnBIA MonTANA. (The Abyssinian Oribi.) *

These animals were found in considerable numbers close to
the Camp, and in fact afforded one of our main supplies of
meat for our men. They were not at all shy, and generally moved
about in pairs, or in pairs with a single fawn. When wounded
they will lie extraordinarily close at times in the long grass, so
close, indeed, that I found it much simpler to approach a wounded
buck with a double twelve-bore and No. 4 shot; otherwise it was
not an easy thing to kill him, as he bounded away through the reeds.
I have never seen Oribi actually drinking at the river, but have
little doubt that they do so, having noticed numbers of tracks
along the bank. When startled and galloping through high grass
the Oribi at times bounds much after the manner of a Black Buck.
The natives apparently kill numbers by trapping. A small fence
of split reeds is made, enclosing a strip of river-bank on which
the grass is exceptionally good grazing, and to which the Oribi
come to feed at night-time. Small gates are left in the fencing,
and in these openings the traps are laid. The trap used is made by
lashing a stick to one upright of the opening, bending over the
fore end and pegging down ait attached noose to the ground in
the middle of the opening. Beneath, where the noose is pegged
out, a small pit covered by pieces of bark, has been prepared
beforehand. By atrigger-like arrangement, the Oribi, in thrusting

' Sel. & Thom. BE. of Ant. ti. p. 25.

294 CAPT. H. N. DUNN ON THE [June 18,

his foot through the bark, sets free the pegged-down noose and is
caught by the leg as the bent stick springs upright. The natives
attach a rattle made of dome-palm nut to the string, so that the
Oribi is heard as soon as he struggles to escape.

3. Cosus DEFASSA. (The Defassa Water-Buck.) *

This Water-buck is plentiful along both banks of the White
Nile from the north of El Duem to the junction with the Bahr-el-
Jebel. They generally moved about in herds of from four to six
up to forty, and on one occasion I counted sixty-four, young and
adults of both sexes intermingled.

On our first arrival at the Base Camp, buck were plentiful in
the proportion of about 1 to 4 females, but owing to the necessity
of obtaining meat, they had become greatly thinned-out before
our departure. My best heads measured 31 and 314 inches, but I
believe one of 34 inches was shot by Major Peake, R.A.

Its native name here was “ Tetel,” but this does not go for
much, as I have heard the same term applied to other animals,
including Tiang and White-eared Kob. During the daytime the
herds moved out from the river into the open, and seemed to
spend their time in grazing and lying up in the long grass, coming
down towards the river again as the sun became lower. It was a
pretty sight at times to watch a herd of the Water-bucks approach-
ing the river of an evening. The herd, led by the largest buck,
generally moved slowly along through the grass in single file,
pausing every few yards and gazing around to see whether the
coast was clear or not. The massive horns of the bucks and dark
coats showed up well against the yellow background of the sun-
parched grass. When alarmed the herd rushed together, but
were at times very easy to approach ; and I have stalked single
bucks in the open by merely creeping along, keeping my eyes fixed
on the tips of the animal’s horns as he fed, and dropping down
when he began to raise his head. When feeding anywhere close
to jungle, they almost invariably grazed head on and towards the
direction they feared danger.

On one occasion one of my natives had a narrow escape from a
wounded buck. He attempted to grasp the buck’s horns prepara-
tory to cutting the animal’s throat, but was struck full in his
chest by the horns, receiving a couple of nasty wounds, which, if
lower, might easily have proved fatal. The meat of the Water-
buck is poor-eating, but the hide was greatly sought after by our
workmen for making sandals, to protect their feet from the thorns
of the red gum-trees.

4. Copus MARIA. (Mrs. Gray’s Waterbuck.) ”

So far as my personal experience goes, I have only seen this
Antelope along the left bank of the Nile almost opposite the
anction of the Bahr-el-Zeraf, on the right bank in small herds

1 Scl. & Thom. Bk. of Ant. ii. p. 115, pl. xxxvi.
° Ibid., p. 121, pl. xxxvii.

1901.] ANTELOPES OF THE WHITE NILE. 295

between Lake No and the Bahr-el-Zeraf, and once in the less
swampy portion of the sudd itself, close to Hellet-el-Nuer. Cobus
maria is almost invariably found in swampy ground or close to it.
During several trips up the Bahr-el-Zeraf river, I never saw one
at any great distance from the Nile itself; the banks of the
Bahr-el-Zeraf at that season of the year being very dry and
without much cover. When we arrived at the Base Camp there
was a large herd of from fifty to a hundred of these Antelopes on
the opposite bank, and several specimens were shot from time to
time by members of the expedition. I constantly watched them
from our steamer with a telescope. During the day the herd
selected an open bare-burnt patch of ground to lie out on, feeding
down towards the river in the evening, and roaming about on the
higher and more open ground during the earlier hours of the day.
The herd seemed to keep very much together; and all the various
eradations of colour, from the yellow and dirty white of the
females and young of both sexes, to the tawny black and almost
pure white of the mature bucks, were to be seen intermingled.
At first we had a certain amount of difticulty in distinguishing
them from the White-eared Kob, not knowing anything about
their distinctive markings; and it was not until I had shot a
specimen, and noticed the smooth kid-like appearance of the skin
on the back of the fetlock, between the supernumerary and true
hoof, that I knew they must be of a different species ; the White-
eared Kob having no such distinctive feature. Of course, the white
patch on the withers of Cobus maria is very striking; but it is
next to impossible to distinguish the young and females from
those of Cobus leucotis at a distance. In fact, the young buck
C. maria, too, before the horns have become long enough to take
on the spiral twist, and while the coat is still yellow, is very like a
young C. leucotis, except that, no doubt, it is a heavier animal; and
I could never be certain as to which species they belonged unless
I got close to the herd. On one occasion, having shot a young
buck C. maria, showing an almost entire absence as yet of the
black and white markings of the more mature animal, I took
the trouble to skin it. As the sun was hot and I had been out
since daylight, I left the feet-bones in the skin (intending to
remove them on arrival in camp), and gave the skin to a native to
carry to the boat. On arriving at the boat I found, much to my
disgust, that the native had cut the feet off for the sake of the
bones attached. This annoyed me so much at the time, that I
threw the skin away, and so lost what would have been an
interesting specimen for the Museum. As I have already stated,
we, at the Base Camp, had an exceptionally good opportunity of
getting specimens and observing the Mrs. Gray’s Antelopes.
That portion of the bank on which the herd lived was a semi-
detached strip of land, of about seven miles in length by four or
five in breadth, and bounded behind by an arm of the river, along
the bank of which, on the higher ground, the Shulluks had built
their villages ; and curiously enough, during the entire five months

296 CAPT. H. N. DUNN ON THE [June 18,

of our stay at the Base Camp, the herd never left this portion of
the bank. At first the herd was fairly easy to approach, but, of
course, they became more wary later on. The young and females
(in January and February) kept, as a rule, close to the bucks, and
this was probably due to the more or less constant worrying they
had from the Shuliuks and their dogs, who were always on the
look-out to cut off a stray doe with young. Once, when shooting
along with another officer, opposite the mouth of the Bahr-el-
Zeraf, a female dashed past within forty yards of our camp, hard
pressed by a Shulluk dog: my friend was just in time to cram in a
cartridge and put a bullet into a second dog who was following,
much to the disgust of the owner, who shortly afterwards
appeared on the scene.

This Antelope will take readily to the water when pressed. On
the day after our arrival at the Base Camp, a magnificent buck,
wounded by a Shulluk’s spear and hard-pressed by a dog, dashed
into the river immediately opposite to our steamer and was shot
from the deck itself. I once shot a rather fine buck under somewhat
peculiar circumstances. Having set my heart on a particularly
fine head, I had been following the herd for close on three hours,
but could not manage to get a shot at the animal I wanted.
Eventually L noticed a buck separate himself from the herd and
disappear into some long reeds close to the river. This had also
been observed by the natives on one of our expedition’s sailing-
boats, who, when I arrived, were just turning out, armed with
sticks and knives, to make what they thought an easy capture of
a badly wounded animal. Knowing that I could not have possibly
wounded him myself, I formed the men up ina line and commenced
beating up through the reeds, having taken a commanding position
on some high ground. It was as well I had done so, as the buck
lay until almost walked over, and then, springing up, dashed off at
full speed, giving me an easy shot as he passed broadside on, not
more than forty yards off. To my surprise I found on examining
the body, that he had an old un-united fracture of the left shoulder,
due to an accident probably, as I could find no external wound.
He had evidently become tired at being kept so long. on'the move,
and had lain down for a rest, as his leg was no doubt giving him
trouble.

The full-grown Maria buck is a fine animal, his head having
very much the appearance of that of an Ibex, except, of course, that
the beard is replaced by the somewhat shaggy and coarse hair of
the neck and throat. When alarmed the herd dashes off, led by
one or two of the old bucks, and tailing out to almost single file.
When galloping the buck carries his muzzle well forward, horns
thrown back, and moves with a much more lumbering gait than
one might expect. I never observed these Antelopes spring into
the air, and they appeared rather to dash through than attempt to
clear small obstacles. The meat of this Antelope is excellent.
The horns of my best specimen measured 293 inches, and I got
a single horn of 32 inches.

1901.] ANTELOPES OF THE WHITE NILE. 297

5. Copus LEucoTIS. (The White-eared Kob.)"

This species is found in great numbers along both banks of
the White Nile, Bahr-el-Zeraf, and Bahr-el-Ghazal Rivers, but
chiefly on the left bank of the Nile between Lake No and the
junction of the Bahr-el-Zeraf. They were to be seen in all numbers,
from solitary bucks or females with young to herds of forty or
sixty, or even more. The young with their mothers, apparently
accompanied the bucks in March and April, although I have often
observed herds of bucks only. The female carries no horns, and
it is almost impossible to distinguish it at a distance from the
female Mrs. Gray’s Waterbuck, both being of much the same
colour and size. This remark applies also to the young males of
both species. The female does not change in colour as she
becomes older, but the buck develops the characteristic black and
white markings as age advances ; and bucks in all stages of reddish
yellow with indistinct whitish markings, to the mature animal of
an almost pure black and white, may be seen in the same herd.
When compared side by side, Cobus lewcotis is no doubt a much
lighter and smaller animal than Cobus maria. My best horns
measured 203 and 202 inches.

The White-eared Kob is at times exceedingly easy to approach,
but sometimes hard to kill, and its flesh is excellent eating. The
females are very inquisitive and will frequently approach to within
a hundred yards, circling slowly round and making a peculiar
whistling sound at intervals. It is stated that the male bounds into
the air at times like a Bless-bok; personally I cannot say I have
noticed this, and, so far as I can remember, they gallop with a
much less springy action than might be expected from their build.

6. CERVICAPRA BOHOR. (Bohor Antelope.)’

The single specimen of this Antelope obtained by me was shot
lying down in some long grass when I was stalking a Tiang. I was
attracted by the peculiar shape of the animal’s horns, shot it, and
in my hurried inspection of the body was disgusted at having killed
what I took at the time to be a young White-eared Kob. On my
return to camp, I found that the natives had cut up the animal and
had merely kept the horns and skull, and these I threw away on
reaching the Base Camp. On examining some heads shot by other
members of the expedition subsequently, I came to the conclusion
that my specimen was also a Bobor, and I was lucky enough to
retrieve the horns and skull, which I had thrown aside.

7. GAZELLA RUFIFRONS. (Red-fronted Gazelle.)°

I only shot one specimen of this Gazelle south of Fashoda, and
that was on the right bank of the Bahr-el-Zeraf, about 20 miles
upstream. In fact, the only place I saw a Gazelle south of Fashoda
was on the Bahr-el-Zeraf.

1 Scl. & Thom. Bk. of Ant. ii. p. 127, pl. xxxviii.
? Ibid., p. 165. > Ibid., iii. p. 163, pl. Ixvii.

298 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON [June 18,

I presented the skin I shot on the Bahr-el-Zeraf to Capt. Flower,
and see that he has named it Gazella rufifrons (P. Z. 8. 1900,
p- 55). Ihave shot Gazelles at other places on the White Nile,
but have never noticed such distinct markings as on those found
on the Zeraf.

8. HIPPOPRAGUS EQUINUS BAKERI. (Baker’s Antelope.)*

I shot only one of these Antelopes and that was on the
Bahr-el-Zeraf, and I found them very easy to approach. There
is one point worth mentioning, and that is in connection with the
name “ Marif,” applied by Baker to this species. ‘“ Marif” in
Arabic literally means ‘“‘I do not know,” and is constantly used
by natives when asked the name of an animal.

3. On a Collection of Birds made by Dr. Donaldson Smith

in Northern Somali-land. By R. Bowpier SHarpPe,
LL.D., F.Z.S.

[Received June 18, 1901.]

During the early part of 1889, Dr. Donaldson Smith conducted
an expedition of several months’ duration through Northern
Somali-land for the purpose of making collections for the Baroda
Museum. It was hoped at first that H.H. the Gaikwar of Baroda
would have accompanied the expedition, but he was unfortunately
not able to do so, and Dr. Smith’s only companion was Mr. Carlile
Fraser.

Starting from Bulhar at the beginning of January, the route
taken ran south towards Hargeisa, and a stay of some days was
made at Ania, and again at Magog, which was reached on the
llth of February. Thence the expedition proceeded in an
easterly direction to Adadle, and on the 17th of February Dr.
Donaldson Smith went after “big game” in the Haud, leaving
Mr. Fraser to collect birds and insects in the Adadle district.
Leaving here, they went by Gan Liban (Feb. 22) to Berbera,
whence short expeditions were made to the Goolis Mountains.

H.H. The Gaikwar has very kindly presented to the British
Museum such specimens as were desiderata to that Institution.

Last of Authorities.

The following books and papers are referred to in the present
paper :—

1. SHuttey, G. E—“On Mr. EH. Lort Phillips’ Collection of
Birds from Somali-land.” Ibis, 1885, pp. 389-418, plates
Dey, 5: lyy 2A

! Sel. & Thom. Bk. of Ant. iv. p. 4.

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 299

2. OvusraLET, E.—-“ Catalogue des Oiseaux rapportés par M. G.
Révoil de son deuxiéme Voyage aux Pays de Comalis.”
Bibl. Ecole Hautes-Etudes ; Sci. Nat. xxxi. Art. x. pp. 1-12
(1886).

3. Satvaport, T.—< Uccellidel Somali raccolti da D. Eugenio dei
Principi Ruspoli.” Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xiv.
pp. 547-564 (1894).

4, SHarpr, R. Bowpter.—“On a Collection of Birds made by
Dr. Donaldson Smith during his recent expedition in
Western Somali-land.” P.Z.S. 1895, pp. 457-520, plates
XXVil., XXVIli.

5. Sanvaport, T.—“ Ucceelli raccolti da D. Eugenio dei Principi
Ruspoli durante lultimo suo viaggio nelle regione dei
Somali e dei Galla.” Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) xvi. pp. 48—
46 (1896).

6. Pains, E. Lorr.—“ On Birds observed in the Goolis Moun-

tains in Northern Somali-land.” Ibis, 1896, pp. 62-87,
plate i.

7. Exxior, D. G.—* Catalogue of a Collection of Birds obtained
by the Expedition into Somali-land.” Field-Columb. Mus.
Ornith. Series, vol. 1. no 2, pp. 29-67 (1897).

8. Puriuips, E. Lorr.—* Narrative of a visit to Somali-land in
1897, with Field-notes on the Birds obtained during the
Expedition.” Ibis, 1898, pp. 382-425, plates viil., 1x., x.

9, Hawker, R. MecD.—“ On the results of a Collecting-tour of
three months in Somali-land.” Ibis, 1899, pp. 52-81,
plate ul.

10. Puss, C. V. A.—Somali-land ; being an Account of two Ex-
peditions into the far Interior. 1900. Appendix: Birds,
pp. 305-333.

Last of Species.
1. RHINOCORAX AFFINIS.

Corvus affinis (Riipp.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 389.

Rhinocoraw affints (Riipp.) ; Elliot, Field-Coiumb. Mus. Orn. 1.
p. 30 (1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 394; Peale, Somali-
land, App. p. 305 (1900).

No. 26. g ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 1, 1899.

No. 268. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 25, 1899.

2, COSMOPSARUS REGIUS.

Cosmopsarus regius Reichen. ; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 411;
Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 559 (1894) ;
Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 459; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 58; Peel,
Somali-land, App. p. 306 (1900).

No. 181. g ad. Adadle, Feb. 16, 1899.

No. 189. ¢ ad. Adadle, Feb. 20, 1899.

No. 220. ¢ ad. Adadle, March 8, 1899.

~ No. 221. ¢ ad. Adadle, March 8, 1889.

300 DR. BR. B. SHARPE ON [June 18,

3. AMYDRUS BLYTH.

Amydrus blytla (Hartl.); Elliot, Field-Columbian Mus., Orn. 1.
p- 31 (1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 395; Peel, Somali-land,
App. p. 305 (1900).

No. 31. ¢ imm. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 1899.

No. 199. g ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 23, 1899. Hye
green.

No. 203. 9 ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 24, 1899. Hye
black or very dark blue.

No. 240. 9 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March, 14, 1899. Hye
black and reddish-yellow.

No. 244. g ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 15, 1899.

No. 262. @ ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 22, 1899.

4, LAMPROCOLIUS-CHALYB AUS.

Lamprocolius chalybeus (Khr.); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci.
Torino, (2) xliv. p. 559 (1894); Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 460;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 84, 1898, p. 394; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,
p- 59; Peel, Somali-land, App. p. 306 (1900).

No. 239. ¢ ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 14, 1899.

5. HerpRoPsaR ALBICAPILLUS.

Heteropsar albicapillus (Blyth); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci.
Tor. (2) xliv. p. 559 (1894) ; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 461 ; Elliot,
Field-Columb. Mus., Orn. i. p. 32 (1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis,
1898, p. 395; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 59; Peel, Somali-land,
App. p. 306 (1900).

Notauges albicapillus, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 413 ; Oustalet, Bibl.
Haut.-Etudes, xxxi. Art. x. p. 11 (1886).

No. 83. 2 ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899. Hye yellow.

No. 187. 9 ad. Adadle, Feb. 20, 1899.

6. SPREO SUPERBUS.

Spreo superbus (Rupp.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 461; Hlliot,
Field-Columb. Mus., Orn. i. p. 32 (1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis,
1898, p. 396; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 59.

Notauges superbus (Riipp.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 412; Oust.
Bibl. Haut-Etudes, xxxi. Art. x. p. 9 (1886); Lort Phillips, Ibis,
1896, p. 83.

Lamprotornis superbus, Peel, Somali-land, App. p. 306 (1900).

No. 28. 2 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 2, 1899.

No. 85. ¢ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899.

No. 105. ¢ ad. Laskarato, Jan. 27, 1899.

a. 6 ad. Adadle, Feb. 20, 1899.

7. BUPHAGA ERYTHRORHYNCHA,
Buphaga erythrorhyncha (Stanl.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 410;

Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 561 (1894); Sharpe,
P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 461; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) xvi. p. 45

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 301

(1896); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p.825; Elliot, ¢. ¢. p. 33 (1897);
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 390; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 59;
Peel, Somali-land, App. p. 306 (1900).

No. 158. g ad. Sheikh Abukadle, Feb. 9,1899. Eye black and
yellow, eyelid bright yellow ; bill red.

Nos. 210. 9; 211, 212. g ad. Adadle, March 1, 1899. Hye
black and yellow, lid yellow ; bill red; feet green.

Nos. 225, 226. 6 @ ad. Adadle, March 9, 1899.

8. BUCHANGA ASSIMILIS.

Buchanga assimilis Bechst.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 401; Salvad.
Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 555 (1894); Sharpe, P. Z.S8.
1895, p. 462; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 76; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 33
(1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 396; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,
p- 60; Peel, Somali-land, App. p. 306 (1900).

No. 19. o ad. Near Bulhar, Dec. 30, 1898.

No. 72. @ ad. Biji 200 ft.). Jan. 15, 1899.

No. 191. @ ad. Adadle, Feb. 20, 1899.

No. 198. ¢ ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 23, 1899.

No. 242. @ ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 15, 1899.

9, GRANATINA HAWKERI.

Ureginthus ianthinogaster, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 408.

Granatina ianthinogastra (nec. Reichen), Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895,
p. 467; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 35; Hawker, t.¢. p. 62; Peel, Somali-land,
App. p. 307 (1900).

Granatina hawkeri, Lort Phillips, Bull. B.O.C. viii. p. xxiii
(1898).

No. 12. 9 ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 27, 1898.

No. 122. ? 9 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 4, 1899.

No. 123. g ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 4, 1899.

No. 127. ? 2 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 4, 1899.

No. 138. 9 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 5, 1899.

10. ANAPLECTES MELANOTIS.

Anaplectes melanotis (Lafr.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii.
413 (1890); Shelley, B. Afr. 1. p. 35 (1896).
Nos. 121, 125. ¢ @ ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 4, 1899.
This species, which is the true A. melanotis and not A. blundelli
Grant, seems to have hitherto been unrecorded from Somali-land.
The red on the head appears to vary slightly, being darker in some
individuals than in others. The female is greyish brown, with no
red on the back, but having red margins to the greater coverts and
primaries ; the under surface is dull white, slightly tinged with
ochreous brown on the fore neck and chest. Total length 6 inches,
culmen 0°7, wing 3:2, tail 1°95, tarsus 1:08.

It differs very conspicuously from the female of A. rubriceps, as
it has none of the yellow colour on the head and throat.

2

302 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON [June 18,

11. HyPHANTORNIS GALBULA,

Hyphantornis galbula (Riipp.) ; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 468 ;
Elliot, Field-Columb. Mus., Orn. i. p. 35 (1897); Lort Phillips,
Ibis, 1898, p. 397; Peel, Somali-land, App. Birds, p. 808 (1900).

Nos. 49,51. g ad. Biji, Jan. 8, 9, 1899.

12. DINEMELLIA DINEMELLI.

Textor dinemelli Ripp.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 409; Lort
Phillips, Lbis, 1896, p. 82.

Dinemellia dinemelli, Salvad. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 558
(1894) ; Sharpe, P. Z.8. 1895, p. 469 ; Elliot, Field-Columb. Mus.,
Orn. i. p. 86 (1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 397; Hawker,
Ibis, 1899, p. 62; Peel, Somali-land, App. Birds, p. 308 (1900).

No. 169. Ad. Magog (4000 ft.), Feb. 14, 1899.

13. PETRONIA PYRGITA.

Gymnorhis pyrgita (Heugl.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 408.

Petronia pyrgita, Sharpe, P. Z. 8.1895, p. 469; Elhot, t.¢. p. 35
(1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 397; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,
p- 63; Peel, ¢. ¢. p. 809 (1900).

No. 11. @ ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 27, 1898.

No. 96. g ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 22, 1899.

No. 201. ¢ ?ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 24, 1899.

No. 209. g ad. Adadle, Feb. 28, 1899.

No. 213. Adadle, March 1, 1899.

14, SERINUS MACULICOLLIS.

Serinus maculicollis, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 471, pl. xxvii. fig. 1;
Elliot, ¢. ¢. p. 36; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p.3899 ; Hawker, Ibis,
1899, p. 63; Peel, ¢. c. p. 309.

No. 186. 9 ad. Ania, Feb. 5, 1899.

No. 200. 9 ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 24, 1899.

15. EMBERIZA POLIOPLEURA.

Emberiza poliopleura (Salvad.); Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 471;
Elliot, ¢. ¢. p. 36; Hawker, ¢.c. p. 64; Peel, ¢.c. p. 309.

Nos. 116, 134, 185. ¢ ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 2-5, 1899.

16. MiraFRA GILLEPTI.

Mirafra gillettt, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 472; Elliot, ¢. ¢. p. 37;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 401; Hawker, ¢. ¢. p. 64; Peel, ¢. ¢.
p- 310 (1900).

No. 173. g ad. Magog (4000 ft.), Feb. 14, 1899.

17. GALERITA CRISTATA,

Galerita cristata (Linn.); Oust. t. c. p. 8 (1886); Sharpe, P. Z. S.
1895, p. 472; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 401; Hawker, ¢. ¢.
p: 65.

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 303

Nos. 44, 50. 6 9 ad. Biji, Jan. 7, 3, 1899.

No. 172. Ad. Magog, 4000 ft., Feb. 14, 1899.

These specimens appear to be identical with the Red Sea form
of G. cristata, and, it separable, should be called G. senegalensis.

18. AMMOMANES AKELEYI.

Ammomanes deserti (nec Licht.), Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 473.

Ammomanes akeleyr, Elliot, t. c. p. 39; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,
p. 401; Hawker, ¢. c. p. 65; Peel, t. c. p. 311.

Nos. 1. Ad.; 2. g ad. Near Bulhar, Dec. 25, 1898.

No. 174. gd ad. Magog, Feb. 14, 1899.

19, PYRRHULAUDA MELANAUCHEN,

Pyrrhulauda melanauchen (Cab.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 472 ;
Peel, t. c. p. 310.

No. 18. g ad. Near Berbera, Dec. 3, 1898.

20. MoraciInia ALBA.

Motacilla alba Linn. ; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 66.

Nos. 5. d ; 6,14. 9. Near Bulhar, Dec. 25-28, 1898.

The White Wagtail has been obtained by Mr. Hawker at

Gebili, but the species is omitted by Mr. Peel in his list of Somali
birds.

91, NECTARINIA METALLICA.

Hedydipna metallica (Licht.); Elliot, t. ¢. p. 41; Lort Phillips,
This, 1898, p. 404.

Nectarinia metallica, Peel, t. ¢. p.312.
Nos. 163, 164. ¢ 9 ad. Magog, Feb. 12, 1899.

92, CINNYRIS ALBIVENTRIS.

Cinnyris albiventris (Strickl.) ; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino,
(2), xliv. p. 556 (1894); Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 474; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 82; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 41; Lort Phillips, Ibis,
1898, p. 403; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 67; Peel, ¢. c. p. 312.

No. 38. g ad. So Midgan, Jan. 5, 1899.

No. 141. @ ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 6, 1899.

93, CINNYRIS HABESSINICA.

Cinnyris habessinica (Hempr. & Ehr.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 406;
Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 556 (1894); Sharpe,
P. Z. 8. 1895, p.474; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 81, 1898, p. 402,
cum fig.; Hawker, ¢. c. p. 67; Peel, ¢. c. p. 312.

Nos. 33, 39. g ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 5, 1899.

No. 166. g ad. Magog (4800 ft.), Feb. 18, 1899.

Nos. 192, 210. 9 ad. et juv. Adadle, Feb. 20, March 1, 1899.

Nos. 263, 264. ¢ 2 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 23,
1899.

304 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON [June 18,

24. CINNYRIS HAWKERI.
Cinnyris osirts (nec Finsch), Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 81;

Elliot, Field-Columb. Mus., Orn. i. p. 40; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,
p- 66; Peel, Somali-land, App. p. 312.

Cinnyris mariquensis hawkeri, Neum. Orn. M.B. vii. p. 24

(1899).

Nos. 118, 139. ¢ 9 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 3-5, 1899.

25. PARUS THRUPPI.
Parus thruppi, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 406, pl. xi. fig. 2; Sharpe,

P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 476; Lort Phillips, [bis, 1898, p. 404; Hawker,
t.c. p. 67; Peel, ¢.¢. p. 312.

No. 41. g ad. So Midgan, Jan. 5, 1899.
Nos. 119, 187. g ad. Ania, Feb. 3, 5, 1899.

26. LANIUS ANTINORIL.
Lanius antinorii Salvad.; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 477; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 76; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 42; Lort Phillips, Ibis,
1898, p. 404; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 68; Peel, ¢.¢. p. 312.

No. 25a. 9 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 1, 1899.

Nos. 47, 48. ¢ @ ad. So Midgan, Jan. 7, 1899.

No. 55. gad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 10, 1899.

Nos. 87, 88. 9 gd ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899.

27. LANIUS PH@NICUROIDES.
Lanius phoenicuroides Severtz.; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 77;

id. Ibis, 1898, p. 404; Peel, ¢t.¢. p. 313.

No. 66. 2 imm. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 13, 1899.

28, LANIARIUS CRUENTUS.
Laniarius cruentus (Hempr. & Ehr.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 402;

Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 477; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 77 ;
Elliot, ¢.c. p. 42; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 405; Hawker, Ibis,
1899, p. 68; Peel, ¢.¢. p. 313.

p-

Rhodophoneus cruentus, Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv.
555 (1894).

No. 79. g ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899.

Nos, 148, 149. ¢ imm. Ania (5000 ft.), Jan. 30, 1899.

Nos. 146, 6; 154,157. 9 ad. Sheikh Abukadle, Feb. 9, 1899.
No. 176. 9 ad. Magog (4300 ft.), Feb. 14, 1899.

No. 186. 9 ad. Adadle, Feb. 19, 1899.

No. 261. ¢ ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 22, 1899.

99, DRYOSCOPUS HTHIOPICUS.
Dryoscopus cthiopicus (Gm.); Sharpe, P. 4.8. 1895, p. 478 ;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 405 ; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 69; Peel,
tc. p. 313.

No. 249. 9 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 16, 1899.

a

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 305

30. DRYOSCOPUS FUNEBRIS.

Dryoscopus funebris Hartl.; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 478; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 77; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 42; Lort Phillips, Ibis,
1898, p. 406; Peel, ¢.c. p. 314.

a. dad. Gan Liban, March 13, 1899. Iris black.

31. EUROCEPHALUS RUEPPELLI.

Eurocephalus rueppelli Bp.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 403 ; Oust.
t.c. p. 5; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 480; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896,
p- 78; 1898, p. 406; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 69; Peel, ¢.c. p. 314.

No. 89. g ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 20, 1899.

No. 103. 9 ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 25,1899. Iris dark
green.

No. 132. g ad. Ania, Feb. 4, 1899.

32. BRADYORNIS PUMILUS.

Bradyornis pumilus, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 480; Lort Phillips,
Ibis, 1896, p. 76; HElliot, ¢.¢. p. 44; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,
p- 406; Peel, ¢.¢. p. 314.

No. 40. g ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 5, 1899.

No. 62. Ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 12, 1899.

No. 130. 2 ad. Ania, Feb. 4, 1899.

33. SYLVIA CINEREA.

Sylvia cinerea (Bechst.); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 407;
Peel, ¢.¢. p. 314.

No. 260. g ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 22, 1899. Iris
black and red.

34, HREMOMELA FLAVIORISSALIS.

Evremomela flavicrissalis, Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 481; Elliot, t.c.
p. 44; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 409; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 70;
Peel, t.¢. p. 315.

No. 222. Ad. Adadle, March 9, 1899.

35. CALAMONASTES SIMPLEX.

Calamonastes simplex (Cab.); Sharpe, P. ZS. 1895, p. 482;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 80; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 44; Lort Phillips,
This, 1898, p. 410; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 715; Peel, é.¢. p. 315.

No. 111. gad. Laskarato (3500 ft.), Jan. 29, 1899.

This male seems to be rather large when compared with an
example from the Goolis Mts. The dimensions are as follows :—

Total
length. Culmen. Wing. Tail. Tarsus.
36. Laskarato (Donaldson

Smeets, ea, rah, Ne Syke 6:1 0:7 9-4. 2o°4 0:9
3. Goolis Mts. (#. Lort
TASH INDY ot 6 Blea. 4618.61. 5:1 0°7 995 1:8 0°85

Proc. Zoon, Soc,—1901, Von, Il. No. XX. 20

306 DR. BR. B. SHARPE ON [June 18,

36. SYLVIBLLA GAIKWARI.

Sylviella isabellina (nec Elliot), Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 70.

Sylviella gaikwari, Sharpe, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, xi. p. 47
(1901).

No. 117. gad. Ania, Feb. 3, 1899.

This is the bird called by Mr. Hawker (¢. ¢.) Sylviella isabellina
Elliot. I find, however, that both Mr. Hawker’s specimen and
the one obtained by Dr. Donaldson Smith have the entire upper
surface grey, and have not a “ buff rump” as described by Dr.
Elliot, so I have named the species after H.H. The Gaikwar of
Baroda.

37. SYLVIELLA MICRURA.

Syliella micrura Riipp.; Sharpe, P.Z. 8. 1895, p. 482; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 409; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 70; Peel, t.c.
p. 318.

No. 32. 9 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 1899.

No. 64. gd ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 13, 1899.

No. 112. g ad. Near Ania, Jan. 29, 1899.

38. DRYODROMAS SMITHI.

Dryodromas smithi, Sharpe, P. ZS. 1895, p. 482; Elliot, ¢.c.
p. 44; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 409; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,
p. 70; Peel, t.¢. p. 316.

No. 129. g ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 4, 1899.

No. 219. Ad. Adadle, March 7, 1899.

39. ERYrHROPYGIA LEUCOPTHRA.

Erythropygia leucoptera (Riipp.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 406;
Sharpe, P. Z.8.1895, p. 483; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 80;
id. Ibis, 1898, p. 410; Peel, ¢. ¢. p. 318.

Nos. 65, 76. ¢ ad. Bij (1200 ft.), Jan. 13, 17, 1899.

No. 101. 9 ad. Laskarato, Jan. 25,1899. Iris black.

No. 217. 9 ad. Adadle, March 6, 1899.

40, MERULA LUDOVICIA.

Merula ludovicte, Lort Phillips, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, iv.
p. xxxvi; id. Ibis, 1895, p. 383; 1896, p. 78, pl. ii.; 1898, p. 410;
Peel, ¢. c. p. 315. :

Nos. 237, 266. ¢ 2 ad.; 267. 2 juv. Gan Liban (5900 ft.),
March 14, 25, 1899.

Bill and feet yellow; iris black and red.

41. MonmTIconLA SAXATILIS,

Moniticola sawatilis (Linn.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 485; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 410; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 72; Peel,
t.¢. p. dd.

No. 29. ¢ ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 3, 1899.

No. 73. gad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 15, 1899.

No. 227. Ad. Adadle (4000 ft.), March 11, 1899.

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 307

42, MonTICcoLA OYANUS.
Monticola cyanus (Linn.); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 411;

Peel, ¢. c. p. 315.
No. 7. gd ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 26, 1898.

43. MOoNTICOLA RUFOCINEREA.

Monticola rufocinerea (Riipp.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 404;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 79; id. Ibis, 1898, p. 411; Peel, ¢. ¢.
p- 315.

Nos. 197, 204. 9 ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 22, 24, 1899.

Nos. 229, 235. g ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 18, 14,
1899.

44, SAXICOLA ISABBLLINA.

Sazicola isabellina Ripp.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 405; Sharpe,
P.Z.8. 1895, p. 485; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 80; Elliot, ¢. ¢.
p- 46; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 412; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,
p: 725 Peel, ¢. c. ps 316.

No. 80. dad. Bij (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899. Iris black.

No.177. g ad. Magog (4300 ft.), Feb. 14, 1899.

No. 184. 9 ad. Adadle, Feb. 17, 1899.

No, 238. 2 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 14, 1899,

45, SAX1COLA PHILLIPSI.

Sawicola phillipsi, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 404, pl. xii.; Sharpe,
P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 486; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 79; Elliot, ¢. ¢.
p- 46; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 412; Peel, ¢. ¢ p. 316.

No. 16. g ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 29, 1898.

No. 97. Q ad. Laskarato, Jan. 24, 1899.

No. 179, 182. ¢ Q ad. Magog (4300 ft.), Feb. 11-14, 1899.

No. 218. gd ad. Adadle, March 6, 1899.

46, SAXICOLA PLESHANKA.

Saxicola morio Hempr. & Ehr.; Oustalet, ¢.¢. p.7; Lort Phillips,
This, 1898, p. 413; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 72; Peel, ¢. c. p. 316.

No. 156. g ad. Sheikh Abukadle, Feb. 9, 1899. Iris dark

green.
No. 178. 2 ad. Magog (4800 ft.), Feb. 14, 1899. Iris black.

No. 259. 9 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 12, 1899. Iris
black.

47, SAXICOLA DESERTI.

Saxicola desert’ Temm.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 405; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 79; Ibis, 1898, p. 4138; Hawker, Ibis,
1899, p. 72; Peel, tc. p. 316.

No, 155. g ad. Sheikh Abukadle, Feb. 9, 1899.

20*

308 DR. BR. B. SHARPE ON [June 18,

48. MYRMECOCICHLA MELANURA.

Myrmecocichla melanura (Temm.); Sharpe, P. Z.S8. 1895, p.486 ;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 79; Elliot, t. c. p. 47; Lort Phillips,
Ibis, 1898, p. 413 ; Binaries This, 1899, p. 72; Peel, t.c. p. 316.

Ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 25, 1899.

49, CRATEROPUS SMITHI.

Crateropus smithi, Sharpe, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, iv. p. xli; id.
P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 487; Lort Phillips, Ibis, p. 80; Hawker, Ibis,
1899, p. 73; Peel, i. ¢) prot’:

No. 245. 9 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 19, 1899,

50, PYcNONOTUS ARSINOE.

Pycnonotus arsinoé (Hempr. & Ehr.); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,
p. 4138; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 73; Peel, ¢.c. p. 317

No. 34. g ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 1899.

No. 142. Ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 6, 1899.

Nos. 196, 241. g¢ ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), Feb. 22, March 15,
1899.

51. MYoPoRNIS BOEHMI.

Parisoma boehmi Reichenow; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 490;
Elliot, ¢. c. p. 48; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 74; Peel, t.¢. p. 317.

Myoporms bohii, Reichenow, J. f. O. 1901, p. 285; Sharpe,
Hand-l. B. iii. p. 243 (1901).

Nos. 167,175. 9 ad. Magog (4700 ft.), Feb. 13-14, 1899.

52. TERPSIPHONE CRISTATA.

Terpsiphone cristata (Gm.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p.400; Sharpe,
P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 490; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 76; Elliot,
t. ¢. p. 48; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 414; Peel, ¢. c. p. 318.

No. 206. dimm. Gan Liban (4700-5900 ft.), Feb. 25 to
March 16, 1899.

53. CRYPTOLOPHA UMBRIVIRENS.

Cryptolopha umbrivirens (Riipp.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv.
p- 401 (1879); id. Hand-l. B. ii. p. 274.

No. 231. g ad. Gan Liban, March 13, 1899.
54. CAMPOTHERA NUBICA,

Campothera nubica (Gm.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 393; Salvad.
Mem. Rk. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 552; Sharpe, Pi Zs:
1895, p. 492; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) xvi. p: 44; Elliot,
t.c. p. 49; Tort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 415; Hawker, Ta, 1899,
p. 74; Peel, it. c. p. 319.

No, 52. 2 ad. Biji, Jan. 9, 1899.
55. DENDROPICUS HEMPRICHI.

Dendropicus hempricht (Hempr. & Ehr.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885,
p- 393; Salvad. Mem, R. Accad, Sci, Torino, (2) xliv. p. 552;

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND, 309

Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 491; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 48; Lort Phillips,
Ibis, 1898, p. 414; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p: 74; Peel, ¢. c. p. 319.
Nos. 60-89. g ad. Biji, 1200 ft., Jan. 12-20, 1899.
No. 152. 9 ad. Near Ania, Feb. 4, 1899.

56. INDICATOR INDICATOR.

Indicator indicator (Gim.) ; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 492.

Nos. 153, 216. $ 9 ad. Morobegih (4100 ft.), Feb. 8 to March
6, 1899.

No. 230. 2 ad. Gan Liban, March 13, 1899.

57. TRACHYPHONUS MARGARITATUS.

PFrachyphonus margaritatus (Cretzschm.) ; Elliot, ¢.c. p.49 ; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 415; Peel, ¢.c. p. 319.

No. 100. g ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 25, 1899.

58. TRICHOLEMA BLANDI.

Tricholema blandi, Lort Phillips, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, iv. p.xlvii;
id. Ibis, 1898, p. 415, pl. xi. fig. 1; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 75;
Reel, ¢. ¢. p. 820:

No. 140. 2 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 6, 1899.

59. Pm@ocEPHALUS RUFIVENTRIS.

Pecocephalus rufiventris (Riipp.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 393 ;
Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 551; Sharpe,
P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 494; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) xvi. p. 44;
Lort Philips, Ibis, 1896, p. 72; Elliot, t.c. p.50; Peel, ¢. ¢. p.323.

No. 77. @ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 17, 1899.

No. 104. g ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 27, 1899.

Nos. 193, 224. g¢ ad. Adadle, Feb. 20 to March 9, 1899.

60. CoccYysTES GLANDARIUS.

Coccystes glandarius (Linn.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix.
p. 212 (1891) ; id. B. Africa, i. p. 123 (1896).

Nos, 48, 51. 2 ad. Biji, Jan. 8, 1899.

61. SCHIZORHIS LEUCOGASTER.

Schizorhis leucogaster Riipp. ; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 400 ; Salvad.
Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 552; Sharpe, P. Z. 8.
1895, p. 495; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 74; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 51;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 416; Peel, ¢. c. p. 320.

Nos. 25, 30. 5 2 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 3, 1899.

No. 59. ¢ ad. Buiji (1200 ft.), Jan. 12, 1899.

Nos. 98, 99. 2 6 ad. Laskarato, Jan. 24, 1899.

62. CORACIAS NEVIUS.

Coracias nevius Daud.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 399; Salvad.
Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p.554; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895,

310 DR. R. Be SHARPE ON [June 18,

p. 496 ; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 74; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 51; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 416; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 75 ; Peel, t. ¢.
p- 323.

No. 24. 9 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 1, 1899.

No. 90. 3 ad. Laskarato (3175 ft.), Jan. 21, 1899.

No. 114. 6 ad. Ania, Feb. 1, 1899.

63. LOPHOCEROS MEDIANUS.

Lophoceros erythrorhynchus (Heugl.); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad.
Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 553; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 52; Peel, ¢. c. p. 322.
Lophoceros medianus, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 498.

No. 115. ¢ ad. Anai, Feb. 1, 1899.

64. LOPHOCEROS FLAVIROSTRIS.

Lophoceros flavirostris (Riipp.); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci.
Torino, (2) xliv. p. 554; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 499; Elliot, ¢. c.
p- 53; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 417; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 75;
Peel, t. c. p. 322.

Nos. 194, 195. ¢ 9 ad. Adadle, Feb. 21, 1899.

65. UPUPA SOMALENSIS.

Upupa senegalensis Swains. ; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 397.

Upupa somalensis Salvin; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 500; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 73; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 53; Lort Phillips, Ibis,
1898, p. 417; Peel, é. c. p. 321.

No. 102. 9 ad. Laskarato (8025 tt.), Jan. 25, 1899.

66. [RRISOR ERYTHRORHYNCHUS.

Irrisor erythrorhynchus (Lath.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 395;
Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 500; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 72;
Elliot, ¢. c. p. 54; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 417; Hawker, Ibis,
1899, p. 76; Peel, t. c. p. 321.

No. 56. ¢ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 11, 1899.

Nos. 128, 131. g ad. Ania, Feb. 4, 1899.

No. 145. ¢ ad. Laskarato, Jan. 30, 1899.

Nos. 248, 250. g ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 16, 1899.

67. RHINOPOMASTUS MINOR.

Irrisor minor (Riipp.); Shelley, Lbis, 1885, p. 397.

Rhinopomastus minor, Salvad. Mem. R. Acead. Sci. Torino, (2)
xliv. p. 553; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 500; Elliot, ¢. ¢. p. 54;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 417; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 76; Peel,
t.¢ p. 321.

Nos. 45. ¢ ad.; 46. 9 juv. Biji, Jan. 7, 1899.

No. 190. g ad. Adadle, Feb. 20, 1899.

68. MBLITTOPHAGUS CYANOSTIOTUS.

Melittophaqus pusillus cyanostictus (P. L. 8. Miill.); Shelley,
This, 1895, p. 398.

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 311

Melittophagus cyanostictus, Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
(2) xliv. p.553; Sharpe, P. ZS. 1895, p. 501; Lort Phillips,
Ibis, 1896, p. 73; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 54; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,
p. 418; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 76; Peel, ¢. c. p. 321.

Merops cyanostictus (Cab.); Oustalet, Bibl. Haut.-Etudes, xxxi.
Art. x. p. 4.

Melittophaqus sharpei Hartert, Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p.72 (1900).

No. 35. 6? ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 1899.

Nos. 70,71. $ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 15, 1899.

No. 118. g ad. Laskarato, Jan. 29, 1899.

No. 132. g ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb 4, 1899.

69. MELITTOPHAGUS REVOILI.

Merops revoilt Oust. in Revoil’s Faune et Flor. Comalis, Ois. p. 5,
pl. 1 (1882); Peel, ¢. ¢. p. 321.

Mehittophagus revoili, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 398; Sharpe, P. Z.S.
1895, p. 502; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 74 ; Elliot, ¢.¢. p. 55.

Merops (Melittophagqus) revoilt, Oust. t. c. p. 4.

No. 159. 2 ad. Sheikh Abukadle, Feb. 9, 1899.

70. CoLIUs MACRURUS.

Colius macrurus (Linn.); Oust. ¢.¢c. p.3; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895,
p. 502; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 56; Hawker, Ibis, 1898, p. 77; Peel, t. ¢.
p. 320.

No. 36. ¢ ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 1899.

Nos, 182, 183. g ad. Adadle, Feb. 16, 1899.

71. CAPRIMULGUS NUBICUS.
Caprimulgus nubicus Licht.; Elliot, t.c. p. 56; Peel, t. c. p. 321.

No. 69. ¢ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 14, 1899.
Nos. 108, 109. ¢ 9 ad. Laskarato (3500 ft.), Jan. 28-29, 1899.

72, CAPRIMULGUS INORNATUS.

Caprimulgus inornatus Heugl.; Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 503 ;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 418; Peel, ¢. ¢. p. 321.

No. 78. Ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 17, 1899.

73. BUBO CINERASCENS.

Bubo cinerascens Guér.; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino (2)
xliv. p. 550; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 78.

No. 258. ¢ ad. Adadle, March 5, 1899.

74, CARINE SPILOGASTER,

Carine spilogaster (Heugl.) ; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
(2) xliv. p. 551; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 504; Lort Phillips, Ibis,
1898, p. 418; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 77; Peel,¢. c. p. 323.

No. 9. gd ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 26, 1898.

No. 42a. ¢ ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 5, 1899.

No. 93. 2 ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 22, 1899.

No. 144. ¢ ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 6, 1899.

312 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON | June 18,

75. MELIERAX POLIOPTERUS.

Meherax poliopterus (Cab.); Salvad. Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2)
xliv. p. 550; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 506; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 57;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 419; Peel, t. c. p. 324.

No. 10. 9 ad. Bihen Dula (1400 ft.), Dec. 27, 1898.

No. 54. 2 ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 9, 1899.

No. 185. g ad. Adadle, Feb. 17, 1899.

76. MBLIERAX GABAR.

Melherax gabar (Daud.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 391; Sharpe,
P.Z.8. 1895, p. 506; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 77; Peel, ¢. c.
p. 325.

No. 146. ¢ imm. Ania, Feb. 3, 1899.

77. MBLIERAX NIGER.

Meherax niger (Heugl.); Sharpe, P. ZS. 1895, p. 506; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 419; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 77; Peel,
t. €. p. 325,

No. 257. 9 ad. Adadle, March 5, 1899. Iris dark brown.

78. AQUILA ALBICANS.

Aquila rapax, Sharpe, P. Z.8. 1895, p. 507; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 57;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 419; Peel, é.c. p. 325.

No. 151. 9 ad. Laskarato (4500 ft.), Jan. 24, 1899.

No. 150. g ad. Jifa Uri (5000 ft.), Jan. 26, 1899.

No. 215. g ad. Adadle, March 3, 1899.

79. MILVUS HGYPTIUS.

Miluus egyptius (Gm.) ; Oust. t. c. p. 2; Sharpe, P. ZS. 1895,
p- 509; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 420; Peel, ¢. ¢. p. 325.

No. 67. $ ad. Biji(1200 ft.), Jan. 13, 1899.

No. 253. ¢ ad. Gan Liban, March 21, 1899.

80. POLIOHIERAX SEMITORQUATUS.

Pohoherax semitorquatus (Smith); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 391 ;
Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 550; Sharpe,
P.Z.S. 1895, p. 510; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 58;. Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,
p. 420; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 78; Peel, t.c. p. 324.

No. 22. 9 ad. Near Bulhar, Dec. 31, 1898.

Nos. 81, 82. 9 $ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899.

No. 124. 2 ad. Ania, Feb. 4, 1899.

81. CERCHNEIS TINNUNCULUS.

Tinnunculus tunnunculus (Linn.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 392.

Cerchnes tinnunculus, Sharpe, P. ZS. 1895, p. 510; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 420; Peel. t.c. p. 324.

No. 165. 3 ad. Magog (4300 ft.), Feb. 12, 1899.

Nos. 208, 236. g ad. Gan Liban (5900 to 6700 ft.), Feb. 27 to
March 14, 1899.

_1901.} BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 313

82. CERCHNEIS FIELDI.

Cerchners fieldi, Elliot, Field-Columb. Mus., Orn. i. p. 38;
Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 79; Peel, t.c. p. 324.

No. 180. ¢ ad. Adadle, Feb. 16, 1899.

83. LoPHOGYPS OCCIPITALIS.

Lophogyps occipitalis (Burch.); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci.
Torino, (2) xliv. p. 550; id. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) xvi. p. 43 ;
Elliot, t. c. p. 59; Peel, ¢. ¢. p. 326.

No. 68. @ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 14, 1899.

84, NEOPHRON PERCNOPTERUS.

Neophron percnopterus (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i.
. 17 (1874); Peel, ¢.¢. p. 326.
No. 8. Ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 26, 1898.

oS

85. NECROSYRTES MONACHUS.

Neophron monachus (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. 1.
19 (1874); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 155 (1896).

Necrosyrtes monachus, Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 243 (1899).

No. 57. oad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 12, 1899.

No. 107. ¢ ad. Laskarato, Jan. 28, 1899.

‘©

86. HErsRoTeTRAxX HUMILIS.

Heterotis humilis (Blyth) ; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
(2) xliv. p. 562.

Heterotetrax humilis, Sharpe, Cat. B. xxiii. p. 297 (1894); id.
Hand-l. B. i. p. 174 (1899); Peel, Somali-land, App. Birds,
p- 330 (1900).

No. 37. 6 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 1899.

87. LOPHOTIS GINDIANA.

Lophotis gindiana (Oust.); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
(2) xliv. p. 563; id. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) xvi. p. 45; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 86; Elliot, ¢. ¢. p. 60; Lort Phillips, Ibis,
1898, p. 421; Peel, ¢. c. p. 330.

No. 20. Ad. Near Bulhar, Dec. 30, 1898.

No. 86. Ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899. Iris very light
yellow.

88. CHDICNEMUS AFFINIS.

Edicnemus affinis Heugl.; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 513;
Elliot, tc. p. 61; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 421; Peel, t. ¢.
p- 331.

No. 48. 9 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 6, 1899. Tarsus 3°2 in.

No. 223. 6 ad. Adadle, March 9, 1899. Tarsus 3°9 in.

The difference in the length of tarsus in these two individuals
is somewhat remarkable.

314 DR. BR. B. SHARPE ON [June 18,

89. RHINOPTILUS CINCTUS.

Rhinoptilus cinctus (Heugl.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 416 ; Sharpe,
P. Z.8. 1895, p. 513; Elliot, ¢. ¢. p. 62; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,
p: 421; Peel, ¢. c. p. 331.

No. 23. 9 ad. Near Bulhar, Dec. 31, 1898.

No. 63. g ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 12, 1899.

No. 148. 2 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 6, 1899.

90. CURSORIUS SOMALENSIS.

Cursorius gracilis somalensis, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 415.

Cursorius somalensis, Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2)
xliv. p. 563; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 86; Elliot, ¢ c. p. 62;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 422; Peel, ¢. c. p. 330.

No. 10. 9 ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 26, 1898.

No. 27. g ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 2, 1899.

No. 170. 2 ad. Magog (4300 ft.), Feb. 14, 1899.

Nos. 205, 251. ¢ Q ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 24 to
March 19, 1899.

91. STEPHANIBYX CORONATA.

Chettusia coronata (Gm.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 417; Oustalet,
tucps 2) Beall tcpaoolls

Stephanibyw coronata, Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2)
xliv. p.564; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 514; Elliot, tc. p. 62;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 422 ; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 80.

Nos. 94, 95. 9 g ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 22, 1899.

92. ANGIALITIS DUBIA.
Aigialitis dubia (Scop.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 263
(1896) ; Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 190 (1896).

No. 4. g ad. Near Berbera, Dec. 25, 1898.
No. 110. 9 ad. Laskarato, Jan. 29, 1899.

93. VINAGO WAALIA.

Treron waaha (Gm.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 414.

Vinago waalia, Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv.
p: 561; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 516; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896,
p- 85; 1898, p. 424; Peel, ¢. ¢. p. 328.

No. 106. gad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 27, 1899.

Nos. 233-235. g ad. Gan Liban (4700-5900 ft.), Feb. 24 to
March 13, 1899.

94. CoLUMBA ARQUATRIX.
Columba arquatriw Temm. & Knuip; Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus.
xxi. p. 276 (1893) ; Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 135 (1896).

No. 207. 2 ad. Gan Liban (5800 ft.), Feb. 25, 1899. Bill
and feet yellow.

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 315

95. TURTUR SENEGALENSIS.

Turtur senegalensis (Linn.); Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p.517; Elliot,
t.c. p. 64; Peel, é.c. p. 328.

No. 21. 9 ad. Near Berbera, Dec. 31, 1898.

No. 28. 9 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 2, 1899.

96. TURTUR DAMARENSIS.
Turtur damarensis Hempr. & Ehr. ; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p.518 ;
Elliot, ¢. c. p. 65; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 81; Peel, ¢. ¢. p. 328.

Nos. 53, 84. ¢ 2 ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 9, 1899.
Nos. 243, 265. ¢ ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 16, 1899.

97. TURTUR SEMITORQUATUS.

Turtur semitorquatus (Riipp.); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi.
p. 416 (1893); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 186 (1896).

No. 61. Juv. Biyi, Jan. 12, 1899.

98. CENA CAPENSIS.

(na capensis (Linn.); Oust. t.¢. p. 11; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad.
Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 561 ; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 518; Elliot,
t.c. p. 65; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 424; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,
p- 81; Peel, é.c. p. 329.

Nos. 74, 75. g ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 16, 1899.

99, PYEROCLES LICHTENSTEINI.

Pterocles lichtensteini Blyth; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
(2) xliv. p. 561; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 424; Peel, ¢. ¢.
p- 329.

Nos. 91, 92. 9 ad. Laskarato (8025 ft.), Jan. 22, 1899.

No. 160. 9 ad. Sheikh Abukadle, Feb. 10, 1899.

100, FRANCOLINUS GRANTI.

Francolinus granti Hartl.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 414; Salvad.
Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 562; Sharpe, P. Z. 8.
1895, p. 520; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 85; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 66.

Nos. 126. 3; 133, 168. Q ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 4, 1899.

101. FRANCOLINUS KIRK,

Francolinus kirki Hartl.; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 425;
Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 81; Peel, t.c¢. p. 329.

No. 17. g ad. Bihen Dula (1400 ft.), Dec. 28, 1898.

102. PTERNISTES INFUSCATUS.

Pternistes infuscatus Cab.; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,
(2) xliv. p. 562; Elliot, ¢.¢. p. 66; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,
p- 425; Peel, ¢.¢. p. 329.

gad. Gan Liban, April 3, 1899.

316 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [June 18,

103. NUMIDA PTILORHYNCHA.

Numida ptilorhyncha Licht.; Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii.
p. 379 (1893); Peel, ¢.c. p. 330.
No. 58. gad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 12, 1899.

4, On the Evolution of Pattern in Feathers.
By J. L. Bonnors, M.A., F.Z.S.
[Received May 30, 1901.]

(Plates XIX. & XX.*)

The pattern on the feathers of birds is a subject deserving of a
somewhat more careful study than has been hitherto accorded to it ;
my attention was first drawn to the subject by having at different
times observed several notable varieties of young Sparrow-hawks.
I have since studied the very large series of that species in the
National Collection. The feathers on the breast of the typical young
Sparrow-hawk are shown in diagrammatic representation in the
drawing (Plate XIX. fig. 1). The ground-colour of the feather is
white, while along the proximal edge of each of the transverse bars,
which are dark brown, there is a light margin of yellowish, as well
as in the centre of the terminal spot. Such, then, are the markings
of the typical breast-feather of a young Sparrow-hawk; but, froma
study of a large series of these birds, endless varieties of this pattern
may be noticed, showing clearly the gradual evolution of the barred
markings froma simple longitudinal streak, and giving us, as I hope
to show, a clue to the patterns on the feathers of all birds, or rather
on all the birds treated of in this article, and also giving us a hint as
to what extent of evolution they have undergone. A reference to
the figures will enable the evolution of one pattern from another to
be more clearly understood. The figures (see Plate XIX.), although
diagrammatic, are accurate representations of actual feathers of
Accipiter nisus. In fig. 2° we may note a simple darkening of the
rhachis, but with the colour more intense at certain places. The
next stage may be noticed in fig. 3, where the rhachis is pure
white in between thicker blotches of the darkercolour. Figs. 4,5
show further stages in the gradual forming of a bar.

Another mode of attaining the same result is shown in fig. 6,
where the longitudinal stripe has not become broken, but has merely
spread out into bars still connected by a darker portion along the
rhachis. Fig. 7 is another stage of this method in which the
proximal bar has become cut off and distinct, while the terminal
spot is much larger and has a great tendency to reach the bars
above it. From this to fig. 8 is an easy stage in which the horns
have grown up rather more and are farther removed from the edge
of the feather, forming a heart-shaped marking. It may be noticed,
by the way, that this form most nearly approaches the typical
feather fig. 1; the only difference being that in fig. 1 the space

' For explanation of the Plates, see p. 326.
? Where no Plate is mentioned the figures refer to Plate XIX.

PSPS COS AGhEE ING INQSHGIneni Aah (EXO) INUO) Ib) GLB OPAGEE

AL IMIS" L

‘duit soig uteyury

SC Tel MI WO OSI Sz cel

“SaaHLVad NI N@ALIVd AO NOILNIOAG

“OULOIY) Ssorg wWrequtpy SURIT FurG

OC Trea WES OLS) al

1901.] EVOLUTION OF PATTERN IN FEATHERS. 317

between the two horns has been filled in. Figs. 9 and 10 showa
further stage in the gradual cutting-off of the upper part of the
spot to forma bar’. Figs. 11 and 12 represent two other stages
in another line of development, showing the formation of the
crescent.

Disregarding the pattern for a minute we may turn to the
question of colour, and imagine the typical feather with its dark
bars. At first, as I mentioned above, there is a slight tinge of
lighter colour towards the upper margin of the feather (not shown
in the figure) ; in other specimens we notice that the dark bars
are narrower, and that the lighter colour has a reddish tinge and
appears on both sides of the bars. In another specimen, again, the
bar is still narrower, and the red darker and overspreading a
much larger area, while what is left of the bar has, so to speak,
been unevenly eaten away, so that merely a thin vermiculated stripe
is left ; and finally the feather is almost entirely suffused with red
which is rather more intense where the bars were; this last stage
being that found in some adult males. In these stages, however,
although the intensity of the red may vary considerably, the original
position of the bars may always be traced.

Lest I should be misunderstood, | would mention that in all
these cases the feathers have been taken from different birds, and
that I have no proof of the pattern on any individual feather being
changed as some writers (cf. R. B. Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873, p. 44)
have suggested: it may be so, or it may not, but that contingency
has not been taken into account in this paper.

I propose now to make a few deductions from these various
patterns, and then, if possible, prove them to hold good by taking
examples from various species in widely different Orders.

First, I would suggest that the most primitive feathers were
entirely colourless, or of a dull dingy grey, the first trace of a
pattern being a longitudinal stripe of colour down the rhachis.
Possibly the feathers of some species became self-coloured without
undergoing any pattern stage, but this is doubtful; and in the
majority of self-coloured birds, even when white, the self-coloration
has been subsequently assumed. ‘The self-coloured feathers are
those in which it is most difficult to fix the period of evolution.
They may, for instance, be merely the very much enlarged longi-
tudinal stripe, as in the case of those birds whose young show light
edgings to their feathers. This is probably the most usual form ;
or they may come about by the gradual reabsorption of the bars,
the colour spreading over the entire feather ; or they may be of a
later stage altogether, as in the breast of Gulls and many other
birds, where the light colour of the underparts has probably been
assumed for protection.

The following tree will perhaps give a closer idea of the possible
stages in the evolution of pattern.

1 Tt may be noted that in most of the figures four bars are shown, and that
therefore the terminal spot in figs. 7-10 probably represents the two terminal
bars,

cO
=
>)
S
3
>
dl

MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE

318

ToyIeVey poanojoo-jyes v eave, puv teaddesip Av sourysvu oy} [[@ 10 “ystsaod Avur savq [ewixoad oy} sesvo osoyy [Te UT (¢e)
*sn][000 O[SUIs B ULLOJ pu 91]UD OY} UI 103481] euODeq Avum yods sty, (Zz)
‘TT[900 WILOF 04 poyuetUsid pue punost eutodeq eur sjods asoyy, (T)

"II YEE} P2.INOTOd-JTog

CII “89 “XX 91d)
*yods JeUTUIIE} B SULAvOT‘OUT] o[Pprut
ey} ut sututol sodiajs [erozery

|

CHL Si) ‘styovyt painojoo
-JYST] WIM ‘ouea 9Y}IO Jo a1yUe0
ey} SuoTe sodiays [vUIPN}ISUOT OMT,

COT “5t4) | “MOATCE ULOJAONT JCAL

(3°83 “XX °9"1d) “payesuoye (OL 1d) (ET “S1H) CT “Sta) "Bo :auea qoyye uo
"2A0QB SIVq OU suoljatod [eurutey *yuedseID SUL ‘suryreu pedeys-A “OAOGR SALG, gods & Sursojous eAoge
‘eyeao §= SUTYIVUU TIM pue peyorajsuoo -WaoF suTyaeUt WIALOF 07 aAyuED UT 4I7ds UjIM SuLyeUt qeq oy} poutol Ssuravy

pedeys - yavopyy = SuTyaeur podeys - yavopy podeys - 41v0 FT Suiyreut podvys-j1ve x pedeys - yaveyT = AV TeISTP Jo sumae OMT,
(g) (g) (g) | (g) (Z) (T)

|

(LS)
‘doyywey oY} JO espo oy Lq puno« (:q ‘F 'S31)
“LoTYVEJ poanojoo-jjes wv "4 'a ‘os pIIyleg SuIAIND to poutol souo [eqsiCT ‘aq P[NOYS salvq of} oot M
‘TISIVUL FST] OY} JNOYILA ous ONT, pur et AA Jo stoyyVa,T *‘pojoouuoosip = sivq yeurxorg sjods avpnseqar surasoy edrayg
a |
qu ste ATWO Sutavoy ‘“1oyyvoy oy Jo (‘9 Styl) “saeq oyUT no "Sdvq OUT JNO SuTUEPIM
}SOUL 19409 0} 8B pvoiqg os oditg pvoads ynq weyorq you odia49 Suljstxo oyM pur uexo.1q od1a4g

| |
|

*YVOA}S [LUIPNJGUOT MOTIVU YIM LOyzVoT FIT MA

TOYIwAY OFT AA

1901.] EVOLUTION OF PATTERN IN FEATHERS. ~ 319

The distinctive patterns of birds caused by different patterns on
a number of feathers taken together owe their origin to other
causes, and must not be taken into account in this paper except in
so far as they have been directly modified from these primitive
patterns. This class of markings, although the most important
for the bird’s welfare, is probably the most unstable, being con-
tinually altered to keep the race distinct when it meets with various
other nearly allied members of its genus, either in extending its
range, or from some other cause. It is worth mentioning on this
subject that when a race finds it essential to differentiate itself
from a closely allied form, it has to cover up its distinctive mark as
well as to evolve a new one; and consequently we may suppose
that some of the markings on birds are the degenerate race-marks
of former generations. The genus Fringilla offers a good example
of this.

There are eight species or forms known, namely :—

IER choo boeoceoc inhabiting Teneriffe.

UE TALION BOS ROSE 45 Europe generally.

F. maderensis ........ = Madeira.

F. maderensis moreleti . . i, Azores.

F. maderensis canariensis 3 Teneriffe.

F. maderensis palma .... a Las Palmas, Canaries.
F. spodiogenys ........ *, Algeria.

F, montifringilla ...... Hs Europe generally.

The whole of these species (with one exception, F. teydea) may
be recognized by two distinct cross-bars on the wing, especially
noticeable when the bird is flying; these cross-bars being formed
by a more or less broad white tip to certain of the wing-coverts.

In only two places is more than one species of this genus found,
namely, in Europe, where we find F. celebs and F. montifringilla,
the latter having, however, a different breeding range; and at
Teneriffe, where there is a very restricted forest-form, 7. teydea, and
a species of the more normal type, /’. canariensis.

It is instructive therefore to notice that in these two cases only,
where the risk of intermingling between the species might occur,
do we find any attempt on the part of one or other of them
to alter or modify the characteristic cross-bars of the wing.
F, teydea accomplishes this more completely and successfully than
F, montifringilla ; but, considering its restricted range and the com-
paratively greater amount of in-breeding which must go on, such a
result is only natural, /. teydea obliterates the cross-bars altogether,
and does not assume any other distinctive mark, the confined
space of its range tending to render such a mark unnecessary.

With F. montifringilla the case is different, and while the
cross-bars are being obliterated, it has assumed a further distinctive
marking in having a white rump. We are, however, I think,
quite justified in coming to the conclusion that this species is still
in a state of transition, since it is seldom that the rump is purely
white, being frequently interspersed with darker feathers, while

320 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [June 18,

on the cross-bars feathers are found of all shades from deep orange
to yellowish white.

These remarks, although somewhat beside the point, have been
inserted as showing one of the many causes by which the develop-
ment of the pattern in the feather would tend to be altered and
modified, in the young birds no less than in the adults, to such an
extent as tooverturn at first sight the theory contained in this paper.

It is, perhaps, needless to add that these are the patterns on
which the large majority of species are based; they have in reality
but little in common with the markings on a feather itself, about
which this paper is written. Other causes such as protection,
vigour, and adornment, all play a part in the general pattern and
markings on the birds ; but, leaving the modification caused by all
these as far as possible out of consideration, let us look at a few
examples from widely-spread Orders, and see to what extent the
process of evolution as set forth above is borne out by the
facts.

In the young Peregrine the back is of a uniform brown,
with a light edging; after its first moult the feathers are clearly
referable to the type in fig. 6, while those on the tail are of a
similar type, but with the tips of the bars quite joined up in an
exaggerated form of fig. 7. In the adult bird the bars on both
the back and the tail are complete. On the pattern of the breast
it is unnecessary to enlarge, for it is similar to that of the Sparrow-
hawk. It is worth noting, however, that while the back and breast
have undergone similar changes, the back has become considerably
darker, having been presumably modified for protective purposes.
The Kestrel, on the other hand, offers an example in which, in
the young bird, the tail and the back have complete bars which are
afterwards to a great extent lost, while on the breast the bars are
either very incomplete or we have merely the very early form of
longitudinal stripe. This is but one case of a very common
phenomenon to which I shall have occasion to refer again, namely :
that when the upper and under sides of the plumage show different
stages of evolution, the upper parts are generally the most
advanced.

Before leaving the Hawks, where similar observations may be
made on most species, we might look at the back and tail of the
adult male Sparrow-hawk. At first sight the whole of the upper
surface will appear self-coloured, but a closer lock will reveal two
or three darker patches on the tail showing the last remnants of
the bars. It will then seem that in this case the tail has not
advanced so quickly as the body-feathers in its rate of evolution.
If, however, the feathers of the back be raised up, we find that these
feathers are in reality a modified form of the type shown in fig. 8,
with theterminal marking relatively very large and quite concealing
the white base of the neighbouring feather. With regard to the
Strigidz as a group, I have not had time or opportunity to go into
the matter very thoroughly ; but, in those I have examined, the
patterns lend themselves to classification as in other groups,

1901.] EVOLUTION OF PATTERN IN FEATHERS. 321

although at first sight they appear somewhat puzzling. The vermi-
culated form of pattern is very common among them, and in some
extreme cases, e. g. Aso otus, the whole feather seems to be mottled
indiscriminately, while in others, e. g. Scops, the vermiculation is
confined to the bars, or the area that should be covered by bars.
The Barn Owl, however (Plate XX. fig. 5) forms a good connecting
link for this vermiculated pattern, which has broken off from the
main line of evolution at an early stage. Fig. 4 shows the earliest
beginnings of it in the typical series. It will be noticed on refer-
ence to Plate XX. fig. 5 that all the markings are confined to the
tip of the feather, and that no distinct bars can be made out in the
vermiculation itself ; but if this vermiculated part be omitted from
consideration for a minute, we have clearly the stage very nearly
approaching fig. 3.

Plate XX. fig. 6 represents the feather from the breast of a
young Scops Owl showing the vermiculation restricted to the bar
area.

The Burrowing Owl does not bear out the statement that the
upper parts (where any difference exists) show a higher form of
evolution than the underparts. In this case the feathers of the
back are of the form shown in fig. 7, while the underparts are
barred. This need not, however, occasion much difficulty, for it
will be readily seen that the habit of this bird being to sit at the
mouth of its burrow, the underparts would be the most exposed,
and consequently those on which laws causing evolution would tend
to act most vigorously.

The large order of Passeres is that to which we may next turn.
The British Thrushes as a series show us clearly the lines of evo-
lution. In the young of Turdus viscivorus, we find on the back
the last bar alone persistent, so that according to the table they
may be considered as forming a highly evolved race. The indi-
vidual feathers on the back of the young Missel Thrush exhibit
considerable variation : some of them show the bar as Y-shaped, in
others it is straight, while in some the dark colour is no longer to
be found on the rhachis and is only found in two longitudinal bars
along the centre of the vane on either side. In White’s Thrush
this stage persists in the adult, but the tip always remains as a
bar, more or less crescentic, whereas in the Missel Thrush the
feathers have become self-coloured.

The young of the Song-Thrush (Plate XX. figs. 10 & 11) is similar
to that of the Missel Thrush, except that evolution has gone slightly
further as it is much more nearly self-coloured. On the wing-coverts
all trace of a bar has disappeared, the two longitudinal stripes,
representing the original arms of the V-shaped bar, have covered
the whole vane, the rhachis being alone left of a yellowish colour
with A-shaped markings of a similar colour at the tip. The feathers
still show traces of the dark V-shaped bar; but a tendency to slur
over the stages is shown, so that they are not distinct as in the
Missel Thrush.

As regards the underparts, they are never in advance of the upper.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No. XXI. 21

322 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [June 18,

The Song-Thrush, Missel Thrush, Redwing, and hen Blackbird have
the usual Thrush marking, viz. Pl. XX. fig. 8, which I take to be
a shortening of the primitive longitudinal streak; in the young
of the Missel Thrush, and sometimes in the case of the Song-
Thrush, the terminal light edgings are visible. In the Fieldfare
(Plate XX. fig. 9) we may note the terminal spot much enlarged,
with a tendency to become light in the centre and form the Y-shaped
markings, whilst in White’s Thrush the markings are crescentic.
A Table of the Thrushes drawn from the original tree would
make them break off from the 4th line in the main tree.

Heart-shaped markings Heart-shaped marking split Heart-shaped marking ovate,

forming crescent. in centre to form V-shaped no bars above (Fig. 8.
(Turdus varwes.) marking. (Breast of 7. Pl. XX.). Breast of 7. vis-
pilaris, Young of T. vis- civorus, T. musicus, T. ilia-

cwvorus.) cus, @ T. merula.

Two longitudinal stripes along the centre of
either vane, with light rhachis.

The longitudinal stripes joined, leaving only
a light terminal spot.

Self-coloured feather.
(od T. merula and back of T. pilaris. T. tliacus. T. musicus. T. viscivorus.)

Judging from pattern alone, we should therefore be led to
classify them in the following order, starting from the highest
form :—

(1) T. merula. (2) T. musicus. (3) T. viseworus. (4) T. pilaris.
(5) T. tliacus. (6) T. varius.

T. iliacus is placed after J. pilaris owing to the markings on
the breast being of a slightly more primitive type. This sug-
gestion, however, is only given as showing how a study of the
pattern might be applied.

It would make the paper too long and tedious to take many
examples of the Passeres, and necessitate a careful examination of
a large series of young birds, which, unfortunately, I have not at
hand. It may be mentioned, however, as I have noted them, that
the back of the young Spotted Flycatcher greatly resembles that of
the young Missel Thrush, and that the markings of a young Haw-
finch are very similar to those of White’s Thrush. Plate XX. fig. 1
represents a feather from the breast of the Wren, showing how the
A-marking, most clearly visible in the Nutcracker, might be
brought about if it did not follow the line shown in the Thrushes.

In the Wryneck we find the young with a barred plumage on
the breast, while the adult has the V-shaped markings; and on
reference to the table it will be noticed that it has followed the form
‘of evolution shown in the centre or main line, the only difference

1901.) EVOLUTION OF PATTERN IN FEATHERS. 323

being that a// the bars are disconnected. The Woodpeckers are from
this point of view a comparatively low form: in the young of Picus
viridis very incomplete bars are seen, while in Dendropicus minor
the longitudinal streak of an early type persists in the adult. I am
further inclined to believe that the dull dirty white of the chin
and throat represents the primitive patternless feather, but am not
in a position to express a definite opinion on the point at present.

Having already dealt with the Owls and Hawks, the next group
to claim our attention is that of the Steganopodes. In the
Cormorants we find a type of pattern with which we hitherto
have not had to deal, namely, a feather with a darker margin. At
first I was inclined to regard this as merely an exaggerated form of
the crescent, but an examination of the young bird speedily
dismissed that idea, as in it the pattern is identical with the adult;
whereas if it were, as I imagined, an exaggerated crescent, one ought
undoubtedly to see traces of a light margin. An examination
of a young Cormorant, in which the feathers are whitish with
a longitudinal stripe, showed that the darker marginal border
could be distinguished even in the case of the white feather.
Green and metallic colours are almost always due, not to a
difference of pigment, but to a condition known as “surface
structure ” due to ridges on the surface of a feather breaking up
the colours into their component parts, and acting by interference
so that only rays of a certain colour reach the eye’. Here, then,
is the explanation of this marking. The feather itself is a purely
self-coloured one, but round the margin, where the feather is more
broken, the true colour of the pigment, which has been obstructed
by the process of surface-structure, is able to show itself and forms
the darker margin.

While the genus Phalacrocorav has been evolving in this
manner, the Gannet (Sula) has taken another course, and by
proceeding along the line we are more particularly studying, has
so far evolved as to have reached a secondary white stage. It is not,
easy to see the stages between the dark brown semi-adult birds
and the pure white adult: great irregularity is noticeable in birds
assuming the white plumage, as regards the tracts in which it
is first assumed (although the back, wings, and tail are invariably
the last); but what is perhaps of most importance to us is the
fact that in the parti-coloured feathers, of which there are many,
we lose all trace of the patterns which we have hitherto been able
to refer to a common origin, however different the general appear-
ance may have been.

In the immature bird, however, matters follow what we may now
perhaps call the normal course; and in its first plumage it starts
at a high level, by the feathers being apparently self-coloured with
A-shaped white tips as in the Nutcracker or young Thrush.

Of the Ardeide I have only had opportunity of studying a few
commoner types, and they all seem to have very similarly
marked feathers, which, when not self-coloured, consist of a

' See Gadow, P. Z. S, 1889, p. 240.
21*

324 MR. J. L. BONHOTH ON THE [June 18,

longitudinal stripe down the centre of each vane. This type is
found in the young of Nycticorav and also of Ardea cinerea and
A. purpurea; this marking was presumably assumed long ago, as
even in young birds we get no trace of the earlier stages. In the
Bittern, however, similar markings exist and we also find connecting
bars, these features being especially well marked on the scapulars;
and so we may be entitled to assume that in Ardea the former
pattern was derived along the same line.

Among the Anatide we may notice that the barred form is
the commonest and most usual type. Taking Anas boschas as our
example, and the feathers on the breast in particular, we may
notice that in the immature bird the feather is brownish with a
longitudinal stripe; this pattern also persists in the adult female.
In the male the feathers are self-coloured on the breast, but with
minutely vermiculated bars on the chest; in his summer dress,
however, the pattern of the feathers is barred and not longi-
tudinally striped, but otherwise similar in colour to the female.
The bars vary greatly in their development, but for the most part
they are not strikingly defined.

Over the Common Partridge (Perdix cinerea)—which we may
take as practically typical of the group to which it belongs—it may
be worth while to spend a few minutes. The most conspicuous
parts of the Partridge’s feather are the longitudinal white stripes
along the rhachis. ‘These stripes occur in the very young bird on
almost all the feathers both of the back and front; but in the adult,
although far more conspicuous, they are restricted to the flanks and
scapulars. Starting with a very young bird which has just got its
first feathers, we may notice that the feather has a narrow light
centre bounded on either side by a longitudinal dark stripe, which is
again succeeded by a lighter area. In most of the feathers this
stripe appears uniform and unbroken, but generally a few isolated
feathers may be found in which either the stripe on one side or
the other is abruptly broken by a light bar, or the stripe shows
signs of being darker and thicker in certain places. It is therefore
obvious that this stage is not developed along the line in which
the proximal pattern has disappeared and the terminal bar has
grown out with elongated arms until the centre becomes obliterated,
leaving the arms, but that each of these longitudinal dark stripes
is made up of portions of successive bars. The key to this
system is that in the youngest bird the light centre widens out to
form a white tip similar in shape to that of the Nutcracker, and
noticed previously in this paper when dealing with the Wren.
The method of evolution will be most clearly understood by a
study of the figures (see Plate XX. figs. 2, 3 & 4).

The next order which we will notice is that of the Limicole ;
they show comparatively few feathers of interest from the point
of view of pattern, and may be discussed in a few words.
They are all rather primitive, and except in a few cases hardly
reach the complete barred stage. The Norfolk Plover shows a
very primitive form, the pattern being chiefly mere longitudinal

1901.] EVOLUTION OF PATTERN IN FEATHERS. 325

stripes; while the Golden (Plate XX. fig. 7) and Grey Plovers
show the most common form of marking, the yellow spot being
the ground-colour or what is left of it, between greatly-
enlarged and connected bars. Passing over many forms of more
or less interest, we may take as our typical example the Knot
(Tringa canutus). The young shows on the back a plain grey
feather with light border and a dark arrow-shaped edge repre-
senting the last bar; on the breast there is the primitive dark
stripe, especially on the throat and chest, and the whole is slightly
suffused with pink. In the adult in winter the dark bar on the
back has been absorbed, and we have the plain grey self-coloured
feather ; while on the breast, which is quite white, the longitudinal
dark markings haye been replaced by bars of more or less irregular
shape. In the summer, the adult has the feathers of the scapulars
black with a white edge and with four or more reddish spots, the
type of feather being as in that of the Golden Plover ; the breast is
entirely suffused with red, having the black markings, where they
occur, as in winter, but the majority of the feathers being self-
coloured.

It will be noticed by those who have borne with me so far,
that these sequences of plumage offer some difficulty, for if we
imagine the young to be the nearest to the archaic type, the winter
Iban will follow naturally as a higher form; but then we are
met by the fact that although the colours are much brighter,
the pattern on the adult in summer is hardly so far evolved as
that on either the young or the winter bird.

This is a difficulty to which I am unable to offer a satisfactory
solution. The tendency of young waders to resemble the breeding-
plumage of their parents, rather than the duller plumage, has
always puzzled me, long before any ideas ef pattern entered into
my thoughts; and now we see that the breeding dress represents
a lower form of evolution, if my ideas be right, than the non-
breeding dress, the reverse of what is usually the case. The only
suggestion I can offer is that in the young and breeding dress we
have the plumage worn at a time when, food being more plentiful
and its breeding-haunts more congenial, there was no need for the
bird to undertake such long journeys, and that scarcity of food,
causing diminished energy, combined with the necessity of a more
protective colouring from its many new enemies met with in the
course of its wanderings, led to the adoption of the grey winter dress.

The Gulls and Terns need no comment; in their young state
they all show in various stages the longitudinal stripes, or half-
formed bars, showing clearly that their adult plumage has been
subsequently evolved. The spots of Colymbide are the white
interspaces between the very much overgrown bars.

I have now been roughly through many of the main orders of
birds, and have tried to show that the ideas suggested by the
variations in the Sparrow-hawk hold good for all the groups on
which I have touched, and, if so, probably for all birds. In some
cases my reasonings may appear a little far-fetched, and in others

326 ON THE EVOLUTION OF PATTERN IN FEATHERS. [June 18,

doubtless I have not chosen a correct interpretation of the method
employed. The same results can be reached by several ways ; and
without a large series of young and immature birds, not only of
the particular species but also of those nearly allied, it is impos-
sible to form a positive opinion.

My object has rather been to show that all the many and diverse

markings on the feathers of birds are in the main variations of one
type, namely: a longitudinal stripe with great tendency towards
lateral expansions into transverse stripes, and that on modifications
of this, by suppressing one portion or increasing another, all the
various patterns have been built up. I have not entered into the
question of the more peculiarly marked feathers in the cases
where groups of feathers form conspicuous patterns, as such
markings must have been subsequently acquired, for the recogni-
tion of the species by its own race, and do not in consequence
enter into the purport of this paper. The main question that
now remains to be answered is that relating to the method in
which the pigment groups itself to form these markings, but that
is a matter which I hope to be able to investigate when dealing
with the question of colour-change. At present I will only say
that there is usually, if not always, but one pigment in any
particular feather, the difference in shade or colour being due, in
the case of shade to a greater or lesser concentration of the
pigment, and in the case of colour to surface-structure.

To sum up—Apart from the main principles of the evolution as
shown in the table (p. 318), and through one or other lines of
which all birds seem to have passed, it should be noted that the
most exposed portions of a bird, generally the upper parts, undergo
a further evolution than those less conspicuously situated, and if
there be any difference between the sexes, the male shows the
higher form.

I should like to add that this paper has no pretensions at being
in any way complete or exhaustive. The subject has, so far as I
am aware, not hitherto been treated from this standpoint, and I
shall be most grateful to any who may care to honour me with
their criticisms regarding it.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puatn XIX.
Figs. 1-13. Diagrammatic representation of the pattern on the feathers of
various individuals of the Sparrow-hawk (Acctpiter nisus).

Fig. 14. Diagrammatic representation of the pattern on the feather from the
breast of a Night-Heron (Nycticorax griseus).

Puatr XX.

Fig. 1. Feather from the breast of Wren (Zroglodytes parvulus).
Figs. 2, 3, 4. Feathers from Partridge: figs. 2 & 3 are from young birds.
Fig. 5. Feather from Bar n-Owl (Stria flammea).
6. 3 » Seops Owl (Scops giw).

ae iM », Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis).
8. », breast of Song-Thrush (Zurdus musicus).
9. e a » 99 Kieldfare (Zurdus pilaris).

Figs. 10 & 11. A » young of Song-Thrush.

J. Green del .et hth:

P.Z.S 1901, vol I EW oa

ae

Mintern Bros.Chromo.

NIOILIZUSCA Ol Wiews IPE IRS IAIN GUILE:
ZN INGB) WetiaWals) AUN) Sila, JAN.

a)

ch

i Distt

Ae |
ayONon

eh
an

12, Zo ION Aro. Wl, Pl, 20MM

Zl
U.Green del.et lth. Mintern Bros .imp.

MOLLUSCA OF THE PERSIAN GULF
AND ARABIAN SEA.

foie

on

L.

P)Z-S, 190 oli Pl aaexainig

Mintern Bros imp-

J.Green del. et hth.

MOLLUSC Ol Atishd, TEINS IAIN (GUL

AND ARABIAN SEA.

aah

eds

12), ZS), WON, sell. Me. IPL. YOON.

Vintern Bros.irnp.

J.Green del.et lith.

MOLLUSCA OF THE PERSIAN GULE

AND ARABIAN SEA.

1901. | ON MOLLUSKS FROM THD PERSIAN GULF. 327

5. The Mollusca of the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and
Arabian Sea, as evidenced mainly through the Collections
of Mr. F. W. Townsend, 1893-1900 ; with Descriptions of
new Species. By James Cosmo Metvitt, M.A., F.LS.,
F.Z.S.,and Ropert StanvEN, Assist.-Keeper, Manchester

Museum.
Part I.—CEPHALOPODA, GASTROPODA, SCAPHOPODA.

[Received June 4, 1901.]
(Plates XXT.-XXIV., *)

It is certainly remarkable that the nineteenth century should
have passed away without any serious attempt to chronicle sys-
tematically the Mollusca inhabiting the Persian Gulf and Arabian
Sea having been made, and more especially so, since the waters of
the last named wash the Western shores of our great Indian
Empire itself, where are situate, amongst other towns of lesser
note, those two important centres of commerce and civilizing
influences, Karachi and Bombay, either of which might, one
cannot help thinking, have ere this have provided both the
opportunity and the man to carry out so desirable a project of
research.

However, there have been, during the past forty years especially,
several distinguished pioneers in the field, such well-known names
occurring to the mind at once as the late Dr. F. Stoliczka, the late
Mr. Geoffrey Nevill, formerly of the Indian Museum, Calcutta,
his brother Mr. H. Nevill, the late Dr. 8. B. Fairbank of Bombay,
the late Mr. Henry F. Blanford, F.R.S., formerly Meteorological
Reporter to the Indian Government, Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S.,
formerly of the Geological Survey of India, besides the late
Dr. Anderson, F.R.S., and J. Wood-Mason, late Superintendent
and Deputy Superintendent of the Indian Museum respectively;
and lastly Dr. A. Alcock, F.R.S., whose deep-sea dredgings, mostly
in the Bay of Bengal, or amongst the Laccadive group, just south
of our proposed limit as regards the Mollusca treated of in this
paper, have resulted in so many discoveries. Most of the above-
named Naturalists collected material more or less largely, and,
indeed, went further in contributing various treatises and papers
from time to time, which form the bases of our knowledge.

In addition, mention must be made of the late Major Baker,
author of a short list of Karachi Mollusca’; Mr. W. D. Cumming,
of the Persian Telegraph Service; the late Mr. R. MacAndrew,
donor of much valuable material, especially of Col. Pelly’s collections
from the Persian Gulf, manyspecies of which have been described by

1 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 459.
> Cf. Woodward, Man. Moll. ed. 11. p. 73.

328 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Mr. Edgar Smith; Col. G. B. Mainwaring, Mr. W. Theobald; and,
more recently, Capt. Cartwright, R.N., Commander E. R. Shopland,
K.I.M., M. F. Houssay, Mr. W. C. ’ Carphin, Mr. J. O. Twells,
Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier, Mr. Alexander Abercrombie of Bombay,
and Mr. Frederick W. Townsend.

It is especially with the collections of the last-named that we
are dealing at the present opportunity.

Mr. Townsend has been for many years officially connected with
the Indo-European Company, whose cable extends from Bushire
in the Persian Gulf along the Mekran Coast to Karachi, where,
at Manora, he resides, the total distance being considerably over
one thousand miles.

For the past eight or nine years, as Chief of the Telegraph Staff
of the Indian Government steamer ‘Patrick Stewart,’ he has
been assiduously dredging wherever opportunity offered, and not
only exercising the greatest possible care and discrimination as to
the quality of the specimens gathered, but making notes, at the
time, of locality, depth, and other particulars, which so much
increase the value of the material dredged.

Though, perhaps, not quite exhaustive, we imagine the larger
proportion of the species of Mollusca actually inhabiting this
vast region will be found catalogued in the accompanying List.

It was in 1892-93 that Mr. Townsend’s earliest consignments
were despatched home; and Mr. G. B. Sowerby described certain
new forms from these, of which we would especially mention
Mangilia townsendi, Niso venosa, Spondylus ewilis, Pecten towns-
endi, and Sunetta kurachensis*.

Just at the same juncture, too, Mr. Alexander Abercrombie
began to turn his attention to the Molluscan Fauna of the vicinity
of Bombay, as far south as Ratnagiri, and, in coadjutorship with
one of the present authors, essayed a preliminary Catalogue *,
numbering in all some 325 species. It was then that this Fauna
was termed ‘specialized, so many interesting new forms did
it produce, and we wrote then in ignorance of what, so shortly,
Mr. Townsend’s successful dredgings would reveal. By far
the greater part of the 52 species differentiated as new to
science from Mr. Abercrombie’s collections reappeared, some in
great quantity, especially from the neighbourhood of Manora and
Charbar ; and, as several were described from poor or insufficient
material, ‘it is pratifyi ing to say with regard to nine-tenths of them,
that the examination of fine specimens more than endorses the
reasons for their differentiation. Some indeed, are very plentiful,
such as Marginella mazagonica, Engina zea, Columbella euterpe,
Ocinebra bombayana, Purpura blanfordi, Sistrum xuthedra, Pyr-
gulina callista, Odostomia syrnoloides, Cy yclostrema solariellum, and
Tellina lechriog gramma.

These Bombay gatherings, mainly made by Mr. Abercrombie,
slightly supplemented by Mr. Townsend, supplied the primary

' Proc, Mal. Soc. Lond. i. p. 214 sqq., 278 sgq. ete.
2 Mem. Manch. Soe. vii. pp. 17-51.

(
bs

4

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 329

constituents of our own investigations into this fauna, and we have
thought it best to enumerate them all in the following pages, as
tending to make the Catalogue more complete.

The region we are now discussing forms the N.W. portion of
- the immense Indo-Pacific Province, an area so vast, and yet so
homogeneous in the general character of its natural productions, as
to preclude the desirability of further subdivision.

If the map of Asia be examined, it is seen at once that the
Persian Gulf and Gulf of Oman constitute a ‘ cul-de-sac,’ and that,
indeed, the northern portion of the Arabian Sea may all be con-
sidered land-locked, the continent of India, with Ceylon, extending
as far south as lat. 6° N. while, on the west, the Arabian shores
trend obliquely to Aden, lat. 13° N. Under the circumstances, we
hardly think it surprising that so many endemic forms have been
brought to light, both in the Mollusca and in other branches of
zoology, especially the Fishes and Crustacea; and as regards the
former, at all events, Erythrean’ affinities seem more prevalent
than Ceylonese. Most of the genera and many of the leading
species, it is true, have a wide range, and are identical on both
sides of Hindostan, but not, we think, to so large an extent as
might be surmised. For instance, when working at the Booley
collections * from the Andaman Islands, only two of the new
species described recently from the Townsend collections occurred,
viz., Cerithiopsis hinduorum Mely., and a variety (andamanica)
of Natica strongyla Melv.

And, again, in an account of the Marine Mollusca of Madras *
we published in 1898, out of about 400 names there given about
70 also occurred at Bombay, mostly widely-spread species, but
including a few comparatively recently described, e. g., Terebra
persica Smith, and Mangilia chilosema (erroneously identified as
horneana Sm.), Columbella euterpe, C. flavilinea, Aclis eoa, Srstrum
Lonkanense, and Solarium delectabile, all of Melvill.

These seem a very small proportion out of about 240 species
differentiated during the past decade, if we include those described
in this paper. As might be supposed, a considerable number of
these belong to the smaller and more obscure groups, which, though
several have near allies in the outlying portions of the Indo-Pacific
Province, especially Japan, it has not been found feasible to unite
with species already recorded by A. Adams and others. We have
paid special attention to the many minute forms described by this
author, the types of which are mostly in the British Museum (Nat.
Hist.), though, unfortunately, so few have as yet been figured, or

1 Since this was written, a rough comparison made between our Catalogue
and that compiled by Commander E. R. Shopland (Journ. Bombay N. Hist.
Soc. x. pp. 217-285, with Addenda t. c. pp. 503, 534) has elicited the fact
that out of 501 species of Gastropoda enumerated from Aden, 189 occur in the
region treated of by us.

2 Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. ii. p. 164 sqq., iii. p. 35 sqq., p. 220 sqq.

3 Journ. of Conch. vol. ix. pp. 30 sgq., 1 pl.

330 MESSRS. MHLVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 13,

indeed described fully enough to satisfy the more exigent require-
ments of the present time. Great care has also been taken in
the comparison with the types described by the Rey. R. Boog
Watson as collected during the voyage of the s.s. ‘ Challenger.’

In many instances we had to be content with descriptions or
figures, notably in the case of the Marquis de Folin’s species
(mostly Andamanese), or M. Vélain’s. These last consist mainly
of Turbonille and Odostomie from the South Indian Ocean, one
or two of which are found to occur in our lists. The Erythrean
species also, mostly described by Arturo Issel and Dr. F. Jous-
seaume, have so far as practicable been examined. Certain Medi-
terranean species exhibit near alliances, but we believe the
axiom a correct one, that only about a dozen species are common
to the northern and southern shores of the Isthmus of Suez,
though since the Canal was opened for traffic a few have extended
their boundaries, and the numbers will probably increase yearly.
It is fortunate, therefore, that investigations as to this point were
made beforehand.

We are informed by Mr. W. T. Blanford, that the greater
portion of the large collections made by him’ some time ago, off
Gwadtr, on the Mekran Coast, and Tumb Island, Persian Gulf,
and one or two other localities, are in the Indian Museum,
Calcutta, and that only a few have yet been worked out, it being
otherwise happily with his Bombay series, which are in the British
Museum, and have been of the greatest service tous. We feel it to
be unfortunate that circumstances have not allowed an examination
of these stores at Calcutta, and not only of these, but of the
collections made by Messrs. Geoffrey and Hugh Nevill, also, we
believe, in the same museum. The former (Mr. G. Nevill) indeed
treated of a few families in his fragmentary ‘ Hand-list of the
Mollusca in the Indian Museum,’ but even in this publication
too many are put down as ‘species nove,’ with neither name,
description, nor figure added.

Tt will be noted that we have included some of these references,
mainly of Rissoide and Pleurotomide, in order that the list may be
made as representative and perfect as possible.

It would take far too much space to closely dilate upon the
peculiarities of the fauna of the Persian Gulf: suffice to say, that
the section Leptoconus of Conus here attains its maximum develop-
ment, while many peculiar Mitre and Nasse occur. Nassaria and
Oyllene abound, rare in most other seas. Oliva hardly occurs, while
Ancilla is well represented. Voluta is absent; but certain species
of Margimella, some handsome (obtusa), others small, but mostly
apparently endemic, are very frequently met with throughout the
whole area. Some peculiar and beautiful Scalariew, Cancellarie,

1 Cf. Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xliv. pt. 2, p. 103, where Messrs. G. &
H. Nevill estimate the number of species collected by Mr. W. 'T. Blanford at
from 600 to 700.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 331

and T'richotropis are especially noteworthy, as, among the Strom-
bide, are S. beluchiensis Melv., Rostellaria curta Sowb., and R. delr-
catula Nevill; this last, originally discovered at Arakan, is now
found to occur at considerable depths in the Gulf of Oman, in all
stages of growth.

Many Columbellide, Engine, and Ricinule seem peculiar ; while
the Pleurotomide are by far the most numerously distributed
family in these Seas, abounding in forms either endemic or
extending only as far as Aden and the Red Sea.

Fusus, Lotoriwm, and Murew do not exhibit here their larger repre-
sentatives, but those that do occur are refined and select examples
of their genera ; some, e. g. Ocinebra bombayana Melv., being akin to
a Mediterranean species: the same may be said with Purpura. In
Terebra there are many, mostly endemic, small species, mainly
described by Mr. Edgar Smith from Col. Pelly’s collections.
Coralliophila rubro-coccinea, described in this paper, 1s an interesting
addition to a circumscribed genus. Bullia here rivals its South
African series in interest: B. ceroplasta Melv., kurrachensis Sowb.,
and persica H. Sm., are all endemic. Natica abounds; so do
Cerithiide, Lattorinide, and allied small families, the Aissowda
being especially interesting. In TYurritella, T. fultona Melv.,
diseovered at Ormara, is now found larger and more generally
distributed on the Mekran Coast; many endemic TVrochide
likewise occur, but few Haliotis, Fissurelie, or Patelle. Two
Siphonaria (kurrachensis Sowb., and basseinensis Mely.) from the
coasts of India are peculiar. Among the Scaphopoda, Cadulus
possesses two or three curious forms, and Dentaliwm abounds.
The Polyplacophora are hardly seen, indeed we have no occurrences
in our Catalogue; but, on the other hand, the Tectebranchiates are
very well represented, many new kinds being chronicled, and
there being still some which, for want of proper material, we are
compelled to leave untouched for the present. Indeed, this is the
case in other Orders as well.

We wait to give a résumé of the Pelecypoda until they are
finally worked out, and we hope their enumeration will form a
second part of our paper, at no very distant date.

The following are the titles of the chief works and papers
bearing on this subject during the last 45 years :—

1894. AppRcCRoMBIE (Alexander).—The Common Shells of the
Bombay shore. Journ. Bombay Soc. N. H. viii. pp. 212-
221 & 335-345,

1867. Buanrorp (W. T.).—Deseription of Jrawadia, n. gen.
Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxxvi. pt. 2, pp. 56-57.

1868. Iv.—Fuairbankia, a new genus and species of Rissoide from
W. India. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. pp. 399-401.

[N.B. Nine-tenths of Mr. Blanford’s writings on the Molluscan

Fauna of India deal with the Terrestrial and Fluviatile
species alone, and the same may be said regarding the
papers of his brother, the late Mr. H. F. Blanford, F.R.8. ]

332 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

1891. Fiscuer (Dr. Paul).—Liste de Coquilles recueilles par
M. FF. Houssay dans le Golfe Persique. Journ. de Conchyl.
KXXIx. pp. 222-230.

The enumeration of a small collection made near Bander-
Bouchir (Bushire), Persian Gulf, thirty-three species in all,
of which six remain doubtful as to name.

(See also Woodward, S. P.)

1892, Gutnatty, A.—The Pearl Molluscs of the Persian Gulf.
P. Phys. Soc. Edinb. xi. pp. 30-31.

1865. Issen (Arturo).—Catalogo del Molluschi raccolti della
Missione Italiana in Persia. Mem. delle Reale Accademia
della Scienze di Torino, ser. 11. vol. xxiu., 1865.

[Mainly giving an account of but 17 species, collected by
G. Doria and Philippi at Bunder Abbas and the island
of Ormuz. |

1874. Von Martens (Dr. H.).— Ueber Vorderasiatische Conchylien.
Cassel, 1874.

[An enumeration of forty-nine species of Mollusca collected
at Bushire by Dr. Haussknecht. |

1893. Metviti(J. C.) and ABERCROMBIE (A.),—The Marine Mol-
lusca of Bombay. Mem. Manch. Soc. ser. 4, vii. pp. 17-51.

1893. Mutvitt (J. C.)—Descriptions of twenty-five species of
Marine Shells from Bombay. Op. cit. vil. pp. 52-61, 1 pl.
Reprinted in J. Bombay Soe. viii. pp. 234-245, 1 plate.

1894. Ip.—Description of a new species of Engina (EH. epidro-
midea) from Bombay. P. Malac. Soc. London, i. p. 162,
fig.

1896. Ip.—Deseriptions of new species of minute Marine Mollusca
from Bombay. P. Malac. Soc. Lond. 1. pp. 108-116, 1 pl.
Reprinted in J. Bombay Soc. xi. pp. 406-514, 1 pl. (1898).

1897. Ip.—Deseription of Plecotrema sykesti, n.sp., from Karachi.
P. Malac. Soe. Lond. ii. p. 292, fig.

1897. Ip.—Descriptions of thirty-four new species of Marine
Mollusca from the Arabian Sea, Persian Gulf, and Gulf of
Oman. Mem. Manch. Soe. xli. no. 7, pp. 25, 2 pls.

1898. Ip.—Further investigations into the Molluscan Fauna of
the Arabian Sea, Persian Gulf, and Gulf of Oman, with
descriptions of forty species. Mem. Manch. Soe. xlii.
no. 4, pp. 40, 2 pls.

1898. Ip.—Description of a new Strombus from the Mekran coast
of Baluchistan. Op. ct. pp. 37-88.

1899. Ip.—Notes on the Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, Persian
Gulf, and Gulf of Oman, mostly dredged by Mr. F. W.
Townsend, with descriptions of twenty-seven species.
Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. pp. 81-101, pls. i. & i.

1899. Ib. & Svanpen, R. Description of Conus clytospira, sp. n.,
from the Arabian Sea. Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. pp. 461-463.

1887. Murray (J. A.).—The Conchology of the Sind Coast. Ind.
Ann. i. pp. 26-28.

(No new forms mentioned. |

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 333

1875. Nuvitt (Geoffrey & Hugh).—Descriptions of new Marine
Mollusca from the Indian Ocean. Journ. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal, xliv. pt. 2, pp. 83-104, pls. vii. & vill.

[ Drillia lucida, Clathurella smithi, lemniscata, from the Persian
Gulf; Mangilia fulvocinta, fairbanki, Clathurelia perplexa,
Cythara gradata, Marginella inconspicua, from Bombay ;
Nassa obesa from Kutch, described and figured. |

1884. I1p.— Descriptions of new Mollusca from the Indian Ocean,
by G. & H. Nevill. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xlin. pt. 2,
pp- 21-30.

1885, Nuviut (Geoffrey ).—Hand-list of Mollusca, Indian Museum,
Calcutta. Part i. Gastropoda: Prosobranchia—Neuro-
branchia, cont. Calcutta. Printed by order of the Trustees,
1885.

[Contains descriptions of many Rissoida, Littorinide, and
Planaxide in the Museum, some collected by Mr. W. T.
Blanford, G. Nevill, and others at Gwadir, Mekran Coast,
Tumb Id., Persian Gulf, &c. |

1877. Smirn (Edgar A.).—Ann., Nat. Hist. [4] xix. p. 226 sqq.

[In this paper many Terebre, collected by Col. Pelly in the
Persian Gulf, are described. |

1882. Ip.—Ann. Nat. Hist. [5] x. p. 206 sqq.

[Various Pleurotomide, including P. soror, albicaudata, and
macandrewi, from the Persian Gulf and Arabian Sea,
described. |

1884, Ip.—Diagnoses of new Species of Pleurotomide in the
British Museum. Ann. Nat. Hist. [5] xiv. p. 317 sqq.

[Here Drillia portia, pupiformis, scitula, Clathurella horneana,
&c. from the Persian Gulf, and P. lucida, Bombay, are
described. |

1887. Ip.—Description of Conus milesi, from Maskat. Journ. of
Conch. v. p. 244.

1888. Ip.— Diagnoses of new species of Pleurotomide in the
British Museum. Ann. Nat. Hist. [6] 11. p. 300 sqq.

[Drilia crassa, Mangilia fortistriata, Bombay, and Mangilia
recta, Persian Gulf, described. |

1894. Ip.—Report upon some Mollusca dredged in the Bay of
Bengal and the Arabian Sea.' Ann. Nat. Hist. [6] xiv.
pp. 1387 sqq., & 366-368, 3 plates.

(Contains descriptions, inter alia, of Murex malabaricus,
Nassarva coromandelica, Lacuna indica, Sigaretus tener, &c. |
1895. Ip.—Report upon Mollusca dredged in the Bay of Bengal

and the Arabian Sea in 1893-941, Ann. Nat. Hist. [6]
xvi. pp. 1-19, 2 plates.

[Mostly abyssal species, from the Bay of Bengal and Ceylon,
very few from the Arabian Sea. |

1895. Ip.— Ditto, in 1894-95". Ann. Nat. Hist. [6] xvi. pp. 262-
265.

1 These collections were obtained by H.M. Indian Marine Survey steamer
Investigator,’ under the command of Commdr. C. F. Oldham, R.N.

334 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

1896. Smrru (Edgar A.).—Descriptions of new Deep-Sea Mollusca.
Ann. Nat. Hist. [6] xviii. p. 367 sq
[Natica abyssicola described from Cute, i
1899. Ip.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine
Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander T. H. Heming,
R.N.—No. I. On Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal and
the Arabian Sea. Ann. Nat. Hist. [7] iv. pp. 237-251.

[Mostly from South Indian Ocean. ]

1894, SowErsy (George B.).—Descriptions of nine new Species of
Shells. Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. i. pp. 214-217.

[ Conus elegans from Persian Gulf, Pecten townsendi and Sunetta
kurachensis from Karachi, all collected by Mr. F. W.
Townsend, described. |

1894. Ip.— Descriptions of four new Species of Shells from the
Persian Gulf and Bay of Zaila. Op. cit. i. pp. 160-161,
1 plate.
[Cancellaria paucicostata, Donax townsendi. |
1895. Ip.—New Species of Shells from Karachi and the Mekran
Coast collected by Mr. F. W. Townsend. Op. cit. 1.
pp. 278-280, 1 plate.

[Mangilia townsendi, Bulla nitida, Niso venosa, Enida towns-
endi, Minolia gradata, Spondylus ewilis, and Meretriv tumida. |

1856. Woopwarp (NS. P.).—A Catalogue of Mollusca collected at
Karachi by Major Baker, 1850; numbering about 100
species. Manual of the Mollusca, ed. il. p. 73.

[This catalogue is also given in full by P. Fischer (Man. de

Conchyliologie, p. 160, 1887.}

We have restricted the area embraced in these investigations to
the entire Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and that portion of the
Arabian Sea lying north of an imaginary line running obliquely
from Ras-el-Hadd, S.H. of Maskat, to Panjim on the Indian coast’.
This will include not only Bombay and Ratnagiri, but also the
Angrias Bank and that portion of the Eastern Telegraph Co.’s Cable
that was examined by Mr. Townsend and Captain Tindall in 1899,
with such very successful results. Since the coasts of Arabia, from
Aden to Ras-el-Hadd, with its contiguous seas, have not yet been in
the least explored scientifically, it seems useless to propound Lat, 15°
N. as the boundary, as we had at one time contemplated.

We would further, for the sake of convenience, propose three
subdivisions, as follows :—

(i) P.G. The whole Persian Gulf, including the Gulf of Oman,

with Maskat and Jask, bordered to the Hast by Long. 59°
48' Ki.

(ii) M.C. The Mekran Coast of Persia and Baluchistan, between
Long. 59° 48’ E. and the River Hab.

(iii) I. The Coast of Continental India, from Hast of River Hab,
abutting on Karachi, say, Long. 66° 40’ E., 8.E. to Panjim,
Lat. 15° 50' N. , Long. 74° E.

1 From Lat. 22° 34’ N. , Long. 51° 48’ E. to Lat, 15° 50’ N,, Long. 74° Ei

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 335

At our request, the following particulars have been kindly
drawn up by Mr. Townsend of the chief places exploited by him
during the past ten or more years, starting from Karachi, and
finishing with Reshire and Fao, at the head of the Persian Gulf.

(A.) Karachi Harbour.

This is essentially a backwater harbour, in area about 20 square
miles, the navigable portion of which is small and consists of a deep
channel, about 3 to 3a mile wide, running inland some 3 miles
from the entrance, the remainder being mud-flats of great extent
intersected by numerous creeks. This is the one locality which
has been most thoroughly worked, both as regards dredged
specimens and those to be found above low-water mark, a short
description of it having already been given in the Memoirs
and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical
Society, vol. xlu. Part 2, 1897-98. Of the numerous mouths
of the Indus south of Karachi, only two have been worked and
these only very slightly, viz.: the Hajamro about 50 miles, and
the Dubba 30 miles 8.S.H. of Karachi. At the former, large
quantities of dead specimens of two kinds of Pholas were found,
and doubtless living specimens could have been obtained at the
same place if time had admitted of digging in the hard thick black
mud; there were several other species of dead bivalves at the same
place, and also at the water’s edge. On a very low tide, many
fine living specimens of Bullia kurrachensis Sowb. were found.
The ground at both these places is chiefly hard sandy mud with
patches of clean sand. Going west from Karachi, the first part of
the coast examined was Ras Kuchar, distant about 55 miles. The
coast here is of hard sandstone rocks, and though a whole afternoon,
on a very low tide, was spent here no shells were obtained, even
the most common forms not being found.

(B.) Mekran Coast.

Ormara, or Ras Ormara, is a mountain 1550 feet high, 7 miles
long east and west, 2 miles being its greatest width north and
south; it is joined to the mainland by a low sandy spit 14 mile
wide, and on this spit is situated the village of Ormara, containing
a population of about 3000 inhabitants, chiefly fishermen. The
Government of India have a Telegraph-station here, the telegraph
land-line, which is laid from Karachi to Jask, passing through.
Dredging has been done in the bays on both sides of the village,
but the bottom is a hard clay-mud from which good results are
seldom obtained; young Bullia kurrachensis, B. nitida Sowb.,
Meretrix tumida Sowb., are, however, found here. Between the
tide-marks the ground is chiefly hard sand or muddy sand; and it
is on the clean sand that the pretty Bullia ceroplasia Melv. is
found, also Bullia malabarica Hanley, but little else of interest.

Ras Basul, 23 miles west of Ormara. A small river, dry except
during the rains, comes out here. In the sand and mud at the

336 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

mouth are to be found numerous dead bivalves, while on the rocks
which jut out from the high land on the east side of the river, are
a few of the commonest species of univalves, none of which were
worth collecting.

Astola Island, 40 miles west of Ormara, is in appearance very
like the Ormara headland on a small scale, being a little over
2 miles long east and west, half a mile wide north and south, and
only 213 feet high; it is about 15 miles from the nearest point on
the mainland. The island rises perpendicularly out of the sea,
except at the north-west end, where there is a small sandy bay, at
one corner of which is a low ledge of rocks, uncovered at low tides.
These have been well searched ; but beyond fine specimens of the
ordinary Cypree (C. arabica, C. turdus, C. ocellata, C. pallida), and
the usual common species met with on most rocky places, nothin
was found. Five miles south of the island is a rocky shoal, called
Webb bank, with 3 fathoms on it at low tide. The bottom between
the shoal and the island is very uneven and rocky, the very worst
kind there is todredge on. A few short drags were, however, made
here some years ago, and some nice things obtained, amongst them
one or two new species, but at the expense of the heavy iron
dredge, which was smashed to pieces.

Gwadir, 180 miles west of Ormara, is very much like that place,
having two large bays formed by a long narrow isthmus of sand,
joining on to a high hammerhead-shaped headland 270 feet high.

The town of Gwaditr is of considerable importance owing to the
trade which is carried on by native craft to Indian Ports, there
being a good caravan track to the Port through the mountains
from the Kej Valley, &. The British India mail-steamers call
here once a fortnight, both going up and returning from the Gulf.
The land-line telegraph from Karachi to Jask passes through here.
The sea-bottom in the bays is hard blue clay, much the same as in
the Ormara bays, the few species obtained being common to both

laces.
r Charbar, 110 miles west of Gwadir, is the first place we have
so far spoken of that can be called really good, from the shell-
collector’s point of view. The village itself is of small importance,
containing some few hundred inhabitants, mostly Balochis and
Khojas, the chief industry being the manufacture of matting from
the pish palm.

Charbar Bay proper is a great bay, 73 miles wide east and west
and 12 miles deep north and south, the depth of water being 8 fms.,
to 3 or 4 at the head. The nature of the bottom varies consider-
ably: across the mouth of the bay, or between the east and west
points, only a few short drags with the dredge have been made,
when patches of clear sand alternating with others of soft black
mud were met with; both bottoms yield good results, as will be
seen from the Catalogue, the species from the different bottoms
being quite distinct. This bay is quite well worth carefully
working, and no opportunity is missed of putting the dredge over,
when going to or leaving Charbar.

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. Son

The little bay inside the large one, and near which the village
is situated, has a clean sandy bottom, and this from a depth of
2 to 5 fathoms has been carefully dredged over, with the result
that several new species have been discovered and added to the
List. From the sandy shore that has been examined, nothing has
been obtained, while the rocky point on the east corner of the bay
is rich in some forms, particularly cowries and cones—10 species
of the former and 9 of the latter having been found here, the
names of which appear in the List. To the south of this point in
7 fathoms one drag was made, but the ground was too foul for the
dredge though otherwise good, the single drag resulting in examples
of two or more new species. We also dredged to the north-east of
the big bay off Ziz Valley, which is I believe the only place on the
coast that retains its original name, or at least the name it went under
when Alexander the Great passed along the Mekran Coast, ieading
his army inland, the fleet accompanying off the coast. In Tiz Valley
itself are the ruins of what at one time must have been a city
of considerable size, the graves on the surrounding hills are very
numerous : [have dug up many of them hoping to find something
in the shape of seals or money that would help to identify the period
to which they belonged. Off this valley, im 5 fathoms, I have
dredged with no success, the bottom being coarse sand with overfalls
or loose boulders and stones. One peculiar thing will be noticed
on reference to the List, viz., that several of the species found at
Charbar have also been found at Muscat, and nowhere else ; and
this is the more remarkable as the two places are 150 miles apart,
the depth of water between them being in places as great as 1900
fathoms.

Jask, 165 miles west of Charbar, which may be considered the
western extreme of the Mekran Coast, or commencement of the
Gulf of Oman, has been fairly well exploited for shells, both on
the adjacent shores and by dredging, with moderate success.
Many of the Charbar species are repeated here, both places being
in many respects very similar in character. Charbar has, however,
the advantage in the number of species found. On the rocky
ledge off Jask Point, which dries at low tide, numbers of Cyprea
arabica and C. turdus are to be found, and two or three common
cones such as C. tenatus and C. minimus, but very little else
except the common rock-creatures which are met with almost
everywhere. Between the rocky point and the clean sandy beach
forming Jask bay, where is the usual landing-place, the fore-shore
is, for about 200 yards, composed of dirty muddy sand, and it is
here that many of the creatures mentioned in the List are found,
amongst them being several species new. On the clean sandy
beach, as at Charbar, nothing has been found. Three miles north
of the landing-place is a small salt-water creek, the entrance to
which dries at very low tides, when mud-banks of considerable
extent are exposed: on these are found numbers of dead bivalves,
as is the case at the mouths of all the creeks on the Mekran Coast.
At the mouth of the creek at high-water mark the beach, at a little

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vol. II. No. XXII. 22

338 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

distance, presents a very pretty pink appearance caused by large
quantities of dead specimens of Umbonwuwm vestiarwm Linn. having
been washed up there; living specimens can be obtained in
any quantity and many varieties, by dredging in 3 to 6 fathoms
off the north of the creek. In Jask bay itself, the bottom
is a hard muddy sand and hardly worth dredging over, as, with
few exceptions, the same species found there can be collected
with less trouble at low tides on the small stretch of muddy
beach mentioned above. Four miles west of the point is Mason
Shoal, a coral patch of small extent: this has been well dredged
over and a good many things obtained, none however of any
interest. Conus quercinus and C. tessellatus L., both the orange
and brown varieties, are plentiful here. The Government, Sub-
marine cables between Karachi and Bushire land here, the
Telegraph Staff being accommodated in a large imposing looking
stone building. There are also barracks for about 200 Native
troops, these, like the Telegraph-building, having been built by the
Indian Government. At the present time there are about 40
British Indian soldiers stationed here under a Native Officer, to
protect the Telegraph Staff in case of a rising amongst any of the
surrounding tribes, which is always more or less imminent. The ©
Native village is small and insignificant, and there is little or no
trade, though the British Indian mail-steamers call once a fortnight
both on the upward and downward trip to the Gulf.

In concluding the remarks about the Mekran Coast, it may
be said that the sea-bottom has not been anywhere dredged over
at a greater depth than 100 fathoms, and only in one or two places
beyond 50 fathoms, inside which the Government Submarine
Telegraph-cable is laid. The bottom is generally a stiff blue clay
or mud, with occasional patches of thin black mud, the former
yielding a very small return for the most careful dredging; in
the soft black mud more specimens are generally obtained.

On the cable itself there is,as a rule, very little shell-growth; when
it does occur, it is generally when the line passes near rocky patches
or submerged reefs. A few specimens of Rostellaria curta Sowb.
have been dredged inside the 50-fathoms line, but as dead specimens
of this are plentiful all along the coast, is is probable that they
would be found in numbers at a greater depth. In some places
numbers of young Murex malabaricus Sm. have come up adhering
to the telegraph-cable, so that adult specimens of this species
must be plentiful in the neighbourhood. The only other large

species found is Murea ternispina, which seems to be common
from 3 to 50 fathoms.

(C.) Gulf of Oman.

Proceeding west from the Mekran Coast, the next locality to be
described is the Gulf of Oman, which may be said to lie within
the following limits, namely: on the south and east, a line drawn
from Jask to Muscat, and on the north one from Mussandam Id.
due east to the Persian coast.

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 339

In October last a rough survey was made by the Indian
Government Telegraph-steamer ‘ Patrick Stewart’ (Capt. W.
A. Tindall), outside the 100-fathoms contour, between Jask and
Muscat, including the great bight to the south and west of the
direct line between those two places. 184 soundings were taken,
the greatest depth attained being 1785 fathoms (mud) in lat. 24°
12’ N., long. 58° 32’ E.

Except on the direct course between Jask and Muscat, no
soundings were taken at night, the strong currents experienced in
those localities rendering it impossible to obtain correct positions
for each sounding when the land was not visible.

The procedure followed was to put down a mark-buoy at dusk,
when the last position was taken, and then to anchor the ship close
to it with a large deep-sea trawl, and in the early morning draw it
over the bottom by steaming ahead or astern for aboutan hour. In
this way a good deal of material was collected, and all the shells
have been sent to Mr. Cosmo Melvill, who, as opportunity offers,
is working them out.

A fish-trap was each time attached to the moorings of the mark-
buoy, and by this means some fish, crabs, &c., were obtained,
which have been sent to the British Museum. Mr. Boulenger,
F.R.S., has written a short paper on them which will be published
in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

The following are the positions where the trawl was put down,
with the soundings, &c. noted :—

Lat. 25° 22’ N. Long. 57° 47’ H. Sounding 225 fms.; bottom mud.
57 2 24.

” 25 24 ” 7 7 ” 3 ” ”?

ay eA eh » OF 14 A 198, » &mud-worms
5 24a) a4 » of 08 = 500, i

” 24 49 29 56 56 ” 225 99 39

shin PHBE PAL ay OD i 179) ;, = & dead shells
» 24 05 Oa a 205 ,, ty

Py 23iao6 ah) Otay (05) 5s 142 ,,

The drag made in 500 fathoms unfortunately was without much
result, as the net fouled the frame of the trawl in lowering.
The following temperatures of the sea-bottom were observed :—

53° at 425 fms. 60° at 230fms. 51° at 500 fms. 62° at 205 fms.
37° at 1495 fms. 45° at 700 fms. Surface temperature 84°.

Muscat (Maskat).—Several days were spent dredging in and
near Muscat Cove, in from 5 to 20 fathoms, with very good
results. The bottom varies considerably in nature—shingle, coarse
sand, fine sand, muddy sand, and weeds, sandy mud, and mud, all
being met with on the ground dredged over. It would be difficult
to say which particular kind of bottom is the best to dredge on,
when, as in this case, all are profitable froma shell-collector’s point
of view. One of the most beautiful shells in the collection, Sca-
laria fimbriolata Melv., was found here on mud, in the Cove itself.

Kubbatt Ghazira or Malcolm Inlet.—Reference to the Admiralty
Chart shows that this is a deep inlet about 3 miles wide at the
entrance, and running inland 84 miles; the surrounding shores are

22*

340 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

very precipitous except where the few little sandy bays occur. Near
some of these are small villages consisting of a few loose stone
huts, the inhabitants of which obtain their living by fishing.

The soundings are from 20 to 35 fathoms—a few casts of the
dredge have been made here, the bottom being hard sandy mud;
the shells obtained were chiefly dead specimens, some of which
were in good condition and have proved to be new species.

The Government of India’s Submarine cables, from Jask to
Bushire, are, in the Gulf of Oman, laid in from 40 to 60 fathoms
on a soft muddy bottom, and when picked up in any part for
repairs the marine growth on them is usually found to be slight,
and to consist chiefly of worm-cases.

(D.) Persian Gulf.

Henjam Island—A large rocky island 5 miles long, north
and south, and about 2 miles broad, separated from the great
Island of Kishm, on the north, by a deep narrow channel
14 mile wide. The usual anchorage for vessels is close in, in
5 to 8 fathoms, off the spit of sand on the extreme north of the
island. Since the Government cables were removed from here in
1881, steamers very rarely visit the island, the object of the few
that do call being to lie in a sheltered anchorage while loading
salt, which is brought in small native craft from the salt caves of
Kishm, distant about 25 miles. Large native craft also use this
anchorage while loading salt. The reefs and sandy beach on the
north and west sides of the island have been well searched for
shells, but none except the most common species obtained. At
and to the north of the anchorage, a little dredging has been done,
with moderate'success. In the very thin black mud met with in
12 fathoms a mile north of the anchorage, several young living
specimens of Conus elegans Sow. were obtained: this species has
not been found in a living state anywhere else, though dead ones
are very common amongst shingle on the Jask beach. ‘To the
north-east of the island, in 25 fathoms (mud), and due east
in 15 fathoms (sandy mud), a few short drags have been made, but
the things obtained were chiefly dead and uninteresting. <A few
drags have also been made to the west of the island in 6 to 15
fathoms, with no better results.

Jezirat Nabiya Tamb (or Tumb).—A small rocky island, steep all
round, the soundings being 30 to 50 fathoms to within a quarter of
a mile. The coast-line consists of low rocky cliffs alternating with
small sandy bays. Dredging has been attempted within half a mile of
the shore, with no success, the bottom being rocky and uneven. A
heavy iron dredge was lost here owing to the foul bottom. On
the sandy beach large quantities of dead shells are washed up, most
of which have not been found in a sufficiently good state to put in
the cabinet or include in the List.

Linja.—Dredging has been done on several occasions at and near
the anchorage here, close in to the boat harbour, in 4 fathoms. The
bottom is hard coarse sand, amongst which are many minute

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 341

species. Further off the shore, in deeper water, the bottom is soft
black mud, from which several interesting specimens have been
obtained, as will be seen from the List.

Gais (or Kais) Island.—An oval-shaped island, about 8 miles
east and west by 4 north and south, low-lying, and chiefly
composed of dead coral and sandstone. Dredging has been done
on the north with little or no success, the bottom from 20 to 8
fathoms being hard muddy sand, with loose rocks. On the south
side very good results have been obtained, the coarse coral-sand
which seems to extend all along the south side of the island,
from 15 to 10 fathoms, being particularly rich in many forms,
as is also the muddy sand. Stones and living coral are found close
in, in 5 to 10 fathoms.

Hindarabi and Shaikh Shuaib Islands——The former in shape
and formation very like Gais, only much smaller, being only 4 miles
east and west and 2 north and south. The latter is consider-
ably larger than either Gais or Hindarabi, being about 13 miles
east and west and 23 north and south, though otherwise much
the same. Dredging has been done round both these islands, and
the bottom found to be similar to that round Gais, the same species
being common to all these.

The inhabitants of both Gais and Shaikh Shuaib send a good
many boats to the pearl-fishery on the Arabian side of the Gulf.
Pearl-diving is also done somewhere close to the island, but the
exact spot where the pearl-oysters are to be found appears to be
kept secret by the inhabitants. It seems to have been a custom
formerly to land quantities of oysters near the villages, when the
women opened and examined them for pearls. About 12 years
ago I saw them doing this near the village of Laz, on Shaikh
Shuaib Island; and two years later landed and examined the heaps
of empty shells and refuse, amongst which were great numbers of
Cyprea lentiginosa, C. turdus, and C’. fimbriata. I have visited the
same place on several occasions since, but there did not appear to
be any fresh heaps of shells. At Gais Island no opportunity has yet
offered of landing to examine the shell-heaps, which are known to
be there, as when steaming close past the south side of the island
a couple of years ago, with a telescope the women were clearly
to be seen at work, opening oysters.

Bushire.—The bottom at the anchorage here is soft mud, a little
of which has at different times been sifted and found to contain
many minute species of shells, most, if not all, of which have been
found at other places in similar kind of mud.

Rishire (or Reshire).—This is the place where the Government
cables land, and is situated about 8 miles south of the Bushire
anchorage; the bottom is the same as at that place, similar species
being obtained from it.

Government Cables.—The single cable between Rishire and Fao is
mostly laid in 30 to 20 fathoms, on a soft black-mud bottom, and
when picked up for repairs in more than 10 fathoms of water it is
invariably found to be thickly coated with shell and weed growth ;
immense quantities of oysters are found on any part that has been

342 MESSRS. MELVILLE AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

immersed more than 3 or 4 years, the common species bemg
O. imbricata Lam. From Rishire to Jask the two cables are in 30
to 50 fathoms, bottom mostly blue mud, the shell and weed growth
being considerable in most places where they have been laid any
length of time, but only off Mussandam is it as great as on the Fao
cable. The original Persian Gulf cable, which was condemned in
1885, was picked up as opportunity offered during the next few years,
200 or 300 miles being recovered after I joined the Department in
1887. Unfortunately I took no interest in shells at that time, for
there has never been such a good opportunity for a collector since
the old cable was allremoved. Two miles an hour is the maximum
speed at which the cable is wound in, and when recovering this
old cable it often took 6 and 8 men, working as hard as they
could, to shovel the shells and weed overboard as it came in. In
recovering one length of about 20 knots, hundreds of the very
pretty Latiaais diadema Sowb. came in, and I saved some on account
of their beauty to give away, and when I commenced to collect
for myself I found I still had a couple of specimens. Since that
time not a single example has been procured.

There does not seem to be anything more of interest to say about
the places where collecting has been done, but any one wishing
further information on the Gulf generally, might find all they want
in the ‘Persian Gulf Pilot,’ an Admiralty publication, which can be
obtained from J. D. Porter, 11 King Street, Tower Hill, London.

EF. W. TownsEnp.

Mr. B. T. Ffinch, C.1.E., Director General of Indian Telegraphs,
Captain W. A. Tindall of the s.s, ‘ Patrick Stewart, Mr. Julian
Adrian O’Maley, of the same ship, and other friends of
Mr. Townsend, have aided him in his researches by all means in
their power ; and we are requested by him to say that had it not
been for the kindness especially of Captain Tindall, ably seconded
by all his officers and crew, much would have been left undone,
notably the deep soundings and dredgings in the Gulf of Oman.

We would take this opportunity ourselves of thanking Mr.
Townsend for all the care and zeal bestowed by him in the col-
lecting and preserving of his collections, it is, indeed, but rarely
that they come to hand in such perfect order. And we must also
record our indebtedness for advice and assistance to Mr. W. T.
Blanford, F.R.S., Mr. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.8., Mr. Hugh Fulton,
Mr. G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S., Mr. Alexander Abercrombie, Com-
mander Shopland, R.I.M., Mr. W. E. Hoyle, F.R.S.E., Mr. W.
Neville Sturt, the Rev. Professor Gwatkin, D.D., and Mr. E. R.
Sykes, #'.Z.S. Nor must we forget Mr. Stephen Pace, who examined
with much care the whole of the Columbellide, and gave us the
benefit of his wide experience in the arrangement of this difficult
family, which we have followed implicitly. We are also obliged
to Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, F.Z.8., for information on one or two
points of nomenclature.

Regarding the Classification adopted in this Catalogue, we have
relied on the generic sequence proposed by P. Pelseneer in his

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THH PERSIAN GULE. 343

‘Introduction a V’étude des Mollusques’’, and likewise referred
often to P. Fischer’s ‘ Manuel de Conchyliologie,’ 1887. For the
characters of the species we have to some extent followed Tryon’s
‘Manual of Mollusea,’ so admirably continued by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry,
but we have at all times allowed our own views fair latitude.

_ Economy of space being imperative we have, excepting in a
few isolated instances, omitted all synonymy, but have endeavoured
in every case to give the name sanctioned by the laws of priority.

CATALOGUE OF THE SPECIES.

CEPHALOPODA.
Order DIBRANCHIATA.

Suborder OCTOPODA«
Fam. ARGONAUTIDA.

ARGONAUTA HIANS Soland.
P.S. North beach of Henjam Island.

GASTROPODA.
Order PROSOBRANCHIATA.
Suborder i. DIOTOCARDIA.
(2) DocogLossa,

Fam. PATHLLID 2”.

PATELLA (SCUTELLARIA) PICA Reeve.
M.C. Not very frequent, but no special locality given.

HELCIONISCUS TESTUDINARIUS (L.); Dall, 1871.
Patella testudinaria L. Syst. Nat. x. p. 783.
M.C.

HELCIONISCUS NOVEM-RADIATUS Q. & G. (Patella).
I. Bombay (Abercrombie), as Patella aster Reeve.

(6) RHIPIDOGLOSSA.

Sect. i. Zygobranchiata.

Fam. FIssuRELLIDA.
GLYPHIS BOMBAYANA (Sowb.). (/isswrella Lam. in pt.)
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

1 Mém. Soc. Malacol. Belg. xxvii. (1892) pp. 31-243, and (1894) as a
separate publication.

344 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

GLYPHIS FUNICULATA (Reeve).

P.G. Bushire.
M.C. Gwadur. Charbar. 3 fathoms, sand.
I. Karachi, mouth of the Indus.

Var. indusica Rve.
Var. dactylon Rve.

I. Karachi. Both these varieties collected by the late
Major Baker.
GLYPHIS JUKESII (Reeve).

Fissurella gukesii Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 45, 1849.

Fissurella fimbriata Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 104, 1850.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. Mason Shoals, Jask.

M.C. Ormara Bay.

This is identified without much doubt as identical with a well-
known Australian species.

GLYPHIS LIMA (Sowb.).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

GLYPHIS RUPPELLII (Sowb.).
M.C.

GLYPHIS SALEBROSA (Reeve).
I. Karachi, particularly near the mouth of R. Indus.

GLYPHIS SUBROSTRATA (Gray).

M.C. The type came from St. Vincent. Identified with a
little doubt.

GLYPHIS TENUISTRIATA (Sowb.).
P.G. On the telegraph-cable.

GLYPHIS TOWNSENDI (Meiy.)

I. Karachi.
Allied to G. corbicula Sowb.

Fam. EMARGINULIDZ.
EMARGINULA ELONGATA Costa.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

A Mediterranean and Atlantic species, seemingly very widely
distributed.

EMARGINULA RADIATA Gould.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).
An Australian form.

SUBEMARGINULA NOTATA (L.).
Clypidina notata Ad. P. Z.8. 1851, p. 87.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).
The West Indian habitat is probably erroneous.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 345

RimMvuta PRoPINguA A. Ad.
P.G. (W. T. Blanford).

Scurus uneurs (L.).

P.G. & M.C. Fairly general.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). On muddy rocks and under stones ;
extending south to Ratnagiri, Goa, and Panjim (Lt.-Col. H. D.
Olivier).

Fam. Hanioripez.
HALIOTIS RUFESCENS Sowb.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie), rare, extending southwards to Ceylon.

Sect 11. Azygobranchiata.
Fam. STOMATELLID A.

STOMATELLA ELEGANS Gray.
I. Karachi. Found under rocks at low tide.

STOMATELLA IMBRICATA Lam.
I. Karachi.

STOMATELLA SULCIFERA Lam.
I. Karachi. Both these last occur in Col. Baker’s list.

STOMATIA DUPLICATA Sowb.

P.G. Gais (or Kais) Island, 10 fathoms. Gulf of Oman,
Maskat, 10-15 fathoms, coral-sand.

M.C. Charbar. Dead shells only, but fine and large.

SToMATIA PHYMorIs Helbl.
TI. Karachi.

Fam. CycLostREMATID#.

CYCLOSTREMA CARINATUM H. Ad.

Hab. P.G. Lat. 26° 44’, long. 52° 30’. On telegraph-cable,
40 fathoms, sand and mud.

Differs from its congeners in greater solidity and incrassate
spiral ribs. It is, however, undoubtedly very akin to C. cingu-
liferum A. Ad., from Japan and the Philippines; this latter species,
judging from our examples, showing generally less boldness in
sculpture.

CYCLOSTREMA CINGULATUM Dkr.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 23' N., long. 54° 55’ E.
25 fathoms, sand.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CYCLOSTREMA CINGULIFERUM A. Ad.

IL. Karachi.

346 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

CYCLOSTREMA EBURNEUM Nevill.

P.G. Bushire, Rishire, Kishen Island.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, sand and mud.

Assuming our identification to be correct, we fail to appreciate
the real distinctness of this species, described by Nevill from the
Bay of Bengal, from the original type of the genus, C. cancellatum,
as founded by the late Captain Marryat ', Trans. Linn. Soc. 1818,
vol. xii. p. 338.

CycLosTREMA micans A. Ad.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie), under name Liotta pul-
chella Dkr.

CYCLOSTREMA OCRINIUM *, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 1.)

C. testa umbilicata, alba, delicata; anfractibus quatuor, quorum
apicalis vitreus, mamillatus, ad apicem wpsum depressus, apud
suturas paullum canaliculatis et excavatis, longitudinaliter
arctissime et pulcherrime costulatis, costulis angulatis, ad
angulos gemmulatis, ultimo anfractu quinque-angulato, simul ac
circa regionem umbilicarem fortiter spwraliter angulatim gemmu-
lifero, deinde costulis longitudimalibus in umbilicum ipsum
descendentibus; apertura circulari, alba ; peristomate extus 7-8-
crenulato, continuo; margine columellart parum versus umbilicum
extenso, nitido, albo.

Alt. 2, diam. 3 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, lat. 25° 44'N., long. 52° 30’ E.; on tele-

eraph-cable, at 40 fathoms, mud and sand.

This exquisite and very delicate Cyclostrema is slightly com-
parable with C. anaglyptum A. Ad., from Japan, but is smaller,
not so conical, and destitute of spiral ribs. The longitudinal rib-
lets are very close and fine, say 26 in number on the basal whorl,
five-angled, that surrounding the umbilicus at the base being the
strongest and most conspicuous. Regular rows of shining
gemme on the costule at the point of the angular projections
take the place of spiral lire; the interstices are plain, vitreous-
white; mouth circular, peristome continuous, outer lip crenulate ;
columellar margin not reflexed over the umbilicus, which is deep
and conspicuous.

CYCLOSTREMA QUADRICARINATUM, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 2.)

C. testa depressa, stranunea, umbihicata, solidula; anfractibus 3k,
apicale depressulo, vitreo, ceteris longitudinaliter undique
arctissime sub lente tenuistriatis, ultimo rapide accrescente, acute
quadricarinato ; peristomate extus secangulato, incrassato, con-
tinuo ; operculo corneo, multispirali.

Alt. 1, diam. 2°25 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 55° 56’ HE.

225 fathoms, sand and mud.

1 Captain Francis Marryat, R.N., the famous novelist, only known to have
described one other species— Mitra zonata, from the Mediterranean.
2 Oxpts, a projection.

bh

1901. | MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 347

Highly sculptured, the angle minute, the whorls being 33, the
upper small, the body-whorl larger in proportion, four-keeled, the
carine acute. With the aid of a lens the surface is seen to be
longitudinally extremely shagreened or striate. The peristome is
continuous, six-angled externally, aperture round. The operculum
is present, horny and multispiral. The nearest ally, C. tri-
carinatum Smith, from W. Africa, we have compared with our
species. There is some affinity, but, as its name implies, that
species is but three-angled and is likewise radiately lirate.

CYCLOSTREMA SOLARIELLUM Melly.

P.G. Fao. Bushire. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 23’ N.,
long. 54° 55’ E, 25 fathoms, mud; with C. cingulatum but much
more frequent.

I. Karachi, fine and large. Bombay (Abercrombie), only worn
examples, from one of which the type was described in 1893.

This species has the aspect of a small Zorinia, and by some
malacologists would perhaps be relegated to that genus. We
await examination of the soft parts and operculum before deciding.

CYCLOSTREMA (DARONIA) SUBDISJUNCTUM Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms, muddy sand and
loose stones. Always local, the range is wide, extending from
the North Arabian Sea, through Ceylon, to the Andaman Isles
(G. H. Booley).

Fam. Liorrmp a”.
LioTi1a cIDARIS Reeve.
I. Angrias Bank (Capt. W. A. Tindall).

Fam. TRocHID.
TROCHUS BICINCTUS Phil.
M.C. Charbar. 3 to 7 fathoms, sand.
We cannot satisfactorily locate this species.
Trocuus (INFUNDIBULUM) ERYTHR&US Brocchi.
Var. persica Fisch., J. de Conch. xxxix. p. 226, 1891.

P.G. Linjah. 3} fathoms. Noted by M. F. Houssay in the
Gulf.
M.C. Charbar.

TrocHus (INFUNDIBULUM) FrcLTONI Melyv.

P.G. At the entrance to the Gulf proper through the Gulf of
Oman.

Trocuus (INFUNDIBULUM) KorscHYI Phil.

P.G. Noted as abundant at Bushire by M. Houssay.

TrocHUSs (INFUNDIBULUM) RADIATUS Ginel.

P.G., M.C. Common and generally distributed on rocks at low
tide. Dredged mostly young.

I. Bombay, abundant (Abercrombie), where 7. incrassatus

348 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Lam. probably also occurs. Also near Goa and Panjim (Lt.-Col. H.
D, Olivier).
TrocHus (BELANGERIA) scABRosUS Phil.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms; coral-sand.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).
CLANCULUS ATROPURPUREUS Gould.
M.C. Very local.

CLANCULUS CEYLANIOUS Nevill.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CLANCULUS DEPIcTUS A. Ad.

I. Karachi (2. W. 7. g J. O. Twells). On rocks at low tide.
Bombay (Abercrombie). Near Goa and Panjim (Lt.-Col. H. D.
Olivier).

There seems close affinity between this species and Belangeria
scabrosa Phil.

CLANCULUS MicRODON A. Ad.

M.C. Generally found on rocks from low-tide mark to
7 fathoms. This species extends to the Andaman Isles (Booley).

CLANCULUS PHARAONIUS L.

M.C.

Its headquarters are Erythrean.

Monoponta LABio L.

I. Karachi (W. C. Carphin).

Mownoponta vermicuLata Fisch.

I. Karachi. Abundant on rocks at half-tide. Reported by
Pilsbry (Man. Conch. xi. p. 90) from Maskat, but not found there
yet by Townsend.

Widely distributed ; South and East African.

THALOTIA BELUCHISTANA Melv.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, rock.
Might almost, with equal reason, be by some considered a
Calliostoma.

CANTHARIDUS KoTSCHYI Phil.
M.C. Dead examples only.
I. Karachi (W. C. Carphin).
GIBBULA DECLIVIS Forsk.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 7 to 10 fathoms; coral-sand
and stone bottom.
GIBBULA FANULOLDES Fisch.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.
10 fathoms; coral-sand and stone. Lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57°
59' E. 37 fathoms, sand and mud.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 349

GIBBULA PULCHERRIMA A. Ad.

M.C. A superb example.

Forskalia H. & A. Ad. is now entirely submerged in Gibbula
Risso.

GIBBULA (CANTHARIDELLA) PHEDRA Melly.

M.C. Charbar Point. 7 fathoms.

Allied to the Ceylonese G. stoliczkana G. Nevill.

GipBuua (ENIDA) TOWNSENDI Sowb.

M.C. Generally distributed, and locally abundant.

MonInia AsToLENsis Mely., nom. emend.

M.C. Astola I.

By a clerical error this species was described (Mem. Manch.
Soe. vol. xli. No. 7, p. 15) as astrolabensis with locality “ Astrolabe
Island.” We submit that the law of priority does not insist
on the perpetuation of so evident a “ lapsus calami.”

MOonmILEA CALLIFERA Lam.

Var. masoni Nevill.

M.C.

MoniInLEA SWAINSONT A. Ad.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

PRIOTROCHUS SEPULCHRALIS Melv.

P.G. Kais Island. 7-14 fathoms, coral-sand. Gulf of Oman,
Maskat, 10 fathoms. ‘The first examples procured were dredged
in a semi-fossilized condition ; hence the specific name.

I. Karachi.

MrInonia BIANGULOsA A. Ad.

P.G. Henjam Island, 15 fathoms.

Minontia crimacota Mely.

M.C. Charbar.
I. Karachi.

At 7 fathoms, muddy sand. Many very beautiful varieties occur.
MiIno.Lia EUDELI Desh.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

I. Karachi. Angrias Bank (Capt. W. A. Tindall).
MINOLIA GILVOSPLENDENS Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ BE.
37 fathoms, sand and mud.

The type was described (Journ. of Conch. vi. p. 407, pl. ii. fig. 8)
from the Philippine Islands, based upon specimens formerly in the
collection of the late Mr. T. Lombe Taylor.

MINoLIA GRADATA Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, Jask. 2 fathoms, mud.
M.C. Charbar.

350 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

MINoLiA NEDYMA Melv.

' P.G. Off anchor, Bunder-Abbas. Gulf of Oman, Jask,
26 fathoms.
M.C. Charbar.
I, Karachi.

Mrworta (Conorrocuvus) HOLDSWORTHIANA G. & H. Nevill.

Minolia (Conotrochus) holdsworthiana G. & H. Nevill, Journ.
Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1871, p. 3, pl. i. fig. 18.
Minolia variabilis A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 207, pl. xxiii. fig. 10.

P.G. Rishire, Gulf of Oman (W. 7. Blanford), abundantly.
I. Karachi. In mud, 3 to 7 fathoms, rarely.

CALLIOSTOMA FRAGUM Phil. (Zzyphinus Leach).

P.G. Galig Island. At low tide, alive.
M.C. Off Charbar. On rocks at 7 fathoms.
I. Karachi. Rock and sandy mud at 3 fathoms.

CALLIOSTOMA FUNICULARE Melv.

P.G. On cable, lat. 27° N., long. 52° E. Amongst shell-
growth, 30-50 fathoms, mud.

CALLIOSTOMA LAUGIERI Payr.

P.G. No special locality mentioned. The two examples we
have seen are somewhat narrower than the Mediterranean species.
It is hoped that more material will be shortly forthcoming.

CaLLIostoMA PoLycHROMA A. Ad.

P.G. Hindarabi Island.

CaLLIosToMA SscoBinatTuM A. Ad.’
I. Bombay, where it is apparently endemic (Abercrombie).

EucHELUS ASPER Gmel. (Aradasia Gray).

I. Karachi. Found in quantity amongst muddy rocks at low
tide. Bombay to Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D, Olwier).

EucHELUS atratus Gmel.
I. Karachi.

Evcuepus chatHratus H. Ad.
I. Karachi. Rare.

EucuHEeLvus roveotatus A. Ad.
Var. angulatus Pease.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms.
I. Angrias Bank (Capt. W. A. Tindall).

1 ¢. duricastellum Melvill, Mem. Manch. Soc. vol. xlii. pt. 2, p. 26, pl. i.
fig. 14, described from specimens in F. W. Townsend’s collection, was only
obtained by Captain Tindall at Batticaloa, Ceylon, far south of our limit.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 351

EvcHEeLvs HoRRIDUS Phil.
M.C. I. Karachi.

Evcnetus inpicus A. Ad.

I. Bombay. Abundant (Abercrombie). Goa (Lieut.-Col. H. D.
Olwrer).

EUCHELUS PERSICUS v. Mart.

P.G. Bunder-Abbas (17. F. Houssay).

I. Karachi (W. C. Carphin).

Nearly allied to £. atratus Gm.

EvcHetus proximus A. Ad.

I. Karachi. At 5 fathoms, hard muddy sand.

EUCHELUS QUADRICARINATUS Chemn.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Turcica (PerRinia) stertata A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms, alive.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, dead examples only.

Umponium vestiarium L. (Rotella Lam.).

P.G. Bunder-Abbas (M. F. Houssay).

M.C. Abundant.

I. Karachi (W. C. Carphin). Bombay (Abercrombie), in count-
less thousands, possessing all the shades of colour, variety, and
differentiation in marking. Bassein and Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D.
Olivier).

Var. depressa Ad. (sp.).

I. Karachi. Inseparable specifically from the type.

ETHALIA CARNEOLATA Melv.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Is. 10 fathoms, coral-sand. Gulf of
Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms.

ErHatta MinotiIna Melv.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. At 10 fathoms, muddy and
coral-sand. Much rarer than £. carneolata.

JSANDA CRENELLIFERA A. Ad.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

For some information about this species and its allies, cf. Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. pp. 177, 178.

Fam. TURBINIDZ.
PHASIANELLA BLACHISTA Melv., nom. nov.
_ Phasianella minima Melv. P. Malac. Soc. Lond. ii. p. 115, non
Phil.
P.G. Bushire. Off anchor, Bunder-Abbas.

I. Karachi. Abundant, found amongst muddy stones in
shoal-water. Bombay (Abercrombie).

352 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

The name originally propounded is antedated by P. minima
Phil., from the Peruvian coast.

PHASIANELLA VARIEGATA Lam.
M.C. Generally, from 3 to 7 fathoms, mud.

Var. nivosa Reeve (sp.).

M.C. Charbar. Ormara Bay.
I. Karachi.
Usually found from 3 to 7 fathoms, sand and mud. Young
shells abound on dredged alge.

TuRBO CoRONATUS Gmel.

I. Karachi. On rocks at half-tide.
Several interesting embryonic examples occurred, all distinctly
and prominently angled at the periphery.

TURBO INTHRCOSTALIS Menke (= elegans Phil.).
I. Karachi, on rocks at low tide. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TURBO RADIATUS Gmel.

P.G. On coral-reefs that were uncovered at low tide.

M.C. On rocks at low water.

The form 7. chemnitzianus Reeve (sp.) occurs at I., Karachi,
the three transverse spiny ridges on the body-whorl being charac-
teristic. 1. ticaonicus Reeve, a species common farther east, has,
we think on insufficient data, also been recorded from Karachi.

ASTRALIUM STELLATUM Gmel.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

L&PTOTHYRA FILIFERA Desh.
M.C. Charbar beach.

LeprorHyra L&TA Montr.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E.

This may possibly be an undescribed species near the New
Caledonian L. leta, being more finely striate. It is of a fine
uniform pink colour externally.

Leprorayra PinuLA Dunker.

I. Karachi.

Another species may likewise occur, a specimen not quite
referable to either of the preceding species having been recently.
forwarded from the Persian Gulf. This may possibly be identical

with ZL. yemenensis Melv., from Aden (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,
vol. i. p. 201, pl. xii. fig. 7).

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 353

Fam. NERITIDA.
NERITA ALBICILLA L.
J. Karachi. Upon rocks at half-tide. Bombay (Abercrombie) ;
southwards to Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

NERITA CHAMALEON L.

Var. arabica Reeve (sp.).
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Upon rocks at half-tide.

Var. quadricolor Gmel. (sp.).

I. Bombay.

Narita toneit Récluz.

I. Karachi, at half-tide. Recorded likewise from Bombay,
where, however, Mr. A. Abercrombie did not succeed in procuring
it.

NERITA ORYZARUM Récluz.

J. Bombay, very abundant (Abercrombie).

Nerira PLEXA Chemn.

M.C. On rocks at high-water mark, generally distributed ; 1
have also found them above high-water mark, where they could
only possibly be reached by spray (#. W. 7).

J. Karachi.

Nerita (Pina) corysostoma Récluz.

I. Karachi, at half-tide.

Nerita (Opontostoma) pourra L.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie); not reported as yet farther north.

Nerita (HEMINERITA) ANoDONTA Mely.

IT. Karachi (J. O. Twells per G. B. Sowerby).

Neritina (Dosria) CREPIDULARIA Lam.

I. Karachi (var. depressa). Bombay (Abercrombie; Olivier).

Though, properly speaking, an inhabitant of brackish waters, it
is so frequently found on the sea-shore, especially at the mouths of
rivers, that it is not out of place to include it in a list of Marine
Mollusca.

Suborder ii, MONOTOCARDIA.
(a) PTENOGLOSSA.

Fam. [ANTHINIDA.
JANTHINA FRAGILIS Lam.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).
JANTHINA GLOBOSA Swains.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Maskat, particularly large and fine.
I. This is probably the species undifferentiated by Mr. Aber-
crombie, as occurring at Bombay with J. fragilis Lam. (communis

Lam.).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. II, No. XXIII. 23

354 _ MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

RECLUZIA ROLLANDIANA Petit.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie). A rare species.

Fam. ScaLip#,

Scana aLata Sowb. (Scalaria Lam.).

P.G. Galig I., at low tide.

M.C. Charbar.

SCALA CLEMENTINA Grat.

I. Karachi. At 3 to 7 fathoms, amongst loose rocks and
sandy mud.

ScaLa conrusa Sm.

M.C. On the borderland towards J., 10 to 25 miles W. of
Karachi.

ScALA GLABRATA Hinds.

P.G. Gais (or Kais) Island. 14 fathoms.

Near the better-known S. maculosa, Ad. & Rve., from which it
differs in the smooth and continuous lamellae which are never
angled nor uncinate below the sutures.

ScaLA IRREGULARIS Sowb.
M.C. Gwadir. 2 fathoms, hard mud.

ScaLa LAXATA Sowb.

P.G. Gais (or Kais) Island. 14 fathoms, amongst broken
coral, much rarer than S. glabrata which occurred with it.

ScaLA LINEOLATA Sowb.

M.C. Fairly general.

I. Near Karachi. 5 fathoms, muddy sand.

Scata macutosa Ad. & Rve.

P.G. Gais (or Kais) Island. 14 fathoms, amongst broken
coral.

ScaLa PALLASI Sowb.

I. Karachi; no full-grown examples occurring.

ScaLa PRETIOSA Lam.

P.G. No special locality given, at 26 fathoms, mud.

M.C. Fairly general, 3 to 7 fathoms, amongst loose rocks and
muddy sand. At Ormara, a fine dead specimen found measures
im:

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), rare.

ScaLA REPLICATA Sowb.

P.G. Lat. 26° 50' N., long. 52° 50' HE. 29 fathoms, mud,
Off Jask Point. 8 fathoms, mud.

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 305

Socata (CLATHRUS) ACULEATA Sowb.
I. Karachi. 3 fathoms, muddy stones. Common at Bombay.

Socata (CLATHRUS) CLATHRUS L.
M.C. Charbar.

Scaa (CLaTHRUS) GLORIOLA, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 6.)

S. testa ovato-fusiformi, imperforata, tenur, delicata, alba ; anfracti-
bus 9, quorum apicales duo, leves, subpellucidi, ceteris turritis,
apud suturas impressis, lonyitudinaliter arctissime et tenwissime
lamellatis, lamellis papyraceis, fragilibus, undique serrulato-
uneigeris, unculis acutis, paullum incurvis, albis, nitidis, circa
novem ad undecim apud anfractus ultimis lamellas, lamellis ipsis
im eodem anfractu septem et viginti, interstitiis omnium anfrac-
tuum spiraliter quadrato-cancellatis ; apertura rotunda, labro
extus serrulato, uncinato, planato, incrassato ; peristomate fere
continuo.

Long. 8, lat. 3°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 75 fathoms.

One of the most truly exquisite of the genus, renowned though
it already be for forms of surpassing beauty, albeit S. gloriola is but
of small dimensions. But few of its congeners have their lamelle
so thickly disposed nor with such elaboration of sculpture, the
serrulations being regular though extremely fragile and deciduous.
The body-whorl possesses 27 lamella, and each of these, in turn,
from 9 to 11 hooked serruiations. Five minute cancille give a
quadrate appearance to the narrow interstices when viewed with
agood lens. The aperture is round, peristome almost continuous;
outer lip flattened, shining, incrassate, beautifully serrulate
exteriorly.

S. echinicosta d’Orb., from the West Indies, would appear to be
allied, though not very nearly.

Scata (CLATHRUS) MALCOLMENSIS Melly.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira), 24
fathoms.

The winged, expanded lamelle to some extent resemble those of
S. (Opalia) diane Hinds, from Amboyna; but notwithstanding this,
being more comparabie in other particulars with S. (Clathrus)
muricata Risso, from the Mediterranean, it is best, at all events
provisionally, to place it near this last species.

Scata (CLATHRUS) OVALIS Sowb.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Identified with but little doubt, but
worn examples only found.

Socata (CLATHRUS) PHILLIPPINARUM Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Jask, dead examples dredged at
7 fathoms.
23*

356 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Scana (OPALIA) LAMELLOSA Lam.

Scalaria clathrus L. Syst. Nat. xii. 1769, 1237.

M.C. Charbar, and other localities, not infrequent.
Var. pseudoscalaris Brocchi.

I. Karachi. Among seaweed, low-tide mark.
We cannot separate this variety from Brocchi’s Mediterranean
species.

Socata (Opatta) Consors Crosse & Fischer.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Some little doubt attaches to this name, the type being Australian,
but S. perplewa Pease seems identical ; this last is merged by Tryon
(Man. Conch. ix. p. 74) into a variety of S. lamellosa Lam., and
it would be perhaps best to treat S. consors likewise as subspecific
only.

Scata (AM#a) RARICOsTATA Lam.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. From 10 fathoms, coral-sand.
Small, but quite adult, examples.

ScaLa (CIRSOTREMA) CRASSILABRUM Sowb.
M.C. Charbar.

Scata (CIRSOTREMA) FIMBRIOLATA Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. Two off Maskat, 10 fathoms, black mud.
One of these, constituting the most elegant and refined, perhaps,
of all the Mollusca collected by Mr. Townsend, is 52 mm. in length.
The whorls are not nearly so ventricose as in decussata Kien., and
the lamella more delicately fringed.

1. Karachi. Small, and not fully grown.

Scana (CIRSOTREMA) HIDRYMA Melv.
I. Karachi. i
Socata (CIRSOTREMA) KIENERI Tapp.-Canefri.

Scalaria (Cirsotrema) decussata Kien.

I. Angrias Bank (Capt. W. A. Tindall).

Scata (ACRILLA) ACUMINATA Sowb.

I. Karachi, 15 fathoms, very rare. Bombay (Abercrombie),
not infrequent, but fragmentary, in shell-sand.

ScaLa (ACRILLA) MINOR Sowb. _

Scalaria (Acrilla) gracilis A. Ad. non Sowb.

M.C. Charbar, 5 fathoms, mud. In colour of a darker brown
than is typical, lamelle more distant and fewer in number.

I. Karachi, 3 fathoms, among muddy stones.

Scata (CONSTANTIA) STANDENT Melly.
I, Karachi. Also in lat. 18°58’ N., long. 71°45’ E. 40 fathoms,

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THD PERSIAN GULF. 357

Hexista LEProMiITA Mely. & Sykes.

Turritella leptomita Melv. & Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. vol. ii.
[Do Lucille

P.G. Linjah, 34 fathoms.

The extremes seem distinct from ZL. tricarinata Ad. & Rve., but
the species is evidently, though rare, very widely distributed, and
intermediates may, in time, be found to occur.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E. 40 fathoms.

ACLIS ? ATEMELES Melv.

1. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Itseems doubtful whether this species be rightly relegated to
this genus. From the description, it might be nearer allied to
Onoba. Unfortunately, the type having been accidently broken,
the question is not easily cleared up.

Actis caLorropis!,sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.)

A. testa minuta, attenuato-fusiformi, gracili, pellucente, tenut,
nitida; anfractibus 10, quorum duo apicales manullate, vitre,
simplices, ceteris nitidis, levibus, spwralter tornatis, obscure
liratis, apud medium conspicue acuticarinatis, ultimo anfractu
paullulum producto, versus basim spiraliter lirato ; apertura
ovata; labro tenui, ad basim angulato; columella recta, producta.

Long. 3, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman; lat. 24° 05' N., long. 57° 35! E. 205
fathoms.

A very delicate species, vitreous, 10-whorled, delicately spirally
lirate ; the lire distant, few, and conspicuously once acutely keeled
at the centre of each whorl; the last whorl is slightly prolonged ;
mouth ovate, lip thin; columella produced, causing a slight angular
projection at the base of the lip.

ACLIS ENILDA, sp.u. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.)

A. testa pergracili, delicata, subvitrea ; anfractibus 12, quorum
apicales tres, leves, vitrei, cowteris ventricosis, apud suturas
multum impressis, nitidis, undique spiraliter arcte et regulariter
liratis, liris filosis, albidis, pellucentibus ; apertura rotunda ;
labro effuso, tenut ; columella fere recta.

Long. 8, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

A peculiarly refined and exquisite shell, allied in form to A.
loveniana A. Ad. from Japan, but abundantly distinct. It is not
unlike a small Turritella, being twelve-whorled, including three
apical smooth and vitreous, the remaining nine being ventricose,
much impressed at the sutures, uniformly closely spirally lirate, the
lire threaded, subpellucid ; mouth rounded, outer lip thin, effuse;
columella almost straight.

1 «adorpomis, with beautiful keel.

308 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Acuis EoA Melv.

<. Bombay (Abercrombie).
Has likewise occurred at Madras, vide J. of Conch. ix. p. 75.

(6) THNIOGLOSSA.
Sect. i. Platypoda.
Fam. Naticip”.

NATICA ALA PAPILIONIS Ch. (=. teniata Menke).

P.G. Henjam Island. Gulf of Oman: Maskat, 15 fathoms.
Jask, 3-5 fathoms.

M.C. East of Jask, not infrequent.

Natica antont Phil.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. 5 fathoms.

M.C. Between Gwadir and Charbar (Mr. J. O. Twells).

NATICA BURIASENSIS Récluz.
P.G. Bahrein I.

NavICA DILLWYNI Payr.
P.G. Gulf of Oman: Jask beach, at very low tides only.

Natica Euzona Phil.

P.G. Very rarely, on telegraph-cable.
Tryon (Man. Conch. viii. p. 22) considers this a variety of picta

Récluz.

NatIca LINBATA Lam.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie); extending southwards
(Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Natrca Macutosa Lam.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie; Olivier). Karachi; 3-7 fathoms,
muddy sand.

Nartica POoNSONBYI Melly.

P.G. Linjah, 33 fathoms. Maskat, 15 fathoms.
I. Karachi.
Dredged also by Captain Tindall off Ceylon, near Batticaloa.

NATICA PULICARIS Phil.

M.G. Generally 3-7 fathoms, sandy mud.

I. Karachi; adult specimens of a smaller variety. Bombay
(Aberer ombie).

NATICA QUEKErTI Sowb.

P.G. Henjam Island. I. Karachi.
The type is South African.

Natica RUFA Born.
i. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

1901.} MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 359

NATICA STRONGYLA Melv.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. Kais (or Gais) Island. Huindarabi I.
Usually about 7-10 fathoms, on coral-sand bottom. Extends to
the Andamans (Booley).

NATICA TRAILLII Reeve.
P.G. Gulf of Oman: Maskat, 15 fathoms. I. Karachi.

Natioa (HUNATICA) TRANQUILLA, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 5.)

N. testa globosa, nitida, solidiuscula, apud umbilicum albo-callosa,
umbilico angusto, profunde perforato; anfractibus, apicalr incluso,
sex, perlevibus, ventricosulis, apud suturas paullulum eacavatis,
pallide albo-cinereis, obscurissime castaneo-vittatis vel fasciatis,
ultimo anfractu rapide accrescente, omnino levi, fascia centrala
castanea circa regionem wmbilicarem puichre et reqularcter
sagittifera ; apertura ovata, castaneo-tincta ; labro, proecupue
circa columellam, albo-calloso, nitido ; operculo albo, nitido,
centraliter levissimo, fortiter marginato, nucleo centrali.

Alt. 11, diam.13 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms.

This Natica differs from all forms of the protean and widely
distributed NV. marochiensis Gmel., with which Tryon (Man. Conch.
vol. vil. p. 22) has merged nearly thirty so-called species, in its
perfectly smooth surface at the sutures, nor trace of any plications
being visible. Likewise the operculum is peculiar; the strong
marginal ridge not being present in marochiensis, which is com-
pletely smooth throughout. We may add, that we consider the
operculum an important factor in the differentiation of, at allevents,
the typical section of this difficult genus, so many species of which
are very nearly allied.

Narica (NEvERITA) DIDYMA Bolten (V. ampla Phil.).

M.C. Generally distributed.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie), and southwards (Lt.-Col.
H, D, Olivier).

Usually found from low tide to 3 fathoms, mud and hard sand.

Natrioa (MamMa) atBumen L.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ EH. 40 fathoms. A semi-
pellucid variety.

Natica (Mamma) cuminerana Récluz.

P.G. Henjam Island. 10 fathoms, sandy mud.

Mr. Townsend notes as a curious fact that his single specimen,
though alive when dredged, was destitute of an operculum.

Tryon unites this with NV. powisiana Récluz.

Natica (Mamma) Mamita L,

P.G. Gulf of Oman,M askat.

M.C. Occurs generally from low-tide mark to 10 fathoms, on
muddy sand.

The above localities include records for NV. pyriformis Récluz,
which seems hardly even a variety.

I. Bassein. Bombay; common southwards (Lt.-Col. H. D. Oliver).

360 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Natica (MaMiILLA) MELANOSTOMA Ginel.
Var. fibrosa Souleyet.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 24 fathoms, mud.
Var. zanzibarica Récluz.

M.C. No special locality mentioned.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

SIGARETUS CUVIERIANUS Récluz.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

SIGARETUS NERITOIDEUS LL.
i. Karachi.

SIGARETUS PLANULATUS Récluz.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie),

S1gaRETUS (HUNATICINA) FIBULA Rve.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

SIGARETUS (HUNATICINA) PAPILLA Gmel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask.
M.C. Hast of Jask to Charbar.
I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

SIGARETUS (EUNATICINA) PELLUCIDUS Rve.

P.G. Kais Island. 14 fathoms, among broken shells and coral,
sand.

SIGARETUS (HUNATICINA) POMATIELLA Melyv.

Naticina pomatiella Melv. Mem. Manch. Soc. vii. p. 62.

P.G. Linjah, 34 fathoms.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).
Was dredged off Ceylonese coast (Capt. W. A. Tindall).

Fam. TRICHOTROPID&.,

TRICHOTROPIS TOWNSENDI, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 7.)

T. testa parva, imperforata, alba, epidermide fuscata contecta,
triplict setarum serie spirali predita ; anfractibus 44, quorum
apicales 13 nitidi, candidi, perleves, depressi, ceteris arcte
decussato-cancellatis et alveatis, interstitiis quadratulis, ultimo
anfractu usque ad basim alveato, ceeteros magnopere superante ;
apertura subquadrata, alba, tenui, ad basim breviter rostrato,
truncatulo,

Alt. 5, diam. 3°25, sp. maj.

Hab. P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 35’ E., at 205
fathoms, mud ; and lat. 25° 31’ N., long. 57° 14’ E., at 198 fathoms,
mud, Also lat. 25° 14! N., long. 59° 45' E., 80 fathoms.

It is very interesting to announce the discovery of an Arctic
genus,in Indian waters. Though, as seen by the dimensions just
given, it isa small species, 7. townsendi is one of the most re-
markable of the many forms discovered by him whose name it

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 361

aptly now bears. It is four-and-a-half whorled, the apex being
flattened and much depressed. Of the ten or twelve examples we
have examined, two only possess the epidermis ; this is dark fuscous,
covering the whole surface, and emitting a bristle at regular
intervals on the three spiral ribs, viz. at the point of junction
with the cancellations. The shell, when decorticated, is milky-
white, the surface to the base of the last whorl being entirely
cancellate, the interstices deeply alveate. Mouth somewhat square,
outer lip effuse; columella straightened down to the short truncated
rostrum.

The genus is almost wholly Arctic or North Boreal, occurring
in Europe (2. borealis Brod. & Sowb.), this species also having a
wide range in the tar North, where 7’. coronata Gould, T. kroyert
Phil., 7. ensegnis Midd., and the conspicuous 7. bicarinata Brod. &
Sowb., occur, though most of these are local, and restricted in their
habitats. TZ. clathrata A. Ad., comes from New Zealand, and
several N. Japan species have been described, the only ones from
absolutely tropical waters being 7. migrans Dall, from Cuba,
while Mr. Brazier has also described two from N. Australia, 7’. t2-
cartnata and T. gracilenta. These last we have not seen.

Lippistes GRAYI A. Ad. (Separatista, Gray).
M.C. Charbar. Rarely amongst shingle.

LIPPISTES HELICOIDES Mtft.
Separatista chemnitz A. Ad.

1. Karachi, dredged in fine condition.
The position of this genus is not yet quite fixed, but it seems
to have a certain amount of affinity with the Trichotropide.

Fam. VANIKORID&.

VANIKORO CANCELLATA Lam.

P.G. Hindarabi I. Linjah, 33 fathoms.
I. Karachi.

VANIKORO CLATHRATA Récluz.
Var. granulosa Récluz (sp.).

P.G. Hindarabi Island.
Perhaps only a variety of V. cancellata Lam., as we have seen
intermediate forms.

Var. cumingiana Récluz (sp.).
P.G. Jask, on borders of Mekran Coast.

Fam. XENOPHORIDA.

XENOPHORA CORRUGATA Reeve.

P.G. M.C. Sparingly but generally distributed at about
7 fathoms, mud and stones.

362 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

XENOPHORA (ONUSTUS) SOLARIS L.
P.G. M.C., off Cape Monze, in mud, living.

Fam. CAPULIDA.
CRUCIBULUM SCUTELLATUM Gray.
Var. pectinatum Carp. (sp.).
P.G. Gulf of Oman: Maskat, mud, adhering to shells.
Var. violaceum Carp. (sp.).
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).
Var. verrucosum Reeve (sp.).
M.C. Charbar, adhering to the apex of Conus flavidus.
CALYPTRHA EDGARIANA Mely.
P.G. Adhering to shells on telegraph-cable, October 1894.
The type comes from Aden (Shopland), described Ann. N. H.
ser. 7, vol. i. p. 201.
CaLYPTRMA PELLUCIDA Reeve.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Very near sinensis L.
CREPIDULA (SIPHOPATELLA) WALSHI Herm.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie), abundant.
CaLypTR#ZA (TROCHITA) SPINIFERA Gray.
I. Karachi. 3 fathoms, among stones.
CaPuLus Lissus E. Sm.
M.C. Adhering to telegraph-cable, 55 fathoms, mud. Lat,
25° 58’ N., long. 57° 08’ E.
CaPULUS VIOLACEUS Angas.
M.C. Charbar. Dead specimens only, collected amongst
shingle.
AMATHINA TRICOSTATA Gmel.
I. Karachi (Col. Baker).

As explained in Man. Conch. viii. p. 133, this is not the Patella
tricarinata L.

Fam. HIpponycip#&.
MITRULARIA EQUESTRIS L.
P.G. On cable, dead.
Var. layardi Reeve (sp.).
M.C. Ormara Bay. I. Karachi.

Fam. SoLARIID”.
SoLARIUM LAVIGATUM Lam.

P.G. No special locality given.

M.C. Charbar. I. Karachi.

Generally found at from 3 to 7 fathoms, amongst loose rocks
and muddy sand.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 363

SOLARIUM PERSPECTIVUM L.

P.G. Henjam I. 15 fathoms, mud. Remarkably fine.
M.C. Near Charbar. At 5 to 10 fathoms, amongst loose rocks
and muddy sand.

SoLARIUM REGIUM Hanley.

I. A fine single specimen only, dredged at 4 fathoms, Karachi,
amongst loose rocks.

SonaRiuM (Torinia) cH#~atumM Hinds.
P.G. Henjam Island. 10 fathoms, sand.

SouaRium (ToRINIA) CYLINDRACEUM Chemn.

M.C. Charbar. TZ. chemnitzii Kien., from the Layard Coll.
in Brit. Mus., is identical.

SonartuM (ToRINIA) Dorsvosum Hinds.
P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I.
M.C. Charbar. I. Karachi.

Found generally from low-tide mark to 7 fathoms, amongst
muddy rocks and sand.

SoLaRIuM (TORINIA) DELECTABILE Melv.

I. Karachi. Dredged at 7 fathoms, several examples. The
type from. Bombay (Abercrombie).

SoLarium (TortNia) HOMALAXIS Melv.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35° KE. 205
fathoms. Very young examples are smooth, semi-nacreous, thin,
ammonitiform, with large globular protoconch, the sculpture
commences on the third whorl only.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie), found at low tide among
muddy rocks. Lat. 18°58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E., 40 fathoms.

Until specimens quite full-grown are obtained, this must
necessarily be considered a somewhat doubtful species ; the white
colour seems fairly constant and characteristic, its nearest ally being
S. dorsuosum Hinds.

Sortarium (TorINIA) PERSPECTIVIUNCULUM Dillw.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. Perhaps only a variety of the
next.

SonariuM (ToRINIA) VARIEGATUM Gmel.

P.G. Kais Island.
M.C. Charbar. I. Karachi.
Found usually from 3 to 7 fathoms, among sand and stones.

Fam. Lirrorinip2z.

LirroRINA VENTRICOSA Phil.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie, W. T. Blanford), abundant.

364 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Lirrorina (MELARAPHE) scaBRaA L.

Var. carinifera Menke (sp.).
Var. intermedia Phil. (sp.).
Var. newcombi Reeve.

Var. punctata Phil.

Var. pyramidalis G. Nevill.

I. Karachi. Bombay (G. Nevill, var. punctata; Rev. S. B.
Fairbank, W. T. Blanford, var. intermedia; S. B. F., W. T. B.,
var. carinifera and var. pyramidalis).

Intermedia seems the most abundant form.

Lirrorina (MELARAPHE) UNDULATA Gray.

I. Karachi.

TECTARIUS ARMATUS Issel.

P.G. Henjam I.

M.C. Gwadir (W. T. Blanford in G. Nevill).
TECTARIUS NODULOSUS Gmel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask. Rocks at high-water mark.
I. Bombay. Abundant (Abercrombie) (and, under name 7.
trochoides Gray, F. Stoliezka, G. Nevill, W. T. Blanford).

TECTARIUS GRANULARIS Gray (= millegranus Phil.).

P.G. Maskat (W. 7. Blanford). Gulf of Oman, .Jask, with
the preceding.

LACUNA TENUISTRIATA Mely,

P.G. Maskat, 7 fathoms. —

RISELLA (PEASIBLLA) ISSELI Semper.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat (W. 7. Blanford).

Fam. Fossaripz.

Fossarus BICARINATUS A. Ad. (Fossar Adanson).
I. Karachi.

FossaRus FENESTRATUS A. Ad.

P.G. Kais (or Gais) Island. 7 fathoms, coral-sand. Not
perhaps quite typical.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Fossarus suncatus S. Wood.

Fossarus tornatilis Gould.
Fossarus stoliczkanus Nevill.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie, Rev. S. B. Fairbank).
All these probably forms of one variable species.

FOssaRUS TROCHLEARIS A. Ad.

I. Bombay (Stoliczka, W. T. Blanford, G. Nevill, J. Wood-
Mason, A. Abercrombie).

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 365

Fossarvs (CourHovyia) appressus G. Nevill.
P.G. Larah. TumbI.(W. 7. Blanford).

Fossarvs (CourHovuYIA) RETICULATUS A. Ad.
Var. delicatula G. Nevill.
I. Bombay (Rev. S. B. Fairbank).

Fossarus (CourHovyia) soturus G. Nevill.
M.C. Gwadir (W. 7. Blanford).

Fossarus (CoutHovuyia) stytirerinus G. Nevill.
I. Bombay.

Fossarus (CoUrTHOUYIA) SUBRETICULATUS G. Nevill.
P.G. Tumb I. (W. 7. Blanford).
M.C. Gwadir (W. T. B.).

I. Bombay (Rev. S. B. Fairbank).

Fossarus (ConRADIA) ADAMSIANA G. Nevill.
P.G. Gulf of Oman (W. 7. Blanford).

Fossarus (Conrapia) poniaris A. Ad.
Var. minor G. Nevill.

P.G. Tumb I.(W. 7. Blanford).
I. Bombay (Rev. 8S. B. Fairbank ; also A. Aber eee

Fam. Rissom#.

Rissoa (APICULARIA) CHAROPE, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 8.)

R. testa viv rimata, rotundo-ovata, candida, nitida, calcarea;
anfractibus 5, quorum apicales duo leves, albi, ceteris gradatis,
multum apud suturas wnpressis, undique acuticostatis, costes
fere rectis, infra, juata suturas noduliferis, nitidis, ad
ultimum circa sedecim, ad basim continuis, sed obscuris, inde
fortiter spiraliter sulculosis ; apertura rotunda, labro tenw ;
columella tenur, simplice.

Long. 1°75, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35' EB, 205

fathoms.

Similar to the R. wanthias and R. pyrrhias Watson, dredged off
Culebra I., W. Indies, during the ‘ Challenger ’ Expedition. Our
species is, however, a little smaller than either, and possesses more
ribs, which are sharp and more angled at the upper part, the
eranuled spiral row of shining nodules being conspicuous.

Rissoa (APICULARIA) VERSOVERANA Melly.

I, Karachi. Amongst muddy rocks at low tide, common
Bombay (Abercrombie). One of the most characteristic of the
smaller mollusks of that locality.

366 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Rissoa (MANZONIA) PETRONELLA, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 9.)

R. testa minutissima, pagodeformi, solidula, alba ; anfractibus
5-6, quorum apicalis crassus, albo-vitreus, mamillatus, ceteris
crassicostatis, apud suturas multum impressis, costis nodulosis,
prominulis, albis, interstitus planatis; apertura circulari,
peristomate incrassato, continuo.

Long. 2, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A very minute, elegant, white pagoda-shaped species, with
angled nodulous ribs, sutures much impressed, peristome thickened,
continuous, mouth circular. We have provisionally located it in
the subgenus or section Manzonia Brus., of which the European
R. costata Ads. is the type.

Rissoa (ONOBA) DELICATA Phil.
P.G. Bushire.

I. Karachi; also reported from Bombay (Rev. S. D. Fair-
bank), not collected by Abercrombie.

Rissoa (ONoBA) nGREGIA A. Ad.

P.G. Kishm Island. 5 fathoms, mud.
Very beautiful, the whorls delicately longitudinally multi-
plicate.

Rissoa. (ALVANIA) ALVEATA, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 10.)
R. testa ovato-oblonga, solida, albo-calcarea ; anfractibus quinque,
aptalibus duobus levibus, subpellucidis, wmclusis, ceteris tribus
angulatim prominuiis, apud suturas wmpressis, spiraliter
fortiter bi- im ultimis quinquecostatis, undique alveolatis et
decussatis, interstitiis quadratis, profundis ; apertura rotunda ;
labro crasso, albo, eatus crenulato ; columella incrassata, peris-
tomate continuo.
Long. 3, lat. 1°25 mm.
Hab. Angrias Bank, W.S.W. of Bombay (Capt. Tindall).
Also recorded from Quilon, further south, on the Malabar Coast.

A stout, incrassate Alvania, the upper two (or sometimes three)
whorls simple and smoothish, the remainder ruggedly angled,
uniformly cancellate, the interstices being deep and square ; outer
lip very thickened. Of the same character as the W. Indian
A, didyma Watson, or the Australian A. australis Sowb.

Rissoa (Anyanta) rnterFossa Nevill.
I. Indian Coast (G. Nevill).

Rissoa (ALVANIA) MAHIMENSIS Mely.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

In G. Nevill’s ‘ Hand-list of the Mollusca of the Indian
Museum, Calcutta,’ p. 112, an Alvania sp. is marked with a var.
b. robusta Nevill, from Bombay, an unique instance, perhaps, of
the name of a variety being gazetted before that of its type-form.

The nearest ally of this species is R. interfossa Nevill.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 367

RIssoInA AMBIGUA Gould.

I. Bombay. Old record.

Reported from both Aden and Ceylon. There are no typical
specimens in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, from our area (cf.
G. Nevill, Hand-list of Mollusca, Calcutta, 1885, p. 73.) Of the
var. perpusilla Nevill, examples occur from P.G. Henjam I., and
I. Bombay, collected by Mr. W. T. Blanford.

Rissorna Micans A. Ad.

P.G. Tumb I., Kishm IL, and Mutef (W. 7. Blanford in
G. Nevill, Hand-list). Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 23! N., long. 56°
53' E.; also lat. 24° 44’ N., long. 55° 56’ K.- 205 fathoms.

Var. perstriatula Nevill.
P.G. Tumb I. (W. T. Blanford, |. c.).

RIssOINA SCEPTRUM-REGIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIT. fig. 11.)

R. testa subperforata, pergracili, nitida, solida, albescente ; anfrac-
tibus 124, quorum 33 apicales, mamillati, parvi, vitrer, ceteris
nitentibus, levissimis, longitudinaliter recticostatis, costis levibus,
ad suturas impressis, tumidulis, ultimo anfractu infra medium
costis evanidis, deinde ad basim spiraliter sca vel septem lirato ;
apertura rotundo-ovata ; labro ierassato, ad basum paullum
effuso ; columella simplice, nitida.

Long. 9°50, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05' N., long. 57° 35’ E. 205

fathoms.

One of the most interesting of the abyssal species dredged at
over the 100-fathoms line. It is quite unlike any Rissoid known
to us, and there is nothing approaching it in the National Collec-
tion, or depicted in any monograph of the family. From the
figure of R. nevillana Weink., from Hongkong, a rapprochement
is, we fancy, discernible, and for the present, at all events, would
place it among the Hurissoine, near that species.

It is a solid, shining, smooth, hardly perforate, attenuately slender,
whitish cinereous shell, with very faint, almost imperceptible
ochreous tinge below the sutures ; the 33 apical whorls are small,
shining, vitreous, the next rapidly increasing proportionately in
size, and then with but gradual increase to the body-whorl. All
these whorls are longitudinally smoothly costate, the 10 ribs of
the body-whorl vanishing below the middle, which is thence to the
base six or seven times spirally lirate. The mouth is oval; outer
lip thickened, only slightly effuse towards the base; columella
simple, white.

Rissorna (Rissobina) Distans Anton (=canaliculata Schw.).
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Rissorna (RissoLina) PACHYSTOMA Melly.

P.G. Bushire.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).
The few ribs, eight on the body-whorl, and smooth interstices

368 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

between the ribs, the outer lip being extremely incrassate, may
serve to distinguish this species. It has only occurred in small
quantity.

RissoIna (RISsOLINA) PLICATULA Gould.

P.G. Kishm I. (W. 7. Blanford).
I. Bombay. Old record.

Rissorva (Rissonina) pLicara Ad.

Var. berthelote Aud.
Var. scalarina A. Ad.

P.G. Kharg (W. 7. Blanford), Kishm I. (var. bertheloti :

W. T. B.).
I. Karachi. Common.

RissoInaA (RISSOLINA) PSEUDO-SCALARIS, sp. n. (Plate XXII.
fig. 13.)

R. testa minuta, fusiform, solida, nitida, levi, albida ; anfractibus
octo, quorum apicales 34 atienuati, apice ipso brunnco, omnibus
vitreis, ceteris albo-calcareis, longitudinaliter paucicostatis, costis
lamellarum instar, ultumo in anfractu circa undecim, prope ante
basim evanidis, basi sub lente minutissime spiraliter striata ;
apertura rotunda; peristomate scalariformi incrassato continuo,
sub lente striatulo ; columella obliqua.

Long. 3, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 25’ N., long. 57° 59! E. 37

fathoms.

A very minute scalaroid species, solid, shining, with regular
straight lamelliform ribs ; the protoconch extends to three and a
half whorls, is vitreous and smooth, and very attenuate ; aperture
round ; the very delicately striate peristome thickened, continuous.
Allied, but not very nearly, to P. gradata @Orb., a West Indian
species.

Rissoina (Rissotina) Rissor Aud.
I. Karachi.

Rissomna (RissoLina) sUBFUNICULATA G. Nevill.

P.G. Kishm I. (W. 7. Blanford).
M.C. Gwadir(W. 7. Blanford).

Rissorna (PHOSINELLA) CLATHRATA Ad.
P.G. Linjah Anchorage, 5 fathoms. Kishm I. (W. 7. Blan-
ford).
M.C. Gwadtr(W. 7. B.).
I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Rissorna (PHOSINELLA) PASCHALIS, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 12.)
R. testa oblonga, delicata, candida, paullum nitente ; anfractibus
probabihter 7-8, apicalibus... .?, ceteris gradatulis, ad suturas
impressis, omnino arctissime et pulcherrime sub lente canecllatis,

1901.] - MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 369

strtis spiralibus ultimum ad anfractum cerca 15; apertura ovata,
albescente ; peristomate percrasso, nitido.
Long. 4, lat. 1°50 mm.
Hab. Karachi, 7 fathoms.
A beautiful little Rissoina, mainly distinguished by its most
delicate cancellations, its pure white surface, and its roundly-
thickened, but translucent white peristome.

Rissorna (PHOSINELLA) SEGUENZIANA Issel.

P.G. Kharg. Tumb I.(W. 7. Blanford).
I. Bombay (Abercrombie, W. T. B.).

Rissorva (SCHWARTZIELLA) MAINWARINGIANA G. Nevill.
P.G. (Col. G. B. Mainwaring).

Rissomna (SCHWARTZIELLA) TRITICHA Pease.
Var. microstoma Neyill.

P.G. Gulf of Oman (W. 7. Blanford).

Rissomna (ZEBINA) APPLANATA Melv.
I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Rissoina (ZEBINA) orny4A Garrett (=. stoppani Issel).
P.G. TumbI.(W. 7. Blanford).

Rissorna (STOssICHIA) ABNORMIS G. Nevill.

I. Bombay (W. 7. Blanford and J. Wood-Mason).

A Ceylonese species, not apparently trending very far north-
ward. It must be very uncommon at Bombay, as it does not
appear in any recent collections.

RissoinA (PYRAMIDELLOIDES) MIRANDA A. Ad.
Var. bellardi Issel.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask (W. 7. Blanford, Col. Mainwaring).
I. Karachi. Rare at low tide among rocks.
Var. insolita Desh.
I. Bombay (Rev. S. B. Fairbank ; A. Abercrombie).

IRAWADIA TROCHLEARIS Gould.

P.G. Bushire. Gulf of Oman, common in most hauls of the
dredge.

M.C. Charbar Point, Gwadir. Ormara. Astola I.

J. Karachi. Bombay (/. Stolickza, W. T. Blanford, A.

Abercrombie).

Found mostly at muddy rocks at low tide. Often associated
with it is the Oscilla indica Melv., so like it as to suggest a
possible protective resemblance.

FAIRBANKIA BOMBAYANA W. T.. Blanf.

I. Bombay Harbour (Rev. S. B. Fairbank, W. T. B., and
A. Abercrombie).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vol. II. No. XXIV. 24

370 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

FENELLA CERITHINA Phil.

P.G. Bushire. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 23! N., long. 54°
58! B.; also Tawila Bay (W. 7. Blanford in G. Nevill).

I. Karachi. Mostly found amongst rocks and alge at low
tide. Bombay (Abercromhie).

Var. scabra A. Ad. (sp.).
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.
I. Bombay (W. 7. B., G. Nevill).

FENELLA PUPOIDES A. Ad.
P.G. Bushire.
A variety from the Japanese type, being calcareous, and with
only a slight indication of the brown median band.
Var. fusco-apicata G. Nevill (an sp. propr. ?).
I. Bombay (W. 7. Blanford).

Fennrnia RETICULATA A. Ad. (Dunkeria Ad.).
P.G. Henjam I. (W. T. Blanford).

FENELLA TANYSPIRA!, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 14.)

F. testa parva, perlonga, attenuata, castanea ; anfractibus 11, quorum
apicales tres, leeves, albati, ceteris castaneis unicoloribus, apud
suturas multum impressis, ventricosis, longitudinaliter arcte
recticostatis, spiraliter tri-, ultimo anfractu quadriliratis, inter-
stitiis alveatis, liris ad costarum juncturas gemmulatis, costis m
ultimo evanidis ; apertura ovata; peristomate fere continuo, tenur,
castaneo ; columella obliqua.

Long. 4:25, lat. 1°25 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

The great length of the spire will serve to distinguish this from
others of this obscure genus: so obscure indeed that Mr. Geoffrey
Nevill in his ‘ Hand-list,’ p. 113 sqq., enumerates, out of a total
of 26 species, no less than 15 as n. sp. or n. sp.? unnamed. F.
tanyspira will probably be one of these.

FENELLA viRGATA Phil. (Diale sp.).
P.G. Bunder Abbas, off anchor.
M.C. Charbar Point, and elsewhere on the Persian coast.

I. Karachi, very abundant. Found mostly amongst
alge at low tide. The varices are very conspicuous in the Indian
specimens.

ScALIOLA ARENOSA A. Ad.
I. Bombay. Probably common (W. 7. Blanford); also at
_Manora Point, Karachi.

ScALIOLA ELATA Semper.
P.G. Rishire. Linjah. 3} fathoms, with Diale, Fenelle, &e.
in much profusion, and appearing to be a small variety.

1 rdvaos and oveipa, with long spire.

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 371

A small ochraceous Scaliola, much agglutinated, likewise occurs
with the other species ; it may be only a variety, but has a distinct
appearance.

Fam. LITIoPIp2.

Littopa venTRosA A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman.

M.C. Gwadir (W. 7. Blanford), with var. minor n., an sp.
propr. ?

Liriopa (ALABA) BLANFoRDI A. Ad.

I. Bombay (Dr. F. Stoliczka, H. F. Blanford). Not in the
Abercrombie collection.

Liriopa (ALABA) RECTANGULATA Craven.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Litropa (D1aLa) LEITHI Sm.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Probably inhabits brackish water,
with many spp. of Stenothyre and Assiminiee.

Litiopa (Draa) sEMIsTRIATA Phil. (=macula Récluz).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Maskat. 20 fathoms.
I. Bombay (Dr. F. Stoliczka).

Litiopa (Drata) suncirera A. Ad.

_ P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Maskat, with the preceding. Also
recorded by Mr. W. T. Blanford.
I. Bombay (Rev. S. B. Fairbank).

Liriopa (STYLIFERINA) FULVA B. Wats. (Alaba).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Maskat.

he specimens are worn, but both in coloration and sculpture
agree with description and figure (Rep. Challenger Exped. vol. xv.
p. O71, pl. xli. fig. 5).

Littopa (STYLIFERINA) SAVIGNYI Issel.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat (Dr. F. Stoliczka, W. T. Blanford).

ARGYROPEZA ', genus novum.

Testa parva, gracilis, fusiformis, tenuis, nitida vitrefacta, albo-
cinerea vel cinereo-straminea ; anfractus 10, quorum tres apicales,
lacves, par vt, brunner vel straminet, ccetert retain apud suturas
impresst, ventricosi, bicarinati, carine spiraliter arcte et requ-
lariter noduloso-gemmate, ultimus anfractus cceteros excequans,
tricarinatus, carina inferior planatus, deinde ad basim spiraliter
liratus ; apertura ovata; peristoma tenue, sinuatum, paullum
effusum ; columella ad basim subproducta.

1 apyvporeZa, silver-foot, the Homeric epithet of Thetis.
24*

372 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

ARGYROPEZA DIVINA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 3.)

A. teste characteribus uti supra. Long. 6°50, lat. 1°75 mm., sp.

ma).

Hab. Gulf of Oman: lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35’ E. 205
fathoms, mud.

Shell small, fusiform, 10-whorled, three of these being apical,
brown, vitreous, small and smooth; the remainder, much impressed
suturally and ventricose, are glazed with a peculiar silvery lustre,
though by no means nacreous, being uniformly adorned by two
keeled spiral rows of close-set and conspicuously noduled gemme,
the rest of the surface being smooth and shining. Body-whorl
slightly produced, below the two gemmuled carine is a strong spiral
plain keel, and thence to the base several lire or strizw. Mouth
oval, outer lip a little effuse, thin, and with the columella pro-
duced basally. We have not seen the operculum, and, in spite of
the benevolent endeavours of the Rev. Prof. H. M. Gwatkin to
extract the radula, success has not yet been attained in that
respect.

The substance is peculiar, the thin shell being covered with a
porcellanous or vitreous glaze. The basal prolongation of the lip
and the columella recall certain Diale, e.g. D. pagodula A. Ad. from
Australia, which species is embellished with a spiral row of nodules ;
the whole characters, however, appear to us to differ fundamentally
from the one under discussion.

Again, Cerithiopsis sinon Bayle (Pirenclla clathrata A. Ad.), a
solid, fair-sized, elaborately sculptured species, bears a resemblance,
but only superficial, to the Argyropeza; the lip characters are
Cerithioid, and the anterior canal distinct and short.

P. Fischer (Man. de Couch. 1887, p. 697 sqq.) places the recent
genus Vanesia Ad. (type V. rufofasciata), from Manchuria, in
the family Pseudomelaniide, consisting otherwise wholly of extinct
representatives only ; the well-known Eocene Bayania M.-Chalmas
is by him merged into a subgenus only of Pseudomelanca Pict and
Champ. Lovonema Phil., a Paleozoic fossil, is allied, and has the
aperture dilated in front; whorls convex, strictly flexuose. All
the species of this Family were or are marine. JV. rufofasciata
Ad., in the collection of one of us, is melaniform, smooth, excepting
for longitudinal striation in the uppermost whorls, banded thrice
spirally, and does not seem near our species.

Certain Melanie, especially of the Section Melanoides, e. g.
asperata Lam., dactylus Lea, &., seem to possess analogous labial
characteristics ; and our species bears, when highly magnified, so
great a resemblance to these fluviatile Mollusca as to suggest the
possibility of their having a marine representative in the Arabian
Sea; but it would perhaps be best for the present to locate this
species as an outlying form of Cerithiide, or of Litiopide.

About thirty examples were dredged in the above given locality,
all very similar in size, but only a very few showing the complete
characters of the peristome. Immature examples exhibit the
columella fairly straight and sharply projecting.

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 373

Fam. ADEORBID2.
ADEORBIS PLACENS, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 15.)

A. testa depressa, umbilicata, albo-vitrea, tenwissima, minuta ;
anfractibus quatuor, apicali vitreo, nitido, undique concentrice
spiraliter tenuistriatis, apud suturas paullum impresso-excavates,
ultimo rapide accrescente, circa umbilicum nitido, perlevt ;
aperturarotunda ; peristomate viv incrassato, margine columellare
excepto, circa umbilicum triangulatim reflexo.

Alt. 50, diam. 1°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman: lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35' BE. 205

fathoms.

One of the minutest of a genus replete with “ minutiora.”. We
should consider its nearest congener A. clausus Adams, from Japan ;
but this species, besides being less depressed, is more than double
the diameter. Several specimens occurred in the above locality,
and would appear to have attained their full growth. One indeed
bears the round bore-hole, showing its inmate had succumbed to
the attack of a carnivorous enemy.

Var. COMPLANATA, nov.

Testa ut in typo, sed undique planata, nitida, perlevt.

Hab. Persian Gulf: Rishire.

Till more examples are obtained, we prefer considering this a
varietal form. It is possible that it is a nearly allied but separate
species. Upon one of the specimens before us of the type, we
have lately noticed absence of the usual strie round the inner
dorsal surface of the body-whorl.

ADEORBIS VANIKOROIDES Mely.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Fam. CERITHIIDA.
CERITHIUM ADENENSE Sowb.
P.G. Bunder Abbas (M. PF. Houssay).

CERITHIUM BORNII Sowb.
I. Karachi. On rocks at low tide.

CERITHIUM C#RULEUM Sowb.
P.G. Bushire.
I. Karachi, with C. bornii.

CERITHIUM CLYPEOMORUS Jouss.

P.G. Bunder Abbas (M. F. Houssay).
I. Karachi.

CHRITHIUM LEMNISCATUM Quoy.

I. Karachi, along with C. born

374 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

CHRITHIUM MorUS Lam.
I. Karachi. Bombay Harbour (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).
Var. patiens Bayle (=C. rugosum Wood, preoce.). With
the type. A variety ot this occurs as follows :—
P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Jask, at low tide.
CERITHIUM RUBUS Martyn.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CERITHIUM SCABRIDUM Reeve.
Cerithium columna Sowb., var.
P.G. On the telegraph-cable, not common.

CERITHIUM TORRESI Sm.

I. Karachi.
Seemingly identical with a N. Australian form.

CERITHIUM YERBURYI Sm.
I. Karachi. 5 fathoms, among mud and stones.

Ceritaium (CoLina) pineun A. Ad. °
M.C. Charbar, and generally along the coast to Jask.
I. Karachi.
At 5 to 7 fathoms, muddy sand and on rocky bottom, the
var. teniatum Sowb. occurring occasionally with the type.
Described originally from South Africa, a great extension of
range is now presented by this species.

CEeRITHIUM (CoLINA) MAcRosToMA Hinds.

I. Karachi. 1 to 5 fathoms, on shingle.

There are one or two doubtful Coline in the collection, but in
view of the variability of the species it is best not to attempt to
differentiate them at present.

CERITHIUM (VERTAGUS) ATTENUATUM Phil.

M.C. On telegraph-cable, rare.
This is the C. longicaudatum Ad. & Rve.

CERITHIUM (VERTAGUS) FASCIATUM Brug.

Var. martinianum Pfr.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.: Dredged in 10 to 15 fathoms,
muddy sand.

CBRITHIUM (VERTAGUS) KOCHI Phil.

M.C. Charbar Bay. 3 to 7 fathoms, amongst stones in sandy
mud bottom.
Extends to E. Africa.

CERITHIUM (VERTAGUS) OBELISCUS Brug.
I. Karachi. On rocks at low tide. _

1901.] _ MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 375

BITTIUM ATRAMENTARIUM!,n. sp. (Plate XXII. fig. 16.)

B. testa dolioliformi, solidula, castaneo-brunnea vel nagrescente ;
anfractibus undecim, quorum apicales tres, vitrer, parva, delicatis-
sime decussati, ceteris apud suturas impressis, subventricosis,
tribus ordinibus gemmularum arcte spiraliter preditis, gemmulis
nitidis, interstitirs alveatis, gnadratulis, ultimo anfractu quadi-
gemmulato ; apertura quadrato-ovata, labro exteriore tenwi, canalr
brevi ; columella recta.

Long. 4, lat. 150 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A cylindrical, dark chestnut-coloured merging into blacker,
and very small species ; the three apical whorls white, pellucid, and
small, suddenly developing below into seven or eight subventricose
compact whorls, alveolate, regularly gemmulate, with three rows
of transverse shining nodules, the last whorl possessing four;
mouth somewhat square, outer lip thin, canal short, and columella
straight. Several examples, we think mostly adult.

BirriuM TENTHRENOIS Melly.

P.G. Bushire.

Agreeing with the Bombay form in sculpture, but with no trace ~
of the white extremities.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

N.B.—Cerithium mamillatum Risso has been reported from
Bombay. This is synonymic of the well-known European Bitteuwm
reticulatum Da Costa, and its record is no doubt erroneous.

PoTaMIDEs (TYMPANOTONUS) FLUVIATILIS Pot. & Mich.

Tem WO) Ie

According to Mr. Townsend a distinctly marine species, occurring
on muddy sands, both amongst rocks and on mud-flats, at half to
lowest tide. A variety also occurs at Karachi.

PoTamiIpEs (TELESCOPIUM) TELESCOPIUM L.

Telescopium fuscum Schum. .

I. Karachi. On mud-flats only just covered at high tide,
occasionally wandering even beyond tide-mark range. To show
how tenacious of life is this mollusk, some specimens were placed |
in a tin-box containing sand, and at the end of three months,
when taken out, were still alive, and seemed none the worse for
their incarceration, the sand being perfectly dry the whole time
(F. W. T.).

PoTaMIDES (TEREBRALIA) SULCATUS Born.
I. Karachi. On mud-flats, but no live specimens seen.

* Atramentarius, inky, from the colour.

376 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

PoraMipEs (PIRENELLA) Conicvs Blainv.
Var. cinerascens Pallas.

P.G., occasional. Originally described from the Island of Karak
in the Gulf.

Poramipss (PrRENELLA) LAYARDI A. Ad.

Var. bombayanus Sowb. (sp.).
I. Bombay. Both the type and the variety recorded.

Poramipes (CERITHIDEA) RHIZOPERARUM A. Ad.
I. Bombay. On mangrove-roots.

TRIFORIS AcUTUS Kien.
M.C. Charbar.
I, Karachi.
Most abundant and variable in coloration.

TRIFORIS CINGULATUS A. Ad.

P.G. Bushire. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 10 fathoms. On
muddy rocks from low-water to 50 fathoms. Also (in the Gulf)
amongst shell-growth on the telegraph-cable.

TRIFORIS CoRRUGATUS Hinds.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.
TI. Karachi.

TRIFORIS IDONEUS!, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 17.)

T. testa anguste fusiformi, solida, caleareo-alba ; anfractibus forsan
quatuordecim, quorum apicales ... ?, ceteris (undecim) omnino
regulariter spiraliter triseriatis, cancellatis, sutwraliter impressis,
ad juncturas nodulifero-gemmatis, nodulis regularibus, rectis,
ultimo anfractu serie quarta predito ; apertura ovata ; columella
crassa ; canali brevi, paullulum recurvo.

Long. 10, lat. 2°50 mm.

Hab. Linjah Anchorage, 5 fathoms.

This 7'riforis, distinguished by its uniform chalky whiteness and
regular rows of gemmuled cancellations, coarse, uniform, three-
ranked on all the upper whorls, four on the body-whorl, is of a
graceful shape and fairly sized. It is unfortunate that all the
specimens we have examined are without the apical whorls.

TRIFORIS PERVERSUS L.

P.G. Bushire.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

We cannot distinguish the Bushire and Bombay specimens from
the Mediterranean shell. The T'riforides (especially acutus) are
amongst the most plentiful small mollusca dredged at a few fathoms’
depth.

1 Tdoneus, suitable.

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PHRSIAN GULF. 377

CERITHIOPSIS ANGASI Semper (=clathrata Angas).

I. Karachi. Also lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E.
The type is Australian, but we cannot separate it.
CERITHIOPSIS PAGODULUS A. Ad.

I. Karachi. Rocks at low tide. Also from Japan.

CERITHIOPSIS PULCHERRIMA Mely.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CERITHIOPSIS RUBRICINCTA Mely.

I, Karachi. Found at low tide amongst loose rocks, mud, and
alge. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CERITHIOPSIS SYKESII Melly.

I. Karachi. Found with C. rubricincta. Bombay (Aber-
crombie).

CERITHIOPSIS (SEILA) BANDORENSIS Mely.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi. Found at low tide amongst rocks and alge.
Bombay (Abercrombie).
CERITHIOPSIS (SEILA) HINDUORUM Melly.
M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi, especially near Manora, abundant, varying much
in colour from pale to dark brown. (Andaman Isles, Booley.)

Fam. PLANAXIDA.

PLANAXIS BREVICULUS Desh.

Var. tessellata G. Nevill.
P.G. (W. 7. Blanford in G. Nevill).

PLANAXIS LINEATUS Da Costa.

Var. labiosus A. Ad.
I. Karachi.

PLANAXIS NIGER Quoy (=P. similis Sm.).
I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie ; Rev. S. B. Fairbank).

PLANAXIS suLcATUS Born.

P.G. Rishire. Common on rocks at half-tide.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie; Olivier). Abundant in similar
situations.

Var. savignyt Desh. (sp.).
P.G. (W. T. Blanford).
M.0. Often found, though locally, on rocks at low tide.

Var. subnigra G. Nevill.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Hormuz and Maskat (W. 7’. Blanford).

378 | MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Fam. TURRITELLID#.

TURRITELLA BACILLUM Kien.

M.C. Ormara.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Only in juvenile condition. It
is 7’, cerea Reeve.

TURRITELLA CINGULIFERA Sowb.

PG. Linjah, 33 fathoms. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Halss
(Kubbatt Ghazira). Mostly young.

TURRITELLA FULTONI Melv. (Plate X XI. fig. 8.)

P.G. Linjah. Henjam Island; 7-25 fathoms, live, fine speci-’
mens. Gulf of Oman, Jask beach.

M.C. Charbar. Ormara Bay ; 2 fathoms, in sand.

The type, described in 1897 fran the last-mentioned locality on
the Mekran Coast, was only 27 mm. in length, and now, from
Henjam Island, have been brought fine examples nearly 3 inches
long, but with the same characters of pure white coloration and
revolving lire. This species was first found by Mr. W. D. Cumming,
whose specimens are in the British Museum, but till lately
unlabelled.

TURRITELLA TEREBRA LL.
Var. spectrum Reeve (sp.).
P.G. Bunder Abbas (1. F. Houssay).

TURRITELLA (HAUSTATOR) COLUMNARIS Kien.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. 3-10 fathoms.
Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 5-12 fathoms, muddy sand and
stones.

TURRITELLA (HAUSTATOR) MACULATA Rye.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 5-12
fathoms, muddy sand, accompanying the last-named (7. colum-
naris).

TURRITELLA (Hatstator) virtutata Ad. & Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask. 5 fathoms, muddy rocks.

TURRITELLA (TorcULA) ExoneTa L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.
T. cochlea Reeve is synonymic.

TURRITELLA (ZaRIA) DuPLICATA L,
I. Bombay (Abercrombie), plentifully.

MATHILDA GRACILLIMA, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 18.)

M. testa gradato-attenuato, Susiformi, albida, delicata ; anfractibus
8-9, quorum duo apicales vitrei, leves, globosi, ceteris multun

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 379

gradatis, apud suturas canaliculato-impressis, spiraliter tri-
carinatis, carims precipue apud medium binis, conspicuis, acutis,
prominulis, gemmulatis, ultimo anfractu quadricarinato, super-
ficie interstitiali inter carinas principales regqulariter quadrata,
infra suturas excavata ; apertura ovato-quadratula, labro tenui,
angularz ; columella fere recta.

Long. 11, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman: lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E. 37
fathoms, sand and mud bottom.

In form turritelloid, gradate, becoming rapidly attenuate, white,
delicate, 8- or 9-whorled, two of these being apical, globular,
smooth, glassy, the rest thrice (the lowest whorl four times) keeled,
the two lowermost carinze being acute, prominent, conspicuous ;
the interstitial ground between the carine is regularly divided into
quadrate spaces, a small gemma or nodule being present on the
keels at the points of transition. The mouth is squarely oval;
outer lip thin, angled, columella almost straight. A very remark-
able species ; conspicuous for its graceful, attenuate form.

MATHILDA ZMITAMPIS', sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 19.)

M. testa turrita, gracili, fusiformi, delicata, alba ; anfractibus 9,
quorum apicales duo conspicue heterostrophi, mamillati, vitret,
perleves, ceteris apud suturas impressis, deinde supra, juxta
suturas, spiraliter acute bicarinatis et biliratis, undique longi-
tudinaliter arcté costatis, costis acutis, angustis, tenuibus, ad
juncturas lirarum gemmulatis, interstitiis alveatis, quadratulis ;
apertura fere rotunda, alba; labro tenur, extus crenulato; columella
paullum inerassata, alba, nitida ; ultimo anfractu ad basim
spiraliter tornato, fortiter striatulo.

Long. 10, lat. 3°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman: lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 37° 35’ E. 208

fathoms, sand.

We are not satisfied with the present location of Mathilda
Semper (1865) amongst the Turritellide. Dr. P. Fischer (Man. de
Conch. p. 695) styles the genus as possessing the shell of Turritella,
with the embryonic heterostrophe- whorls of the Pyramidellide ; but
in that case we should consider that its alliance would be with the
latter family. Certain of the Odostomice possess the same fenestrate
and alveolate sculpture, Vurbonilla fenestrata Forbes, for example.

The species before us is most elaborately chased and ornamented
with four spiral carine, two being little more than striations or
liree; the two lower bolder, acute, and giving an angled contour
to the whorls. The longitudinal thin cost, crossing these carine
and lire at right angles, form quadrate interstitial divisions. The
whorls are nine, two of which are apical, heterostrophe, and
erystalline. The mouth is roundly oval, outer lip rather thin;
columella white, shining.

' Zmitampis, a precious stone mentioned by Pliny.

380 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Fam. VERMETIDA.
VERMETUS sp.

1. Bombay (Abercroméie). Found cast up from deep-water
amongst shell-sand.

SILIQUARIA sp. Juv.
I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E.; 40 fathoms.

Fam, STROMBID#.
STROMBUS (GALLINULA) DEFORMIS Gray.

M.C. A single dead specimen only dredged, without more exact
record of locality.

STROMBUS (GALLINULA) FUSIFORMIS Sowb.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island, &c. This rare species, queried by
Tryon (Man. de Conch. vii. p. 117) as inhabiting the Red Sea,
seems to be general in the Persian Gulf, being found at from
7 to 10 fathoms in coral-sand bottom. Many varieties occur, one
being pale lemon-yellow. Juvenile examples exhibit strong varices
and transverse striation throughout. In the Gulf of Oman it
occurs near Maskat at 15 fathoms.

StRoMBusS (CANARIUM) FLORIDUS Lam.
M.C. Charbar. On mud-covered rocks at low tide.

STROMBUS (CANARIUM) GIBBERULUS L.

P.G. Maskat, 15 fathoms. Not common in the Gulf, but
one of the most widely-distributed gastropods in the Indo-
Pacific region.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Bassein, southwards (Lt.-Col. H.
D,. Olivier).

STROMBUS (CANARIUM) YERBURYI EH. Sm.

P.G. Kais and Shaikh Shuaib Islands. From 7 to 10 fathoms,
coral-sand. Our examples appear almost intermediate between
typical yerburyt and pulchellus Rve., and suggest these two being
extremes of a variable species.

STROMBUS (CONOMUREX) BELUCHIENSIS’ Melv. (nom. emend.).
(Plate XXI. figs. 13, 15.)

P.G. Linjah. 31 fathoms, December 1900. Maskat (Dr. A. R.
Jayakar).

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, mud and sand.

The more recently-dredged Persian Gulf examples exhibit variety
in colour and marking, though none in form. One example is
banded with pale straw-coloured fasciew, the spaces filled with
delicate zigzag lines; another strongly banded with dark-brown
fascie of varying thickness. The first examples discovered in 1898

1 T described this as belutschiensis, but venture to emend the spelling to
beluchiensis as more in harmony with the dictates of orthography.—J. C. M.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 381

on the Mekran Coast were almost plain. Commdr. E. R. Shopland
has likewise received it recently from Aden, in some variety.

Our two figures are taken from Dr. Jayakar’s specimens in
Mus. Brit.

StromBus (CoNOMUREX) MAURITIANUS Lam.
P.G. In 6 fathoms, sandy mud.
M.C. In 3 to 10 fathoms, and on coral-beds. Mostly var.
cylindricus Swains.
2. coniformis Sowb.
P.G. This noduled form in fine condition, with the type.

PTEROCERA LAMBIS IL.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. On rocks at low tide.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

ROSTELLARIA CURVIROSTRIS Lam.
Var. curta Sowb. (sp.).

M.C. One live example dredged at 7 fathoms, in mud, off
Pusni. Dead specimens not infrequent generally over the whole
area.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Mostly found with a Pagurus sp.
in possession.

RosTELLARIA DELICATULA G. Nevill, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Beng.
1881, p. 262.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 55° 56’ BE. 225
fathoms, mud; all young. In the vicinity of the above sounding
occurred about six fine, well-grown examples, from 200-400 fathoms.
Originally noted from Arakan, in the Bay of Bengal, this species is
probably common in deep water throughout the North-Indian
Ocean.

With reference to the dredging of this species, Mr. Townsend
(in litt.) gives some interesting remarks as to the temperatures
taken of the sea-bottom at various depths in the Gulf of Oman :—

At 205 fathoms 62° Fahr.

OBE meng te
TGs a spy a
425, Dao. 55
5000) oie aoie os
NOR ye) BR.

adding that the Hostellaria was always found at an even tempera-
ture, of about 62° Fahr.

SERAPHS TEREBELLUM Monttf.
Terebellum subulatum Klein.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 9-20 fathoms, on muddy sand.

382 “MESSRS. MELVILLE AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Fam. CYPR#IDA.
CYPR#A ANNULUS L.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Very abundant, and from thence
exported to India as an article of commerce CERES
IT. Karachi. A single dead specimen only occurred (Ff. W. T.).

CYPR#A ARABICA L.
P.G. M.C. Generally common, mostly being found under
rocks at low tide.
I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).
Var. histrio Meusch (sp.).
I. Bombay (Abercrombie), with the type.
Var. reticulata Martyn (sp.).
J. Karachi. Small but well-developed forms; also a large
variety, with the white dorsal patches remarkably distinct and
quadrate.

CYPR#A CARNEOLA L,

P.G. Local, but variable. Found from low-tide mark to
3 fathoms. Remarkably light forms occur at Shaikh Shuaib
Island and Henjam IL., while from Linjah, at 33 fathoms, were
dredged alive dark examples, spirally four-banded with chocolate,
‘and with lilac annulus just beyond the columellar and labial
callosities extending dorsally. These same forms occur from Jask
eastwards.

M.C. Charbar, at 3 fathoms.

Cyprma caurica L.

P.G. Common in shoal-water amongst rocks.

M.C. Very rare, have only dredged four specimens in eight
years (F. W. T.).

Cyprma EROSA L.

P.G. M.C. Not abundant, but widely distributed. Found
usually on muddy sand near rocks, at low water to 7 fathoms.

Cyprma FELINA Gmel.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.
M.C. Rare. Found at half-tide mark, never much below that,
under rocks. :
Var. fabula Kiener (sp.).
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Very finely coloured and large.

CYPREA FIMBRIATA Gmel.
RAGa McC
Generally found, from 5 to 10 fathoms, amongst coral-sand
and alge.
Var. macula Ad. (sp.).
P.G. With the type. Many authors consider this a good
species, but to us it appears to merge into the type insensibly.

Smee

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 383

CYPRHA LAMARCKIL Gray.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CYPRHA LENTIGINOSA Gray.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. 5 to 10 fathoms, coral and stones.

M.C. Locally general.

I. Karachi. Here the finest examples have been dredged,
and also occur at very low tide amongst muddy rocks. Bombay
(Abercrombie). Extends south to Ceylon.

CYPR#A LISTERI Gray.
P.G. Gulf of Oman: Ras El Hadd, near Maskat, very
infrequent.

CYPR#HA MAURITIANA L,

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Obtained from the native boat-
men, who said they had found them on rocks at extreme low tide
(CESWEES)s

Cypr#®a MONETA L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Exported in quantity to India
with C. annulus L., these two so-called species probably being the
extremes of one variable mollusc.

CYPRHA OCELLATA L,

P.G. M.C. I.

Generally diffused, mostly occurring at low tide amongst muddy
stones. The finest specimens occur off Karachi. One example is
particularly noticeable, being, though normal in size and marking,
of a pale lilac-cimereous hue with pink suffusion, resembling
OC. listert Gray.

Var. calophthalma Melv.

One example occurred only of the form with large ocellations.

A pale sub-pellucent form occurred in lat. 18° 58’ N., long.
71° 45’ B., 40 fathoms.

Cypr®a onyx L.

P.G. Adhering to the telegraph-cable from 15 fathoms, mud,
principally at the head of the Gulf.

I. Karachi; sparsely occurring.

CyPR#A PALLIDA Gray.

I. Karachi. At low tide, under muddy rocks.

Variable as regards marking and coloration, the series in this
collection being almost uniquely beautiful, embracing every grada-
tion between plain cinereous and rich brown with large dorsal
maculations. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CypRHA PULCHELLA Swains.

P.G. Gulf of Oman.
Adhering to telegraph-cable, from 50 fathoms, mud. One
variety, very perfect, not exceeding 3 inch longitudinally.

384 _ MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18

CYPRHA PULCHRA Gray.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. Not hitherto found alive in this
region.

Cyprma ovATA Perry, Conch. pl. xxi. fig. 3 (1811).

OCyprea turdus Lam. An. sans Vert. vil. p. 882 (1822).

AG VEC a

Found generally, and at all states of the tide down to
10 fathoms, the quality of the ground making no difference. The
finest examples certainly occur at Karachi, amongst muddy stones
at extreme low-tide mark.

Var. nivea Gray.

M.C. Colourless examples, with almost the aspect of C. eburnea
Barnes.

CYPR#ZA zIczac L.
P.G. Tumb Island. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

Occurs on muddy sand and stones at 7 to 15 fathoms; very
beautiful varieties cccurring, though always rare.’

TRIVIA GLOBOSA Gray.
I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E. 40 fathoms.

TRIVIA SCABRIUSCULA Gray.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet. Dead examples at
24 fathoms, mud. Lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E. 37 fathoms,
sand and mud.

AMPHIPERAS ADAMSI Reeve (Ovula Brug.).
P.G. Linjah. 33 fathoms, mud.

AMPHIPERAS OVOIDEUS H. Ad.

P.G. Linjah. 34 fathoms, mud.
I. Karachi.
These are the first extra-Erythrean records.

AMPHIPERAS PupDIcUS A. Ad.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

AMPHIPERAS PULCHELLUS H. Ad.
I. Karachi.
Perhaps, as suggested by Tryon, a variety of A. punctatus Duclos.

1 [ Cyprea valentia Perry, 1811.
Cyprea princeps Gray, 1824.

This species is termed popularly ‘‘The Brindled Cowry of the Persian Gulf,”
and but six or seven examples alone have been discovered. It is probably an
inhabitant of deep water, and it is doubtful whether its correct habitat is the
one now given. The Persian Gulf proper, into which the great rivers Tigris
and Euphrates (after effecting a junction at Kornah, nearly a hundred miles
from their mouth) flow, is nowhere of very great depth. Far different is the
case, however, as we have clearly shown, with the Gulf of Oman, where
soundings have been obtained of nearly 1500 fathoms. It is here, therefore,
that this rare and beautiful molluse should be searched for.]

1901.} MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF.

AMPHIPERAS PYRIFORMIS Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.
Very near A. nubeculatus Ad. & Rve.

AMPHIPERAS STRIATULUS Sowb.
P.G. Linjah. 33 fathoms, mud.
I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ KE. 40 fathoms.

A. dorsuosus Hinds is probably a variety.

AMPHIPERAS (CYPHOMA) INDICUS Reeve.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

An endemie species, nearly allied to A. obtusus Rve.,
indeed, it is united by Tryon.

AMPHIPERAS (CYPHOMA) TRAILLII A. Ad.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie). In shell-san

AMPHIPERAS (VOLVA) LANCEOLATUS Sowb.
P.G. Tumb Island. 15 fathoms, sand.

AMPHIPERAS (NEOSIMNTA) SPELTA L.

M.C. Charbar. In 3-7 fathoms, sandy mud.
I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

ERATO OLIVARIA Melv.
I. Karachi.

ERATO PELLUCIDA Reeve.

Very fine.

with which,

d.

I. Karachi. 3 to 5 fathoms, amongst loose stones and muddy

sand. Bombay (Abercrombie), among shell-shingle.

Fam. Donimp2.

Doitum DUNKERI Hanley.
M.C. Charbar, not dredged alive. 7 fathoms.

DotiuM GALEA L.

Var. luteostomum Kiister (sp.).
M.C. Charbar beach, only once occurring.

Dotrum MacuLatum Lam.
I. Karachi, muddy rocks. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Dorium oLzEARIUM Brug.
Var. cumingii Hanley.
P.G,. Linjah. 3} fathoms.

Pyruta Ficus Lam. (= P. levigata Reeve).
P.G. Kais Island. 7 fathoms, coral-sand.

M.C. Charbar Bay. I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No. XXV.

25

386 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

PYRULA RETICULATA Lam.

P.G. On cable. 30-50 fathoms, amongst weed and shell-
growth. I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Fam. TRITONIDS.

LovroriuM OLEARIUM (L.) (Zriton Monttt.).

M.C. Amongst loose muddy rocks at low tide. Largest speci-
mens measure 53 in. X 3 in.

Lororium (SrmpuLUM) LaBrosuM (Wood).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

M.C. Charbar Bay.

I. Karachi. 2 to 5 fathoms, loose stones and muddy sand.
Loror1uM (SIMPULUM) AQUATILE (Reeve).
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Lororium (SIMPULUM) PILEARE (L.).

P.G. Mussandam Inlet. 2 to 3 feet of water at low tide.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie ; Olivier).

Lororium (GUYTURNIUM) RETUSUM (Lam.).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms, stones and sandy
mud bottom. Extending past Jask to the Mekran Coast.

Lororium (GUTTURNIUM) TRILINEATUM (Hve.).
P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. 7 fathoms muddy sand.
M.C. Not infrequent.
I. Karachi. On mud-flats at low tide.
LororiuM (GUTTURNIUM) VESPACEUM (Lam.).
P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Is.
M.C. Charbar.
I. Karachi. 3 fathoms, loose stones and muddy sand.
Lororium (EprmRoMvs) BRACTEATUM (Hinds).
I. Karachi.

LororiuM (EPIDROMUS) CEYLONENSE (Sowb.).
P.G. Ras Maidar. 8 fathoms.

Lororrum (Eprpromts) DistortuM (Schub. & Wagn.).
P.G. Linjah. 3} fathoms,

Lotorium (EPrpromvs) TestaceuM (Morch).

M.C. Charbar.

Lotorium (LAGENA) CINGULATUM (Pfr.).

J. Ratnigiri (Abercrombie),

GYRINEUM ALBIVARICOSUM (Reeve) (Ranella Lam.).
IT. Karachi. 20 fathoms, mud.

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 387

GYRINEUM CRUMENA (Lam.).
P.G. 13 fathoms, rock and muddy sand.
M.C. S.E. of Astola Island.
GYRINEUM SPINOSUM (Lam.).
M.C. Dead specimens noticed everywhere along the coast-line.
I. Karachi. Alive, but sparingly, on mud-flats. Bombay
(Abercrombie ; Olwier).
GYRINEUM sUBGRANOSUM (Sowb.).
I. Bombay (Abercrombie ; Olivier).
Gyrineum (LAMPAS) GRANIFERUM (Lam.).
M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, on rocks.
I. Karachi. Amongst muddy rocks at low tide.
GyRiInEUM (LAMPAS) LAMPAS (L.).
P.G. Dredged at 7 fathoms.
I. Karachi. At very low tide on muddy rocks.
(GYRINEUM (LAMPAS) RANELLOIDES (Rve.).
I. Karachi.

GYRINEUM (ARGOBUCCINUM) ANCEPS (Lam.).
T. Karachi.

GyYRINEUM (ARGOBUCCINUM) BITUBERCULARE (Rve.).
P.G. On telegraph-cable. 40 fathoms.

GyRinnvM (ARGOBUCCINUM) PUSILLUM (Brod.).
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

M.C. Charbar. 12 fathoms.

GYRINEUM (ARGOBUCCINUM) TUBERCULATUM (Brod.).

P.G. M.C. L., Karachi; widely distributed on muddy banks
at low tide. Bombay (Abercrombie).

DISTORSIO CANCELLINUS Roissy.
Var. decipiens Reeve.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Sect. 11. Heteropoda.
Fam. PreRoTRACH EID.
CaRINARIA Sp.
P.G. Gulf of Oman. Only an apical fragment.

Fam. ATLANTID#,
ATLANTA PERONIT Less.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. From 37-500 fathoms, with the above.
None taken living.

388 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

(c) GYMNOGLOSSA.

Fam. EuLIMIDA.

Evutima acicuna Gould.
M.C. Charbar.

EULIMA aucuR Angas.
M.C. Among shingle, dead.

Eutma cuminer A. Ad.
I. Karachi.

EULIMA DENS-COLUBRI Melly.
Bombay (Abercrombie).
EULIMA EPIPHANES Mely.

P.G. Maskat. Linjah anchorage, 5 fathoms. Kishm Island,

5 fathoms, soft mud.
I. Lat, 18'58° N., long. 71° 45’ E. 40 fathoms.

Evia GENTILOMIANA Issel.
B.G:) Gulf of (Oman); Jats) 26°10 N.) lone.) 52°) 2070R)
32 fathoms. Maskat, 15 fathoms.
M.C. Charbar.
-I. Karachi. Occasionally found amongst rocks and alge at
low water.

Kutma Martinit A. Ad.
P.G. Henjam Island. 7 to 12 fathoms, sandy mud.

Evurima nitiputa A. Ad.
P.G. Gulf of ‘Oman; lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 35° E.
205 fathoms, mud.

EULIMA SHOPLANDI Melv.

P.G. Kishm Island. 6 fathoms.
I. Karachi.
Described originally from Aden.

EULIMA STYLIFEROIDES, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 20.)

E. testa polita, subpellucida, albo-lactea, versus apicem multum
attenuata, plerumque incurva vel intorta ; anfractibus 10-12,
mtidissimis, subventricosis, apud suturas paullum impressis,
utrinque linea suturali pellucente preditis, anfractu ultimo lato,
obliquato, ad perypheriam subangulato ; apertura mediocri, labro
apud basim crassiusculo, albo, nitido ; columella paullum /pro-
ducta.

Long. 6, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Karachi. 5 fathoms.

Seven or eight full-grown examples of a distinct form in a

genus where, perhaps, too much similarity already prevails. It

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 389

possesses kinship, especially, with 4. solida Sowb. and inflewa
Pease, from both of which it can be differentiated by its delicate
translucent substance and smaller size. From £. australasiaca
M. & S8., recently described from the Torres Straits, it differs in
greater attenuation and rapidly contracting spire. It much
exceeds in size ZH. latipes Wats., and is broader in convolution of
body-whorl than any varieties of 4. gentilomiana Issel and
E. shoplandi Mely., both of which occur in the same seas. The
specific term chosen indicates its Stylifer-like appearance.

Euuima (Liosrraca) arapica Issel.

P.G. Bushire. Found amongst mud at anchor. Gulf of Oman,
lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 55' E.; 205 fathoms.

Eviima (Liosrraca) srvirrata H. & A. Ad.

P.G. Bushire. Kishm Island; 5 fathoms, soft mud. Gulf
of Oman, lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 55’ H.; 205 fathoms, mud.

A pure white albino form, agreeing precisely in other details,
occurs with the type at this latter locality.

Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Kurima (Liostraca) untiinnata Ad. & Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. A dark clearly-banded form.
I. Karachi. A pale variety.

Evra (APIcALiA) cf. HOLDSwoRTHI A. Ad.

I. Karachi.

Only in juvenile condition, and therefore almost impossible to
determine with certainty.

Niso veNosa Sowb.*

P.G. Bahrein Isles.

M.C. Charbar. I. Karachi.

Mostly found from low-tide mark down to 10 fathoms, on
sandy mud or sand, frequent.

Var. pura, nov.

Somewhat broader, and often with the longitudinal varices
wanting, uncoloured. A deep-water form.

P.G. Gulf of Oman; lat. 24° 5’ N., tong. 57° 35 E. 205
fathoms, mud.

Linjah. 34 fathoms.

Fam. PYRAMIDELLID®.

PYRAMIDELLA DOLABRATA L., var. TEREBELLOIDES A. Ad.

M.C. Charbar. In 3 to 5 fathoms, sand.
I. Karachi; lat. 26° 55’ N., long. 57° 59 E. 37 fathoms.

1 Niso pyramidelloides G. & H. Nevill (Journ. As. Soc. Beng, vol. xl. pt. ii.
p. 5, pl. i. fig. 14, 1871), is undoubtedly near this species, but considerably
smaller, It is reported from the ‘‘ Persian Coast” by Nevill (¢. ¢. vol. xliy.
pt. ii. p. 103) as having been collected by Mr. W. T. Blanford.

390 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

PYRAMIDELLA MacuLosa Lam. (=P. acus Gmel.).

P.G. Off Shaikh Shuaib Island. In 7 fathoms ; mud, sand, and
stones. I. Karachi.

PYRAMIDELLA PULCHELLA A. Ad.

P.G. Kishm Island. In 6 fathoms, mud.

M.C. Charbar. I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Considered a Syrnola by some authors, but there exist two
columellar plications.

PYRAMIDELLA (LoncHz&US) suncaTa A. Ad.

P.G. Maskat. In 10 to 15 fathoms, loose stones and muddy
sand.

PYRAMIDELLA (OTOPLEURA) MITRALIS A. Ad.

P.G. Kais Island. In 5 to 10 fathoms, coral-sand.
M.C. Charbar. Dead specimens.

PYRAMIDELLA (OTOPLEURA) PROPINQUA A. Ad.
PG) MC! ak.) Karachi:

SYRNOLA BRUNNEA A. Ad.
I Karachi, rare.

SYRNOLA CINCTELLA A. Ad.

P.G. Kishm Island. In 6 fathoms, mud.
M.C. Charbar. I. Karachi.

SyYRNOLA ELEGANS A. Ad.

M.C. Charbar.
I. Karachi. Dredged amongst muddy sand and shingle, 7
fathoms.

SYRNOLA KARACHIENSIS Melly.
M.C. Charbar.
I. Karachi. Amongst weed and mud on rocks at low tide.

SYRNOLA MEKRANICA, sp. n. (Plate XXIT. fig. 21.)

S. testa gracillima, nitida, levissima, attenuata, candida ; anfracti-
bus 114, quorum 13 apicales, heterostrophi, globulares, crystallini,
ceteris ad suturas subimpressis, vie ventricosis, perlevibus, supra
suturas spiraliter anguste unifilosis, filo rufo, interdum ad
medium internis lineis lacters accinctis, ultemo ad medium, simul
ac versus basim, bifiloso ; apertura ovata, peristomate fere continuo;
columella wncrassata, alba, obliqua, fortiter wuniplicata.

Long. 7, lat. 1°75 mm.

Hab. Charbar. 7 fathoms.

Allied to S. subulina Ad., from Japan, but considerably larger.
It is a graceful species, narrow, attenuate, shining, 11 to 12-
whorled, the protoconch heterostrophe, vitreous, globular ; the rest
of the whorls smooth, hardly ventricose, once spirally rufous-
threaded or banded, just above the sutures, on the last whorl there

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 391

being two such spiral threads, one in the middle, the other towards
the base. The peristome is quite or almost continuous, columella
white, strongly one-plaited.

This species differs, also, from all forms of the somewhat protean
S. cinctella Ad. in its slight ventricosity and more elegant attenu-
ations of whorl, the body-whorl, especially, being broader in the
commoner species.

SYRNOLA METRIA Mely.

P.G. Bushire.
I. Karachi. At low tide amongst mud, weeds, and loose
rocks.
Very near some large forms of Odostomia, this species has, so
far, been found but very rarely.

Oscinia InpDIcA Melly.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Karachi.

The commoner species of the two Oscille, found in the same
localities, but always distinguished by its oblongo-fusiform shape.

Reported from Aden by Commander Shopland.

Oscrina ToRNATA (A. Ad. inedit.) Melyv.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Karachi. Amongst muddy rocks
at low tide.

AMATHIS FILIA Melv.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Rare always ; in shell-sand.

ELUsA BRUNNEOMACULATA Melly.
P.G. Dredged in 5 fathoms, mud and sand. Gulf of Oman:
Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira), 24 fathoms.
M.C. Charbar, a few specimens only.
I. Karachi, also rare.
This is a remarkably isolated form.
ELusA STRIGILLATA A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.
I. Karachi. Amongst stones and mud at very low tides.

Erusa supunata A. Ad.

I. Lat. 18° 58' N., long. 71° 45' E. 40 fathoms.

An interesting shell, with narrow caudate apical whorls. Type
Japanese.

MorMULA MACANDREWI A. Ad.

P.G. Lat. 45°55 N., long 57° 59’ E. in Gulf of Oman.

M.C. Charbar. On rocks at 7 fathoms.

A very delicate species, peculiar for its numerous varices and
golden hue.

Mormuta rissorma A. Ad.
M.C.

392 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

ACTEOPYRAMIS FULVA Gray (Monoptygma Lea).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie) ; Karachi. Amongst dredged shingle;
dead specimens only, but very fine. The four uppermost whorls
are uniformly white, contrasting strongly with the darkly-coloured
lower ones.

ARCTHOPYRAMIS GAVISA Melv. (Myonza A. Ad.),
Il. Bombay (Abercrombie).

ACTHOPYRAMIS GRANULATA A. Ad,

I. Karachi.
ACT HOPYRAMIS PSYCHE Melv.
I. Karachi.

ACTZOPYRAMIS SPEcIosA A. Ad.
P.G. Linjah Anchorage.

MvMioua EPENTROMA Mely.

Rissoina epentroma Melv. Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. ii. p. 110, pl. 8.
fig. 23.

I. Karachi; mud-covered recks at low tide. Bombay (Aber-
crombie).

The generic position we have, after much consideration, decided
to assign to this very interesting small species, is merely tentative.
Mr. Townsend’s Karachi individuals are in finer condition than
the Bombay types, which were collected in shell-sand, and the
apices were therefore fractured. _ Now the examination of perfect
specimens not only discloses an heterostrophe mamillate proto-
conch, but, though the facies be rissoid—a not infrequent cireum-
stance in this family—and the outer lip thickened, with the
columella simple, yet the texture of the shell is much like a
Pyrgulina, e. g. edgartt or interstriata; and we have no doubt a
step is now being taken in the right direction, even though the
position may very possibly again be changed.

Mumiona sprrata A. Ad.

P.G. Bushire. M.C. Charbar. Gwadir, Ormara.
I. Karachi.

TURBONILLA ABERCROMBIE! Melly.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TURBONILLA BASILICA Melv.

P.G. Lat. 27° 52’, in 40 fathoms, on telegraph-cable. Kishm
Island, in 6 fathoms, mud. Bushire.

TURBONILLA CANDIDA Folin.

P.G. Kishm Island. 6 fathoms, soft mud.

I. Karachi. Amongst rocks covered at low tide with muddy
sand and weeds.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 393

TURBONILLA (PYRGOSTELIS) CHARBARENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXII.
fig. 22.)

T. testa aciculata, lete rufa, delicata; anfractibus 12, quorum
apicales duo vitrei, levissimi, heterostrophi, ceteris arcte longt-
tudinaliter costatis, costis levibus, interstittis spiraliter sulculosis,
apertura ovata ; labro, simul ac columella, simpler.

Long. 6, lat. 1°50 mm.

Hab. Charbar, Mekran Coast, 7-10 fathoms.

Of the same character as the European 7. rufa Phil., but smaller,
and the ribs are continuous beyond the periphery in our species,
not evanescent as in rufa. Whorls 11 or 12, the two apical being
glassy, vitreous, sinistral, the remainder closely longitudinally
ribbed, ribs smooth, interstitially spirally striate. Hight examples
were dredged, all precisely similar.

TURBONILLA EMILIZ Mely.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TURBONILLA LINJAICA sp.n. (Plate XXIT. fig. 23.)

T. testa delicatissima, angusta, aciculata, pergracili, omnino rufa,
vel rarius rufo-albescente ; anfractibus 9-10, quorum apicales
duo, heterostrophi, via pellucidi, rufi vel albi, ceteris subventri-
cosis, arcte longitudinaliter recticostatis, costis in penultimo ad
viginti, acutis, nitidis, interstitiis pulcherrime et arctissime
spiraliter striatis ; peristomate continuo, tenui ; columella rufa,
paullum obliqua.

Long. 4, lat. *75 mm.

Hab. Linjah, Persian Gulf. 32 fathoms, sand. December 1900.

Very distinct, though so minute; being usually entirely rufous,
though some examples are almost white, with rufous tinge alone
on the body-whorl. It is one of the smallest Turbonille yet
described, and remarkably graceful in contour. The ribs are nearly
straight, acute, crowded, the spaces intervening being seen, with a
lens, to be exquisitely closely striatulate; mouth ovate; peristome
continuous. It bears no close resemblance to any other Eastern
species known to us.

TURBONILLA MANOR Melv.
I. Karachi.

TURBONILLA SORORIA Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, 250 tathoms.

Lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 35' E. 205 fathoms, sand and mud: a
var. more slender and flattened than the type.

I. Karachi, rare. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TURBONILLA STEGASTRIS*, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 24.)

T. testa gracili, attenuata, alba ; anfractibus novem, apicali vitreo,
mamillato, heterostropho, ceteris longitudinaliter arcti-costatis,

gréyaorpis, a weaver.

394 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

im ultimo anfractu (circa triginta et octo) numerosissimis, in
penultimo viginti-sex, angustis, rectis, undique spiraliter arctis-
sime intertextis et filostriatis, supra, jucta suturas wuilineatis,
linea rufa; apertura ovata; peristomate fere continuo, incrassato,
margine columellart simplici.

Long. 11, lat. 2°50 mm., spec. maj.

Long. 8, lat. 2 mm., spec. min.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Gais (or Kais) Island.

I. Karachi.

A graceful shell, with many fine longitudinal riblets, spirally, as
it were, interwoven with cross-threads ; just above the sutures
there is one rufous thin spiral line. The whorls, inclusive of the
heterostrophe apical, are nine in number. ‘The larger example,
which we take as our type, came from Kais Island.

TURBONILLA TEMPLARIS Mely.
I. Karachi.

TURBONILLA TENUICOSTA Issel.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, 250 fathoms. Many examples, but
few adult. These show the plice evanescent on the broad body-

whorl, the chief characteristic of Issel’s species, and we think they
are identical.

TURBONILLA TEREBRINA Melvy.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, 250 fathoms.
I. Karachi, amongst muddy rocks at low tide.

TURBONILLA VELAINE Tryon.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, 250 fathoms.
It is the Turbonilla scalaris Vélain non Phil.

EULIMELLA KAISENSIS Melv.

P.G. Near Fao, Bushire. Kishm Island. 6 fathoms, mud.
Linjah, 33 fathoms. The type from Kais Island.

Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35’ E. 205 fathoms.
Mostly in juvenile, semipellucent condition.

I. Lat. 18°58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E. 40 fathoms, fine.

CINGULINA ARCHIMEDEA Melvy.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CINGULINA ISSELI Tryon.

Kulimella cingulata Issel, Conch. Mare Rosso, p. 182, 1869.
P.G. Henjam Island.
M.C. Charbar, most abundant.
I. Karachi, Manora Point. Found on muddy weed-
covered rocks at low water.
This species requires more study. It is protean in character, and
it is possible that two species are at present here blended together.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 395

CincuLiIna spina Crosse & Fisch.
I. Karachi. Much rarer than the last.

ODOSTOMIA ANTELTA Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 55° 56’ EK. 225
fathoms, mud.

I. Karachi, very rare. Bombay (Abercrombie).

ODOSTOMIA CARINATA H. Ad.

P.G. Bushire.
I. Karachi, off mud at anchorage.

ODOSTOMIA EUTROPIA Mely.

P.G. Bushire; lat. 26° 23’ N., long. 54° 53’ KE. 250 fathoms.
M.C. Charbar.
I. Karachi, on mud in 25 fathoms.
Very near to two of Adams’s Japanese species, O. subangulata
and O. tenera, especially as concerns the body-whorl and carination,
but differing in the shape of the mouth.

ODOSTOMIA LITIOPINA, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 1.)

O. testa parva, subrimata, levi, tenui, semipellucida, cornea; an-—
fractibus 43, quorum 13 apicales, leves, nigrescentes, cceteris ad
suturas gradatulis, ventricosis, ultimo oblongo, tumidulo; apertura
ovata, labro ten ; columella haud incrassata, uniplicata.

Long. 2, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman. Lat. 25° 24' N., long. 57° 27’ H.; at 241
fathoms. Also lat. 25°31! N., long. 57° 14’ H.; 198 fathoms, mud.

A very minute and somewhat obscure species. It appears to
have nearly attained its full growth, though the peristome is still
thin. ‘Theprotoconch does not seem heterostrophe, though slightly
involved; the whorls are tumid, thin, olivaceous; mouth oval;
columella once-plaited. It is superficially not unlike a Liteopa,
whence the specific name.

OposToMIA MAJOR, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 2.)

O. testa oblonga, levi, nitida, alba, apud apicem paullum attenu-
ata; anfractibus novem, aprcali levi, vitrea, heterostropho, cateris
planatis, infra suturas zona subpellucida interna decoratis,
ultimo anfractu obscurissime sub lente spiraliter albostriato ;
apertura paullum effusa, ovata, intus striata; labro continuo,
tenuis columella fortiter implicata.

Long. 6, lat. 2 mm,

Hab. I. Karachi. 3 fathoms.

Not so frequent as O. eutropia Melv., which occurs in the same
locality. It is amongst the largest of the genus, and also distin-
cuished by its oblong, attenuately fusiform shape, perfect smooth-
ness, and aperture slightly effuse, striate within, three apical striz
showing semipellucently through on the body-whorl. There are
no signs of peripherial carination.

396 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON ‘June 18,

ODOSTOMIA SYRNOLOIDES Melv.

P.G. Gulfof Oman. Lat. 24° 49' N., long. 55° 56’ E; 225
fathoms, mud and sand. Lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E.; 37
fathoms, mud and sand. Lat. 26° 35’ N., long. 54° 31’ E.; also
lat. 24° 05' N., long. 57° 35’ E.; 205 fathoms, mud.

I. Karachi.

Opostomia (PyrGuULINA) caLLista Melv.

P.G. Kishm Island, in 5 fathoms.

M.C. Charbar. At low tide amongst mud and weed on loose
rocks ; much finer specimens than types from Bombay.

I. Karachi and Bombay (Abercrombie).

Its nearest ally is P. celata Ads., a much larger shell in all its
parts.

Opostomi1a (PyreutINa) casta A. Ad.

I. Karachi. Amongst mud, weed, and loose stones at low tide.

Opostomi1a (PYRGULINA) EDGARII Melv.

I. Karachi. Amongst mud, weed, and loose stones at low tide.
~ Bombay (Abercrombie).
Allied to P. consobrina Ad.

ODosToMIA (PYRGULINA) EPENTROMIDEA Mely. (Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 94).

P.G. Bushire; lat. 26° 23' N., long. 54° 53’ HE. Kishm
Island, in 5 fathoms, soft mud.

Near O. brenda A. Ad., from Japan, but differing in form of
aperture and body-whorl.

Oposromia (PyRGULINA) GLycisMA Mely.
P.G. Bushire. I. Karachi.

OposToMia (PYRGULINA) INTERSTRIATA Sowb.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).
Larger than P. edgarti, A New Caledonian species, with
wide range.

ODosToMIA (PYRGULINA) PYRGOMELLA Mely.

I. Karachi, on rocks at low tide, very rare. Bombay (Aber-
crombie).

OpostoMia (Mrraupa) piappMa A. Ad.

I. Karachi, 7 fathoms.

OposToMIA (MiRaLDA) mAtima Mely.
P.G. Bushire. 1. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Opostomia (MIRALDA) OPEPHORA Mely.
M.C. Charbar. I. Karachi.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 397

(qd) RHACHIOGLOSSA.
Fam. Muricrip#.

Murex MALABaricus Sm. Ann. Nat. Hist. [6] xiv. p. 162, pl. 3.
1nyegs Ie

M.C. Young specimens in very perfect condition, adhering to
the telegraph-cable, 10-30 fathoms, mud.

I. On Eastern Telegraph Co.’s cable, 125 m. W.S.W. of
Bombay. 45 fathoms; and lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45' E., 40

fathoms.
This species was discovered by Dr. Alcock, F.R.S., and the late

Prof. J. Wood-Mason during the survey of the s.s. ‘ Investigator’
off the Malabar Coast, lat. 11° 05’ 43” N., long. 78° 04’ 08” E., in
35 fathoms; so its range is now extended considerably to the
north and north-west.

MUREX TENUISPINA Lam.
I. Karachi. 20-30 fathoms, mud.

Morex TERNISPINA Lam.
P.G. Jask, probably locally extending over the Mekran Coast.

Murex trisurvs L.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Morex (Cutcorgvs) apustus Lam.
I. Kolaba Point, Bombay (Abercrombie). Kolaba (or Colaba)
Point and southwards (Lt.-Col. H. D, Olivier).

Murex (CHICOREUS) AXIcoRNIS Lam.
P.G. Several adhering to telegraph-cable, 40-50 fathoms, mud.
Henjam Island.

Murex (CHICOREUS) BANKSII Sowb.

P.G. S. of Shaikh Shuaib Island. Only once dredged at
7 fathoms, coral and sand

Murex (Cuicornvs) MAuRus Brod.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Morex (CHIcoREUS) MICROPHYLLUS Lam.

I. Karachi.
We have this also from Ceylon. The locality “Panama” given
in certain text-books seems untrustworthy.

Murex (CHICOREUS) SPECTRUM Rye.
P.G. Henjam Island.

Murex (PHyitonorus) crrrosus Hinds.
M.C. Probably between Jask and Charbar. A remarkably
beautiful example, with incurved spines.

398 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Murex (PHYLLONoTUS) RUSTICUS Rve.

M.C. Occasionally on telegraph-cable. We have also received
this from the Andaman Is. (Booley).

Murex (PHyLtonorvs) TURBINATUS Lam. (=spinosus A. Ad.).

P.G. Found from low tide on coral-reefs to 10 fathoms’ depth.

Dredged specimens occur amongst coral, loose stones, and muddy
sand.

I. Karachi.

Morex (HomaLacanTHA) nora Sowb.

P.G. §S.W. coast of Shaikh Shuaib Island. 7 fathoms, loose
coral and muddy sand. ‘Two or three examples of a variety, white,
with violet tinge, on telegraph-cable at 45 fathoms.

This is M. anatomicus Perry, 1811, which name has priority.

Murex (OcINEBRA) BOMBAYANUS Melly.

I. Karachi. From low-tide mark to 5 fathoms, amongst loose
rock and muddy sand. Bombay and Ratnagiri, abundant (Aber-
crombie, Herford, and W. 7. Blanford). Near Goa and Panjim
(Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

The Indian analogue of M. cristatus Brocchi, from the Mediter-
ranean.

Movrex (OcINEBRA) CycLostoma Sowb.

P.G. S.E. of Shaikh Shuaib I. 7 fathoms, coral, loose stones.
and sand. Rare.

Murex (OCINEBRA) FLEXIROSTRIS Melv.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat ; 15 fathoms, local.

Lat. 24° 55' N., long. 57° 54’ E.; 37 fathoms, sand and mud.

One specimen, juvenile, light chestnut in colour, with the canal
barely flexuose.

Morex (OcrinEBRA) PHOLIDoTUS B. Wats.

P.G. Henjam I.; 12 fathoms, mud and stone bottom. Gulf
of Oman, Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira) ; 20 fathoms.

Dr. Boog Watson described this species (Rep. Voy. ‘ Challenger,’
xv. p. 158, pl. x. fig. 3), collected at Flinders Passage, Cape York,
from worn types ; hence the figure is uncharacteristic.

Murex (Ocrypra) serorinus A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maleolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira); on
telegraph-cable, 30-40 fathoms. Not quite typical.

UROSALPINX ConTRACTA Rye.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie), typical. Goa and Panjim (Lt.-Col.
Hl, D, Oluvier).
Var. calcarea Dkr.
P.G. M.C. From half-tide mark to 50 fathoms, common.
Deep-water specimens occur mainly amongst shell-growth on the

telegraph-cable, and are always much smaller than those found
between tide-marks.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 399

UROSALPINX INNOTABILIS Sm.
P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island, scarce.

RapANA BULBOSA Soland.

P.G. Adhering in all stages of growth to the covering of
telegraph-cable, 10-35 fathoms.

LATIAXIS DIADEMA Sowb.

P.G. Occurs locally amongst shell-growth on telegraph-cable,
50 fathoms, mud. This, one of the most beautiful of all Mollusca,
was only obtained on one occasion, in 1887, by Mr. Townsend, but
fortunately many examples were secured.

Purpura persica L.

M.C. Under rocks generally, often in clusters of twenty to a
hundred individuals.

PuRPURA RUDOLPHI Chemn.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie ; Olivier).

Purpura (THALESSA) BUFO Lam.

I. Karachi. Very abundant amongst rocks at half-tide to low-
water mark (/. W. 7). Some specimens are unusually developed ;
in one the spire being entirely concealed by a thick coating of
enamel (W. C. Carphin). Near Goa and Panjim (Lt.-Col. H. D.
Olivier). Bombay (Abercrombie).

Purpura (THALESSA) HIPPOCASTANUM Lam.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Purpura (THALESSA) ECHINULATA Lam.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

PuRPURA (THALESSA) MANCINBLLA Lam.
I. Karachi. At half-tide mark, on rocks, Black Fort reef.

PurpPuRA (STRAMONITA) BLANFORDI Melv.
M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms.

I. Karachi (W. 7. Blanford in Mus. Brit.). Bombay,
Ratnagiri (Abercrombie, Herford, § Blanford). Near Goa and
Panjim (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

PourRPURA (STRAMONITA) RUSTICA Lam.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask beach.

PurpurA (PoLyrRopa) sacetLumM Ch. (= Cuma rugosa Born).
M.C. Charbar.
I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie), on muddy rocks at low
tide. Goa and Panjim (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).
JOPAS SERTUM Brug.
Var. francolina Brug.
M.C. Charbar. On muddy banks at low tide, but rarely.

400 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

VEXILLA VEXILLUM Lam.
M.C. Charbar beach.

CUMA CARINIFERA (Lam.).

I. Karachi. Rocks at low-water mark. Fine examples recently
collected measure 2 inches in length (W. C. Carphin). Near Goa
and Panjim (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

SISTRUM ANAXARES Duclos.

P.G. Henjam Island, 7-25 fathoms, mud. Mussandam, on
rocks.

SISTRUM CHRYSOSTOMA Desh.
P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island.

SIsTRUM CONCATENATUM Lam.
I. Karachi.

SISTRUM KONKANENSE Melv.
I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie, W. T. Blanford).

SIsTRUM MARGARITICOLUM Brod.

M.C. Rare.
Fora remark about this species, vide Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

Xxvii. p. 163.
SISTRUM OCHROSTOMA Blv.
MCS hare. quel: Karachi.
Var. heptagonale Rve. (sp.).
M.C. With the type.
SISTRUM SIDEREUM Rve.
I. Karachi.

SIstRUM SUBNODULOSUM Melvy.
I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie, Herford).}

SISTRUM TUBERCULATUM Blv.

M.C.
I. Karachi, amongst rocks at low tide. Bombay, common

(Abercrombie ; Olivier).
SisrruM unpDAaTuM Chemn. (= Purpura muricina Blake).
I. Karachi.
SisTRUM XUTHEDRA Melv.
I. Karachi. Ratnagiri (Abercrombie).

Fam. CoRALLIOPHILID&.

CORALLIOPHILA JEFFREYSIL Sm.

M.C. Charbar Point, 5 to 7 fathoms. '
I. Karachi Harbour. Bombay (Abercrombze).

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 401

CoRALLIOPHILA PERSICA Mely.
P.G. On the telegraph-cable, 20-30 fathoms.

CoORALLIOPHILA RUBROCOCCINEA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.)

C. testa perforata, ovato-fusiformi, versus apicem attenuata, undique
aspera, squamulosa, rubescente vel cinerea, salmonea vel sordide
alba; anfractibus novem, apicalibus duobus inclusis, pellucidis,
ceteris ventricosis, longitudinaliter crassicostatis, costis anfractus
ultemi novem, spiraliter arcte omnino, cum interstitiis, squamu=
latis; apertura pyriformi, vn typo intus viride rubescenti-coccinea
vel miniata, imterdum pallida vel cinerascente, labro tenui,
paullum effuso, apud basim atienuato; columella paullum
excavata.

Long. 23, lat. 12°50 mm. :

Hab. Persian Gulf: Shaikh Shuaib Island; Linjah, at 25

fathoms.

A very beautiful form: with no very near ally in the genus.
Whorls nine, ventricose, impressed at the sutures, the protoconch
vitreous, coloured (in the type) as the body of the shell, and
centrally noduled, the remainder of the whorls are uniformly thickly
longitudinally ribbed, spirally closely costulate, with scaly strie ;
the interstices likewise scaly. Mouth pear-shaped, deep crimson-
red (in the type), outer lip effuse, thin ; columella slightly excavate.

Fam. CoLUMBELLID 2.

CoLUMBELLA Fuscata Ad.
I. Bombay (f. W.7.). Not occurring in the Abercrombie list.

COLUMBELLA PARDALINA Lam.

M.C. Charbar, on mud-covered rocks.
I. Karachi.

CoLUMBELLA PROPINQUANS Sm.

P.G. Linjah, 34 fathoms (Dec. 1900).
I. Karachi.

CoLUMBELLA VERSICOLOR Sowb.
M.C. Charbar. Amongst shingle, finely marked.

CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) AGNESIANA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII.
fig. 3.)

C. testa nitida, eleganter fusiform, perlevi, attenuata ; anfractibus
9-10, quorum apical parvo, mamillato, ceteris levibus, albis,
castaneo-reticulatis et maculatis, ultimo anfractu prolongato,
fortater infra medium ad basim spiraliter sulculoso; apertura

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1901, Vol. Il. No. XX VI. 26

402 MESSRS. MELVILT AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

oblonga, labro eatus levi, incrassato, intus 8-9-denticulato, denti-
culis albis vel (rarius) sanguineo-tinctis ; columella flexuosa, alba
vel sanguinea ; canal paullum recurvo.

Long. 9, lat. 2°50 mm.

Hab. P.G. Bushire. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.
M.C. Charbar. Sandy mud, 5 fathoms.

An elegant species which, in Mr. Pace’s opinion, is distinct from
all described, though near to C. pudica Braz. from the Torres Straits.
From this it would seem to differ in size, number of whorls, peri-
stome, though similar in disposition of markings and general form.
One Charbar example possesses the periostracum, thin, semitrans-
parent, sericeous, and olivaceous in colour.

ConuMBEELA (MitRELLA) ALIZONA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 5.)

C. testa levi, ovato-fusiformi, infra medium anfractus ultimi
conspicue sulculosa ad basim, solida, straminea, plus minus
castaneo-maculata vel fascrata ; anfractebus octo, quorum tres
apicales vitrer, leves, ceteris via veniricosis, levissimis, ultimo
ceteros magnitudine superante (7 mm.), tumidulo ; apertura
obliqua, oblonga, intus pallide violacea vel albescente, labro intus
circu quingue-denticulato ; columella quadri- vel quinque-tuber-
culata, nitida, paullulum incrassata ; canali lato.

Long. 11:25, lat. 450 mm,

Hab. P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island; Bushire; also dredged
lat. 27° N., long. 52° B., and 26° N., 57° E., on the telegraph-
cable.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E., 40 fathoms.

Variable only in disposition of marking and pattern; the shell
being uniformly smooth, body-whorl tumid, the remainder hardly
ventricose ; apical whorls three, vitreous. Occasionally, as in the
specimens dredged at lat. 27° from the cable, they are wholly
brown or chestnut-coloured, with hardly any discernible pattern ;
and again, as in the Bushire examples, beautifully tessellate, having
on the body-whorl rounded spiral, regularly-arranged clear spaces
beneath the sutures, and a well-defined central fascia below.

Mr. Pace considers this quite distinct from C. (Mitrella) dunkert
Tryon (=varians Dukr. preoce.). Upon carefully comparing it with
authentic specimens of this latter, to which it is certainly nearly
allied, we note, first, that C’. alizone possesses 8 as against 7 whorls,
that the body-whorl is bolder and more tumid, that the disposition
of marking is not so variable, C. dunkert being either lineated,
longitudinally linear-striped, or transversely dotted, and reticulate’;
and, lastly, the mouth-processes and denticulations are stronger and
better defined. The species, in fact, is larger and more solid in
every way. We dedicate this interesting form to Miss Alizon
Townsend, daughter of its discoverer.

1 Some examples also being almost unicolorous lilac or salmon-coloured.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 403

CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) ASTOLENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIII.
fig. 4.)

C. testa levissima, nitida, anguste fusiform, subpellucente ; anfracti-
bus octo, apicali obtuso, ceteris nequaquam ventricosis, stramineis,
infra, jucta suturas, albo et castaneo pellucide teniatis et fasciatis,
aliter (in typo) unicoloribus, in varietate undique castaneo obscure
reticulata, tenia hic absente, illic obscure videnda, ultimo anfractu
infra medium ad basim leniter spiraliter sulculoso ; apertura
ovata, labro perlevi, nitido, incrassato, intus 8-9-denticulato,
albido; columella nitida, simplic, canali lato.

Long. 7, lat. 2 min.

Hab. M.C. Astola Island, 3 fathoms, sand. Charbar.

C. lincolnensis Reeve, from 8. Australia, is considered by Mr. Pace
the nearest ally to this species. It is, however, nearly twice the
size, and though in one variety it assimilates in its markings to
our type, it is nevertheless far more variable in its range of pattern.
We have some examples which also exhibit a complete network of
chestnut reticulations, as in our variety above noticed. Apart
from the extreme difference in habitat, and the absence of any
known intermediates, we, with Mr. Pace, consider ©. astolensis
should take rank as a good species, though we are bound to admit
the difference in size just mentioned—12 mm. against 7 mm.—
furnishes the chief argument for its separation.

CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) BLANDA Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E.
30 fathoms, sand and mud.

M.C. Occasionally near Gwadir and Ormara.

I. Karachi. Not uncommonly from half-tide mark to
10 fathoms.
Var. candidans, nov.

Forma ut in typo, sed omnino albida, nitida.

I. Karachi. An interesting immaculate form.

CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) CARTWRIGHTI Mely.

P.G. Bahrein (Capt. Cartwright). Usually found at 7 fathoms;
muddy sand bottom.

CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) DoRI® Issel.

P.G. Bunder-Bouchir (Bushire) (M/. F. Houssay). According to
Tryon, a var. of C. mindoroensis Rve. A doubtful specimen in
Townsend’s collection.

CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) EUTERPE Melly.

I. Karachi, abundant. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) FLAVILINEA Melly.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).
CoLtumBaiia (Mirretua) MaRqunsa Gask.

1. Bombay (Abercrombie).
26%

404 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

CotumMBELLA (MirrEnta) Nomapica’, sp. n. (Plate XXI.
fig. 7.)

C. testa fusiformt, oblonga, robusta, perlevi, parum nitida, solida ;
anfractibus 8-9, quorum apicales tres leves, parvi, uni-
colores, ceteris albis, nigro-brunneo arcte reticulatis, interstitis
rotundis, infra, juata suturas hic allie permagnis, conspicuis,
anfractu ultimo versus basim sprraliter suleuloso ; apertura
oblonga, labro extus crassiusculo, intus denticulato ; columella
simplicr,

Lat. 8, long. 3 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

With a considerable resemblance to C. cribraria Lam. of the
New World, this species is somewhat larger and coarser in detail ;
it is a particularly handsome form, and now that it has been
differentiated will be probably considered very distinct.

CoLUMBELLA (M1TrRELLA) ZEBRA Gray (= miser Sowb.).

P.G. Linjah.

M.C. Not infrequent, under stones at low water.

Mr. Pace writes: “ A very elate and pale form of the species
known usually as C. miser Sowb., agreeing perfectly with the type
of C. elata Reeve ; but the latter is recorded, perhaps erroneously,
to come from California.”

CoLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) RUGULOSA Sowb.
I. Karachi.

CoLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) TERPSICHORE Leathes.
M.C. Often on mud-covered rocks at low tide.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Mr. Pace notes on a specimen of gigantic dimensions (prob.
C. miser) from Mekran Coast, that it “‘in some respects approaches
C’. terpsichore Leathes.” Here we see the frequent. futility of
subgeneric distinctions ; in the text-books the three nearly allied
Columbelle are at present placed in three subgenera, viz. :—

C. (Atilia) elata Reeve.
C. (Mitrella) miser Sowb.
C. (Anachis) terpsichore Leathes.

CoLUMBELLA (ATILIA) ALBINODULOSA Gask.

M.C. Local.

This was at first referred to C. nivosa Reeve, the body-whorl
being slightly nodulous and the brown maculation more intense.

CoLUMBELLA (ATILIA) COMPRESSA Gask.

I. Karachi. An Erythrean species.

CoLUMBELLA (ATILIA) CONSPERSA Gask.

P.G., I. No precise localities ; also dredged off Ceylon (W. A.
Tindall).—Mr. 8. Pace deems this synonymous with, at all events,

1 nomadica, from the likeness in marking to the “dows voudduca,” or
Guinea-fowl.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 405

the Andamanese ©. puella Sowb. Under this latter name we have
from Mr. Townsend beautiful examples from the Mekran Coast.

CoLUMBELLA (SEMINELLA) aTOMELLA Duclos.

I. Seems to be the Bombay species, cast up in thousands below
Malabar Hill and elsewhere in shell-sand. It differs from the
species described below as C. melitoma in being longer, slightly larger,

with straightened whorls; ribs thick, smooth; coloration more
uniform.

CoLUMBELLA (SEMINELLA) MELITOMA', sp. n. (Plate XXIII.
fig. 5.)

C. testa minuta, ovato-obesa, subpellucda ; anfractibus sex, quorum
tres apicales leves, albo-lactet, ceteris turritis, ventricosulis, ad
suturas impressis, undique longitudinaliter costatis, costis crassis,
rectis, ad ultimum circa quatuordecim, flavo-pellucidis, nitrdis,
levissimis, supra juxta suturas, spiraliter albo-teniatis, sceepe
infra medium anfractus ultimi versus basim cancellatis, lirrs
spiralibus delicatis, ad juncturas costarum minutissime gemmu-
latis, ad basim fortiter sulculosis ; apertura angusta, labro flavo,
levi, incrassato, intus denticulato ; columella flava, simplict, fere
recta.

Long. 3°25, lat. 1:50 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A common species at the above-named locality. It is perfectly
distinct from all forms of C. selasphora described in this paper ;
and, seemingly, the whorls are more ventricose than in Q. atomella
Ducl., which is the Bombay species, according to our present
determinations. It is true C. atomella does not appear to have
been perfectly described, and accordingly some element of doubt
attaches to it. The present species (C. melitoma) differs in, as Just
said, its ventricose whorls, thick ribs, smooth, excepting where
crossed by slender lire towards the base of the budy-whorl, and
golden-yellow colour. ‘The opaque white spiral band just below
the sutures is likewise characteristic.

CoLUMBELLA (SEMINELLA) PHAULA’, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 6.)
C. testa minuta, attenuato-fusiformi, tenui, sordide straninea vel

fusca ; anfractibus 5, quorum apicales duo scepe nigro-fusci,
undique longitudinaliter crassicostatis, costis in ultimo anfractu
ad duodecim, interstitiis levibus, planatis, ultimo anfractu ad
basim sulco-lirato ; apertura angusta, labro levi, interdum
purpureo-suffuso, intus planato ; columella simplici.

Long. 2, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

This very minute species, doubtless nearly allied to C. melitoma
and others of this group, is much the smallest of the Karachi
species, and the ribs are thicker in proportion to the size of the
shell. There is no trace of spiral liration, nor has the lip any
denticles on the inner surface. The form is also more attenuate
and exiguous.

1 wedirwpa, a honey-cake, from the golden colour.
* gadXos, insignificant.

406 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

_ COLUMBELLA (SEMINELLA) SELASPHORA’, sp.n. (Plate XXIII.
fig. 7.)

C. minuta, ovata, plerumque obesula, solidiuscula, cinereo-straminea,
flammis fulgetrinis rufo-fuscis pulchre dispositis; anfractibus 6-7,
quorum aprcales tres globulosi, vitrer, cwteris regulariter costis
longitudinalibus, levibus, rectis, decoratis, ultima anfractus ad
tredecim, interdum supra basim evanidis, interdum, sed rarius,
dorsaliter undique levibus ; apertura anguste oblonga, labro
paullum incrassato, levi, intus paucidenticulato ; columella nitida,
semplict.

Long. 3, lat. 14 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

According to Mr. 8. Pace, this species has hitherto been con-
founded with C. troglodytes Souv., from New Caledonia, or C. ornata
Pease. It is by the former name that we have for years labelled
it in our collections. There are, dispersed over the tropics of both
hemispheres, about a dozen or more closely-allied species of Semi-
nelle, mostly gregarious, and collected in handfuls where they
occur, and which only acute systematic research can hope to
successtully differentiate. This species is principally conspicuous
for its smooth longitudinal ribs, with no revolving lines, the ribs
themselves being often obsolete on the last whorl, wholly or, at
all events, in part. The beautiful zigzag painting, like lightning-
flashes, is also characteristic.

CoLUMBELLA (SEMINELLA) TOWNSENDI, sp. n. (Plate XXIII.
fig. 8.)

C. testa minuta, ovata vel obesula, brunnea vel castanea, vel
stramimea, solida ; anfractibus 6-7, quorum apicales 14 albo-
lactei, ceteris ad suturas unpressis, subturritis, longitudinaliter
crassiostatis, undique spiraliter liratis, liris ad guneturas
costarum gemmulatis, nitidis, interdum ad medium anfractus
ultame absentibus aut partim evanidis; apertura anguste oblonga,
labro incrassato, intus denticulato ; columella recta, simplict, haud
multum wmerassta.

Long. 3°50, lat. 1°50 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A variable and locally abundant species, at first thought to be
identical with C. ostreicola Sowb., or its ally C. nigricans Sowb. ;
both these being species of the New World. In the opinion of
Mr. Pace it is suificiently distinct from both these, and from
C.atrata Gould, to need a cognomen and description. There appear
two varieties: one, the typical, uniformly thickly ribbed, chestnut
or brown unicolorous, crossed by revolving lire entirely over the
surface ; while the other is spirally banded with darker brown, just
where the lire are present, they becoming either partially or
entirely obsolete in the centre of the body-whorl, and in this
instance a central light fascia is exhibited.

1 cédas, lightning ; ¢épw, I bear.

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 407

N.B.—The whole of our material has been carefully examined by
Mr. S. Pace, with whom this difficult genus has been long the
special subject of careful study; and we have in almost every
instance followed his opinion. It is mainly by his recommendation
that we have ventured to describe certain small, plentiful, but
obscure forms, as they have been, perhaps, too hastily considered
till now identical with certain forms of the Western Hemisphere,
e. g., atrata Gould, ostreicola Sowb., diminuta C. B. Ad., troglodytes
Souv., and ornata Pease.

ZESOPUS URANIA, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 9.)

AK. testa attenuata, fusrformi, angusta, nitida, brunnea, versus
apricem albescente ; anfractibus 6-7, apicalibus tribus levissimis,
vitrers, ceteris obscure sed arcte spiraliter striatis, lete brunneis ;
apertura angusta, oblonga, labro paullulum expanso ; columella
obliqua, versus basim truncata.

Varietas albens, nov.
Testa omnino albata, aliter uti supra.
Long. 6°50, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Mekran Coast, in two or three localities, local ; the variety
rarer, found in company with the type.

A highly interesting mollusc. Judging from the shell alone, it
might be considered a Columbella, Euryta, Thala, or even Olivella
allied to O. nympha Ad.& Ang. In consultation with Mr. Stephen
Pace, we decided to allocate it to the genus Hsopus Gould, allied
to Columbella, and characterized by its author as possessing a
fusiform shell, broadly truncate posteriorly, aperture linear, with
posterior callus (this, we may say, does not appear present to
any great degree in our specimens) ; columella smooth, vitreous.

The colour typically is uniformly chestnut or darker brown,
fading into white towards the apex—the variety albens being, as
aforesaid, wholly colourless; perhaps, as Mr. Pace opines, a bleached
state only. The last two or three whorls are to a great extent
vitreous. Aperture narrow ; columella basally truncate, and
oblique ; outer lip inclined to slight effusion. The whole surface
of the whorls is closely, but obscurely spirally striate. Mr. Pace
adds that he considers Truncaria australis Ang. has aftinity
with it.

Fam. Nassip2.

BULLIA (PSEUDOSTROMBUS) CHROPLASTA Mely.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, sandy mud, abundant.

This species might stand as the type of a new subgenus, the
character of the longitudinal cost being distinct from that ob-
taining in any other member of the group.

Buia (PSEUDOSTROMBUS) CUMINGIANA Oliy.

P.G. Galig L., at low tide, exhibiting much variation in colour.
Some are pale stramineous, ashy only towards the apex, others
banded with dark cinereous on a pale ground.

408 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Bunii1a (PseuposTRomBts) InDUSICA Melly.

I. Karachi. Only two specimens, neither quite adult, occurred,
both now in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.).

But1ia (PspUDOSTROMBUS) KURRACHENSIS Angas.

M.C. “Found in Nov. 1896, off the Hajamra mouth of R.
Indus, in hard muddy sand, during a very low tide. Theire pre-
sence was indicated by a certain slight unevenness of the surface,
and small air-holes. The only other specimens previously obtained
came from 3-7 fathoms, on soft black bottom, and also hard mud,
but no adults have ever been dredged.” (F. W. T.)

BULLIA (PSEUDOSTROMBUS) LINEOLATA Wood (=belangerz Kien.).
M.C. Common along the coast of Baluchistan.
I. Karachi. An abundant species usually occurring from

2-5 fathoms, on hard, muddy sand-bottom. Bombay (Abercrombie).
Near Goa (Zt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

BuLiIA (PSEUDOSTROMBUS) MALABARICA Hanley.

M.C. On clean sand at low-water mark on two or three points
of the Baluchistan coast.

I. “During November and December 1895, large numbers in
many varieties of colour, and all stages of growth, appeared on the
Manora beach. Not seeming to have any holes to retreat into like
B. persica Sm., they moved about a good deal, and when stationary
remained only just below the sand-surface. After the end of
January 1896, not a single specimen was to be seen, and up to the
present time (November) they have not reappeared at Manora.”
(F.W.T.) Mentioned by Abercrombie as occurring at Bombay.
Three colour varieties occur: pale stramineous merging into
white, livid grey, and grey banded with stramineous centrally.

Buw1a (PSEUDOSTROMBUS) MAURITIANA Gray.

M.C. Dead examples only, and those but rarely.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie), rare.

Buux1a (PsevpostRoMBUS) NITIDA Sowb.

M.C. Charbar, Gwadir, and other places. 2-7 fathoms, on
clean sand.

I. Karachi, occasionally hauled up in some abundance,
with Cingulina, Odostomic, &e.

BuLiia (PSEUDOSTROMBUS) PERSICA Sm.

M.C. “Common on the western shores of Baluchistan on clean,
hard sand at low tides. Upon being approached the animal takes
refuge in holes in the sand, burrowing to a considerable depth,
and thus eluding capture. This species varies much in colour,
from yellow, or livid purple, to almost white.” (f. W. 7.)

BULLIA (PSEUDOSTROMBUS) TAHEITENSIS Gmel.

P.G. M.C. From Bushire to Charbar dead shells are often
observable on the shore.

J. Karachi, a few living at 4 fathoms.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THH PERSIAN GULF. 409

Buia (Psevpostromets) virrava L.
M.C. Charbar Point.

NASSA ARCULARIA L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.
M.C. Generally distributed on the coast of Baluchistan at from
10-20 fathoms, mostly muddy sand-bottom.

Nassa coronata L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira). 25
fathoms, muddy sand.

Nassa Puta L.

P.G. On Cable, 24 fathoms, muddy sand-bottom.

M.C. Charbar Point, at low tide.

I. Karachi.
Nassa (ARCULARIA) LEPTOSPIRA A. Ad.
I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, on hard sandy mud.

Nassa (ARCULARIA) OBOCKENSIS Jouss. (=zailensis Sowb.).

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. Linjah, 33 fathoms.
I. Karachi.

This species has been found to extend to the Andamans (Booley).

Nassa (ARCULARIA) PERSICA v. Mart.

P.G. and M.C. From half-tide to low-water mark on every
variety of bottom.

Nassa (ARCULARIA) THERSITES Brug.

Var. bimaculosa A. Ad.

P.G. Galig Island.
I. Bombay, and Ratnagiri (Abercrombie), the typical form
only.

Nassa (ALEOTRYON) BABYLONICA S. Wats.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E.; 37
fathoms, sand and mud. Also lat. 25° 14’ N., long. 59° 45’ E.;
80 fathoms.

I. Karachi. Rare at 7 fathoms. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71°
45' E.; 40 fathoms.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) OzLATA A. Ad.

I. Karachi. 3 fathoms, loose stones and muddy sand.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) COLLATICIA’, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 10.)
N. testa mediocri, ovata vel oblongo-ovata, solida, alba, subnitente ;
anfractibus 8, quorum apicales tres subpellucidi, leves, ad medium
sub lente delicate spwraliter unicarinati, ceteris turritis, infra
suturas spiraliter uniplicatis, ad costas nodulosis, in typo cas-
taneo-tinctis, undique longitudinaliter oblique paucicostatis, costis

1 collaticius, gregarious.

410 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

acutis, ultimumad anfractum circa duodeam, interstitris spiraliter
argute sulcatis ; apertura ovata, labro incrassato, intus denticu-
lato, margine columellari supra uninoduloso, infra versus basim
tridenticulato ; canali brevissimo.

Long. 8°25, lat. 4 mm., sp. may.

Hab. Lat. 25° N., long. 63° E. 25 fathoms.

Several examples, many in subfossil condition. This seems a
distinct form, to which we have not discovered a near ally. It may
be distinguished by its ovate form, whorls slightly turreted, smooth
protoconch, the next apical whorls being vitreous, once transversely
carinate, the remainder of the whorls acutely longitudinally ribbed,
ribs smooth, shining, the interstices being spirally suleated with
sharp, narrow furrows. The mouth is oval, outer lip denticulate
within, the columella also being nodulous above, and thence den-
ticulate near the base.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) ELUGANS Kien.

P.G. 24 fathoms, sandy mud.
M.C. Specimens all juvenile, but very finely and characteristially
marked; dredged at 10 fathoms.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) BRANHA’, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 11.)

N. testa ovata, compressa, versus apicem attenuato-turrita, solida,
castaneo-fulva ; anfractibus octo, quorum apicales tres vitret,
delicatissime infra medium unicarinati, ceteris ad suturas im-
pressis, arcte crassicostatis, costis infra, juata suturas, uni- vel
bi-nodulosis, liris spiralibus obscuris vel, interdum, omnino
evanidis ; apertura rotundo-ovata, intus fulvescente; labro albo,
incrassato, nitido, intus paucidenticulato; columella supra
denticulis binis, infra tribus predita, alba, nitida; canali
lato, brevi.

Long. 12, lat. 6 mim.

Hab. Persian Gulf (no precise locality).

Allied to NV. befaria Baird. An obese species, pale fulvous
brown, attenuate towards the apex; apical whorls three, once-
carinate, otherwise quite smooth and vitreous, the remaining
whorls hardly ventricose, closely stoutly ribbed longitudinally, just
below the sutures they are spirally once or twice noduled, the
remaining spiral lines are often almost obsolete but occasionally
present throughout. Mouth round; outer lip thickened, white,
with few denticles within; the columella possessing a callous
nodule above, and being also denticled or rarely noduled basally ;
canal broad, short.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) HIRTA Kien.
I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, gravel.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) IDYLLIA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 12.)

N. testa ovata, spira paullum attenuata, solida, straminea ; anfrac-
tibus 8, quorum apicales quatuor leves, ad medium fortiter

' épavos, a contribution.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 411

acuticarinatis, crteris ad suturas imnpresso-canaliculatis, grada-
tulis, undaique longitudinaliter multicostatis (costis in ultimo
circa 24), infra, jucta suturas, spiraliter incrassatis, devade
undique regulariter tenuiliratis, ultimo anfractu usque ad basim
lirato ; apertura fere rotunda, labro multum incrassato, intus 6-
8-denticulato ; columella nitida, alba.

Long. 11, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24°55’ N., long. 57°59’ E. 37 fathoms,
sand and mud.

The particular sounding, as given above, was prolific in results :
this neat addition to the genus Nassa being noteworthy. It,
perhaps, recalls the species described by Messrs. G. & H. Nevill as
NV. obesa, from Kutch, but is not half the size, and the cancellation
is much finer and more uniform. The protoconch is interesting.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) MucRoNATA A, Ad.

I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, gravel and muddy sand. Bombay,
common (Abercrombie).

Nassa (ALECTRYON) NODIFERA Powis.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie ; Olivier). Perhaps only a subspecies
of VV. hirta Kien.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) OBESA G. & H. Nevill.

I. Kutch.

Nassa (ZEUXIS) FILOSA Gray.

M.G. At low tide, both on sand, and in crevices of rocks.
J. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Nassa (ZEUXIS) LentTIGINosa A. Ad.

I. Bombay, rare (Abercrombie).

Tryon unites this, filosa, picta, and others with N. gaudiosa
Hinds, but, in our opinion, he has been too sweeping and drastic
in many of his conclusions. The first two variaties occur also at

Bombay.

Nassa (ZEUXIS) MARRATI Sinith.

M.C. Charbar. On sandy mud at low tide just under the
surface, at the water’s edge.

Nassa (ZEUXIS) PALLIDULA A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet. 55 fathoms on cable.

I. Karachi.
Nassa (Zevuxis) prota Dkr.
Var. marmorea A. Ad.
P.G. On the telegraph-cable at 25 fathoms.

Nassa (ZEUXIS) puanicosrara A, Ad.

J. Karachi. On soft mud-flats at low tide. Is also (unnamed)
in Mr. Abercrombie’s Bombay series.

412 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Nassa (Uztra) nopicrncta A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Maskat. 10 fathoms, amongst coral-sand.
Is recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

Nassa (NiorHa) aupescens Dkr.
Var. fenestrata Marr.
P.G. Elphinstone Inlet, very large. Jask. Maskat, sand and
beach.
M.C. Ormara. 2 fathoms, sand.

Nassa (NIOTHA) ANGRIASENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 13.)

N. testa ovato-globosa, apicalibus attenuatis, solidula, alba,
stramineo- et brunneo-fasciata ; anfractibus 8, quorum apicales
quatuor leves, apud medium umcarinati, subpellucentes, ceteris
leniter gradatis, ad suturas impressis, arcte noduloso-costulatis
et cancellatis, interstitus levibus, noduhs infra, juxta suturas,
magnis, nitidis, penultimo et antepenultimo anjractu unifasciatis,
ultimo tribus fascus brunneo-straninets decorato; apertura ovata
labro percrasso, albo, nitido, extus crenulato, intus decemdenti-
culato ; columella nitida, paullum effusa, supra univaricosa, versus
basim tridenticulata ; canal brevi, crasso, paullum recurvo.

Long. 10°50, lat. 6 mm.

Hab. Anerias Bank, Arabian Sea (Capt. Tindall).

Allied most nearly to NV. marginulata Lam., from which it can
be differentiated by its globose form, unicarinate protoconch, larger
sutural spiral nodules or gemme, more elaboration of peristome,
and better defined denticulations within ; the characters of sculp-
ture, generally speaking, and of banding and coloration being
identical.

Nassa (NiotHa) GeEMMULATA Lam.

P.G. From 5-50 fathoms, often found attached to the Cable.
In the Gulf of Oman it was dredged, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57°
59' E.; 37 fathoms, sandy mud-bottom.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45' E.; 40 fathoms. Semi-
pellucid and fine-grained.

Nassa (NiorHa) KIENERI Desh.
I. Karachi.

Nassa (Niorwa) Ravipa A. Ad.
M.C. Very rare, without precise locality.

Nassa (Nror#a) sorprpa A. Ad.
P.G. On Cable. I. Karachi. 5 fathoms, sandy mud.

Nassa (Nrorwa) stig¢marta A. Ad.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.
I. Karachi, on hard sandy mud and coral-gravel.
Var. adamsiana Marr.

P.G. Kais (or Gais) Island. 14 fathoms.

1901.| MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 413

Nassa (NIOTHA) STURTIANA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 14.)

N. testa ovato-fusiformi, versus apicem attenuata, albo-calcarea vel
pallide fusca, haud mitente, delicata ; anfractibus novem, quorum
aprcales quatuor vitrer, perleves, spiraliter sub lente pulchre
unicarinati apud medium, interdum fusco-tincti, ceteris apud
suturas impressis, infra, jucta suturas, spiraliter fortiter uni-
suleatis, longitudinaliter multicostatis, costis obliquis, interdum
levibus, nitidis, interstitiis regulariter transversim sulculosis,
interdum omnino cancellatis, ultima anfractus costis triginta et
quatuor, ad basim ipsam descendentibus, ile dorsaliter fortiter
transversim sulculosis; apertura ovata, cinereo-alba, labro paul-
lum effuso, intus 10-11-denticulato, haud multum incrassato ;
columella nitida, albida, nequaquam callosa; canali lato, brevis-
sumo, paullulum recurvo.

Long. 18, lat. 9 mm., spec. maj.

Hab. Gulf of Oman. Lat. 24° 55' N., long. 57° 25! E.; 37
fathoms, sand and mud. Lat. 24° 49! N., long. 55°56’ EH. ; 225
fathoms, mud.

A distinct Miotha, dull calcareous-white, or pale fuscous ; nine-
whorled, the four apical glossy, once delicately transversely keeled,
the remainder either uniformly cancellate, or with the many
close longitudinal ribs smooth and the interstices finely sulculose ;
just below the sutures in each whorl there is a strong deep apical
sulcus. The mouth is oval, outer lip not very thick, within with
ten or eleven denticles or raised stria. Columella white; rather
thin, shining, never callous. Canal very short, slightly recurved.

A good many examples dredged at the contiguous soundings
given above.

We have unusual pleasure in associating with this most interest-
ing species, at Mr. Townsend’s request, the name of his and our
friend, Mr. W. Neville Sturt, of the India Office.

Nassa (PHRONTIS) FISSILABRIS A. Ad.

P.G., M.C., generally. 10 fathoms, coral-sand. But always
local.

Nassa (HIMA) DERMESTINA Gld.

M.C. Generally distributed along the coast of Baluchistan.
From 3-10 fathoms.

I. Karachi. Among loose stones and sandy mud.

Nassa (HIMA) FREDERICI, nom. nov.

Nassa (Hima) townsendi Melvy. Mem. Manch. Soe. vol. xli. part
il, (1897), no. 7, p. 4, pl. 6. fig. 1(non Dall).

P.G. On Cable, 40 fathoms, mud.

M.C. Generally distributed, but not abundant.

The original name having been antedated, we have ventured to

associate with this species the Christian name of Mr. Frederick
W. Townsend.

414 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Nassa (Hima) tscuna Melv.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Maskat.

M.C. Charbar, and elsewhere along the coast of Baluchistan,
not infrequent. There appear to be two varieties: one plain, uni-
colorous, the other banded with chestnut conspicuously below the
sutures. We have noticed specimens, occasionally, varicose, as is
the case with V. pygmea, Ph.

Nassa (Hima) MaMILLIFERA Melv.

P.G. 7 to 25 fathoms, mud. At Linjah, 33 to 5 fathoms.
At Hindarabi I. a pure white variety, which might be designated
var. hindarabica, occurs at 25-50 fathoms, mud. In sculpture and
all other details it is identical with the typical form.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi. 4 fathoms.

This was considered a Motha at first, but it seems better placed
here. Many of the Adamsian subdivisions of this genus run into
each other; and such is the variation in many of the Nasse, that
individuals occur which possess, blended in themselves, certain
qualifications of two, or even three, of the subgenera. We have
emended the spelling of the specific name, ‘mammillifera’ being
unclassical.

Nassa (Hima) PAUPERA Gould.

P.G. Gulfof Oman: Maskat, 15 fathoms. Also lat. 24°55’ N.,
long. 57° 59' E.; 37 fathoms, mud and sand.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, rock.

Identical with WN. plebecula Gould, a very variable species. Some
of our examples are wholly pale stramineous, others are adorned
with a dorsal chestnut tenia across the base of the body-whorl.
Tryon (Man. Conch. iv. p. 47) may be right in uniting many so-
called species under this head.

Nassa (H1ma) PSEUDOCONCINNA Sm.

P.S. Gulf of Oman, rare. Lat. 27° N., long. 52° E.; on tele-
eraph-cable, 54 fathoms.
I. Karachi. Bombay (Ff. W. T.).

Nassa (Hima) stonata Gmel. (=ornata Kien.).

P.G. No special locality.

I. Bombay (7. W. 7. and Abercrombie), amongst loose rocks
at low tide. Common southwards (Lt.-Col. H. D. Oliver).

We have this also from Calcutta (Lady Herschel).

Nassa varirans Dkr.

P.G. Telegraph-cable, amongst shell-growth; 40 to 50 fathoms,
mud. Lat. 27° N., long. 52° EH.

CyLLENE Fuscata H. Ad.

M.C. Charbar Bay. On sand, 4-8 fathoms.
I. Bombay, abundant (Abercrombie).

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 415

CYLLENE GRAYI Rve.

M.C. Charbar Bay. Sand, 4-8 fathoms, with C. fuscata.
These two species, indeed, may be only varietal forms, the latter
(gray?) being as a rule longitudinally plicate, while the former is
nearly smooth, the tessellated painting being in both identical.

Fam. BuccrnipZ.
PISANTA IGNEA Gmel.

M.C. Not abundant, but locally found at Charbar, Gwadir,
and Ormara.

TRITONIDEA RAWSONI Melly.

Sistrum rawsont Melv. Mem. Manch. Soc. vol. xli. part iii. no. 7
(1897), p. 5, pl. 6. fig. 3.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. On telegraph-cable, lat. 27° N., long.
52° E. From 30 to 50 fathoms, amongst shell-growth.

This is one of those species on the border-line of at least three
other genera: e. g., Engina, Sistrum, and Cantharus (Tritomdea).
We follow the arrangement by Mr. Edgar Smith in our National
Collection. It was named after the late Sir Rawson W. Rawson,
K.C.M.G., a friend of both Mr. Townsend and the authors, who
took a very great interest in the results of the dredging of the
Persian Gulf and Arabian Sea.

TRITONIDEA RUBIGINOSA Reeve.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TRITONIDEA SPIRALIS Gray.

M.C. Abundant everywhere between tide-marks, usually
amongst loose muddy rocks.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Karachi, common. Near Goa
(Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

TRITONIDEA TISsoTI Petit.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie as Purpura).

Very common on rocks at low tide: the generic position of this
species being much contested. By some. authors it is included in
Purpura, while Pisania and Tritonidea (Cantharus) present almost
equal claims to it.

TRITONIDEA UNDOSA IL.

M.C. Abundant amongst loose muddy rocks from half-tide to
low-water mark, along the whole range of the W. coasts of India
proper and Baluchistan, to Persia. We, however, have no exact
records from the Persian Gulf.

I. Karachi. Not mentioned in Melvill and Abercrombie’s
Bombay Catalogue.

METULA TRIFASCIATA Sowb.

P.G. A very elegant shell, Daphnella-shaped, finely decussate,
stramineous, thrice-banded on the body-whorl with reddish brown.
The type was described from China.

416 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

ENGINA EPIDROMIDEA Melvy.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). The varices of this curious species
are peculiar, as also its elongate form, and very possibly it may
ultimately be relegated to a new genus.

Eneina ZEA Mely.

P.G. A few specimens, dredged at 33 fathoms near Linjah in
live condition, exhibit this most beautiful species more fully in
detail than ever before, it being chiefly known from beach specimens
gathered at Bombay and elsewhere. The nodules are light yellow-
ochre, interstices clouded with brownish-black, the white peri-
pherial band on the body-whorl is very distinct ; outer lip thick-
ened, 5-6-toothed within; lip and columellar area pale lilac, clouded
with brownish-black round the region of the latter.

M.C. Found at low tide amongst muddy rocks.

1. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie and W. T. Blanford in
Mus. Brit.). Near Panjim and Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

We have also seen it from Aden (Z. R. Shopland) and Ceylon.

Ene1na (PusIostoMA) MENDICARIA L.
P.G. Linjah, 33 fathoms, with Z. zea.
M.C. Charbar, rocks at low tide.

NassaRia NIVEA Gmel. (Hindsia Gray).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet, 24 fathoms. Also in
the Gulf proper, Henjam Island, 15 fathoms.
M.C. Ormara, dead.
I. Karachi.

NassaRIa suTURALIS A. Ad. (=recurva Sowb.).

P.G. Henjam Island. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

M.C. An uncommon species found, locally, along the shores of
Baluchistan, usually in crevices of rocks and in coral-sand. 7-15
fathoms.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Locally abundant.

PHOS GLADYSIA, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 15.)

P. testa fusiformi, delicata, albida ; anfractibus 8-9, quorum apt-
cales 4-5 vitret, albescentes, perleves, turriti, infra medium
spiraliter acute bicarinati, in uno specimine simplices, cetercs
apud suturas impressis, longitudinalter trregulariter costatas, bt-
vel trivaricosis, spiraliter arctissime rugoso-liratis, interstitis
alveolatis; apertura ovata, labro paullum effuso, crassiusculo ;
canali brevi, lato; columella versus basim quasi uniplicata.

Long. 18, lat. 8:50 mm., sp. maj.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 23° 44'N., long. 57° 59’ E.; 37 fathoms,
sand and mud.

Only a very few examples of a delicate and pure white Phos,
apparently very nearly full-grown, though small, possessing in its
irregular longitudinal varices and general character of spiral
wrinkled liration some superficial resemblance to P. roseatus Hinds.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULP. 417

The principal distinguishing characteristic, however, lies in the
protoconch, extended in one of our specimens over no less than
five whorls, these being uniformly vitreous, shining, smooth,
gradate, and embellished with two acutely formed close spiral keels,
just below the centre. In one specimen, however, complete
smoothness prevails. P. roseatus Hinds and probably all the
genus possess large apical whorls, glassy, often once carinate below,
but none, that we have ever seen, to the same extent, in proportion
to the magnitude of the shell, as this small white species. Another
character lies in the alveolation of the interstices between the ribs
and spiral lire, which juvenile P. roseatus, from the same seas,
does not possess. The specimen figured is in the collection of

Mr. W. N. Sturt.
PuHos MuRIcULATUS Gld.
I. Karachi.

PHos roseatus Hinds.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Maskat. 7-40 fathoms. Those
from deep water lighter-coloured ; all occur amongst shell and
growth of Alge, &c., on the telegraph-cable that had been lying
for some period on a muddy bottom. Also in shoal water amongst
loose rocks, weed, coral, and sandy mud. Here several specimens
were of an unusually dark colour. Small examples, very charac-
teristic, were dredged, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E., at 37
fathoms in the Gulf of Oman.

LatRuNcULUS spiraTus(Lam.). [Hburna Lam. 1822 non 1801. ]

I. Karachi (Major Baker). Bombay (Abercrombie). Bombay
southwards to Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

LATRUNCULUS VALENTIANUS (Swains.).

Eburna molliana Chemn.

M.C. General, and sometimes very fine.

I. Karachi.

This species lives some distance down in the mud, in two or
three feet of water, only coming up in the evening to feed upon
defunct Meduse, &e. They have been observed to emerge from
their holes, go to their prey some distance away, feed, and then
return to the same hole. The mud they frequent is of a soft
spongy nature and largely micaceous, but it is probable that they
live in the sand below the upper stratum, which is, as a rule, from
one to three feet in depth (/. W.7.). A fine specimen measures
34 X 25 inches.

Fam. TURBINELLID®.

TURBINELLA RAPA Gmel.

I. Karachi. The Chank Shell is occasienally hauled up by the
harbour dredgers.

MELONGENA BUCEPHALA Lam.

I. Karachi. On muddy rocks at low tide.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vol. Il. No. XX VII. 2

418 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Fam. FASCIOLARIID A.

Fusus rorcees Perry, 1811.

Fusus turricula Kien.

P.G. Off Shaikh Shuaib I. 10 fathoms, amongst loose rocks
and coral-sand. Allied to / assimilis A. Ad., but whorls less
angular, nodules fewer, and epidermis (periostracum) of different
character.

Fusus TOWNSENDI Melv.

P.G. Kais and Hindarabi Is. Shaikh Shuaib I. In all stages
of growth at 7 fathoms, among coral- sand and loose stones.
Many juvenile specimens also occurred on the telegraph-cable

from 10-50 fathoms, sand.

FAScioLARIA TRAPEZIUM Lam.
I. Ratnagiri (Abercrombie).

Lavirus ARABICUS Melv.

Fusus arabicus Melv. Mem. Manch. Soe. vol. iv. pt. 2, p. 16,
pl. i. fig 6

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms, mud and sand.
The columellar plaits are more distinct in subsequent examples
dredged than in the type, and, though the animal is unknown,
there can be but little doubt that this is a true Latirus, though of
unusually fusoid character.

Latirvus riiosus Schreb.
P.G. Lat. 25° 58’ N., long. 57° 3’ E. Telegraph-cable,
55 fathoms, mud. In juvenile condition only.

Latirus (PERISTERNIA) NASSATULA Lam.
M.C. Charbar Point.

Latirus (PERISTERNIA) PAGODHFORMIS Melv.

P.G. Adhering to cable, 20-25 petehhens, mud. (Mats 252) Nie
Jong. 63° EH. '

LaTIRUS (PERISTERNIA) PULCHELLUS Rye.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.
I. Karachi. 10 fathoms, muddy sand.

Fam. Mirrip”.
Mrrra Bovet Kien.

P.G.and Gulf of Oman. A few examples found at 7-15 fathoms,
muddy sand and rock-bottom. The finest examples (13 in.)
occurred lat. 26° 50’ N., long. 54° 50’ E., in 10 fathoms, sand and
rock.

I. Bombay Harbour and southwards (lie Col. H. D, Olivier).

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 419

MItRA CHINENSIS Gray.
1. Bombay (Abercrombie). A large worn example only.

Mirra gurrata Sowb.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

Mirra (ScaBRICOLA) ANTONIE H. Ad.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. HenjamI. 5-20 fathoms. By some
considered a variety of pretiosa Kve.

Mirra (SCABRICOLA) CRENIFERA Lam.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib [. South of Kais (or Gais) Island.
5-10 fathoms, amongst muddy sand and stones.

Mirra (ScasricoLa) PEASEL Dohrn.

P.G. Dead specimens in 24 fathoms, mostly near Malvern
Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira), Gulf of Oman.

Mirra (SCABRICOLA) PRETIOSA Rve.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. 19 fathoms, coral-sand. Perhaps
M. antome H. Ad. is but a variety of this.

Mirra (SCABRICOLA) SCABRIUSCULA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet. 25 fathoms, muddy
sand.

Mirra (CANCILLA) CARNICOLOR Rve.
P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island.

Mirra (CANCILLA) cIRcULATA Kien.

P.G. Henjam Island, 24 fathoms. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm
Inlet, a variety.

M.C. 5-80 fathoms. Generally round the coast of Baluchistan,
sandy mud and stone bottom.

Mirra (Cancinia) 1nscutpra A, Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet.
I. Karachi.

Mirra (CANCILLA) LALAGH, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 16.)

M. testa perattenuata, gracili, alba vel straminea ; anfractibus 9,
quorum apicales tres levissimi, vitret, nitidi, ceteris sex apud
suturas impressis, supernis spiraliter quadriliratis, iris fortibus
sepe gemmulatis, interstitiis nitidis, striatis, ultimo circa
duodecrm hiris predito ; apertura oblonga, alba, labro simplice,
crenulato ; columella quadriplicata.

Long. 11°50, lat. 3°50 mim.

Hab. Gulf of Oman: Maskat, 10 fathoms; and Malcolm Inlet,

24 fathoms, mud.

Three examples; one straw-coloured, the others pure white. It

isa beautiful Cancilla, extremely attenuate, small, nine-whorled,

27*

420 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

the glassy apical included; the revolving lire, strong, mostly
gemmulate, are four in number in each upper whori, about twelve
in the lowest; the interstitial pitting is nearly uniform, where
not present slight striation is visible. Mouth oblong, outer lip
crenulate, columellar four-plaited. We hardly think any of our
specimens have attained full growth, but the sculpture seems
distinct enough to warrant a specific separation from their allies.

Mirra (CHRYSAME) CELIGENA Reeve.
P.G. Linjah. 3} fathoms.
I. Karachi. At low tide, amongst bare muddy rocks.
Bombay Harbour and Bassein, southwards (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Mirra (CHRysaME) MARGINATA Sowb.
M.C. Charbar, very rarely.

Mirra (CHRYSAME) PROCISSA Rve.

J. Karachi. Bombay (7. W. 7. & Abercrombie). On muddy
rocks, low tide.

Mirra (STRIGATELLA) LITTERATA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask. <A variety, dredged at 4 fathoms.

M.C. Charbar. At low tide on rocks covered with a thin
layer of mud only. A fine variety with spiral black irregular
banding dredged here at 7 fathoms.

Mirra (TURRICULA) CALIENDRUM', sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.)

M. testa fusiformi, solida, alba, brunneo-, gilvo- vel castaneo-fasciata;
anfractibus 10-12, quorum apicales...?, ventricosulis, sutu-
raliter impressis, supernis crebricostulatis, interstitis undique
spiraliter fortiter sulcatis, infra medium ad suturas albo-cinctis,
ultimo anfractu 11 costs obliqus preedito, anguste ad medium
albo-cincto, apud basim rugoso-noduloso, paullum squarrose pro-
ducto ; apertura angusta, subquadrata, intus (in typo) lavan-
dulacea, labro recto, extus crenulato, crassiusculo ; columella
obliqua, quadriplicata.

Long. 24:50, lat. 8 mm,

Hab. Persian Gulf, without exact locality. Mekran Coast,

Charbar.

Several examples, mostly more or less weathered. We have
taken for the type a live example, brown, narrowly white-banded
spirally, and furnished with many ribs on the upper whorls, about
eleven on the body-whor]. The mouth is squarely oblong, lilac
within, outer lip thickened, crenulate, columella four times plaited.

Mirra (CosreLLARiaA) acupicra Rve.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. 10 fathoms, coral-sand. The
specimens dredged here are very finely coloured, dark red spotted
and banded, approaching the M. zebuensis Reeve, of the Hastern
Archipelago, in general appearance.

' caliendrum, an ornamental head-dress.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 427

Mirra (CosteLLaRiA) ARMILLATA Rye.

P.G. Telegraph-cable. Lat. 25° 58’ N., long. 57° 5' E.
50 fathoms.

Mirra (CostELtaRia) CoLtrsoni A. Ad,
P.G. No special locality.

Mirra (CostELLARIA) CREBRILIRATA Rve.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Mirra (CosreLLaRia) DHDALA Rve.

P.G. Linjah. 33 fathoms. Dec. 1900, near Fao, fine
M.C. Charbar Bay. 3 fathoms, sand and mud.

Dead examples frequently cast ashore all over the coasts of
Baluchistan.

Mirra (Costentaria) casta H. Ad. (hastata Sowb.).
P.G. Near Bushire, rarely.

Mirra (Costertaria) pevicaTa A. Ad.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I.
M.C. Charbar.

Mrrra (CostELLaRra) FUSCO-APICATA Sm.
P.G. Hindarabi Island.

Mirra (CosTELLARIA) MALCOLMENSIS sp. n. (Plate XXIII.
fig. 18.)

M. testa oblongo-ovata, fusiformi, pallide straminea vel albescente
(var. immaculata), paullum nitida, delicata sed solidula ; an-
fractibus 9-10, quorum apicales tres levissimi, vitret, ceteris
gradatulis, ad suturas impressis, infra (juxta suturas) spiraliter
rufo-vittatis, longitudinaliter arcte levicostatis, interstitis
spiraliter profunde sulculosis, penultimo anfractu infra inter
costas rubro-fasciato, ultimo bifasciato, interdum omnino albo,
immaculato ; apertura angusta, oblonga, labro ad basim flexuoso,
paullum recurvo ; columella nitida, pallida, quadryplicata.

Long. 9, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf: Henjam Island, 15-25 fathoms (var. im-
maculata).

Linjah, 33 fathoms, mud. Elphinstone Inlet, Mussandam,
15 fathoms.

Gulf of Oman: Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira), near Maskat.
24 fathoms, mud.

Lat. 24° 55' N., long. 57° 59’ E. 37 fathoms, sand and mud ;
abundant. Lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 35’ E., 205 fathoms, mud
(with var. immaculata, this variety predominating).

Variable both in sculpture and colouring, though not so in form,
this little species, evidently abundant in certain favoured localities,
differs in the number of longitudinal ribs, some specimens having

422 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

half as many again on the body-whorl as have others. The rufous
banding is also entirely absent in specimens dredged from any
depth. Occasionally, too, examples with the body-whorl almost
wholly rutous brown turn up. Perhaps the nearest ally to this is
M., scitula Ad.; the body-whorl is not so attenuate basally (vide
Sowb. Thes. Conch., Mitra, tab. xx. fig. 418). IM. discoloria Reeve
is hardly comparable, though a little similar in coloration. M. fidi-
cula Gould is far more scalate. J. mica Reeve, from J. of
Guimaras, which is only known from a figure, is more like in form
but of different pattern ; and M. celata Reeve has whorls angular
above and outer lip more flexuous. It is likewise comparable to
M. delicata Ad.

The type is twice banded with rufous brown spirally at the
interstices between the ribs. The var. immaculata, a white or
pale yellow almost unbanded variety, is found at 10-50 fathoms.
This is probably the shell mentioned (Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,
xliv. pt. 2, p. 106) by Messrs. G. & H. Nevill as “‘a new species
closely allied to Turricula (Thala) casta H. Ad., which has been
dredged rather abundantly by Mr. W. T. Blanford in the Gulf of
Oman.” 7. casta H. Ad. is a synonym of MM. (Turricula) hastata
Sowb., which occurs in our catalogue, and which also might be
mentioned as an ally of AZ. malcolmensis.

Mirra (CostELLaRIA) MODESTA Reeve.
I. Angrias Bank (Capt. W. A. Tindall).

Mirra (CostELLARIA) OBELISCUS Rve.
f.” Bombay. W207):

Mirra (CostBLLARIA) PASITHEA', sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 17.)

M. testa fusiformi, alba, aspera, solidula, apud basim anfractus
ultimi dorsaliter ochraceo-suffusa ; anfractibus 8, quorum
apicales duo vitrei, planati, gradatuli, ceteris apud suturas
multum impressis, gradato-turritis, longitudinaliter arcte costa-
tis, costis anfractus ultima ad viginti, undique spiraliter
sulculosis ; apertura oblonga, labro via effuso, extus crenulato ;
columelia triplicata, canali paullum recurvo.

Long. 9°50, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 19 fathoms.

Distinguished by its conspicuously shouldered whorls, uniformly
closely longitudinally oblique-ribbed, these ribs being crossed by
many regular spiral sulci, which give them a beaded appearance.
The surface is pure white, with the exception of a dorsal ochreous
band on the lower portion of the body-whorl.

Mirra (CostetiaRia) REVELATA Mely.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. Kais (or Gais) Island. 10-15 fathoms,
shingle and dead coral bottom.
J. Karachi. Not infrequent.

i zaoibeos, altogether divine.

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 423

Mirra (CosreLnaria) scrruna A. Ad.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms, coral-sand, but
exceedingly scarce,

Mirra (CosteLLaRIA) STEPHANUCHA Melly.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

M.C. Charbar. 10 fathoms, black sandy mud.

Specimens not quite adult possess an interrupted spiral median
line on the’ body and the penultimate whorls, this being quite
evanescent in full-grown examples.

Mirra (CosTELLARIA) SUBTRUNCATA Sowb.

M.C. Charbar Point. 7 fathoms. Dead shells strewn abun-
dantly over the whole Mekran Coast, but, strangely, no live
examples have yet been dredged. This species may be identical
with M, crebrilirata Rve. The type of subtruncata was from Japan,
that of crebrilirata from Ceylon.

Mirra (Pusia) AUREOLATA Swains.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet.

Mirra (PUSIA) BLANFORDI, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig, 19.)

M. testa parva, oblongo-fusiformt, solida, sordide alba, irrequlariter
castaneo - maculata, flammis fulgetrinis depicta vel omnino
castaneo-suffusa ; anfractibus sex, quorum apicales duo leves,
mamillati, ceteris turritis, arcte longitudinaliter costulatis,
costis levibus, ultamum apud anjfractum dorsaliter scepius
evanidis, undique spiraliter densilwratis ; apertura angusta, labro
paullum effuso, intus levi, margine columellart imerassato,
quadriplicato.

Long. 5, lat. 2°25 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

A small species, but our examples are evidently adult. Were it
not for the plaits a decidedly columbelloid appearance would be pre-
sented. The spire is turreted ; whorls closely longitudinally ribbed,
most frequently vanishing on the body-whorl, transversely ob-
scurely but closely irate. It is not unlike M. (Chrysame) tiarella
in miniature, but its structure is that of a Pusia. It is an inter-
esting form, and we have unusual pleasure in connecting with it
the name of Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., than whom no one has
laboured more energetically to extend the knowledge, not only of
the Zoology of India, but also of the neighbouring countries as
well.

Mirra (Pusra) Discotoria Rye.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet. 24 fathoms.

Mirra (Pousta) BLizz Melv.
P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. 10 fathoms, on coral-sand.

424 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Mirra (Pusia) MULTICOSTATA Swains.
P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. 10 fathows, amongst live coral, sandy
bottom.

Mirra (Pusta) osiripiis Issel (=umbonata Sowb.).

P.G. Kais Island, 10 fathoms, coral-sand. In the Gulf of
Oman an almost smooth variety occurs. Maskat, 20 fathoms.
Also at lat. 20° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E., 37 fathoms, sand and
mud.

Mirra (Pusia) sHopLanDi Melv.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet. 24 fathoms. Described
from Commander Shopland’s Aden examples.

Mirra (PUSIA) VENUSTULA Rve.
P.G. Tumb Island. Shaikh Shuaib Island. 7-10 fathoms,
coral-sand. Peculiarly large and dark wine-coloured.

Mirra (SwAINsoNrA) FIssuRATA Lam.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Not yet dredged alive.

Mirra (Cy~InpRa) Nux Sowb.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I., 14 fathoms, amongst broken coral and
shingle. Kais Island, same kind of ground. <A very rare species
every where.

Fam. Harpip2.

Harpa conorpatis Lam.
I. Bombay (Herford).

Harpa VENTRICOSA Lam.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask beach, one dead specimen only.

Fam. MARGINELLID®.

MARGINELLA (GLABELLA) FaBA L.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 50’ N., long. 57° 59’ HE.
37 fathoms, sand and mud.

MARGINELLA (GLABELLA) OBTUSA Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10-20 fathoms, black mud
mixed with sand.

[M. (Glabella) quilonica Mely. was collected by Captain W. A.
Tindall south of our limit, at Quilon, Malabar coast. |

MaRrGINELLA (GIBBERULA) CHARBARENSIS Melly.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Jask; Maskat, 3 to 5 fathoms, muddy
sand. Lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E., 37 fathoms, and up to
150 fathoms in other parts of the Gulf. In deep water it assumes
a still more elegant and graceful form. Always smaller in all its
parts than monilis, with more or less conspicuous spire.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 425

MARGINELLA (GIBBERULA) FUSIFORMIS Hinds.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms. Also lat. 24°
5' N., long. 57° 55’ E., 205 fathoms.

MARGINELLA (GIBBERULA) MONILIS L.

P.G. Maskat. 15 fathoms. The var. terveriana Petit has
also occurred.

MARGINELLA (GIBBERULA) MAZAGONICA Melly.

P.G. Linjah, 35 fathoms. Bushire and Kishm Island,
7 fathoms, soft mud. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.
Lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 55’ E., 205 fathoms.

M.C. Charbvar. 2 to 7 fathoms.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

MARGINELLA (GIBBERULA) NEVILLI Jouss. (=inconspicua Nevill,
non Sowb.).

I. Bombay. Not in Abercrombie’s collection.

MARGINELLA (GIBBRFRULA) SHOPLANDI Mely.

P.G. M.C. I. Seemingly widely distributed and usually
collected alive, the shell then being beautifully transparent.
Among loose stones, sand, and mud. It seems placed better as a
Gibberula than in the section Cryptospwa.

MARGINELLA (CRYPTOSPIRA) MABELL®, sp.n. (Plate XXIII.
fig. 20.)

M. testa nitida, oblonga, pallide straminea, solida ; anfractibus
quatuor, supernis callositate fere celatis, ultimo obscurissime
spiraliter bicincto ; apertura angusta, oblonga, straminea, labro
extus fere recto, albo, nitidissimo, callositate crassa ochracea
dorsaliter marginata ; columella alba, late callo tenur nitente
contecta, quadriplicata.

Long. 16°50, lat. 6 mm.

Hab. Arabian Sea, off Indian coast, lat. 18° 43’ N.,
long. 71° 43’ E. Found adhering to old telegraph-cable when
raised for repair.

A form distinct’ from any near ally. We think it more of a
Cryptospira than a Prunum, though it might be placed equally weil
in either subgenus. In form it most recalls the West-Indian
M. oblonga Sowb. It is gracefully oblong, very shining, straw-
coloured, with white shining callous deposit over the columeliar
region and outer lip; the dorsal margin thick, with straw-coloured
callus ; mouth narrow, columella four times plaited.

MARGINELLA (CRYPTOSPIRA) QUINQUEPLICATA Lam.
M.C, “ Rare,” without particular locality given.

MaraGineua (PERSICULA) DENS Reeve.
I. Angrias Bank (Captain Tindall).

426 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

MARGINELLA (PERSICULA) IssELI Nevill (=pygmea Issel, non
Sowb.).

P.G. Tumb Island (W. 7. Blanford in Mus, Brit.).

MARGINELLA (PERSIcULA) OopES Melv.
P.G. Kishm Island. Bushire. 5 fathoms, soft mud.

MARGINELLA (PERSICULA) PISUM Rve.

P.G. Astola Island. 11 fathoms.
I. Karachi. 10 fathoms.

MARGINELLA (VOLVARIA) ATTENUATA Rve.

P.G. Henjam Island. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.
I. Karachi.

MARGINELLA (VOLVARIA) EFFULGENS Rye.

M.C. Perhaps a variety of Volvaria avena Val.

MARGINELLA (VOLVARIA) OBSCURA Reeve.
M.C. In 3 fathoms, sand.

MARGINELLA (VOLVARIA) VERDENSIS Sn.
M.C. Charbar. 5 fathoms, sand.

Fam. OLivip®.

OLIVA BULBOSA Jonas.

P.G. M.C. General. 3 to 7 fathoms, mostly on sandy-mud
bottom.

Ouiva INFLATA Lam.

P.G. Ormuz. Gulf of Oman, Jask.

I. Karachi.

Showing much variety. The banded form (bicincta) occurs near
Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

OLIVA IsPIDULA L.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, sandy mud.

OLIVA MAURA L.

Var. sepulturalis Lam.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Ortva (AGARONIA) ACUMINATA Lam.

_P.G. I. Karachi. In all stages of growth off oyster-banks at
3 to 7 fathoms.

Oxriva (AGARONIA) HIaTULA Gmel.

Var. ancillarioides Reeve.
Var. indusica Reeve.

I. Karachi (Col. Baker). Both forms reported.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 427
Oxiva (AGARONTA) NEBULOSA Lam.
I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie), and southwards to Goa
(Zt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).
Var. intricata Marrat (sp.).
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).
A very strikingly marked form, perhaps specifically distinct.
OLIVELLA NyMPHA Ad. & Ang.
M.C. Charbar.
[. Karachi. Amongst loose stones and mud at low tide.
ANCILLA ALBIFASCIATA Swains.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.
I. Karachi.
ANCILLA AMPLA Gmel.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms.

ANCILLA CASTANEA Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Maskat, Jask.
M.C. Ormara. Amongst loose rocks and sandy mud _ at
7 fathoms.

ANCILLA CINNAMOMEA Lain.
Var. albisulcata Sowb.

P.G. Galig Island, 10 fathoms, coral-sand. Maskat,
15 fathoms.

M.C. Generally distributed over the coast of Baluchistan.
Very variable: the variety occurs with the type.

ANCILLA EBURNEA Desh.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask beach, extending eastward to
the Mekran Coast.

ANCILLA FASCIATA Rve,

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat and Jask, extending eastward to

the Mekran Coast ; also at low tide at the water’s edge, just below
the surface where the mud is sandy.

ANCILLA LINEOLATA Reeve.

P.G. General in the Persian Gulf, both the typical and
varietal forms abounding.

ANCILEA TINDALLI Mely.

I. Angrias Bank, lat. 16° 50’ N., long. 72° EH. (Capt.
Tindall).

Captain W. A. Tindall of the s.s. ‘Patrick Stewart,’ at the
request of Mr. Townsend, took several soundings between the
Angrias Bank and Ceylon with very favourable results.

ANCILLA VENTRICOSA Lam,

P.G. Bunder-Abbas. 7 fathoms, coarse coral-sand and loose
rocks.

428 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

(ce) TOXOGLOSSA.

Fam. TEREBRID&.

TEREBRA BABYLONIA Lam.
P.G. Gulf of Oman. 10 fathoms, sandy mud.

TEREBRA CHRULESCENS Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Maskat, 10 fathoms, sandy mud; Jask
beach at low tide, extending to the M.C. and fairly general on
the shores of Baluchistan.

TEREBRA CAPENSIS Sm.

I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, stones and mud.

TEREBRA CINCTELLA Desh. (= undulata Gray).
I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Karachi (Mus. Brit.).

TEREBRA COGNATA Sm. (Plate XXI. fig. 9.)
M.C. Charbar. 3 fathoms, sandy mud.
I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, soft muddy bottom.
‘TEREBRA CONTRACTA Sim.
I. Karachi. In shoal water on muddy basis.

TEREBRA DUPLICATA LL.

P.G. On telegraph-cable young fresh specimens occurred
often.

M.C. Charbar. 8 fathoms, sand and mud.

TEREBRA EDGARIT Mely.

M.C. Charbar.
I. Karachi.

TEREBRA GOTOENSIS Sm.

I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, stones and mud.

In the Man, Conch. (vii. p. 23) this is considered a mere variety
of 7’. alveolata Hinds.

TEREBRA MACANDREWI Sm. (Plate XXI. fig. 6.)

M.C. Charbar. In 3 to 5 fathoms, sand.

TEREBRA LEPIDA Hinds,
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms, sandy mud.

TEREBRA NANA Desh.
J. Karachi. 3 fathoms, amongst mud and stones.

TEREBRA PELLYI Sm. (Plate X XI. fig. 10.)

M.C. Charbar.
I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, mud and stones.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 429

THREBRA PERSICA Sm.
P.G. and M.C. Locally distributed and nowhere common
along the coast.

TEREBRA POLYGYRATA Desh.
M.C. General but local.
I. Karachi. 3 to 5 fathoms, soft mud.
TEREBRA SEROTINA Ad. & Rve.
I. Karachi. The type came from the Philippine Is. (Cuming).
TEREBRA SEVERA Mely.
l. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, stones and mud.

TEREBRA STRIGILLATA LL.
I. Karachi. Not yet dredged alive.

TEREBRA TANTILLA Sm.
J. Karachi. 3 fathoms, muddy stone bottom.
TEREBRA TENERA Hinds.

I. Karachi. From low-tide mark to 7 fathoms, amongst mud
and stones.

Bombay (Abercrombie). Common.
TEREBRA TRICINCTA Sim.
I. Karachi. Only one dredged.

TEREBRA (EuryTA) NASsorpDES Hinds.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask.

M.C. Generally, and in great variety of form and coloration, at
low tide on sand, just below the surface of the water.

TEREBRA (Huryra) THYR#A Melv.}

I. Karachi. Amongst loose stones and sandy mud, 3-5 fms.
A curious species, with the facies of an Hsopus or Olivella.

Fam. Conip&.

Conus (STEPHANOCONUS) LivipuS Hwass.
P.G. Linjah. 34 fathoms.

Conus (CORONAXIS) FULGETRUM Sowb.
P.G. Maskat, but dead examples only.

[Conus (CORONAXIS) HEBRZUS L.

Is in the collection labelled ‘* Laceadive Isles,” a short distance
south of our limit (Capt. Tindall). C. flavidus Lam. was collected
with it. |

’ Of the many species of Terebra deseribed by Mr. Edgar Smith (Ann. N. H.
ser. 4, 1877, xix. pp. 226 e¢ seqg.) as having been dredged by Col. Pelly in
the Persian Gulf, only two (7. fuscobasis and fuscocincta) do not occur in this
collection.

430 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Conus (CoRONAXIS) MINIMUS L.

P.G. Hindarabi Island.
M.C. No particular locality.
I. Karachi.
Found usually at low tide on mud-covered rocks.

Conus (CornonaxIs) TENIATUS Brug.

P.G. Jask. Large and fine.

M.C. Though widely distributed, nowhere exactly common.
Is found at extreme low tide, on rocks, amongst Alye and in mud.

Conus (DENDROCONUS) BETULINUS L.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Jask.

Conus (DENDROCONUS) QUERCINUS Brug.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.
Found in 3 to 20 fathoms among coral-sand and loose rock.
Not met with east of Jask. One banded variety occurred.

Conus (DENDROCONUS) SPURIUS Gmel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.
Found from 7 to 20 fathoms, coral-sand and stony ground.

Conus (Lirnoconvs) FLavipus Lam.
M.C. Charbar. On mud-covered rocks at low tide but rarely.

Conus (LITHOCONUS) TESSELLATUS Born.

P.G. Henjam I. Maskat. Found at 5 to 20 fathoms on
sandy mud and amongst loose rocks and coral-sand. Not yet
found east of Jask, on borders of Gulf of Oman, and Mekran
Coast.

Conus (LEPrOcONUS) ACUTANGULUS Chemn.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. A single dried specimen only at
20 fathoms off Jask.

I. About 125 miles W.S.W. of Bombay, lat. 18° 43’ N.,
long. 71° 30’ to 71° 45' E., adhering to the cable of the Eastern
Telegraph Co. at 45 fathoms ; abundantly, but dead.

Conus (Leproconts) cLytosPrra Melv. & Stand.’ (Plate XXI.
fig. 12.)
I. With the preceding, adhering to the cable of the Hastern

1 Since this paper was read, Mr. H. B. Preston informs us that an inspection
of the unique type in Dr. Jousseaume’s private collection of C. milne-edwardst
Jouss. (Bull. Soc. Philomath. vi. p. 99, 1894) convinces him that it is specifically
ideutical with C. clytospira, the main differences being in size and in the greater
tenuity of the larger species, the measurements being 2 as against 5} inches.
Not having ourselves yet had the opportunity to examine Dr. Jousseaume's
type, we have read the description carefully, this tending in some measure to
corroborate Mr. Preston’s opinion; and it may be that C. clytospira is, after
all, a deep-water gigantic variety of the small, and more solid, Adenese C. mé/ne-
edwardst, in which case our forin had best be varietally described as b. clytospira.
Captain Shopland’s specimen from Aden, which we have seen, is a somewhat
incrassate juvenile example.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 431

Telegraph Co. at 45 fathoms. Described (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,
vol. iv. p. 462) as of the subgenus Cylinder, but though the
markings are almost identical with those of C. episcopus, the
carinated spire undoubtedly comes near to OQ. acwminatus Brug.
and other Leptocom. It is among the most beautiful of Cones and
the finest mollusk yet found in this region, being in form like C.
gloria-maris, but with even more conspicuous spire. Commander
E. k. Shopland has shown us a specimen in juvenile condition
from the vicinity of Aden. Two examples, averaging 5 inches in
length, were procured by Mr. Townsend; a third, said to have
been fully 7 inches long, unfortuuately was missed.

Conus (LEProconvs) Dictator Melv.
P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island, at 10 fathoms, in coral-sand.

Conus (LEPTOCONUS) ELEGANS Sowb.

P.G. Henjam Island. 25 fathoms, mud. Another on the
telegraph-cable in the Gulf of Oman, beautifully variegated with
fulvous markings, but more frequently found dead and discoloured.

M.C. Charbar Bay, 7 fathoms, mud ; and Ormara Bay.

Conus (Luproconvs) inscuLprus Kien.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Conts (LEPTOCONUS) LENTIGINOSUS Rve.

I. Common at Bombay (Abercrombie). Endemic in the North
Arabian Sea. Bombay Harbour, southwards (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Conus (Leproconus) LoneuriIoNIs Kien.

P.G. Malcolm Inlet or Kubbatt Ghazira, near Maskat. Muddy
sand, at 24 fathoms. All so-called C. aculeiformis Reeve from this
region seem invariably to be the allied and little understood
longurionis of Kiener.

Conus (LEproconus) MILEst Sm.
P.G. Maskat, 5-20 fathoms.

Conus (LEproconts) orpieny1 Aud.
P.G. and M.C. (Borders of). A few juvenile examples at
20 fathoms 8.E. of Jask.

Conus (LEPLroconvs) PLANILIRATUS Sowb.

Conus (Leptoconus) planiliratus Sowb. Proe. Zool. Soc. 1870,
p. 255, pl. xxi. fig. 1.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. A Snel specimen in fine condition
at 7 fathoms.

I. With C. clytospira M. & S. and acutangulus Chemn. on
telegraph-cable at 45 fathoms, 125 miles W.S.W. of Bombay.
Very abundant, but all dead and found adhering to the pitch of
the cable: perhaps one hundred or more examples. For remarks
on this species consult EK. A. Smith (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
TO, Fas [Oe IOD),.

432 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Conus (LEPLOCONUS) SHCULARIS Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet. 24 fathoms, mud.
A remarkably beautiful and delicate species.

Conus (LEPTOCONUS) SEMISULCATUS Sowb.

1. Dredged inside Karachi Harbour. One or two other
Leptoconi occur, the North Arabian Sea seemingly being the
headquarters of this group; and we should not be surprised if
some other fine species were yet awaiting discovery. Those
just mentioned are not adolescent, and therefore are left tor
the present.

Conus (RHIZOCONUS) BAYANI Jouss.

I. Eastern Telegraph Co. cable. Many dead, adhering to the
pitch at 45 fathoms, 125 miles W.S.W. of Bombay.

Conus (Ruizoconvs) CaPrrangus L.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. Dead specimens only.

Conus (RHIZOCONUS) EXIMIUS Reeve=fulgurans Hwass.
M.C. Charbar. On rocks at low water.

Conus (Rurzoconus) Macus L.
I. Angrias Bank (Capt. Tindall), but only juvenile examples.

Conus (Ruizoconts) MaLpivus L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. We think this old Linnean
species probably but a variety of the next.

Conus (RHIZOCONUS) MONILE L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, at 15 fathoms, muddy sand.
Also in the Gulf proper at Shaikh Shuaib I., 10 fathoms, among
sand and bare rocks.

Conus (RHIZOCONUS) MUTABILIS Chemn.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). One of the most characteristic
mollusks of this locality, occurring southwards to Goa and Panjim
(Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Conus (RuIzOcONUS) NEMOCANUS Hwass.

J. Karachi.
We think hardly a variety of the very different C. sumatrensis
Hwass, as proposed by Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. vi. p. 39.

Conus (Ruizoconus) punctatus Chemn.
I. Karachi. In sandy mud, about rocks at low tide.

Conus (RHIzOCcONUS) TEGULATUS Sowb.

P.G. Henjam Island, 5 to 25 fathoms. On border of the
Gulf and M.C. near Jask at 20 to 26 fathoms, in mud. Lat. 26° N.,
long. 52° 50' E.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF, 433

Conus (RH1zocoNUS) TRAVERSIANUS E. A. Smith.

P.G. and M.C. No exact locality given. At from 20 33 fms.
on cable and in mud and rocky ground.

Also received from the Andaman Islands (Booley).

Conus (CHELYCoNUS) acHaTINUS Chemn.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask. Just on the borders of M.C. also
at Charbar on mud-covered rocks at low tide. This appears to be
the C. nigropunctatus Sowb.

I. Bassein, Bombay Harbour, and southwards to Goa (/.-Col.
A, D. Olivier).

Conus (CHELYCONUS) MoNACHUS L.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Nearly allied to the preceding.

Conus (CHELYCONUS) PIPERATUS Reeve.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Perhaps, as suggested by Tryon,
only a form of C. erythraensis Beck. This is not absent from the
Persian Gulf, but we have no exact records from Mr. Townsend.

Conus (CYLINDER) ELISH Kien.

P.G. Exact record not given. One characteristic example
of this very rare Cone.

Conus (CYLINDER) OMARIA Hwass.
P.G. Tumb Island.

~ Conus (CYLINDER) PENNACEUS Born.

P.G. Elphinstone Inlet, in shoal water on coral-sand. One
example exhibits a rare variation in the close interwoven
longitudinal zigzag chestnut lines, merging into black, on a pale
ground.

Conus (CYLINDER) TEXTILE L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Found from low-water mark to
20 fathoms on muddy rocks.

Var. verriculum Reeve (sp.).

P.G. Maskat. Fine.

Conus (Hermes) tHomasit Sowb.

M.C. Charbar. A single example on muddy rocks. Perhaps
too nearly allied to C. terebra Born, but with less acuminate spire
and mouth beautifully suffused with violet.

PLEUROTOMA ACUTIGEMMATA Sm.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E., 40 fathoms.

The locality hitherto unknown. In our opinion distinct
from P. jubata Hinds, with which Tryon (Man. Conch. vi. p. 171)
associates it.

PLEUROTOMA ALBATA EK. A. Sm.

P.G. Linjah anchorage. 7-15 fathoms, mud, rare.

Proc. Zoon, Soc,—1901, Von. IT. No. XXVIII. 28

434 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

PLEUROTOMA ALBINA Lam.
eat. 87 43! Ne long. WW? Guy 1B,

PLEUROTOMA MARMORATA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. Good living examples dredged at 30
fathoms in lat. 23° 50’ N., long. 67° 20! EK. From Malcolm Inlet
(Kubbatt Ghazira) came one specimen of a possible hybrid between
marmorata and tigrina.

M.C. Dead specimens frequently washed ashore on the Persian
coast.

PLEUROTOMA TIGRINA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet at 24 fathoms, dead.
M.C. 7 fathoms, soft mud, but very scarce.

PiLevRoToMA (GEMMULA) GEMMATA Hinds.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 35° E., 205
fathoms, sand, abundant, none full-grown. Also lat. 24° 55’ N.,
long. 57° 59’ E., 37 fathoms, sand and mud, and lat. 24° 49’ N.,
long. 55° 26' E., 225 fathoms, mud.

We can see no difference in P. fusca Hombron, described from
New Caledonia.

PLEUROTOMA (GEMMULA) MULTISERIATA Sin.

P.G. M.C. In many places. 5-20 fathoms, mud.

M.C. I. 12 miles west of Karachi, on the border of the
Mekran Coast, at 15 fathoms. Very large examples occurring here,
measuring 2 inch.

PrevroroMa (GEMMULA) NELLIZ Sm.
if) Karachi,

PievRoToM:A (OLIGOTOMA) MAKEMONOS Jouss.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask beach.

This species, described originally by Dr. Jousseaume from Aden
(Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1883, p. 198, t. 10. f. 4), almost merges
into some varieties of pouloensis of the same author, and perhaps is
identical with violacea Hinds. In the more typical specimens the
longitudinal zigzag marking is characteristic, but intermediates
occur.

PrLEevRoTOMA (OLIGOTOMA) NIVEA Phil.

I. Karachi. 3-7 fathoms, loose stones and muddy sand. A
species but little understood ; we place it provisionally here.

PLEUROTOMA (OLIGOTOMA) POULOENSIS Jouss,

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I.
M.C. Charbar.
I. Karachi.
Usually in 3-5 fathoms, amongst loose stones and muddy sand.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 435

_ PrevROTOMA (OLIGOTOMA) vIoLACEA Hinds.

I. Karachi. Inside the harbour in 3-7 fathoms, loose stones
and mud.

P. vertebrata Sm., occurring also at Karachi, is perhaps only
varietal.

SURCULA AUSTRALIS (Lam.).

I. South of Bombay (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Some little doubt exists as to the exact locality for this species,
which has its headquarters in China and the Philippine Isles.

SURCULA CATENA Reeve.

M.C. In young condition 5-10 fathoms; fine adult examples
20-30 fathoms: all on very soft mud bottom. Generally distri-
buted.

SURCULA CINGULIFERA Lam.

P.G. Generally distributed in the Gulf, extending to the Gulf
of Oman, 5-15 fathoms, sandy mud. The largest examples, 12
inch in length, occurred in lat. 26° 50' N., long. 54° 50’ E,

Var. amicta Sm.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), Bassein and Bombay Harbour as far
south as Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

We cannot separate Plewrotoma cincta Lam.

SuRCULA JAVANA LL. (=nodifera Lam.).
I. . Karachi. Rare. Bombay (Abercrombie). Cast ashore very

frequently, and often in good condition, after stormy weather,
thence southwards to Panjim and Goa (Olivier).

Surcuna ToRNATA Dillw.
Var. fulminata Kien.
M.C. Generally distributed over the Persian coasts and those
of Baluchistan.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Ff. W. 7., Abercrombie). Bassein and
Bombay Harbour southwards to Goa (Olivier).

SURCULA TUBERCULATA Gray.

M.C. A common species at 5-30 fathoms, soft mud; the most
perfectly developed specimens coming from the greater depth.

DRILLIA ANGRIASENSIS Mely.
J. Angrias Bank (Captain W. A. Tindall).

DRILLIA ALCYONBA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 21.)

D. testa gradato-fusiformi, nitidissima, candida, unicolore; anfrac-
tibus septem, quorum aprcalis upse vitreus, levissimus, duobus hine
proxims apud medium acuticarinatis, ceteris recticostatis,
costis nitidis, spiraliter in antepenultimo bi-, in penultimo
anfractu trilirates, ultimo indistincte quinque-lirato, costis ad
medium cvanidis, inde ad basim attenuato, multistriatulo ;

28"

436 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

apertura oblonga, libro tenui, sinu...?, margine columellari
— sinuoso, canali paullum producto.

Long. 12, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59! BE. 37
fathoms, sand and mud.

Characteristically to be recognized by its white shining surface,
and by the single acute median carination on the second and third
whorls, the next whorl, in common with the rest, being longi-
tudinally ribbed. These ribs are crossed on the fourth and fifth
whorls by two spiral lire, on the sixth by three, and on the upper
part of the body-whorl by five, the ribs appearing, through a lens,
senticose at the points of junction. The lower part of the body-
whorl is rounded and spirally closely striate.

DRILLIA ATHYRMA’,sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 22.)

D. testa turrito-fusiformi, solidiuscula, pallide straminea ; anfrac-
tibus 10, apicalibus tribus brevissimis inclusis, vitreis, castaneis,
ceteris arcte longitudinaliter acuticostatis, costis subobliquis,
spiraliter liratis, luis tenuibus, costis anfractus ultimi circa
duodecim ; apertura oval ; columella alba, nitida, crassiuscula,
canalt paullum producto.

Long. 13, lat. 4°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 57° 59’ E. 37

fathoms, sand and mud.

Not, perhaps, quite full-grown, as both the specimens examined
have the outer. lip imperfect, and it is not possible to give any
particulars about the smus. The oblique, acute, longitudinal ribs,
and the incrassate, subventricose, upper whorls seem characteristic.

DRILLIA BAYNHAMI Sim.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.
I. Karachi.

DRILLIA CECCHI Jouss.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask.
M.C. Loeal at 3-30 fathoms, muddy sand.

DRILLIA CIRCUMVERTENS, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 23.)

D. testa ovato-fusiformi, compacta, albo-lactea, nitente ; anfractibus
8, apicalibus duobus albis, levibus, sub lente longitudinaliter
erenelliferis, ceteris acute bi- vel tricarinatis, carinis levibus,
superficie inter carinas apud medium anfractuum excavata,
oblique concentrice striata, ultimo anfractu bicarinato, infra
carinam inferiorem usque ad basim spiraliter pulchre lirato,
liris arctis, reqularibus ; apertura oblonga, albo-lactea, sinu
labiali lato, brevi ; columella fere recta, canali brevi.

Long. 6, lat. 2°25 nm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 5! N., long. 37° 35’ HE. 205
fathoms, sand and mud.

1 dOuppa, a plaything.

1901. } MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF, 437

Two examples were dredged at the above locality. A very
beautiful spirally carinate and lirate Drillia, allied to the Medi-
terranean D. loprestiana, and not, indeed, unlike in character
to certain Surcule, e.g. S. annulata Reeve, cincta Lam.; but the
short. canal and wide sinus proclaim it rightly placed in Drillia,
and the acute carine are peculiar.

DrIniia ClyponiA1, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 24.)

D. testa attenuato-fusiformi, delicata, albo-straminea vel rufescente ;
anfractibus 9, quorum aprcales duo perleves, vitrei, albi vel
brunneo-suffusi, ceteris angulariter prominulis, ventricosis,
nitedis, longitudinahiter costatis, costis obliqui-flexuosis, leniter
spiraliter sub lente striatulis ; apertura oblonga, sinu perlato,
labro tenui; columella recte incrassata, supra callosa, nitida,
canali lato, paullum producto.

Long. 15, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 51° 56’ E. 225

fathoms, mud.

Several examples of a shining, nearly smooth, pale, whitish,
straw-coloured, or reddish-tinted shell, attenuate, graceful, nine-
whorled, with longitudinal ribs, somewhat prominently twice-
angled just below the middle, and obliquely flexuose, shining, and
almost smooth. On the penultimate whorl the ribs number 11, on
the body-whorl 10. The spiral revolving lines are discernible with
a lens. The mouth is oblong, sinus very wide and somewhat
shallow; outer lip thin, rounded; columella white, straight,
callous above, shining ; canal a little produced, broad.

Not exactly comparable with any species known to us.

DRILLIA CRENULARIS Lam.

Var. griffith Gray.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask, on hard sand.

M.C. Charbar, at low spring-tides.

I. Karachi. Specimens washed up all along the coast. The
var. griffithic occurs with the type near Charbar and Jask.

Var. atkinsoni Sm.

I. Bombay, where it appears the common form, though the
type has been also recorded (Abercrombie). Lt.-Col. Olivier has also
collected the typical form at Bassein, near Bombay.

Dritwi1a bissEctA Sm.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms, muddy sand.
Akin to D. persica Sm., but more local.

DRILLIA ELEVATA Sm.

P.G. Bushire. 10 fathoms.

DRILLIA FLAVIDULA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira).
Very uncommon, at 24 fathoms.

1 edddwy, a wave.

433 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Driviia FuCATA Rve.
I. Karachi. 5 fathoms, loose stones and mud.

Drituia inceRTA Hinds.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59' BH. 205
fathoms, sand. Also at 37 fathoms, in contiguous sounding, sand
and mud.

DRILLIA INCONSTANS Sm.

P.G. Henjam Island. Shaikh Shuaib I. Gulf of Oman,
lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 09' E. 387 fathoms, sand and mud.

I.. Karachi. Angrias Bank and Malabar coast (Captain Tin-
dail). 5 fathoms.

DRILLIA INTERTINGTA Sm.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 5-15 fathoms, sand or muddy
sand. Largest examples measure 13 inch in length.
M.C. Extends along the Mekran Coast almost to Gwadir.

Drituia Ltucipa G. & H. Nevill.
P.G. TumbI. M.C. Gwadir (W. 7. Blanford).

DRILLIA NITENS Hinds.
I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E., 40 fathoms.

DRILIIA OBLIQUATA Rve.

M.C. Local, but widely spread on the coast.
I. Karachi. 5 fathoms. Amongst loose stones, &e.

DRILLIA OMANENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.)

D. testa eleganter fusiformi, delicata, alba, pallide carnea vel
brunneo-tincta ; anfractibus 9, quorum apicales vitrei, interdum
carnet, levissinn, ceteris longitudinaliter crassicostatis, costis
anfractus penuliimi circa novem, ultimi decem, undique spiraliter
delicatissime striatis, strvis nitidis ; apertura oblonga, alba, labro
sinuoso, paullum effuso, sinu gucta marginem suturalem perlato ;
columella alba, nitida, recta, canali paullum producto.

Long. 14, lat. 4:50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55! N., long. 57° 59’ BE, 37

fathoms, sand and mud.

Three of the species of Drillia here described, viz. D. athyrma,
clydonia, and omanensis, possess certain features of form in common,
but entirely differ in all other particulars. The last named, now
under consideration, is white, pale flesh-colour, or tinged with
brown, the ribs themselves usually being white, of a very elegant
fusiform contour; the whorls are nine in number, two or three
being apical, colourless, and crystalline, or else brown-tinged, the
remainder thickly ribbed ; the chief characteristic of the species
being the very fine, conspicuous, and delicate spiral liration,
these lire imparting a sericeous appearance to the whole surface.
A good many examples were dredged. We may add that

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 439

D, sinensis Hinds and D. incerta E. Smith, species both of the
same form, may be at once distinguished by greater coarseness in
both sculpture and spiral liration.

DRituia PERSICA Sm. (Plate XXI. fig. 14.)
P.G. Bushire. Henjam Island. Fao.
I. Karachi. 5-15 fathoms, in thick clayey mud. Some speci-
mens are beautifully tinged with pink over the costal interstices.

DRILLIA PRUNULUM, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 2.)

D. testa attenuata, fusiformi, turrita, tenw, cinereo-brunnea, apud
basim prunicolore ; anfractibus decem, quorum apicales 2-3
pallide brunnet, vitrer, laves, ceteris apud suturas spiraliter
crassyugatis, utrinque excavatis, apud medium nodulosicostatis,
costis levibus, nitidis, albescentibus, in anfractu penultimo circa
sedecim, undique spiraliter crassiliratis, ad juncturas costarum
gemmulatis, ultimo anfractu costis evanidis, regulariter can-
cellato, supra angulato > apertura ovata, paullum contracta,
lacteo-purpurascente, labro tenui, sinu rotundato, lato, haud
profundo, intus, cum columella nitida, prunicolore, canal brevi.

Long. 12, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

The colour of this highly sculptured, tornate, and spirally noduled
species is remarkable, being an ashy brown, developing at the base,
and over the greater part of the body-whorl, to deep plum-coloured
purple. The noduled ribs in the centre of all excepting the apical
and body whorls give an angular appearance ; these disappear for
the greater part on the last whorl, the beautiful cancellations
being here seen with the best effect.

DRiLLIA RESPLENDENS Melv. (Plate XXL. fig. 11.)

P.G.: Gulf of Oman, ‘Jat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59! E.,
37 fathoms, sand and mud, only juvenile examples. On the
telegraph-cable in three or four places amongst shell-growth it
attains a fair size (20-22 mm.) and is very fine in colour. We
figure a typical example.

Dritzia RopustTA Hinds.

P.G. Bahrein Islands.

DRILLIA SACRA Reeve.
P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I.

I. Karachi, local at 3-7 fathoms. Bombay (Abercrombie).
DRILLIA SINENSIS Hinds.

M.C. Rare, an attenuate variety occurs occasionally at 10-15
fathoms, near Gwadir.
I. Karachi. Young examples only dredged living.

DRILLIA SPECTRUM Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 10’ N., long. 52° 50’ E., 29.
fathoms, none living, mud and rocky basis.

440 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

DRILLIA TASCONIUM', sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 3.)

D. testa fusiformi, sordide alba vel straminea, tenui; anfractibus
8-10, apicalibus in nostris speciminibus obliteratis, ceteris infra
(juata suturas) spiraliter profunde unisulcatis, superficie inter-
media ad juncturas costarum nodulosa ; costis longitudinalibus
crassis, obliques, levibus, intersirtialiter transversim requlariter
sulculosis ; apertura ovata, intus fusca, labro paullum expanso,
tenur, simu lato, parietaliter adhwrente, profundo; columella
alba, recta, canali paullum producto, recto.

Long. 23, lat. 9°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55' N., long. 57° 59! E. 37
fathoms, sand and mud.

Allied in form to Drillia lucida Nevill, from the same locality, but
more than twice the size, D. lucida being likewise much smoother-
ribbed. The canal is longer, and the sinus both wider and deeper.
The outer lip in both specimens dredged at the above locality
has been broken and repaired; the whole build of the shell is
coarse, though of a light rather than massive consistency.
Particularly conspicuous are the spiral sulci deeply furrowing the
summit of each whorl, leaving a narrow noduled space between
them and the sutures.

DRILLIA TAYLORIANA Rve.

I. On Eastern Telegraph Co.’s Cable, 121 miles W.S.W. of
Bombay. :
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

DRILLIA THEORETA Mely.

P.G. Henjam Island, 25 fathoms. Shaikh Shuaib I., one
large form. Allied to D. ceccht Jouss., which latter, however, seems
always paler in hue and more attenuate in form.

DRILLIA TOPAZA, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 4.)

D. testa gracih, fusiformi, solida, attenuata, castanea, rubro-suffusa ;
anfractibus octo, quorum duo aprcales manullati, leves, vitrei,
ceteris paucicostatis, costis obliquis, crassis, spiraliter wndique
tenuiliratis, costis anfractus ultimi ad sex ; apertura ovata, carnea,
labro paullum inerassato, sinu lato, brevi; columella recta,
canali lato.

Long. 11, lat. 3°50 mm.

Hab, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

Allied to D. theoreta Melv. and D. ceccht Jouss., both of which
occur in the Arabian Sea and Persian Gulf. It may be distin-
guished from both by its mamillate protoconch and fewer longi-
tudinal ribs, as well as the reddish-pink coloration, with dark
purple-red suffusion at the aperture round and beyond the sinus.
The ribs of the lowest whorl only number six; they are thickened,
rounded, and crossed by close undulating lire.

1 t¢asconium, a yellowish-white earth, from the colour.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 441

DRiILLIA TURRIS Rve. (=Plewrotoma pagoda Reeve).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.
I. Karachi, but very rarely.

DRILLIA VARIABILIS Sm.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 23° 50! N., long. 27° 50! E. Soft
mud.

I. JXarachi, smaller examples near the mouth of R. Indus,
3 fathoms, sand and mud.

This species has also been received by us from the Red Sea
(Townsend) and the Andaman Isles (Booley).

DRIDLIA (CLAVUS) CRASSA Sm.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

DRiILLia (CLAVUS) PRHCLARA Mely.
1. Bombay, up the coast (Abercrombie).

MANGILIA AVERINA, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 5.)

M. testa ovaio-fusiformi, alba, solida ; anfractibus 7, quorum
apicales duo leaves, alli, ceteris regulariter recticostatis, costis
crassiusculis, in ultimo circa septem, undique sptraliter arcte
liratis, liris alternatim tenuibus vel fortibus, ultimo anfractu
longitudine ceeteros excequante ; apertura anguste ovata, labro
merassato,sinu lato, brevi; columella fere recta ; peristomate omne
aurantio-suffuso.

i Long. 6, lat. 2°75 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A stout, pure white little Mangilia, with strong ribs, crossed
by alternate strong or thin lire, and gemmuled at the points of
junction. The lip and columellar area are beautifully suffused
with orange-yellow.

MANGILIA CARDINALIS Reeve.
1. Karachi. 3 fathoms, loose stone bottom.

MANGILIA CHILOSEMA Mely.

P.G. Henjam Island. 15 to 20 fathoms, mud.
M.C. In several places off the coast at 10-15 fathoms. .
I. iarachi. Exceedingly abundant among loose rocks,
sand, and mud at low tide. Bombay (Abercrombie) is shell-sand.
The ailinities of this species lie with the New Caledonian
M. himerta and himerodes M. & S., and perhaps with the
Mediterranean M. vauquelint Payr.

MANG LIA CRASSILABRUM Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira).
3 fathoms

I. Karachi.

MANGILIA DECIPIENS Sm.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), in shell-sand, mostly worn.

442 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

MANGILIA FAIRBANKI G. & H. Nevill.
I. Karachi, fine and not infrequent. Bombay (Abercrombie).

MANGILIA FORTISTRIATA Sm.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Maneiuia FuLvocincta G. & H. Nevill.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

MANGILIA GALIGENSIS Melv.

P.G. Galig Island.
Akin to WM. townsendi Sowb.

MANGILIA LUCIDA Sm.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

MANGILIA MYRMECODES’, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 6.)

M. testa oblonga, solida, pallide straminea ; anfractibus sex, quorum
apicalis mamillatus, subvitreus, levis, ceteris longitudinaliter
crassicostatis (costis in ultimo anfractu undecim), undique
spiraliter densiliratis, ad guncturas costarum noduliferis ;
apertura angusta, straminea, sinu lato, labro incrassato, crenu-
lato ; columella recta.

Long. 5, lat. 2°55 mm.

Hab. M.C. Charbar. 5 fathoms, sand.

I. Karachi, not uncommon.

Associated with Pyrgulina callista Melv., Cingulina isseli Tryon,
various Turbonille, Mangilia horneana Sm., chilosema, Melv., &c.,
at from 5-7 fathoms, this little species is probably locally abundant
along the whole Mekran Coast. It is best distinguished by its
noduled coste, which are particularly well defined, and unlike any
other species we know, excepting M. bascauda M. & 8. from Lifu.

MANGILIA OPALUS Rve.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E., 40 fathoms.
The nearest ally of this species seems to be Drillia nitens Hinds,
into which genus we think it should be removed.

MANGILIA PELLYI Sm.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E. 250
fathoms.

MANGILIA PERLONGA Melly.
I. Karachi, only once found.

MANGILIA PH#A*, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 7.)

M. testa minuta, ovato-fusiformt, nigro-fusca, periostraco furfuraceo,
et tenui contecta; anfractibus 7, quorum apicales duo nitid, leves,
brunneo-fusci, tertio arctissime longitudinaliter crenulato,
ceteris paucicostatis (in anfr. ultimo sex), costis incrassatis,

1 nuppnkodrs, warty or nodulous. ? gatos, dusky.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 443

spiraliter ad angulum medium et infra, in penultimo et ante-
penultimo biliratis, ultimo circa octo liris a peripherio usque ad
basim preedito ; apertura angusta, brunnescente, labro incrassato,
paullum effuso, sinu lato, brevi; columella purpureo-fusca, recta,
ad basim curta.

Long. 4, lat. 1 mm.

Hab, Persian Gulf, Linjah. 33 fathoms, sand.

A very smaJl, ovate, angled species, of a peculiar dark brown
colour, with but few incrassate ribs, crossed by sparse lire,
commencing at the centre of each whorl.

MANGILIA PULCHRIPICTA, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 9.)

M. testa fusiformi, parva, solida, omnino clare straminea, apud
suturas et ad medium anfractus ultimi inter costas purpureo
suffusa; anfractibus 8 (quorum tres apicales vitrei, ochracet,
perlaves), paucicostatis, costis ad medium angulatis, in anfractu
penultimo circa 9-10, undique spiraliter filoliratis, liris an
penultimo circa 8, anfractu ultimo ad peripheriam uniangulato,
sprraliter ad basim lirato ; apertura angusta, oblonga, labro
paullum incrassato, purpureo-fasciato, sinu lato, haud profundo ;
columella fere recta, canali breve.

Long. 6°50, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Bushire, towards Fao.

Brightly painted with purplish blotches interstitially in the
centre of the body-whorl, as well as at the sutures, the outer lip
being also fasciate. The ground-colour is clear straw; the whorls
are centrally distinctly once-angled; the ribs are clearly defined,
moderate in number, and crossed by revolving lire. Mouth
narrow, sinus broad but not deep, canal short, columella nearly
straight. We do not know a near ally.

MaNGILIA SUBULA Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 10’ N., long. 52° 50! E. 33
fathoms, sand and mud.

M.C. Charbar Point, on rocks at 7-12 fathoms. Astola
Island, on rocks and Alge.

MANGILIA TERPNISMA*, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 8.)

M. testa fusiformi, solidula, alba, apud suturas castaneo-suffusa,
et interdum ultimo anfractu spiraliter castaneo-teniato ; unfracti-
bus octo, ad medium angulatis, quorum apicales duo vel tres
leves, castaneo-brunnei, ceteris longitudinaliter crassicostaies,
costis rectis, interstitis, simul acad suturas, interdum brunneo-
vel castaneo-suffusis, undique spiraliter liratis, liris irreqularibus,
subdistantibus ; apertura cinerea, angusta, labro incrassato,
teniato, intus sanguineo ; columella suffusa, ad basim sanguinea ;
canali paullulum recurvo, brevissimo.

Long. 9, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 57’ E., at 37

fathoms, sand and mud.
1 répmvos, pleasing.

444 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Characterized by its stout build, whorls once-angled, whitish,
banded and filleted with chestnut, the outer lip much thickened,
teeniate, within blood-red or, in one example, chestnut, columella
stained at the base with the same colour. Mouth narrow,
cinereous or slate-coloured within. ‘This species would by some
authors be considered a Glyphostoma.

MAaNGILIA THESKELOIDES Melv.

i) Warachit

The nearest ally is M. theskela M. & S. from New Caledonia
and the Loyalty Isles.

MAnGILia TOWNSENDI Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. Especially fine at Jask.

M.C. Charbar, Gwadir, Ormara, Astola Island, &c.; met with
generally along the coast from low-water mark to 15 fathoms, on
muddy sand.

Maneinta(GLYPHOsToMA)OBTUSICOsTATASm. (Plate XXI. fig. 4.)

P.G. and M.C. Occasionally occurring singly, rare.

I.° Karachi, local.

MAnGILia (GLYPHOSTOMA) RUGOSA Migh.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

I. Karachi. In 3-7 fathoms, amongst loose stones and
muddy sand.

MAnGitia (GLYPHOSTOMA) soROR Sw.

P.G. Bushire, Hindarabi I. Galig I. Kishm I.

M.C. Fairly general along the coast.

I. Karachi Harbour, where the finest specimens of all occur
in 5 fathoms, among loose stones and muddy sand.

Maneiita (GLYPHOSTOMA) SsPuRCA Hinds.

P.G. Linjah, 33 fathoms. Henjam I., 15-28 fathoms.

Bahrein Islands. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.
I. Karachi.
CLATHURELLA ALBICAUDATA Sin.
I. Karachi. On rocks amongst weeds at low tide.
CLATHURELLA BICOLOR Angas.
I. Karachi.
CLATHURELLA FORAMINATA Reeve.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).
Var. camacina Melv.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms.

I. Karachi. Also lat. 18°58'N., long. 71°43’ HE. 40 fathoms.

The variety is always larger and paler than the type.
CLATHURELLA HORNEANA Sm.

P.G. Bushire.
I. Karachi. Amongst weed and sand on rocks at low tide,
locally most abundant, and probably extending to Ceylon.

a

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 445

CLATHURELLA O’MALEYI Melv.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. On shell-growth on telegraph-cable,
lat. 25° 58’ N., long. 57° 35' HE. 55 fathoms, mud.

CLATHURELLA PERPLEXA G. & H. Nevill.

P.G. Bushire, and near Fao, at head of the Gulf.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CLATHURELLA SMITH G. & H. Nevill.

JEG ANobonl oye M.C. Gwadtr (W. 7. Blanford). Near
polynesiensis Rye.

CLATHURELLA THNUILIRATA Angas.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26°10’ N., long. 52° 50’ E. 33
fathoms, mud and reck.

CLATHURELLA POLYNESIENSIS Reeve.

M.C. Astola Island, in sand.
I. Karachi.
Not agreeing with Lifu specimens so named, and the species
requires further study. Arabian Sea examples certainly compare

more favourably with the original description (Proc. Zool. Soc.
1848, p. 119).

CLATHURELLA PYRAMIDULA Rve.

P.G. Linjah. 33 fathoms.
I. Karachi. 5 fathoms, mud.

CLATHURELLA THALIA sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 10.)

C. testa fusiformi, gracili, multum attenuata, ochraceo-straminea, ad
medium anfractuum brunneo-teniata ; anfractibus 8, quorum duo
apicales vitret, leves, pellucidi, his prowimus anfractus pulcher-
rome tribus gemmularum ordinibus minutis spiraliter dispositas,
preditus, ceteris apud suturas impressis, tumidis, longitudinaliter
costatis, costis tenuibus, flexuosis, obliquis, tribus vel quatuor
liris sptraliter succinctis, ad juncturas costarum gemmulifercs,
anfractu ultimo producto, attenuato ; apertura anguste oblonga,
labri sinu minimo, brevissimo, lato; columella recta, canali brevi.

Long. 8°25, lat. 2°50 mm.

Hab. Mekran Coast, Charbar. 7 fathoms.

This species might stand equally as Mangilia or Clathurella: it
seems impossible to draw a hard-and-fast line between such nearly
allied genera, the characteristics of which are often ill-defined.
C. thalia is a particularly graceful, attenuate species, one of its
chief distinguishing peculiarities, which we have observed on no
other nearly allied form, being the beautiful rows (3) of spiral
small gemme on the whorl immediately succeeding the apical. The
thin flexuose oblique longitudinal ribs, crossed by about four rows
of spirals on the upper whorls, present at the point of junction
with the ribs round small gemmules; the last whorl is very elongate
and attenuate, just above the middle of this whorl the spirals are
sparse and the colour becomes whitish, giving the shell a banded

446 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

appearance. Aperture narrowly oblong: outer lip thickened, with
a very shallow, small, but broad sinus; columella straight, and
canal short.

Superficially like C. polynesiensis Reeve, but widely differing in
character of ribs and greater attenuation of form.

CLATHURELLA TINCTA Rve.

I. Karachi. Occurs at very low tide, amongst mud and weed
on rocks.

Var. lemniscata Nevill (sp.).
I. Bombay (Abercrombie), with the type in shell-sand.

DonovaNnta BIcotor Melv.

Lachesis bicolor Melv. Mem. Manch. Soe. vol. xlii. part 2 (1898),
no. 4, p. 14, pl. 1. fig. 27.

P.G. No special locality given.
M.C. Charbar, rarely.

CYTHARA EDITHE, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 11.)

C. testa gracili, fusiformi, alba, castaneo-tincta ; anfractibus 8-9,
quorum apicales duo vel tres calcarei, albi, loves, ceteris eleganter
recticostatis, costis paucis, in antepenultimo quinque, penultimo
et ultimo sex, plerumnque obscure castaneo variegatis, undique
spiraliter sub lente arctissime et delicatissime striatis,apud suturas
multum impressis ; apertura angusta, oblonga, labro extus paul-
lum effuso, incrassato, dorsaliter pallide castaneo-maculato, intus
recto ; columella alba, recta, minute multidenticulata.

Long. 10°25, lat. 3 mm., sp. maj.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms.

Allied to C. cithara Gould, but more graceful and fewer-ribbed ;

a species, too, of which we have not been able to find a description.
C. tenuihrata Rve. is also akin to our species, we having closely
compared it; but it differs in form, the number of coste being
identical.

Cytuara @rapata G. & H. Nevill.
I. Bombay (Rev. S. B. Fairbank) (A. Abercrombie ?).

CYTHARA HYPERCALLES Melv.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 20 fathoms, sandy mud.

CYTHARA TYPHONOTA', sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 12.)

C. testa alba, solidiuscula, ultemo anfractu dersaliter apud medium
nigrescenti-temato ; anfractibus octo, gradatis, apud suturas
impressis, longitudinaliter recticostatis, costis ultimum apud an-
fractum 12,fere levibus, sub lente spiraliter obscure undique
tenuistratis ; apertura oblonga, labro simplice (juvenilt) ;
columella fere recta.

Long. 8, lat. 1°50 mm.

P.G. Tumb Island. 17 fathoms, sand.

1 ridos, smoke; ywros, back,

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 447

Dredged in company with Mangilia spurca and obtusicostata, but
only in juvenile condition. The gradate whorls, straight ribs
(twelve in number on the body-whorl), and especially the smoky
black spiral dorsal band, most conspicuous just behind the outer
lip, amply characterize the species.

DAPHNELLA AXIS Reeve.

P.G.. Gulf of Oman: Malcolm Inlet, 20 fathoms; Kais (or
Gais) Island, 10 fathoms, amongst broken shell and coral-sand.
I. Karachi.

DAPHNELLA CECILIA, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 13.)

D. testa gracillime fusiform, albida, delicata ; anfractibus 9,
quorum aprcales tres pallide straminei, supremo mamillato,
nitido, levi, duobus hine prowimis sub lente delicatissime decus-
satis, ceteris arctissime tenuicostatis, spiraliter undique liratis,
interstitus quadratulis, alveatis, liris ultimt anfractus circa
viginti, costis longitudinalibus arctissimis, tenuibus; apertura
oblonga, albescente, labro paullum incrassato, sinu haud pro-
fundo ; columella recta.

Long. 13, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. ** Mekran Coast” (F..W. Townsend in coll. W. Neville

Sturt).

A most graceful white species, resembling a Mitra of the section
Cancilla. In addition to the description above given, we might
point out that on the fourth and fifth whorls the longitudinal ribs
are fewer and more incrassate than on the penultimate and body-
whorls; the same with the spiral lire. On the body-whorl these lire
are of varying thickness, the interstices are alveate. By some
malacologists this might be termed a Clathurella, but the very
graceful form suggests greater affinity with the genus where we
have, at all events provisionally, located it. Our best thanks are due
to Mr. W. N. Sturt for the loan of the species, which, with many
other Mollusca of great interest, he has received direct from
Mr. Townsend.

DaPHNELLA EVERGESTIS', sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 14.)

D. testa ovato-fusiformi, albo-straminea ; anfractibus octo, quorum
aprcales duo subvitrer, delicatissime sub lente decussati, cceteris ad
suturas multum impressis, ventricosis, arctissime longitudinaliter
costulatis, costis subobliquis, ad juncturas lirarum spiralium
multarum gemmulato-nitidis, anfractus ultimi costis ad sea et
vigintt ; apertura ovata, labro incrassaio, albo, nitido, sinu ad
suturam lato, sed obscure, canah paullulum recurvo, brevi.

Long. 12, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 59° 59° E. 37

fathoms, sand and coral-mud.

A well-sculptured Daphnella, whitish or straw, variegated with

darker maculations on some examples, elegantly fusiform; whorls

' ebéoyns, bountiful.

448 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

rounded, much impressed at the sutures, the protoconch most
delicately decussate, the remainder of the whorls being closely
obliquely ribbed, crossed by many spirals, slightly gemmulate at
the points of junction, this gives a white shining appearance to the
ribs, which on the body-whorl number about twenty-six. The
mouth is oval, outer lip thickened; sinus very superficial, but
broad, close below the suture. Canal slightly recurved and short.
We do not know a near ally to this species, though some super-
ficial similarity in the sculpture with Pl. mitralis Ten.- Woods, from
Tasmania, is discernible. Likewise D.compsa Wats., though more
than twice the length, has the same costal disposition; but in
this species the form, especially basally, is quite different, the
canal being more prolonged, with consequent attenuation of the
body-whorl.

DAPHNELLA RECEPTORIA, Sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 15.)

D. testa eleganter fusiformi, late ochracea, mulium attenuata, deli-
cata ; anfractibus septem, angulatis, apicali perlevi, vitreo,
puniceo-tincto, ceteris ad suturas multwm impressis, excavato-
tornatis, superms binis, penultimo trinis carinarum ordinibus
spiraliter predito, ultimo multicarinato, carinis vartis, septem
vel octo carinarum ordinibus; apertura lata, oblonga, intus
albescente, labro extus lunulato ; columella fere recta, canali brevi.

Long. 18°50, lat. 6 mm.

Hab. Mekran Coast, Charbar.

We consider this elegant Pleurotomid to belong to the genus
Daphnella rather than to Clathurella, as there is no sign of cancella-
tion on any of the whorls. At the same time Cl. tricarinata Reeve,
carinulata Souy., and hindsit Reeve show much structural affinity
with it, both in the keels and in form. The section of Daphnella
to which we refer it, viz. that which has for its type D. trivaricosa
von Martens, seems almost to embrace the Olathurelle we have just
mentioned, and several others relegated to that genus.

One cannot help feeling, indeed, the more the Pleurotomacea are
studied closely, how painfully artificial and misleading are many of
the characters which are employed in differentiating the sections,
so called genera, and subgenera of this vast assemblage. It
is almost too large for the monographer, and so enormous are
the number of species annually brought to light, especially since
the abyssal forms have been sought after and procured with
greater facility, that we fear confusion will soon be worse con-
founded, and the patience of malacologists tried too far, unless
some benefactor of his race arise to study these forms alone as
his life’s work.

DAPHNELLA TRIVARICOSA v. Mart. '

P.G. Gulf of Oman. One beautifully lamellate specimen from
Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira), with the upper whorls varicose,
may be a distinct species, the canal being slightly more prolonged
than in von Martens’s type.

ae

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 449

DAPHNELLA VENERIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 16.)

D. testa oblongo-gradatula, delicata, tenw, albo-lactea ; anfractibus
8, quorum apicales duo depressi, vitrei, duo his proximi pul-
cherrime sub lente decussato-cancellati, cateris ad suturas
gradatis, ultimo excepto, irrequlariter varicoso-costatis, spiraliter
undique arcte liratis, iris in ultimo anfractu solum gemmulatis ;
apertura late oblongo-ovata, labro effuso, paullwm incrassato, sinu
lato, juxta suturam ; columella recta, canal brevissimo.

Long. 9, lat. 3°25 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05’ N., long.57°25' K. 205 fathoms, .

mud.

A peculiarly gradate species, the sculpture being, as in most
Daphnelle, elaborately cancellate as regards the protoconch ; the
whorls next to this are irregularly varicose-costate, and are
crossed by delicate non-gemmuled spirals ; it is on the last whorl
alone, which is slightly effusely ventricose, that these gemmules
appear, which are extremely beautiful microscopic objects. The
aperture is wide, outer lip effuse, the sinus, situate just below tle
suture, being very broad. Canal very short.

We know no member of the genus which possesses such well-
defined gradate whorls, and we consider its refined beauty merits
the appellation chosen for it specifically.

DAPHNELLA XYLOIS*,sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 17.)

D. testa delicata, eleganter fusiform, albida, flammis longitu-
dinalibus vel maculis castaneis decorata ; anfractibus 94, quorum
apicales 24 subvitrer, castanei, sub lene delicate cancellati, tres
quoque his proaimi obscure longitudinaliter varicoso-costati,
ceteris planatis, undique pulcherrime et tenuissime filoso-can-
cellatis, ad juncturas yemmuliferis, ultimo anfractu coeteros
magnitudine exequante ; apertura alba, oblonga, labro tenu?, sinu
(in speciminibus nostris) haud cernendo ; columella tenui, canali
brevissimo.

Long. 13, lat. 4°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms, coral-sand.

Most beautifully encircled with microscopic cancellee, which are
gemmuled at the points of junction, giving a sericeous appearance
to the surface when examined with an ordinary lens of low power.
Under a higher objective the protoconch is perceived to be vitreous,
most delicately cancellate throughout, the next three whorls
possessing coarse varicose longitudinal ribs, the remaining whorls
all plane and clouded with flame-like chestnut markings.

Our specimens are probably not quite full-grown, for the
sinus is not discernible. The outer lip is slightly effuse, columella
thin, and canal extremely short.?

1 Etdov, wood, from the grained-like chestnut markings.

2 Of the twenty-seven species of Plewrotomide described by Mr. Edgar Smith
mainly in 1877-1888, and for which, in the earlier part of this paper, we have

given most of the references, the following only do not occur in our Catalogue,
all having been collected by Col. Pelly with the locality ‘‘ Persian Gulf,” and

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Von. II. No. XXIX. 29

450 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

This species does not seem very near, save superficially, to any
variety of the protean D. lymneiformis Kiener, e. g. patula and
fragilis Reeve, with which we have carefully compared it. In
form it is unlike the elongate D. flammea Hinds, from New
Ireland, though to some extent the disposition of the markings is
identical. D. delicata Rve. is likewise more elongate.

Fam. CANCELLARIID ®.

CANCELLARIA (M=RICA) ASPERELLA Lam.
Var. elegans Sowb. (sp.).
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

CaNcELLARIA (Murica) prrascrata Desh. (=oblonga Sowb.).

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Jask, Maskat. 15 fathoms.
M.C. Charbar Point.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie), very occasionally.

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) AGALMA*, sp.n. (Plate XXIV.
fig. 18.)

C. testa parva, oblongo-fusiformi, anguste perforata, fusca, solida ;
anfractibus 7, quorum apicales leviusculi, quatuor ultimis ad
suturasmultumimpressis, supra angulatis, longitudinaliter obliqui-
costatis, costis asperis, undique spiraliter arcte rudiliratis, liris
crassis, cum tenuibus alternatim dispositis, interstitirs squamato-
corrugatis ; apertura angusta, tragonalr, labro crasso, supra recto,
unangulato, deinde paullum ad basim effuso ; columella biplicata.

Long. 7°50, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59' EB. 37
fathoms, sand and mud.

Small, solid, of elegant compressedly angled and trigonous
contour, the body-whorl bears eleven longitudinal ribs, thick,
spirally multilirate, these lire of varying widths alternately
disposed. Allied to C. goniostoma Sowb., C. antiquata Hinds, and
others of the section Z'rigonostoma Blvlle.

CaNCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) BICOLOR Hinds.
M.C. Off Charbar Point. 7 fathoms, rock.

the types presented to our National Collection, South Kensington, by the late
Mr. R. MacAndrew :—

Drillia portia. | Clathurella macandrewit.
» pupiformis. | 2 munda.
Mangilia albolabiata. | i reticulosa.
ip recta, Daphnella arcta,
Dra scutnlas Cithara elevata.
Clathurella asperulata. | » striatula,
is crebrilirata. |

With the exception of these few, therefore, we believe that a// the members
of this large family that have been hitherto diagnosed as occurring within the
confines of this region are enumerated in this catalogue.

1 dyaXpa, a delight.

ee

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 451

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) COSTIFERA Sowb.

I. Karachi. 3 fathoms, loose stones and sandy mud.

Bombay (Abercrombie). ‘Only in one locality, washed up by heavy
seas, with C. scalarina Lam.” Bassein and southwards (Olivier).

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) CRENIFERA Sowb.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.
J. Karachi.
Var. serrata Reeve.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, with the type.
CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) CRISPATA Sowb.
I. Karachi, but rarely.

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) HYSTRIX Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask.

M.C. Generally off the Persian coast. 7-10 fathoms, in
muddy bottom.

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) LAMELLOSA Hinds.

P.G. Generally found 10-15 fathoms, among dead shells and
mud. By some authors considered a variety of C. crenifera Sowb.

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSLOMA) PAUCICOSTATA Sowb.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. Also on telegraph-cable adhering to
the upper part of Rapana bulbosa, 30-50 fathoms. Lat. 25° 14’
N., long. 59° 45’ E., 80 fathoms.

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) SCALARINA Sowb.

P.G. Found generally in 10 fathoms, mud and dead oyster-shelis.
I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie), only washed ashore in one
place, after storms.

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) WILMERI Sowb.
I. Angrias Bank (Captain W.S. Tindall).

Specimens of a Cancellaria, very distinct, and with C. macrospira
Ad. & Rve. as sole ally, have lately (April 1901) been dredged by
Mr. Townsend off Bombay, lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E.,
40 fathoms, unfortunately too late for description at the present
opportunity.

Order OPISTHOBRANCHIATA.

Suborder i. TECTIBRANCHIATA.
Fam. ACTEONID&.

SOLIDULA AFFINIS (A. Ad.).
P.G. and M.C. Generally found at 3-7 fathoms, muddy sand.
I. Karachi.
Var. coccimata Rye. (sp.).
I. Karachi.

452 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Acrxon Exinis Jeffr. (=itidus Verrill).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35' E. 205
fathoms, mud.

The discovery of this species in the Persian Gulf increases the
range as hitherto known. Discovered by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys in
1870, in the North Atlantic, 227-1456 fathoms, it was subsequently
found in the Bay of Biscay, Mediterranean Sea, Azores (‘ Challenger’
Expedition), also E. coast of Florida, and Martha’s Vineyard,
Rhode I., U.S.A., likewise the Campeche Bank, Gulf of Mexico
(vide Pilsbry in Man. of Conch. vol. xv. p. 156).

Our examples seem near the American variety (A. nitidus
Verrill).

ACTON FLAMMEUS Gmmel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.
Shaikh Shuaib Island. 10 fathoms, coral-sand.
Sometimes occurs at low-tide mark.

Acton Ppupicus A. Ad.
lL. Karachi.

ACTON stmBouipi Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. 10 fathoms, mud.
M.C. 8 fathoms, not frequent.

Lrvcorina ama@ya A. Ad. (Myonia).

P.G. and M.C. No exact record.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

LEUCOTINA EXIMIA Lischke.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Lrucorina grariosa Mely.
P.G. Off Shaikh Shuaib I. 10 fathoms, in semifossil con-
dition.

I. Karachi, very rarely.

LEUCOTINA JASKENSIS Melv.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask. Dredged at 3 fathoms, muddy
sand. A very graceful species.

Buia scapra Gmel. (= Voluta ziczac Muhlfeldt).

M.C. Generally occurs on the coasts of Persia and Baluchistan
from low tide to 5 fathoms, sandy mud. Common at Ormara.

1. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Distributed through both hemispheres, though not yet found
on the American coasts.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 453

Fam. TORNATINID ©.

TORNATINA CRITHODES*, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 19.)

T. testa recta, cylindrica, fusiforn’, alba, cuticulo tenwssimo
contecto, straminea, spiraliter castaneo-multilineato, spira de-
presso-conica, apice hetercstrcpho; anfractibus 4-5, profunde
et anguste canaliculatis, ultimo recto, suwbprolongato ; apertura
supra contracta, infra effusa, labro fere recto ; columella fortiter
uniplicata.

Alt. 5°50, diam. 2 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Linjah. 74 fathoms.

The straw-coloured thin cuticle or periostracum surrounding the
white surface is thick with chestnut-coloured spiral lines. In this
respect, judging by Mr. Pilsbry’s figure (Man. Conch. xv. pl. 50.
f. 38), it resembles 7. culcztella Gould, from California. The
whorls are profoundly, but narrowly channelled, form straight and
cylindrical, columella strongly once-plaited. A good many

examples were dredged in December 1900, at the above-named
locality.

TORNATINA INCoNSPICUA A. Ad.
P.G. Gais Island. 10 fathoms.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).
This Erythreean species is in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.)
from the Persian Gulf unnamed. With the aid of a lens delicate
spiral striz are discernible towards the base.

ToRNATINA INVoLUTA G. & H. Nevill.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TORNATINA PERSIANA Sm.
P.G. At 14 fathoms (Col. Pelly). In Coll. Mus. Brit.

TORNATINA TOWNSENDI Melly.
P.G. and M.C. Oceasional.

I. Karachi, very abundantly dredged off Manora Point and
elsewhere at 3-7 fathoms.

ToRNATINA ZOE, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 20.)

‘ : a g : :

ane testa minuta, cylindrica, brevi, subpellucida, albo-lactea, aprce
sinistral, mamillato, spira conica ; anfractibus (apicali incluso)
quatuor, ad suturas excavatis, ultimo undique spiraliter pulchre
sulcato, sulculis arctis, circa octo et viginti, ad basim descen-

dentibus ; apertura pyriformi, apud basim effusa, rotundata, labro
recto ; columella alba, paullum callosa.
Alt. 3°25, diam. 1°30 mm.

Hab. Karachi.
The most delicately beautiful of the genus, being distinguished

1

kplwons, like barley-husks.

454 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

by its cylindrical, rather shortened spire, sinistral apical whorl,
straight body-whorl, closely spirally multisulcate. The substance
is subpellucid milky white; outer lip straight; columella slightly
callous at the base, white, shining, not plaited.

Retusa nitmpa (A. Ad.).
P.G. Bushire. A Bornean species.

Rerusa (PyYRUNCULUS) PELLYI (Sm.).

Cylichna (Sao) pellyz Sm. Ann. N. H. ser. 4, ix. p. 354 (1872).

P.G. Gulf of Oman. Common at some depth, say from 50 to
350 fathoms; fine and large.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). One of the most abundant Mollusca
whose shells are cast ashore after rough weather.

VoLVULA ACUMINATA Brug.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35' BE. 205
fathoms, mud.

I. Bombay. Not in the list, though collected by Abercrombie.

Probably absolutely identical with the well-known European
and Mediterranean Volvula. It is recorded in the catalogue
(revised) of the MacAndrew collection from the Red Sea and
Suez by the Rev. A. H. Cooke. Probably V. ovytata Bush, from
the Eastern United States, is the same.

Fam. SCAPHANDRIDA.
SMARAGDINELLA ANDERSONI Nevill (Glauconella).
I. Ratnagiri (Abercrombie).
First recorded by G. Nevill from 8. Ceylon. The Rev. A. H.
Cooke names it from Suez; Dr. F. Stoliczka from Penang.
Arys (Anicuna) auicuna A. Ad.
P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Arys (ALICULA) AMYGDALA Sowb.
M.C. Record a little doubtful (7. W. T.).

Arys (Anrcuna) cyrrnprica Helb,

M.C. No specified locality.

Includes A. elongata A. Ad. and soda Brug.
Atys (AlicuLA) succisa Ehr.

I. Karachi.

CYLICHNA BREVISSIMA A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 25° 44’ N., long. 52° 30’ E.
40 fathoms, mud and sand, on telegraph-cable.

OYLICHNA BUSHIRENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 21.)

CO. testa subcylindrica, supra acuminata, apud basim paullulum
effusa et dilatata, tenw, papyracea, nitida, cinereo-alba, trans-
versim eleganter undulato-striata, strus supra minute punctatis,

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 455

spira celata, apice umbilicato; apertura supra angusta, ad basim
effusiore ; columella simplice, paullum incrassata.
Alt, 8, diam. 3°25 mm.

Hab, Persian Gulf. Bushire and near Fao.
Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.
Gulf of Oman. 208 fathoms.

Mainly conspicuous by its fragility and delicate transverse
undulating strize, these being punctate in the upper portion of
the body-whorl. The mouth is slightly dilated below, lip fairly
straight, columella slightly thickened. Several examples.

CYLICHNA CRENILABRIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 22.)

C. testa brevi, calcareo-alba, subperforata, bullata, ovata, crassi-
uscula, undique arctissime spiraliter minute punctata ; apertura
oblonga, supra constricta, infra paullum dilatata, labro incrassato,
pulchre crenulato ; columella ad basim effusa, haud plicata,
simplice.

Alt. 3°50, diam. 1°75 mm., sp. maj.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° Sa Ne lone ove conmnn.

205 fathoms, mud.

Minute, but highly deuletuved with close spiral punctuation,
the outer lip thickened and beautifully crenulate, a peculiarity we
have seen in no other Tectibranch we can remember. Our speci-
mens are mostly full-grown, though they be all so inconspicuous.
About fifty examples were dredged at the above locality.

CYLICHNA CYLINDRACEA Pennant.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Lat. 27° 18' N., long. 51° 52’ E. 27 fathoms, mud.

Lat. 24° 05'N., long. 57° 35’ E. 205 fathoms, mud.

1. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Evidently the British, European, and Mediterranean species.

CYLICHNA FAOENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 23.)

C. testa angusta, cylindrica, tenur, alba, paullum nitente, um-
bilicata, longitudinaliter hic illic irregulariter indistincte striata,
spiraliter apud eatrematates distincte ad medium leniter sulcato-
striata ; apertura angusta, lunata, infra latiore, labro elliptico,
erassiusculo ; columella obscure uniplicata, crassiuscula, alba,
nitente,

Alt. 8, diam. 3°30 min.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Bushire, and towards Fao.

A narrow, barrel-shaped Cylichna, thin, whitish, slightly shining,
spirallv striate, but more conspicuously so at the extremities ; outer
lip rising just beyond the umbilicus, scarcely angled, thence
somewhat elliptic, rounded at the base ; aperture narrow, columella
obscurely once-plaited.

Three very minute species of Cylichna, C. consanguinea, per-
pusilla, and pumilissima, all of HK. A. Smith, have been described
(Ann. N. Hist. ser. 4, ix. pp. 352, 353) as dredeed by Col. Pelly
in the Persian Gulf at 14 fathoms.

456 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Fam. BULLID®.
Buia AMPULLA L.

P.G. and M.C. Found, not uncommonly, over the coasts of
Persia and Baluchistan from low. tide to 10 fathoms, sandy mud.
I. Karachi.

Fam. AKERID#.

Haminea conta A. Ad.

Haminea curta A. Ad. in Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 582, pl. civ.
fig. 100.

Atys (Alicula) isseli H. Ad. P. Z.S. 1872, p. 11, pl. i. fig. 13.

Haminea equistriata HK. A. Sm. Ann. N. Hist. ser. 4, ix. p. 350.

P.G. Linjah. 34 fathoms (December 1900).

A white, beautifully striate species, precisely similar to Erythreean
specimens.

Haminea crocata Pease.

I. Karachi. Found from low-tide mark to 7 fathoms on mud.
Young examples are found in myriads on mud-flats uncovered at
half-tide.

HAMINEA GALBA Pease.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Not uncommon. Both these two
last species were originally described from Hawaii.

AKERA soLurA Gmel.
I. Karachi. At low tide on clean sand.

CYLINDROBULLA FRAGILIS Jeffr.

I. Karachi.

Neither we nor Mr. Edgar Smith can disassociate the Indian
examples from the European.

Fam, HypDATINID&.

Hypatrtna puysis L.

M.C. Not infrequently occurring in 3-5 fathoms in muddy
sand among loose rocks.

Hyparina veLuM Gmel. (= Bulla vevillum Chemn.).

M.C. With the preceding in 3-7 fathoms, among muddy sand
and loose stones.

Fam. RINGICULID”.

Rineicuta acura Phil.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 25’ N., long. 57° 35’ &.
205 fathoms, mostly among shell-growth. Also on the cable at
50 fathoms.

M.C. Charbar. 10 fathoms, mud.

Reported from Gwadir by Mr. G. Nevill.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 457

RINGICULA CHARON Hinds.

M.C. Gwadir (W. T. Blanford, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xliv.
2, p. 102). It is nearly allied to A. acuta Phil. (cf. Pilsbry, Man.
Conch. xv. p. 407). In the Townsend collection it occurs, but in

no quantity.
RINGICULA PRISMATICA Folin (=f. apicata Nevill).
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).
Often confused with R. acuta or propinquans.
RINGICULA PROPINQUANS Hinds.

eG ECS Ie

This seems the most widely distributed species over the region
now treated of. It is particularly abundant in the dredgings in
the Galf of Oman (50-300 fathoms), and occurs plentifully at
Bombay (Abercrombie) in shell-shingle. Young examples are
transversely striate, adult specimens worn nearly smooth.

Fam, APLYSIID®.

TretHys, sp. (Aplysia).
I. Karachi, under rocks at low tide. May perhaps be the
T. argus Rupp. & Leuck., an Erythrzan species.

Fam. SIPHONARIID 2.
SIPHONARIA BASSEINENSIS Melv.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).
SIPHONARIA KURRACHEENSIS Rve.

P.G. Rishire.
M.C. Gwadir beach.

SIPHONARIA LECANIUM Phil.
I. Karachi.

SIPHONARIA SIPHO Sowb.
M.C. Gwaditr beach.

Suborder ti. PTEROPODA.
Sect. Thecosomata.
Fam. CAVOLINIID 2.

CAVOLINIA LONGIROSTRIS Less.
DracRia TRISPINOSA Less.
CRESEIS ACICULA Rang.
OCRESEIS STRIATA Rang.
CRESEIS VIRGULA Rang.

P.G. Gulf of Oman.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1901, Vou. Il. No. XXX. 30

458 MUSSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 56° 56’ E. 225 fathoms, mud.
oy POS Na eh BE EO IE i iy
of PES Nog oss | BO Osh 1a | SOO se a
These five species occurred together, all dead, and aggregated
in vast quantities at the bottom of the sea, with the Heteropod
Atlanta peronii Less.

Order PULMONATA.

Fam. AURICULID2.

It is not our intention to dwell on the bulk of the brackish-
water species which occur intermingled often with the truly marine.
We have thus passed over, in a previous part of this paper, the
Assiminiee, Stenothyre, and Hydrobiide. At the same time, we
feel it only right to give Mr. Townsend’s opinion, who has studied
the species so closely in situ, that he considers Plecotrema lirata
Ad. and P. sykesii Melv., both common at Karachi, to be strictly
marie. He adds: ‘The rocks they inhabit are submerged by
salt-water every tide, and there is no river nor fresh water any-
where in the locality.”

Clas SCAPHOPODA.

Fam. DENTALIID.

DENTALIUM ATTENUATUM Sowb.
P.G. Kais Island. 10 fathoms.

DENTALIUM ConsPicuuM Melv.
I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, mud and loose stones.

DENTALIUM JAVANUM Sowb.
I. Karachi.

DENTALIUM LONGITRORSUM Reeve.
I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

DENTALIUM octoGonuM Lam.
eG MEG. ils

Generally distributed from Bushire to Karachi; 3-7 fathoms,
mud or muddy sand bottom.

DENTALIUM PoLrtuM L. (eburneum Desh.).
EG iME:C.).)) 1.

Generally distributed at 7-60 fathoms, on mud. Those obtained
at the greater depth are much the finer.

DENTALIUM PoRCATUM Gould.
I. Karachi.

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 459

DENTALIUM PSEUDOHEXAGONUM Desh.
I. Karachi.

DENTALIUM QUADRIAPICALE Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 5-15 fathoms, mud.
M.C. Generally distributed.

DENTALIUM SEMIPOLITUM Sowb.
P.G. Linjah anchorage. 5 fathoms, soft mud.

DENTALIUM SUBTORQUATUM F'schr.
P.G. Kais (or Gais) Island. 15 fathoms, mud; also lat. 26°
50' N., long. 52° 50’ E.

CADULUS EULOIDES’, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 24.)

C. testa alba, nitida, infleca, levissima, postice attenuata, antoce
trans medium tumidula ; apertura rotunda, posteriore parva,
rotunda, margine tenwi, acuto.

Long. 10, diam. oris 1:25 mm. sp. maj., diam. apicalis 0°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 58° 56’ H.. 345
fathoms, mud. Karachi (one example).

Larger than C. gadus Mont., which we have not seen north of
Bombay. It is a very smooth white shell, in some examples
ringed obscurely with cinereous grey, in others pure white, in-
curvec, shining, posteriorly attenuate, from the centre to the
mouth tumid, aperture round, margin acute. It was dredged
very abundantly in the locality above given.

CaDULUS GADUS Sowb.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Extremely abundant in shell-sand.

A third species is likewise reported near Karachi that is deserving
of further study.

We follow Pilsbry (Man. Conch. xvii. p. 142) in considering
that Cadulus should stand on its own merits and not be merely
subservient to Siphonodentalium M. Sars. In his opinion, however,
it is only the anterior constriction below the aperture which can
be said to separate it generically.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXI.
Fig. Fig.
1. Mitra ( Turricula) caliendrum, 7. Columbella (Mitrella) nomadica,
p. 420. . 404.
2. Coralliophila — rubrococcinea, 8. Turritella fultoni, p. 878.
p. 401. 9. Terebra cognata, p. 428.
3. Argyropeza divina, p. 872. 10. » pellyi, p. 428.
4. Mangilia (Glyphostoma) obtusi- 11. Drillia resplendens, p. 439.
costata, p. 404. 12. Conus clytospira, p. 430.
5. Columbella (Mitrella) alizone, 13, 15. Strombus beluchiensis, p. 380.
. 403. 14, Drillia persica, p. 489.
6. Terebra macandrewi, p. 428.

e
1 edAn eidos: the resemblance to a white maggot is realistic.

[June 18,

. Pissoina pseudo-scalaris, p. 368.

460 ON MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF.
Prats XXII.
Fig. Fig.
1. Cyclostrema ocrinium, p. 346. 15
2: st quadricarinatum, 14. Fenella tanyspira, p. 370.
p. 347. 15. Adeorbis placens, p. 373.

3. Aclis calotropis, p. 357. 16. Bittiwm atramentarium, p. 375.
4. ,, enitlda, p. 357. 17. Triforis idoneus, p. 376,
5. Natica tranquilla, p. 359. 18. Mathilda gracillima, p. 378.
6. Scalaria gloriola, p. 355. 19. 50 emitampis, p. 379.
7. Trichotropis townsend, p. 360. 20. Eulima styliferoides, p. 388.
8. Rissoa charope, p. 365. 21. Syrnola mekranica, p. 390.
9. ,, petronella, p. 366. 22. Turbonilla charbarensis, p. 393.
10. ,, ~=(Alvania) alveata, p. 366. 23 BS linjaica, p. 393.
11. Rissoina sceptrum- ce p. 367. 24. 4 stegastris, p. 393.
12: ys paschalis, p. 368.
Prats XXIII,
Fig. Fig.
1. Odostomia litiopina, p. 395. 12. Nassa tdyllia, p. 410.
2. major, p. 399. 13. 4, angriasensis, p. 412.
3. Columbella (Mitrella) agnesiana, 14. ,, sturtiana, p. 413.
p. 402. 15. Phos gladysie, p. 416.
4. e iN astolensis, 16. Mitra (Cancilla) lalage, p. 419.
. 404. 17. (Costellaria) pasithea,
5. a (Seminella) melitoma, p. 422.
p. 405 18. o 5, malcolmensis,
6. Me 2% phaula, : . 421.
p. 405. 19. » (Pusia) blanfordi, p. 423.
Te as 5, selaophora, 20. Marginella (Cryptospira) ma-
p. 406. belle, p. 425.
8. Hh i townsend?, 21. Drillia alcyonea, p. 485.
p. 406. 22. 4, athyrma, p. 436.
9. Hsopus urania, p. 407. 23. » eircumvertens, p. 436.
10. Nassa collaticia, p. 409. 24. » elydonia, p. 437.
ll. ,, eranea, p. 410.
Prats XXIV.
Fig. Fig.
1. Drillia omanensis, p. 488. 14. Daphnella evergestis, p. 447.
2, 4, prunulum, p. 439. 15. at receptoria, p. 448.
3. 4, tasconiwm, p. 440. 16. a veneris, p. 449.
4, ,, topaza, p. 440. 17. xylois, p. 449.
5. Mangilia averina, p. 441. 18. Cancellaria ( Trigonostoma)
6. Hf myr mecodes, p- 442. agalma, p. 450.
7. Hy phea, p. 442. 19. Tornatina crithodes, p . 453.
8. N terpnismd, p. 443. 20. zoé, Babe
9: mp pulchripicta, p. 443. 21. Cylichna bastinensia p. 454.
10. Clathurella thalia, p. 445. 22. “ crentlabris, p. 455.
ll. Cythara edithe, p. 446. 23. » faoensis, p. 455.
12. ty yphonota, p. 446. 24. Cadulus euloides, p. 459.
13. Daphnella cecilie, p. 447.

ConTENTS (continued).

June 4, 1901.

"1. Notes on the Type Specimen of Rhinoceros lasiotis Sclater ; with Remarks on the Generic
Position of the Living Species of Rhinoceros. By Oxprienp Tiromas

Oe rr ed

lo

- On a small Collection of Fishes from Lake Victoria made i, order of Sir islets
aanstoneheC Bs By. GA: BOULENGRR HERA Ss sletcu sle)eis sists alors e)sicle fejnin ete elalercte one

3. On the Structure and Affinities of Udenodon. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc. (Plates XVI.-
PRAVEEN terete eis ao wares a eho ea Meciaye aah s oo aleheea ming aPC nte laces etalee ltter & Stuer Nar mate
4. On some Species of Earthworms of the Genus Benkamia from Tropical Africa. By
RAN Ree ES HEDIATED,, Hh: Bye) AEC cates sricieieva eeu Nea Cea uae ole. evetle al gran comme nunaae eesti, 1B SPIE Caer
5. On the Second Occurrence of Bechstein’s Bat (Vespertilio bechsteini) in Great Britain.
pe Cu NET LGATS, (HZ. reretaict Nok naaray sto ate stave oy aiat oleate oie elaksteave eincebehmatarteio cate

jor)

. On Australian and New Zealand Spiders of the Suborder Mygalomorphe. By H. R.
Hoag, M.A., F.Z.S.

ecee er ee ve ce oo ee eh eo PEF O eB OH EE EO TDO HH EE Cee wor BeBe ee Deo HED OD

June 18, 1901.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May 1901........
Prof. E. Ray Lankester, F.B.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two skulls and a on of
the newly-discoyered African Mammal (Okapta johnstont) ....-200.. cee ee ee ee ness
The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z 8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of the
Mbexmon Abyssinia (Capra wale app’ dass aise cian cevensaetelehaals cr te ee
The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the
Abyssinian VWiOlia( Camis, SUNLETSIS RIP.) = \ee ool cl ele shel a cia) slave 8 oe ett oer a ee eae
Mr, Oldfield Thomas, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a peculiar Stag’s frontlet
PevarGl aVaye ats AOL BYOS y aKETOy coc Nicsecycicral Meee OO BELO O HOt is COR OOR GE AR eRe eagle
Mr. R. Shelford, C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides illustrative of mimicry
Amonvdshiborneanmimseetsy airacahoegerre Acne cn as aie cite eed mip clay eheese OM TREY Oa ek pee
{. On a new Hedgehog from Transcaucasia ; with a Revision of the Species of the Genus
Erinaceus of the Russian Empire. By Constantin Satunin, C.M.Z.8...............
2. Field-Notes on the Antelopes of the White Nile. By Captain Henry N. Donn ......
3. On a Collection of Birds made by Dr. Donaldson Smith in Northern Somali-land.
iby 4s: BOwDLER SHABRE, Jabs) 3% IRS Lace eta sal eset are cod oc sea ied eae
4. On the Evolution of Pattern in Feathers. By J. L. Bonnorn, M.A.,F.Z.S. (Plates
IRETENE Sir SNONEY Ie os a3 aly oho Soe au Sie ead ap ated nica Sick: tase Ie Tale na Pesce nee gt 0k na eee a
5. The Mollusea of the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and Arabian Sea, as evidenced mainly
through the Collections of Mr. F, W. Townsend, 1893-1900; with Descriptions of
new Species. By James Cosmo Menyit, M.A., F.LS., F.Z.S., and Rozerr Sranpen,
Assist.-Keeper, Manchester Museum.—Part I. (Elites XXI.-XXTYV.)

Shee ee ec oe ae

LIST OF PLATES.
1901—VOL. II. tae

PART as aan i ate

Plate 77." re LAA LS IS ee
I. The Okapi (Okapia jodnstont) De ern ERGY. eat OS a i

ANG. a ee
VowiGenetia vicionte .,. <. te Ace nn sable sie net cane aegs
‘VIL ‘| Arctic Nemerteans PH Orr ean em et oe
we
oe Anatomy of Cia SO NEEL EER RESO POU OTE SS...
a i
Xie ORGMEICOW TENONIMTUS oc ole wast cae be ce ct ele vig @ ee ieiele sielels
KILI. Chameleon Johmstont ...c-2 csc cc cece rect cee sw ee eceens
XIV. 1. Bunopus spatalura. 2 Agamodon arabicus ..++....0+4:
XV. Uromastix benti EV) Cayenne CMs CN aaeat a
XVI. Skeleton of Udenodon gracilis .....-.s ee eceeseee eee ee en |
XVII. Skull, Vertebra, & Hind Limb of Udenodon ..-..+......+. $162.
XVIII. Limb-Bones & Sternum of Udenodon ............+0.-.5+6
XIX.
xX,
ee
XXII. as sf
XXII aot of the Persian Gulf ail Hee Sea eye rl

oxive )

a 185

i 137

} Brotution of Pattern in Feathers ee es 316

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, forming two volumes,
as follows :—~
VOL. I.

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.

i Bs Nh » March and April, on August Ist.
VOL, Il. |
Part I. containing papers read in May and June, on October Ist.
IL. x » . » November and December, on April 1st,

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCLETY
OF LONDON, © ;

1901, vol. II.

PART II.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER.

APRIL 1st, 1902. { JAN 5 ~1999 Vy

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, ~~!)
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
_ LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO.,

PATERNOSTER-ROW.

[Price Twelve Shillings. | wer

LIST OF CONTENTS.

19012 Vou. al
Part II.

June 18, 1901 (continued).

6. Further Researches concerning the Molluscs of the Great African Lakes. By J. B.S.
Moore. (Plates D.O.Q Fae. ©. G0 Ea ear ee Mrs CREO OTE RST A HSCS de cc

November 19, 1901.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June, J uly, August,
September, and October, 1901

ee sees eee e he oe OFC oe oe BEES EE Be ee PEO oe ee ee Shon eee

The Secretary. Announcement of the offer of a ae of somes Giraffes to the 18 Bor by
Col |B Mahon) cee ae

The Secretary. Exhibition of a shel collection of Mammals presented to the Society by
M. C. Satunin

ee ecer ec oe OOS co ee BE OZ CCF H ee BE eo BB OB Ee Ho HEE oo oe He Eh Ow ee Oh en ee se

Mr. Selater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some heads, of Antelopes obiained by |

Sir W. Garstin in the Heyptian Sudan

ee eh ee Pees er etree esr ees ® Pe orsoe se SB ew wore

Mr. Lydekker. Exhibition of, on behalf of the President, and reine upon, a photo-
graph of shed horns of Pére David’s Deer

ee pe we ee PPO eoe ee oe MOF Ee FTEeH oO HEE BE ae oe

Prof. E. Ray Lankester, F. R. S. Notice of a Memoir on Oxapia, a new Genus of Girafiide,
from Central Africa

ve et ee CFO e sr eee eee ee ce ec ee eorve FZ een ee rece cette more C8 FO KD OE oe

1. On the Five-horned Giraffe obtained by Sir Harry Johnston near Mount Elgon. By
OxpFiELD Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

we ee ee ee eo ee ee CF e er ee oe Heer ms eeee se pe Fee weve

w

On the Male Genito-Urinary Organs of the Lepidosiren and Protopterus.. By J.
GrauamM Kurr. (Plates XXVII. & XXVIII.)

eres FS ee ee ese eo POOF Stee ee er oe eo ee

3. Field-notes on the Antelopes obtained during a Journey in Somaliland and Southern
Abyssinia in 1900-1901. By Atrrep E. Pease, M.P., F.Z.8.

ecee ve ee eo es eens eo re

December 3, 1901.

The Secretary. ae on the aa iidons to the eke eee in November 1901.
(Plate XXIX.) . :

Mr, Sclater. Remarks on the herd of Prjevalsky’s Horse at Woburn Abbey ..........

Mr. W. E. de Winton, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a large specimen of the
Grey Mullet

veer esos ee teoeee ce OS ee CH OBES Ce PZ oe OTe EHD eG se ZF B2ZFFTS Come oe ee

i. On the Myriapoda collected during the “‘Skeat Expedition” to the Malay Peninsula,
1899-1900. By F. G. Sincuarr (formerly F. G. Hearucore), M.A., F.L.S., Trinity
College, Caines (Plates XXX.-XXXIT.) ...... Reuss He ci

2. On the Crustacea collected during the ‘‘Skeat Hxpedition” to the Malay respacnl
together with a Note on the Genus Actgopsis. By W. F. Lancuustur, M.A., King's
College, Cambridge.—Part I. (Plates XXXIII. & XXXIV.)

eee Zoe SS ce OH oe en oo ee

Coulenis coutinued on page 3 of Wrapper. i

Page —
461

474
484

499

503

0B

505

BOB.

Pr aay

.-

Bale Danielsson Itt lith.

VNCTLIGIU SCI. O18) TWAINCIAINIICLAUA,
( NEOTHAUMA & VIVIPARA )

z

Bale & Danielsson itd lith.

MOLLUSCA OF TAN GANVINA.
(NEOTHAUMA & KYTRA )

1901.] ON THE MOLLUSCS OF THE GREAT AFRICAN LAKES, 461

6. Further Researches concerning the Molluses of the Great
African Lakes. By J. E. S. Moors.

{Received June 18, 1901.]
(Plates XXV. & XXVI.")

The interest which attaches to the Gasteropods belonging to what
I have termed the halolimnic fauna of Lake Tanganyika lies, one
may say almost primarily, in the fact that these molluscs, like the
remaining organisms contained in the Halolimnic series, are to be
found nowhere outside Lake Tanganyika, so far as is at present
known. ;

Of these Gasteropods indigenous to Lake Tanganyika, there are
now known to be at least fourteen very distinct types, and these
have in consequence received the following generic and specific
naines :-—

Typhobia Smith.

Bathanalia Moore.

Kytra Moore.

Limnotrochus Smith.
Tanganyicia Cross.
Stanteya Bourg.
Paramelania damon Sinith,
Puranelania erassigranulata Smith.
Bythoceras widescers Mocre.
Bythoceras sp. indet.
Syrnolopsis Smith.

Spekia Woodw.

Melania wadmirabilis Sraith.
Nassopsés Smith.

The existence of so many different forms of prosobranchiate
mollusea in any freshwater lake would be a most remarkable
fact ; but when, as in the case of Tanganyika, we find that these
fourteen distinct forms are not only peculiar to Tanganyika, but
that they also co-exist in that lake together with the somewhat
numerous gasteropodous genera characteristic of the freshwaters
of Africa in general, the subject becomes one which is of peculiar
interest and worthy of the closest study.

Besides the fourteen molluscan types which I have just named,
it was found, during the eleven months which I spent on or about
the lake, that there exist also in Tanganyika representatives of the
following gasteropodous forms :—

Ampullaria.

Lanastes.

Physopsis.

Planorbis, one or two species.
Melania, several varieties.
Neothauma.

Yevipara.

' For explanation of the Plates, see p. 470.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vou. Il. No. XX XI. 31

462 MR. J.B. 8. MOORE ON THE MOLLUSCS [June 18,

This second list of molluses, it will be seen, constitutes a series
which we might and should expect to find in any of the great lakes
with which naturalists are acquainted, in any of the tropical and
subtropical portions of the earth; and there is not the shghtest
doubt that the specifie forms which now represent these typical
freshwater genera of Gasteropods in Tanganyika are very closely
similar to the specific forms which represent the same genera,
well, let us say, in the lakes and rivers of the American continent.

On my first expedition to the African interior I spent about
two months on Lake Nyasa and about a week on Lake Shirwa,
and during this journey I convinced myself that these two
southern representatives of the African equatorial freshwaters
contained nothing but the following gasteropodous forms :—

Ampullaria. Laimnea.
Lanistes. Melania.
Physopsis. Viviparas
Planorbis. Buthinia.
TIsodora.

Similar observations had already been made by several careful
observers like Sir John Kirk, Mr. Crawshay, and others. On the
second Tanganyika expedition f again visited Lake Nyasa, this
time equipped with dredging- and collecting-gear of all sorts,
and I was consequently able to examine the deep floor of the lake ;
but beyond an occasional Melania, generally dead, I found no life
on the vast mud plains which form the floor of the Nyasa Lake,
and which in some places are over a thousand feet below the level
of the sea. These plains were, so far as living things go, fresh-
water deserts. It will thus be seen that the work accomplished
in Lake Nyasa during the second Tanganyika expedition certainly
extended, but at the same time entirely confirmed, the conclusions
at which we had already arrived during the first.

From a comparison of these lists, it will be seen that, so far
as the Gasteropods are concerned, the fauna of Nyasa and
Shirwa is represented, and indeed fully repeated, in Tanganyika ;
‘and judging from these observations themselves, and from what we
already knew of the freshwater faune in Africa, far to the ‘south
and far to the north of the zoologically unexplored equatorial
regions, I felt justified in believing that the fauna of Nyasa and
Shirwa is the typical fauna of the freshwaters of Equatorial
Africa, of the whole of Africa for that matter ; and that in Lake
Tanganyika this typical African freshwater fauna has had something
added to it. At the time, this conclusion was vigorously opposed
during several discussions by Professor Gregory’, who, arguing
from what he believed to be the drift of geological observations
made at that time in the African interior, declared his conviction
that when the other great lakes, such as the Victoria Nyanza, the
Albert Nyanza, and Lake Rudolf, were explored, the peculiar

1 Moore, J. BE. 8.: Proce. Roy. Soe. vol. Ixii. p. 451,

1901.] OF THE GREAT AFRICAN LAKES. 463

organisms of Lake Tanganyika, or forms closely allied to them,
would be found in these lakes also. He supported this view in a
discussion which followed the reading of a paper of mine at the
Royal Society, by the fact that the geologists White * and Tausch*
had observed that the shells of the Puramelania of Tanganyika
were very similar to some fossil forms which occur in the Upper
Cretaceous freshwater beds of North America and Southern
Europe. It was from this single observation that Professor Gregory,
with a certain rashness, drew the inference that the halolimnie
Gasteropods of Tanganyika were the remains of an old freshwater
fauna, once widely distributed in Africa, and still to be found in
the more permanent great lakes. In opposition to this view, I
pointed out that any conclusions respecting the similarity of a living
and extinct fauna which were based upon a single conchological
correspondence were so very much open to question, that zoologists
in general would not accept them, whatever paleontologists might
feel inclined to do; and I showed later that the comparisons
of White and Tausch are thrown completely into the shade and
annulled by a much more striking comparison which can be
made between the whole of the halolimnic genera (with the
exception of Bythoceras) and the shells which have become
fossilized among the remains of the Jurassic seas. Whether the
conchological comparison of living with extinct forms is in any
case justifiable is a matter upon which [ have at present no
opinion; but I wish to make it clear that whatever force there
may have been in the first comparison between one of the
Tanganyika shells and a certain freshwater Cretaceous form is
deficient when matched with the comparison between the long
series of halolimnic Gasteropods and a corresponding number of
the shells of those species which occur in the Jurassic Seas. In
this comparison, we have evidence touching the origin and nature
of the halolimnie fauna which the paleontologists at any rate
must regard as weighty; for if it is not, then very many existing
paleontological determinations, which rest upon a similar com-
parison of shells, would also be worthless.

The evidence which we require to throw further light on this
most interesting matter lies along two distinct lines of investi-
gation. We must, in the first place, ascertain fully what are the
morphologic ‘al attributes of all the halolimnie molluses, so that we
can form some idea as to where in the phylogenetic series these
particular organisins actually stand; and, secondly, we must get to
know definitely the real facts of the distribution of these forms
in the African interior. After I had returned from the first
Tanganyika expedition we had obtained a certain but an incomplete
amount of material with which to ascertain the affinities of the
halolimnic forms, but for the second line of investigation we had
nothing but the meagre observations to which I have already

® White, C. A.: Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus. Washington, 1882, p. 98.
2 Yausch, L.: Zeitschr. deutsch. geolog. Gesellsch, Bd. xliv. 1s02 DeDELGo is

wd
o

464 MR. J. E. 8S. MOORE ON THE MOLLUSCS [June 18,

referred respecting the non-occurrence of any of the halolimnic
molluses in Lakes Nyasa and Shirwa, souti: of Tanganyika.

With respect to He actual affinities of the palolmmie molluses,
I did what I could with the material I had brought home after my
first expedition, and the results of these investigations have been
published in a series of papers in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of
Microscopical Science’; but as we had no material for the investi-
gation of the type of the genus Paramelania itself, and only one

efective specimen of Limnotrochus thomson, no representatives of
Kytraand Stanleya nor of Melania adnurabilis, it is obvious that the
investigations of these forms which have already been published
were still somewhat incomplete. We have, however, now, as a
result of the second Tanganyika expedition, ample material for the
complete investigation of every one of the halolimnic types.

Some portion of the necessary work was accomplished while I
was on Tanganyika, with fresh material, and at different times during
our journey when time and opportunity arose ; and although the
observations upon the fuller material now acquired have tended to
show that the morphological affinities of those halolimnic Gastero-
pods which I have already described are practically correct, yet at
the same time it has become obvious that our conception of the
different groups into which the halolimnic Gasteropods can be split
will have to be entirely changed.

It may be remembered that, in a paper already published’,
I found that the anatomical peculiarities of Bythceeras were
those of a fairly primitive cirithoid form, and that there were at
the same time details in the radula of this animal and in certain
other portions of its anatomy which proclaimed a very near
affinity with the Tympanotomus examined by Bouvier*, From
the minute similarity in shell-structure which subsists between
Bythoceras and Paramelania dament, I inferred that the latter had
the anatomical characters of Bythoceras, although I had at the time
no anatomical material wherewith to check this conclusion. On
the present journey, however, I have obtained abundant material
for the complete anatomical investigation of both Paramelania
damoni and Paramelania crassigranulata, as well as of a new form
the conchological characters of which lie halfway between those
of Bythoceras howesi on the one hand and those of Paramelania
damont on the other. All these animals have the peculiar cirithoid
organization in general, and the particular features appertaining to
their radule and nerves, which are to be found in 7'%mpanotomus,
and which seem to indicate that all these forms have direct
phylogenetic relationships with that marine type.

These forms, then, Bythoceras tridescens, Paramelania damone,
and Paramelania crassigranulata, constitute a group of closely
related forms which are distinguished from all the other members
of the halolimnic series, and may be described as the Paramelania
gr Oup.

» Moore, J. E. S.: Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xli. p. 314, and vol. xlii. p. 155.

2 Bouvier, EK. L.: Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. iti. 1877, pp. 125-131.

1901.] OF THE GREAT AFRICAN LAKES. 465

Not very far removed from this group, and standing somewhat
in the manner of a stepping-stone between it and Typhobia, we
have the genera Tanganyicia and Giraudia, both molluscs which
have a cirithoid organization, and the only members of the
halolimnic group which could be considered under any circum-
stances as nearly related to Melania; that is, if the organization of
Melania amarula, Lamarck’s type of the genus, Is considered typical
of that group. TYanganyicia and Giraudia are, however, not so
closely related to Melanea amarula as Cerithium* vulgatun is, for
they possess the remarkable brood-pouches which I have described,
features which are quite peculiar to themselves and to certain
widely divergent molluscan types. Their stomachic apparatus is
also characterized by the presence of crystalline style-sacs and
erystalline styles. These molluscs form, then, a second subgroup
of the halolimnie series which we may call the Tanganyicia group.

Next to them we come to the unique Typhobias, the anatomy
of which I have described fully in the case of Typhobia hoarti? and
Bathanalia howesi. Their organization is unquestionably similar
to that of the Aporrhaide, the Strombide, and the Xenophoride,
all typical and fairly old marine molluscan types, which are
closely connected together, although Xenophora has probably,
from conchological considerations, not hitherto been regarded as
nearly approaching either <Aporrhais or Strombus. Like the
marine types, the Typhobias are characterized by their radule,
their nervous system, and the presence of crystalline styles
and style-sacs in their stomachic apparatus, as well as by their
reproductive organs. But it will be observed that they lack the
peculiar specialization of shell, foot, and operculum which cha-
racterize the modern representatives of this great group in the sea,
such as Strombus, Pteroceras, Aporrhais, and Xenophora.

During the second Tanganyika expedition, I obtained for the
first time abundant material for the study of the two unique shells
Limnotrochus thomsoni and Kytra kirki (Pl. XXVI. fig. 2); and it
is extremely interesting to find that these two utterly enigmatical
Lake-forms are both close allies of the Typhebias themselves. The
genus Z'yphobia, together with the genera Bathanalia, Limnotrochus,
and Kytra (Pl. LOOTIL fir. 2), Enerenone wake up a fourth group,
which I shall speak of as the Strombotd section of the halolimnie
molluscs.

The remaining halolimnie genera are Spekia and Nassopsis.
The first of these, Spekia, is, as 1 have shown, a Naticoid, which
appears from the minute details of its nervous system to be a
simplified Lamellama without the specialization of the shell and
mantle peculiar to that form. Spekia, then, constitutes in itself a
Naticoid section of the halolimnie molluscs. We have then lastly
Nassopsis; and this form, as I have shown, bears no proximate
relationship either to any forms living in the sea or to the
Architenioglossate types, such as Vivipait, which inhabit fresh-

1 Proc. Roy. Soe. vol. lx. p. 451.
2 Moore, J. E.8.: Qu. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xh. p. 18t

466 MR, J. £. 8. MOORD ON THE MOLLUSCS [June 18,

water. It is, however, in its organization, as I have already
shown, an extremely primitive Tenioglossan, and forms in itself
one of the few Architenioglossates of which we have any
knowledge. From anatomical considerations alone it would be
extremely dificult to discover the nearest allies which Nassopses
has or did possess ; and the only clue we have to its past ancestry
is the highly remarkable and interesting fact that the numerous
varieties of its shell, for which the genus is famous, correspond
in a specific sense with the different species of Purpurina of the
old Jurassic seas. From the primitive anatomical characters of
Nassopsis and from the correspondence of its shell with those
of the Purpurinas, it would appear probable that this mollusc 1s
the sole survivor of a primitive and extinct marine stock.

Hastly, we have to consider that peculiar mollusc from Tan-
ganyika which Smith described under the name of Neothwuma.
Is Neothauma (Pl. XXV. figs. 1, 4, & Pl. XXVI. figs. 1, 3, 4, 5, 6)
a Vivipara or not? When first examined, this molluse would
certainly be taken for a Vivipara, and there is no question
that it is a close ally of those Viviparas with which we are
anatomically acquainted, but it differs in one very remarkable
feature from all the Viviparas which have hitherto been examined.
tt may be remembered that Bouvier has described the Viviparas
as being characteristically dyaloneurous in the arrangement of
their nervous system (Pl. XXV. fig. 5)—-that is, the pallial nerve,
which springs from the supra- and sub-intestinal ganglia, unites
with a branch emanating from the right and left pletral ganglia ;
and it may be remembered that the deviations that Bouvier noticed
from this type of arrangement were constituted in different
molluses by a direct union of the nerve springing from the right
pleural ganglion not with the pallial nerve in the body-wall, but
with the sub-intestinal ganglion itself. This zygoneurous deviation
from the dialoneurous condition of things in the ordinary Vevipara
has hitherto, invariably I believe, been found either only on the
right side or on both sides of the nervous system ; and it 1s therefore
extremely interesting to note that Neothawma presents us with a
Vivipara possessing a single zygoneurous connection on the left
and the normal dialoneurous relationship of the nerves upon the
right (compare Pl. XXV. figs. 4 & 5).

So much for the affinities of the halolimnic molluses as proclaimed
by their anatomy. It will, I think, be readily conceded that, after
what has been said, it is difficult, or, 1 may say, impossible, to
view these extraordinary molluscs as either the forerunners or the
derivatives of the freshwater molluses which we find in the lakes
and rivers all over the world today. They are, however, readily
intelligible if we regard them as the forerunners of several marine
groups, such as the Strombide, the Naticas, and the early Ciriths,
to which I have referred. They have the organization which we
should ascribe to the ancestors of these groups, and their ancestors
lived some time or other in the sea before their present representa-
tives took shape. So far, then, as the first line of investigation is

1901. ] OF THE GREAT AFRICAN LAKES. 467

concerned, which I indicated as probably able to throw light upon
the validity of the comparison of the halolimmic molluses with those
of the Jurassic seas, we see that the results of the morphological
examination of the halolimmic molluscs are in exact accordance
with such a view; they are, in fact, exactly what we should expect
if the comparison be sound.

It now remains therefore to follow out the second line of inves-
tigation, and to study the observations which have been made
during the second Tanganyika expedition respecting the Mollusca
which are to be found in the other great African Lakes besides Tan-
ganyika and Nyasa. I may preface this part of the enquiry with
the remarks, that if, according to Professor Gregory’s supposition,
the halolimnie fauna is the relic of an ancient freshwater fauna,
this old fauna ought to appear in some of the other lakes besides
Tanganyika, or we shall be forced to suppose that it has been
destroyed in every other African lake by catastrophes of one sort
or another, a supposition which is sufficiently improbable. But
even supposing such a series of catastrophes to have occurred, it
is quite clear that the halolimnic fauna, if it is the ancient fresh-
water fauna of the continent, will be found in the old lake-deposits
which are met with all over the African interior. If it does not
occur in any of the other African lakes, and is not to be found in
the old lake-deposits, then we may dismiss the idea of its being an
old freshwater fauna on this account alone, as such a supposition
is in that case void of any evidence whatever.

In order to examine as many lakes as possible, the second
Tanganyika expedition, after visiting Nyasa and Tanganyika,
passed northward to Lake Kivu. During this journey it was
found that Tanganyika had at one time extended’ far beyond its
present northern limit, for the floor of the great valley was com-
posed of old lake-deposits, containing the fossilized remains of
shells similar to those now living in Lake Tanganyika itself.
Beyond these deposits, the floor of the vall ey was greatly raised and
was found to be composed of old eruptive granitoid rock-ridges; on
these there were no traces of any lake-deposit ever having rested,
and beyond these ridges, at an altitude of four thousand eight
hundred and odd feet above the level of the sea, there exists Lake
Kivu, the outlet of which flows over the top of the ridges in
question into Lake Tanganyika, in the shape of the Rusisi river.
In Kivu we found no traces of the halolimnic molluscs, or indeed
of any of the halolimnic animals whatever, the fauna being
simply that of a typical tropical pond, the gasteropodous section
of it being represented by the following generic forms :—

Bythinia.
Melania.
Planorbis.

Linnea.

At the north end of Lake Kivu the great valley of the lakes is

468 MR. J. E.8. MOORE ON THE MOLLUSCS [June 18,

blocked again by a high transverse dam running from east to
west, which is formed by the active volcanoes of the Mfumbiro
range. On the northern slopes of this range there are to be found
in places underlying the modern ashes and lava, which have been
piled upon them, old lake-deposits, and in these there are shells
specifically identical with those in Lake Kivu. Northward, these
old Jake-deposits run under and become the floor of the Albert
Edward Nyanza, and in this lake there are to be found among the
Mollusca the following gasteropodous forms :—

Vivipara.
Melania.
Planorbis.
Limnea,

Bythinia.

And to these there is here added one small shell which at first
sight I took to be a heavily-built Planorbis, but which is in reality
a modified Melania. The Albert Edward Nyanza is on the Nile
watershed, and the outlet of the lake appears as the Semliki river,
along the whole course of which there are old lake-deposits, con-
taining shells which are specifically identical with those living in the
Albert Edward Nyanza. The Semliki river flows into the Albert
Nyanza, and in this lake there appear the following gasteropodous
molluscs :—

Viipara.
Melanie.
Planorbis.
Limnea,
bythinia.

The planorbid-looking Melanie of the Albert Edward Nyanza
is here wanting, but it is probably actually replaced by a keeled
melanoid.

It is thus obvious that from Tanganyika throughout the long
series of lakes north of it, as far as the waters of the Upper Nile,
there are no traces whatever of the halolimnic fauna. And when
we turn from this series of Jakes east and traverse the steppes of
Uganda to the Victoria Nyanza, we find that this lake also tells
the same story, the gasteropodous genera which have hitherto been

recorded in it being the following :—

Vivipara. Lanistes.
Melanta. Ampullaria.
Planorbis. Ancylus.
Linnea. Physopsis.
Bythinia. Lsodora,
Cleopatra,

Passing to the east of the Victoria Nyanza, the Tanganyika

1901.] OF THE GREAT AFRICAN LAKES. 469.

expedition crossed the Mau Plateau and again descended into the
lesser and more eastern series of faulted valleys in which Lakes
Baringo, Naivasha, Rudolf, and several minor pools and marshes
occur. The fauna of Lake Baringo had already been examined by
Dr. Gregory, and the molluscan fauna in this and the minor lakes
which occur in the same district are similar in kind to those which
are to be found in the Victoria Nyanza itself. So also with respect
to the larger lakes Stephanie and Rudolf, which le to the north,
we have now the evidence of various explorers which makes it
quite certain that nothing of the nature of the remarkable halo-
limnie Gasteropods occurs in either of them.

To sum up, all the evidence which has recently been collected
with respect to the following lakes—Shirwa, Nyasa, Rukwa, Ban-
eweolo, Moero, Tanganyika, Kivu, the Albert Edward Nyanza, the
‘Albert Nyanza, the Victoria Nyanza, Lake Baringo, and Lake
Rudolf—declares in the most emphatic manner that the halolimnie
Gasteropods, and, indeed, the whole halolimnic fauna, is found no-
where beyond the confines of Lake Tanganyika itself, nor have the
prolonged and tedious examinations which I have made among the
numerous old lake-deposits, like those which occur at a considerable
elevation north and west of Nyasa, all about Lake Kivu, on the
plains between Kivu and the Albert Edward Nyanza, in the Semliki
Valley, and in the neighbourhood of the Albert Nyanza, revealed
any traces whatever of the past existence of these forms. On the
other hand, a very superficial examination of the old lake-beds
which have been at one time part of Tanganyika itself, like those
which occur near the outlet of the lake, at Masswa on the west coast
and beyond its northern extremities, is all that is needed to
demonstrate the former presence of these forms in abundance in such
districts. I think therefore that I am now Justified in putting it
forward as a demonstrated conclusion, that the halolimnic fauna
neither is, nor ever has been, present in any of the districts sur-
rounding the numerous and widely separated lakes which I have
just named. The recently accumulated facts regarding the dis-
tribution of the African freshwater mollusca show that there is in
the lakes which now exist, and has been in those lakes and rivers
which have long since vanished, a fauna similar to that which now
generally survives; and thus the evidence which the facts of
distribution reveal is in no way opposed to the view that the
halolimnic fauna is something exotic which has been added to
the ordinary freshwater fauna in the case of Tanganyika. It
offers no support whatever to the view that the halolimnie fauna
is the relic of an old freshwater stock. On the other hand, the
facts directly militate against this view, with the cumulative force
of negative appearances. They are in no way opposed to our accept-
ance of the clue which is afforded as to the nature and origin of
the halolimnic fauna by the similarity of the halolimnic shells
to those which occur in the Jurassic Seas. On the other hand,
they are exactly in accord with such a view.

470 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov. 19,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XXV.

Fig. 1. The mantle-cavity of Neothawma seen from front and showing contents.
The ridge marked 2.7. is very strongly developed and functions as a
protection to the gill during the partial ceclusion of the gill-chamber
during the development of the relatively enormous young. Compare
Plate XX VI. fig. 3.

. The buckle-mass and salivary glands of Neothawma. 4.

Fig. 3. Dissection of the mantle of @vipara vivipara female, made to show the
presence of the less-developed ridge 2.7., homologous with that of
Neothauma. x2.

Fig. 4. The nervous system of Neothauma dissected from above and showing the
zygoneurous connection between the pleural ganglion and the supra-
intestinal ganglion on the left. x4.

Fig. 5. Dissection of the nervous system of Vivipara vivipara, showing the
normal dyaloneurous condition of the nerves on both sides. x6.

e

ce
ga
bo

Pruate XXVI.

Fig. 1. Lateral view of the nervous system of Neothauma, showing the zygo-

neurous connection and the generally detatched condition of all the

ganglia, viewed from the left.

Fig. 2. Living specimen of Kytra kirki, dredged in Tanganyika, at Masswa, in
twenty-five fathoms of water.

Fig. 3. Partially dissected female Neothawma, showing young being developed
in situ.

Figs. 4, 5, & 6. Three marked varieties of the shell Neothawma, which are found —
(4) at the south, (5) in the middle, and (6) at the north end of Tan-
ganyika, Natural size.

Reference letters to figures in the Plates.

A, Anus. F. Renal aperture.
B.c. Buckle-commissure. R.r. Respiratory ridge.
B.m. Buckle-mass. S.i.g. Supra-intestinal ganglion.
C.g. Cerebral ganglion. T. Tentacle.
Lc. Labial commissure. Vg. Visceral ganglion.

0.2. Otocyst. Y. Young of Neothauwmna.
O.s. Osphradium. Z. Zygoneural commissure.

Pi.g. Pleural ganglion.

November 19, 1901.

Witiam Batuson, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July,
August, September, and October, 1901 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of June was 418, of which 85 were by presen-
tation, 86 by birth, 11 by purchase, and 236 were received on
deposit. The number of departures during the same period, by
death and removals, was 172.

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

1901.] THE SECRETARY ON GIRAFFES FROM EGYPT. ATA

during the month of July was 255, of which 96 were by presen-
tation, 23 by birth, 8 by purchase, 14 were received in exchange
and 114 on deposit. The number of departures during the same
period, by death and removals, was 247,

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to the
large series of Indian Birds new to the Collection, lately presented
by Mr. EK. W. Harper, F.2Z.8., of which a fresh consignment was
received on the 27th July.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of August were 173 in number. Of these 62 were acquired
by presentation, 10 by purchase, 18 were born in the Gardens,
and 83 were received on deposit. The number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 183.

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of September was 278, of which 121 were by
presentation, 1 by purchase, 3 were born in the Gardens, and 148
were received on deposit. The number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 159,

Amongst the additions attention may be called to another con-
signment of Indian Birds, presented by Mr. E. W. Harper, F.Z.S.,
on Sept. 21st, and toa Nilviri Thar (Hemitragus hylocrius) and two
Malayan Wrinkled Hornbills (hytidoceros undulatus), deposited
Sept. 24th, both of which are new to the Collection.

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of October was 177, of which 27 were acquired
by presentation, 22 by purchase, 62 were received on deposit and
66 in exchange. The number of departures during the same
period, by death and removals, was 172.

The Secretary stated that Col. B. Mahon, the Governor of the
Anglo-Egyptian Province of Khordofan, had kindly offered to
present to the Society a pair of young Giraffes (Giraffa camelo-
pardalis), which at the time of his last letter (Sept. 15th) were
at El-Obeid, but which he was ready to send to Khartoum for
the Society’s convenience. At Khartoum Mr. A. L. Butler, F.Z.S.,
Superintendent of the Sudan Wild Animal Department, bad kindly
offered to take charge of the Giraffes for the winter, and arrange-
ments were now being made te bring them home next spring,
either via Suakim or via Cairo. As regards the Cairo route there
was some difficulty at present, because the importation of live
ruminants into Egypt from the Sudan was prohibited on account
of cattle-plague.

Mr. Sclater also mentioned that he had lately seen in the Imperial
Menagerie at Schonbrun (near Vienna) a young male and two
young female Giraffes from the Sudan, which had been presented
to that Menagerie by Sir Rudolf Slatin, K.C.M.G., and forwarded
by Suakim, and that Herr Menges the dealer (of Limburg) had also
received a pair of young Giraffes by the same route last year, so

472 PROF. E., RAY LANKESTER ON THE [ Nov. 19,

that it was evident that the supply of Giraffes from the Sudan,
which had been so long stopped, was again commencing.

The Secretary laid on the table a small collection of Mammals
in spirit presented to the Society by M. Constantin Satunin,
C.M.Z.S., which it was proposed to transfer to the British Museum
(Natural History), and read the following note on it prepared by
Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.Z.S.:—

The collection of Mammals from Mt. Ararat and the Caucasus,
presented to the Society by M. C. Satunin, consists of examples
of Erinaceus calligont Satunin and Allactaya aralychensis Sat.,
from Aralych, near Mt. Ararat; examples of Mesocricetus koenigi
Sat. and Allactaga williamsi Thos., from the Ararat Range ; and of
Allactaga elater caucasica Nehr., Allactagulus acontion Pall., Cricetulus
phous Pall., EWlobius lutescens Thos., and Mesocricetus raddei Nehr.,
from various localities in the Caucasus.

All these specimens will be very acceptable to the Museum,
especially those that represent species described by M.Satunin, these
being all new to the collection.

Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks on some mounted heads
of Antelopes obtained by Sir William Garstin in the Sudan and
belonging to the following species :—Gazella rufifrons, Cobus marta,
and Zrageluphus decula: also a fine mounted head of the Red-
necked Gazelle (Gazella ruficollis) (probably from Dongola) belong-
ing to Major Wilkinson, the first head that he had seen of this
species acquired in recent times.

Mr. Lydekker, on behalf of the President, exhibited a photograph
in illustration of the fact that the stags of Pére David’s Deer
(Elaphurus dav idianus) shed and renew their antlers twice annually.
One pair of theseappendages was stated to be grown in the br eeding-
season, and the other pair half a year later.

Prof. E. Ray Lankester, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Director of the
Natural History Departments of the British Museum, read a paper
“On Okapia, a new Genus of Giraffide, from Central Africa.”

The author described the circumstances under which Sir Harry
Johnston had obtained the skin and two skulls which formed the
subject of the present memoir. One of the skulls undoubtedly
belonged to the skin—since the lower jaw corresponding to it was
still attached to the integument when received by Sir Harry. The
specimens had been received at Entebbe (Uganda) in March 1901,
and arrived in this country in July, a few days before Sir Harry
Johnston himself returned from Uganda. They were then briefly
described by Professor Lankester at a meeting of this Society
held on June 18th (see above, p. 279), and the genus Okapia
was instituted.

The present memoir contained a more complete description of the

1901.] AFRICAN MAMMAL OKAPIA, 473

skin, accompanied by a coloured figure of the animal as mounted
for the Natural History Musewu by Mr. Rowland Ward.

The two skulls were also fully described, and figured in
careful drawings prepared under Prof. Lankester’s direction by
Mr. Gronvold.

It was pointed out in the memoir that while the skin alone would
not justify the assumption that the Okapi was a member of the
Girathde, the skulls left no manner of doubt upon that question.
This was, indeed, perceived at once by Sir Harry Johnston on
receiving the specimens in Uganda. He wrote home without delay
describing the Okapi as ahornless Giraffe, and suggesting its affinity
to the extinct Helludotherium described by Gaudry some years ago
from the Miocene strata of Pikermi.

The Okapi could not, however, be referred to the genus Hellado-
theriwm, as it differed in several important respects, which had been
determined by Prof. Lankester after an examination of the original
specimens of that extinct form preserved in the Museum of Natural
History at Paris.

The characters of the genus Okapia as indicated by the skull were
given in full in the memoir; and a curious and important minute
point of agreement with Giraffa was described, viz., the resemblance
of the canine tooth (lower jaw) of the two forms. In both genera
the canine was bilobate, 2. e. consisted of a fang supporting two
broad laminze or folia, lying side by side in the same plane. No
other member of the Pecora had a canine of this form.

The absence of horns in Okapia was discussed at some length by
the author. It appeared, from a comparison of the dentition with
that of the Giraffe, that the specimen to which the skin and larger
skull belong was about two-thirds grown. There was nothing in
the skin to indicate whether the specimen was a male or a female.
The specimen measured six feet from the occiput to the root of
the tail, and stood four feet ten inches measured along the
vertical from the fore foot to the dorsal mid-line, the neck from this
point on the dorsum to the occiput measured two feet five inches,
and the head from the occiput to the end of the snout measured
twenty inches. A full-grown specimen would probably be half as
large again in all these measurements: thus nine feet from head
to tail, and seven feet high at the shoulder.

It was pointed out by the author that it was therefore possible
that the present specimen might be a female two-thirds grown, and
that there was nothing, so far as the specimens went, to forbid our
supposing that the adult male might be provided with a pair of bony
outgrowths on the frontal region similar to those of Giraffa. On
the other hand, there did not appear to be any statement on the
part of the natives who know the animal that it possessed horns ;
and we had no reason to consider it improbable that a hornless
member of the Giraffide should exist at the present day as in the
past, since hornless genera and species allied to horned forms were
known among the Cervide, and hornless females and varietiés
amongst the Bovide.

474 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Noy. 19,

The author briefly discussed the nature and origin of the bony
growths on the skull of the Giraffes, to which the name “ horn ” was
commonly applied. He was of opinion that they were multiple in
origin, comprising occipital, parietal, and orbital pairs, as well as a
median series. The Giraffidee were in this respect, as in some others,
more primitive than either the Cervide or Bovide, in which a single
pair of these bony growths has become greatly specialized, and
either developed as naked antlers, freed from integument (Cervide),
or cased over by a protective corneous product of the epidermis
(Bovide). There was no sufficient reason for regarding the horns
of the recent Giraffe as degenerate, or for supposing the Okapi, if
hornless, to have descended from horned ancestors. The continuity
in one plane of the basi-cranial and basi-facial axes, instead of the
meeting of the planes of these two axes at an angle, wasa primitive
character presented by the Okapiand ina less degree by the Giraffe.
This coincidence of the plane of the base of the skull and of the face
was found also in the more primitive Cervide (e.g. Alecs), but not in
any of the Bovidee, where the angle was very strongly marked. The
absence of the canine tooth in the upper jaw of the Okapi and the
Giraffe might be addneed as ground for supposing that the horns had
been at one time more largely developed than at present, since in
those Ruminantia which were admittedly in a primitive condition in
regard to defect of horns, the upper canine teeth were large and
effective weapons (Moschus, Tragulus, Camelus). It was, however,
maintained by the author that it did not appear to be a legitimate
inference that the upper canine teeth could only disappear when
horns had taken their place as weapons, since there were many
instances to the contrary in the mammalian series, and it would
hardly be justifiable to suppose that Okapia must have descended
from a horned ancestor because the upper canines had disappeared,
although due weight should be given to this argument.

This memoir will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Trans-
actions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Five-horned Giraffe obtained by Sir Harry
Johnston near Mount Elgon. By Oxtprietp Tuomas,
F.R.S.; F.Z.S.

[Received November 19, 1901.]
(Text-figures 42-48.)
Shortly after his discovery of the Okapi, Sir Harry Johnston
made an exploring trip tothe Guas’ Ngishu Plateau, just south-east
of Mount Elgon, and found it to be extremely rich in large game

of all sorts. Among other animals he saw Giraffes of an un-
usually large size, and on killing some specimens for the Naticnal

1901.) FIVE-HORNED GIRAFFE FROM MOUNT ELGON, 475
Museum he was struck by the presence in them of peculiar pro-
jections on the sides of the occiput between the ears, on which
account he called the animal a Five-horned Giraffe, and by this
name it has been frequently spoken of in popular periodicals.

To examine the systematic position of this Giraffe, and to study
the origin and homologies of its cranial protuberances is the object
of the present paper.

Sir Harry Johnston obtained, and has generously presented to
the Museum, skulls of two males and two females, with their
accompanying head-skins, and these make a series of remarkable
value, as it seldom happens that such large animals are represented
in our Museums by more than one or two specimens from any
one place.

The character of the markings in these specimens is on the
whole very similar to that found in the Northern Giraffe, and
wholly unlike that of the Somali and Galla form (Giraffa ¢. reti-
culata de Wint.). The blotches in young specimens are reddish
fawn, darkening in the centre to deep blackish brown, and this
darkening spreads outwards in old specimens, until the blotches
are W holly blackish.

The colouring is thus essentially similar to that found in both
the Nubian and Southern Giraffes, which in this respect do not
differ materially from each other. In the Southern animal the
darkening of the centres of the blotches may be seen in Harris’s
figure of the Giraffe, while their total blackening has been again
and again observed’.

The anterior median horn is heavily developed in the males, and
even in one of the female skulls a separate ossification is present.
From this point of view the animal is distinctly ‘northern ”
rather than ‘“ southern.”

The main horns are large, and quite normal in position.

The posterior pair of ‘* horns”—and I use this term because if
not developed enough to be properly called horns in themselves,
they apparently correspond to what are undeniably horns in their
fossil relations—prove unexpectedly to be of no importance from
the systematic standpoint. For in some degree, as will be seen
further on, they are present in all male Giraffes, although hardly
perceptible in the Southern form. ‘Their development goes pari
passu with that of the anterior median horn, least developed in
G. capensis, most in G. reticulata and in true G. camelopardalis, of
which latter the Elgon Giraffe is a particularly fine representative.

The net result, from the specific standpoint, of my observations
is that the Elgon Giraffe cannot be separated from the Nubian form,
Giraffa camelopardalis ; that this latter grades,in the development
of its anterior and posterior horns, southwards through “ G, t¢ppels-
kirchi” and “ G. schillingsi”* to the Southern Giraffe, which
may therefore prove to be only a subspecies of it. On the

' Cf. Bryden in Ward's ‘Large Game of Africa,’ p. 498 (1899).
2 Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. “Berl. 18% 08, p. 78.

476 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Nov. 19,

other hand, I find that de Winton’s G. c. reticulata’ does not
appear to intergrade with the ordinary one at all, and should
therefore be called a species, G. reticulata, confined to Somali, the
Rudolf region, and Northern British East Africa. I may also add

Text-fig. 42.

Head of old male Five-horned Giraffe, showing the position of the mizen
horns. Sir H. Jobnston’s Collection,

that the more skulls of Giraffes that I examine the more distinct
does the Western form, G. ¢. peralta, appear to be; but having no
further material than the typical skull, I can as yet add nothing to
my original account.

2 In Mr. de Winton’s admirable paper on Giraffes (P. Z.8. 1897, p. 278) all
the notes and descriptions of the ‘ Northern Giraffe” based on Mr. Neumann’s
Loroghi Giratfe really refer to G. reticu/a/a, which was described later as a
subspecies (Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) iv. p. 211, 1899). The asserted absence of
intergradation in Hast Africa between the “ Northern” and Southern Giraffes is
therefore to be understood as an absence of intergradation between G. reticulata
and the ordinary form.

1901.] FIVE-HORNED GIRAFFE FROM MOUNT ELGON. 477

The following are the measurements in millimetres of the four
Elgon skulls, which being all perfect, wild-killed specimens, fully
adult, may afford a standard for comparison with specimens from
other localities :—

Gablead,
|
Ch |
(old). | (adult).| ¥° 2.
| pee eee
Extreme length (mesially) ............ 688 | 681 642 622
Basalwlen othWewe were ceneiscc ceeds cecsiecier et | 593 598 577 ~— | «= «564
Chremuaaty lomewveli ml, sconadnocaqsconGacgnebadce 321 278 279 277
Nasal opening, length from gnathion |
to junction of nasals with pre-_
maaxill ag cenicrse oe tacoma tc.. | Gy 174 174 | 161
Mow bred tikesence cease eeeeenee. 72 70 69 65
Miuzzlertoronbiteesnscseeteereneeeecer oes | 3886 386 375 859
Distance between tips of horns |
(Centres) ik. Recatenege eects noes | > 1ai7/ 176 83 135
Muzzle to front of anterior premolar. Pati | Pal 240 243 |

Secondly as to the structure, homologies, and evolution of the
posterior horns, which, as already said, are present in some degree
in all Giraffes, or at least in all male Giraffes. These structures,
on the analogy of the masts of a ship, it may be convenient to
speak of as “ mizen” horns '.

Externally, although of no great length, even where most de-
veloped, they yet show a certain community of structure with the
other horns, as the hairs are similarly whorled around and over
them, and in colour, like the other three, they are yellowish below,
crowned with black terminally.

Turning to the skull, the first drawing (text-fig. 43, p. 478)
shows the back part of the oldest male cranium of the Johnston
series (that belonging to the head shown in text-fig. 42, p. 476).
A section has been made through the posterior projection to
show its thickness and the extent to which the cranial vacuities
penetrate it.

Here it will be seen that the mizen horn is placed behind the
end of the masseteric fossa of the parietals, in front and quite
clear of the supraoccipital one for the attachment of the nuchal
tendons and muscles. The horn is always just in this position; and
when examined in a young specimen (text-fig. 44, p. 478) appears
to be on the antero-external angle of the combined interparietal
and supraoccipital, close behind the parietal suture. But in old
animals it no doubt trespasses on the latter bone.

Some sort of a swelling may be perceived at this point in every
male Giraffe’s skull, even in such as would be at once said to have
no mizen “horns.” Taking, for instance, an old male skull from

1 The word “ posterior” would be fruitful of confusion with the main horns,
which are the posterior ones in animals without mizen horns; “ occipital” is
equally objectionable, on account of the varying position with regard to the
cranial bones of all three pairs of horns; “ fore,” “‘ main,” and ‘‘ mizen” can
give rise to no ambiguity.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. Il. No. XXXII. 32

478 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON 'THE [Nov. 19
Text-fig. 43.

Posterior part of the skull of an old male Five-horned Giraffe. Johnston
Collection. A section has been made of the nearer mizen horn, so as to
show the extent to which the cranial vacuities penetrate it.

Text-fig. 44.

Llp

Postero-external view of the occipital region of a young Giraffe, showing the
swelling which represents the migen horn,

1901.] FIVE-HORNED GIRAFFE FROM MOUNT ELGON. 479

South Africa, belonging to G@. ¢. capensis, the least horned of all,
we shall find, if we look at it from the occipital aspect, that
even in this there is a swelling which cannot be considered
as any part of a muscular ridge or accessory projection (this
aspect in the five-horned Giraffe is shown in text-fig. 45)", and to
which no homologue can be found in the Ungulates other than the

Text-fig. 45.

Oueyoual view of skull of old male Five-horned Giraffe.
Johnston Collection.

_Giraffide. In the Cervide and Bovide, however largely the bony
ridges may be developed, there is just as much bony surface as
may be required for the attachment of the nuchal tendons and
muscles, but no more *, the rounded projection above the muscular
fossa in Giraffide being therefore of a different nature to these
bony ridges and, as I believe, representing the mizen horns. In
the Okapi again, while nothing of the sort can be made out in the
larger of the two known skulls (of the sex of which we have as yet

1 The surface of old male Giraffe skulls is always largely covered with an
accessory osseous outgrowth, having a stalagmitic appearance, which cements
the horns to the skull, covers the face with roughening, makes accessory lumps
on the top of the nose and above the orbits, closes up the anteorbital vacuities,
and everywhere greatly increases the weight and strength of the skull. But I
am satisfied by the appearances in youth that the mizen horns are essentially
different from these bony secretions.

2 Literally speaking Bibos forms an exception to this statement, but the
projection above its occipital fossa is obviously of an entirely different nature.

32*

480 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [ Nov. 19,
no certain evidence), there is in the smaller one (text-fig. 46) an

unusual thickening of the posterior crest which may possibly be
an indication of the mizen horns.

Text-fig. 46.

Young Okapi. Postero-external view of the occipital. crest.

In reference to the position of the mizen horns close to or
near the junction of two bones, it is to be noted that all Giraffes’
horns are so situated, the fore one on the naso-frontal}, and the
main pair on the fronto-parietal suture. Now it has been very
definitely said both by Owen” and Nitsche* that the main horns
are primarily on or at least over the frontal, and only secondarily
trespass on the parietal ; but the youngest horned skull that I have
seen (that given in text-fig. 44, p. 478), shows clearly the horns
situated as much on the parietals as on the frontals, so that there
would appear to be some variation in this respect.

On the analogy of other horned Ungulates, it has naturally been
thought that the relationship that the horns bear to particular
bones was of much essential importance when estimating their
homologies. But I would submit that in the Giraffide this
importance may readily be overrated, for in them the horn is a
separate dermal ossification, developed in the skin over the skull,
and at early stages movable on it*. Thus it may surely with
equal ease settle on and anchylose with any bone of the skull it
may form over, or on the junction of two of them. On the other
hand, with the Bevide, where the horns, though equally separate
and dermal in the beginning, have been long associated with the
frontal only, and with the Cervide, where they are actually out-
erowths of that bone, the matter is different, and in estimating

1 In young Giraffes the swelling for the horn is more frontal than nasal,
but the corresponding convexity in the Okapi is more nasal than frontal,

2 Trans. Zool. Soe. iii. p. 26 (1842).

° Studien tber Hirsche, p. 68,

‘ Wide Owen, 0. ¢.

1901.] FIVE-HORNED GIRAFFE FROM MOUNT ELGON, 48]

homologies stress must necessarily be laid on the particular bones
associated with the horns.

These remarks of course apply primarily to the fore and main
horns, of which the os cornw is known. Whether any such
separate bone is contained in the mizen horns we are as yet
unable to state.

Text-fig. 47.

a Eaa NINE

iis ate AK Wit iN
PON saa Vs ; i k

Bramatherium perimense. Diagrammatie side view of the skull, showing
the position of the horns.

But although no similar horns to the mizen pair can be found
in any living non-Giraffine animal, among the fossil members of
the group there appear to me to be undeniable homologues, or
rather representatives of them. For in Bramatherium (as is shown
in text-figs. 47 & 48) the posterior horns are in so precisely similar
a position that it seems incredible that they should not directly
correspond to them, all the more that both animals are admittedly
members of the same family. The admission of such a corre-
spondence would agree with and confirm the more recent views
held about the relationships of the anterior and posterior horns of
Giraffa, Bramathertum, and Sivatherium. For whereas at one

482 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Nov. 19,

time it was thought that the anterior horns of Bramathervum
corresponded to the posterior pair of Stvatheriwm, more recently *
both Lydekker and Forsyth Major have held that the anterior
horns of these two were homologous with each other, and corre-
sponded to the main pair of Giraffa, no homologue being supposed
to exist for the posterior pair. Now the present discovery fills
this lacuna, and finds a pair of horns in Giraffa which may be
homologized with the posterior horns of the fossil genera’.

Text-fig. 48.

SS

Bramatherium perimense, Diagrammatic back view of the skull.

Moreover, in Samothertum also, although the type skull? is im-
perfect in that region, a photograph of the posterior cranium of
another male, kindly communicated to me by Dr. Major, shows a
general projection exactly in the required position, and one

’ Lyd. Pal. Ind. (10) ii. p. 1380 (1883) ; Maj. P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 322.

* At the best, however, the homologies of the horns of Stvatheriwn must
remain rather doubtful, and an alternative arrangement might be that its small
anterior horns should correspond te the fore, the long pair to the main horns,
and either there be no homologue to the mizen, or the small posterior tine on
the base of the long antler should correspond to it.

* In this type skull, as is shown in the original figure (P. Z.8. 1891, p. 318),
there is also a small and hitherto unnoticed lateral projection anterior to the

1901.1 FIVE HORNED GIRAFFE FROM MOUNT ELGON 483

therefore that it would be natural to homologize with the mizen
horns of the modern Giraffe.

I would therefore submit that possibly the large antler-like
posterior horns of Stvatherium, and more certainly the thick
divergent ones of Bramatheriwn and the mizen horns of Giraffa,
and perhaps certain low projections in Samotherium and Okapia,
are all different phases of one and the same development. No
doubt, strictly speaking, one cannot say that the low projections
of the last three are homologous with the actual horns of the first
two, for, so far as we yet know, they are without that os cornu
which may be presumed to have been present in the fossil, and
would have been the true homologue. But just as the rounded
swelling on the nose of a female Giraffe may be said to correspond
to the fore horn of the male, so these low projections may equally
be held to represent the true horns of the allied animals,

The last question to be considered is as to whether, if these
homologies be admitted, we should look upon the mizen horns of
the Giraffe as representing an early stage in the development
of larger horns, or as the degenerate descendants of horns which
have been of full size in the Giraffe’s ancestors.

I myself believe that the latter is the true explanation, and
that in these horns we have the degenerate descendants of larger
ones, not necessarily as large or highly specialized as those of
Sivatherium, but still of great use at the time when the Giraffe’s
ancestors, like Deer and Antelopes, used their horns and not their
hoofs as their primary means of defence. With the lengthening
of the legs and the utilization of the hoofs as weapons ', the
functional importance of the horns would naturally diminish, a
suggestion which would account for the degeneration in Giraffa
of organs which in all other groups appear to have continuously
increased in size and complexity as time has gone on. It must be
admitted that this easy explanation will not give us a clue to
the history of the Okapi, but, so far as we know, that animal
is unusually free from enemies against which it would have to
defend itself, so that at the present time it would appear to have
no need for functional horns. Whether its hornless* condition is
a remnant of an early stage of evolution, or is an evidence of
degeneration, opinions are much divided, and owing to the
difficulty or impossibility of satisfactorily proving the correctness
of either view, the expressing of an opinion is rather a fruitless
amusement. But if I were to venture on an opinion, it would be
rather on the side of the degeneration theory, although I necessarily
take this view with the greatest hesitation, owing to the absence
of any real evidence bearing one way or the other.

main horns, which while possibly, indeed probably, due merely to distortion,
may conceivably represent the fore horns of Giraffa. If this is the case, it
would effectually dispose of the suggestion that the long horns of Samotherium
correspond to the fore horns of the Giraffe.

1 Gf. Bryden, t. c. p. 500; and de Winton, P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 283.

2 Horns may yet be found to occur in the old male.

484 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON [Noy. 19,

2. On the Male Genito-Urinary Organs of the Lepidosiren
and Protopterus. By J. Granam Kerr.
[Received November 19, 1901.]
(Plates XXVIT. & XXVIII’)
(Text-figures 49-54.)

There is nothing more needed in regard to the group of Dipnoan
Fishes than a correct and modern description of the male genital
organs, the current descriptions of these organs being either in-
complete or to a great extent erroneous. As some time must
elapse before I can deal with them in my detailed account of the
embryology of Lepidosiren, I have thought it worth while to write
out a short and concise account of the main features in this system
of organs in the two Dipnoans of which I have had specimens at
my disposal. I am the more moved to do so at this juncture,
because I feel that the conditions prevailing in the Dipnoans throw
an important light on the relations of the testis and its duct in
Polypterus as recently described independently by Jungersen and
Budgett.

I propose, then, in this communication to give first a brief de-
scription of the conditions holding in Lepidosiren, then to summarize
the main points of difference found in Protopterus, and to conclude
by pointing out a general bearing which the facts mentioned may
be regarded as having.

The only at all modern account of the male genital organs in
Lepidosiren is that contained in Ehlers’s description of the viscera
published in the ‘Gottingen Nachrichten, 1895. This account
I am able to confirm, from my own investigations, im some
important particulars, and also, to a certain extent, to amplify,
from my being in possession of males actually obtained during
the breeding-season.

L&PIDOSIREN.

The testes proper in the mature Lepidosiren is a very elongated
structure, rounded in section, and running in slight curves along a
great extent of the dorsal wall of the coelom just ventral to the
coal-black kidney. It is almost completely hidden away in a fat-
laden fold, which is developed to a special degree just before the
commencement of the dry season, and which has to be carefully
dissected away before the organ can be properly displayed. In
an adult male Lepidosiren (No. 666) measuring 719 mm. in total
length the testis proper, or, as I shall rather call it, the sperm-
producing portion of the testis (text-fig. 49 A, T,), measured
175 mm. in length by about 4 mm. in diameter. Anteriorly and
posteriorly this portion of the testis has a rounded end. From
the posterior end and from its inner aspect a flat tubular-looking
structure is continued backwards closely apposed to the surface of
the kidney, and so imbedded in dense connective tissue that it is
difficult to make out its precise relations by mere dissection. This

' For explanation of the Plate, see p. 498.

PZ.S. 1901,vol. 1. Pl XXVI.

I

ee

fawin Wilson, Cambriage. =

: } GENITO-URINARY ORGANS OF MALE
| LEPIDOSIREN,
2

a

LEPIDOSIREN AND

PZ.S.1901,vol.1. Pl XXVIII.

Edwin Wilson, Cambridge.

BNITO-URINARY ORGANS OF MALE
PROTOPT!

HRUS.

1901.) LEPIDOSIREN AND PROLOPTERUS. 485

Text-fig. 49.

_M.DO.

A. View of the genito-urinary apparatus
of a male Lepidosiren (adult, but not
breeding), as seen in a dissection from
the ventral aspect. The greater part
of the cloacal ceecum has been cut
away. Some of the vasa efferentia of
the right side are seen entering the
kidney.

B. Semi-diagrammatic figure to show the
relations of the posterior portions of
the genito-urinary complex.

C. Dorsal wall of cloacal cecum.
Cl. Dorsal wall of cloaca.
K,. Kidney (mesonephros).
K,. Posterior portion of kidney.
M.D.O. Persistent funnel of the Miul-
lerian duct.
T,. Formative region of testis.
‘T.,. Vesicular region of testis (in A
concealed in connective tissue).
U.G.P. Urogenital papilla.
V.E. Vas efferens.
W.D. Wolffian duct.

The genito-urinary apparatus of the male Lepidosiren.

486 MR. J, GRAHAM KERR ON [Nov. 19,

backward prolongation of the testis figures in the current de-
scriptions of Protopterus as the vas deferens; while for Lepidosiren
Ehlers has denied the existence of any opening to the exterior at
its hind end. I will describe it as the vesicular region of the
testis * (text-fig. 49, T, p. 145).

The vesicular portions of the two testes run backwards, gradually
converging towards a point in the region of the genito-urinary
openings. These openings, which become during the breeding-
season marked each by a prominent papilla, are situated on the
dorsal wall of the cloacal cecum just within its opening into the
cloaca. ‘The cloacal cecum of Lepidosiren and Protopterus, whose
morphological nature has hitherto been uncertain, | may mention
parenthetically, arises in ontogeny in the following way :—In stage
30 * the kidney-ducts open separately into the cloaca just within

‘its external opening, one on each side. In stage 36 the two ducts
have united distally, and their united portion is beginning to
project slightly forwards. Later still the fused portion becomes
much dilated and its projection forwards forms a large pocket—
the cecum. The cecum is then to be looked on as a projection
forwards of the urino-genital sinus, and is probably morphologically
comparable with the sperm-sacs of the Selachian—the forward
projection in this latter case being deeply bifid—and with the
urinary bladder of Ganoids and Teleosts.

On examining transverse sections, the sperm-producing region
of the testis is seen to be composed of numerous rounded ampulle
disposed in a somewhat radial fashion in a stroma of dense connec-
tive tissue. The ampulle open into a longitudinal canal which
posteriorly approaches the dorso-median surface of the testis, and
is continued back as the cavity of what I have termed the vesicular
portion of the testis. In this region the functional seminiferous
ampulle disappear, though there may be present one or more little
ageregations of these, as mezitioned by Ehlers, behind the main
body of the testis.

Throughout about the first quarter of its extent the vesicular
region of the testis is a simple tube with fairly smooth outer surface,
its cavity lined by cubical epithelium, and broken in upon by tra-
becule passing inwards from the wall. Traced backwards, however,
the wall of the tube becomes irregular, longitudinal ridges and other
projections appear which sometimes leave the surface of the testis
and run backwards in bridge-like fashion to rejoin it later on
(of. Plate XX VII. fig. 1, T,). The lumen of the tube becomes
correspondingly broken up, and the dorsal portion of this region
of the testis assumes the character of an irregular sponge-work
with hollow trabeculee, which contain prolongations of the central
lumen. In its most posterior portion the testis is closely applied
to the ventral edge of the kidney, and the trabecule of the testicular

' Ehlers also emphasizes this division of the testis into two regions (op.
eit. p. 12). :

2 J. ¢. the stage represented by figure 35 of my paper “On the External
features in the Development of Lepidosiren,” Phil. Trans. vol. 192 B. p. 299.

1901.] LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTHRUS. 487

sponge-work which has been described pass in and out of the
kidney, the dorsal portion of the sponge-work being completely
imbedded in the kidney substance. In the breeding male the cavities
of the trabecule are greatly distended and full of spermatozoa, so
that in the kidney of the male during the breeding-season we find
that region of the kidney which lies on the mesial surface of the
organ and ventral to the hilus traversed by large cavities packed
with spermatozoa.

The most regular of these function as vasa efferentia, and their
general relations may best be gathered from suck a figure as I
exhibit (see fig. 1, Plate XX VII., which represents a reconstruction
of kidney and testis from longitudinal vertical sections, viewed from
its inner or mesial aspect). The vasa efferentia (V.E.) are seen as
irregular tubular structures which from their point of origin slope
forwards and dorsalwards. They pursue this direction for a
short distance until they come into proximity with a clump of
Malpighian capsules. They then break up into branches which open
into the Malpighian capsules. Some of the branches of the vasa
efferentia appear to end blindly, or are continued by very fine cavities
which I have not been able to trace throughout. The Malpighian
capsulesin the adult Lepidosiren are arranged in clumps anda single
vas efferens may supply either a single capsule or more of the clump:
it may also send prolongations to capsules of other clumps. It is
noteworthy that the Malpighian capsules into which the vasa
efferentia open are, as is also the case with other capsules in the
same region of the kidney, lined by cubical epithelium instead of by
the flattened form more familiar in adult animals. In the text-
figures 50 and 51 (pp. 488, 48) I show sections through such
Malpighian capsules, in one of which the lumen of the capsule is
seen to be packed with spermatozoa.

The communications between kidney and testis are confined to
the vesicular region of the testis and to the posterior portion of
this region. This has been demonstrated by the examination of
complete series of sections through the whole length of the genito-
urinary complex. In the specimen shown in Plate XX VIL. fig. 1,
the vasa efferentia are confined to the posterior half of the vesicular
region of the testis. They may, however, extend further forwards.

In two specimeus in which I have counted them, the number of
vasa efferentia numbered six and five respectively ?.

In the specimen in Plate XX VII. fig. 1, it will be noticed that
each one occurs roughly at the same level as one of the large
collecting-tubes opens into the kidney-duct. Their segmental
arrangement corresponds with that of the collecting-tubes.

The spermatozoa finally reach the kidney-duct by the last few
of the collecting-tubes that drain into the duct. In the breeding

* Ehlers found “‘ one communication between testis and kidney-tubules” (no
doubt one of the vasa efferentia, which I have described) and also posteriorly
several direct connections between testis and kidney-duct, This latter point I
have not been able to confirm—much as, for theoretical reasons, I should like
to have done so.

488 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON | Nov. 19,

specimen sectioned, the last five (possibly six?) showed spermatozoa,
and these collecting-tubes were distinguished from those further
forwards by their larger calibre (17 mm. as against ‘09 mm.).

Text-fig, 50.

Transverse section of the genito-urinary apparatus of Lepidosiren.

Portion of a transverse section of the genito-urinary complex of an adult,
but not breeding, male Lepidosiren, showing a particularly short vas efferens
through the whole of its extent.

Gl. Glomerulus.
K.T. Kidney-tubule.
M.C. Malpighian capsule.
P. Projections from wall of testis into its lumen.

T,. Vesicular region of testis.
V.E. Vas efferens.

1901. | LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTURUS,. 489

It will be noticed in the specimen of which my drawing (see fig. 1,
Plate XX ViI.) is a reconstruction, that the last two collecting-tubes
are relatively small. This was not a breeding specimen. In the
breeding male which was sectioned the posterior tubes, on the other
hand, were very large, much dilated with sperms, and the tubules
opening into them formed a special little mass projecting towards
the middle line and extending back in the connective-tissue sheath
which contains the hind end of the testis and the Wolffian duct
(T,, in text-fig. 49). We have here an indication of the separating off
of a posterior specially genital region of the kidney comparable with
the familiar epididymis of the anterior end of the mesonephros.
It is this posterior portion of the kidney which is seen in the re-
construction given in the figure now exhibited (see Plate XX VIII.
fig. 2, K,). In the non-breeding male it is much less conspicuous.

Text-fig. 51.

Section through the Malpighian capsule of Lepidosiren.

Section through the Malpighian capsule, into which a vas efferens opens,
showing spermatozoa in the cavity of the capsule.

Spermatozoa first begin to appear in the kidney-duct of the
breeding male at a point about 7 mm. in front of the hind end of
the main testis. In front of this the lumen of the duct was, in the
breeding specimen examined, occluded for a distance of 12 mm. by
a plug composed of curious spherical saccular bodies. A few
spermatozoids had penetrated about halfway through this, but none
appeared to have got right through. From this plug backwards
the kidney-duct was packed full of sperms, and was rounded in
section, instead of flattened and collapsed as it was further forwards.
The first open communication between the testis and the kidney
was found in this specimen about 12°5 mm. behind the end of the
sperm-forming testis, where a small tube (text-fig. 52, V.E.) was
seen to arise from the dorsal wall of the vesicular part of the

490 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON [Nov. 19,

testis, to arch outwards and sink into the kidney-tissue, to approach
the kidney-duct and run back parallel to it on its inner side for a

Text-fig. 52.

Transverse section through the genito-urinary complex of left side of a
breeding male Lepidosiren.

A.V. Afferent vein of kidney.
E.V. Efferent vein.
K,. Kidney (mesonephros) with black pigment in its cortical layer.
T,. Vesicular region of testis.
V.E. Vas efferens.
W.D. Wolffian duct.

The kidney and testis are seen to be imbedded in fatty tissue. The peculiar
fibrous appearance of the contents of the large veins is due to the presence of
crystals of haematein,

1901.] LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 491

distance of 1:9 mm., and there to communicate with a Mal-
pighian capsule by a short channel. Beyond this point it still
continued backwards for 1:8 mm., and then opened back again
into the cavity of the testis. The tube in question may be
described as a vas efferens with a double origin from the testis.
The next vas efferens was found to arise from the testis about
7 mm. further back, and this one only had a single origin.
Another occurred 5 mm. further back, again with a double root,
the two roots this time, however, only -3 mm. apart, and again
another at a distance of 3 mm. from this one’.

Miillerian ducts.—In a second-year male, vestiges of the Millerian
duct were distinctly present. In the adult they disappear com-
pletely, except for the funnel at their anterior end, as described by
Ehlers (text-fig. 49, M.D.O.).

PROTOPTERUS.

I have always found myself confronted by great difficulties in
endeavouring to understand the meaning of the male genital
organs of Protopterus as described by W. N. Parker. I was,
therefore, very glad of the opportunity of clearing my ideas on the
subject given by Mr. Budgett’s kind permission to examine some
of his specimens of Protopterus. These I have examined by dis-
section and by the preparation of continuous series of sections
through the posterior region of the genito-urinary complex. In
the following pages I endeavour to give a short and concise
account of the more important points of resemblance and differ-
ence to the corresponding structures in Lepidosiren.

The testis proper differs from that of Lepidosiren in its much
greater thickness. The formative region of the testes of a breeding
Lepidosiren 72 cm. in length measured 4 mm. in diameter, that of
a breeding Protopterus only 56 cm. in length measured 5mm. In
section this difference is seen to be due to the much greater
length of the ampulle of the testis. Another striking difference
is that the vesicular region of the testis is much shorter, measuring
only about one ninth the length of the testis instead of about
a quarter, as in Lepidosiren,. Parker, as is well known, described
this part of the testis as a vas deferens opening into the “ urogenital
sinus.” Nosuch opening exists here any more than in Lepidosiren,
even during the breeding-period. The condition is, in fact, as in
Lepidosiren, except that in Protopterus the vesicular portions of
the two testes fuse together at their posterior ends (T,, text-fig. 53,
& Plate XXVIII. fig. 3):

Just as in Lepidosiren, a genital region of the kidney or posterior
epididymis tends to be formed ; but here the separation has become
much more complete, and the posterior epididymis is at once
recognizable in an ordinary dissection from the absence of the

1 Tn tracing out the route of the spermatozoa within the kidney, I find it
convenient to double stain with thionin and eosin, the heads of the spermatozoa
being stained an intense blue, which makes them extremely conspicuous
against the red ground-colour,

=

49

MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON | Nov. 19,

Text-fig. 53.
_M.D.0.

\o

A. View of the genito-urinary appa-
ratus of a (breeding) male
Protopterus annectens, as seen
from the ventral aspect. The
greater part of the caecum has
been cut away, and, for the sake
of clearness, the posterior por-
tion of the vestigial Millerian
ducts is omitted in the figure.

B. Figure on larger scale, showing
the relations of the vestigial

Lap posterior end of the Millerian
i duets.

C. Cloacal cxecum.

,. Kidney (mesonephros).

>: Posterior genital region
of kidney.

M.D. Conjoined posterior ends

D.O

of Millerian ducts.
. Celomic funnel of Miul-
lerian duct.
T,. Formative region of testis.
T,. Vesicular region of testis.
U.G.P. Urogenital papilla, with
the slit-like openings of
the Wolffian ducts.
W.D. Wolffian duct.

The genito-urinary apparatus of Protopterus.

190L.] LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 493

coaly-black pigment, which is so characteristic of the rest of the
kidney. The epididymes of the two sides are completely fused
in the middle line, as is shown by the reconstruction in Plate
XXVIII. fig. 3, where also it is seen that there is no crossing of
collecting-tubes across the median plane. That the posterior
epididymis is really the posterior end of the kidneys is shown by
the examination of young stages. In male specimens of Protopterus
of 90 mm. in length I find the posterior ends of the kidneys fused,
but not differing in structure from the remainder of the organ.

Testicular network.—As in Lepidosiren, there are distinct remains
of a testicular network, only here it is reduced still further, being
represented merely by communications between testis and kidney
at the extreme hind end of the testis.

From the hind end of the united vesicular portions of the testes
a sinus passes dorsalwards on each side through the substance of
the epididymis. Here it becomes very irregular in shape, sending
out various irregular projections and fine prolongations which
communicate with the kidney-tubules. Each of the large sinuses
mentioned must be looked upon as a large vas efferens, the last of
the series.

The cayities of the vas efferens and its prolongations as well as
those of the large collecting-tubes in the epipdidymis are in
breeding males packed with spermatozoa.

I have not, so far, been able to make out glomeruli in any of the
sperm-containing cavities in Protopterus, and it is possible that
here, as in the case of Rana fusca, they have degenerated in the
Malpighian capsules connected with the testis. The spermatozoa
reach the kidney-duct by the last few main collecting-tubes (three
in a breeding specimen examined).

Miillerian ducts——In the adult male the posterior portion of the
Miillerian duct persists as well as the coelomic funnel (cf. text-
fiv. 53 B, M.D.). The two ducts unite posteriorly, and then end
blindly within the base of the urogenital papilla. I can find no
patent communication with the vesicular region of the testis such
as Parker describes.

CERATODUS.

I have unfortunately not had any adult specimens of Ceratodus
at my disposal. But there can be little doubt from Giinther's
description, and from Semon’s statement that he has found sper-
matozoa in the Malpighian capsules, that the conditions here are
similar in all essentials to what I have described in the other
two Dipnoans. The “ vasa deferentia” described by Gimther are
pretty clearly the Miillerian ducts, which retain their embryonic
condition even more clearly in Ceratodus than in Protopterus,
remaining in the adult with patent lumen along their whole
length.

The fact that there exists in Lepidosiren and Protopterus a defi-
nitely developed testicular network connecting the testis and kidney
must be held, I think, to constitute weighty evidence in fayour

Proc. Zoon. Soc.-—1901, Vou. Il. No. XXXII. 38

494. MR, J. GRAHAM KERR ON [ Nov. 19,

of the view that the possession of such a network is a very ancient
characteristic of the gnathostomatous Vertebrata. Known long
to exist in Selachians, and in the Amphibia and Amniota, it is
now known to exist also in Ganoids (Lepidosteus, Acipenser, Amica)
and inthe Dipnoi. It exists, in fact, m all the main divisions
except the Crossopterygians and Teleosts. Surely it is more easy
to believe that a secondary condition has come about in the last-
mentioned two groups than that the same condition should have
arisen secondarily in every one of the other groups mentioned !
The probability of this being the case is, I believe, much increased
by considerations which will become apparent later on.

The points in the structure of the genito-urinary apparatus.
of the Dipnoi that appear to me to have a general bearing on the
morphology of the male genital ducts in other fishes are two :—

(1) The testis, of a primitive very much elongated shape, has
become divided into two regions :—an anterior sperm-
producing portion, and a posterior portion which has lost
its sperm-producing function, has become simplified in
structure, and serves with its widely expanded cavities
merely as a vesicula seminalis and as a duct.

(2) The testicular network has vanished throughout the
anterior sperm-producing portion ; the posterior vesicular
portion, on the other hand, retains its communication with
the kidney apparatus near its posterior end.

In these two features I believe we have a condition which throws
much light upon the condition found in Teleostean Fishes and in
Polypterus (as described by Budgett* and Jungersen *), which,
as Jungersen pertinently points out, leads up to the Teleostean
condition.

In Polypterus the testis is described as being continued back
into the testis-ridge (Budgett), containing the main testis-duct,
and associated with this a network of irregular cavities lined by
cubical epithelium and giving off here and there a cecal projection.
At its hinder end the main cavity of this ridge.communicates with
the kidney-duct near its posterior termination.

Similarly in Teleostei Jungersen * points out :—

(1) That the genital duct of the male develops in complete
continuity with the testis ;

(2) That the genital duct in the male develops usually not as a
simple tubular cavity as does the oviduct, but that a
network of anastomosing cavities is formed ; and

(8) That the genital duct in the male usually develops its
opening into the distal portion of the kidney-duct.

Now the theoretical interpretation of the male genital ducts of
Crossopterygians and Teleosts is, I think, greatly facilitated by the
conditions which I have described as holding in Lepidosiren and
Protopterus.

1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xv. Read May 8, 1900, published April 1901.

2 Zool. Anzeiger, June 14, 1900.
3 Arb, Zool.-zoot. Inst. Wiirzburg, ix. 1889, p. 179.

1901.] LEPIDOSIREN AND PROLOPLERUS, 495

I start from the standpoint of one who believes that the
two great products of the coelomic lining (7. e. the genital and the
excretory products) made their way originally to the exterior by
the same mode of exit—by the nepbridial openings’, and that
the general course of subsequent evolution has probably as regards
the genital products been such as to keep or make their mode of
exit as direct and simple as possible, rather than such as to make
their exit more and more complicated and difficult as some
zoologists would have us believe.

The condition in Lepidosteus or Acipenser may be looked upon
as relatively primitive amongst fishes. Here testis and kidney are
alike elongated and vasa efferentia pass off along the whole length
of the testis to the greater part of the length of the kidney.

In Lepidosiren, as above described, the testis has become divided
into two regions, a formative and a vesicular, and the connection
between testis and kidney has become restricted to the posterior
portion of the vesicular region.

In Protopterus we find again the division of the testis into
formative and vesicular regions, but now the communication of
testis-cavity with kidney is still further restricted to the extreme
hind end of the testis.

This, it seems to me, is but a step from what has been described
for adult Crossopterygians, where again we find a division of the
testis into a formative and a conducting region, the latter
communicating at its extreme hinder end with the kidney-duct,
no longer, however, through complicated kidney-tubules but by a
simple direct opening®.

Finally, as Jungersen has well pointed out and has been shown
in résumé above, the Teleostean condition is naturally derivable
from that in Polypterus.

According to the facts and views expressed in this paper’, the
genital ducts.of male Ganoids, Dipnoans, Crossopterygians, and
Teleasts would fall into some such scheme as that expressed in
the accompanying rough diagram (p. 496).

In conclusion, it is only fair to state that while the facts
described above are in great part new, the morphological hypothesis
which they are held to support was suggested long age by Semon*

1 Budgeit is led by his studies on Po/ypterus 1o believe that the arrangement
there is a primitive one, and to side with those who believe that the connection
between gonad and kidney is secondary. ‘Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. xv. p. 330.

2 Exactly as has apparently come about in Discoglossus amongst anurous
Amphibians—the surviving connection being, however, in this latter case,
anterior instead of posterior.

5 Tt will be seen that this view of the morphology of the Teleostean male
genital duct differs im some essential particulars from that of Jungersen.
He points out that in Lepidostews and Acipenser the testicular network opens
into the Malpighian capsules, in Amia into the tubule below the capsule
or into the kidney-duct direct. In Ama, as compared with Lepidosteus and
Acipenser, the openings of the testicular network into the kidney-system may
be regarded as having migrated down the tubule in the direction of the external
opening. Let such migration continue until they opened close to the exterior,
and a condition resembling that of Teleosts would be reached. (Zool. Anz.
Ba, xxiii. p. 632.)

4 Bauplan des Urogenitalsystems der Wirbelthiere: Jena, 1891.

Text-fig. 54.

MR J.GRAHAM KERR ON

[Nov. 19,

e.)

to-urinary system in certain Fishes,
oO
5

i
(For description see opposite pa

1

Diagrammatic sketch of the gen

(

49

LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPLHRUS.

1901.

(‘taysoayay, ‘srvazdhjog)
PuULYO L]NGNy opta apFurs v Aq yooatp otout CULO SVT ST}S9} Ot]} FO WOIdat TLTHOISIA oY} VAEMYoq UOLYVorMNUILTOD oT Ing “qf 04 aLTTTUTS

»

“sojnqny-Aoupry 7y./a00s YIM soyeoruntMod SOTO SVA OT] JOUF Tengo uy (‘saagdojouq) “s1yse} ey] Jo Wore

TETNIISIA 91} JO pus pUTY suIaaqxa OY} I SUdLETO SVA O/STIS B OJ PooNpod st moqsds-oupry oq} Yat 81480} 9] JO UOTYVoTUNTATOD otT,

(‘wasrsoprdar )
“UOLGat AR[NOISEA at} Jo pus purty et} spiwaoy mey ev Suydeoxe ‘perveddesip oavy VIFUBLOYO VSVA OY} PUL “IB[NOISAA PUR BATJLULLOF
i=}
‘SUOTSAL OY OFUT UOISTATP v SMOTS S198} OUT, “COTA [RIOD 913 ULOAZ Jo yno ATojo[dwo0s mou eae UO] Ho oy} Jo suoryzod avpnsdes oy J,

“WRIGIP OT} U1 pay aav VIQUAadaya vsvA a} Usaajog SsesomoyseUy
SIT} 0} BLJUBAAHO BsvA JO UOIGNGLAGsIp Avis ATPRYNEsse UL MOS snasopidaT pure wasuadiop “wijualeya sea at J—S[UUBYD osdoASTVAY
ysno.y} sopnsdvo ueIysidyepy ureyioo jo woz OFF UA MONVOIUNUIMOD UT SUTBWEd T[YS WOT. [eITUEs OY, ‘sty809 ayy Jo AqtAvo
OF SB MOTH [Rlsues 943 TWoIT Jo ynys osTe st Wo] ey} Jo Uorzod [eyIues ey, “MoTo Jwaxoues ay YITM oyvoruntumod ‘tasemoy
‘TIS yor ‘sapnsdvo uviystdyepy se wiopeo prroues OY} WOTF FO poporystoo ore spauuns perpiaydeu oyy punoa woTaHo Jo suoyuod oy,

‘spouuny fetpraydor oy
YSnoAyy LO1494xa ay} 07 pata pur tora vous at} OJUT ATaery poys oav syonpoad VIUIS Ol ato. “UOIJIPUOD daTtUTAd peorjanjods«
| if pe I [22 | [7 JUL ATeedy poy yony [vy { | IIE INU [votjeq H

"819894 JO UOISAA ARTMOISeA **7, “BULUT] OTULOTAD Jo vorw [VULUL.IAK 9)
‘JONP URIFTOAA “CM 81480] JO UOIFaI aATyRUILO “YY, ‘arnqng-Keupiyx Jo jouuny ormoypoo [9

‘SOYsy ureqt09 ur ureysds Aavutm-oj1uad
a]¥M aq} Jo sdiqsuoyrfes froiSopoydaour ayy Jo coded Sursurduuoooe 9} UI Uoyey MTA OY OFBAQSNITE 0} ULEASeIP YFnoy

498 ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. [ Nov: 19,

as affording a possible explanation of the conditions occurring in
Teleosts.
Summary.

The more important features in the morphology of the male
urogenital system of Lepidosiren and Protopterus may be summarized
as follows :—

1. The testis is very much elongated and is divisible into an
anterior formative and a posterior vesicular and conducting
region. i

2. The posterior part of the vesicular region is connected with
the tubules of the hind end of the mesonephros, which serve
for the passage of the genital products.

3. In Protopterus the testis is connected with the kidney only -
at its extreme tip; in Lepidosiren there is a series of about
half a dozen segmentally arranged vasa efferentia which
open into Malpighian capsules.

. In Protopterus the hind genital region of the kidneys is
clearly marked off from the rest, and in this region the
kidneys are fused across the middle line; in Lepidosiren
there is only a slight attempt at this differentiation, and
the kidneys of the two sides are posteriorly, as elsewhere,
quite distinct.

. The Wolffian ducts open in the adult male by a common
(Protopterus) or by two separate (Lepidosiren) papillz into
the distal portion of the cloacal cecum, which is morpho-
logically a urogenital sinus formed in ontogeny as a
dilatation of the fused, but originally separate, posterior
portions of the Wolffian ducts.

i

On

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

The lithographic illustrations on Plates XXVIT. and XXVIII. have been
drawn by Mr. E. Wilson from reconstructions by the author of his camera-
drawings according to the method described in Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.
vol, xly. p. 5.

Pratt XXVII.
ig. 1. View from mesial aspect of reconstruction of the hind end of testis and
kidney of an adult, but not breeding, Lepidosiren. The testis is shown
yellow, the kidney blue. (In breeding specimens the testis extends
much further back.)

C.t. Collecting-tube of kidney. Gl. Malpighian body. K,. Portion
of kidney which becomes enlarged during breeding-season (posterior
epididymis or hypodidymis). T,. Formative region of testis. ‘I',. Vesi-
cular region of testis. V.E. Vas efferens. W.D. Wolffian duct.

Prats XXVIII.

g. 2. View from behind of a thick slice of the hinder portion of the vesicular
region of the testis of a breeding male Lepidosiren with its accompanying
mass of kidney-tubules.

K,. Kidney. T,. Testis, V.A. Afferent vein. W.D. Wolffian
duct with collecting-tube opening into it.

ig. 8. Corresponding view of fused posterior portions of kidneys (hypodidymis)

of Protopterus—collecting-tubes &c, of kidney coloured blue, testis

and vasa efferentia yellow. :
M.D. Fused hind part of Mullerian ducts. T,. Posterior ends of
testes meeting in mid-line, V.H, Vasefferens, W.D, Wolffian duct.

I
Q

K

_

za
ie)

1901.] ON THE AN'TELOPES OF SOMALILAND AND 8. ABYSSINIA, +499

3. Field-notes on the Antelopes obtained during a Journey
in Somaliland and Southern Abyssinia in 1900-1901.
By Aurrep E. Prass, M.P., F.Z.8.

{Received July 8, 1901.]

BUBALIS SWAYNEI. Swayne’s Hartebeest.

Galla name, Korki. Abyssinian name, Giedempsa or G'edemfsa.
Somali name, Sveq.

I was rather surprised to find Swayne’s Hartebeest on the west
side of the Hawash River: we saw them between the Hawash and
Awaramulka. Major Gwynn, R.E., D.S.O., killed one on the
march near the Hawash, and I saw them in the foothills and bush
near Tadijunulka, but did not shoot any. I was, however, still
more astonished to find them on the Upper Hawash, west of
Sequala, also south of the Gueragué range (Gifursa), and in the
neighbourhood of the Meki River and Lake Zwai, where they
were numerous. | shot two bulls, one near Bogra and one near
Aila (Upper Hawash, west of Sequala). The better head was
154 in. long, 10 in. in cire., and 173 from tip to tip. One of these
I killed whilst it was being closely pursued by a Serval, which
T also shot. It is remarkable that so small an animal as the Seryal
should attack a Hartbeest.

CEPHALOPHUS sp. ine. Duiker.

Abyssinian name, Midakwa.

The only specimen I obtained of this was a female, caught
by some Gallas on Mt. Sequala and brought to our camp in
January. It was quite small, about 20 days old, and had been for
10 days nursed at the breast of the Galla woman that brought it
to me. In colow it resembled the grizzly grey of a young
Klipspringer, but not in the texture of its coat: it was decidedly
dark in colour, with tan round the ears, eyes, and muzzle, and a
very dark band trom the poll to the nose, and similar bands down
the fore legs. It was perfectly tame, and we kept it in health till
theend of March. It throve well on small quantities of bread and
biscuit with goat’s milk, but would eat if it got the chance any
kind of food (except meat) ; it ate grass very sparingly, but would
eat dry leaves, twigs, bits of bark, and the stalks and leaves of
certain plants and bushes, but when this diet failed, as it did in
Somaliland, it ate too much bread and plum-pudding one day and
died. It was such a bereavement to Mrs. Pease, that we had not
the heart to skin it, and buried it. I saw many other Duikers at
various times, but only springing in and out of the thick jungle,
giving no chance for a rifle. I never had one in sight for half a
second. I met with them on the Entoto Hills, Sequala, &c.; I
also saw them on the hills at the base of Assobét Mountain in the
Danakil Country.

500 MR. A. E. PEASE ON THE ANTELOPES OF [ Noy. 19,

OreEoTRAGUS SALTATOR. Klipspringer.

The Klipspringer was seen on Entoto Mountain and in
Somaliland.

OvrEBIA MonTANA. The Abyssinian Oribi.

Abyssinian name, Miwaka,

The Ourebi is not common on the plateau in the neighbour-
hood of Adis Ababa, but we found it sometimes near the road
after passing Balchi on our way up to the capital. Captain
A. Duff killed one at Jeffi Dunsa two days east of Adis Ababa.
After we left Adis Ababa we saw the first in the Akaki Valley,
and frequently met with them on the lower ground below Sequala
(the great extinct voleano). I shot the first I obtaimed near Delato,
north of Sequala above the Dahom River; it was one of three (one
buck and two does). Near the Hawash they were more numerous,
and on crossing the Hawash we found them plentiful in the
country around Lake Ailan, several small bands of twos and threes
up to seven and even nine being seen together. They were feeding
either on the fresh grass where the bush had been burnt, or near
and on the cultivated patches close to the Galla villages, which are
very numerous. On the Upper Hawash I often observed them, .
and have seen them feeding with the Reed-bucks in the grass near
Aila and in the neighbourhood of the Meki River and Lake Zwai.
LT also saw them all down the Hawash Valley to Tadijunulka and
Awaramulka. When I had shot five specimens in the early part
of my trip I never molested them further. — I noticed that they
fed and wandered at all hours of the day, occasionally lying down,
and I did not see any female with more than one young one.

The best head I obtained measured 52 inches on the curve.

The name Ourebia montana is rather a misnomer, as I found

most of them in the flat low country between the Hawash and
Zwai.

Manoqua PHinuirsi. Phillips’s Dik-Dik.

Somali name, Sakakaro Golass.

The common Somali Dik-Dik was the only one of which I shot
any specimens. It extended all the way up the Hawash Valley. f
saw a larger Dik-Dik occasionally, but never got a shot at it. This
was probably M. salicana.

Copus DEFASSA. Water-buek.

Abyssinian name, Defassa. Somali name, Balango. Galla name,
Warabéd, which is also used by the Abyssinians and Danakils.

The five specimens of the Water-buck were all obtained in
the Hawash Valley. I saw Water-bucks or their tracks on many
parts of the Hawash Valley and also on the Meki River, but they
are not common in the higher parts of the Hawash Valley.

1 have seen them usually in small herds never more than eleven
together, more commonly only three or four,

1901.] SOMALILAND AND SOUTHERN ABYSSINIA. 501

CERVICAPRA BOHOR. Reed-buck.

Abyssinian name, Bohor or Behor. Somali name, Dol. Gralla
name, Boroufa.

T never observed any Reed-bucks till we got south of the Hawash
River, though I noticed their tracks on the banks of the Hawash.
I saw Reed- “bucks at Aila (N. of the Meki River), but did not shoot
one till I got to Lake Zwai, where they were numerous but never
more than two or three together. There were great numbers of
these Antelopes in the Hawash Valley at a place called Goraboutha,
two days S.E. from Sequala, a very marshy country, with high grass
near the river and thick scrub inland. One evening I saw 23 in
one compact herd; there were five bucks, and I killed the three
best. I shot one the following day on the march to the 1] oe
River, but, having five specimens, never shot any more. I saw
them west of Fantalli Mountain and near Tadijunulka.

GAZELLA GRANTI. Grant’s Gazelle.

Abyssinian name, Midafihel. Galla name, Hedi.

The only specimens of Grant’s Gazelle that I obtained or saw
were around the northerm shores of Lake Zwai, where they were
very numerous and tame. I saw a solitary one a day north of
this along with Swayne’s Hartebeest close to the Meki River.
I do not know of any previous mention of this Antelope so far
north.

GAZELLA S®MMERRINGI. Scemmerring’s Gazelle.

Abyssinian name, Meidafihel. The natives do not discriminate
between Grant’s and Scemmerring’s. Galla name, Hedi. Somali
name, Aouwl,

These Antelopes were common on the Maritime Plain of Somali-
land, and occasional on the low ground up to Tadijunulka. We
saw large numbers of them on the Danakil plains and in the bush
around Mt. Assobot and the Lower Hawash Valley, aiso near
Mt. Fantalli and El Toki there were large numbers, but I never
saw any higher up the Hawash than just “EL of Sequala. All the
heads I saw were very small compared with Somali heads.

GAZELLA PELZELNI. Pelzeln’s Gazelle.

I shot two on the Maritime Plain. I also saw many Gazelles
on the hills near Araweina, among the mountains, which were not
Speke’s Gazelle, but I am not positive that they were Pelzeln’s.

LATHOCRANIUS WALLERI. Gerenuk.

Somali name, Gerenuk.

Very plentiful all over the country below the Abyssinian
escarpment (and, of course, throughout Somaliland), till you pass
a little vailey beyond Arbawun, when they are no more met with.
The Danakil and these western Grannis carry heavier heads than
the Gerenuk of Somaliland proper.

502 ON THE ANTHLOPHS OF SOMALILAND AND S, ABYSSINIA. | Noy.19,

OREOTRAGUS MEGALOTIS. Baira.

Somali name, Baza.
I saw plenty of Baira on the road up, and they were apparently
common in the Araweina Mountains. I shot only one female.

Oryx BEISA. The Beisa.

Abyssinian name, Sala. Somali name, Bert.

We came across the Oryx on the maritime plain of Somaliland,
but never in large numbers till we crossed the Hawash, as through-
out the lower Danakil Country it is constantly hunted by the
natives on horseback with spears. We saw a considerable number
on the foot-hills below the Abyssinian escarpment near Marko
and Deladi, a few near the Moulou River, Mt. Assobot, and
Kattyinwaha. After crossing the Hawash I observed some large
herds of from 40 up to 80; these were mostly cows. I noticed that
they carried much longer horns than the average Somali heads
that I had seen on the Haud and elsewhere in my previous
journeys. I shot very few, not requiring them as trophies, and
certainly did not get anything like the longest horns. My best
were 36 inches long.

I also saw Oryx near Tadijunulka, and an occasional one
between the Hawash and Lake Zwai.

STREPSICEROS CAPENSIS. (Greater Kudu.

Somali name, Aderyu, and Godir for the male. Abyssinian
name, Agazin.

monmele in small and ever diminishing numbers on the higher
mountains of the Hawash borders of the Danakil Country. I saw
seven on the Meki River banks, and my shikari saw some at the foot
of Mt. Bossette. There are a few near Tadijunulka and along
the Abyssinian escarpment. I also saw some at Hulul in the
mountains not far from Harrar.

STREPSICEROS IMBERBIS. Lesser Kudu.

Somali name, Arrhe (or Godir yer, literally ‘little male Kudu”).

The Lesser Kudu is common through the Gourgara and Somali,
Danakil, and Galla countries just below the Abyssinian escarp-
ment, and very numerous on the Lower Hawash. I saw plenty
near Mt. Fantalli; I shot two bulls near El Toki; I never saw
the Lesser Kudu beyond, 1. e. west of Sequala, but it may well
be common up the Meki River. I saw plenty near Melkadegaga
on the Hawash.

Deivid
cite

eee
if Ae

TITLING SE) SOMONE
“WAILF2 1T8P AS Lf

‘duit’ sorg ute Fury

SIDOX “Nel” WU OBIS" Z al

1901.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 503

December 3, 1901.

W. T. Buanrorp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made to
the Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1901 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of November was 112, of which 29 were by
presentation, 42 by purchase, 38 were received on deposit, and 3
were bred in the Gardens. The number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 182.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to :—

A young male Zebra, sent as a present to H.M. The King from
the Emperor Menelek, and, by His Majesty’s orders, placed under
the care of the Society, and now lodged in the New Zebra House
next to the Grevy’s Zebra.

Before it arrived at Abbis Abeba this animal was supposed to bea
male Grevy’s Zebra; but some photographs of it which were kindly
forwarded to me by Col. Harrington, and which I now exhibit
(text-fig. 55, p. 504), showed at once that this was not the case.
The cma, of which I exhibit an excellent coloured drawing
(Plate XXIX.), prepared by Mr. J. Smit, is decidedly not a Grévy’s
Zebra, but belongs to the series of Burchell’s Zebra which is so
widely diffused from North to Southern Africa. After carefully
going into the literature of the subject, I have come to the decision
(in which I am happy to say that Mr. Oldfield Thomas and Mr. de
Winton agree with me) that this Zebra is most probably the same
as that described by Mr. de Winton (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)
xvii. p. 319, 1896) as Hquus burchelli granti'; but Lam not sure that
it will not be better to class it as a full species and to call it Equus
granti, under which term I have had it labelled in the Society’s
Gardens. As will be seen by the drawing, its small ears and
different system of striping, not to speak of its much inferior size,
at once separate it from #. grevyi, and another distinguishing
feature is the pure black of its stripes and the entire absence of
what have been termed shadow-stripes.

Its height is 46 inches at the withers, whereas the height of the
female FE. grevyi is 50 inches.

T regret that I have not been able to ascertain from Col. Harrington
or Capt. Duff in what part of the Abyssinian dominions this
beautiful animal was obtained; but I have little doubt that it is
from Lake Rudolf, in which district is has been stated by several
observers that herds of the larger and smaller Zebras are in some

1 Mr. R. I. Pocock has given a list of the subspecies of Equus burchelli in his
article “On the Species and Subspecies of Zebras,” published in the ‘ Annals &
Magazine of Natural History’ for July 1897 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx.

p. 33). Two other forms of £. burchelli have been since described, viz., Hguus
P pohelli zambesiensis (Trouess., Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. iv. p. 64, 1898) and
E. b. foe (Prazak et Trouess., Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. v. p- 352, 1899),

504 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS [0 THE MENAGERIN. | Dec. 3,

Text-fig. 55.

Grant's Zebra.
(From photographs taken at Abbis Abeba.)

© 7,8, 190 vol Ml Pl 2OOC.

iC)

fee
Oss
of}
OAs
pe)

.

Bale & Danielsson L* lith.

MYRIAPODA FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA .

tt LL LLL Gy

/

ON
NG

\

Bale & Danielsson Lt lith.

MYRIAPODA FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA .

,. ml

1 en

oe

ior
i} ‘lie

ies
Ler

ee a ee

Bale & Danielsson L'? lith.

MYRIAPODA FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA

1901.] ON THE MYRIAPODA OF THE ““SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 505

spots found intermixed. I have also been informed that in the
bales of flat native Zebra-skins lately imported from Abyssinia or
Somaliland, examples of the skins of these two species may be found
in the same bale, showing that they inhabit the same country.

Mr. Sclater stated that, on the kind invitation of the President,
he had inspected the fine herd of Prjevalsky’s Horse (Kquus
prjevalskiz) lately received at Woburn through Mr. Carl Hagenbeck.
The herd was 12 in number—5 males and 7 females. Mr. Sclater
was of opinion that Prjevalsky’s Horse was a true wild species
of typical Kguus, with chestnuts on both fore and hind legs, as in
the domestic Horse. The animals at Woburn were all quite young,
apparently yearlings. Mr. Sclater announced that the Council
had arranged with Mr. Hagenbeck for the purchase of a pair of
this animal, which might be expected to arrive in London shortly
after Christmas.

Mr. W. E. de Winton, F.Z.S., exhibited a remarkably large
specimen of the Grey Mullet (Mugil chelo), weighing 12 lbs. and
measuring 2 ft. 74 in. in length, with a girth of 1ft.6in. This
was one of five which were exhibited on a fishmonger’s stall; the
smallest specimen weighed 9} lbs., the largest 14 lbs. They were
said to have been taken in the North Sea.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Myriapods collected during the “ Skeat Expedition”
to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By F. G. Srncnarr
(formerly F. G. Hxeatucotr), M.A., F.L.S., Trinity
College, Cambridge.

[Received June 20, 1901.]
(Plates XXX.—XXXIL.')

When my friend Mr. Harmer asked me to report on this collection
of Myriapods, I hesitated to undertake the task on account of my
want of experience in species-work. I could not, however, resist
the temptation of making acquaintance with several forms that I
have long wished to examine, so I acceded to his request, and have
found the work most interesting.

The fact that the places from which the specimens were collected
are all new ground, renders it necessary to describe many forms as
new species ; but where it seemed at all possible to me to do so,
I have described specimens as varieties rather than species, and
this I have done deliberately, because a study of the literature has

' For explanation of the Plates, see p. 552,

506 MR. F, G. SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dec. 3,

convinced me that our knowledge of the Indo-Australian Myria-
pods is very fragmentary, and does not as yet suffice to allow ‘of a
satisfactory division of the groups into species.

Attems, in his excellent work on the Myriapods collected by
Prof. Kukenthal in the Malay Archipelago, says that in most
Myriapods there is a want of characteristic distinctions confined
to a species, and in this I thoroughly agree with him. The only
species-character which at present seems satisfactory is the form
of the copulatory apparatus. There is, however, much _ practical
inconvenience in resting too much upon a single character which
is confined to one sex; and our knowledge of the differences
between male and female is at present so imperfect, that it 1s easy
to see how much confusion may arise. Moreover, we see from
Verhoef’s investigations that there may be considerable variations
in the copulatory apparatus at different ages. Pocock too, in his
work on the Myriapoda of the Mergui Archipelago, has pointed
out that other characteristics vary extremely with age. Under
these circumstances, I rather hope that my descriptions and
figure s may be of use to future observers than expect that my
species may prove permanent. The consideration that we can
have no satisfactorily defined species of Indo-Australian Myria-
pods until we have a better acquaintance with their numerous
variations of form, and especially some knowledge of the differ-
ences due to different ages of individuals, must be my excuse for
extending the present paper to what seems an undue length. It
will be observed that I have described one or two peculiarities that
are evidently individual malformations. Some of the questions
raised by Mr. Bateson’s book on Variation (‘ Materials for the Study
of Variation, 1894) seem to me to render any such peculiarities
worth recording, and, so far as | know, very few such have been
noticed by authors.

This collection contains examples of 40 species, of which 16 are
already known, 15 are varieties of known species, and 9 are new.
The Polydesmoidea are the most numerous, and the number of
species of Chilopoda are few. This may be partly due to the
difficulty of capturing the latter. As I know, from personal
experience, it is no easy matter to collect a large and lively
Scolopendra. The manner in which some of them have been
taken is shown by a noose of thin grass round the neck of one
specimen. The way in which another has been taken may be
guessed from the fact that it is completely flattened.

The specimens were collected in the months of May, June,
August, and September at the foliowing places :—

April.
Patalung State.... Koh ha.
Patalung (on shore of *‘ Inland Sea”).
Tapelung.

Patani (District of Patani.
Patani State).

1901.]

May.
Jala (District of
Patani State).

June.
Raman (District of
Patani).

Patani (District of
Patani State).
August.
Kelantan State....

December.
iRerak Statements

MYRIAPODA OF THE *SKBAT EXPEDITION.” 507

Bukit Bésar or Indragiri (mountain,
about 3000 ft.).

Bulut Jala (hills near Biserat).

Gua Gambar (lit. “Image Cave,” in
hills near Biserat).

Kékabu, Bukit Balor.

Gua Glap, or “ Dark Cave,” near
Biserat, Bukit Grib(?).

Gua Tanan.

Kuala Aring.

GunongInas (mountain, a little under
6000 ft.).

Examples of the following species were collected at :—

Patalung State......

Patani (District of
Patani State).

Jala (District of
Patani State).

Bukitedial tee aot

Gua Gambar.........
Kekabu, Bukit Balor.
Gua Glap, Bukit Grib(?). Doratonotus cavernicola.
Guap Danan ences
Kuala Aving:.........

Raman (District of
Patani State).
Ratanie States .. sc

Perak State .........

Koh ha
Patalung
Tapelung

vhyncoproctus proboscideus.
Sptroholus sanguineus,
Platyrhacus beccarii,
P. subalbus.
P. setosus.

Strongylosoma skeutii.
Spheropeus modighani.
Spirostreptus sanguincus.

Platyrhacus pfeiffere.
Strongylosoma nodulosum.
Spirostreptus sanguincus.
Otostigna aculeatum.
Platyrhacus kelantanicus.
P. malaccanus.

P. xanthopus.

Cambala calva.

Seutigera longicornis.

Doratonotus cavernicola.
Siphonophora longirostris.
Platyrhacus kelantanicus.
Thryropygus javanicus,

T. weberi.

Spirostreptus rubripes.
Otostigma orientale,

O. aculeatum.
Mecistocephalus punctifrons.
Platyrhacus humberti.

P. marginellus.
Strongylosoma bipunctatun.
S. coarctatum.

Julus birmanus.

Glomeris infuscatus.
Scolopendra aringensis.
Otostigma orientale.
Seutigera longicornis,

I have used Silvestri’s names for the parts of the under-lip,
thinking them the clearest and most convenient.

508 MR. F. G. SINCLAIR ON THH [ Dee. 3,

ID bie; Oe) 1D) sa,
Order HELMINTHOMORPHA.

Sub-Order COLOBOGNATHA,

SIPHONOPHORA LONGIROSTRIS Silvestri. (Plate XXX. figs. 1-3, 5.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

Silvestri’s description is very short, but I think that this species
must be identical with the one from New Guinea described by him,
or, at any rate, very closely allied.

Length 45 mm., width 8 mm. Number of somites 93.

Colour red-yellow, shading into pale yellow from the sixth somite
to the head; legs pale yellow.

Head with long, slender, curved beak. - Antenne a little longer
than the beak; terminal joint large and rounded, other joints
equal. Antenne and head covered with close-set hairs.

lst tergite curved where it joins the head, broad, about double
the length of the succeeding tergite. Keeled like the others.

Pores situated on the keel. The side below the keel rans straight
down to join the pleure at a fairly sharp angle, thus making the
shape of the body rather square than cylindrical.

Legs very short and thickly haired ; joints about equal, ending
in a blunt claw.

Anal valves rather small, one sternite behind the anus without
legs and divided by a median longitudinal furrow. Body tapering
very gradually before and behind. .

PLATYDESMUS KELANTANICUS, sp.nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 4, 6-9.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

Colour dirty brown; head clear yellow; legs and sterna pale
yellow.

The largest specimen has 79 somites; length about 50 mm. by
5 mm.

The smallest 77 somites ; length 43 by 43 mm.

Head heart-shaped, small, covered with very fine short hairs.
Antenne (fig. 9) short and thick, nearly equal joints, the second
being a little the longest.

The hypostoma (fig. 8) has the maxille large, inframaxilla
single, large at base, contracting rapidly to a spike-shaped elonga-
tion, which extends almost the whole length of the hypostoma ;
galee small; sinall cardines; basals normal; maxilla furnished
with a few bristles at the anterior edge.

Mandible with a long slender shaft, then a short movable joint,
then a pectinated terminal portion (see fig. 7) consisting of a row
of bristles supported by a slender shaft which has a ring at some
distance from the end which looks like a joint, but is, I believe,
immoyable.

1901.} MYRIAPODA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 509

Ist tergite. Differs much from the others, it is longer than the
head, roughly semicircular in shape, not so broad as the others,
aud without keels ; itis covered with large wart-like tubercles and
smaller granules. The larger tubercles are arranged in two groups,
so as to leave a clear space free in the direction of the longitudinal
furrow.

2nd tergite. Prolonged into two keels, which are, however, shorter
than the succeeding ones. Like the first tergite it shows a dis-
position to be tuberculated, as in addition to the two dorsal tubercles
which enclose the dorsal furrow there are a number of smaller
tubercles near the large ones. This arrangement of the tubercles
forms an interesting gradation between the third tergite, smooth
but for the two large dorsal tubercles, and the first tergite with its
two groups of tubercles arranged in the same position as the two
dorsal ones in the other somites.

The remainder of the somites resemble one another closely.
The keels are long and bluntly pointed, the posterior angle being
the most acute; they cover the short legs completely. The shape
of the body rises with a steep slope to the back, where there are
two large tubercles with a wide depressed space between them,
along which there runs a deep longitudinal furrow. Each tubercle
has a small tubercle projecting from its base (pores?). ‘The bases
of the legs are close together and are attached to a free sternal
plate. Outside the legs are the spiracles, each on a small tubercle.
The median dorsal furrow is continued right up to the tail, and
the dorsal tubercles, though smaller in the last two somites, are
still present.

Sub-Order PoLYDESMOIDEA, Pocock.
Family PonypEsMID#.
Genus PLaryriacts C. Koch.

PLATYRHACUS HUMBERTI, var.noy. (Plate XXX. figs. 10-13, 15.)

Label: “ Gunong Inas, Perak. A scent of HNC. The palest
coloured of the three largest specimens squirted out fluid from
inter-segmental pores ; all emitted.”

There are three female specimens of this species, all from the
same locality, and differing considerably in size and colour. I have
no doubt that they are a variety of the species described by Pocock
as umberti, but as they do not correspond exactly, I will give a
full description.

Length 107 mm., greatest breadth 14 mm.

Body narrowed anteriorly and posteriorly.

Colour very deep chocolate, extreme edges of keels and of anal
plate flavous. Legs and sterna same chocolate-colour but lighter.

Head thickly granular ; shallow frontal furrow ; upper lip with
row of bristles, each proceeding from a small tubercle.

lst tergite slightly wider than head, the lateral contour of the
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vol. IJ. No. XXXIV. B+

510 MR. F. G. SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dee. 3

latter forming one curve with sides of tergite. Anterior border
nearly straight, sides of tergite rounded ; anterior edge raised
into a ridge along which a row of tubercles is arranged, the
ridge is carried round the side of the tergites ; posterior margin
with eight tubercles arranged in a row; at the lateral margin
there are more tubercles, but flattened and irregular. The
surface of the tergite is covered with smaller tubercles arranged
irregularly, and there is an irregular transverse row of some larger
tubercles.

2nd tergite is narrow and curved forward and downward, the
edge of the keel being rounded.

3rd tergite does not project so much downward and forward ;
the anterior and lateral margins meet so as to form a fairly acute
point, the posterior margin rounding-off into the lateral.

Ath tergite. Anterior margin nearly straight; forms a subacute
angle with the lateral, the posterior forming an obtuse angle with
the latter. On this tergite one can see the first beginning of the
basal shoulder.

5th to 10th tergites: the angle formed by the anterior and
lateral margins becomes gradually more of a right angle.

11th tergite. From the 11th tergite the posterior angle begins
to project, and at the 15th it has the form of a spine.

12th tergite. From the 12th the lateral edge of the keel shows
signs of being lobed.

16th tergite. At this somite the lateral edge of the keel shows five
lobes, which are distinct on the 17th. The last three tergites show
three rows of tubercles ; on the 15th the third row becomes con-
fused with the smaller tubercles which cover the surface, but the
two posterior rows may be traced more or less easily up to the
first.

The stigmata repugnatoria are placed nearly in the middle of the
keel at a distance of about 2 diameters from the edge.

The anal plate is rounded posteriorly, and shows six raised longi-
tudinal ridges differing 1 in length and arranged symmetrically.

The sub-anal plate is triangular, and is armed near the apex with
two long papille, each of which bears a long seta. The edges of
the anal valves are not very strongly marked, and have two pairs
of setiferous tubercles near the margins. Outside of the valve are
two more setiferous tubercles, arranged symmetrically with the
internal ones.

Sterna are coriaceous, and without spines or furrows.

At the base of each leg there is one tubercle on the internal
side and two on the external side. In the anterior region of the
body these tubercles (the external ones) show an irregularity of
arrangement ; the two posterior ones are arranged in a straight line
from the base of the lee to the under surface of the keel; the
anterior two are arranged parallel to a line connecting the bases of
the legs.

The iegs and antenne are hairy.

Another specimen is 824 mm. long and 123 mm. broad.

Pd

1901. ] MYRIAPODA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT HXPEDITION.” 511

The third specimen is 874 mm. long and 123-153 mm. broad.
Colour dirty brown on eel surface, with semicircular patch of
pale testaceous colour on the dorsal margin of the last eleven
somites (probably due to injury). Legs, antenne, and sterna are
pale testaceous, with some darker markings on the antenne and
legs.

PLATYRHACUS MARGINELLUS Silvestri. (Plate XXX. figs. 14, 17,
18, 20, 22.)

From Gunong Inas, Perak State.

This is probably the species described by Silvestri, and found in
Sumatra; but as his description is very short, it will be better to
give a full account of the animal. The specimens are two, a male
anda female. The latter is considerably the largest.

Colour dark brown, almost black, the extreme edges of the keels
and of the anal sternite being pale; the antenne and legs
yellowish brown, but darker than the edges of the keel, probably
in the living animal they might answer to Silvestri’s s description of
“ rufescentibus.”

Length 52 mm.; length of antenne about 5 mm.

mm. | mm,

Breadth of Ist tergite 43-5 | Breadth of 6th tergite 74
” 2nd 29 OF 3 9 15th ” U

95 rd, «=. 6 4-7 oe CUAtE ose MGS
ns 4th ,, 7-7 aL Steere an ss

eo HcSth yee 78ers | ei ne

Head narrow; antenne long; frontal sulcus deep, extending
from between the antenne to the margin of the first somite.

lsé tergite elliptical in shape, the lateral edges of the somite
extending considerably beyond the sides of the head, Anterior
margin with tuberculate ridge, which extends round a considerable
part of the sides of the tergite. A row of tubercles along the
posterior margin, and two distinct rows across the middle.

2nd tergite projects hardly at all forward or downward ; anterior,
posterior, and lateral margins distinct; three distinct rows of
tubercles.

The shoulder of the keel quite distinct on the third somite ; in
the ninth the anterior angle is acute, while it is obtuse in the
tenth. The pores lie nearly in the middle of the keel and at a
considerable distance (13 diameters) from the margin.

Edges of keels with a distinct margin. Posterior mar gin of
keels not clearly. serrated before the 15th somite. The posterior
angle forms a very short tooth which does not reach the anterior
surface of the succeeding keel. The anal sternite is much rounded,
and shows little trace of the longitudinal ridges. Sterna smooth.

The copulatory foot of the male shows the two claws opposed
to one another, one being longer than the other. The copulatory
foot is long and slender. The shape of the body is rather convex,

and the keels slightly upturned.
34%

512 _ MR, F.G, SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dec. 3,

PLATYRHACUS KBLANTANICUS, sp.nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 19, 21,
24, 95, 31.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

Length 80 mm., greatest breadth 12mm, Length of antenne
8 mm.; space between antenne 13 mm.

mn. | mm.
Breadth of Ist tergite 8 | Breadth of 16th tergite 113
ve PRG) «45 il ‘ With 4353 Os
a orden iy | e Sty ee Meo
i Ath ,, 12 | a Oi Glot eee (f
3 Oty gs, 12 |

As may be seen from the measurements, this Myriapod tapers
abruptly before and behind.

Colour. The colour (in spirit) is very peculiar, being a reddish
brown, almost like brick-dust. In the centre of each prozonite
there is a thick, well-defined, longitudinal black line. This line
does not extend the whole length of the prozonite, but there is
anteriorly a narrow space free from black. In the tergum,
between the keels, the black spreads out into a sort of blotch,
extending from the base of one keel to the base of the other ;
leaving, however, the posterior part of the keel almost free. The
legs and sterna are the same colour, but lighter.

Head vather narrow; the frontal furrow deep and wide, ex-
tending between the antenne. Upper lip indented in the middle
and armed with six bristles, each arising from a tubercle. Just
above the upper lip is a deep semicircular compression with four
setiferous tubercles on its upper edge. ‘The whole head is rough
and densely granular. The space between the antenne is narrow ;
the antenne are thickly covered with hair; first two joints less
hairy and lighter in colour; end joint blunt and smooth ; frontal
furrow extends back to margin of first tergite.

lst tergite. Anterior margin rounded, with ridge, along which
are arranged ten very distinct tubercles and more tubercles which
are not distinct, but are mixed up with the smaller tubercles with
which the rest of the tergite is studded. Behind the ridge there
is a depression. The ridge is not carried round the lateral
edges. The posterior margin is furnished with twelve very distinct
tubercles. The margin is rather rounded-off, but there is an
approach to a straight line on the surface that. goes to meet the
curve from the anterior margin in a blunt point. On the pro-
zonite between the first and second keels there is a thin black line
which extends from the posterior margin to the anterior.

2nd tergite projects forward and downward. Points of keels
rounded. Row of twelve distinct tubercles on hinder margin ;
two fairly distinct rows in front of hinder row.

3rd tergite does not project so far forward and downward ;
lateral margin of this tergite straight, making an acute angle with
the anterior margin. Two rows of tubercles can be made out.

Ath tergite, Posterior margin of the keel is distinct, making an

1901. | MYRIAPODA OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 513

obtuse angle with the lateral margin, which makes an acute angle
with the anterior. There is only one row of tubercles.
oth tergite. First trace of shoulder; keel almost carries on the
slope of the tergum. The keel starts from very high up, so that
the whole surface makes a very gentle curve.
8th tergite. The anterior angle is acute, in the next somite it is
cbtuse. The little teeth on the posterior margins of keels are
visible on the 9th somite. On the last two somites the posterior
margin of the tergite is elevated into a ridge. The anal tergite
shows little trace of the longitudinal ridges so conspicuous in some
other species, its margin is “also little lobed. ‘The anal valves are
very fiat, and are provided with the usual setiferous tubercles.
The sterna are coriaceous and without furrows. The posterior
keels are very slightly bilobed.
PLATYRIIACUS: Var. of KELANTANICUS. (Plate XXXII. figs. 32-34,
42, 56.)
From Bukit Jala, Jala District.

Length 83 mm. Length of antenn 10 mm.; space between
bases of antenne a little over 1 mm.

mm. | mu,

Breadth of Ist tergite 7 | Breadth of 8th tergite 124
Ke POINT Mig, ee UO | i NS, gy IL)

a SRO) ay aL Ss 1h ls

i Anh a io | is NG Oe aa

ar Ola eee | % isle oe NO

*p Gtlgese ae 1s Sth ee neg
Te Onn é 19th 8

Colour dark chocolate-brown, with broad longitudinal pale stripe
along centre of back, including prozonites and extending on to
first tergite. IXeels pale, legs pale, sternites rather darker than
legs, edge of anal plate and antenne pale.

Head rather narrow; space between antenne very narrow,
Upper lip indented in the middle and armed with five bristles. A
depression between the antenne. <A deep semicircular pit just
above the upper lip, with four bristles along the edges. The
frontal furrow does not come to the level of the antennw. The
antenne are long, darker in colour near the end, and densely
covered with short hairs, less densely at the Ist and 2nd joints.
Surface of head covered with small tubercles. Frontal furrow
comes to edge of first tergite.

lst tergite. Anterior edge straight with ridge followed by furrow,
the ridge bearing twelve tubercles which do not extend to the
angle of the tergite.. The posterior margin is straight and bears ten
tubercles ; ; the margins both anterior ail posterior are rounded-
off at the ‘sides to meet in a rounded angle. ane width of the
tergite is considerably greater than that of the he

ond. ter gute. Keels widely open, almost Lane ends
projecting forw: ard and downward, ends of keels rounded ; two
rows of tubercles distinct.

514 MR, F. G. SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dec. 3,

3rd tergite. Lateral margin of keel a straight line, angle rounded,
keel with a straight narrow margin.

Ath tergite. Posterior margin of keel distinct; anterior angle
acute, only slightly rounded.

5th tergite. Anterior angle less acute, first shoulder.

Sth tergite. In this tergite the anterior angle is nearly a right
angle. ‘The teeth on the posterior edge of the keels are first
distinct on the 11th somite; on the anterior they are not distinct
till the 15th. The anal tergite shows four longitudinal ridges,
but they are not very distinct ; the two external ones are only a
thickening of the margin. The end of the plate is rounded and
very indistinctly lobed, edges of anal valves very prominent.

Sterna smooth, but punctated. The tubercles on the external
sides of the bases of the legs have a furrow between them which
runs to the base of the keel.

PLATYRUACUS BECCARII, var. nov. (Plate XXXI. figs. 35, 36,
51, 60.)

From Tapelung, Patalung State.

A variety of the species described by Silvestri as becearw from
Sumatra.

There are three specimens of different ages forming an inter-
esting series. The oldest is a female, and measures 85 mm.;
ereatest width 11 mm.

Body narrows somewhat abruptly in front of the 4th somite,
more gradually behind.

Colour black in the middle of the body ; keels, legs, and antenne
yellow ; sterna yellow between the legs, darker under the keels.

Head granulated; frontal furrow deep. Space between antennee
5mm. Length of antenne 7 mm.

Ist tergite. Anterior and posterior margins straight ; the anterior
with a slight irregularity of the tubercles on the ridge, giving the
appearance of a median indentation. Anterior margin with a
ridge which is not carried round the edge; ridge studded with
tubercles ; posterior margin straight, with row of nine tubercles,
with smaller ones in between. Centre of tergite nearly smooth,
more tuberculous near the edge.

2nd tergite projecting forward and downward, narrow, with
row of ten large tubercles on the posterior edge. Lateral margins
rounded.

3rd tergite broader, and not projecting forward and downward
so much; posterior row of tubercles not so marked. Antero-
lateral angle of keel acute, but slightly rounded; postero-lateral
obtuse.

4th tergite hardly points down at all. First beginning of
shoulder.

5th tergite. Shoulder well-marked ; anterior angle hardly acute.

7th tergite. The anterior angle of this tergite is a right angle,
and behind this somite the anterior angle becomes more obtuse and
the posterior more acute.

ee eee ee
Vi ae OU a ene eri eR pid >

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 515

12th tergite. The 12th keel has the posterior angle produced into
a spine, though not a long one. The postero-lateral margin of the
keels is finely serrated after the 10th somite.

Anal tergite. The anal tergite is rounded at the posterior edge,
and shows long longitudinal elevations resembling those on the
anal tergite of P. humberti, but differently arranged. They each
end posteriorly in a tubercle, which bears a seta. The edge of the
tergite is indistinctly divided into five lobes.

Sterna. The sterna are non-suleate, and slightly marked with
wrinkle-like elevations. The anal sternite is triangular, with two
long setiferous tubercles; the anal valves have strongly marked
edges, with a single setiferous tubercle on the edge of each. There
are no setiferous tubercles on the outside of the anal valves.

There is a single tubercle at the base of each leg on the internal
side, and on the external side there are three in a row, the posterior
tubercle being partly divided into two.

2nd specimen, 19 somites. Length 72 mm., width 19 mmm.

The teeth on the posterior margin of the keels are visible on
the 8th somite. The lobes on the keels and the marks on the anal
sternite are all more prominent than in the older specimen.

3rd specimen. This specimen has only 18 somites. Length
62 mm., width 84 mm.

Colour clear brown-yellow ; prozonites darker, almost chocolate ;
the colour of the whole body is darker anteriorly. The lobes of
the keels are much more clearly marked, and the rows of tubercles
more distinct. The markings on the anal tergite less ridged, and
more like tubercles. The five lobes of the keels can be traced even
on the 2nd somite. The pore is placed just interior to the second
posterior lobe of the keel (that is, rather more posteriorly than im
the older specimens).

PLATYRHACUS PFEIFFHRH Humbert & Saussure. (Plate XXXI.
figs. 37, 44, 45, 48, 50.)
From Bukit Besar, Jali District.
Length 112 mm.
mm. |

min.
Width of ist tergite 93 Width of 16th tergite 153

29 2nd ” 13 : ” 17th 29 14;
” ord ” 133 ” 18th oF) 125
- avn 4) Jd i UGH 56 83

Hs BON, ds AUS

Colour black, shading into testaceous at edges of keels and
wargin of anal tergite. Antenne, legs, sterna, and most of the
under surface of the keels chocolate.

Head rough, and covered with small tubercles. Frontal furrow
deep, and widening out to a semioval depression between the
antenne. Upper lip with a semicircular depression above it, and
four bristle-bearing tubercles along its edge. Length of antennee
103 mm.

Ist tergite. Anterior margin straight, with ridge but no distinct

516 MR. F, G. SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dec. 3,

tubercles; the ridge and whole tergite wrinkled and rough, The
ridge is not produced along the lateral margin. Posterior margin
straight and without a row of tubercles, but, lke the anterior
margin, wrinkled and rough. Lateral margins somewhat rounded,
and coming to a blunt point nearer to the anterior than the
posterior margin.

2nd tergite projects downward and forward ; point rounded.

3rd tergite. Lateral margin nearly straight, forming an acute
angle with the anterior and an obtuse with the posterior margin.

4th tergite more square, the anterior angle still rather obtuse.

5th tergite. Lateral margin still forms an acute angle with the
anterior.. The keel no longer points downward and forward, the
keel arises high up so that the back is little convex.

6th tergite. The beginning of a shoulder appears.

7th tergite. A distinct shoulder; the antero-lateral angle nearly
square.

The little teeth on the posterior margin of the keel can be
observed in the 9th somite, but do not become conspicuous till the
13th. The posterior margin is never very much prolonged ; it forms
a short tooth but hardly a spine. The edge of the keel never
becomes very distinctly lobed, though a trace of lobes can be
observed in the posterior somites. The anterior angle of the keel
only differs much from a right angle in the last four somites. The
upper surface of the anal shield is marked with longitudinal ridges,
asin Pl. beccariz, but the arrangement is somewhat different. The
sub-anal region shows the six tubercles along the line of the valves,
but only three outside the valves; the absence of the third is
probably an individual variation.

PLATYRHACUS INSULARIS Humbert & Saussure, var. nov. (Plate
XXXI. figs. 40, 41, 47, 52, 53.)

I believe this to be a variety of the species described by these
authors, although it differs considerably from their description.

Length 95 mm, Length of antennwe 94; distance between
bases of antenne 2 mm.

mm. mm.

Width of Ist tergite 9 Width of 16th tergite 143
e 2nd onl) 7 L7G eile
iN Bed eon: CORT Sha ene

( ath eS
i Bey os

My Ue 5p 8

Colour dark chocolate-brown, shading into lighter brown on the
edges of the keels. Hnds of antenne rather darker than the bases.
The extreme edge of the anal plate light-coloured. Beneath the
keels, light near the edge, darker on the sides of the body ; sterna
and bases of legs light chocolate-colour; ends of Jegs darker.

Head covered with small smooth tubercles. Upper lip indented
in the middle, and furnished with a row of six bristles. Just
above the upper lip there is a triangular depression with three

\

oe hae

eho a eee eee ese

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THE ‘‘ SKBAT EXPHDITION.” 517

bristles at the edges. The deep frontal sulcus does not quite
reach to the level of the antenne. Antenne short.

1st tergite. Anterior margin very slightly indentate, straight, and
furnished with a ridge with tubercles, but the tubercles are not
very prominent or very distinct; the furrow behind the ridge is

carried out into a depression which is bluntly triangular, “and
extends to near the middle of the tergite. The posterior margin
is straight with some large tubercles on it, but, as in the anterior
margin, the tubercles are confused and not prominent. The sides
of the tergite are rounded-off so as to make a blunt point nearer
the anterior than the posterior margin. The tergite is about the

same breadth as the head, the curve of the head being continuous
with that of the tergite.

2nd tergite. Is prolonged downward and forw al so as to form
au open V embracing the first tergite ; the ends are rounded so as
to form blunt points. On the posterior margin there is a short
ridge covered with tubercles.

Bra tergite less prolonged forward and backward than the 2nd.
The lateral margin is distinct and makes an acute angle with the
anterior, though the point is rounded-off.

Ath tergite. A trace of shoulder is apparent.

5th tergite. The shoulder is apparent, and the anterior angle is
less acute.

6th tergite. Anterior angle nearly a right angle.

12th tergite. The minute teeth are visible on the posterior
margin of the keel, those on the anterior margin are not visible
distinctly till the 15th. After the 15th the keels begin to be
directed backward, and there is a small tooth on the posterior
angle, but this is never very big.

Anal tergite. The anal tergite shows only four of the longitudinal
ridges in place of the six possessed by most of the other species.
The sterna are smooth, though examination with a lens shows
numerous small granules.

PLATYRHACUS MALACCANUS Peters. (Plate XXXII. figs. 63-65,
68, 87, 88.)
From large cave, Bukit Jala, Jala District.
Two perfect specimens and one broken, all female.
Length 80 mm. Length of antenne 8 mm.; distance between
bases of antenne barely 2 min.
mm.

Width of Ist tergite 8 Width of 6th tergite 13.
ae POA Wide dv ALG) Hs NG the ee inal
On Sedat ala ieee © Fee EL

3 AG ine vary ole Ba de ditol dat pea ncpte tended KD
3 Soy. ayes a dhl " 19th 8

Colour coffee-brown at edges of keels and anal tergite. Sterna
and legs same colour but lighter. _
Head. Upper lip with median indentation, three stiff bristles on

518 MR. F. G. SINCLAIR ON 'THE [ Dee. 3,

each side of the indented part. Just above the upper lip there is
a roughly triangular depression with four bristles at the edges.
The frontal furrow does not come to the level of the antenne.
The surface of the head is covered with granules and tubercles.
Posteriorly the frontal sulcus comes close to the edge of the 1st
tergite.

Ist tergite. Anterior border curved, marginal ridge covered with
tubercles, depression behind it. There are twelve distinct tubercles
on the ridge, towards the sides the tubercles become confused and
indistinct. The tergite is wider than the head. The posterior
margin has eight distinct tubercles; it is slightly indented in the
middle. The “marginal ridge does not extend to the sides. The
lateral margins are cut so as to make the shape of the tergite
roughly hexagonal. The whole surface of the tergite is covered
with irregular tubercles.

2nd tergite widely opened, and not coming much below the
first. Three irregular rows of tubercies can be distinguished.
The ends of the keels are bluntly rounded.

brd tergite projects less downwards than the 2nd, no regular
rows of tubercles can be distinguished except at the posterior edge,
where there are fourteen tubercles arranged somewhat irreg gularly.
The lateral edge of the keels begins to be straight instead of
curved,

4th tergite. There are nineteen tubercles on the posterior
margin. Anterior angle stil! acute. No trace of shoulder.

5th tergie. Shoulder present; anterior angle still acute. The
anterior angle is not quite a right angle till the 8th. The anterior
edge of the keel is very slightly if at all convex; in the 9th the
posterior edge begins to be concave. ‘The first beginning of the
posterior hook is just visible in the 6th somite. The teeth on the
posterior margin are first visible on the 10th, those on the anterior
not till the 13th. ‘The posterior hook is never very pronounced.

The anal sternite is indistinctly 5-lobed ; the longitudinal ridges,
of which only four are present, are not very pronounced. The
sterna are smooth and granulated, without a transverse furrow.

PLATYRHACUS SUBALBUS Pocock.

From Tapelung, Patalung State.
Length 84 mm., greatest width 11 mm.
PLATYRHACUS XANTHOPUS Pocock.
From Bukit Jala, Jala District.

Genus SvRONGYLOSOMA Brandt.

STRONGYLOSOMA NopULosuM Attems, var. nov. (Plate XXXII.
fig. 89.)

From Bukit Besar, Jala District, and Kuala Aring, Kelantan
State.

Length 33 m., width 3 mm.

This species closely resembles the one from Borneo described

|
;

1901. | MYRIAPODA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 519

by Attems under the name xodulosum. There are, however, some
important differences in the Malay specimens.

Colour and shape as in Attems’s description. The furrow
between the pro- and metazonites, which Attems describes as
“deutlich geperlt,” shows no signs of any pearls or tubercles
even under a high power. Neither can I identify the “kleine
kurze Wiilste” on the pore-bearing segments, though there are
certain pores or marks in the chitinous integument which may
possibly represent them. Neither can I find any sign of the
cross-shaped impression in the ventral plate.

The sub-anal plate has two setiferous tubercles in the same
place as in Platyrhacide and the two pairs of setiferous tubercles
at the sides of the anal valves. The copulatory foot is shown in
the figure.

STRONGYLOSOMA (ORTHOMORPHA) FUSCOCOLLARIS Pocock. (Plate
XXX. fig. 23, and Plate XXXII. fig. 81.)

From Gunong Inas, Perak State. Male.

This specimen is, I think, identical with that from Tenasserim
described by Pocock. The colour is, however, slightly different.
The last joint of the antenne is dark brown; the head, antenne,
and first tergite yellow-brown ; extreme edge of first tergite pale.
On each somite just above the keel there is a cluster of small
pale spots. The rest of Pocock’s description applies.

STRONGYLOSOMA BIPUNCLALUM, sp.nov. (Plate XXX. fig. 16,
Plate XXXII. figs. 43, 61, and Plate XXXII. figs. 90, 95.)

From Gunong Inas, Perak State, and Kuala Aring, Kelantan
State.

Length 52 mm., width 6 mm.

Colour of head dark brown, shading into yellow on the upper
lip; under part of head yellow; a patch of yellow just behind
each antenna. Antenne yellow, with the distal parts of the
joints shading into brown ; last joint dark brown.

Ist somite dark chocolate-brown, ends of keels and posterior
margin of tergite yellow ; ventral parts yellow.

2nd somite same, but with brown patch on lower ventral part of
keel. Two pale spots on the prozonite.

The 3rd & 4th somites resemble the 2nd. On the 5th the pale
posterior margin is wanting, the chocolate-brown extending to
the edge. On the cylindrical prozonite there are two large pale
spots separated by a dark line. These spots are shaped like the
half of an oval and extend from the anterior margin of the pro-
zonite for about two-thirds of its length; they are visible up to
the 18th somite.

The tail is pale at the posterior end, while at the anterior it
shows a pale band divided by a median longitudinal dark stripe.
At the sides of the anterior end it is chocolate. The ventral
surface of the tail is pale and the anal valves chocolate.

The body tapers anteriorly and posteriorly.

Head, Upper lip with a semicircular indentation, edged with

520 MR. F.G, SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dee. 8,

small tubercles. Surface of head covered with short stiff hairs,
especially towards the upper lip. Frontal furrow deep, reaching
from posterior of head to the level of antenne. Antenne
reaching to 3rd tergite.

lst tergite 2 mm. long by 5 mm. broad. Keels well developed ;
angle sharp, about on a level with the keel. Edges of keel
not so much bent upwards as those of the 2nd somite. The
anterior margin of the keel is rounded-off, following the curve of
the anterior margin of the tergite.

2nd tergite barely 14 mm. long by 53 broad. Keel much
pointed posteriorly, the point reaching to about the middle of
the succeeding somite. Edge of keel more turned up than in
the first.

3rd & Ath tergites. Length 14 mm., breadth 53. External
edges of keels curve upward; traces of the strong thick margin
appear.

5th tergite. This tergite shows the shape and dimensions of the
remaining ones. Its length is 2 mm. and breadth 6mm. The
contrast between it and the preceding ones is very great.
Keels turned up at the edges and a thick margin on the anterior
border. The tergite is divided by a well-marked transverse
furrow reaching to the bases of the keels.

The pleural keels have the form of a ridge in the first four
somites ; in the fifth they become a tubercle.

The anal tergite has the form of a truncated cone, with two
very prominent tubercles at the two corners.

The amount of taper towards the tail may be judged from the
following measurements :—

NOthitergaiter sce. 4.19. 6 mm.
Ft Las a Tea ae ieee Be Dix 5
eh Eien alae ucadnaect Ate Do
Oba ene Seen ae. 34 ,,

Sterna smooth; the basal elevated portion, from which the legs
arise, has a strongly marked median longitudinal furrow, which is
still apparent in the last somite. The femur is 23 times as long
as the trochanter.

STRONGYLOSOMA SKHATII, sp.nov. (Plate XXXI. fig. 39, and
Plate XXXIT. figs. 96, 97, 100.)

From Tapelung, Patalung State.

Length about 22 mm., breadth 35 mm.

The specimens are difficult to measure, as they are tightly
curled up; I do not, however, think the error is great.

Colour a dark ferruginous brown. Head, Ist somite, and the
greater part of the antenne almost black. Sterna, legs, keels,
and two small circular spots just above the antenne yellow.
The back is ornamented with two pale stripes, which, in the
keeled part of the somite, diverge, so that the posterior ends are
considerably more separated than the anterior. On the cylindrical

|
|

1901.) MYRIAPODA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 521

part they are parallel. The tail is yellow, with a median band
of the ferruginous ground-colour. ‘The anal valves are dark-
coloured.

Head with indented upper lip; surface covered with short stiff
hairs. Frontal furrow well marked. The small circular pale
spots above the antenne are very conspicuous. Antenne
covered with short fine hairs.

lst tergite nearly semicircular in shape, very little keel. The
margin is higher than that of the second, which it partly overlaps.
The pale streaks are as clearly marked in the Ist somite as in
the others, but anteriorly they converge and join at the extreme
anterior edge.

2nd tergite has the posterior angle just marked, but not acute
like the 3rd.

3rd tergite. Posterior angle acute and prolonged into a spine.

Pleural keels not much developed, distinguishable on the first
three somites and dying away about the fifth.

There is no abrupt transition between the anterior somites and
the rest of the body, but the somites increase gradually in size.

The keels are small, rounded anteriorly, and sharply spiniform
posteriorly. The spine, however, does not surpass more than the
half of the cylindrical part of the next somite. The sternum is
smooth and without furrows in the cylindrical part of the somite,
but has a median longitudinal furrow dividing the bases of the
legs including the last pair. The sub-anal plate and valves have
the usual tubercles and sete. The tail has the form of a trun-
cated cone with two small tubercles at the two posterior corners ;
also two tubercles and sete a little before the end of the tail.

STRONGYLOSOMA COARCTATUM Saussure.
From Gunong Inas, Perak.

STRONGYLOSOMA SETOSUM Pocock.

A young animal with only 19 somites. From Tapelung,
Patalung State.

Genus Doratonotus Pocock.

DORATONOTUS CAVERNICOLA, sp. noy. (Plate XXXI. fig. 54, and
Plate XXXII. figs. 69-71, 73, 74, 78, 82

From Gua Glaf, dark region of cave, Bukit Grib, Raman Dis-
trict, and from Gua Tanan, “Patani State.

Bears a great resemblance to the species described by Pocock
as armatus.

Colour light brownish yellow throughout. Legs, sterna, and
antennee lighter.

The head and antennze as in Pocock’s species ; the sixth joint
of the antennz is much the longest joint. The maxilles (Silvestri)
of the hypostoma are provided with two long appendices maxil-
lares, each with about six spikes at the end. The external margins

|22 MR. F. G. SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dec. 3,

ot the keels, including the second, are divided into five clearly
marked lobes, and after the 4th have a high raised tuberele,
resembling a median keel. This keel is divided into three lobes
when viewed from the side, and when looked at from the front
is bifid. These lobes differentiate the species very clearly from
armatus. The last tergite, too, does not project over the tail as
it does in the latter species. The openings of the trachex are on
small tuberculiform elevations just behind the bases of the legs.
I have not been able to distinguish the pores, but have no doubt
that they are as in armatus. The amount of material was too
small to make so full an examination as I should have liked.

Sub-Order Junborb8&A Pocock.

CAMBALA CALVA Pocock, var. nov. (Plate XXXII. fig. 84.)

From Gua Gambar near Biserat, Jala District.

These specimens differ from the Cambala calva of Pocock in the
absence of “the one complete and two very short crests above’
the margin of the first tergite. The material being abundant, I
was able to take off the first tergite and examine under a high
power, but could not see any crest. The size of the largest
specimen was about 35 mm. by 3}. The specimens were too
much curled to allow of the longitudinal measurements being
very exact.

Number of somites 58. The 2nd and 3rd tergites fully crested,
as described by Pocock. Five crests on dorsal surface between
me two that bear the pores; 16 below them. In all about

23, but the most ventral are hard to make out as they are very
feebly marked. The antennz are situated on a slight elevation
shown in the figure.

TRACHYJULUS CHYLANICUS Humbert, var. nov.

From about 5000 ft., Gunong Inas, Perak State.

The colour differs somewhat from Humbert’s description, as
there is no dark line visible ; also the pore-bearing tubercles are
not black but dark brown. ‘The tubercles forming the ridges
are not so sharp as in his figure, and the ridges on the first
tergite are not quite so strongly marked.

Family Sprrostreprip®&,
Genus Ruyncoprocrus Pocock.

RHYNCOPROCTUS PROBOSCIDEUS Pocock.
From Koh ha, Patalung State.

Genus THYROPYGUS.
THYROPYGUS JAVANICUS Brandt.
From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

Sepang rectal <i

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THE “ SKBAT EXPEDITION.” 523

THYROPYGUS WEBERI Pocock, var. nov.

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

The principal differences are in size and colour.

Somites 86. Length 115 mm. by 6 mm.

Colour piceous above, shading into clear yellow on the edge of
the upper lip. Antenne dark yellowish brown, with yellow rings
at the joints. Somites piceous behind, the anterior part being
dark greyish yellow. Legs fuscous. Valves black. Labrum
indented, with six pores above the indentation. Eyes separated
by a diameter and a half. Antenne extending to the hind
border of the second tergite. Frontal furrow extending to the
level of the points of the eyes. Collum wide laterally, posterior
angle slightly produced, inferior and anterior border with sulcus.
Two short but deep sulci on the posterior border. Anal ring
produced into a straight, short, blunt point.

SPIROSTREPTUS SANGUINEUS CO. Koch.

From Patani District; Bekit Besar, Jala District ; Tapelung,
Patalung State ; and Bukit Jala, Jali District.

SPIROSTREPTUS ATERRIMUS Pocock.

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.
A larger specimen than Pocock’s. Length 319 mm. by 15 mm.
68 somites.

SPIROSTREPTUS RUBRIPES, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 29, 30.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

Colour black with red legs.

Head. Frontal furrow to level of eyes. Distance between angle
of eyes less than a diameter. Antenne short, the second joint
longest. Eyes about 55. Superior crenulate ridge at back of head.

lst tergite comes to level of 2nd. Three strize on posterior
lateral margin. Anterior margin with ridge and furrow from
level of eyes. Anterior angle obtuse, posterior slightly acute,
posterior edge slightly emarginate. Three pores on upper lip.

In the other somites the striz come close to the pore. The
pore is situated close to the raised (posterior) part of the segment,
which just in front of the pore juts out forwards and is slightly
elevated. The anal tergite is produced into a short blunt point
which does not project beyond the valyes and curves downwards,
following the curve of the valves.

This species seems to resemble Thyropygus inferorum of Silvestri,
but far surpasses it in size and in the number of its somites.

SPIROSTREPTUS DORSO-LINEATUS, Sp. nov. (Plate XXX. fig. 26.)

There are three female specimens of different ages. I shall
describe the smallest first.

Length about 75 mm.

45 somites. Body tapering rather abruptly behind the head.

Colour. Head castaneo-piceous ; 1st somite the same, growing

524 “MR, F. G. SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dee. 3,

lighter towards the inferior angle, where it is almost yellow.
Other somites: in front a greyish yellow, shading into a light
ash-grey as far as the transverse furrow; after that the grey is
darker, becoming almost black posteriorly. This dark grey behind
the furrow is only continued down to the pores. Below the
pores the colour behind the furrow is ferruginous, with a tinge
of grey on the most anterior half. Legs and antenne clear orange-
yellow. There is a fine dorsal median longitudinal line of yellow
along the whole back. End of anal spike and edges of valves
orange-yellow.

Head. Frontal furrow to level of eyes ; five labial pores. Space
between eyes 14 diameters. Antennex long, passing edge of
2nd tergite ; second joint longest, last two shortest.

Ist tergite. Postero-lateral edge striated ; five striae. Anterior
edge rounded and distinctly emarginate. Lateral edge very
narrow. Posterior edge straight. Other somites striated to level
of pore. Concentric markings anteriorly. Transverse furrow
well marked.

Anal spike short, sharp, and much upturned.

Specimen with 51 somites. The colouring is not so bright.
The greys are not so dark and the ferruginous yellow is much
more marked, the head especially being almost castaneous. The
antenne are longer, reaching the 4th somite.

Specimen with 53 somites. I believe.this to be adult. Length
215 mm. by 13 mm. The colouring is not so bright as either of
the first two specimens. The head is more black, the anterior
part of the somites is more yellow-grey. The black-grey of the
posterior part of the somite is continued further ventrally.
Behind the posterior part of the somite there is a very narrow
ring of castaneous. The thin line on the back is still apparent,
but is black instead of yellow. The narrowing of the body behind
the head is more apparent. The anal spike is somewhat blunter
though still upturned. The antenne are dark brown, with a pale
yellow ring at the articulations. The legs are clear yellow, with
a black patch on the anterior and posterior aspects of each joint,
extending almost the whole length of the joint. The last joint is
black all round. The effect of this is curious. If a leg is looked
at from behind or from the front, it appears black with yellow
rings at the articulations and the last joint black; when viewed
from the side, it appears altogether yellow with a black top joint.
The antenn reach to the hind edge of the 2nd tergite. The
second joint is the longest, the third longer than the fourth,
the fourth longer than the fifth, and the last two are the shortest.
The ventral grooves reach to the second joint of the legs.

Altogether this Myriapod must resemble Sp. oatesia Pocock
rather closely. The points in which it differs are: the length of
the antenne ; the number of ridges on the Ist tergite, though I
suspect this to be a peculiarity which differs in different individuals ;
the length of the ventral grooves ; and the anal process, which is
distinctly upturned in this animal. The legs are fairly long, but

———— sia eee

NRA EZRA EAS 5 ON da

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 525

there is one conspicuous seta on the lower surface of each joint as
described in oatesi.

“PIROSTREPTUS VitTATUS Pocock. (Plate XXX. figs. 27, 28.)

The colour of this specimen differs from that described by
Poco -k, especially in the legs, but the resemblances are so great
that I think it must be regarded as a variety only, and not as a
new species. I shall, however, give a fairly full description, as
the points of difference may seem more considerable to others than
they do to me.

Length 220 mm. by 123 mm. Somites 85.

Colour. Head castaneo-piceous. Ist tergite castaneo-piceous ;
antenne same. Other somiles castaneo-piceous behind, paler,
almost ochraceous in front. Anal somite and valyes the same
ochraceous colour, with the anal spike darker. Legs dark
castaneous, but lighter than the head.

llead. Nearly smooth, slightly wrinkled below. Labial pores
six, somewhat irregularly placed. Frontal furrow terminating at
level of eyes. Eyes less than 60 but over 50, arranged in seven
transverse series. Space between eyes a little less than a
diameter. Antenne reaching to end of Ist tergite; second joint
the longest, the two end-joints shghtly shorter than the third and
fourth. Hlevated striated ridge just below the edge of the Ist
tergite; where the frontal furrow joins this ridge, the ridge
p ojects a little to meet it and is cut away on each side of the
projection so that the margin of the ridge is sinuous in the middle
of the head.

1st tergite. Large and sniooth, narrowed laterally, both borders
beng distinctly emarginate. The marginal sulcus extends to the
ey2; the anterior and posterior angles are rounded. It seems to
me that the posterior angle is a little more rounded than in
Pocock’s figure. On the posterior edge there are three clear
strie and two more indistinet. Other somites with the transverse
furrow very distinet, the portion of the somite behind it being
vecy slightly higher than in front. Pore just behind the sulcus,
the latter being sinuate at this point. The longitudinal striz
extend nearly but not quite up to the pore. Concentric markings
on the front part of the somite. Ventral grooves small and short.
Anal somite moderate in size, the projection coming to the level
of the valves but not surpassing them. It is marked off from the
rest of the tergite by a distinct constriction.

Legs long; one seta above and one below the claw; a few hairs
on the lower surface ot the joints.

There are five immature specimens of Spirobolus from Gunong
Inas, Perak. It is not possible to determine the species without
a greater knowledge than I possess.

JULUS BIRMANUS Pocock.

Two specimens. I do not think either of them is full-grown,
Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. XXXYV.. 30

526 MR. F. G, SINCLAIR ON THE [Dee. 3,

57 somites. About 40 mm.

Colour in male rather brown than grey, fine line down back.
Head same colour; antenne same colour; legs yellow.

Immature femzle lighter in colour, yellow, with the brown only
showing at tle top of the segments. Head and first few somites
darker ; antenne dark.

Head with two pores on forehead. Eyes about seven rows.
Lateral margin of Ist tergite rounded. The rest of Pocock’s
description answers, with the exception of the hinder border of
the tergites, which is not pectinated so far as I can see.

As there is only one male example, I did not feel myself at
liberty to dissect out the copulatory apparatus.

Order ONISCOMORPHA Pocock.

SPHROPHUS EVANSI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXI. fig. 57, and
Plate XXXII. figs. 79, 80, 83, 91.)

Leneth 40 mm. by 20 mm.

Colour. Head and Ist somite piceous; rest of body piceo-
castaneous on upper part of somites, shading into clear testaceous,
with a green tinge irregularly blotched with black so as to have
the appearance of tortoise-shell. Legs and antenne the same
greenish testaceous when seen by transmitted light. When seen
as an opaque object, the hairs with which they are clothed give
them a dull greenish-brown appearance.

Head somewhat conical in shape. On the upper lip there is a
raised, smooth, black plate, cut out in the centre so as to form
a single tooth with a depression on each side (fig. 20a). The
surface of the head is rough, punctuated and covered with
bristles. There is an indentation in the middle of the forehead
where it joins the middle of the 1st tergite. Eyes in a large
round cluster. Antenne with the last joint largest, and a
large punctated pad at the end.

Ist tergite smooth, curved, and not surpassing the eyes in
breadth.

2Qnd tergite large, with straight anterior and posterior borders.
There is a strong ridge on the anterior margin, accentuated from
the level of the eyes, and becoming broader at the base posteriorly
where it forms a broad depression, thickly covered with hairs.
The raised smooth part of the tergite near the lateral extremity
is emarginate and ends in a fairly sharp point. The depressed
extension of the border furrow curves backwards beneath the
2nd tergite.

3rd tergite small and with a lancet-shaped extremity.

Ath tergite with the anterior border cut away by a groove or
depression which, like that of the second, is full of hairs, leaving
the smooth part lancet-shaped.

5th tergite. The depression is more cut away so as to leave the
lancet-point directed more backwards. In the 11th it is less cut
away, and the point is rather square and truncated. In the 12th

1901.) MYRIAPODA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 527

there is no depressed groove ; the terminal plate is large, rounded,
and almost entirely of the peculiar tortoise-shell appearance.

The legs terminate in a strongly formed hook on one side of
the truncated top and a blunt strong spine on the other. Along
tle internal side of the tarsal jeint, below the hook, there are five
strong spines. The legs are hairy.

Copulatory feet of the male (Pl. XXXII. figs. 79, 91). Posterior
foot: The movable dactylus is long and slender, and composed
of two segments of which the proximal is the longest. There is
a pad beneath the proximal end of the terminal joint and beneath
the distal end of the proximal joint. The immovable dactylus is
broad and thin, not so long as the movable, and narrower at the
proximal end. Anterior foot: Both movable aid immovable feet
are single-jointed. The immovable is thin and broad ; the movable
is stout and curved. There is a soft, hairy pad between them.

The vulva of the female consists of two parts on each side, one
heart-shaped (see Pl. XXXI. fig. 57), with a shit from the upper
end to near the middle; the other a short, stout cap. The eopu-
latory apparatus seems to show a strong resemblance to that of
Sp. hercules.

SPH EROPEUS HERCULES Brandt.

SPHEROP@US MODIGHIANI Silvestri.

The fact of the copulatory feet and vulva corresponding to those
drawn by Silvestri, together with the general resemblance to his
description of the species from Sumatra, suffices to identify the
species ; but as his account of the animal shows some points of
difference from the Malay specimen, I think the latter must be
put down as a new variety.

Length 30 mm. by 16 mm.

Colour castaneous, with slight tinge of green in some lights.
Antenne and legs lighter.

Head broad; upper lip very slightly indented; antenne very
short and thick, with dotted pad at end, punctuated and hairy,
especially on lower parts. Forehead with sinuous indentation
where the edge of the lst tergite fitsin. Hyes in large circular spot.

lst tergite smooth, not very long; the raised part slopes down
to meet the depressed part at a steep angle. In the middle of the
back of the tergite, where this slope meets the marginal rim at
the sides, there is a flat space between the slope and the marginal
rim. The raised part has the shape of a very blunt lancet at the
sides. The lower depressed part is bounded by the marginal rim.

3rd tergite. The 3rd tergite is very short and ends in a sharp
lancet-point. On the 4th the edge of the lateral extremity is cut
away by the lateral groove. The ventral groove is continued up
to the penultimate tergite. The surface of the grooves is rougn
and covered with small tubercles, but is without hairs. The last
tergite is smooth and polished like the others.

SPH HROPEUS EXTINOTUS Silvestri. (Plate XXXII. fig. 77.)
From Tapelung, Patalung State.

uf

2o*

Ae
a

)

528 MR. F. G. SINCLAIR ON THE | Dee. 3,

A much mutilated male specimen.

The correspondence of the copuiatory feet with those drawn by
Silvestri establishes the identity of the species. The colour,
however, is different. It is completely black, the legs and antenne
alone having a slight tinge of brown. There is besides no trace
of the five stria described by Silvestri on the 2nd tergite. This
and the last species seem to me to be very closely related.

GLoMERIS INFUSCATA Pocock.
From Gunong Inas, Perak State.

CHILOPODA.

ScOLOPENDRA SUBSPINIPES Haase. (Plate XXXII. figs. 66, 72,
185 785,99.)

There can, I think, be no doubt that the specimens belong to
the species subspinipes ; but, as in many of the Myriapods in this
collection, there are small differences which need a description.

Leneth about 120 mm. by 73 mm.

Colour ochre, shading into faint orange on the underpart of
the head and at the end of the body, and into dark dull green at
the ends of the somites.

Head vound, narrowed in front and cut off behind. Antenne
of 20 joints, reaching to the 4th somite. Maxillary coxe with
plates in contact, each with five teeth—two very small, one large
and rounded, another two of medium size and well defined. The
basal projection stout and without teeth. The two dorsal furrows
are discernible on the 3rd somite.

‘The dorsal plates are margined after the 5th, but the margin is
not strongly marked till the 8th. The pleural appendages have
two sharply distinct spines, but on examination with a higher-
power lens one sees another dark-coloured elevation at the side,
which is an imperfect spine. The projection on the anal femur
has four spines, two sharp and two not much elevated. The
femoral spines are arranged on the internal and under sides of
the femur, the two other sides being without them. They are
arranged in longitudinal rows. Looking at the under surface
and beginning from the outside, one counts 2, then 3, then 3;
then passing to the inside beneath the spur there are 2 and 2.
Besides the ones just described there are nine others. Of these
two are small, two medium-sized, and five large. Both the small
ones show the condition of the pleural appendages possessed by
the specimen just described, viz., more than two spines at the
end. In the case of these small young specimens there are two
large spines and two small ones. In all the larger specimens
there are only two spines. In all of them there are five maxillary
teeth, except in one specimen, where there is another deubtfully
distinguishable. The anal femoral spine also shows in the small
specimens four spines at the end, while in the larger there are
but two. In the larger animals the colour somewhat resembles a
dull ochre or olive-brown, while the first two somites are clearer

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 529

in colour. In the largest the green tinge of the end of the
somites is almost gone. The length of the largest specimen is
130 mm. without the anal legs ; uae length of the anal legs
25 mm. Snallest specimen 65 mim.; anal legs 15 mm. The
number of spines on the legs varies ae five to thirteen; there
are, however, always two in a line beneath the femoral spine,
looking at the animal from above, giving the appearance shown
in Haase’s plate.

SCOLOPENDRA HARDWICKII Haase, var. nov. (Plate XXXII.
figs. 101, 102.)

Two specimens, the structure of which corresponds so closely
with that described by Haase, that they must be put down as a

variety of that species in spite of the great difference in colour.

Colour. A dark copper-colour all over, a little lighter on the
ventral surface. Claws black,

Head broad and round, narrowed in front. Depression in front
between the eyes, resembling a frontal furrow. Antenne with
19 jomts reaching to the 3rd somite. Poison-claws strong,
with rather inconspicuous basal projection which has two small
prominences. Maxillary teeth six, clear and regular. The plates
on which the teeth are placed have a transverse furrow at their
base. The top of the head is slightly punctated. The dorsal
furrow begins from the 3rd somite. The margins of the dorsal
plates begin from the 5th somite and are clear and prominent.
Ventral furrows distinct. The rest of Haase’s description applies,
with the exception of the spine on the first metatarsal of the
preanal legs. I can find no such spine in these specimens,
Also the pleural appendages have two spines at their points.

The length of this specimen is 140 mm. by 12 mm. Anal legs
23 mm.

The second specimen is curiously malformed. The preanal leg
on one side has the first two joints about the normal length, but
thin and flat; they are followed by three very short thick joints.
The anal leg on the same side is small and slender, smaller than
any of the other legs and without any spines.

SCOLOPENDRA ARINGENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXI. fig. 46, and
Plate XXXII. figs. 67, 85, 86, 93.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

This species bears a great resemblance to Se. meyert Haase, and
I think is closely related to it. The points of difference are, how-
ever, sufficient to make it necessary to describe it as a new species.

Length 80mm. by 8mm. Anal claws 25. Antenne 20-jointed.
itamnein of head 7 mm.; breadth of head 65 mm.

Colour dark olive- -green. Head and Ist somite dark brown
with greenish tinge. The middle part of the tergites is rather
brown than green, the green tinge being more apparent on the
edges. The antenne and legs are clear yellow-brown, but the anal
legs are olive-brown with a green tinge alter the finst joint. ‘he
sternal plates are olive- brown.

530 MR. Y. G. SINCLAIR ON THE [Dec. 3,

Head smooth, slightly punctated, narrowcd in front. Antenne
with 19 joints, extending to 4th somite. Maxillary teeth five on
each plate, distinct. Basal projection with two black protuber-
auces running into one another near the point and a distinct
one near the base, at some distance from the other two. The
maxil’ary palp with one centre claw and two small spines. The
ventral furrows begin on the 8rd somite, the margins of the
dorsal plates are distinct on the 8th. The long pleural appendages
Lave two small spines one above the other, so that when looked
at from above there seems to be a single spur. The anal legs
are long and slender. The femoral spur is long and, like the
pleural appendages, has two spines one above the other. Just
posterior to the spur there is a single spine ; posterior and inferior
to that there is another, and two more on the other side. The
preanal legs are without spines. The anal dorsal plate is 4 mm.
bread and 5 mm. long, with a strong margin and cut away above
the anal femora.

OTOSTIGMA ORIENTALE, var.nov. (Plate XXXI. figs. 49, 55, 58,
59, 62.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State; and Gunong Inas, Perak
State.

This beautiful little Myriapod seems to me to stand between
Ot. orientale of Pocock and Ot. nemorensis of Silvestri.

Length 45 mm. by 4m. Anal legs 21 mm. Head 33 mn.
by 4mm. Anal dorsal plaie 23 mm. by 2 mm.

Colour. Head and 1st somite reddish brown with green tinge at
anterior edge of Ist somite and anterior end of head. Other
somites metallic green, except last two scmites, which have the
same tinge as head. Legs pale green. Underside of head and
pleural appendages red-brown. Anal legs with first joint pale
green; next joint pale bluish green with dark blue band ; 3rd,
4th, aid 5th joints the same ; end joint pale blue-green.
Preanal with the first two joimts pale green; next two pale
bluish green with dark blue band; end joint pale green. Other
legs with dark blue band on last two joints.

Head rather oval in shape, slightly punctated. Antenne
with 21 joints. Maxillary teeth three; two of these are close
tegether, the third more remote. Basal protuberance with five
smal] distinct teeth. Poison-claws long and thin. Margins of
dorsal plates distinct on Yth plate; ventral furrows on 38rd.
Anal dorsal plate with median longitudinal indentation. Pleural
appendages with two spines at the end and one more remote.
Anal legs long and thin; 4+ spines in transverse row, then 3,
then 3.

OTOSTIGMA ACULEATUM, var. noy. (Plate XXXI. fig. 38, and
Plate XXXII. figs. 92, 94, 98.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.
This specimen agrees in many points with Ot aculeatum of
Haase, but has some differences. :

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THE ‘‘SKBAT EXPEDITION,” 531

Length about 50 mm. by 5. Anal legs 25. Head 4mm. by 44.

Colour. Head and first segment ferruginous ; rest dull olive-
brown. Legs very pale, almost white. Pleural appendages
ferruginous. Sterna pale.

Head. Length and breadth almost equal. Surface slightly
punctated. Antenne seventeen joints, reaching to four somites ;
end joints rather large, very distinct and pearl-like. The left-
hand antenna shows an individual malformation. The first four
joints are thick, then the antenna suddenly diminishes in size.
In the right antenna the diminution in size is gradual.

Maxillary teeth. The outside one on each coxal plate is large
and distinct; inside there are two fused and indistinct, and
showing further imperfect division. The basal projection is
indistinctly toothed and somewhat cut away at the base. The
maxilipede shows a ridge edged with bristles from the claw to
halfway up the first joint ; the second joint has a projection on
the underside (PI. XXXIL. fig. 94).

The pleural appendages are long and show three spines at the
end and two some way down. The anal legs have spines
4,5, 1, 5. The last four sternal plates are prolonged in the
middle over the succeeding ones. ‘The differences in the colour
and proportion (great length of the anal legs) and in the arrange-
ment of the spines render it questionable whether this specimen
shonld not be regarded as a separate species.

There are two much younger specimens of the same species
from Tapelung and Bukit Besar. The anal legs of one have a
faint livid tinge at the end; the other bas a dark greenish line
down its back.

MECISTOCEPHALUS PUNCTIFRONS Newp.
From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

ScUTIGERID 2.
ScuTIGERA LONGICORNIS Haase.

Bibliography.
The following is not an exhaustive bibliography, of which there
are several excellent ones in existence, but is merely a list of a
few of the principal works on the subject :—
Arrems. Myriapoden. Abh. Senckenbergischen naturforsch.
Gesellsch., 1897.

Boruman. Myriapoda of North America. Bull. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 1893.

Burter. New Zephronie. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix., 1882.

Haase. Die Indisch-Australischen Myriapoden: Chilopoden,
1887.

Humpert. Essai sur les Myriapodes de Ceylan, 1865.

Humeperr et Saussurn. Description de divers Myriapodes du
Muséum de Vienne: Polydesmides.

Kocu. Neuer Arachniden und Myriapoden, 1865,

Peters. Polydesmi. Kong]. Akad. der Wiss. Berlin, 1864.

532 MR. F. G, SINCLAIR ON THE [Dec. 3,

Pocock. Myriapoda of the Mergui Archipelago, 1887.

——. Supplement to the same, 1892.

——. Myriapoda of Burmah. Genova, 1893,

. Chilopoda, Symphyla, and Diplopoda. Max Weber’s
Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederlandische Ost-Indien, 1893.

——. Myriapoda of Burmah: Polydesmoidea. Genova, 1895,

. Report on the Millipedes and Centipedes collected by
Dr. Willey in the Solomon Islands, &c., 1898.

Sinvesrri. Chilopodi e Diplopodi della Papuasia. Genova, 1895.

. I Diplopodi di Sumatra. Genova, 1895.

——. Diplopodi di Borneo. Genova, 1895.

——. I Diplopodi. Genova, 1896.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pirate XXX.
Fig. 1. Siphonophora longirostris, Head from side, p. 598.
2. 66 Head and first tergite from above.
3. Tail from below.

99 29
4, Platydesmus kelantanicus. Segments |, 2, 3, p. 508.
5, Siphonophora longirostris. Leg, p. 508. ~
6. Platydesmus kelantanicus, ‘Tail, p. 508.

rite a 5 Mandible.
8. a a Hypostoma.
O} 4 Antenna.
10, Platyrhacus humberti, var. Head and first tergite, p. 509.
M1. 0 i » Front of head.
12, a . », Wail from above.
13. - of » ail from below.
14. ae marginellus, Copulatory foot, p. 511.
15. e humberti. Keel, p. 509.
16. Strongylosoma bipunctatum. Copulatory foot, p. 519.
7. Platyrhacus margineilus. Head, first and second tergites, p. 511.
18. ns vs Tail from below, p. 511.
19. 3 kelantanicus. Tail from above, p. 512.
20. “ marginellus. Sixteenth keel, p. 511.
21. . kelantanicus. Forehead, p. 512.
22. i marginellus. Tail from above, p. 51).

23. Strongylosoma fuscocollaris. Copulatory foot, p. 519.
24. Platyrhacus kelantanicus. Seventeenth keel, p. 512.

25. Hp - Head and first tergite.
26. Spirostreptus dorso-lineatus. a. Tail; b. Head, p. 523.
27. i vittatus. Head, p. 525.
28. A . Tail.
29. © rubripes. ‘Vail, p. 523.
30. a ied Head.
31. Platyrhacus kelantanicus. Copulatory foot, p. 512.
Prars XXXI.
Fig. 82. Platyrhacus kelantanicus, var. Forehead, p. 513.
30, rp 5 » Head and first tergite.
34. a as », Seventeenth keel.
35 a beccarti, Head and first tergite, p. 514.
36. y es Tail from above.
37. pfeiffere. Forehead, p. 515,

38. Otostigma aculeatum. Anal leg, p. 530.
39. Strongylosoma skeatti, Tail from above, p. 520.
40. Platyrhacus insularis. Forehead, p. 516.

41. ws 3 Head and first tergite.
42 " kelantanicus, vay. Copulatory foot, p. 513.

43. Strongylosoma bipunctatum. Tail from above, p. 019.

Fig.

MYRIAPODA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 533

. Platyrhacus pfeiffere. Tail from above, p. 515.

- Head from above.

92
. Scolopendra aringensis. Legs from dorsal, p. 529.
. Platyrhacus insularis, Tail from below, p. 516.

es pfeifere. Tail from below, p. 515.

. Otostigma orientale. Anal tergite, p. 530.
. Platyrhacus pfeiffere. Seventecnth keel, p. 515,

% beccarit. ail from below, p. 514.
% insularis. Sixteenth keel, p. 516.
~ Tail from above.

. Doratonotus cavernicola. Median tubercle from front, p. 521.
3d. Otostigma orientale, Maxillipede, p. 580.

). Platyrhacus kelantanicus, var. ail from above, p. 513.

. Spheropeus evansi. Vulva, p. 526.

. Otostigma ortentale. Anal leg, p. 5380.

Pleural appendage.

°. ” d9

. Platyrhacus beccarti. Fifteenth keel, p. 514.

. Strongylosoma bipunctatum. Head and first tergite, p. 519.

. Otostigma orientale. Poison-claw, basal projection, aud maxillary

teeth, p. 5380.
Puatre XXXII.

. Platyrhacus malaccanus. Forehead, p. 517.

- 3 Head and first tergite.
Tail from below.

: Scolopendra subspinipes. Maxillary teeth, p. 528.

i aringensis. Femoral appendage, p. 529,

. Platyrhacus malaccanus. Tail from below, p. 517.
. Doratonotus cavernicola. Whole animal, p. 521.

i 5 Ki rst two segments.
Tail.

. 99 ”
. Scolopendra subspinipes. Anal legs from below, p. 528.
. Doratonotus cavernicola, Keel, p. 521.

Sterna and spiracles.

9 +”
. Scolopendra subspinipes. Femoral appendage, p. 528.

Pleural appendage.

” ”
. Spheropeus extinctus. Anterior copulatory foot, p. 527.
. Doratonotus cavernicola, Part of bypostoma (maxilla and maxillary

appendages), p. 521.

. Spheropeus evanst. Anterior copulatory foot, p. 526.

A Leg.

. Strongylosoma fuscocoliaris. Segment showing patch, p. 519.

. Doratonotus cavernicola. Median tubercle from side, p. 521.

. Spheropeus evanst. Front of head, p. 526,

. Cambala calva. Head, p. 522.

5. Seolopendra aringensis. Basal projection and maxillary teeth, p. 529.

ie Maxillipede.

i Platyrhacus malaccanus. Keel, p. 517.

Hexagonal markings of surface magnified,

: Strongylosoma nodulosum. Copulatory foot, p. 518.

Ke bipunctatum, First three keels trom below, showing
pleural keels, p. 519.

. Spheropeus evanst. Posterior copulatory foot, p. 526.

. Otostigma aculeatum. Pleural appendage, p. 530.

. Scolopendra aringensis. Pleural appendage, p. 529.

. Otostigma aculeatum. Maxillary teeth and basal projection, p. 530,
. Strongylosoma bipunctatum. ‘Tail from below, p. 519.

mn skeatit, End of tail from above, magnified, p. 520.
3 Forebead.

Otostigma aculeatum. Maxillipede, p. 550.
. Scolopendra subspinipes, Anal legs from above, p. 528.
. Strongylosoma skeatii. Head and three tergites from side, p. 520.

colopendra hardwickii, Normal anai legs, p. 529.
» » Malformed anal legs.

534 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER CN THE [pects

2. On the Crustacea collected during the “ Skeat”’? Expedi-
tion to the Malay Peninsula, together with a Note on
the Genus Acteopsis. By W. F. Lancuzster, M.A.,
King’s College, Cambridge’.

Part I.—BRACHYURA, STOMATOPODA, anp MACRURA.
[Received November 15, 1901.]

(Plates XX XIII. & XXXIV.)

Owing to the number of species that are represented, through
the different groups, in the Crustacea collected by the “ Skeat ”
Expedition, I have thought it best to divide the account of them
into two parts: the present paper dealing with the groups
mentioned above, the second paper to deal with the remaining
groups—namely, the Anomura, Arthrostraca, an d Cirripedia.

The present part deals systematically with 90 species, comprised
in 48 genera, so that the collection may be seen to be very fairly
representative ; though the Oxyrhyncha, among the Brachyura,
are represented but poorly and the Leucosiid group of the
Oxystomata not at all. Of these 90 species, moreover, I have
found it necessary to describe 6 as new—2 among the Brachyura,
4 among the Macrura,—and to refer 2 forms among the Macrtra
to new varieties of already-known species. Further, I will note
that 50 of the species were obtained from localities on the east
coast of the Peninsula, 29 from the west coast, 5 from localities
on either coast (7. ¢., common to both), and 6 of uncertain locality.
The small number of forms common to both coasts is not surprising ;
from two more closely situated localities, Singapore and Malacca,
I myself only succeeded in obtaining 12 common forms out of
120 species of crabs, and this I believe to be due very largely to
the differing nature of the sea-bottom, currents, &¢., in different
parts of the same large area. Not that I wish to give undue promi-
nence to this particular reason: the amount of time spent or the
facilities available in different localities are varying ; and, if I may
judge from my own experience, there is a disposition in the
collector not to overload his probably limited stock of bottles with
specimens he remembers to have already collected elsewhere.
These causes may easily bring it about that the number of
“common” forms is apparently so small. Notwithstanding this,
however, I am inclined to think that the smallness of the number
is not entirely apparent, but in part real; and what I would point
out is that the value of any collection from a given area would be
greatly enhanced were a species, or better a group of species,
dealt with distributionally, so that each specimen, or group of
specimens, collected might be accompanied by notes on the points
I have mentioned above (7. ¢., all details of habitat), in addition to
the note of simple locality. For, besides the broad areas of
distribution that may be peculiar to a species, there are again

1 Communicated by Dr. S. F. Harmer, F.Z.8,
2 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 574.

PZ.S. 1901, vol. lI. Pl. XXXII.

Lwin Wilson, Cambridge.
CRUSTACEANS FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA.

PZ.S. 1901, vol IL Pl. XXXIV.

Ldwin Wilson, Combridge.

CRUSTACEANS FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA.

aa

1901. ] CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 535

smaller areas within the broad areas, and still smaller areas
(habitats) within these, peculiar to that species; and it is these
smallest, quite local, areas to which attention needs to be directed
in order to elucidate the causes of confinement toa special habitat,
or, on the other hand, to answer the question: Does the same
species adopt the same habitat in different distributional areas ?
1 have already noted (P. Z. 8. 1900, “On Crustaceans from
Singapore and Malacca”) how certain Leucosiids were obtained
there from mud which had been found by Adams and White
(‘Samarang’ Crustacea) in the China Sea on a clean sandy or
rocky bottom. Such a difference of habitat is most striking and
seems to me to require explanation: this explanation, however,
ean hardly be arrived at until more data of a similar kind are
forthcoming.

I have taken my measurements of length and breadth in a
similar way to those given in my paper already cited (vide P. Z.S.
1900, p. 720). In those cases, however, in which no supraocular
or preocular spine is present (Macrura &c.) I have measured from
the upper internal angie of the orbit. The units are in milli-
metres, and the first figure given in each case stands for the breadth.

I. Genus Docrza Leach.
1. DocLEA CANALIFERA Stimpson.

Doclea canalifera, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 217
(1857); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixiv. 2, p. 228 (1896).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A single male ; all the legs absent.

This individual agrees closely with Major Alcock’s description;
but there are two small points which may be noticed in connection
with it, as neither Major Alcock nor Stimpson make any mention
of them. On the gastric region are ‘some minute tubercles
followed by a spine.’ The number of the tubercles here in front
of the spine is five, of which the two anterior lie transversely close
to each other, exactly at the level of the back of the orbits, each
tubercle corresponding to one of the posteriorly coalesced rostral
spines, the distinction of the two being still indicated at this level.

Besides the oblique line of tubercles on the hepatic region,
moreover, there may be seen three more in front of this line, one
in front of, and the other two (transversely placed) behind, the
level of the first lateral spine.

Dim. 23 x 25°5.

II. Genus Scuizopurys White.

2. SCHIZOPHRYS ASPERA M.-Edw.

Mithrax aspera, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 320 (1834).

Dione affinis, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 94, pl. xxii. fig. 4 (1839).

Schizophrys aspera, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. vui. p. 231,
pl. x. fig. 1 (1872); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 22 (1881).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A female.

536 MR, W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [Deer3;

The points of the rostral horns are sharply curved upwards and
inwards in this specimen. A typical form, with a single spinule
at the base of each rostral spine.

Dim. 22x 25.

Breadth taken between bases of penultimate lateral teeth.

III. Genus Hyasvenvs White.
3. Hyasrenus pracantuus de Haan.

Pisa (Nawxia) diacantha, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 86, pl. xxiv.
fig. 1 (1839).

Hyastenus diteanthus, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 194 (1884);
de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. lit. i. p. 220 (1887); Alcock, Journ. As.
Soc. Bengal, Ixiv. 2, p. 210 (1896).

Loc. Trengganu.

A fine female with ova.

Carapace creamy-coloured, splashed with red; two, quite low,
tubercles on the gastric eminence, one in front of the other, and a
very low one, hardly distinct, on the uro-cardiac region. Also
another low tubercle, situate on the anterior branchial region a
little in front of a line joining the epibranchial spine and posterior
gastric tubercle, and lying a little nearer the former than the
latter.

Dim, 26°5 x 34:6.

IV. Genus Micrppa Leach.

4, MiIcIPPA MASCARENICA Kossmann.

Micippa philyra, Leach, Zool. Misc. ii. p. 16 (1817) (nee AV.
philyra, Herbst).

Micippa philyra, var. mascarenica, Kossm. Zool. Ergebn. p. ile
pl. mi. fig. 2 (1877).

Micippa mascarenica, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv. p. 7
(1885) ; Lanchester, P. Z.S. Lond. p. 725 (1900).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A full-grown male; of the legs only one chelipede remains.
There are six teeth present behind the postorbital tooth. Mobile
portion of antenna a little less than half the length of the carapace,
second joint just one-quarter breadth of rostrum at its own point of
origin. The single chelipede is quite smooth, except for a few
separate and minute granules on the distal portion of the upper
margin of the arin. ‘The fingers meet along their distal half.

Dim, 24x 28.

Breadth taken between bases of penultimate lateral teeth.

V. Genus Lamprus Leach.
5. LAMBRUS LONGIMANUS Linn.
Cancer longimanus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) p. 1047 (1766).
Lambrus longimanus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 354 (1834);
Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 20 (1879); Alcock, Journ.
As. Soc. Beng. Ixiv. 2, p. 260 (1896).

1991.] CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 53

Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan.
Two males.
Dime 2°38 S 23:5 K 25.

6. LAMBRUS LippuS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIIT. fig. 1.)

Lv. 2? Amale.

A Lambrus with the walking-legs perfectly smooth, merus and
carpus rounded, propodus flattened. Carapace raised into four
prominences—one on the gastric region, one on the cardiac, and
one on each branchial. The gastric prominence is flattened above;
the cardiac is rather globular, bluntly pointed above; each
branchial forms an oblique ridge with very rounded upper edge.
Each of these prominences is covered with flattened raspberry-like
granules; and each branchial bears, moreover, a large rounded
tubercle at the middle of its upper edge and a tall pedicled tubercle,

jo)
quite smooth, at the hinder portion of its upper edge where the

prominence ends, falling quite abruptly straight down to the
postero-lateral border of the carapace above the hase of the third
pair of walking-legs. The depressions between these prominences
are deep, rather smooth, with scattered similar granules. The
rostrum is very prominent, vertically thick, with the tip slightly
deflexed, its upper surface deeply excavate as far back as the
gastric prominence, its sides coarsely wrinkled. Sides of carapace
edged with low raspberry-like tubercles, which are more distinct
behind ; just in front of the middle of the border is a deepish cleft,
which continues on to the carapace as a shallow basin-like hollow.
Pterygostomian regions flattened and smooth, but with a line of
tubercles parallel with, and similar to, those on the antero-lateral
border.

Chelipedes very long, with prominent granular tubercles, of
varying size, on their anterior and posterior borders, and much
lower similar tubercles on their lower borders. Upper surface of
arm with a prominent row of these tubercles, nearer the posterior
margin than the anterior ; proximal half of the upper surface of
the hands with a similar row in a similar position, continued
distally, quite suddenly, as a double row of small tubercles.
General upper surface otherwise smooth; general under surface
also smooth, but with more frequent separate tubercles, which tend
to be arranged in longitudinal rows.

Sternal surface with irregularly scattered smooth granules, one
much larger on each side at the base of the chelipedes. Abdomen
with occasional smooth granules and a conical spine on the
penultimate joint.

Dim. 40 x 34.

VI. Genus Cryproropta M.-Edw.
7. CRYPTOPODIA FORNICATA Fabr.
Cancer fornicatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 453 (1781).
Cryptopodia fornicata, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust.
(1834); de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 90, pl. xx. fic.
Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 37 (1882).

ho
rs
eal
(i)
Ww
Sic,
Fo 189)

D388 _MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON ‘THE [ Dee. 3,

Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

A female with ova. The posterior portion of he upper and
under surfaces of the carapace are covered by an encrusting
Polyzoon, and the tube of a worm is to be seen on the under
surface about the level of the chelipedes.

Dim. 54:5 xX 81°5.

VII. Genus Atrercatvis de Haan.
8, ATERGATIS INTEGERRIMUS Lam.

Cancer integerrimus, Lam. Hist. An. sans Vert. v. p. 272 (1818).

Atergatis integerrimus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 45, pl. xiv.
fig. 1 (1839); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixvyii. 2, p. 95
(1898).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Four males and a female.

The characters given by Major Alcock as distinguishing this
species from A. dilatatus de Haan are not entirely satisfactory.
I have examined two dried specimens in the Natural History
Museum, however, which exhibited this distinction of characters
very well, excepting that both species possessed comb-like bristles
on the ischia and meri of the legs. Major Alcock’s four examples,
moreover, of A. dilatatus were quite distinct. But in dealing
with the present individuals, although I can unhesitatingly refer
them to Lamarck’s species, still I find them in some instances
presenting characters referred by Major Alcock to A. dilatatus.
Of these characters two are very well marked. The one is the
presence of the comb-like bristles to which I have referred in the
case of the Natural History Museum specimen, which occurs in
four out of the five individuals; the other is the dense hairiness
of the outer surface of the third maxillipedes, which is found in two
instances, while in two others I should describe this surface as
moderately hairy.

I was able to find only one specimen of A. dilatatus at the
Natural History Museum, judging from which I should say that
the most marked points of difference between the two species were
the much closer pitting of carapace and legs, amounting even to
faint rugosity, and the crowded confluent granules on the sternum
in A. dilatatus; the greater relative breadth of the latter may
also be taken into account. As regards the greater or less defini-
tion of the cardiac region, it may be said that there is a slight
variation in this respect in these examples, though in none is the
region really well defined.

Dim. 6 40x24. 6 34x%20°5. 6 33x20. ¢ 305x185.
@ 41 x 25.

9. ATERGATIS FLORIDUS (Rumph.).

Cancer floridus Rumph., D’Amboin. Rariteitkamer, p. 16, pl. viii.
fir, 5 (1741); de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 46 (1839).

Atergatis floridus, de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 24 (1888) ; id. Zool.
Jahrb. Syst. vill. p. 498 (1895).

1991. ] CRUSEACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 539

Loc. One very damaged male, just moulted, from Kelantan.
One male and three females from Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Dim. 6 224x345. 9 30:5x44. 2 28x40°5. 9 20x 28.

Breadth taken is greatest breadth.

10. AvERGATIs RosEUS Riipp.

Carpilius roseus, marginatus, Rupp. Beschreib. 24 Krabben,
p. 13, pl. ii. fig. 3 (1830).

Aten ‘gatis roseus, Kossm. Zool. Ergebn. pp. 19-21 (1877);
Lanchester, P. Z. 8. Lond. p. 730 (1900).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Four males.

These all belong to Kossmann’s variety scrobiculatus. In the
two smallest the white portion is margined with a red line close to
and in line with the external edge of the sides and front; in the
other two this line is present but very faint. In the two smallest
examples the red colour of the carapace is lighter, with a tendency
to cream-yellow.

Dim: 19:5 X12.) Vox 9s aK Id. Oso 3.

Breadth taken is greatest breadth.

VIII. Genus Cunoronpivs Riipp.
11. Cutoroptus niger Forskal.

Cancer niger, Forsk. Descr. Anim. p. 89 (1775).

Chlorodius niger, de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 32 (1888); id. Zool.
Jahrb. Syst. vil. p. 519 (1895).

Loc. Kelantan.

A male, damaged; only carapace and right chela present.
There are five teeth on the antero-lateral margins, including the
external orbital angle; the last of these is obtusely spiniform on
the left side, but not on the right.

Dim. 12x 8.

IX. Genus Cuioropopsis.
12. CHLORODOPSIS MELANOCHIRUS A. M.-Edw.

Chlorodopsis melanochirus, A. M.-Edw. Nouy. Arch. Mus. ix.
p. 228, pl. viii. fig. 5 (1873); de Man, Arch. Naturg. iii. i. p. 281
(iss7): Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 5D (1882).

Loc. Kelantan.

Five males and four females, the latter all bearing ova. They are
in a very broken state, a great many of the legs being missing.
Six of the chelipedes are present, three from the right and three
from the left side, and in these I note the following two points :—

a. The presence, in all, of 4-5 whitish spines on the posterior
border of the arms. These are closely similar to those on the
antero-lateral borders ; they are, however, easily overlooked while
the chelipedes are yet attached to the carapace, both through the
nature of the background and the presence of longish brown hairs
on the border.

6. In only one does the black colour of the fingcrs extend

540 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [Dec. 3,

lateraliy and beneath to the neighbourhood of the carpal articula-
tion; in the others it reaches quite a little way on to the lower
border of the hand.

Dy, BUOY SS GB OBS. 327, EMO: Se Fe GO hs) S< Oa,
G Uae (DMO ie SMO Te OSG DSK Ora:

X. Genus Leprropius A. M.-Edw.
13. Lepropivus Exaratus M.-Edw.

Chlorodius exaratus, M.-Elw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 402 (1834).

Xantho affinis, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 48, pl. xin. fig. 8
(1839).

Leptodius exaratus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. ix. p. 222
(1873); de Man, Zool. Jahrb. vil. p. 521 (1895).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Two males and a female.
Dita GaliGoelOronun oie LOO Op ee

14. Leproprus cavipPes Dana.

Chlorodius cavipes, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 212, pl. xii. fig. 1
(1852); de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 34 (1888) ; Alcock, Journ. As.
Soe. Bengal, Ixvii. 2, p. 122 (1898).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male and a small female.

The “ wrinkling ” on the chelipedes in the male tends to the
formation of deepish wide-mouthed pits on the carpus and toa
slight degree on the upper margin of the hand. In the female the
two lobes of the front are much more prominent near the middle
line than at the sides, giving it a cupid’s-bow-shaped appearance ;
the grooves, too, on the sides of the carapace are more marked
than in the male.

Dim. & 205x135. 9 135x9.

XI. Genus XantHo Leach.
15. XanTHO scaBeR Fabr.

Cancer scaber, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 336 (1798).

Nantho scaber, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. p. 390 (1834).

Loe. Kelantan.

One male.

This single individual agrees entirely with the descriptions cited,
so far as they go. The tubercles on the middle regions of the
carapace are smooth and rounded, on the sides and front they
become conical; those on the outer faces of the wrists and hands
are rounded, but larger than those on the middle regions of the
carapace, and pointed tubercles are present on the upper borders
of the carpus and propodus of the walking-legs. The pterygo-
stomian regions are covered with rather flattened granules and are
deeply grooved, the grooves being continuous with those between
the ill-defined lateral teeth ; these latter are four in number, of

|

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘“‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 541

which the last is more pointed and more clearly defined than the
others. The carapace and the outer face of the wrists and hands of
the chelipedes are clothed with short bristles between and around
the tubercles, thickly on the chelipedes, but very scantily on the
carapace ; these bristles are also placed rather thickly on the upper
borders of the carpus and propodus of the walking-legs. Other
finer and somewhat longer hairs are scattered over the whole
animal, noticeably on the upper borders of the meropodites of all
the legs. The inner faces of the chelipedes and lower faces of the
legs are quite smooth, except tor a few hairs. Genera! colour, in
formol, pinkish red blotched with bluish white.
Dim. 38 x 27.

XII. Genus Ketxantuus Heller.

16. EPIXANTHUS FRONTALIS M.-Edw.

Ozius frontalis, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 406 (1834).

Epiwanthus frontalis, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. ix. p. 241
(1873); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixvil. 2, p. 185 (18938).

Loc. ?

Two males.
Dim. 29°5x18. 20-518.

XIII. Genus Acrumyus Dana.

17. ACTUMNUS SETIFER de Haan.

Cancer (Pilumnus) setifer, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 60, pl. i.
fig. 3 (1839). ;

Actumnus setifer, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. i. p. 287,
pl. xviii. fig. 5 (1865); Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 225 (1884).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male.

Dim. 20x 15.

XIV. Genus Prrumnus Leach.

18. PILUMNUS VESPERTILIO Fabr.

Cancer vespertilio, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 338 (1798).

Pilumnus vespertilio, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 418 (1884) ;
Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, lxvii. 2, p. 192 (1898).

Loc. Kelantan. Two from Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Twenty males and twenty-four females, one of the latter with
ova.

ID Nis BND Sell eh BASS MG. 5) P< IG eh sh Gk
SO US 7OxX1ON SOx. 1 220 15:5) SO NSoel1 3? 1Or dG x12,
© 16x11°5. 9 135x9. 2 with ova 20x 15:5.

19. Prrumnus sturreri de Man.

Pilumnus sluiteri, de Man, Weber’s Zool Ergebn. 11. p. 283,
pl. i. fig. 2 (1892); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xvii. 2, p. 194
(1898).

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1901, Vou. If. No. XXXVI. 36

542 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE —~ [ Dec. 3,

Pilumnus forskalii, de Man (nee Edw.), Arch. f. Naturgesch.
lili. p. 295, pl. xii. fig 1 (1887).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male and a female.

The carpopodites of the last four pairs of legs in these two
individuals have each a shallow, but very distinct, groove on their

upper outer surfaces.
Dim. $ 31x24. 2 30:5 x 23°5,

90, PILUMNUS LEVIMANUS Dana.

Pilumnus levimanus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. Crust. 1. p. 237,
pl. xiii. fig. 11 (1852); A. M.Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. ix. p. 250,
pl. x. fig. 4 (1873); de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. lili. i. p. 301 (1887).

Loc. Kelantan.

A small damaged male.

The right chelipede only is present ; on the proximal half of the
anterior border of the merus are three or four minute, but sharp,
teeth as in P. nitidus, but none on the posterior border, which,
however, terminates in a very blunt low tooth a little before the
carpal articulation. The hairy growth on the proximal portion of
the hand is continued over the joint on to the external surface of
the carpus.

Dim. 55 x 3.

21. Pruumnus nitipus A. M.-Kdw.:

Pilumnus nitidus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. ix. p. 249,
pl. x. fig. 2 (1873); de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. lin, 1. p. 805 (1887).

Loc. Kelantan.

A single female, rather damaged.

Besides the granular teeth on its anterior margin, the meri of
the chelipedes bear on their rather sharp posterior margin 4—5
inconspicuous blunt teeth, the most distal of which is sharper and
more prominent than the others, and is placed about 1 mm. behind
the carpal articulation.

Dim, 10x 7:5.

XV. Genus Eripntia Latr.

22. ERIPHIA LEVIMANA, var. SMITHII McLeay.

Eriphia smithii, McL. Annulosa in Smith’s Ilustr. Zool. 8. Afr.
p- 60 (1838).

Eriphia levimana, var. smith, Hilg. Monatsber. Ak. Berlin,
p- 797 (1878); Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 237 (1880).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Seven males and twelve females.

Dim. 3 525x388. 3 51x38. 9S SIX 3ST. S49: Si-O:

1 { have since found that this form should be referred to Dana’s Pseudozius
dispar, with which P. nitidus is synonymous (vide Calman, Trans. Linn. Soe.
ser. 2, Zool. viii, p. 14, 1900).

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THD ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 543

6 47x34. 3g 47x33. 56 40x28. 2 60x43°5. Y 58x 42°.
© 57x43. 9 46x34. 9 483x805. 2 32°5x 23.
Breadth taken is graatest breadth.

XVI. Genus Cymo de Haan.

23. CyMo aNDREossyI Aud.

Pilumnus ? andreossyi, Audouin, Descr. de l’Egypte, p. 86, pl. v.
fig. 6 (1815).

Cymo andreossyi, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 22 (1839); Alcock,
Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, p. 173 (1893).

Loc. Kelantan.

A female, rather damaged.

Dim. 10 x 8°.

Breadth taken is greates! breadih.

XVII. Genus THatamres Latr.
24, THALAMITA CRENATA Latr.

Thalanita crenata (Latr.), M.-Hdw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 461
(1834); de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 79 (1888); Lanchester, P. Z.\S.
1900; p. 748.

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Five males and two females.

The following table serves to show the variation in respect to
the denticulation of the posterior border of the penultimate joint
of the natatory legs :—

3. 2.

INon-denticnlaten 2 sys cae cela il 0
Right side only.... 1 1

Denticulate .. Lett side only .... 1 i
Bothy sides - 9286.42 2 W)

The number, position, and size of these denticles is quite
‘inconstant.

Diino Wil <x ACN 6Ss 4 oem Odi x< 40M Gr 55:5) 136:
6 49x32. 9 57x37. 2 55x 35°5,

25, THALAMITA DAN#& Stimpson.

Phalamita crenata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. i. p.
pl. xvi. fig. 7 (1852).

Thalamita dane, Stimpson, Proc. Ae. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 37
(18538); de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 78 (1888).

Thalamita stimpsoni, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. p. 362, pl. xxxv.
fig. 4 (1861).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male of the species and a female of the variety stimpsoni
In the latter the denticulations on the posterior border of the
penultimate joint of the natatory legs are more regular and more
marked, and the lobes at the upper internal angle of the eye are
straighter and more transverse.

Dinvinis 39 x255 DO AlSe25:

Beye

36*

544 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dee. 3,

XVIII. Genus Neprunvs de Haan.
26. NEPTUNUS PELAGICUS Linn.

Cancer pelagicus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) p. 1042 (1766).

Portunus (Neptunus) pelagicus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 37,
pls. ix., x. (1839).

Loe. Kota Bharu, Kelantan ; Trengganu.

Five males and four females. Of the latter one bears ova, and
in another the presence of a parasite in the left branchial cavity
goes with an abdomen approaching the male in form.

Dim. 6 1215 x 65. $ 98 x 538. § 83x455. 5 83x45.
6 or x Silks: VO 100-5) 55, OF 125) <6 Sa S Oboe aor.
2 53 x 28,

27, Nuprunvus (AMPHITRITE) GLADIATOR Fabr.

Portunus gladiator, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 368 (1798).

Lupea gladiator, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 456 (1834).

Neptunus gladiator, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. p. 3830 (1861);
de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 70 (1888).

Loc. Trengganu.

A very large male and a small female, in which the swimming-
lees only are present.

In the male the median teeth of the front are much smaller than
the submedians, and the lowest external carina on the hand is very
strongly developed, forming an obtuse ridge proximally; the
ridges on the second and third abdominal segments are also very
strong; in these three points it resembles NV. argentatus White.
In the female the abdominal ridges are moderately prominent, aud
the median frontal teeth, though smaller in size than, are equal in
length to, the submedians. In both there is a short blunt spine
over the eye as in WV. gladiator, and there are no traces of the
silver sheen found in JV. argentatus. They certainly belong to
NV. gladiator Fabr., and it seems very possible that NV. argentatus
White is no more than a variety of this species.

The male bears on the legs, first two abdominal segments, and
the base of the left antenna some peduneulate Cirripedes, all
belonging to the genus Dichelaspis, and comprising two or possibly
three species.

Dim. 3 68x43. © 23x14,

XIX. Genus Gontosoma A. M.-Edw.

28. GoNIOoSOMA NATATOR Herbst.

Cancer natator, Herbst, Naturg. d. Krab. p. 156, pl. xl. fig. 2
(1795).

Goniosoma natator, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. p. 370 (1861);
de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. lit. i. p. 334, pl. xii. fig. 5 (1887).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male, of which the chelipedes are lost.

This individual belongs, without doubt, to Herbst’s species. I

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 545

may note, however, that the frontal lobes are comparatively sharp,
though still with blunt points, and separated by rather deep wide
fissures—a character apparently correlated with age (vide de Man,
t. ¢. p. 335).

Dim, 80x 53°5,

29. GoNIOSOMA oRNATUM A. M.+Edw.

Goniosoma ornatum, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. p. 376 (1861);
Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zeol. v. p. 376 (18938).

Lec. Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

Two males and two females, each with ova.

Tn one of the females with ova the second antero-lateral tooth
on the left side is very rudimentary, being only one-third the size
of the first and third.

Dim. $ 35x24. §$ 35x24. 29 32x22. © 29:5x 20.

30. GONIOSOMA AFFINE Dana.

Charybdis affinis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. p. 286, pl. xvii.
fic. 12 (1852).

Gonwsoma affine, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. p. 384 (1861);
de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 89, pl. v. fig. 2 (1888).

Loc. Trengganu.

A male. All the legs absent.

Dim. 21°35 x 145.

31, GONIOSOMA CRUCIFERUM Fabr.

Portunus crucifer, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 364 (1798).

Gontosoma cruciferum, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. p. 371 (1861);
de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 79 (1888)

Loc. Trengganu.

Three males and a female with ova.
Dima. § 110x771. fg 405x227. g 386x245. 9 90x60.

32. GONIOSOMA CALLIANASSA A. M.-Edw.

Goniosoma callianassa, A. M.-Kdw. Arch. Mus. x. pp. 382, 385
(part.) (1861); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixviii. 2, p. 57
(1899).

Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

A female with ova.

The last antero-lateral spine is fully twice as long as that in
front of it.

Dim, 22x15.

XX. Genus Poramon Sav.

33. PotaMONn (PARATHELPHUSA) SINENSE M.-Edw.

Parathelphusa sinensis, M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. vii. p. 172, pl. xiii.
fig. 1 (1854); Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soe. (2) Zool. v. p. 386
(1893).

Loc. Singora; Tale Sap.

Thirteen males and four females.

The rostrum projects less beyead the level of the external

546 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 3,

orbital angles in the younger individuals, and its margin is a littie
straighter.

One individual, from Kampong Pateling, is called, according to
the label on it, by the name ‘“* Ketam Kertak.” ‘ Ketam” is the
ordinary word for crab; I am unable to find a meaning for the
word ‘ Kertak”*.

Dim. 6 475 x 89. $6 48x34. 3 43 x 35. § 33°5 x 28.
3 27x23. fg 205x18. 2 40x34. 940x335. Y 22°5x
19°5.

34. PoraMon (PARATHELPHUSA) IMPROVISUM’, sp. n. (Plate
XX XITI. fig. 2.)

Loc. ?

One female.

In this species the carapace is very depressed posteriorly behind
the postfrontal ridge, but in front of this ridge it slopes down
rather steeply towards the frontal and antero-lateral margins.
The actual front, however, is directed nearly horizontally, and
presents a faintly concave upper surface; its anterior margin 1s
rather sharp and its course sinuous, this latter being due to the
presence of a broad and shallow notch in the median line, and to
ihe sloping away of its outer angles into the upper orbital borders.
The laiter are very slightly swollen, noticeably at their internal
angles, hardly at all at their external angles, where these run into
the extra-orbital teeth; a shallow notch is discernible under the
lens at the middle of the border. The orbits themselves are deep,
their width is a little more than half that of the front, which is,
in turn, one-third of the width of the carapace at its widest point
(viz., between the last epibranchial teeth). The lower orbital
border, seen under the lens, is crenulate, and presents at its inner
angle a distinct tubercular tooth with two rounded heads, which
are placed so that the one les above the other in the natural
position of the animal, and which are separated by a shallow
groove, the said groove being continued downwards and backwards
nearly to the anterior buccal angles.

The antero-lateral borders are about as long as the front is wide,
or two-thirds the length of the postero-lateral, and are armed with
four teeth, including the extra-orbital. Of these teeth the Ist is
forwardly directed, triangular, blunt, and broad at the base; the
2nd, separated by a very short rounded interval from the Ist, is
the smallest of all, forwardly curved, sharp, and conical; the 3rd,
separated from the 2nd by a slightly greater rounded interval, is
closely similar to the latter, but twice as big ; while the 4th, whose
tip is as far from that of the preceding tooth as the latter is from
the tip of the extra-orbital, is more outwardly directed, its anterior

1 “Kertak,’ Mr. Laidlaw informs me, is an orthographical error; the word
should have been written ‘‘ Katak,” meaning “a frog.”

2 A similar abbreviated metamorphosis is known for Potamon fluviatiie,
Dilocarcinus, and Trichodactylus (ef. Ortmann, Bronn’s Thierreich, v. 2,

p. 1098).

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 547

border being only slightly curved, and its posterior border practi-
cally straight and in line with the postero-lateral border of the
carapace ; it is also sharp, and a little smaller than the tooth in
front of it. The postero-lateral border is straight, inwardly
directed, and scored with irregular oblique rugosities, which
extend only the least distance on to the carapace.

The frontal ridge is very prominent and sharp, and composed of
two quite distinct portions: an outer, starting from the last epi-
branchial tooth, and extending inwards and slightly forwards, with
a faintly sinuous course, to within 2-3 mm. of the mesogastric
suture; and an inner, lying as far in front of the outer as this
does from the mesogastric suture, and starting internally from the
fore part, here rather deep, of the mesogastric suture, and extending,
faiutly crescent-shaped with forwardly directed concavity, to the
level of the external angle of the front, its anterior border shelving
very sharply down to the front.

The surface of the carapace is everywhere punctate, the puncte
being distinct and fairly disparate; the cardiac suture is well
defined, and the gastric region in front of it is slightly tumid, and
a very broad distinct uro-cardial suture is also present. The
mesogastric suture starts at the level of the inner frontal ridges,
and disappears just behind the level of the outer frontal ridges.

The chelipedes are quite smooth, with a small spine near the
distal end of the upper margin of the merus, and a strong spine
at the upper inner angle of the carpus ; the fingers are as long as
the palm, and shghtly gaping, with a row of tubercular teeth on
their inner edges, two or three of which are bigger than the rest ;
their tips are somewhat hooked and cross each other.

The four posterior legs present no noteworthy features, ex-
cepting that the meri of all bear a fairly strong spine at the distal
ends ot their upper edges, and the carpi carry a ridge along the
middle of their hinder surfaces; in the last pair, however, this
ridge is rounded and inconspicuous.

Special interest attaches to this species from the fact that this
individual carries beneath the abdomen, attached to the swim-
merets, a number (about 100) of young, all of which are fully
formed, ¢. ¢. present the structure of the adult. Such an occurrence
has, I believe, never been observed in any other crab, and it points
to a quite unusual abbreviation of the metamorphosis, though tu
what exact extent it is, at present, impossible to say ; while the
causes of the abbreviation in this case are equally unknown.

Dim. 37 xX 21°5.

35, PoTAMON (POTAMONAUTES) StOLICZKANUM W.-Mason.

Telphusa stoliczkana, W.-Mason, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xl. p. 199,
pl. xii. fig. 8 (1871).

Loc. Lacom.

Five females and a smaller male.

I have only to notice that the “baying” of the front is quite
inconsiderable in these specimens, though more apparent ii some

548 MR. W. F, LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dee. 3,

than the others; this, however, appears to be a sexual difference,
as Wood-Mason, in giving dimensions of a male and female respec-
tively, adds “ the greater difference between the length and breadth
in the male specimen is only apparent, being entirely due to the
greater mesial excavation of the front.” I may add, however, that
in this male the front is hardly, if at all, more excavate than in
the females.

Dim. 614:75x12. 9315 23°5. 9 30:25x 23. 29 929:5x
22:5. 2 28:5 x 22°25.

Breadth taken is greatest breadth.

XXI. Genus Ocyrope Fabr.
86. OoyPoDE CERATOPHTHALMA Pallas.

Cuncer ceratophthalmus, Pal. Spicil. Zool. ix. p. 83, pl. v. fig. 17
ig).
hee ceratophthalma, Miers, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) x.
p- 379, pl. xvii. fig. 1 (1882).

Loc. Trengganu; Kelantan.

Eight males and four females.

In two males of dimensions 27°5 x 23 the ocular styles are from
3-4 mm. in length; but in a female of 27 x 20-5 they are barely
1 mm.

Dim. & 44x37:25. 6 435x39. fg 48x89. 5 425x38.
3405x865. $385x30. 25 6275x238. 940x35. 2 35x
30°5. 9 27x20°5. @ 20°5x16.

37. OCYPODE CORDIMANA Latr.

Ocypoda cordimana (Latr.), M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 45
(1887); de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. iii. p. 248 (1881); Miers, Aun,
Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) x. p. 387, pl. xvi. fig. 9 (1882).

Loc. Trengganu; Kelantan.

Three females.

Dim. 9 20x16. 918x115. 9 15x12.

38. OcYPODE CONVEXA Quoy et Gaimard.

Ocypoda convexa, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. ‘ Uranie,’ Zool. p. 525,
pl. xvii. fig. 2 (1824); Nobili, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, (2)
xx. p. 518 (1900).

Loc. Trengganu.

Four males and four females.

Dr. Nobili has recently (0. c.) amplified the original description
of this species; and in order to assure myself of the identity of the
present form with that species, I sent examples to Dr. Nobili,
who very kindly compared them for me with the specimens he had
described from Sarawak, and informs me that they are ideutical.
“The only difference,” he adds, “ is that the greater hand is a little
more swollen, and the finger a little shorter, in the specimen (<¢ )
from Sarawak, which is somewhat smaller.”

One of the females varies in that both the hands are of the same

os

1901.] CRUSIACHA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 549

size and shape, resembling the smaller chelipedes of the other
individuals, and I will also call attention to the rather noticeable
variation in the relative proportions of length and breadth.

Die eS OSA CP ATX BS GP ACD AIG ey IS SUE
Deals 28:5 5225.55 OU25:5) Xe20 5S 24 ano:

XXII. Genus Uca Leach.
39. UcA ANNULIPES M.-Edw.

Gelasimus annulipes, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 55, pl. xviii.
figs. 10-13 (1837); de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 118, pl. vill. figs. 6-7
(1888).

Loc. Singora; Trengganu.

Thirty-two males and three females.

Of the males sixteen have the large chela on the right side, and
the other sixteen on the left.

Dim Ae x MES) ico lly oe Lt Xx OS PYG) Gran 10;
S IOI “DUD <P IED He 2 OQ Wola S28;

40. Uca TETRAGONON ? Herbst.

Cancer tetragonon, Herbst, Naturg. d. Krab. 1. p. 257, pl. xx.
fig. 110 (1790).

Gelasimus tetragonon, M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) xviii. p. 147,
pl. ii. fig. 9 (1852); Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 148,
pl. ix. fig. 11 (1880).

Loc. Trengganu.

A single female, which I refer rather doubtfully to this species.
Dim. 17-5 x 12.

XXII. Genus Varuna M.-Edw.
41, VARUNA LITTERATA Fabr.
Cancer litteratus, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 342 (1798).
Varuna litterata, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 95 (1837) ;
Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 103 (1882).
Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

Two males and a female.
Die, (G HOD Scat GP PAD Sel. OD) ASE Bas.

XXIV. Genus Grarsus Lam.

42, GRAPSUS sTRIGOSUS Herbst.

Cancer strigosus, Herbst, Naturg. d. Krab. iii. p. 55, pl. xlvii.
fig. 7 (1799).

Grapsus strigosus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. ix. p. 286
(1873); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 97 (1882).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Five males and a female.

Dim. 6 49x43°5. $ 41x37. 6 805x228. ¢ 24x 21°5.
© 45x 40.

530 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE. [ Dee. 3,

XXV. Genus Mrropocrarsus M.-Edw.

43, MrropoGRAPsus MACULATUS M.-Edw.

Metopograpsus maculatus, M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) xx. p. 160
(1858); de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 145, pl. x. figs. 1-3 (1388).

Loe. Singora.

A single male, which accords in all points with Dr. de Man’s
description.

Dim. 27 x 22.

Width of front 18 mm.

XXVI. Gents SusaRMA Say.

44, SusARMA (SESARMA) LAFONDII Jacq. et Lucas.

Sesarma lafondii, Jacq. et Lue. Voy. Péle Sud, Crust. p. 70,
pl. vi. fig. 4 (Hombron et Jacq. t. iii.) (1853) ; de Man, Zool. Jahrb.
Syst. ii, p. 639 (1887). :

Loc. Singora.

A female.

Dim. 28 x 25.

45, SESARMA (PARASESARMA) QUADRATA Fabr.

Cancer quadratus, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 841 (1798).

Sesarma aspera, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 169 (1883).

Sesarma quadrata, id. Weber’s Zool. Erg. v. 2, p. 828 (1892) ;
id. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. ix. p. 182 (1897).

Loc. Trengganu.

One male and two females.

The pectinated ridges are less developed in the females, and
without black tips to the teeth. In the larger female, of which
only the right chelipede is present, the tubercles on the finger are
rather worn, and seem, in consequence, a little more confluent than
usual; they are 11-12 in number, the first two at the base of the
finger being very small. The carapace, moreover, in this individual
has a generally smoother aspect than in the other two, due to the
relative scantiness of the small hairs, notably on the fore part of
the carapace.

(N.B.—In regard to the wearing of the tubercles in the female,
compare de Man, Zool. Jahrb. ix. p. 183.)

Dim. S 16X12 2 16x 3320S alopeele

46, SpsaRMA (GEOSESARMA) MACULATA de Man.

Sesarma. maculata, de Man, Weber’s Zool. Erg. v. 2, p. 347,
pl. xxi. fig. 19 (1892).

Loc. Lacom.

Four males and two females, one of the latter with ova. I have
little to add to Dr. de Man’s very complete description. One of
the larger males only shows ten sharp tubercles on. the upper

1901.) CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 551

margin of the movable finger of the right side (that on the left
being absent); the other has only seven on each side. In the two
smaller males these tubercles are very indistinct, and I can only
discern stv or, perhaps, seven. In cases where these teeth number
less than ten, they occur on the proximal half, and cease at the
middle, of the finger.

Dr. de Man has noted the presence of fewer tubercles in the
female, and the two females here present accord with this feature.
Further [I note that the dark spots described as occurring on the
chelipedes are present also on the abdomen and uncovered surface
of the sternum; in the female they even extend, on the sternum,
a little way under cover of the abdomen.

As regards the ova, I am able to confirm Dr. de Man’s reference
of the species to his subgenus Greosesarma; the eggs are few in
number (30-40) and rather large, being a trifle more than 1 mm. in
diameter. They tend to a coloration such that one hemisphere is
white, the other brown.

Nipe 6s Wess ess ey MOS MOS | DS Ts) OSC G,
@ with ova 11x 11:25. 9 975K 9-75.

XXVII. Genus PINNOTHERES.

47, PINNOTHERES socius. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 3.)

Cf. Pinnotheres cardi, Birger, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. viii. p. 367,
pl. ix. fig. 4, pl. x. fig. 4 (1895). ;

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

One female with ova.

I find the following note in the botile with this specimen:
“This little crab was found inside the infra-branchial chamber of
a bivalve, the mantle of which fuses in the mid-ventral line.”

Cephalothorax, chelipedes, and legs in all respects as in P. cardu,
except that the posterior border of the cephalothorax is faintly
hollowed. But the external maxillipedes differ in (a) their much
narrower meral joint and (6) the hollowing of the distal extremity
of the propodus (vide fig. 3).

XXVIII. Genus Matuta Fabr.

48. Matoura victrix Fabr.

Matuta victor, Faby. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 369 (1798).

Matuta victriv, Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. i. p. 248,
pl. xxxix. figs. 1-3 (1877).

Matuta victor, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixy. 2, p. 160
(1896).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Fourteen males and eleven females.

Of the males, one (dim. = 29:5 x27) shows the female cha-
racteristic pointed out by Major Alcock (¢. ¢.), viz. a more

dnd

552 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [Dec. 3,

prominent ridging in the case of the second than of the third
segment of the abdomen. One female carries a stalked cirripede,
of the genus Dicheluspis, on the carapace just behind the front.

Dim. § 49x45. of 435x40. ¢ 39x36. 6 39x36.
$ 85x 32:5. $6 295x227. 935x32°25. 935x325. 933:5~x
Seo) S30 285 2129 eZ ie.) 22 le

49, Matrura BAnKsi1 Leach.

Matuta banksti, Leach, Zool. Mise. iii. p. 14 (1817); Miers,
Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. i. p. 245, pl. xl. figs. 1-2 (1877); Lan-
chester, P. Z.S. 1900, p. 762.

Matuta picta, Hess. Arch. f. Naturg. xxxi. p. 158 (1865).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Seven males and nine females.

I have already (¢. ¢. supra) noted the absence, in some females
of this species from Malacca, of the crimson patches on the 1st,
2nd, and 4th pairs of ambulatory legs. Here, too, they are
absent in the females; but yellow patches, more or less distinct,
may be seen in the same positions ; so that it seems possible that
the crimson coloration fades in spirit more readily, for some
reason, in the females than in the males. One of the females
shows the reticulate markings, characteristic of MW. picta Hess.,
very clearly; there is a slight tendency in another female and a male
to reticulation anteriorly. The strongly reticulated female has
the six tubercles on the carapace more rounded and obscure; the
others, too, show variation in a similar direction of this character.

The front I should still describe (vide t. ¢.) as distinctly emar-
ginate.

Major Alcock has identified MM. picta, in his synonymy of
M. banksii, with the latter species (J. A. 8. B. Ixv. 2, p. 158).
Dr. de Man (Notes Leyd. Mus. ii. 1881, p. 116) has noted the
close similarity of the two species, apart from their coloration,
and has further mentioned the still closer similarity of female
M. picta with female M. banksit; and Dr. Nobili considers M. picta
as a variety of M. banksii (Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova,
xx. p. 251, 1899).

From what these authors have remarked with respect to the
markings of the carapace, it is evident that they are variable—
simple spots, groups of two or three spots, spots arranged in curved
lines, and so to definite reticulations. And the crimson patches
on the legs, which seem to be characteristic of M. banksii, are
also variable, the variation, however, being apparently corifined
to the females, and perhaps not extending further than a relatively
readier solubility of the pigment under certain conditions—that,
at least, isas far as the evidence goes. I do not know how far
the sharpness or obtuseness of the fourth spine on the outer ridge
of the hand is a definite character (vide de Man, ¢. c. p. 116 and
p. 120); but the relative length of this spine to the second, and
consequently its own relative obtuseness, is distinctly different
in the different individuals of this series.

1901.) CRUSTACHA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 553

For these reasons, then, I have included J. picta under MW. banksiv,
following Major Alcock and Dr. Nobili.

I should add that there is a marked tendency of the epibran-
chial spines in these specimens to be bent slightly backwards in
their outer third.

Dim. § 37x36. 6 35x34. ¢ 35x3375. 6 3433-5.
3 31x 29°75. 3 30°5 x 29°75. 2 31x30. 2 31x 29:5.
@ 29x28. 2 28x27. 9 26°75x25°5. 919x185,

XXIX. Genus Dortipre Latr.

50. DoriprE poRSIPES Linn.

Cancer dorsipes, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) i. 2, p. 1053 (1766).

Dorippe quadridens, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 121, pl. xxxi.
fig. 3 (1839).

Dorippe dorsipes, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixv. 2, p. 277
(1896).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Two males and a female.
Dim. 6:24 «215; Ss 2ESx 22°75. “2 16x15:

51. Dortprr FaccHIno Herbst.

Cancer facchino, Herbst, Naturg. d. Krab. i. 6, p. 190, pl. xi.
fig. 68 (1785).

Dorippe sima, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 157, pl. xx.
fig. 11 (1887).

Dorippe facchino, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixv. 2, p. 278
(1896); Lanch. P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 768.

Loc. Patani.

A small male.

This individual bears a small anemone on its back with a bi-
valve shell and ? Gastropod operculum interposed (cf. Lanch. t. ¢.
p- 769).

Dim. 11x 8°5.

XXX. Genus Squrina Fabr.
52. SQUILLA RAPHIDEA Fabr.
Squilla raphidea, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 416 (1798).
Squilla harpav, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 222, pl. li. fig. 1
(1839).

Singora ; Kota Bharu.
Two males; length 10 in. and 6 in.

53. SQUILLA NEPA Latr.

Squilla nepa, Latr. Encyel. Méth. x. p. 471 (1825); Miers, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 25 (1880).

Patani; Trengganu; Kota Bharu.

Numerous examples, from 3-4 in. in length.

504 MR, W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dee. 3,

d+, SQUILLA scorPrIo Latr.

Squilla scorpio, Latr. Encycl. Meth. x. p. 471 (1825).
Patani ? or Trengganu ?

A male and a female; length about 3 in.

XXXI. Genus Lystosgurnia Dana.

55. LyYsIosQUILLA SPINOSA W.-Mason.

Lysiosquilla spinosa, W.-Mason, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,
p- 222 (1875); Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 12, pl. i.
figs. 10-12 (1880).

Squilla indefensa, Kirk, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 466
(1878).

Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Five young specimens ; length about ? in.

These sinall individuals seem to belong to this species; the form
of the telson is quite in accordance with Mr. Miers’s description.
There are from twelve to fourteen spines on the dactyls of the
raptorial claws ; and a minute spine on the posterior part of the
base of each of the last three thoracic legs.

Exposed thoracic and abdominal segments suffused with rosy-red,
ageregated on the posterior segment into minute red spots;
raptorial limbs with black spots; body with black spots, lying
superficially to the red coloration and tending to mass at the
postero-lateral angles of the abdomen ; they form, in particular,
two conspicuous black marks on the telson just over the sub-
median marginal spines. The gut appears through the body-wall,
in three individuals, as a median black line.

XXXII. Genus Cunoripenta Miers.

56. CHLORIDELLA CHLORIDA Brooks.

Squilla chlorida, Brooks, ‘ Challenger ’ Stomatopoda, p. 40, pl. ii.
figs. 1-5 (1886).

Kelantan.

A male; length about 3 in.

I note the presence in this specimen of submedian carine on all
the abdominal segments, fainter on the front segments than on
those behind, those of the sixth ending in a small sharp spine; the
inner margin of the inner spine of the ventral prolongation of the
uropods carries seven, instead of four or five, spines ; the tubercles
on the telson are clearly arranged in three curved rows on each
side of the dorsal median carina; the carapace bears a very faint
median carina. I will also add that the penultimate joint of the
exopodite of the uropods bears on its outer margin seven strongly
curved spines, of which the most distal is about twice as long as
the others.

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 5d0

XXXIII. Genus Gonopacrytus Latr.

57. GONODACTYLUS CHIRAGRA Fabr.

Squilla chiragra, Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 513 (1793).

Gonodactylus chiragra, Latr. Enevel. Méth. x. p. 473 (1825) ;
ee Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 118 (1880) ; Borradaile,
P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 34.

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang; Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

A male and two females from Palau Bidan; four males and
seven females from Kelantan. A single male of the var. smithi
Pocock from Kelantan.

Although the general colour of the latter has been much darkened
by the formol in which these specimens were preserved, it is stall
quite possible to discern the five dark spots on the sides of the
abdomen that Borradaile has ae in his examples of var. smithiv.

Length: ¢ 2jin., 9 4% in., Q 2] in., the smaller examples
ranging from 3 to 1 in.

58. GONODACTYLUS CULTRIFER White.

Gonodactylus cultrifer, White, P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 96 (Annulosa),
pl. xvi. fig. 1; Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 117 (1880).

Loc. Kota Bharn, Kelantan.

A male without the raptorial limbs. Length 43 in

I may note that the rostrum does not nearly reach the base of
the eye-peduncles as it appears to do in White’s figure. Further,
the number of spines on the outer edge of the penultimate joint
of the exopodite of the uropods is eight ; White’s figure represents
eight only, but both he and Mr. Miers give the number as nine in
the text.

The submedian spines of the telson consist of a short, fixed, basal
portion bearing a slightly longer movable spine.

XXXIV. Genus Grpriopsis A. M.-Edw.

59. GEBIOPSIS INTERMEDIA de Man.

Gebopsis intermedia, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 256 (1888).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Numerous examples ; ranging from 42 mm. in length down-
wards. The long hairs on the lower margins of the ieropodites
of the first two pairs of legs would appear to act as a sifting
(? sensory and selecting) apparatus for food; for if these legs Be
thrust somewhat forwards and at the same time flexed upw ards at
the mero-carpal joint, these hairs will be found to form a complete
guard to the buccal cavity.

XXXV. Genus CALLIANASSA,

60. CALLIANASSA SECURA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 2.)
Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

556 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec.3,

A female.

This species is closely related to O. pachydactyla A. M.-Edw.
(cf. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. vi. p. 86, pl. i. tig. 1), while presenting
at the same time several differences which clearly mark it off as a
distinct species. It resembles that species chiefly by the extreme
shortness of the carpal joint in the Ist pair, and the general
smoothness of surface in that pair, and, as well, in the fairly
strong development of the telson; but differs notably in the fact
that the external maxillipedes are even more pediform, and that the
merus of the Ist pair is quite unarmed, no trace of denticulation
being found anywhere on the leg.

The rostrum and eyes are as in C. pachydactyla, though the point
of the rostrum appears blunter in our species.

The eyes reach beyond the middle of the 1st antennular joint ;
the 3rd joint of the antennular peduncles is barely twice as long as
the 2nd, and their flagella 2-3 times as long as the 3rd joint and
about two-thirds the length of the carapace.

In the antennal peduncles, the 3rd joint is twice as long as the
2nd, and the latter twice as long as the Ist; the flagellum is a
little longer than the carapace. ‘The 3rd maxillipedes are pediform,
the carpal joint alone being slightly dilated; the ischium is
regularly and evenly denticulated on its inner edge ; the denti-
culations being very small and best seen with a lens.

The larger chelipede is entirely smooth, except for a well-marked
line of hairs on the inner upper edge of the hand and dactyl, a few
more scattered hairs on their under edge and outer surface, the
coarse denticulation of the fingers, on each of which one tooth is
more prominent than the rest, anda very short, bluntly 3-toothed,
forwardly directed ridge on the under distal angle of the carpus.
The ischium and merus are the same length (4 min.); the ischium
long and narrow, the merus broad and swollen, with a very blunt,
but still distinct, ridge on its outer surface. The carpus is much
shorter than the palm (carpus 1°75-2 mm., palm 5 mm.), but of
nearly the same depth vertically, = 3 mm.; the fingers are a littie
shorter than the palm, = 4 mm. _ In the smaller chelipede, which
is longer and slender, the carpus is 3 mm. long, the palm 4 mm.,
and the fingers 2 mm.; this appendage also is quite smooth. The
2nd pair areas in OC. pachydactyla ; in the 3rd pair, however, the
posterior edge of the propodite is not scooped out as in that species,
rather the joint is barrel-shaped (see fig. 2).

Of the abdominal segments, the Ist is the shortest, the 2nd and
3rd the longest, equal or nearly so, the 4th, 5th, and 6th a little
shorter than those preceding ; the telson is the same length as the
1st abdominal segment, rounded and smooth above, and somewhat
shorter than the uropods, the inner joints of which bear a longi-
tudinal ridge down the middle of their upper surfaces.

From (©. amboinensis de Man (cf. Arch. f. Naturg. li. i. p. 480,
pl. xx. fig. 4), which is, egain, a closely allied species, C. secura
differs: (@)in its much shorter carpus; (6)in the much shorter 3rd
joint of the antennular peduncle ; (¢) in the ridged surface of the

1901. ] CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” DDT

inner uropodal joint. It resembles it in the general smoothness of
the chelipedes, the length of the telson, and apparently the shape
of the propodite of the 3rd pair of legs (¢. c. p. 482, “ Das vorletzte
Ghed des dritten Fusspaarer ist oval.”)

Length of animal 31:5 mm.; length of carapace 7°25 mm.

XXXVI. Genus Arcrus Dana.

61. ARCTUS TUBERCULALUS Sp. Bate.

Arctus tuberculatus, Sp. Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 70,
pl. x. figs. 1-2 (1888).

Loe. Kelantan.

A male and a female, quite agreeing in general with the original
description and figure ; but the following points may be noted :—
The tubercle on the 3rd abdominal segment is not quite so clearly
separated from its base as it is in Spence Bate’s figure; the coxal
plates of abdominal segments 3-5 bear a low ridge, lying trans-
versely to the long axis of the body—this is found down the middle
of the plate in segment 5, but in the anterior half in segments 3-4,
and divides an anterior smooth from a posterior, short-hairy,
surface. The smooth anterior surface plays under the posterior
surface of the preceding segment, and the ridge determines the limit
within which this play is possible in coinplete flexion of the tail.
In the 2nd abdominal segment this ridge is represented by a short
line of low tubercles, and the whole surface is hairy.

XXXVII. Genus THENus Leach.
62. THENUS ORIENTALIS Fabr.

Seyllarus orventalis, Fabry. Eut. Syst., Suppl. p. 599 (1798) ;
Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 286 (1837). :

Loc. Kelantan; Trengganu.

Two males and a female; all three are infested with a stalked
Cirripede on the mouth-parts, notably on the exopodites of the 2nd
maxillipedes. This Cirripede belongs to the genus Dichelaspis, and
will be described, as a new species of that genus, in the second
part of this paper.

Length: g¢ 1384 mm., ¢ 120 mm., 2 104 mm.

XXXVIII. Genus Szunex Pfeffer.

63. SENEX ORNATUS Fabr., var. nov. LEVIS.

Cf. Senex ornatus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. p. 34 (1892).

Loe. Singora.

One full-erow n male, just over 1 foot in length.

Although undoubtedly referable to this species, this specimen
presents such well-marked differences that I have thought it worth
while detailing them and attaching a varietal name thereto, The
amount of variation in the species of this genus. is evidently very

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. Il. No. XXXVIL:° 37

008 MR, W.F. LANCHESTER ON THN. (Dee: 3,
considerable, aud it is therefore difficult to satisfactorily determine
the value of differences such as occur, as in the present instance,
in a single individual. But where the points of difference are as
distinctive as they are here, it does seem to me justifiable to put
forward a provisional name, rather as an expression of the
occurrence of such variations, than as a definite opinion on the
constancy of these variations. or, after having served the purpose
of calling the attention of future systematists to the variation
noted, the name may readily be dropped or retained according to
the results arrived at by the study of more ample material.

Most noticeable, then, in this specimen is the smoothness of the
carapace, a smoothness due to the general absence of teeth thereon ;
such teeth as are present are placed as tollows :—Two large supra-
orbitals, each with a smaller tooth, about one-quarter the size, close
behind at the base; behind these again are six teeth, quite rudi-
mentary, forming the angular points of three contiguous transverse
squares on the slightly swollen gastric region, Four transverse
teeth, just behind the broad and deep cervical suture, in pairs,
i. €. two close together on each side. ‘Two strong teeth, one-third
size of supraorbitals, on the anterior margin of the carapace on
each side, above and below the attachment of the first antenne ;
behind the lower of these there is a small tooth on the carapace,
and behind and above the upper of these, and a little further
back on the carapace, another small tooth, Posterior to these
is an oblique furrow formed by a lateral extension of the cervical
suture, which is continued downwards and then forwards to a point
just below the antero-lateral angle of the carapace, and is here
very deep. On the oblique posterior border of this furrow may be
seen two small teeth some distance apart.

The abdominal segments are quite smooth, except for some
strong puncte, the first segment only bears a furrow, broad and
shallow, with faint traces of hairs. The telson is marked, as
customary in the group, with thick longitudinal ridgings, like the
rays of a fish’s fin, in its distal two-thirds; anterior to this are
many small horny spinules arranged in the are of a circle, the
circumferential portion of which is delimited by a white line. The
uropods are armed with horny spinules on the posterior margin of
thei proximal joints; and small closely-set horny spinules are
vanged also along the posterior margin of the sixth abdominal
segment,

As regards the colour (in formol) it may be noted that the
veneral basis is white, on the carapace, with regular brown patches,
which are again marbled with white. Down the middle aud on
each side the white basis forms three distinct white stripes ; these
are parallel and do not form a W as in 8S. demant Borvad. (vide
Willey’s Zool. Res. iv. p. 418, and 8. polyphagus Ortmann, Semon’s
Forschungsreise,’ vy. p. 19). The general basis of the abdomen isa
somewhat deeper white; the furrow of the first segment is brown
marbled with white; the hind borders of segments 1-4 have a
broad brown band with two narrow white bands which are nearly

1901. ] CRUSTACEA OF THR “‘ SKEA’ EXPEDIVION.” 559

rectilinear; on segments 5-6 there is only one white band, which
in the latter is convex to the hind margin in the middle line. The
legs are longitudinally striped with white.

This individual presents all the characteristics of S. ornatus as
defined by Dr. Ortmann (1. ¢.); the points of difference may be
grouped under three headings :—

a. The small number of spines on the carapace.

6. The coloration, 7% ¢, the three distinct white bands,
running longitudinally on the carapace and parallel to each other.
Here, too, I may note that the coloration of the abdomen and
legs is that of S. fasciatus de Haan, but the number of teeth on
the antennal segment is that of S. ornatus, viz. four.

c. A point [ have not mentioned above, viz., that the inner
antenne exceed the outer considerably in length, namely, by the
last joint and one-third of the penultimate joint. In regard to this,
Dr. Ortmann says: ‘Stiele der inneren Antennen etwas linger oder
so lang wie die der aiisseren.”

XXXIX. Genus Arya.

64. Arya anmara A, M.-Edvw.

Atya armata, A. M.-Edw. Ann. Soe. Entom. France, (4) iv.
p. 149 (1864); Lanchester, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 262
(1900).

Atya moluccensis, de Man, Weber's Zool. Hrgebu. p. 357, pl. xxi.
fig. 20 (1892).

Loc. Selama River, Perak. An adult male.

Belimbing. Three males and three females, all young.

The young forms agree entirely with the description given by
Dr. de Man (. ¢. p 358) ; but the adult presents points of
difference, in evan to the spines on the last three legs, from the
individual examined by Dr. de Man. Inthe 3rd pair, the merus
of the right (larger) leg only bears a blunt tubercle near the
carpal joint, and the carpus bears on its under surface a much
sinaller tubercle, which, in flexion, nearly meets that on the merus.
In the 4th pair, the merus of the right leg bears only one spine
instead of two, and the carpus one. The left leg has one on the
merus, none on the carpus. The 5th pair are as described by
Dr. de Man.

The teeth on the under surface of the rostrum number as
follows :—

Adult 3 9.

Wma gy WO, We Ube Oe) he) I).

The length of the adult is 81 mm.; the young specimens range
between 57 mm. to 47 mm.

XL. Genus Caripiya.
65. CARIDINA MULTIDENTATA Stimpson.

Caridina multidentata, Stm. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sei. Philad. 05 28)
7
Od

560 MR. W. F, LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 3,

(1860); de Man, Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. p. 380, pl. xxi. fig. 26
(1892).

Loc. aii

A single female with ova; length 16 mm.

Of the teeth on the upper edge of the rostrum in this specimen,
only the proximal eight and distal three are clearly separate, the
intermediate teeth being represented by a rather ill-defined
serrated ridge; on the under edge are nine distinct teeth. The
whole rostrum is slightly curved downwards, and the tip is abrupt
and blunt. The eggs moderately large, about 1 mm. in length and
oval.

66. CARIDINA wycxit Hickson.

Caridina wyckti, Hickson, Anu. Mag. Nat. Hist. p. 357, pls. xin.—
xiv. (1888); de Man, Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. p. 386, pl. xxiv.
fig. 29 (1892).

Loc. River Petwi, Tale Sap.

Two specimens, very damaged, one without antenne, eyes, and
only one or two pereiopods, the other without pereiopods.

These two individuals seem to belong pretty certainly to this
species, though their mutilated condition causes some ditticulty i
deciding their identity.

The rostrum reaches nearly to the end of the antennary plates ;
its proximal portion is straight, its distal portion deflexed, rising
again at the tip; above are 15 small forwardly inclined teeth, of
which to or three are on the carapace, while the 15th stops short
of the tip by a considerable interval which is unarmed; the tip
itself is markedly bifid, and the under edge bears 6 teeth. Anten-
nary peduncle barely reaching the middle of scaphocerite; the
antennary tooth double, the lower portion being more prominent
and spiniform. The carpus of the 2nd leg is much longer than
broad and a little longer than the hand; the other legs are unfor-
tunately broken at the carpus. The telson appears to have only
four spines on its hinder edge, of which the two outer are much
smaller than the two inner.

67. CARIDINA GRACILLIMA sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1.)

Cf. Caridina grucilirostris, de Man, Weber's Zool. Ergebu.
p. 399, pl. xxv. fig. 31 (1892).

Loc. Inland sea near Singora. 250-300 individuals, mostly
females with ova.

In regard to the locality it is necessary to add that the label in
this instance was almost undecipherable, sufticient indications alone
remaining to show that the specimens came from either Tale Sap
or Tale Nawi. Tale Sap is an inland sea just above the town of
Singora, ‘Tale Nawi a lake at the head of Tale Sap, and connected
with the latter by a small strait. As regards the salinity of the
water, Mr. Laidlaw informed me that Tale Nawiis quite sweet,

1901. ] CRUSIACEA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 561

but that Tale Sap, though quite or nearly sweet at its head, increases
gradually in salinity towards the mouth, where it is quite salt. In
view of the differences between this species and Car. gracilirostiis
it is peculiarly unfortunate that the exact record of the locality
should have become, by mischance, obliterated.

The only distinction between this species and Car. gracilirostiis
is found in the rostrum (and, in a small degree, in the telson and
1st two pairs of legs). ‘The structure and relations of antennules,
antenne, maxillipedes, and legs are the same as in C. gracilirostris,
save only that the 1st pair reach, not to the end of the penultimate
joint of the antenne, but barely to the middle of that joint, and
similarly the 2nd pair reach barely beyond the end of the penulti-
mate joint instead of nearly to the end of the last joint. The
telson again, though exactly similar in all other points, presents
only four pairs of teeth on the upper surface, not five or six.

The rostrum, however, is markedly different. Dr. Nobili has
recently described (Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genoy. xx. p. 477,
1900) a new species, C. modiglianii, and the rostrum in our species
appears intermediate between those of this latter species and
C. gracilirostris. The number of the teeth on the upper margin
is nearly the same as in C. gracilirostris, viz. 6-9; these teeth are,
however, not nearly so widely separate distally, though the most
distal tooth is sometimes placed at a considerable distance from
the rest. At the same time the interspaces do increase distally,
probably more than in CO. modigliani (‘sono fitti e avvicinati nella
mia nuova specie”). The number of the teeth on the lower edge
approaches that of Dr. Nobili’s species, ranging from 12-23 as
extremes, 16-18, however, being the most common number; in
Dr. Nobili’s single specimen they numbered 17. As in his species,
too, the proximal teeth are better defined than the distal. The ros-
trum also agrees with those in both these species in being slender
and upwardly curved towards the tip; the amount of this curve,
however, varies from nearly straight to a strong upward bend.
The tip bears mostly a small tooth that gives it a bifid appearance ;
in a few cases, however, there are tivo such teeth, making it trifid.

But it is in the length of the rostrum that this variety shows its
distinctness, as the following table will show :—

Rostrum. Carapace.
mim. mim,
Ob GfROGH IPOS AMOS 915.010.6066 00.0% 8 +
On modig anil a) nt 7 4
ONgracilima eae eee 3-6 “of

That is, although in a few cases it exceeds the carapace by half
its length only (instead of being double, or nearly so, the length
of the carapace), it generally exceeds it by only one-quarter, or
equals it; while in a few cases yet it even falls short of it. I give
measurements (p. 562), taken from twenty-one individuals picked
out at random, together with the number of rostral teeth.

These resemblances and differences are, within the limits of

MR. W. TF. VANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 3,

Table of measurements in nullimetres.

Rostral Length with Length of Length of
formula. rostrum. rostrum. carapace.

9+1 =
= D4 5 4
2 22 4 4

15
7+1 2

a 21 5 4
8+1 5 re Dy
10 19:5 a) 35
8+1

= 25 6
6-+1 sf i
19 21-5 4 3-5
i+] i S
7 23°5 + Se
6+1 e
a 20 4 $5
8+1 Ri
7 90 4-25 B25
9-41

7 19°5 4 oa)
6+ 1 = — =
Tas 22:25 4:25 3°7é
8+] iis =

13 20°5 + 35
T+]

6 20°5 4:5 3:5
OspH

- 18:5 4 3
T+1
23 21:5 D 3°5
8+1

14 16 2°5 25
T+1

30 AS 4
Cao! 8
718 5°25 45
d+ 1

14 4 a
d+1
we 3 4
(Gil ‘

1? 3 3)

Proportions of joints in first two parrs.

Ist leg. 2nd leg.
Ischium 2. Ischium 3.
Merus 4°25-—4°5. Merus 4.
Darpus 3. Carpus 5.
Hand 2:25. Hand 2.

Fingers 2°65. Fingers 2°5,

1901. ] CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 5H3

variation I have indicated, quite constant in the numerous speci-
mens under review. The typical specimens of Dr. de Man’s species
were obtained from a tidal river at Balangnipa in Celebes; other
typical specimens were also obtained from brackish water in
Sumatra, and from fresh water at Maros in Celebes, and Pampanua
in Celebes. [Fifteen young individuals from the river Lapa-lupa in
Celebes agree with the present form in the number of teeth=
5-7) 3

Ss but “Sie Stimmen, was Form und Liinge des Rostrums

betrifft, mit den von Balangnipa tiberein,” 7.¢. typical; so, too, with
a young specimen froin Mbawa in Flores, with formula = The
number here seems to vary with age; the relative length of the
rostrum seems to be characteristic. In view of this latter fact, and
in view of the fact that Dr. de Man had specimens from both
brackish and fresh water which agree in this particular character,
in view, moreover, of the fact that the nature of the water in the
present case is uncertain, it seems necessary to dismiss the possi-
bility that this form is a variety of C. gracilirostris, characterized
by a rostrum shortened through relation to a somewhat different
environment, and to regard it as a distinct species, closely allied to
C. gracilirostris, but differing in (a) a shorter rostrum, with a conse-
quent diminishing of the lower row of teeth; (6) a fewer number
of teeth on the dorsum of the telson ; and (¢) having the legs of
the Ist and 2nd pair relatively slightly shorter.

XLI. Genus HrppotysMara Stimpson.

68, HIPPOLYSMATA VITTATA Stimpson.

Hippolysmata vittata, Stm. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sei. Philad. p. 26
(1860); de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. li. i. p. 494 (1887).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Five males and six females, length from 25 mm. to 10 mm.
The rostral teeth are evidently very variable in this species. I
give the formula in each case; in all but one the first tooth on the
carapace is separated from the second by a distance double that
between the other teeth, but in that one (a female with ova) all
the teeth are equidistant.

Somos, 7 6
Rostral formule (== nae 3? 3’ z Z = Pe i 3 S

XLII. Genus ALPHEUS.

69, ALPHEUS LOBIDENS de Haan.

Alpheus lobidens, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 179 (1839) ; Ortmann,
Zool. Jahrb. v. p. 474, pl. xxxvi. fig. 13 (1891).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang; Kelantan. Sixteen individuals from
Pulau Bidan, three from Kelantan.

Length from 67 mm.

564 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE (Deere:

70. ALPHHUS PARVIROSTRIS Dana.

Alpheus parvirosiris, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. p. 551,
pl. xxxv. fig. 3 (1852); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v. p. 483 (1891).

Loc, Great Redangs.

One small female with ova, length 14 mm.
?

71. ALPHHUS ACANTHOMERUS Ortmann, var. INERMIS noy.

Cf. Alpheus acanthomerus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. y. p. 474,
pl. xxxvi. fig. 12 (1891); Coutiere, Notes Leyd. Mus. xix. p. 202
(1899).

Hoc. Kelantan. Four females, three with ova.

These specimens present all the characters of Dr. Ortmann’s
species, except one, which is the presence (in the species) of a
spine at the distal and inner under angle of the merus of the Ist
pair. This spine is absent in the only one of these specimens in
which the legs are present, and the difference is so marked that it
seems necessary to regard it as probably varietal. In this respect
it resembles A. hippothoe de Man; but may be easily distinguished
from that species by the different proportions of the carpal joints
of the 2nd pair, and by the presence of a small pleurobranch above
the arthrobranch of the 8rd maxillipede (cf. Coutiére l. ¢.). The
outer surface of the hand of the large chelipede is smooth, but
the inner surface is slightly granulated, with longish, somewhat
scattered hairs.

Length: 9 19mm., 9 15 mm., 2 138 mm., 9 12 mm.

72. ALPHEUS crintrus Dana.

Alpheus cromtus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. p. 548, pl. xxxiv.
fig. 8 (1852); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v. p. 479 (1891).

Loe. ? A male; length 16°5 mm.

This specimen is without legs, but the same bottle contains also
a single large chelipede and two small chelipedes. The spine on
the under edge of the merus is situated at the iniddle of that edge
and not at the distal angle.

XLUTI. Genus Automate de Man.

73. AUTOMATE DOLICHOGNATHA de Man, (Plate XXXIV. fig. 3.)

Automate dolichognatha, de Man, Arch, f. Naturg. liii. i. p. 529,
pl. xxii. fig. 5 (1887).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A single small example; length 20 mm.

In the same tube with this specimen are a pair of chelipedes
which I have little doubt belong to it. They conform to the
Alpheid type, and present no remarkable features; but, as they
were wanting in Dr. de Man’s single specimen, I append a brief
description and figure. They are unequal in size; the ischium,
merus, and carpus generally similar in both (for differences vide
figs. 3, 3a), quite smooth; ischium and carpus equal in length,

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘* SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 565

merus one and a quarter times the length of these joints. Carpus
and merus each with a blunt tooth on the lower margins. The
hands, too, are generally similar, but that of the smaller chelipede
is more narrowed distally, owing to the greater obliquity of its
lower margin; the fingers of both are short, but the dactyl of the
larger hand is more curved than that of the smaller; a few scattered
longish hairs are found on the fingers of both hands. The outer
and inner surfaces of both carpi and propodi have a brownish-red
basis of colouring (in formol) with white blotches or spots, the
white parts appearing under a lens rather as an incrustation on
the general surface.

XLIV. Genus Ancuistus Borradaile.

74. ANCHISTUS INERMIS Miers.

Harpilus tnermis, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crustacea, p. 291, pl. xxxii.
fig. B (1884).

Anchistus mermis, Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 887
(1898)

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A female with ova; length 24mm. A note in the bottle with

this specimen states that it was taken from the infra-branchial
chamber of a large Gastropod.

XLV. Genus Patn@zMon Fabr.
75. PaLtm@Mon carcinus Fabr.

Palemon carcinus, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 404 (1798);
Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vy. p. 700 (1891).

Loc. Singora, twelve males, ranging from 150 mm. in length.
Kelantan, two males, length 90 mm.and73 mm. Tale Sap, a male,
length 104°5 mm.

P. carcinus, var. lamarrei. Loc. ?—A male of 43 mm. in length,
in which it is noticeable that the inner lateral spines of the telson
are longer than the tip of the telson itself. The tip is rounded,
and probably broken short at some period, but in any case the
lateral spines would be the same length as the tip. Carpus of 2nd
pair as long as hand; surface of 2nd pair smooth, punctate, with
short hair at intervals.

76. PALMMON EQUIDENS Dana. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 4.)

Palemon equidens, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. p. 591, pl. 39.
fig. 2 (1852); de Man, Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. p. 453, pl. xxvi.
fig. 36 (1892). |

Loc. Kelantan, two males; length 100 mm. and 78:5 mm.

The larger male exhibits what is possibly a deformity of the
fingers of the 2nd pair. The index of the right hand is broken off
near the tip, but shows the regular light concavity of the lower
border ; that of the left hand, however, is only two-thirds the
length of the dactyl and is moderately convew along its lower border,

566 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dee. +,
its tip overlapping the dactyl when the fingers are closed. In both
hands the dactyls are strongly bent—almost to a right angle—at
their tips. The fingers in the other male are normal, the tips being
slightly bent and just crossing.

The rostrum of the larger male is broken off near the carapace ;
that of the smaller bears 12 teeth above and 4 below: in both the
first four teeth lie on the carapace. The latter is thickly covered
with small spines. The tips of the fingers are (in formol) violet-
coloured.

77. PALEMON NIPPONENSIS de Haan.

Palemon nipponensis, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 171 (1839);
Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 713, pl. xlvnn. fie. 4 (1891).

Loc. Tale Sap.

Four adult males and two adult females ; ten young specimens.
Length from 37 mm. to 17 mm.

I have not seen specimens of the P. acanthurus Wiegmann
from Brazil and Haiti, but, to judge from the description of this
species, it is a form very closely allied to that of de Haan (vide
P. forceps, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. p. 397; v. Martens, Arch.
f. Naturg. xxxv. p. 28; and P. acanthurus, Ortmannn, t. ¢. p. 720).
In comparing the specimens here dealt with with the different
descriptions of the two species it appears that the chief specific
differences may be arranged under four heads, thus :—

P, acanthurus.
4-7 such teeth.

P. nipponensis.
i. 2-4 teeth on under edge of rostrum.

iil.

i. 2nd legs in adults with irregular

small teeth ; fingers hairy.

Telson with 2 lateral spines, of
which the inner is about 5-6 times
as long as outer; between the inner
spines 2 feathered hairs.

iv. Distr. Japan, China.

2nd legs in adults with small teeth
tending to be ranged in rows ;
fingers with thick pubescence.

Tnner lateral spines not more than
3 times as long as outer; between
these several non-feathered hairs..

Disir, Brazil, Haiti.

IT will take the first. three points in order in their relation to
these specimens; the distribution, of course, agrees with that
of P. nipponensis.
i. I give the tooth-formula of the rostrum in each case, giving
that of the adults first :—

Wg 1 OG Fel Gan Gaul
® two =, two 7 = 3 => <a three — » two qu
Th pe Bepll
Foret two maou

From these formule it may be seen that the number of teeth
on the under edge is variable as between the two species, and
does not form any specific criterion. It also appears, and this
does not seem to have been mentioned by earlier authors, that in
the younger individuals the full number of teeth on the upper

=-

1901.4] CRUSTACDA OF THE ‘* SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 567

edge is not always developed, there being an unarmed gap between
the tooth near the tip and a varying number proximally.

ii. Two of these individuals only show small teeth on the
2nd legs; in one they are irregular (? showing a tendency to
linear arrangement), in the other they are clearer and sharper,
and show an obvious arrangement in lines. In regard to this
point I quote from v. Martens (1. ¢.): “Scheeren..., Carpus...,
beide bei erwachsenen Exemplaren mit Dornen besetzt, welche
sich namentlich an der Beugeseite in einer regelmassige Lingsreihe
ordnen.” Also Ortmann (/. ¢.): ‘ bei deniibrigen ¢ werden die
Dornen immer kriiftiger und zeigen eine fiir diese Art charak-
teristische Anordnung in Liingsreihen.” Both these descriptions
refer to P. acanthurus,

Also the 2nd leg of this same individual is covered with a fine
pubescence, which is dense and thick round the fingers in a little
more than half of their proximal portion, a character recognized
in P. acanthurus.

Here, then, it may be noted that in one out of sixteen chance
individuals the 2nd leg presents the characters of that of
P. acanthurus.

I will add that in one of the larger examples and in all the
smaller the palm of the hands is slightly swollen.

ili. In all these specimens the inner lateral spines of the telson
are from 4-5 times the length of the outer, and are relatively
longer in the younger individuals. All the latter have two
feathered plumes; but in the adults there is this difference, that
the two biggest have six plumes, the two next in size four plumes.

T note here, then, that the inner lateral spines are generally as in
P. nipponensis, but perhaps a little shorter relatively to the outer.

P. nipponensis and P. acanthurus live in fresh water: these
particular individuals were captured in an inland sea, of which the
upper end, I am informed, is quite fresh, the lower brackish to
salt ; unfortunately there is no record as to the part of the sea in
which they were captured.

78. PaALZMON PILIMANUS de Man.

Palemon pilimanus, de Man, Notes Leyd. Mu: p. 181 (1879);
id. Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. p. 471, pls. xxvii. & xxvii. fig. 44 (1892);
Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 735, pl. xlvii. fir. 9 (1891).

Loc. Aring, Kelantan, ten individuals; Belimling River, one
male. Length from 44 mm. to 30 mm.

Rostral formule :—2 3 ee Ie rand | s).9 a 1 -¢ and 1 @

. ll 12
with ova =; the rest >.

In Dr. Ortmann’s figure of the telson the plumes between the
lateral spines are shown as being a little shorter than the inner
laterals; in these individuals they are longer, being in one
instance (= the largest male) nearly twice as long. ‘Three
specimens only possess the 2nd pair of legs; in two of these the

568 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 3,

fingers are longer than the palm, in the other the fingers are
shorter and the hand less compressed.

79. PAL&zMON SUNDAICUS Heller.

Palemon sundaicus, Heller, SB. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xlv. 1, p. 415
(1862); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 719 (1891); de Man,
Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. p. 437, pl. xxvi. fig. 35 (1892).

Loc. River Patalong.

A male and a female with ova. Length, ¢ 245 mm., 2? 28 mm.

The 2nd legs are quite smooth, without any signs of teeth even
at the base of the fingers.

80. PAL@MON LAMPROPUS de Man.

Palemon lampropus, de Man, Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. p. 493,
pl. xxix. fig. 49 (1892).

Loc. Arving, Kelantan.

A large female with ova; length 63 min.

A male, length 38 mm.; and a male, length 28 mm.

Some slight differences may be noted between these specimens
and the species as described (t. ¢. swpra). The rostrum in the
female has 13 teeth only above, 5 below; in the larger male 12
only above, 4 below; in the smaller male it is broken off at the
9th, but the Ist tooth is seen to be a little separate from the
rest. Moreover, while in the female the rostrum conforms to
Dr. de Man’s description in regard to its length, in the larger
male it reaches quite as far as the scaphocerites, and considerably
beyond the peduncle of the 1st antenne.

Of the legs, the 1st pair shows this difference, that the carpal
joint is quite twice as long, or even a little more than twice as
long, as the hand. Only the larger chelipede of the larger male
is present, and in this I note that the carpus equals the merus in
length, and bears, in addition to the spinules on the upper and
lower borders, a few similar spinules on its outer surface. There
is also considerable grooving of the carpus and hand in this
instance, but this, I have no doubt from its appearance, is due to
mechanical compression only. The under edges of the carpi of
the last 3 legs are armed with 10-12 spinules, of unequal size,
and somewhat widely separate.

81. PALMMON PAUCIDENS, sp.n. (Plate XX XIIT. fig. 4.)

Cf. Palemon idw (Heller), de Man, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. ix. p. 767
(1897); and P. cf. cde (Heller), Ortmann, Semon’s Forschungs-
reise, v. 1. p. 18 (1894),

Loc. Singora ; numerous individuals of both sexes.

This species is a small form, allied to P. ide Heller by the
relative shortness and the slightly raised upper margin of the
rostrum, by the greater length of the carpus of the 2nd pair
relatively to the merus and chela, and the shortness of the fingers
relatively to the palm.

The rostrum, however, bears fewer teeth above, and the actual

1901. } CRUSTACEA OF THD “ SKEAT BXPEDITION,”’ 569

relative proportions of the joints of the 2nd pair are notably
different.

The rostrum, then, is short and just reaches to the ends of the
antennal scales, or even falls a little short of them.

On its under edge it bears 3-4 teeth ; on its upper edge from
5-8 teeth, not including a very small tooth, which gives to the tip
a bifid appearance. In most cases the upper line of these teeth
is straight, but in a few cases it is markedly convex, owing to the
teeth that lie over the eyes (teeth 2-4) being raised above the level
of those before and behind them; and in yet other cases the upper
line is curved, but not nearly so markedly. I summarize these
characters in 50 individuals :—

Upper line Upper line Upper line very
straight. convex. moderately convex.
Siteethe 3). 1 specimen 1 specimen 0 specimen
= i ~
‘ ” 00:20 ; ‘ ” iv ” 2
Ome PRG. 3 PATE Wess Zien ss LN.
ORK. Wis siete Sryihiss 1 0

Thus it appears that out of 50 individuals, 23 have 6
teeth, 11 have 7 teeth, 9 have 5 teeth, and 2 have 8 teeth; so
that 6 teeth may be considered the normal number for the species,
but a number tending to vary on either side of the norm; and
similarly with the straightness of the upper line of the teeth, this
character, however, varying only on one side of the norm. The
outer maxillipedes reach beyond the antennal peduncles by the
last joint or nearly the last joint; the Ist pair of legs reach
beyond the scaphocerites (7. e. beyond the anterior angle of their
outer border) by the last joint, the 2nd pair by the last joint and
nearly half the carpus. ‘The carpus of the 2nd pair is thickened
at its distal articulation, and the proportions of the different
joints are as follows (in an individual 40 mm. long) :-—

Merus. Carpus. Paln. Fingers.
Right leg.... 5 mm. 7 mm. 3°25 mm. ’, 2:25 mm.
Wetileotnen a ue on one a 20 4, 225

99

The greater length of the carpus of the left side in this
specimen is, however, abnormal; in other specimens the pro-
portions are the same on both sides. The last three legs increase
in length from before backwards, the 4th pair reaching beyond the
3rd pair quite by the last joint, and the 5th pair reaching beyond
the 4th pair barely by the last jomt; the 5th pair, moreover,
exceed the scaphocerites by the last joint and a third of the
penultimate joint. All the legs are slender and quite smooth; the
fingers of the 2nd pair are unarmed.

The internal antenne are a little longer than the animal itself
(47 mm.) and about haif the length of the external antenne.
The telson ends in a sharp point, which is much shorter than the
internal of the two lateral teeth, the external of which is very
sinall.

570 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE - [ Dec. 3,

Dr. Ortmann (J. ¢. supra) has given a very brief description ot
a female, which he considers to be a young form of Heller’s species ;
and, from the description, I judge him to have been dealing with
a form the same as that here under consideration.

While not denying the possibility of this form being the young
of P. ide, 1 still think there is a strong probability that it is a
distinct species, on the ground of the following considerations.
There are, in this instance, quite 100 individuals before me, all
agreeing in the possession of characters distinct from those of the
adult P.idw; all were collected from the same locality, and there
are no specimens showing the size or characters of the adult
P. ide; moreover, in several instances, the females bear
numerous well-developed ova, these females ranging in length
from about 25-35 mm. These facts, indeed, are not sufficient to
create certainty ; I have at times noticed, for example, the com-
paratively small size of ova-bearing females in a species in which
a much greater size is the general adult condition, so that physio-
logical puberty may not necessarily indicate an arrival at the
morphological adult stage. But they do seem to point to a very
strong probability that we are dealing here with a distinct specific
form, and not merely with the young of an allied species.

XLVI. Genus Pen xvus.
82, PmN&US SHMISULCATUS de Haan.
Penwus semisuleatus, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 191, pl. xlvi. fig. 1
(1839); Ortmaun, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 450 (1891).
Loc. Patani, six males and one female. Kelantan, two males.
Singora, one male.
Length from 7:5 in. to 3°5 in.
2
Rostral formula in all but two 4; in these two, which are males,
vo
6
OY
Kelantan the rostrum is markedly deflected downwards at its
point, and does not curve up again as in those from Patani, The
ridge of the 6th abdominal segment is transversely notched just
behind the middle in one of these males.

; Bumige™ ;
one has formula 5, the other 5 In the two (smaller) males frem

83, Pun aus veLULINUS Dana.

Peneus velutinus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. p. 604,
pl. xl. fig. 4 (1852) ; Sp. Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 253,
pl. xxxiii. fig. 1 (1888); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 452,
pl. xxxvi. fig. 6 (1891).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A young male; length 41°5 mm.

Rostral formula S To the youth of this individual may perhaps

be ascribed the two following points :—Firstly, the crest on the
last four segments of the abdomen is very strong and blwit, that

1901. | CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKHAT EXPEDITION.” 571

part of it which lies on the first of these four segments being
grooved on its upper surface, those parts which lie on the last
three ending each in a very distinct tooth. Secondly, there are
only three lateral spines on the telson, of which the posterior two
are nearly three times as long as the first.

84. Penmus CANALICULATUS Olivier, var.? (Plate XXXIV.
fig. 5.)

Peneus canaliculatus, Oliv. Eneyel. Méth. vin. p. 660 (1807); Sp.
Bate, ‘ Challenger’ Macrura, p. 243, pl. xxxii. fig. 1 (1888).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Two females and a male. Length: ¢ 53 mm., 2 59 mm., @
50°35 mm.

The form of the petasma agrees with that of the species, but
the form of the thelycum differs from that of the species and of
the varieties figured by Spence Bate (¢. ¢. pl. xxxii. figs. 3 and 4).
The thelycum proper is nearly like that of the species, but there
is an additional plate between the 4th pair of legs and no plate
between the 3rd pair (cf. fig.5). I have not given a distinct name
to this form, as it has seemed to me that too little is known
about the thelycum, and its possibly seasonal varieties within
the same species, to justify the founding of a new variety on this
character.

The telson in these specimens is armed laterally with three
teeth, as in P. caramote Risso, and in the varieties japonicus and
australiensis Spence Bate; but the absence of a strong spine on the
3rd pair of legs distinguishes it from P. caramote, and the form of
the thelycum from Spence Bate’s varieties.

85, Penaus BREVICORNIS M.-Edw.

Pencus brevicornis, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 417 (1837);
Sp. Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) viii. p. 180, pl. xi. fig. 2
(1881).

Loc. Patani. A female; length 70 mm.

86, Punzus sp.? (Plate XXXIV. fig. 7.)

Loc. Patani.

A male, of 56 min, length, whose specitic position I cannot
determine with any certainty; for, though agreeing remarkably
with the last species (P. brevicornis), it still presents two features
which would seem sufficient to separate it from the latter. Its
general form and the shape of the petasma, which agrees with the
figure given by Spence Bate of that of P. brevicornis (1. c. supra),
led me at first to regard it as belonging to that species, but a closer
examination showed the following notable distinctions :—(a) the
rostrum barely reaches the tips of the eyes, instead of being just
a little longer than these, and it is less raised in its proximal
portion over the base of the eye; (6) the peduncles of the anten-
nules reach to the ends of the antennal scales, and their flagella

572 MR. W. F, LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dee. 3,

are quite as long as the peduncles. In these respects it more
resembles the P. lysianassa de Man (Mergui Crust. p. 291), but
in that species the rostrum is even shorter, nor do the antennulary
peduncles reach the ends of the antennal scales; moreover, the
petasma, though somewhat similar, is still distinctly different.

87. PENmUS AFFINIS Sp. Bate.

Penwus affinis, Sp. Bate, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (5) viii. p. 179,
jolla sob, sie, © (Clickeull).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A female ; length 38 mm.

The apex, 2. ¢. anterior edge, of the heart-shaped thelycum in
this specimen is, as it were, frayed out into very minute teeth,
only visible under a lens.

88. PENmus MUTATUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 6.)

Cf. Penwus monoceros (Fabr.), de Man, Weber’s Zool. Ergebn.
p. 513, pl. xxix. fig. 54 (1892); and P. lysianassa, id. Mergui
Crust. p. 290, pl. xix. fig. 1 (1888).

Loe. ? A male and a female.

This species, although showing close affinities with Penceus
monoceios by its general structure, yet presents in the male certain
modifications (in the form of the petasma, 5th pair of legs, and
telson) that closely resemble similar modifications in P. lysianassa;
while the thelycum in the female, though very like that in P. mono-
ceros, yet again shows a modification in structure which, so far as
I know, has hitherto been described in only one other species.

In regard to its general structure it agrees, as I have said,
closely with P. monoceros, and the description given by Dr. de Man
(t.c. supra) for a female of that species applies equally well to
these two individuals ; with the exception that the legs are shorter,
so that the Ist pair reach barely to the ends of the eye-stalks (@. ¢.
the eyes not included), the 2nd pair reach only to the middle of
the scaphocerites, the 3rd only to the tip of the spine at the outer
distal angle of the scaphocerites, the 4th are as long as the Ist ;
the 5th, however, are longer than the 2nd by their last joint.

The petasma is remarkably like that in P. lysianassa, and so
peculiar that I refer to the figure for its structure ; it appears to
ditfer chiefly in the structure of its anterior surface, which, instead
of bearing {wo pairs of dentiform prominences, one at its base and
one at its distal extremity, bears one pair at the base directed
towards the ventral surface of the abdomen, and just above this
pair another pair of low, bluntly triangular, prominences directed
inwardly towards each other (vide fig. 6 5).

The thelyecum is shaped much as in P. monoceros (cf. de Man,
l. ¢. fig. 54a; Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v. pl. xxxvi. fig. 35),
with some slight differences best brought out by the figure.
But, in addition to this, there are also a pair of small plate-like
structures which abut against the outer sides of that grooved
part of the thelycum which extends forwards towards the

1901. ] ORUSTACEA OF THE “ SKHAT EXPEDITION.” 573

bases of the 4th pair of legs, which structures are formed as a
backwardly directed process of the cox of the 4th legs, and ane
freely movable with them, as opposed to the fixity of the thelycam
proper. A possibly (? and see below) analogous structure has
een described by Spence Bate (Chall. Macr. p. 247, pl. xxxii
fig. 4) in the var. japonicus of P. canaliculatus, as to which he says :
“A large thelycum....which extends forwards as far as the base
of the antepenultimate pair of pereiopoda, whence project two
large leaf-like appendages.” In this variety they are, however
very large and foliaceous, and so quite different in appearance to
the small plate-like structures in the present species ; moreover
Spence Bate adds the following remark to this description: “ They
appear to be connected with the internal organs by means of
foramina in the floor of the capsule, and have no connection what-
ever with the 5th pair of pereiopoda.” TI can find no trace of any
connection between the internal organs and this structure in the
present instance—the structure being, as I have said, freely
movable and apparently nothing more than an outgrowth of the
coxa of the 4th pair instead of the 3rd; its analogy, therefore, in
the two forms seems doubtful. :

XLVII. Genus Stcyonra M.-Edw.

89. SICYONIA LANCIFER Olivier.

Paleemon laneifer, Olivier, Encycl. Méth. vi. p. 664 (1807);
Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 453 (1891). é

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male; length 40 mm.

XLVIL. Genus Srenopuscunus Richters.

90, STENOPUSCULUS CRASSIMANUS. Richters.

Stenopusculus crassimanus, Richters, Beitr. z. Meeresfauna d. I.
Maurit. u. Seychellen, p. 168, pl. xvii. fig. 27 (1880); de Man,
Arch. f. Naturg. lil. i. p. 565 (1887).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male and four females (two with ova). Length from 12 mm.

Note on the Genus Acteopsis Lanchester.
(Vide P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 741.)

Tn this note I have corrections to make in regard to both species
and genus; and I will take the species first.

I. In the paper cited above I referred the specimens on which
this genus was founded to a form that Mr. Borradaile was de-
scribing at the same time under the name Carpilodes pallidus. In
doing this I erred, for the two forms are quite distinct, as may
be readily seen on comparing the two figures (2. s. c. & Borr.
P. Z.S8. 1900, pl. xl. fig. 3). It is due to Mr. Borradaile to say
that this mistake, which I regret exceedingly having made, was
entirely mine.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1901, Vou. II No. XXXVIII. 38

574 ON THE CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘“‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [ Dec. 3,

II. I have since found that the name Actgopsis has already
been used to designate a fossil genus (Carter, Q. J. Geol. Soe. liv.
1898), and must therefore be dropped. Under these and the above
circumstances, I propose to rename the form <dActites erythrus’.

Although, as Dr. de Man has kindly pointed out to me in cor-
respondence, this form is remarkably like the Carpilodes lophopus
of Alcock (Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1898, p. 84, and Lllustr. Zool.
‘Investigator, 1899, pl. xxxvi. fig. 2), I still feel that I was right
in separating it from the genus Carpilodes.

It most obviously resembles Carpilodes in the smooth and even
lobulation and grooving on the carapace ; but it also most obviously
differs from that genus in its prominent front, shape of lateral
margins, and carinated legs. At the time I also saw what I
thought were palatal ridges, but, as Dr. de Man has since pointed
out to me, these are not true palatal ridges, but the “ usual crests
situated at the antero-external angles of the endostome, as in
other species.” Even so, however, the points I have enumerated
above would still prevent me from considering the species as a
Carpilodes, the prominence of the front and the shape of the
lateral margins contribute to a facies so remarkably unlike that
of a true Carpilodes. As to whether Major Alcock’s species
should also be included in my genus, I am unwilling to express
u definite opinion, as I have not seen the type specimens; but,
judging from the description and figure given, it would seem to be
not unlikely.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puatrt XXXII.

. Lambrus lippus (p. 586), dorsal view.

. Potamon improvisum (p. 546), dorsal view.
2a. Young from beneath abdomen.

. Pinnotheres socius (p. 551), 3rd maxillipede.

. Palemon paucidens (9. 568), from left side.
4a,46,4c. Different types of rostrum.

we CO Ne

Piatt XXXIV.

. Caridina gracillima (p. 560), from right side.
2. Callianassa secura (p. £55), from right side.
2a. Front of carapace.
. Automate dolichognatha (p. 564), larger chelipede.
3a. Smaller chelipede.
. Palemon equidens (p. 565), abnormal chelipede.
Peneus canaliculatus var.? (p 571). TVhelyeum.
. Peneus mutatus (p. 572). Petasma, anterior and posterior views.
6a. Thelyeun.
6b. Anterior, 6c, Posterior views of petasma.
7. Peneus sp. (p. 571). Petasma, anterior and posterior views.
7a. Anterior, 70. Posterior views of petasma.

Fig.

Do

Dap C9

' Aetites,=“‘a dweller by the shore,” will also, I hope, indicate the close
position of this genus to the Acteids.

i

nh ;
>
v4

*

PZS. 1901,vol Ii Pl XXXV.

ie

525:
ae

3

zy

or

LZ.
ra

rus
oS

os

Des

eas

as

=

Ldwin Wilson, Cambridge.

SNAKES FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA.

1901.] ON THE REPTILES OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 575

3. List of a Collection of Snakes, Crocodiles, and Chelonians
from the Malay Peninsula, made by Members of the
“Skeat Hxpedition,’ 1899-1900. By F. F. Laipiaw,
B.A., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator at Owens
College. With an Appendix containing a list of the
names of the places visited by the “ Skeat Expedition.”
By W. W. Sxear.

[Received Novernber 25, 1901.]
(Plate XX XV.)

Order OPHIDIA.
Fam. TYPHLOPID SA.
1. TypHioprs BRAMINUS Daud.

2. TYPHLOPS NIGROALBUS Dum. et Bibr.’

Typhlops nigroalbus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 24; S. S.
Fiower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 653.

Several specimens, agreeing closely with the example described
by Boulenger in the ‘ Catalogue,’ from Jalor and Kuala Aring. In
none of these, however, does the rostral shield extend to the level
of the eye. In this respect it agrees with J. muelleri Schleg.
from Sumatra, but differs from this latter in having the breadth of
the rostral shield as in JT. nigroalbus. Our specimens seem, then,
to be intermediate between these two species. Largest specimen
424 nm. in total length.

Fam. Borp &.

3. PyrHon RETICULATUS (Schneid.).

Fam. TLYSIID &.

4. CYLINDROPHIS RUFUS (Laur.).

Cylindropis rufus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 135; id. Faun,
Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 250; %. 8. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 656,
pl. xxxvil. fig. 3.

One specimen from Biserat, lacking the vermilion colour on the
tail. Called “ Ular gelenggang ” (sugar-mill snake).

Fam. XENOPELTID &. ~
5. XENOPELTIS UNICOLOR Reinw.
Xenopeltis’ unicolor, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 168 (skull
1 For explanation of the Plate, see p. 583.

? Since this paper was read I find that Werner (Zool. Jahrb. Syst. xiii. p. 488)
is of opinion that 7. nigroalbus D. et B.=T. muelleri Schleg.
38*

576 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON THE [ Dec. 3,

figured) ; id. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 276; 8.8. Flower, P.Z.5.
1899, p. 657.

Two specimens from Kuala Aring. One, an adult, had de-
voured another snake (Zycodon lacensis, apparently) about as long
as itself. The other, immature, had the head of a pale yellowish
colour. Malay name: “ Ular ekor merak” (peacock’s-tail snake).

Fam. COLUBRID &.

Series Aglypha.
Subfam. ACROCHORDIN #&.

6. ACROCHORDUS JAVANICUS Hornstedt.

Acrochordus jgavanicus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 173; 8. S.
Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 658.

A female from Biserat. Total length 1700 mm. Called by
the Malays the elephant’s-trunk snake (“ Ular belalei gajah ”).

Subfam. CoLuBRIN &.
7. POLYODONTOPHIS GEMINATUS (Boie).
8. TROPIDONOTUS TRIANGULIGERUS Boie.

9. TROPIDONOTUS PIscATOR (Schneid.).

10. TropiponoTus INAS, sp.n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 2 a, 6.)

Internasal shield broadly truncate, hinder maxillary teeth
eradually enlarged, anal shield divided, one anterior temporal
scale ; nine upper labials, 143 ventrals, 96 subcaudals ; outer scales
smooth. Colour above brownish black; a lateral line of ill-
defined yellowish spots on either side; ventrals white, with a
square black spot on the outer margins. Head dull brown above,
with a yellowish-white streak running from under the eye on
either side, passing back into the lateral lines. Allied to 7. con-
spicillatus of Borneo. A single specimen from Gunong Inas.
Length: body 272 mm., tail 125.

11. TRoPIpONOTUS SUBMINIATUS Sehl.
Biserat.

12. MacroristTHODON RHODOMELAS Bote.
Kuala Aring.

13. Lycopon LAOENSIS Ginth.

Lycodon laoensis, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 354; 8.8. Flower,
P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 665.

A specimen from Kota Bharu, Raman, found under a charred
log. Called “ Ular kapak malas”’ (lazy axe-snake ; any snake with
the head well defined is called an axe-snake).

1901.] REPTILES OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 577

14, Zamenis Korros Schleg.

Zamenis korros, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 384; id. Faun,
Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 324; S. S. Flower, P.Z.S. 1899, p. 666.

Very common near Kota Bharu, Raman, and all over the State
of Patani. It is called ‘“ Ular liar” (the wild snake). Its food
consists largely of frogs.

15. CoLuBER,T=NIURUS (Cope).

Coluber teniurus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 47; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 333; 8. 8. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 668.

This species is the cave-snake of Selangor and Johor. Two
specimens were caught by Mr. Annandale in a cave near Biserat,
about a quarter of a mile from its mouth. They were quite
purblind in a bright light.

16. CoLUBnR RADIATUS Schleg.

Coluber radiatus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 61; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 333; 8. 8. Flower, P. Z. 8S. 1899, p. 669.

Common in houses in Patani, where it is called the rat-snake,
* Ular tikus.”

17. DenpRoputs Prctus (Gmel.).

Dendrophis pictus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, 1. p. 78; 8.S. Flower,
P. Z.S. 1899, p. 669.

This species seems to make considerable leaps from branch to
branch. Mr. Annandale caught a specimen at Kuala Aring in a
butterfly-net, in the act of jumping.

18. DENDROPHIS FORMOSUS Boie.

Kuala Aring.

19. DenDROLAPHIS CAUDOLINEATUS (Gray).

20. SIMOTES PURPURASCENS (Schleg.).

Kota Bharu, Raman.

21. ABLABES TRICOLOR (Schleg.).

Kuala Aring.

92, CALAMARIA PAVIMENTATA Dum. et Bibr.
Kota Bharu, Raman.

Series Opisthoglypha.
Subfam. HomaLopsin &.

The members of this subfamily are commonly known to the
Malays as “ Ular ayer,” or water-snakes ; they appear to leave the
water frequently and are often found some distance from it,

578 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON THE [ Dec. 3,

especially Hypsirhina enhydris, which I found on Gunong Inas far
away from the river.

23. HyPsIRHINA PLUMBEA (Boie).

Biserat.

24. HypsiriinA ENHYDRIS (Schneid.).
Biserat, Kekabu, Gunong Inas.

25. HYPSIRHINA BOCOURTII Jan.

Hypsirhina bocourtii, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 10; 8S. 8.
Flower, P. ZS. 1899, p. 676.

At the hottest part of the year this snake, according to the
Malays, leaves the swamps and goes out to deep water. A speci-
men was taken at Biserat along with Acrochordus javanicus.

26. Homatopsis Buccata (Linn.).

27. CERBERUS RHYNCHOPS (Schneid.).
Malacca.

Subfam. DrpsADOMORPHIN &.

28. DIPSADOMORPHUS DENDROPHILUS (Boie).

Dipsadomorphus dendrophilus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 70;
S. S. Flower, P. Z.8. 1896, p. 889; id. P. Z.S. 1899, p. 680:

This species is nocturnal and much feared by the Malays, who
at the same time do not consider it particularly poisonous. In
the stomach of one of our specimens another snake was found, a
second had been feeding on large slugs. The Malays call this
species ‘‘ Ular katam tebu” (“katam tebu” are the little pieces of
sugar-cane peeled and stuck on skewers for sale in the markets) ;
the name obviously refers to the yellow rings on the body. Mr.
Annandale tells me that the same name is given to Bungarus
fasciatus and sometimes to the sea-snake. Common at Patalung,
Jalor, and Kuala Aring. It thumps the ground with its tail when
alarmed, making a loud knocking sound.

29. DIPSADOMORPHUS CYNODON (Boie).
Kuala Aring.
30. DryopnHis PRASINUS Boie.

Biserat, Kuala Aring, Ulu Selama.

31. PSAMMODYNASTES PICTUS Ptrs.
Bukit Besar.

32. CHRYSOPELEA ORNATA (Shaw).
Chrysopelea ornata, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 196; id.

1901.] REPTILES OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 579

Faun. Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 371; S. 8S. Flower, P. Z.S. 1896,
proo0snids Po ZS: 1899s p. 682:

Malay name “ Ular jelotong” (“ jélotong-coloured snake ”)'.

Var. A. 1 from Biserat.

1 from Penang.
Var. D. 1 from Singgora.

3 from Naun Chik.

Series Proteroglypha.

Subfam. HyprorHin &.

All the sea-snakes mentioned below were collected by Mr.
Annandale at Patani from the seine-nets of the fisher-folk, with
the exception of two, which he picked up on the beach at Singgora.
The collection at Patani was made within a week, and the large
numbers of some of the commoner species, especially Enhydrina
valakadien, show how very numerous these creatures are in the
Malayan waters. A single specimen of a species hitherto un-
described, to which I have given the name of Distira annandalei, is
of interest on account of the way in which the scales on the head
are subdivided, and also because of the great number of rows of
scales round the body; in these respects it is the most specialized
member of the genus known. ‘The water from which these
specimens from Patani were taken was fresh to the taste. The
Malays informed Mr. Annandale that during the monsoon, when
the salt water is blown across the bar and into the estuary of the
river, they are far more poisonous than at other times. Three
men were said to have died from bites of sea-snakes recently in a
single monsoon-season. They are so abundant that one or more
are taken in every haul of the net. The native name for the
snakes belonging to this family is “‘ Ular berang,” or “ gerang,” and
sometimes the rough-keeled larger species are known as ‘“ Ular
gelireh.”

33. Hypropuis nigrocinctus Daud.
34, DisTira oRNATA (Gray).

35. DISTIRA JERDONII (Gray).

Distira jgerdonu, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 229; 8.8. Flower,
PoZ.S. 18995 ps 68s.

Several specimens of this very handsome species were collected.
It appears to be rare.

36. Distrra wRayi Boulenger.
37. DIsTIRA ANNANDALEI, sp.n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 1 a,-6.) _
Body short, much compressed; head moderate ; scales juxtaposed,

1 The ‘jélotong” is a kind of tree’ with slate-coloured bark; = Dyera
maingayt or D. costulata.—F, FB. L.

580 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON THE [Dee. 3,

smooth or feebly tuberculate anteriorly, very small; 76 rows
round the neck, 89-90 round the body. One pair of chin-shields ;
frontal shield longer than broad, longer than the parietals, which
are separated from the frontal and from each other by small scales.
Rostral broader than deep ; prefrontals small. The front end of
the frontal is segmented off to form a small median scale; 10 or 11
labials, fifth in contact with the orbit on one side, but not on the
other; one or two preoculars, a subocular, and two or three post-
oculars. Ventral shields feebly enlarged, 310 in number.

Colour olive-grey above, with transverse bands of a darker shade,
broadest above, fading away on the sides, which, like the belly, are
yellowish white.

Total length 500 mm., tail 70.

One specimen from Patani.

38. ENHYDRIS CURTUS.

Enhydris curtus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 800; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 396.

Apparently not recorded hitherto from these waters. Two
specimens from Singgora.

39. ENHYDRIS HARDWICKII (Gray).

40, ENHYDRINA VELAKADIEN (Boie).

Subfam. Exapinz,
41. Bune@arus Fascratus (Schneid.).

Bungarus fasciatus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 366; id. Faun,
Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 388; 8. 8S. Flower, P.Z.S. 1899, p. 689.

The Malays of Biserat call this snake by the same name as
Dipsadomorphus dendrophilus (i. ¢., ‘ Ular katam tebu). They
appear, however, to distinguish between the two to some extent,

regarding Dipsadomorphus as non-poisonous, or at any rate not so
poisonous as the Bungarus.

42. NAIA TRIPUDIANS Merr.

Naia tripudians, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 380 (skull fig.
p- 372); id. Faun. Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 391; 8S. 8. Flower,
P.Z. 8. 1899, p. 690.

Malay name “ Ular tedong sendok”=turmeric-coloured spoon-
snake. A young specimen from Biserat belonged to var. B of the
‘Catalogue,’ having dark rings on a dark brown ground-colour. An
adult specimen from Raman agrees in colour with the specimen

described by Mr. Flower from Perak, except that its under surface
bas no darker markings.

43, CALLOPHIS MACULICEPS Gunth.
Biserat, Gunong Inas.

1901.] REPTILES OF THE “ SKHAT EXPEDITION.” 581

44, DOLIOPHIS BIVIRGATUS (Boie).
Raman, Kelantan, Gunong Inas.

Fam. AMBLYCEPHALIDG.

45, AMBLYCEPHALUS LEVIS Bole.

Amblycephalus levis, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, ili. p. 441; id.
Faun. Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 415; 8.8. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899,
p- 694.

Mr. Annandale collected a single specimen of this rare snake on
the boundary between Ligeh and Raman. In colour it is greyish
brown above, with darker, almost black, cross-bars, which run down
the sides; the sides between these are dull orange. Lower parts
yellowish, thickly dusted over with brown spots. The orange and
dark markings on the sides of the body account for the native
name “ Ular kapak rimau,” or tiger axe-snake.

46, AMBLYCEPHALUS MOELLENDOREIFII (Boettg.).

Amblycephalus moellendorffii, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, ili. p. 448 ;
id. Faun. Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 415; 8.8. Flower, P.Z.S. 1899,
p-. 694.

An adult female and a young individual from Biserat. Called
“ Ular kapak” by the Malays. The name “ Ular kapak,” or axe-
snake, is given to any small snake with a well-marked neck. This

species has not, I believe, been recorded hitherto south of Tenas-
serim.

Fam. VIPERIDG.

Subfam. CroraLin 2.
47, LACHESIS GRAMINEUS (Shaw).
Gunong Inas.
48. LACHESIS WAGLERI (Boie).

Lachesis waglert, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p.552; 8.8. Flower,
P. Z.S. 1899, p. 696.

Singapore. A young individual of var. A. Perhaps this
variety is merely the young stage of var. D.

Order EMYDOSAURIA.
Fam. CROCODILID2.
1. CRocopILUS PoRosus Schn.

2. CROCODILUS PALUSTRIS Lesson.
Crocodilus palustris, Boulenger, Cat. Chel. &c. p. 285 ; id. Faun.

582 ON THE REPTILES OF THD ‘(SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [ Dec. 3,

Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 5 (fig. p. 2); 8. 8S. Flower, P. ZS. 1899,
p- 625.

A single small specimen, some 7 feet long, from Biserat in Jalor.
This species is apparently very rare in the Peninsula, and it does
not range further east.

Order CHELONIA.

Fam. TESTUDINID &.

1. Damonta sustrisuca (Schleg. & Mill.).
Damonia subtrijuga, Boulenger, Cat. Chel. &. p. 94; S. S.
Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 610.

Several young from Lampan in Patalung and an adult from
Biserat. The length of the carapace of the latter following the
curve is 165 mm.

2. BELLIA CRASSICOLLIS Gray.

Patalung, Raman.

3. CYCLEMYS PLATYNOTA Gray.

Belimbing in Legeh.

4, CYCLEMYS AMBOINENSIS (Daud.).

Cyclemys amboinensis, Boulenger, Cat. Chel. &e. p. 133 (skull

fig. p. 128, shell fig. p. 129); id. Faun. Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 31 ;
8.8. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 614.

Our largest example of this species, from Biserat, had no nuchal
plate.

5. GEOEMYDA SPINOSA Gray.

Geoemyda spinosa, Boulenger, Cat. Chel. &. p. 187; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 25; 8. 8. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 614.

One specimen from a hill near Kuala Aring and several from
the flat swampy country round Kota Bharu, the capital of Kelantan.
It would seem thus to inhabit plains or hills up to 2000 feet or so
indifferently.

6. GEOEMYDA GRANDIS Gray.
Biserat.

7. Testupo mmys Schleg. & Mill.

Testudo emys, Boulenger, Cat. Chel. &c. p. 158 (skull fig.
p- 150) ; id. Faun. Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 22 ;.8.'8. Flower, P. Z.8.
1899, p. 616.

Native name (Kelantan) ‘“ Kura kura anam kaki” (six-legged
tortoise). This name is easily intelligible if the hind legs of a
living example be examined. The Malays say that this species is
only found in the hills, that the male can roar loudly hkea tiger, and

1901.] LIST OF PLACES VISITED BY THE ““SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 533

that the female buries her eggs under a mound of dead leaves and
soil. Mr. Annandale obtained avery fine specimen at Biserat. Its
carapace was 500 mm. long, following the curve ; he was told that
still larger specimens are to be met with.

8. Trstupo ELONGATA Blyth.

Fam. CHELONID &

9. CHELONE MYDAS (L.).

Fam. TRIONYCHID &.

10. TRrionyx suBPLANUS Geoffr.

Trionyx subplanus, Boulenger, Cat. Chel. &c. p. 246 (skull
fic. p. 247); 8. 8. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 619, pl. xxxvi.

Fairly common in the Krian River of Upper Perak. The speci-
mens obtained were caught in fish-traps in a place where the river
was practically a cataract.

Malay name “ Labi-labi” (applied also to the next species).

11. Trronyx carrizaGineus (Boddaert).
Kelantan and Patani Rivers.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.

Fig. lo. Distira annandale?, p. 579.
1b, Head of do. from above.
2a. Side view of head of Tropidonotus inas, p. 576.
2b. View of do. from above.

APPENDIX.

List of Place-names in the Siamese Malay States visited by Members
of the ‘* Skeat Expedition” ”.

The following List, comprising the names of places at which
collecting was done in the course of the recent Malay-States
Expedition, has been compiled by request, in the hope that it may
afford some sort of a guide to the localities in which the collecting
was carried out and at the same time make it easier to arrive at
uniformity in the matter of spelling.

The accented, or “ stressed,” syllable is, as a rule, the penultimate
(in the case of words of more than one syllable).

The vowels and diphthongs are pronounced much as in Italian,
the diphthongs being, if anything, a trifle shorter. The chief ex-
ception to this rule (in standard Malay) is the sound written “ e,”
which represents what is called the “indeterminate ” vowel. The

1 Drawn up by Mr. W. W. Sxzat (June, 1901).

524 MR. W. W. SKBAT’S LIST OF [ Dec. 3,

following is a general list of the letters here used and their
equivalents :—

A. Vowels and diphthongs :—

a asin Eng. “ facade.”

a as in last syllable of Eng. “ Africa.”

e asin Eng. “ féte.”

é as in Eng. “the” when unaccented, e. g. “thé man,”
or=short 4 in * machine.”

i as in Eng. “ machine.”

i as in Eng. “ 2t.”

o asin Eng. “note.”

6 asin Eng. “got.”

u as in Eng. “rule.”

wa as in Eng. “ bull.”

au as ow in Eng. “lout.”
el as in Eng. ‘“ heght.”

B. Consonants :—

B, D, P, T, H, J, L, M, N, BR, as in English.

CH always as in Eng. “church”; 8 as in Eng. “sin”
(never as z); G always hard; medial NG always
as in Eng. “ singer,” never as in Eng. ‘“ stronger,”
“longer,” which sound is always written NGG.

K initial as in Eng. “kite,” but at the end of a word it is
always a “ click,” formed by sharply closing the throat.

The place-names which follow are taken in order, commencing
at the northernmost point of the East Coast visited by us and
working southwards.

J. Licgor (called in Siamese “ Lakhawn”). Small East Coast
State, S. of 9° 20’ (N. latitude).
Chief village: Ligor.
(Part of the Tale Noi or Little Lake at the N.end of the Inland
Sea is in Ligor.)

II. Sryecora (correctly as spelt, but often written Singora).
Small East Coast State lying S. of 7° 20’ parallel of N.
latitude ; headquarters of the Siamese High Commissioner
for the East Coast States.

Chief village : Singgora (called in Siamese “ Sung-K1a”), situated
at the entrance to the Tale Sap, or “ Inland Sea.”

Other village visited: Lam Lom.

Inland Sea, or Big Lake, called Tale Sap.

Little Lake (at N. end of Tale Sap) called Tale Noi (“* Nawi”’).

Islands in Inland Sea: “ Birdsnest Islands” (Ko Si Ha).

1901.] PLACES VISITED BY THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPHDITION.” 585

III. PATALuNe. Small East Coast State, 8. of 7°50’ (N. latitude).
Chief village: Lampam (also occasionally called “ Patalung”).
Other villages visited: Ban Nah, Ban Kong Rak, Ban Kong

Kram, Ko Mu Rah, Ko Tom, Ko Nam Kam (all in the
interior).

IV. [Cana and Txpa, two small districts lying between Singgora
and Patani, were not visited. |

V. PArAnt. Formerly the most important and flourishing of the
Malay East Coast States. Subdued by Siam and subdivided

into seven provinces or districts under separate Governors, as
follows :—

(1) District of Patani. SS. of 6° 55' (N. latitude).
Chief town: Patani (seat of a Siamese Governor and Malay
Raja).
(2) District of Nawng Chik. 8S. of 6° 55’ (N. latitude); north
of Patani District.
Chief village: Ban Nawng Ohik (lit. “ N. Ch. Village ”).
Mountain visited: Bukit Bésar (2. e. Big Mountain) or Indra-
giri (“ Negiri ”); village at foot, Ko Sai Khau.
(3) District of Jering. S. of 6° 55’ (N. latitude); south of
Patani District.
Chief village: Jambu.
Other village visited: Péengarik.
(4) District of Teluban or Sai (lit.-=“ sands”). S. of 6° 55’
(N. latitude) ; south of Jering District.
Chief village: Teluban.
Chief river: Téluban.
(5) District of Jalé (often written Jalor). S. of 6° 40° (N.
latitude); west of Patani District.
Chief village: Bisérat, on the left bank of the Patani.
Limestone Caves: Gua Gambar, or “ Image” (7. e. “ Statue”),
“Cave”; Gua Glap=“ Dark Cave,” and others.
(6) District of Raman (or Reman). S. of 6° 35’ (N, latitude) ;
south of Jala District.
Chief village: Kota Bharu or “ New Fort.”
Other village visited: K. Kekabu.
Chief river: Patani.
(7) District of Ligeh (called in Siamese “ Ranga”). S. of
6° 30’ (N. latitude); south of Raman District.
Chief village: Tanjong Mas (lit. ‘‘ Golden Cape”).
Other village visited: Tremangan ; Tomoh; Bélimbing.

VI. Kituantan. Now the largest and most important of the East
Coast States. 8. of 6°15’ (N. latitude); south of Teluban
and Ligeh.

Chief town: Kota Bharu (lit. New Fort), seat of the Sultan of
Kelantan.

586 THE PLACES VISITED BY THE “‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [Dec.3,

Chief river: the Kelantan.

Tributaries of the Kélantan: the Pergau (the village at con-
fluence with the Kelantan R. is “ Kuala P.”); the Galas ;
the Lébih (village on the Lebih R.—Aur Gading); the ’Sam.

Tributary of the Lebih: the Aring.

N.B.—The village at the mouth of the Aring was called Kam-
pong Kuala Aring; that upstream was Kampong Buntal.

VIL. Treneaanu. S. of 5° 50’ (N. latitude); south of Kelantan.
Chief town: Trengganu, on a river of the same name.
Coral Islands off the coast: the Redangs, called in Malay
‘Pulau Rédang Besar,” or the ‘Great Redang,” and P. Pang
(S. of 5° 50’); visited by Messrs. Evans and Yapp.

West Coast.

VIII. Képan, or Sat Buri. S. of 6° 40' (N. latitude): Siamese
Dependency on mainland, running N.E. from the Island of
Penang, which is leased from its Sultan,

Chief town: Alor Sétar (“ S’tar”), on the Kedah River.

Mountains: Gunong Jérai or “* Kedah Peak” and Bukit Perak
(“Silver Mountain ”’).

Islands: Pulau Bidan, one of the “ Nine Islands” group off
the coast of Kedah (visited by Mr. Evans only).

[N.B.—Two small districts N. of Kédah were called .Setul *
(S. of 7° 8') and Perlis (S. of 6° 55'). |

IX. Pérax. S. of 6° (N. latitude). Northernmost British Pos-
session, forming part of the Federated Malay States.
Chief town: Taiping.
Mountain visited: Gunong Inas (visited by Messrs. Yapp and
Laidlaw). Encampment at foot, Sira (not Strih) Rimau.
River: the Sélama River ( “ Snngei Sélama ”).
Villages visited: K. Selama and K. Ulu Selama.

Notes on the prefixes to Malay place-names :—

Ginong: a “crag” or rocky peak; a hill with crags or
boulders.

Bukit; a forest-clad hill or mountain (with few or no exposures) ;
called “* Ko” in Siamese.

Sungei: a river or stream.

Tanjong : a cape or point of land.

Télok: an inlet or bay.

Ulu: the headwaters or upper reaches of a river.

Kuala (pr. Quolla): the mouth or estuary of a river; the point
of confluence of two rivers or streams.

Kampong: a (Malay) village or hamlet, called “ Ban” in
Siamese. ;

Pulau: an island.

Sira: a ‘salt lick” (formed by hot springs). WwW. W.S.

1 Not Sétal, as previously printed.

1901.] ON THE ANATOMY OF RHYNCHMA, 587

4. Notes upon the Anatomy and Systematic Position of
Rhynchea. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-
Secretary and Prosector to the Society.

[Received November 19, 1901.]
(Text-figures 56-63.)

The acquisition by the Society of three living examples of the
‘* Indian Painted Snipe” and the death of them has enabled me
to add something to the existing knowledge of Rhynchea. This
bird is usually arranged by authors of to-day in the immediate
neighbourhood of the Snipes and Woodcocks. It is so placed, for
example, by the late Mr. Seebohm’ and by Dr. Blanford*. Those
who know the bird wild are often disposed to deny its Snipe-like
characters, while Dr. Elliott Coues regards it as “exactly between the
true Snipe and the Godwits.” Prof. Fiirbringer’, influenced mainly
by the condition of certain muscles of the wing, by the number
of the rectrices, and by the form of the wing and its capabilities
of flight, is inclined to place the bird nearer to the Parride, and,
in fact, to make for it a special subfamily of Limicoline birds—
Rhyncheinz, equivalent to his two other subfamilies, viz. Chara-
driinze and Scolopacine. The last-mentioned author points out that
others have been struck with certain Rail-like characters in this,
at least aberrant, genus of Scolopacide. My own investigations
into the anatomy of this bird lead me in the first place to entirely
deny any close affinity to the Scolopacine (in the sense adopted by
Dr. Blanford, 2. e. as including Rhynchea, Gallinago, and Scolopax),
and to agree to some extent with Dr. Firbringer’s opinion that
an alliance with the Parride is not at all unreasonable. As a
matter of fact, Firbringer does not seem to be correct in his state-
ment as to the rectrices. But I shall consider this matter under
the

External Characters.

Nitzsch, who examined the pterylosis of this bird, found it to
differ in a number of peculiarities from the Woodcock. He stated,
among other facts, that the number of rectrices was only 10, the
prevalent number being 12 to 16 and even more in the Snipes. Dr.
Blanford allows no less than 14 rectrices. I can only find 12 in
the two examples which I have examined for this purpose. <A
special resemblance therefore to the Parride falls to the ground.
As to the remiges, I agree with Nitzsch that 20 is the right
number.

The ozl-gland of course is tufted. The dorsal pterylosis seems
to me to have been correctly described by Nitasch. I would add that
the strong feathering of the dorsal tract ends abruptly just where

1 «The Geographical Distribution of the Charadriide’ (London, 1887).

? Fauna of British India: Birds, vol. iv. p. 283.

3 ‘Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und Systematik der Vogel’ (Ainsterdam,
1889).

588 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 3,

the single tract divides between the shoulders. This division is
only just recognizable ; it extends for such a very short way, that
on a superficial inspection one might be disposed to deny that the
tract did divide at all. The rest of the dorsal tract does not, as
Nitzsch correctly states, enclose any space. It begins close up to
the first part of the dorsal tract, and consists of soft feathers
scattered irregularly over the back. Just in front of the oil-gland,
however, there is a short row of stiff feathers, but not such strong
feathers as those which form the first part of the dorsal tract.
The ventral tracts are double on each side, and the outer half of
each is rather wider and composed of somewhat stronger feathers
than the more ventrally placed row.

Alimentary Viscera.

The gizzard of this bird is strong and muscular, with extensive
tendinous sheets on either side. It is altogether quite a typical
gizzard of a grain-eating bird. The zntestine is 16 inches long, of
which 2 inches lie between the cecum and the cloaca. The ceca
are 13 inch long. The proportions of the various sections of the
eut differ from thoseof many Limicole. But it must be admitted
that they are not far from those of the Jack Snipe (Gallinago
gallinula). In that bird the intestines are one foot in length
and the ceca 1 inch each. Scolopax, on the other hand, is very
different, with an intestine of 4 feet and ceca of only half an
inch in length. Tinga canuta agrees almost exactly in the lengths
and proportions of intestine and cca: it has an intestine of 18}
inches and ceca of 14 inches.

The liver-lobes differ greatly in size, the right being quite twice
the size of the left ; they are, moreover, of a different shape, the
right being broader in proportion to its length than is the left.

In these proportions of the liver-lobes Rhynchcea differs from
both Scolopax and Gallinago, where the two lobes are subequal,
but, it must be noted, different in shape. In Vringa canuia and
Charadrius pluvials the same proportions of the liver-lobes as in
Rhynchea obtain, also, it may be observed, in the Parride.

Muscular Anatomy.

Firbringer has dealt in detail with the wing musculature of
Rhynchea. I have only concerned myself with the muscles of the
hind limb, which show some differences in the various genera of
Limicole. In the majority of genera, as Garrod pointed out’, the
formula is the reduced one, 7.¢. A.X.Y., the ambiens being also
present in all Limicoline birds. This is the formula of Scolopax and
Gallinago; and it must be noted that in these two genera, the
supposed allies of Rhynchea, the femoro-caudal is reported by
Garrod to be “small.” Rhynchea agrees with the genera Ayialitis,
Himantopus, Hematopus, Recurvirosira, and Numenius in having
the full muscle-formula of the hind limb, viz., A.B.X.Y., and the
femoro-caudal is a large and strong muscle.

? Collected Papers edited by W. A. Forbes (London, 1881), p. 203.

Bi a

1901. | ANATOMY OF RHYNCILEA, 589

Syrine.

The windpipe of this genus was investigated by the late Mr.
Wood-Mason, who published an account ', illustrated by a plate and
two woodcuts, of the main features in the structure of that tube.

Text-fig. 56. Text-fig. 57, -Text-fig. 58.

~~ Text-fig. 56.— Portion of windpipe of Rhynchea capensis, 2.
Text-fig. 57.— 5 3 Woodcock (Scolopax rusticula),
Text-fig. 58.— a A Common Snipe (Gallinago celestis).

He pointed out that in this species the windpipe of the female is
slightly convoluted and that that of the male is perfectly straight.

1 “On the Structure and Development of the Trachea in the Jndian Painted
Snipe (Rhynchea capensis),’ P.Z. 8. 1878, p. 745.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1901, Von. Il. No. XX XIX. 39

590 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THT [ Dee. 3,

T can confirm this statement. As the accompanying figure (text-
fig. 56) shows, the windpipe is slightly convoluted in a female bird
which I dissected, while I found it to be straight in the male. I
have thought it worth while, however, to have a special figure
prepared, inasmuch as those of Mr. Wood-Mason do not show with
great plainness the remarkable asymmetry of the extrinsic muscles
of the syrinx. It will be noted in the accompanying figure that
the two muscles, instead of arising on opposite sides of the wind-
pipe, arise close together and on the left side. This asymmetry
reminds one of that of the Pigeons, a group which is by some
considered to be allied to the Limicole. I think also that my
figure is a little clearer in the details of the rings which constitute
the syrinx.

As to the intrinsic muscles, there are a slender pair which are
shown in my figure. These muscles seem to be inserted, as is
shown in that figure, into the interspace between two rings of the
syrinx, and not into one of the rings themselves. For purpose of
comparison, I have had sketches made of the windpipes of the two
birds, which have been generally supposed to be near allies of the
genus Ehynchea, but which I do not regard as nearly akin to that
Limicoline. Text-fig.57 represents the windpipe in the neighbour-
hood of, and including, the syrinx in the Common Woodcock, while
text-fig. 58 is a corresponding figure of the syrinx of a Common
Snipe (Gallinago celestis). In both of these birds the syrinx has
a more regular shape than it has in the rather exaggerated case of
Rhynchea. 'The two genera with which I compare Rhynchwa have
syringes which are quite like those of the Ardeide, for example,
and of many birds whose syringes are not greatly modified from
the common ground-plan of that organ among birds. It is not
necessary for me to go into detail in my comparisons of the organ
in the three types ; my object is rather to point out the several
salient differences that have been indicated. I may remark, how-
ever, that in the Snipe there are but slight intrinsic muscles.
In Scolopax rusticula, on the other hand, the syrinx has a pair
of better developed intrinsic muscles, which, however, differ from
those of Rhynchva in the fact that their lower ends are not
attached to an interspace between two syringeal rings, but to one
of those rings themselves. The difference is not an important one,
but, such as it is, it exists. Nor, indeed, can I, in view of the great
differences in details of anatomy which distinguish the syringes
of closely allied forms in some cases, lay too much weight upon
the contrasting facts which I here bring together. Butin any case
T am justified in pointing out that, while the genera Scolopaw and
Gallinago (if we allow them to be distinct genera, which everyone—
for example the late Mr. Seebohm—does not) possess syringes
which are very much alike even in details, both of these genera
differ markedly in the syringes from their supposed ally Rhynchea.

The Skull.
The skull in its general aspects is quite typically Limicoline.

1901.) ANATOMY OF RHYNCH RA. 59]

But it nevertheless presents certain small differences from the
various genera with which I have been able to compare it. The
proportions of the cranial to the facial regions of the skull are
much those of Himantopus. Two features of some systematic
importance can be noted on a dorsal inspection of the skull of

Text-fig. 59. Text-fig. 60.

Vext-fiy. 59.—Skull of Rhynchea capensis, ventral aspect. x 2.
Text-fig. 60.— __,, a » + @orsal aspect. x 2.

Rhynchea. In the first place, the region of the skull lying between
the orbits is narrow, the frontals being here much reduced in
breadth. Nor can any impressions of the supraorbital glands be
seen upon these bones. Such impressions are universal among the

Limicole, if we omit certain forms whose exact position in the
39*

592 MR, F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Dec. 3,

series is debatable, such as Dromas and Glareola. Even in Tinga,
where they are perhaps least observable, a careful inspection of
the bones shows the shallow furrows which indicate the existence
of the structures in question. I cannot therefore agree with Dr.
Shufeldt ', who remarks that in Aphriza virgata,“ again agreeing in
this respect with most if not all true Tringe, they are entirely
absent.” I confess, however, that in Tringa cinclus, a small species
and thus not easy of study, these furrows are so ill-impressed
that they are not plain; they are, however, definitely stated by
Mr. Forbes to be present, and I can confirm the accuracy of his
observations. They are plainly to be seen in Tringa canuta. But
I cannot see these furrows in either Scolopax or Gallinago.

The second peculiarity of the skull of Rhynchea, which is evi-
dent on the dorsal view, is the condition of the nostrils. As is
well known, the Limicoline birds are schizorhinal for the most
part, though the Gidicnemide are purely holorhinal, and in certain
outlying genera, such as Thinocorus, the schizorhiny approaches
holorhiny. thynchea is to some extent also an intermediate type
in the nature of its bony nostrils. As will be seen from the
accompanying figure (text-fig. 60) the extent of the nostril is that of
schizorhinal birds, 7. ¢. they extend back beyond the end of the
premaxille. But instead of their ending gradually in a gradually
narrowing chink between the two halves of the nasal bone, their
posterior outline is distinctly reunded. They belong, in fact, rather
to that group of Limicoline birds which contains the genera Cursorius,
Dromas, and Thinocorus, &c., than to the more typical family
Charadriide or its immediateallies (including Snipe and Woodcock),
in this particular. It is noteworthy also that in this particular, as
in the absence of supraorbital impressions, the genus Rhynchea is
not far removed from the Parride, with which family Furbringer
has on other grounds suggested a resemblance. Both Garrod and
Forbes refer to the Parride as being schizorhinal; Forbes speaks
of them as “strongly schizorhinal.” This expression appears to
me to be too emphatic; for in Hydrophasianus, of which I have
a skull before me, there is precisely the same ‘“pseudoholorhiny ~
that is met with in Dromas, Thinocorus, &c., a little more pro-
nounced than in Lthynchea.

The Limicoline birds differ characteristically in the number and
arrangement of the nerve-foramina at the end of the bony bill. In
Lihynchea (text-fig. 63) there are four regular rows of four or five
largish foramina. In Zringa (and the same applies to Aphriza,
which hardly differs generically) the end of the bill is beset with
closely-set and very numerous foramina, which give a sculptured
appearance to this region of the premaxille. This is much exag-
gerated in Scolopax and Tringa (text-figs. 61, 62). In Vanellus
the foramina are as few as in Rhynchea, but less regular in their

' «On the Affinities of Aphriza virgata,” Journ. Morph. ii. 1888, p. 314.
«Notes on the Anatomy and Systematie Position of the Jacanas (Parride),”’
P.Z.S. 1881, p. 644. . i

1901. } ANATOMY OF RHYNCH TA, 593

arrangement. These differences are correlated with different
habits in feeding. yy

61. Text-tig. 62. Text-fig. 63.

SA ie Sapa OE anno tae

Text-fig. 61.—Extremity of bony bill of Seolopax rusticula. x 3.
Text- fic. 62.— Mi Tringa canutus. X 3.
Test-fig. 63.— ‘ f Rhynchea capensis.

‘On the ventral aspect of the skull various features call for notice.
The shape of the foramen magnum is as in Tringa, Scolopax, and
Gallinago ; it is, that is to say, somewhat heart-shaped, the pos-
terior margin being bayed out between the occipital foramina at
the sides. It is interesting to notice that in Hydrophasianus there
is, just above the foramen magnum, a small perforation which seems
to possibly represent in a rudimentary way this baying out of the
foramen magnum itself; it cannot be, I think, a vestige of the
lateral occipital foramina. ‘The latter are well developed in
Rhynchea as in all typical Limicolines, with, as it appears, the
occasional exception of Machetes '.

1 Shufeldt states that the occipital foramina are absent in Hematopus, while
Forbes asserts their presence. In view of this conflicting testimony, I may
remark that in one of two examples of H. ostvalequs the foramina were present

aud conspicuous ; in the other they were represented by minute perforations,
which might readily be missed.

594 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Dec. 3,

The pterygoids are slightly different in form from those of some
other Limicole. In Rhynchea (text-fig. 59, p. 591) these bones
are provided, as in other genera, with facets for articulation with
the basis cranii; but the facet does not stand out from the rest of
the bone as it does in other genera that I have examined. The
distal part of the bone, ?. ¢. the end nearest to the palatine articula-
tion, is broader than the proximal end, and the broadening com-
mences with the facet and is carried on at its level. The quadrate
shows certain recognizable differences in the different genera of
Limicoline birds. In hynchea the anterior condyle on the
mandibular articular surface is not bevelled off into a trochlea;
in Hematopus, Himantopus, Gallinago, Scolopax, and Vanellus
there is a long trochlea, most developed perhaps in Haematopus.
On the other hand, Tringa agrees with Rhynchewa and so too does
Hydrophasianus.

I need not enter into the varying form of the maxillo-palatines
in the Limicolines, as the main differences have been pointed out by
Dr. Shufeldt. I may observe, however, that in the two species of
Tringa which | have examined the maxillo-palatines do fuse with
the palatines. They are undoubtedly quite separate in Hematopus
and some other genera. The maxillo-palatines of Rhynchea are
peculiar on account of their small size; they are represented
merely by a thin bar of bone on each side, which is not fused with
the palatine, and is, indeed, bowed in form, the concavity lying on
the palatine side. There is no extension of the maxillo-palatine
upwards to form a thin shell-like, concave lamina, such as occurs,
for example, in Vanellus. The shape and extent of the maxillo-
palatines are exactly parallel in Hydrophasianus. In the Snipe and
Woodcock the maxillo-palatines are equally small but fused with
the palatines.

It is well known that the vomer of Limicoline birds varies in
form, in breadth, and as to whether the end is cleft or not. In
Rhynchea the anterior end of this bone ends in a deeply cleft
extremity. It is not cleft in Scolopaw and barely cleft in Gallinago.

On the ventral aspect of the skull there is yet another ossification
to be noticed the homologies of which are rather doubtful. In
front of the vomer and resting upon the premaxille is a scutcheon-
shaped piece of bone of which the two lateral wings are visible
when the skull is viewed from above. I have not been able to see
this bone in such other Limicoline skulls as I have had the oppor-
tunity of inspecting. But it might be, I imagine, readily detached
and so lost in maceration. If the two lateral pieces of bone which
are visible on the dorsal view of the skull were extended so as to
join the maxille, the structure would recall the plate of bone which
forms the “‘ desmognathous ” palate of the American Vultures, or
the apparently corresponding transverse plate of bone in the
Cariamide*. In Scolopax and Gallinago this region of the skull is
produced downwards into a thick keel.

' See Beddard, “On the Anatomy of Burmeister’s Cariama (Chunga burmeis-
teri), PB. Z. 8. 1898, p. 596, figs. 1,2. The bone in question hes just behind
the separation of the two halves of the upper jaw.

1901. ] ANATOMY OF RHYNCH®%A. 595

Among the characteristic features of Limicoline birds, which
distinguish them from their nearest allies, is the ring of bone formed
at the anterior end of the orbit by the junction of the descending
process of the lachrymal with the rather massive ectethmoid
(“pars plana”). The relative proportions of these two bones and
their mode of junction offer distinctive points of difference between
different genera.

In Rhynchea the descending process of the lachrymal is rather
massive, and is attached to the also rather massive eetethmoid on
the front side of that bone and some little way beyond the actual
outer termination of that bone. The arrangement and proportions
of these two bones are more like those which obtain in Hydro-
phasianus than in any other genus with which I have compared
Rhynchea.

Rhynchea is particularly unhike Scolopax and Gallinago in this
region of the skull; for in those two genera the much more com-
pletely fused lachrymal and ectethmoids form a massive plate of
bone which extends downwards to join the posterior wall of the
orbit at the squamosal.

This wall of bone bounding the orbit below is thicker in
Scolopax than in Gallinago. This junction of the ectethmoids
with the posterior wall of the orbit may perhaps be correlated with
the fact that in the Snipe and Woodcock the organ of hearing, as
is well known, and duly referred to by Dr. Blanford in character-
izing the groups and subfamilies of the Limicole'’, has come to lie
directly beneath the orbit. ‘This is a further difference between
the true Snipes and the wrongly called Painted “ Snipe”; for in
Rhynchea the auditory cavity is quite normal in its position. A
shortening of the quadrato-jugal arch also follows this shifting of
the auditory organ ; in Rhynchea this bone is much longer than in
its erroneously supposed allies Scolopax and Gallinago. I may
finally remark that the interorbital septum is much more fenes-
trate in Rhynchea than in Gallinago or Scolopax; in the latter
genus, indeed, it is almost complete.

Vertebral Column and Ribs.

The cervical vertebrae of Rhynchea are exceptionally few for a
Limicoline bird. There are only fourteen, instead of the usual
fifteen. But in this feature Rhynchea agrees with Scolopaw and
Gallinayo. Of these, the last two bear movable incomplete ribs,
that borne by the last of the series being, as is usual, much larger
than that which precedes. Then follow six free dorsal vertebra,
all of which are provided with complete ribs reaching the sternum.
Of these the first five pairs are provided with uncinate processes.
The first of the lumbar vertebre possesses an incomplete pair of ribs,
which, as well as the pair in front, are overlapped by the ilia
There are seven free caudal vertebre in addition to the pygostyle.

* Fauna of British India: Birds, vol. iy. p. 288.

596 MR. F. H, BEDDARD ON THE | Dec. 3,

Sternum and Shoulder- Girdle.

The sternum among Limicoline birds shows some variability as
to the number of notches present. We find sterna of closely
allied forms which have respectively two and four notches. It is
not therefore of great importance to note that in Rhynchwa, as m
Gallinago ceelestis and Scolopaz, the sternum is but two-notched.
It seems to be rather narrower than is often the case; butin spite
ot this the two coracoids do not overlap, or even come into contact
at their articulation with its anterior border. The spina externa
is small and, as in other limicolous birds, the spina interna is not
present. Of some systematic importance is the fact that the
clavicles articulate with the acrocoracoid and the acromion only,
and not with the procoracoid. The typical Limicoline birds possess’
all three articulations ; it is only some of the aberrant groups, such
as the Thinocoride and the Parride, which agree with Rhynchea in
this fact of structure.

But neither in the sternum, pelvis, or appendicular skeleton
are there such wide differences from Scolopax and Gallinago as are
shown in the skull.

5. On some Anatomical Differences between the Common
Snipe (Gallinago celestis) and the Jack Snipe (Galli-
nago gallinula). By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.,
Vice-Secretary and Prosector to the Society. hi

[Received December 3, 1901.]
(Text-figures 64-69.)

Asis well known, the Jack Snipe differs from the Common
Snipe of this country in the tact that it has only twelve rectrices
and a double-notched sternum; whereas G. calestis has fourteen
rectrices and a sternum with only a single pair of notches. The
sterna have been figured by Seebohm', and the facts have been
noted by many previous observers, such as Macgillivray, Yarrell,
Newton, and others.

Prof. Garrod, who dissected examples of both species, found such
characters as he examined to be identical, excepting of course the
two features already mentioned.

With regard to the sternum, I may observe that one side (the
left) of that bone in a skeleton of G. ce@lestis that | examined had a
small oval foramen, in addition, of course, to the lateral notch. It
is, however, to the skull and the windpipe that I wish to direct
attention in the present communication. Both of these portions
of the body offer easily recognizable differences in the two birds
under consideration.

In the skull the much greater length of the beak-region in the

1 «The Geographical Distribution of the Family Charadriidee’ (London, 1887),
pp. 481 & 485.

1901.] COMMON AND JACK SNIPES. O97

Common Snipe is a distinguishing feature, but one which is well
known ; also the fact that in both birds, as in many Limicoline
types (e. g. Scolopaw, Tringa), the extremities of the premaxillaries
and dentary bones are covered with a honeycomb-like reticulation
of the surface of the bone in correspondence with a pitting of the
horny beak. This is rather more developed in G. ceelestis than in
G. gallinula ; the pitting extends farther back in the former species’.

The chief difference between the two Snipes observable on the
dorsal aspect of the skull concerns the nasal bones. Both are of
course schizorhinal; but while “. celestis is typically so, the
space between the two parts of that bone gradually diminishing to
a mere chink, G. gallinula shows the same “ attempt ” at holorhiny
which occurs in Rhynchea, Hydrophasianus, and some other
Limicoline birds °.

Text-fig. 64. Text-fig. 65.

t

| :
hy
ff \

EM,

‘Dext-fig. 64.— Base of the skull of the Common Snipe (allinago celestis). X 3.
F.M., roramen magnum.

‘Text-fig. 65.—Base of the skull of the Jack Snipe (Gallinago gallinula). xX 3.
B.M., foramen magnum.

On the under surface of the skull two structural features can

! Beyond the symphysis in the lower jaw.

2 This fact, of course, lessens the value of the character as a point of
difference between Rhynchea and its supposed allies (allinago and Scolopax.
See my paper upon the first-named bird, P. Z. 8. 1901, vol. ii. p, 592, where
this structural peculiarity is further referred to.

ee

598 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Dec. 3,

be noted which serve further to distinguish the two species. In
Gallinago coelestis the foramen magnum is somewhat heart-shaped,
but also constricted in the middle, which gives to it an appearance

Text-fig. 66. Text-tig. 67.

Text-fig. 66.—Skull of the Common Snipe (G. celestis), lateral aspect. x 2.
A, external auditory meatus.
Text-fig. 67.—Skull of the Jack Snipe (G@. gallinula), lateral aspect. x 2.
A, external auditory meatus. |B, interorbital foramina.

1901. | COMMON AND JACK SNIPES. 599

very different from that shown by the quite heart-shaped foramen
magnum of G. gallinula. Moreover, the foramen in the first-
named bird is slightly longer than it is broad, while the reverse
is the case in G. gallinula. This very striking difference is shown
in the drawings (see text-figures 64 & 65, p- 597 7). Amore striking
difference, perhaps, is shown in the condition of the maxillo-palatine
plates in the two birds. In both species the plates in question are
firmly ankylosed to the palatines without a trace of division.
But while in G. celestis these projecting plates are thin and bent
downwards at the free edge, they are large swollen bulle in the
Jack Snipe.

A final difference in the skull structure of these two birds
appears to me to be, although but slightly marked, of seme little
importance. It is well-known that the Scolopacine differ from
other Limicoline birds in the fact that the auditory meatus lies
below the orbit, and even rather in front instead of rather behind
it as is the more normal arrangement in birds. Gallinago ceelestis
shows in this character the typical Scolopacine arrangement ; but
in the species G. gallinula the auditory meatus is definitely
although slightly farther back, and thus approaches the more usual
ornithic arrangement. This is quite obvious when the skulls are
placed one below the other, or side by side as in the sketches (text-
figs. 66, 67, p. 598).

It becomes a matter of interest to enquire how these various
characters apply when the genus Scolopaa (sensu strictiore) is taken
into account. The skull of the Woodcock (S. rusticula) is
considerably more massive than that of the Common Snipe; but
apart from that it agrees very closely with the skull of Gallinago
celestis. The position of the external auditory meatus is precisely
as it is in that Snipe. The foramen magnum is of exactly the
same form, though the occipital foramina are rather farther away
from the foramen magnum than is the case with either of the two
species of Snipe.

The schizorhiny of Scolopax rusticula is as pronounced as in
Gallinago celestis, and therefore more pronounced than in
G. gallimula. The maxillo-palatine plates in the Woodcock are so
much reduced, that there is hardly the slightest projection of bone
that can be identified with them. This state of affairs is in
reality an exaggeration of what is to be seen in the skull of
G. celestis, where the bones in question are narrow shelf-like
processes. The large swollen bulle of G. gallinula are almost
equally different from the maxillo-palatines of both Woodcock and
Common Snipe.

The syrinx of Gallinago gallinula is represented in the acecom-
panying drawings (text-figs. 68, 69, p. 600), from which it will be
seen that it is very different in detail from that of G. celestis.
The difference is mainly caused by the laterally bowed syringeal
semirings at the commencement of that organ, which cause the
syrinx to project at this point very far beyond the level of the
trachea. This is, of course, merely an exaggeration of the usual

600 MR. £F. E. BEDDARD ON THE

Text-fig. 68.

Syrinx of Gallinago gallinula 3, front view. X 3.

B, extrinsic syringeal muscles. | C, intrinsic muscles.

Text-fie. 69.

Syrinx of G. gallinula 3, lateral view. X 3.

A, C, two parts of intrinsic syringeal muscle.
B, extrinsic syringeal muscle.

[Dec. 3,

1901. | COMMON AND JACK SNIPES. 601

structure of the avian syrinx, but it is so far a valid distinction
between the two species of Snipe. The protuberance of this part
of the syrinx is further increased by the considerable development
of the intrinsic syringeal muscles. In Gallinago celestis these
muscles are thin and narrow slips, which are attached to the
membranous interval between the first two syringeal rings ; these
band-like muscles are so slightly marked that they are not visible
in a badly preserved syrinx of that bird which I have in my
possession.

G. gallinula shows the greatest contrast in these muscles. In
the first place, it has distinctly two pairs of intrinsic muscles.
I do not think that the existence of two pairs of intrinsic syringeal
muscles has been recorded in any other genus of Limicoline birds.
In any case it is certain that the majority of the genera have either
a single pair only of intrinsic muscles, or that these muscles are
entirely absent. This comparatively complex musculature of
G. gallinula is to be seen in the accompanying drawing (text-fig. 69,
p- 600), which represents a lateral view of the syrinx. It will be
noticed from that drawing that the most purely lateral in position
of the two muscles is the larger and that it spreads out in a fan-
shaped way at its insertion. Which of the two muscles corre-
sponds to the single one of G. c@lestis does not seem to be so
certain ; but I am inclined to regard the larger of the two muscles
as the one. The other muscle lies more posteriorly.

Now of all the features that have been dwelt upon in comparing
G. celestis and G. gallinula, the syrinx of Scolopax rusticula most
nearly resembles that of the Common Snipe, G. celestis. I need
not enter into details since the drawings illustrating a former
paper ' clearly show the closeness of the correspondence °.

The few points with which I have dealt in the present communi-
cation obviously reopen the question of generic separation among
the members of this large genus Scolopaw or subfamily Scolopacine’.
Mr. Seebohm stands at the one extreme of ornithological opinion,
since he ineludes all the 23 species of Snipe and Woodcock in the
genus Scolopax, though admitting possible subgeneric divisions.
On the otber hand, many persons separate Giallinago (Snipe) from
Scolopax (Woodcock), while others retain Limnocryptes for the
Jack Snipe and still further subdivide generically the remaining
members of the group.

So little is known at the present time concerning the anatomy
of the numerous species of birds which are undoubtedly Snipes or
Woodcocks, that it is really premature to attempt any final settle-
ment of the question. I have not attempted to prejudge it in the
foregoing pages, and have therefore used Gallinago for the Snipes,

1 Above, p. 589.

2 Since reading this paper I find that it is only the male Jack Snipe which
has the more complex syrinx; the syrinx of the female is like that of the male
G. celestis, and with but a single pair of slender muscles.

3 From which Rhynchec is of course to be removed,

602 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dee. 3,

as | think that the prevailing opinion is in favour of retaining
that genus. Now, however, I may be allowed to point out that
in the three Scolopacine birds considered in the present com-
munication the line of division is rather between the Jack Snipe
and the remaining two, than between the Snipes and the Woodcock.
I would rather, in fact, refer Gallinago celestis to the genus
Scolopax, retaining Gallinago for G. gallinula.

’

6. On the Collection of Birds made by Dr. A. Donaldson
Smith on his last Expedition to Lake Rudolf and the
Nile. By R. Bowpier Suarre, LL.D., F.Z.8., &e.

[Received November 16, 1901.]
(Plate XXXVI.)

Dr. Donaldson Smith’s adventurous journey may be traced on
the excellent map which accompanies his paper in the ‘ Geo-
graphical Journal’ for December, 1900 (vol. xvi. pp. 600-624).
A remarkable point of interest for Ornithologists is that insisted
upon by the traveller, namely, that on reaching the Omo River he
found a great change in the aspect of the Fauna. This is confirmed
by the species of birds which he obtained on the marches between
the Mursu country and the Nile. A West-African element, already
known to exist on the Upper Nile through the collections made
by Emin Pasha at Redjaf and Lado, was here traceable farther
eastward to the Omo River, as proved by such species as Platystira
albifrons, Cossypha verticalis, Lybius cquatorialis, and Cossypha
omoensis, a near ally of C. giffardi of the Niger. A species
of Barbet (Hrythrobucco rolleiv) was obtained near the Nile, to
which region it seems to be strictly confined, as is probably also
Crateropus tencbrosus. A certain Abyssinian element is also present
among the birds collected between the Omo and the Nile, viz.,
Cryptorhina afra, Oriolus auratus (vice O. notatus), Laniarius
erythrogaster, Lybius abyssinicus. On the other hand, a number of
Somali-land and Hast-African forms extend beyond the Omo River
district, with a slight admixture of Uganda species. Perhaps the
most remarkable of these is Phyllostrophus strepitans, an East-Coast
Bulbul, of which examples were obtained by Dr. Donaldson Smith,
which I have not been able to distinguish from the typical form.
On the Omo River, likewise, the species of Heterhyphantes is H.
melanovanthus, which is the East-African, not the West-African
form. Ploceipasser donaldsoni, a remarkable new species discovered
by Dr. Donaldson Smith on his first expedition, appears to be
confined to the hilly region near Lake Stefanie.

FRANCOLINUS GRANT.
Francolinus granti Hartl.; Sharpe, Hand-1. B. i. p. 28 (1899) ;

For explanation of the Plate, see p. 622.

DP. Z SALMON Noll Jul. 124 DOC.

J.G.Keulemams del.et hth. Mintern Bros.imp

BReCOS Sa ATOMORNS ES): 2.PLOCEIPASSER DONALDSONI

1901. | PROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILE, 603
id. antea, p. 315; Reichenow, Vég. Afrikas, Bd. i. p. 496 (1901) ;
Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 334, 1901, p. 299; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901,
p- 698.

a. do ad. Near Okatela Villages, Feb. 26, 1900.

VINAGO WAALTA.

Vinago waalhia (Gm.); Sharpe, antea, p. 314; Reichenow, Vog.
Afrikas, i. p. 392 (1901); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p.331, 1901, p. 298;
id. & Reid, ¢. &. p. 695.

a. 6 ad. Omo River, Dec. 23, 1899.

TURTUR SEMITORQUATUS.

Turtur semitorquatus (Riipp.); Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, i.
p. 409 (1901); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 332, 1901, p. 298; id. &
Reid, ¢. ¢. p. 696; Sharpe, antea, p. 315.

a. Ad. Omo River, Dec. 23, 1899.

HopLoPrerus SPINOSUS.

Hoplopterus spinosus (L.); Salvad. Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv.
p. 563 (1894; Gurat); Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p.514; Peel, Somali-
land, p. 331; Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, p. 186 (1900); Grant,
Ibis, 1900, p. 328, 1901, p. 297.

a. 3g ad. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 10, 1899.

HBELODROMAS OCHROPUS.

Helodromas ochropus (L.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.
p- 437 (1896); Peel, Somali-land, p. 332; Grant, Ibis, 1900,
p. 329; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 692.

Totanus ochropus (Li.); Reichenow, Vég. Ostafr. i. p. 222 (1900).

a. Pimm. Jira, Oct. 26, 1899.

RHINOPTILUS CINCTUS.

Rhinoptilus cinctus (Heugl.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 170
(1899); id. antea, p. 314; Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, 1. p. 160
(1900).

a. Ad. Edjo, 2100 feet, Feb. 20, 1900.

MELIERAX GABAR.

Micronsus gabav (Daud.); Sharpe, antea, p. 312; Reichenow,
Voge. Afrikas, i. p. 565 (1901); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 319; id.
& Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 682.

a. 2 ad. Magois country, Jan. 25, 1900.

LOPHOAETUS OCCIPITALIS,

Lophoaétus occipitalis (Daud.); Salvad. Mem. R. Acead. Sci. Tor.
(2) xliv. p. 553; Peel, Somali-land, p. 326; Reichenow, Voég.
Afrikas, i. p. 582; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 321, 1901, p. 293.

a. (Head.)

504 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dec. 3.

CERCHNEIS NAUMANNI.

Cerchneis nawmannt (Fleisch.) ; Reichenow, Vég. Afrikas, 1.
p. 644 (1901): Grant, Ibis, 1901, p. 294.

Cerchneis cenchris, Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 79.

a. do ad. Jira, Oct. 23, 1899.

This is a very old male of the Lesser Kestrel, in somewhat
worn plumage, and doubtless on its southward journey. On com-
paring the series of C. nawmanni and C. pekinensis in the British
Museum Collection, I am still of opinion that the latter must be
kept distinct, although it may not be more than a race. ‘The
African specimens mentioned by Mr. Gurney in his critique of
my first volume of the ‘ Catalogue’ (Ibis, 1881, p. 471) may after
all be C. pekinensis, which is just as likely to occur in Africa as
Erythropus amurensis. In fact, | now consider that the male
Lesser Kestrel procured by Dr. Hindeat Machakos (ef. Ibis, 1898,
p- 583) is C. pekinensis, and not C. naumanni, as the lesser wing-
coverts are commencing to become grey. It is, however, somewhat
difficult to decide, as the individual still retains some traces of
immaturity.

ASIO NISUELLA.

Asio nisuella (Daud.); Sharpe, Hand-list B.i. p. 200 (1899) ;
Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, 1. p. 659 (1901).

a. 9 ad. Hills between Lakes Stefanie and Rudolf, Dee. 8,
1S)

BUBO ABYSSINICUS.

Bubo abyssinicus (Guér.); Sharpe, Ibis, 1898, p. 289 ; id. Hand-l.
B. i. p. 283 (1899),

Asio abyssinicus, Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, 1. p. 661 (1901).

a. 9 ad. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 9, 1899.

This is a very dark specimen and very rufous in tint, but seems
to me to be of the same species as the birds from Jifa Uri in
Somali-land obtained by Mr. Hawker. The exact status of the
species remains to be determined, and it is desirable that the type
should be compared. Professor Reichenow considers that it is an
Asio ; but the wing-formula given by him does not agree with that
of any one of our series, the 4th primary being of about the same
length as the 2nd and 3rd, while the 1st is much shorter than the
5th, and is, in fact, about equal in length to the long inner
secondaries.

BuBO LACTEUS.

Bubo lacteus (Temm.) ; meee This, 1885, p. 392; Oust. Bibl.
Hautes-Etudes, xxxi. Art. 10, 3 (1886); Salvad. ‘Neu Accad.
Torino, (2) xliv. p- 550 (1891 ; yoesndbinys Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895,
p- 908 ; ‘a Hanae 1B ysis 0s a (1899) ; Peel, Somali-land, p. 328 ;

Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, i. p. 650 (1901); Grant, Ibis, 1900,

p- 319, 1901, p. 292; id. & ‘Reid. t.¢. p. 680.
a. o ad. Omo wer Dec. 29, 1899.

1901.) FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILE, 605

SCOPS LEUCOTIS.

Scops leucotis (Temm.); Salvad. Mem. Acead. Torino, (2) xliv.
p. 851 (1894; Duxi Katabel); Sharpe, Hand-l. B.i. p. 287 (1899).

Asio leucotis, Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, 1. p. 661 (1901).

a. dg ad. Akara country, Feb. 21, 1900.

GLAUCIDIUM PERLATUM,

Glaucidium perlatum (V.); Sharpe, P. ZS. 1895, p. 504 ;
Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 77; Peel, Somali-land, p. 323; Sharpe,
Hand-l. B. i. p. 298 (1899); Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, 1. p. 674
(901); Grant, Ubis, 1900, p. 319, 1901; p. 292; id. & Reid,
t. ¢. p. 680.

a, 6.-3$ 9 ad. Mursu, Dec. 28, 1899.

CORACIAS GARRULUS.

Coractas garrulus L.; Salvad. Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) sliy.
p. 554 (1894 ; Warandab); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 74; Peel,
Somali-land, p. 323; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p.47 (1900).

a,b. 6 Q ad. Jira, Oct. 23, 1899.

The female has a much smaller bill than the male.

CORACIAS ABYSSINICUS.

Coracias abyssinicus Bodd.; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 46 (1900) ;
Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 317, 1901, p. 291; id. & Reid, @ ¢. p. 678.

a..Ad. Akara country, Feb. 12, 19 900,

IsPIDINA PICTA,

Ispidina picta (Bodd.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 497; Peel,
Somali-land, p. 8323 ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. 1. p. 54 (1900).

a. Ad.;6. 9 ad. Omo River, Dec. 28, 1899.

- HALCYON SEMICERULEA.

Halcyon senicerulea, Oust. Bibl. Haut. -Etudes, xxxi. Art. 10,

p. + (1886) ; Salvad. Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 093 (1894):
BHEEEe Paes: 13895. 0) 407) 5 heel, Somali- land, p. 322; Sharpe,
Hand-l. B. i. p. 57 (1900); Grant, Ibis, 1900, Oe, lay JEON
pa2gliceid: é& Reid. 2, cp. 607.

a. 6 ad. lLario, March 1, 1900.

HALCYON CHELICUTENSIS.

Haleyon chelicutensis (Stanl.); Oust. Bibl. Haut.-Etudes,
xxx Art: 105 np: 73 (1886) 2 Sharpe Ro 2) S01 39a ap. 497 ;
Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p.5d2; Hawker, Hass 1899,
p. 76; Peel, Somali-land, p. 322; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. Pa 57
(1900) Grant Ibis, 1900, p- 317, 1901, p. 291; id. & Red
iO (Ozer

a. 9 ad. Magois country, Jan. 21, 1900.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No. XL. 40

606 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS (Dee. 3,
JLALCYON CYANOLEUCUS,
Halcyon cyanoleucus (V.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. it. p. 57 (1900).
a. 3d ad. Omo River, Dec. 22, 1899.
6b. g ad. Mursu country, Dec. 29, 1899.
BYCANISTES CRISTATUS.
Bycanistes cristatus (Ripp.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. 11. p. 69 (19090);
Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 316.
a. 9 ad. Omo River, Dec. 22, 1899.

LoPHOCEROS NASUTUS.

Lophoceros nasutus(Linn.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 68 (1900) ;
Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 315, 1901, p. 291; id. & Reid, #. c. p. 675.

a. Q ad. Magois country, Jan. 28, 1900.

IRRISOR ERYTHRORHYNCHUS.

Trrisor erythrorhynchus (Lath.); Shelley, bis, 1885, p. 395;
Sharpe, P.Z.S. 1895, p.500; Lort Phillips, [bis, 1896, p.72; Elliot,
Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p. 54; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 76;
Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 71 (1900); Peel, Somali-land, p. 321;
Grant, [bis, 1900, p. 314, 1901, p. 290; id. & Reid, t. ¢. p. 674.

a. d ad. Mursu country, Dee. 30, 1899.

b. g ad. Marsu country, Jan. 2, 1900.

MELITTOPHAGUS CYANOSTICTUS.
Melittophagus cyanostictus (Cab.); Sharpe, Hand-], B. i. p. 237
(1900); id. antea, p. 311.

Melittophagus sharpei, Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 3138, 1901, p. 290;
id. & Reid, ¢. c. p. 672.

a,b. Ad. Akara country, Feb. 12, 1900.

MELITIOPHAGUS BULLOCKI.

Melittophagus bullockt (V.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 73 (1900) ;
Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 3138.

a, b,c. g ad.; d. 2 ad. Magois country, I’eb. 2-3, 1900,

MELITTOPHAGUS FRENATUS.

Melitiophagus frenatus (Hartl.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 73
(1900); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 313.

a. § ad. Magois country, Feb. 3, 1900.

M&ROPS NUBICUS.

Merops nubicus Gm.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 397; Oust. ¢. ¢.
p. 4; Salvad. Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 552 (1894) ; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 73; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 75(1900); Peel,
Soisali-land, p.321; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 314, 1901, p. 290; id. &
Reid, ¢. c. p. 673.

a, >. § ade; c. 9 ad. Mursu country, Jan. 1, 1900.

1901.] FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILF. 607

SCOLORNIS CLIMACURUS.

Scotornes climacurus (Vieill.); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 312, 1901,
p: 290.

a. 2. Fort Berkeley, March 28, 1900.

MacRODYPTERYX MACRODIPTERUS.

Macrodypteryx macrodipterus (Afzel.) ; Hartert, Cat. B. Brit.
Mus. xvi. p. 594 (1892),

a. 2. Magois country, Feb. 4, 1900. :

CoLIUS LEUCOTIS,

Colius leucotis Riipp.; Oust. t. c. p. 3; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad.
Sci. Tor. (2) xliv. p.552; Peel, Somali-land, p. 320; Sharpe, Hand-l.
B. ii. p. 145 (1900); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 310, 1901, p. 289; id.
& Reid, ¢. ¢. p. 670.

a,b. § Q ad. Omo River, Dec. 24, 1899.

¢ Q ad. Mursu country, Dec. 28, 1899.

COLIUS MACRURUS.

Colius macrurus (Linn.) ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. 1. p. 146 (1900) ;
id. antea, p. 311; Grant, Ibis, 1901, p. 289; id. & Reid, #. ¢.
p. 670.

a,b. Q ad. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 9, 1899.

TURACUS LEUCOLOPHUS.

Turacus leucolophus (Heugl.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 153
(1900).

a,b. § Q ad. Fort Berkeley, March 10, 1900.

SCHIZORHIS ZONURA.

Schizorhis zonura Riipp.; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 154 (1900) ;
Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 309.

a. 9 ad. Lukoyo, 2000 ft. March 10, 1900.

CENTROPUS SUPERCILIOSUS.

Centropus superciliosus H. & H.; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 494 ;
Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 75; Peel, Somali-land, p. 320:
Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 168 (1900); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 310,
190], p. 289; id. & Reid, ¢. c. p. 670.

a. Q ad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 25, 1899.

INDICATOR INDICATOR.

Indicator indicator (Gm.); Sharpe, antec, p. 809 ; id. Hand-l. B.
ii. p. 176 (1900); Grant & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 667.

a 9 ad. Omo River, Dec. 22, 1899.

b. g ad. Magois country, Feb. 7, 1900.

ERYTHROBUCCO ROLLETI.

Erythrobucco rolleti (De Fil.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 178
(1900).

a,b. Ad. Near Fort Berkeley, March 13, 1900. :

40*

608 © DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dee. 3,

LYBIUS ZQUATORIALIS.

Lybius equatorialis (Shelley); Sharpe, Hand-]. B.ii. p. 178 (1900).
me equatorialis, Grant, Lbis, 1900, p. 308.
@ ad. Omo River, Dec. 22, 1899.
7" g ad. Omo River, Dec. 28. 1899.
Tris black, eyelid yellow.
c Gad; d,¢ 7g. 2. Omokiver, Decy 2951899!

LYBIUS ABYSSINICUS.

Lybius abyssintcus (Lath.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. 11. p. 178 (1900).

Melanobucco abyssinicus, Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 307 ; id. & Reid,
ibis, 1901, p. 667.

a. gad. Lario, Feb. 28, 1900.

TRICHOLEMA STIGMATOTHORAX.

Tricholema stigmatothorax Cab.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 394 ;
Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 493 ; Elliot, Field Golumb. Mus. i. no. 2,
p. 50; Peel, Somali-land, p. 320; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 179
(1900).

a. dad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

bc. 6; d. Q ad. Mursu country, Dec. 26-381, 1899.

)

e,f- Qad. Magois country, Feb. 2, 1900.

BARBATULA CENTRALIS,

Barbatula chrysocoma pt., Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 42
(1891).

Barbatula ccntralis, Reichen. Orn. MB. viii. p. 40 (1900);
Sharpe, Hand-l. B. 1. p. 181 (1900).

a. 9 ad. Fort Berkeley, March 12, 1900.

As Professor Reichenow (J. c.) has surmised, the specimen d of
Shelley’s B. chrysocoma (1. ¢.) from Kibiro is B. centralis, and is
of the same species as that now procured by Dr. Donaldson Smith
at Fert Berkeley. It is distinguished from the true B. chrysocoma
by its sulphur-yellow under surface, in which respect it resembles
B. vanthosticta Blundell & Lovat, but it has the outer aspect of
the quills yellow, and not so golden as in B. wanthosticta.

TRACHYPHONUS VERSICOLOR.

Trachyphonus versicolor Hartl.; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 186
(1900).

a. 3 ad. Maursu country, Jan. 2, 1900.

b. 9 ad. Akara country, Feb. 16, 1900.

TRACHYPHONUS BOEHMI.

Trachyphonus bochmi ¥. & R.; Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 311; id.
Hand-]. B. i. p. 186 (1900).

Trachyphonus uropygialis, Salvad. Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv.
p. 551 (1894) ; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 493.

ad. Q ad. Webi Dawa, Oct. 3, 1399:

1901. | FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILE, 609

The specimen agrees with the series in the Museum from Teita,
Kilimanjaro, and Paré, Count Salvadori’s diagnosis of his 7. wio-
pygialis (Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) xlvi. p. 551) is not borne out
by our series of specimens, all of which have the lateral upper tail-
coverts crimson, and the two forms must be united. We have a
specimen of 7’. uropygialis from the Webe Shebeli, presented by
Mr. F. Gillett.

TRACHYPHONUS ARNAUDI.

Trachyphonus arnaudi (Des Murs) ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 187
(1900).

a. 6 ad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

b. gd ad. Edjo, 2100 ft., Feb. 20, 1900.

CAMPOTHERA NUBICA.

Campothera nubica (Gm.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 205 (1900) ;
id. antea, p. 308; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 304, 1901, p. 288; id. &
Reid, ¢. ¢. p. 666.

a. d ad. Mursu country, Dec. 28, 1899.

b. Sad. Mursu country, Jan. 2, 1900.

DENDROPICUS HARTLAUBI.

Dendropicus zanzibart Malh.; Hargitt, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xviii.
p- 297 (1890).

Dendropicus hartlaubit Malh.; Reichen. J. f. O. 1887, p. 304;
Sharpe, Hand-l. B. u. p. 218 (1900).

a. 9 ad. Maursu country, Dec. 31, 1899.

THRIPIAS SCHOENSIS.

Thripias schoensis (Riipp.); Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 491; Peel,
Somali-land, p. 319; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 305, 1901, p. 288; id.
& Reid, ¢. c. p. 666 ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 219 (1900).

a. Qad. Mursu country, Dec. 30, 1899.

BRADYORNIS PUMILA.

Bradyornis pumilus Sharpe ; id. antea, p. 805 ; id. Hand-l. B. int.
p- 209 (1901); Grant & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 643.

a. 9 ad. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 9, 1899.

b. g ad. Musha country, Jan. 11, 1900.

EMPIDORNIS KAVIRONDENSIS.

Bradyornis kavirondensis, Neumann, J. f. O. 1890, p. 256.

Empidornis kavirondensis (Cass.) ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. iii. p. 210
(1901).
~ Oassinia kavirondensis, Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 94.

a. Gad. Magois country, Feb. 11, 1900.

b. 9 ad. Lumin, Feb. 24, 1900.

Mr. Oscar Neumann separates Kavirondo birds from the true
EL. semipartita Riipp., of the mountains of Abyssinia, on account
of their much purer coloration. [ have no Abyssinian specimens

610 DR. B. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS | Dec. 3

for comparison, but I must say that all the examples before me
from Mr. Jackson’s and Dr. Donaldson Smith’s collections seem to
me to belong to one and the same race, identical with others in the
Museum from the White Nile, Lado, and the Zeraf River (Capt.
H. W. Dunn). Strict comparison will be necessary with typical
examples of H. semipartita; but there is also some variation to be
seen in the shade of the grey on the rump and wings, as well as of
the orange of the under surface; and the characters of E. kavi-
rondensis do not seem to me to be very forcible ones.

MUSCICAPA GRISOLA.

Muscicapa grisola L.; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 490; Peel,
Somali-land, p. 318; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 178; Sharpe, Hand-l. B.
iii. p. 211 (1901).

a. Gad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

Batis ORIENTALIS.

Pachyprora orientalis (Heugl.) ; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 76,
1898, p. 444; Hawker, lbis, 1899, p. 74; Peel, Somali-land,
p: 317. :

Batis orientalis( Heugl.) ; Oust. Bibl. Haut.-Etudes, xxxi. Art. 10,
p. 5 (1888) ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ui. p. 244 (1901); Grant, Ibis,
1900, p. 172; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 662.

a. dad. Akara country, Feb. 21, 1900.

b. dg ad. Lumin, Feb. 24, 1900.

PLATYSTIRA ALBIFRONS.

Platystira albifrons Sharpe; id. Hand-l. B. ii. p. 246 (1901)
Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 90.

a,b. 6 Q ad.; c. 2 imm. Loker, March 12, 1900.

d. Q ad. Near Fort Berkeley, March 13, 1909.

TERPSIPHONE CRISTATA.

Terpsiphone cristata Sharpe; id. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 490; Lort
Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 76; Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2,
p. 48; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p.414; Peel, Somali-land, p. 318 ;
Sharpe, Hand-l. B. iil. p. 264 (1900); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 174,
190], p. 288; id. & Reid, ¢. ¢. p. 663.

a. dg ad.; b. dS imm. Omo River, Dec. 23, 1899.
PHYLLOSTROPHUS STREPITANS,

Phyllostrophus strepitans Reichenow ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. iii.
327 (1901).

a. gad. Omo River, Dec. 23, 1899.

b. Qad. Omo River, Dec. 24, 1899.

c. Ad. Mursu country, Dec. 29, 1899.

d. 9 ad. Mursu country, Jan. 2, 1900.

These specimens are very rufous in tint, and agree with Captain
Shelley’s type of P. sharpet from Dar-es-Salaam. This species he

Y

p-

1901.] FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THD NILP. 611

has since identified with P. strepitans of Reichenow; and I think
that, on a comparison of the type, P. rufescens of Hartlaub (Orn.
Centralbl. 1882, p. 91) will likewise be found to be identical.
My P. pauper may also turn out to be the same; but it is not so
rufous in tint and rather more of a vinaceous brown; this difference,
however, may be only seasonal.

PYCNONOTUS DODSONI.

Pycnonotus dodsoni, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 488; Hlliot, Field
Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p. 47; Peel, Somali-land, p. 317; Sharpe,
Hand-l. B. it. p. 328 (1901).

a,b,e 3; d. 9 ad. Webi River, Oct. 16, 1899.

e. 9 ad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

ARGYA AYLMERI.

Argya aylmeri, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 404, pl. xi. fig. 1 ; Elliot,
Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p. 47; Peel, Somali-land, p. 317 ;
Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 73.

a. d ad. Webi River, Oct. 15, 1899.

This species seems to me to have a seasonal plumage, as
Dr. Donaldson Smith’s specimen is so very much darker than
the types and Mr. Hawker’s example from Daraweina. The chin
is nearly black, and the dusky bases to the feathers of the throat
and fore-neck are much more pronounced and have the edges sandy
buff, so that the whole appearance is much more scaly. The
colour of the abdomen and the brown of the upper surface
are much darker.

ARGYA RUFULA.

Argya rufula Heugl.; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 488.

a. 9 ad. Magois country, Feb. 3, 1900.

b,¢. d Q ad. Magois country, Feb. 4, 1900.

d. 9 ad. Omin, March 1, 1900.

Specimen d is paler above and below than the other three,
which agree with the series in the Museum collected at Lado by
Emin Pasha. The wing is given by me (I. ¢.) as 3:5 inches, and
this I find to be the largest dimension in the Lado series, the
wing ranging from 3°2 to 3°35 in the five specimens before me.
In the female from Magois the wing is 3°4 inches, and in the Omin
bird 3-5, these dimensions approaching those of the true A. rub:-
ginosa, the wing of which is given by me (J. ¢.) as 3°8 inches.

CRATEROPUS TENEBROSUS.

Crateropus tenebrosus, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 312, pl. xi. fig. 4
(1887).

a,b. 6 Qad. Fort Berkeley, March 13, 1900.

This very distinct Crateropus was discovered by Emin Pasha at
Lado. Hartlaub’s description leaves no doubt as to the identifi-
eation; but the species can hardly be recognized from his figure,

612 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dec. 3,

which represents a bird rufous-tinted below. The colour of the
species is in reality a dark brown, with darker brown wings and
tail. The black spotting on the throat has grey edgings, and
resembles the marking of other species of Crateropus.

TURDUS PELIOS.

Turdus pelios Bp.; Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p.73; Grant, Ibis, 1900,
p. 163; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 655.

a,b. gad. Magois country, Feb. 2, 1900.

MonvTIcoLa SAXATILIS.

Monticola savatilis (Linn.); Sharpe, antea, p. 806; Grant, Ibis,
1900, p. 163, 1901, p. 2885 id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 655.

a. 9 ad. Magois country, Jan. 21, 1900.

RUTICILLA PH@NICURA.

Ruticilla phenicura (L.); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. y. p. 336
(1881); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 164.

a. Ad. Akara country, Feb. 12, 1900.

A male in spring plumage, commencing to lose the light edges
to the feathers, heralding the assumption of the breeding-dress, in
which the species arrives in Europe.

SAXICOLA @NANTILE.

Saxicola enanthe (.); Oust. Bibl. Hautes-Etudes, xxx. Art. 10,
p. 7 (1886); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 486; Peel, Somali-land,
p- 316; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 165; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 658.

a. Ad. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 12, 1899.

SAXICOLA ISABELLINA.

Savicola isabellina Riipp.; Sharpe, antea, p. 307; Grant, Ibis,
1900, p. 166, 1901, p. 288; id. & Reid, t. c. p. 658.

a,b. gad. Webi Dawa, Oct. 8, 1899.

c. 9 ad. Webi River, Oct. 20, 1899.

die. 6 @ ad. 25 miles west of Egder, Nov. 8, 1899.

f. Gad. Hills west of Lake Stefanie, Dec. 6, 1899.

g- 3 ad. Lario, March 1, 1900.

SAXICOLA PLESHANKA.

Sawicola pleshanka (Lepech.); Sharpe, antea, p. 307.

a. Qad. El Dere, Oct. 31, 1899.

b,c. Gad. Magois country, Jan. 28, 1900.

d,e. Qad.; f. g ad. Akara country, Feb. 11-12, 1900.

Mr. Ogilvie-Grant gives his opinion that my Saaicola somalia
(P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 486) is Saxicola vittata Hiempr. & Ehr., of which
there was no specimen in the Musexrm when I described the
species. I think this is very probable, although the three speci-
mens from the Seebohm Collection are black and white, and very
different from the type of S. somalica.

1901.] FROM LAK® RUDOLF AND THE NILF. 613

ERYTHROPYGIA LEUCOPTERA.

Erythropygia leucoptera (Riipp.); Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 70;
Sharpe, antea, p. 806; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 170; id. & Reid,
This, 1901, p. 660.

a. oad. Akara country, Feb. 16, 1900.

CossyPHa omornsis. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.)

Cossypha omoensis, Sharpe, Bull. B.O. C. xi. p. 28 (1900).

a. gad. Omo River, Dec. 22,1899. (Type of species.)

b. 9 ad. Mursu country, Dec. 29, 1899.

c,d. Q@ad. Mursu country, Dec. 31, 1899.

This species has the same squamated white head as C. giffardi
(Hartert, Bull. B. O. C. x. p. v, 1899; C. albicapilla giffardi
Hartert, Nov. Zool. vi. p. 420), but differs in its much darker
chestnut under surface and tail, the outer feathers of the latter
having a black edging near the tip.

CossYPHA VERTICALIS.

Cossypha verticalis Hartl.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 45
(18838).

a. g ad. Fort Berkeley, March 13, 1900.

Not to be separated from Niger specimens, and identical with
one from Tamaja obtained by Emin Pasha.

CossYPHA HEUGLINI.

Cossypha heuglint Hartl.; Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 84; Jackson,
Ibis IOI ps2:

a. 9 ad. Omo River, Dec. 30, 1899.

CICHLADUSA GUTTATA.

Cichladusa guttata Heugl.; Oust. Bibl. Haut.-Etudes, xxxi.
Art. 10, p. 6 (1886); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 484; Peel, Somali-
land, p. 318.

a. Ad. Mursu country, Dec. 30, 1899.

b. Q@ ad. Magois country, Feb. 3, 1900.

c,d. $ @ ad. Magois country, Feb. 7, 1900.

These specimens are the true C. guttata, and agree with one
from Lado collected by Emin Pasha. Those from Lamu and the
coast-region are somewhat smaller and much brighter rufous on
the quills, and have been separated as Cichladusa rufipennis
(cf. Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. xii. p. 35).

HYPOLAIS PALLIDA.

Hypolais pallida (H. & E.); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v.
p- 82 (1881); Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas, p. 232 (1894);
Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p. 46; Lort Phillips, Ibis,
1898, p. 408; Peel, Somali-land, p. 315; Grant & Reid, Ibis,
1901, p. 647.

a. 9 ad. Akara country, Feb. 18, 1900,

614 DR. R. BOWDLUR SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dee. 3,

SYLVIELLA MICRURA.

Sylviella micrura Riipp.; Sharpe, antea, p. 306; Grant, [his,
1900, p. 154; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 647.

a. Ad. Magois country, Feb. 11, 1900.

CAMAROPTERA TINCTA,

Camaroptera brevicaudata Cretschm. ; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,
. 409; Peel, Somali-land, p. 315.

a. 9 ad. Omo River, Dec. 23, 1899.

b,c. $ 9 ad. Mursu country, Dec. 26, 1899.

—
—~

PRINIA MYSTACEA.

Prinia mystacea (Rupp.); Reichenow, Vog. Deutsch-Ost-A frikas,
p- 225; Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 63.

a. 9 ad. Omo River, Jan. 5, 1900. Iris red.

b. 2 ad. Magois country, Jan. 27, 1900.

c,d. @ ad. Magvis country, Feb. 11, 1900.

CISTICOLA SUBRUFICAPILLA.

Cisticola subruficapilla (Smith); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 162;
Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 57. :

a. 9 ad. Magois country, Jan. 27, 1900.

CALAMONASTES SIMPLEX.

Calamonastes simplex (Cab.); Sharpe, antea, p. 305; Grant &
Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 649.

a. 9 ad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

b. Q ad. Between Lakes Stefanie and Rudolf, Dec. 4, 1899.

TELEPHONUS SENEGALUS.
Telephonus senegalus (Linn.); Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 45.
a,b. gad. Fort Berkeley, March 13, 1900.

DRYOSCOPUS FUNEBRIS.

Dryoscopus funebris Hartl.; Sharpe, untea, p. 304; Grant, Ibis,
1900, p. 147, 1901, p. 287; id. & Reid, ¢.¢. p. 637.

a,b. 6 9 ad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

c. 9 ad. Akara country, Feb. 16, 1900.

LANIARIUS CHRYSOGASTER.

Laniarius chrysogaster (Sw.); Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 42.
a. 9 ad. Mursu country, Dec. 28, 1899.

LANIARIUS ERYTHROGASTER.

Laniarius erythrogaster (Cretzschmn.) ; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 148;
Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 42.

a. Q ad. Omo River, Dec. 22, 1899.

b. 9 ad. Mursu country, Dec. 29, 1899.

1901.} FROM LAKA RUDOLY AND THE NILE. 615

LANIUS ANTINORIL,

Lanius antinori Salvad.; Sharpe, anrtea, p. 304; Grant, Ibis,
1901, p. 287 ; id. & Reid, ¢.¢. p. 642.

a,b. 39 ad. Gorili, 3000 feet, 25 miles west of Heder,
Noy. 8, 1899.

ce. @ ad. Lake Stefanie, Dec. 12, 1899.

LANIUS NUBICUS.

Lanius nubicus Licht.: Grant, Ibis, 1900,p. 149, 1901, p. 288.

a. 9 imm. Magois country, Feb. 8, 1900.

A female of the last year in very worn plumage. It is in full
moult.

LANIUS EXCUBITORIUS.

Lanius exculrtorius Des Murs ; Grant, [bis, 1900, p. 148, 1901,
p- 287; id. & Reid, ¢. c. p. 641.

a. gad. North end of Lake Rudolf, Dec. 15, 1899.

b. gad. Magois country, Jan. 30, 1900.

c 3; d,e. Q ad. Magois country, Feb. 7, 1900.

Ff. Qad. Akara country, Feb. 12, 1900.

LANIUS PARADOXUS.

Lanius pomeranus (nec Scop.), Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 68.

Lanius senator paradowus (Brehm), Hartert, Nov. Zool. vi.
p. 417 (1899); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 150.

a. gad. Magois country, Jan. 28, 1900.

b. g ad. Magois country, Feb. 7, 1900.

c. ¢6 imm. Akara country, Feb. 12, 1900.

d. 9. Lario, March 1, 1900.

Mr. Hartert (/. c.) has written a very interesting account of the
forms of the Woodchat Shrike and its allies. He recognizes four
races of Lanius senator,as he calls the European Woodchat Shrike,
all of which races are well represented in the series in the British
Museum, and I am thus able to appreciate the value of Mr. Hartert’s
remarks. The Mediterranean form, which he calls Z. senator
pectoralis, has, as a rule, a lighter chestnut head and more buff on
the under surface and on the rump. This is the Woodchat which
goes to Senegambia, but I doubt very much whether, when a full
series is compared, any permanent difference will be found between
the buff-breasted L. pectoralis and the white-breasted ZL. pomeranus
vel LZ, senator: the buff tint may after all be an evanescent character
as the season wears on. Lanius badius seems to me quite re-
cognizable as a species, though Mr. Hartert’s mention of a
Corsican Woodchat without a white speculum is rather puzzling.

Lanius paradowus Brehm, which is reinstated as a distinct form
by Mr. Hartert, turns out to be quite a recognizable species, with
a white base to the centre tail-feathers. We have a good series of
this bird in the British Museum, but the specimens have been

616 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dec. 3,

confounded with Z. pomeranus by myself and all recent writers,
except Mr. Hartert. The range of Z. paradowus appears to be
from Persia to Palestine and south into Equatorial Afriea, as
is evidenced by the series in the British Museum from the
following localities :—

Persia (Mus. Brit.), Niriz, east of Shiraz (W. 7. Blanford),
Shiraz (Sir O. St. John), Mohammerah (A. Loftus), Bushire
(A. J. V. Palmer), Fao (W. D. Cumming), Mount Carmel,
Palestine, Safed, and River Kishon (H. B. Tristram), Egypt,
Nubia, and Korusko (@. EH. Shelley), Fashoda (R. MW. Hawker),
Bogos-land (Hs/er), Amba (W. Jesse), Halai, Abyssinia (W. T.
Blanford), Gadaburka, Abyssinia (Hf. Weld Blundell d Lord Lovat),
Mackanis, Somali-land (2. M. Hawker). The specimen from
Dowlutpur in Sind, in the Hume Collection, said to have been
procured there by Mr. J. A. Murray, is, like some other supposed
Sind examples, doubtless from the Persian Gulf.

EUROCEPHALUS RUEPPELLI.

Eurocephalus rueppelli Bp.; Sharpe, antea, p. 305; Grant,
Ibis, 1901, p. 288; id. & Reid, ¢. ¢ p. 6438.

Bradyornis rueppelli, Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2,
p. 43.

a,b. 6 Q ad. Magois country, Feb. 7, 1900.

ce. @ ad. Magois country, Feb. 11, 1900.

ZOSTHROPS FLAVILATERALIS.

Zosterops flavilateralis, Reichenow, J. f. O. 1892, p. 193.

Zosterops senegalensis pt., Shelley, B. Africa, ii. pt. 2, p. 173
(1900).

a,b. 3; ¢ Qad. River Omo, Mursu country, Dec. 28, 29,
1899.

It is scarcely surprising to find that Captain Shelley has united
Z. flavilateralis, Z. superciliosa, and Z. stuhlmanm, all species
described by Dr. Reichenow, with Z. senegalensis. The differences
of shade of colouring are very slight, and consist of a yellower or
greener tint. I can, however, see that 7. flavilateralis, as deter-
mined for me by Mr. Oscar Neumann, is a greener bird than
Z. senegalensis. The same is the case with the Omo River birds,
which are duller green above and more sulphur-yellow below than
Z. fluvilateralis; but I cannot bring myself to consider them
distinct, though Mr. Oscar Neumann believes them to be so.

PARUS THRUPPI.

Parus thruppi Shelley; Sharpe, antea, p. 304; Shelley, B.
Africa, i. p. 244; Grant & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 637.

aoO\vad’s. ‘Got cNoylels99:

Captain Shelley has united Parus barakw of Jackson to LP.
thruppt; but it seems to me that the latter is much more buit

lend

1901. | FROM LAKH RUDOLF AND THE NIL. 617%

below, and Dr. Donaldson Smith’s specimen agrees with the
Somali birds and not with P. barake.

NECTARINIA PULCHELLA.

Nectarinia pulchella (L.); Shelley, B. Africa, 1. p. 23 (1900) ;
Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 148; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 654.

a. Gad. Lake Stefanie, Noy. 29, 1899.
b,c. g juv. Omo River, Mursu country, Dec. 29-30, 1899.

CINNYRIS FALKENSTEINI.

Cinnyris falkensteint Fischer & heichen. ; Shelley, B. Africa, i.
p. 66, pl. 3. fig. 3; Sharpe, Ibis, 1900, p. 496.

a. dad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

b. gad. Musha country, 5000 feet, Jan. 5, 1900.

ANTHOTHREPTES ORIENTALIS.

Anthothreptes orientalis Hart].; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 475 ;
Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p. 41; Lort Phillips, Ibis,
1898, p. 404; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 67; Peel, Somali-land,
p. 311; Grant & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 636.

a, b. 3; ¢. Gad. River Omo, Mursu country, Dec. 26-31, 1899.

MoraciLba VIDUA.

Motacilla vidua Sund.; Shelley, B. Africa, ii. p. 261, pl. 12.
fig. 1 (1900); Peel, Somali-land, p. 311; Grant, Ibis, 1900,
p. 189; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 630.

a. 92 ad. Omo River, Dec. 30, 1899.

Moracinta FLAVA.

Motacilla flava Li.: Sharpe, P. ZS. 1895, p. 473; Hawker,
Ibis, 1899, p. 66; Peel, Somali-land, p. 311; Shelley, B. Africa,
il. p. 286 (1900); Grant & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 631.

a. Qjuv. Akara country, Feb. 12, 1900.

ANTHUS SORDIDUS.

Anthus sordidus Riipp.; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 81; Elliot,
Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p. 4; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,
p- 402; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 66; Peel, Somali-land, p. 311;
Shelley, B. Africa, ii. p. 314 (1900); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 141;
id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 632.

a. gad. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 10, 1899.

PYRRHULAUDA SIGNATA.

Pyrrhulauda signata, Oust. Bibl. Hautes-Etudes, xxxi. Art. 10,
p. 9 (1886).

Pyrrhulauda harrison, Ogilvie Grant, Bull. B. O. C. xi. p. 30
(1900) ; id. Ibis, 1901, p. 286, pl. vii.

a. 2. Lake Stefanie, Dec. 4, 1899.

618 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dee. 3,

PEYRONIA PYRGITA.
Petronia pyrgita (Heugl.); Sharpe, antea, p. 302; Grant &
Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 624.

a. $. 4H. of Boran country, Oct. 18, 1899.
b. @. Akara country, 2330 feet, Jan. 21, 1900.

PASSER GONGONENSIS,

Passer diffusus gongonensis (Oust.); Hartert, Nov. Zool. vii.
p. 43.

a. 2. Omo River, Dec. 24, 1899.

b,c. $6 2. Akara country, Feb. 16, 1900.

EMBERIZA POLIOPLEURA.

Emberiza poloplewra Salvad.; Sharpe, antea, p. 302; Grant &
Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 626.

a. Ad. Lake Rudolf, Dee. 9, 1899.

FRINGILLARIA SATURATIOR.

Fringillaria saturatior, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. xi. p. 47 (1901).

a. 2. Lake Stefanie, Dec. 4, 1899.

This appears to bea very dark form of F. sériolata, much
darker brown above, and with the head brown, not grey, the throat
-and chest dull ashy brown, and the breast, abdomen, thighs, and
under tail-coverts rufescent, not isabelline.

TEXTOR SCIOANUS.

Textor scioanus Salvad.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 508.

a,b. $. Magois country, Jan. 28, 1900.

ce 2. <Akara country, Feb. 21, 1900.

These specimens seem to be referable to 7’. scioanus, but have
scarcely any perceptible pale lining to the primaries, and even the
black-plumaged birds have no sign of any swelling at the base of
the culmen.

HYPHANTORNIS TENIOPTERA.

Hyphantornis tenioptera Reichenb. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.
xii, p. 467.

a-f. 6 @Q ad. Magois country, Jan. 27, 1900.

Six specimens, all more or less out of plumage, procured in the
Magois country on the 27th of January, 1900. Two of these
birds are apparently adult females, and two are males about to
assume their full plumage; and, although it is very difficult to
determine specimens in such incomplete dress, I refer them
to H. twmoptera mainly on account of the coarse blackish striping
on the back, which seems to be one of the distinguishing characters
of the species.

1901. | FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND ‘Te NILE. 619

HYPHANTORNIS ABYSSINICUS.

Hyphantorms abyssinicus (Gm.); Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 616;
Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 1383; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 622.

a 33; 6,c. Q. Omo River, Dec. 23-30, 1899.

d. Q. Akara country, Feb, 21, 1900.

The birds killed in December are all more or less out of
plumage.

HYPHANTORNIS ULUENSIS.

Hyphantornes vitellinus (nee Licht.) ; Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 254;
Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 616.

Hyphantornis vitellinus uluensis, Oscar Neumaun, J. f. O. 1900,
p. 282.

a. dad. Bend of Omo River, Dee. 31, 1899.

b. gad. Bend of Omo River, Jan. 2, 1900.

c. Q@ ad. Magois country, 1500 feet, Jan. 27, 1900.

d. Q ad, Akara country, 1700 feet, Feb. 21, 1900.

SITAGRA LUTEOLA,

Sitagra luteola (Licht.) ; Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 615.
a,b. go 2. Bend of the River Omo, Dee. 31, 1399.
Both birds out of plumage.

ANAPLECTES MELANOTIS.

Anaplectes melanotis (Lafr.); Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 610;
Sharpe, antea, p. 301; Grant, Ibis, 1901, p. 285; id. & Reid, t.c.
p- 620.

a. 6. Omo River, Dec. 25, 1899.

C ¢. Magois country, bend of Omo River, Dec. 30, 1899.

3. Lukoyo country, 2600 feet, 30 miles E. of Fort Berkeley,
Wien 13, 1900.

H&rERHYPHANTES EMINI.

Heterhyphantes emini (Hartl.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii.
p- 420 (1890); id. P. ZS. 1898, p. 468; Peel, Somali-land,
p. 308.

a,b. 9. Thirty miles east of Fort Berkeley, March 13, 1900.

H®TERHYPHANTES MELANOXANTHUS.

Heterhy, iy phantes melanovanthus (Cab.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit.
Mus. xii. p. 416 (1890).

a,b. 3; ¢ 9. River Omo, Mursu country, Dec. 26-31,
1899,

These specimens seem to be identical with others from Lamu
and the coast-region of Hast Africa. They are not the West-
African H. nagricollis, which Mr. Jackson got in Kakamega,

Kavirondo, a species distinguished by its olive-ye ellowish upper tail-
coverts.

620 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS (Dec. 3,

EstRILDA PH@NICOTIS.

Estrilda phenicotis (Sw.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1398, p. 467; Peel,
Somali-land, p. 308; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 131; id. & Reid, Ibis,
1901, p. 619.

a,b. 6 @. Bend of Omo River, Dec. 30, 1899.
c. 6. Magois country, 1500 feet, Jan. 26, 1900.
d. g. Okatela Mountains, 1700 feet, eb. 24, 1900.

ARDEMOSYNE CANTANS.

Aidemosyne cantans (Gm.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 466 ;
Elliot, Iield Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p. 34; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,
p. 62; Peel, Somali-land, p.307; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 131; id. &
Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 618.

a,b. $;¢ Q. Magois country, 1500 feet, Feb. 16, 1899.

ZONOGASTRIS SOUDANENSIS.

Zonogastrts soudanensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 298
(1890).

a. 3d. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

LAGONOSTICTA BRUNNEICEPS.

Lagonosticta brunneiceps Sharpe; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 127,
1901, p. 285; id. & Reid, ¢. ¢. p. 617.

a-d. 3. Bend of Omo River, Dec. 25-29, 1899.

(JUELEA [THIOPICA.

Ploceus sanguinirostris, var. ethiopicus (Sund.); Oust. t, ¢. p. 10
(1886).

Quelea cethiopica, Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 465; Hlliot, Field
Columb. Mus. 1. no. 2, p. 34 (1887); Peel, Somali-land, p. 307;
Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 126; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 616.

a. 3d. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 10, 1899.

PLOCEIPASSER DONALDSONI. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.)
Ploceipasser donaldsoni, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. v. p. xiv (1895).
a. Q@. Hills west of Lake Stefanie, Dec. 6, 1899.

The female differs from the type specimen in having distinct
brown centres to the feathers of the chest and flanks, which are
consequently more spotted than in the male. Total length
6:5 inches, culmen 0°8, wing 3°5, tail 1°95, tarsus 0°95.

PLOCEIPASSER MELANORHYNCHA.

Ploceipasser melanorhyncha (Riipp.) ; Grant, Ibis, 1901, p. 285 ;
id. & Reid, t. c. p. 616.

a. 3; b,c. 9. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 21-29, 1899.

2°. Musha Mountains, 2330 feet.

1901.] FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILE. 621

PLOCEIPASSER SUPERCILIOSUS.
Ploceipasser superciliosus (Cretzschm.); Jackson, Ibis, 1899,
p. 603 ;-Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 126.
-a. &. Tarangole, March 1, 1900.

PYROMELANA TAHA,

Pyromelana taha (Smith) ; Jackson, Lbis, 1899, p. 602; Grant:
& Reid, Ibis, 1901,-p. 615. ial

a. &. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 12, 1899.

The specimen is out of plumage, but seems certainly to belone
to this species. me:

_ Uropracuya PHENICEA.

| sino ya phenicea (Heugl.) ; Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 600.
2... Tarangole, March 5, 1900.

on female bird and therefore ‘diffenle to determine, but agreeing
Ww vith the: hens of U. plonicea’ in the British Museum.

— BUCHANGA ASSIMIEIs.

~Buchanga assimilis (Bechst.) ; Sharpe, antea, p. 301; Grant, Ibis,
1900, p. 122, 1901, p. 284; id. & Reid, t. . p. 613.

a. 2 ad. Cameresy Benrecn Lakes Stefanie and Rudolf, Dec. 30,
1899.

ORIOLUS ROLLETI.
Oriolus rolleti Salvad.; Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 595; Grant,
Ibis, 1901, p. 284.

a. &. Bend of Omo River, Jan. 2, 1900.
6. g ad. Mountains near One Baan Jan. 19, 1900.
ce. 9 ad. Akara Hills, 1800 feet, Feb. 18, 1900.

ORIOLUS AURATUS.

— Oriolus auratus Vieill. ;, Sharpe, Cat. B. 11. p. 195; Grant, Ibis,
+900, p: 122.-

a. 9. Magois country, Feb. 2, 1900.

The tail has been shot away, excepting for three middle feathers.
These answer to the figure ot O. auratus in the third volume of the
‘Catalogue,’ and the bird appears undoubtedly to belong to that
species.

' LAMPROTORNIS BREVICAUDA,

Lamprotorms brevicauda Sharpe; Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 591;
Neum. J. f. O. 1900, p. 281.

a. 3d. Omo River, Dec. 22, 1899 [tail 5:2 inches |.

bh. 9. Omo River, Dec. 24, 1899 [tail 4-7 inches}.

ce. 9. Magois country, Jan. 27, 1900 [tail 4°9 inches].

The differences in the metallic shades of these Glossy Starlings
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vor, II. No. XU. 41

622 ON BIRDS FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILE, | Dee. 3,

are very perceptible, and the shades of green, steel-blue, and
purple vary considerably. These shades of blue and green require
very careful consideration in a study of these Glossy Starlings, as
I believe that the differences of metallic shade are often caused by
the wear and tear of the plumage.

With regard to Lamprotornis viridipectus of Salvadori (Mem.
Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 560, 1894), I may remark that his
belief that spec. 7 of L. porphyropterus in the ‘Catalogue of Birds’
(p. 157), from the Adi River, would turn out to belong to
L. viridipectus, was justifiable; but I believe the specimen in
question to be a young bird of my ZL. brevicauda. It has no
coppery patch on the abdomen, is steel-green on the chest, and
has a dull purplish-bronzy crown.

Two specimens from Gelidi in Somali-land, presented to the
Museum by Mr. F. Gillett, are very green on the chest, and agree
with Dr. Donaldson Smith’s specimens from the Omo River. They
vary in the amount of purple and bronze on the breast, these shades
not being so fully developed as in the type of ZL. brevicauda.
I believe, however, that they are all of the same species, and it is
doubtful whether Count Salvadori’s ZL. viridipectus will turn out
to be different. In case of their identity, the latter name has
precedence.

PPRISSORNIS CARUNCULATA.

Dilophus carunculatus (Gin.); Salvad. Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino,
(2) xliv. p. 563 (1894); Sharpe, P. ZS. 1895, p. 459; Elliot, t.c.
p. 3; Shelley, B. Afr. i. p. 46 (1896); Peel, Somali-land, p. 305 ;
Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 121, 1901, p. 288.

Perissornis carunculata, Oberh. Proc. Acad. Philad. 1899, p. 216.

a. Q@ ad. Lario, March 1, 1900.

CRYPTORHINA AFRA.

Cryptorhina afra (.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 72
(1877); Shelley, B. Africa, 1. p. 47 (1896).

a. 5; 6,¢. Q ad. Akara country, Feb. 21,1900. Iris bright
blue.

According to Mr. Fraser’s determination of the sexes, it is the
female which has the bill entirely black, and the male that has the
flesh-coloured bill. This is contrary to my determination of
the sexes in the ‘Catalogue.’ Heuglin believes that the birds
with the light-coloured bills are the young, and this is, perhaps,
the case with Dr. Donaldson Smith’s specimen, which may be
a young male.

v

©

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI.

Rig. 1. Cossypha omoensis, p. 613.
2. Ploceipasser donaldsoni, p. 620,

P.Z.S. 1901, vol. Il. Pl. XX XVIL

J. Green, del.
NEW WEST-AFRICAN FISHES.

1. PHRACTURA ANSORGII. 2. FUNDULUS GULARIS, male.
38. FUNDULUS GULARIS, female.

1901. ] ON NEW FISHES PROM NIGHRIA. 623

7. Descriptions of two new Fishes discovered by Dr. W. J.
Ansorge in Southern Nigeria. By G. A. BouLenerr,

F.R.S.
[Received November 15, 1901. |

(Plate XXXVI.)

PHRACTURA ANSORGII. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 10 times in total length, length of head 5 times.
Head 14 as long as broad; skull rugose, covered with thin
skin; a median ridge on the snout, bifurcating towards the
interorbital region; snout a little longer than the postocular part
of the head, pointed, projecting beyond the mouth; anterior
nostril three times as distant from the end of the snout as the
posterior from the eye ; eye supero-lateral, its diameter 7 times in
length of head, 12 in interocular width; maxillary barbel 4 length
of head, mandibulars shorter. Occipital process twice and a half
as long as broad, narrowly separated from interneural shield.
Dorsal I 6, first ray longest, as long as head; second dorsal very
small. AnalI10. Pectoral as long as head, nearly reaching base
of ventral; latter a little shorter, nearly reaching anal. Caudal
with crescentic notch. Caudal peduncle a little depressed, 3 total
length. 26 dorsal and 22 ventral scutes, the last 11 on the
caudal pedunele. Pale brownish above, speckled with blackish,
white beneath ; two small blackish spots on the dorsal and two
blackish streaks aloug the caudal.

Total length 46 millim.

A single specimen from Agberi, obtained in September 1901,
along with other small fishes, by means of a native fishing-basket
dipped in shallow creeks and flooded yam-plantations.

This is the third species of the genus Phractura Blgr., previously
known from the Congo only. It differs from both P. bovei
Perugia, and P. scaphirhynchura Vaill., in the greater number of
rays to the anal (11 instead of 8), and of scutes on the body and
caudal peduncle, and in the posterior nostril being much nearer the
eye; from P. bovei in the much larger eye.

FUNDULUS GULARIS. (Plate XX XVII. figs. 2 & 3.)

Depth of body equal to, or a little less than, length of head,
32 to 4 times in total length. Snout as long as eye; lower
jaw but feebly projecting beyond the upper; diameter of eye
32 to 4 times in length of head, twice in interorbital width.
Dorsal 15-16, originating at nearly equal distance from the
head and from the base of the caudal, longest rays about
2 length of head in females, 5 to 7 in males. Anal 16-18, opposed
to dorsal, the rays about as long as those of the latter. Pectoral
nearly ? length of head, in males reaching beyond base of ventral

1 For explanation of the Plate, see p. 624.
41%

624 ON THE REPRODUCTION OF THE DUCKBILL. [ Dec..17,

latter very small, with 6 rays. Caudal rounded, ? or 4 length of
head; one of the upper rays may be produced in the males.
Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. 30 or 31 scales in a
longitudinal series, 12 or 13 ina transverse series ; a series of pits
represents the lateral line. Pale olive-brown above, white below ;
females uniform, or with a few reddish-brown dots on the dorsal
and on the base of the anal. Males with a purple band on each
side of the head, passing round to the other side over the lower
jaw, and a median band of the same colour behind the chin, on
the branchiostegal membrane; small carmine-red spots or vermi-
culations on the side of the head behind the eye, and often small
spots of the same colour on the body; a streak or a series of
spots of crimson along the dorsal and anal and usually two,
converging behind, on the caudal, the latter fin being grey.
between the streaks and pure white outside them ; lower border
of pectoral sometimes crimson.

Total length 63 millim. No difference in size between the
sexes.

Numerous specimens were obtained in September 1901 at
Agberi in shallow creeks and flooded yam-plantations.

This species is most nearly related to F. sjoestedti Lénnberg,
from Camaroon, which has 17 or 18 rays to the dorsal fin, 35 scales,
in the lateral line, and the posterior dorsal and anal rays much
produced and filamentous in the males. The rudimentary pseudo-
branchie, which exist in the East-African F. orthonotus Peters
and F. guenthert Pfeff., and on which Peters’s genus Nothobranchius
is founded, are not to be found in F’. gularis.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVII.
Fig. 1. Phractura ansorgii, with enlarged upper view of head, p. 623.
2. Fundulus gularis, male, with enlarged lower view of head, p. 623.
3. Ditto, female.

December 17, 1901.

Prof. G. B. Howns, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

A communication was read from Mr. G. Metcalfe, M.A.,
drawing attention to the following entry in the ‘ Proceedings’ for
1893 (p. 505) :—‘ The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S., exhibited
and made remarks upon ....a specimen of the egg of the Duck-
bill (Ornithorhynchus anatinus) stated to have been taken out of
the pouch of the mother in Queensland.” <A statement that the
Duckbill laid its eggs in its burrow had also been placed on the
label of the specimens in the Natural History Museum.

1901.) ON A NUW FOSSIL MAMMAL FROM SARDINIA. 625

Mr. Metcalte asserted that, after living many years in a region
inhabited by these animals, making special enquiries of the
authorities of the Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, and Hobart
Museums, and publishing questions on the subject in Australian
newspapers, he had been unable to obtain any evidence that eggs
of Ornithorhynchus had ever been obtained except by dissection
of the mother. He therefore did not believe that the eggs were
laid at all, but that they were hatched before extrusion. It was
also to be noted, in connection with Mr. Rothschild’s exhi-
bition, that Ornithorhynchus did not possess a pouch.

pina reference to Mr. Metcalfe’s communication, Mr. Oldfield
Thomas drew the attention of the Meeting to the accounts given
by- Mr. Caldwell in his paper on the Embryology of the Mono-
tremata ’, to the instances of the laying of eggs recorded by Prof.
Spencer *, and to the following statement® in Mr. J. Douglas
Ogilby’s work on the Mammals of Australia:—‘“The Platypus forms
a nest in its burrow on which to deposit its eggs, and hatched
them out by the warmth of its body in the same manner as birds
doy =

-It was upon this evidence that Mr. Lydekker had based the
Museum-labels referred to by Mr. Metcalfe.

But from Mr, Metealfe’s communication it was evidently still
thought doubtful: by some persons whether the Duckbill really
laid its eggs ; and Mr. Thomas expressed the hope that further
enquiries “night be made by naturalists in Australia as to the
‘actual’ finding of such eggs in the burrows, so that this most
interesting point might be finally settled.

The comparative hardness of the egg-shell, in which Mr. Caldwell
had detected calcic salts, was in favour of the more usually received
opinion, for, in Mr. Boulenger’ s words, “‘ Viviparous reptiles: have
practically no shell to their eggs—it is a mere membrane.”

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.S., exhibited the skull of a fossil
aquatic Musteline animal proposed to be called Enhydrictis
galictoides, from the Pleistocene ossiferous breccia of Sar dinia, and
made the following remarks :——

When exploring, several years ago, a Pleistocene ossiferous
Breccia at San Giovanni, near lolesias, in the south-east of
‘Sardinia, I came upon the skull of a Carnivore which, in the
-general shape of its upper contour, the only part at first exposed,
_presented absolute analogy with that of a Lutra. Both the facial
and the cranial portions are extremely flattened, the latter besides
considerably expanded laterally; the frontal region behind the

1 Phil. Trans. vol. 178, p. 465 (1887); see especially p. 463, bottom para-
graph, and page 473, second paragraph. Pisa bee) OMA ee mire
Nature, xxxi. p. 182 (1884).
Babe 1 (Sydney, 1892),

626 DR. ©. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A [ Dec. 17,

postorbital processes is elongate and contracted, the rostrum short
and broad, the orbits elevated, the infraorbital foramen large.

The ventral region of the skull was at first concealed by strongly
adhering stalagnitic matrix ; when this was disengaged, remarkable
divergences from the Zutra became apparent. The posterior
portion of the region still recalls Zutra by its lateral expansion,
flattened hulle ossee, and broad basioccipital and basisphenoid.
But the broad palatal region between the teeth, and the very
elongate bony palate behind the tooth-series, are in striking
contrast with all known species of Lutra, and approach on the
other hand to some genera of the Musteline, viz. Putorius and
Galretis.

The dentition is undoubtedly that of a member of the Muste-
lide. There appears to be no trace of a fourth, anterior, premolar,
another agreement with the two last-named genera. The most
striking peculiarity of the upper dentition is in the shape of the
carnassial, the one on the left side being fortunately almost
completely preserved.

In the Lutrine the heel of the carnassial is a broad, approxi-
mately semicircular lobe, either embracing the whole of the blade,
or leaving free not more than the posterior third. In the Musteline
the heel is generally represented by a comparatively small, cusp
near the anterior end of the tooth, from which it is well separated
by a constriction. The fossil tooth holds an intermediate position.
The heel is broad as compared with the majority of the Musteline
and shows throughout a raised margin encircling a cup-shaped
area; starting auteriorly from the small antero-external cusp of
the blade, it embraces not more than about the anterior half of
the latter.

The only recent Mustelines presenting a similar carnassial are
those of the Galictis group (Galictis, Galera, Lyncodon), and more
than the other species, the Galictis vittata, in which the heel
ewtends less medially than in the larger species. The only
appreciable difference from the fossil is the slightly stronger
antero-external cusp, which makes the heel of the Galetis carnassial
appear to be situated more backward.

The molar of the fossil is only preserved on the right side; it
is much worn and slightly damaged near the antero-internal corner.
Although this tooth, placed as it is at the end of the series in the
Mustelidee, varies much in this family, even from one species to
the other, it is noteworthy that the molar of the fossil again comes
nearest to the smaller species of Galictis. It is a narrow tooth, in
which the length of the external border is equal to that of the
internal, and the anterior margin runs approximately parallel to
the posterior.

From the description and comparisons it results that the
Sardinian fossil belongs to an amphibious member of the Mus-
teling, coming nearest among recent forms to the South-American
Galictis. It is abundantly entitled to constitute a separate genus,
and I have accordingly called it

1901. | NUW FOSSIL MAMMAL FROM SARDINIA. 627

Enhydrictis galictoides, gen. et sp. nov.

At various times I have dealt with the remarkable Pleistocene
Mammalia of Corsica and Sardinia, and pointed out their absolute
distinctness from those of the Continental Pleistocene fauna, as
well as the affinities of some of the insular forms with Tertiary
European mammals. More recently, Depéret has expressed partly
similar views '.

It was therefore natural to search for related forms with
Enhydrictis amongst the Tertiary Carnivora, with the result that
the Middle Miocene Trochictis is the only known Tertiary genus
in which the upper carnassial is almost identical with those of
Enhydrictis and Galictis.

The recorded species of Yrochictis are based on more or less
perfect mandibular jaws, and the genus has been classed with the
Meline. An imperfect skull with a mandibular ramus attached,
obtained by me in the quarries of La Grive-Saint-Alban, which
is now in the British Museum, shows that the upper jaw of
this genus has already been described under various names, from
Steinheim by O. Fraas (Palwomephitis jaegert*, Lutra dubia)’,
and from La Grive by Depéret and Gaillard (Mustela filhol
Dep.)*. Trochictis has on the whole less affinities with the Meline
than with the Muasteline, and amongst the latter especially with
Galictis and Enhydrictis; to judge from the comparatively small
infraorbilal foramen and the largely developed bulle ossea, it was
not amphibious.

Carnivora still more closely related to Enhydiictis may be
expected from later Tertiary deposits. Mustela majort Weith.,
from the lower Pliocene of Montebamboli (Tuscany)—which, by the
way, is not a Mustela—shows some approach to Enhydrictis in the
shape of the upper carnassial, the heel of which is not separated
by a constriction from the blade, but largely developed ; it is even
longer antero-posteriorly than in the latter genus. The tooth of
M. majori is not inserted obliquely in the jaw as in Enhydrictis,
but parallel to the palate, apparently in connection with the
different insertion and direction of the zygoma. The upper molar
(m.1) of J. majort approaches more that of Mustela ; its transverse
diameter being less, its long axis greater than in Enhydrictis; the
postero-internal angle is still more developed than in Mustela, and
the transverse diameter shorter even than in the latter. The
lower carnassial (m.1) of M. majori is conspicuous by the small
development of the heel, which conversely is very long in Enhy-
drictis; the internal cusp of the median tubercle is larger in the
tooth of the latter genus.

1 Charles Depéret, ‘“ Etude de quelques gisements nouveaux de Vertébrés
pléistocénes de Vile de Corse,” Ann. Soc, Linn. Lyon, xliv. p. 111 (1897).

2 Wiirtt. Nat. Jahresh, xviii. pp. 129, 130, pl. ii. fig. 18 (186).

* Tb. xxvi. pp. 164, 165 (1870).

4 Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Lyon, iv. p. 129, pl. xiii. fig, 55 (1887); v. p. 24.
pl. i. figs. 8, 9 (1892).

628 ON THY STRUCTURE OF THE LARVAL PoLyeTurus. {| Dec. 17,

Dimensions of the skull of Enhydrictis in millim.

_ |-Basilar length (henselion) ---...-2."-/. 7 eo CERO,
. Upper length ET ral eka cag cee ees ieee Tete 97-6
~ Cranial breadth behind zygomatic arches and — pets
above meakvaudite grant en eae 525
Greatestipreadth ieiage cer ai ti see nO Os maa
Breadth) Om OCcip uth img sellers ca, 60:00
Imterorbitalibreadth aise ae eee ae 6 He - 28°5 5
_ Breadth between proce. (postorbs 2 33,0) ():

. Breadth between outer margins of alveoli ots eee
(eo juppenicanines (vite eee ree aw 26 0: Pa .
“Palate length) 000). 000 ey cca Mio 0 eee

Length. from anterior margin of alv. ot upper Derren
-canine to post. margin of aly. of m. 1.2 ..° ca 32:0.
“Length of sagittal crest ae ene ijca63,00
e Height of mandibular ramus between p.1 — i
ets and m. LE NER MOEN ey cairn as aimighS oc,8 av 11-0

1 conclude with a ener remark te on the Bisistocane Mamuialis
of Corsica and Sardinia. They are essentially the ‘same-in both
islands and, with the exception of the Mouflon, I have not met
with a single recent species amongst the fossil forms. This is
as much as to say that, so far as the Mammals are concerned, 1
cannot endorse the following statement by Depéret, referring’ to
the Corsican Pleistocene fauna :—“ Le caractére quaternaire -de
ensemble de cette faune ressort déja de la présence d'un grand
nombre d’espéces actuelles, telles que le Loir, le Mulot, le. Lidvre,
le Mouflon de Corse, l’Aigle pygargue ”*. On this topic I sun
fee SOS more to- oa at an early opportunity.

'Mr. Budgett read a paper on the Structure of the Larval
Polypterus, in which he described the urino-genital system and
skeleton of a very young larva 30 mm. in length. The following
is ‘an abstract of this communication :—

“The pronephros, consisting of the greatly coiled-anterior end of
the archinephric duct, was very large and lies close under the skin
on either side behind the gills ; the coiled portion of the pronephros
communicated with a small pronephric chamber at the side of the
dorsal aorta by a very fine duct, the extreme anterior end of the
archinephric duct. The chamber contained at. this stage a very
small glomus and did not appear to cominunicate with the body-
cavity. The pronephros of Polypterus } closély resembled that

of Amia.

The mesonephros in the hinder end of the body was simple,
consisting in each segment of a glomerulus, from which there
passed a short broad nephrostome-canal opening into the rudiment
of the genital duct and a coiled kidney-tubule ending i in the seg-
mental duct. : :

TOpy ict. p. 122

1901.) ON THE ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 629

-» The genital ducts were regarded as being quite distinct from
‘Miillerian ducts in the Ganoidei, Crossopterygii, and Teleostei,
and to have been developed from a condition like that in the
Cyclostomata, by a folding-off of a portion of the body-cavity.
In those forms in which a connection occurs between the testis
and the kidney, the male genital duct was regarded as having been
converted into the longitudinal canal of the testicular network.

The skeleton was entirely cartilaginous at this stage. The
chondrocranium and visceral arches were described, and shown
to resemble in some respects: those of Elasmobranchi, though
Amphibian resemblances were also pointed out. It was shown
that this larva possesses a segmented rod of cartilage attached
to the hyoidean arch and forming the axis of the base of the large
external gill...

The development of he vertebral column was shown to be very
peculiar, there being at first three series of cartilaginous processes
abutting on the notochord on either side. Later, the ventral
series lose their connection with the notochord, and become the
heads of the ventral ribs.

The condition of the pectoral fins at this stage was shown to
support the view that these. have been derived from a uniserial
fin of the. Elasmobranch type, rather than from a biserial
archipterygium.

‘In general, the structure of this larva was regarded as showing
that -the Crossopterygii at the present day are a central group
‘intermediate between the Elasmobranchi, the Teleostei, and the
“Amphibia.

This Memoir will be published entire in the ‘ Transactions.’

| The following papers were read :—

1. On the Anatomy of Gruiform Birds; with special reference
to the Correlation of Modifications. By P. CHaumers

- Mircuett, M.A., D.Sc. Oxon., F.Z.S.; Lecturer on

-: Biology at the London Hospital Medical College,
- University of London.

[Received December 17, 1901.]
(Text-figures 70-85.) |

, In this memoir in use the term Gruiform, descriptively, i in the
dense of Gadow (4) to denote the Rallide, Gr uidee, Dicholophide,
Otidide, Rhinochetide, Eurypygide, and Heliornithides, _ 1 have
been able to dissect members of all these groups in the Pr osectorium
of this Society; and I am specially indebted to my friend Mr. F.
B. -Beddard, F.R.S., the Prosector, not only for the kindness
with which he has. given me his personal. assistance in verifying
many doubtful points, but for the complete mantier‘in which he

630 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Dee. 17,

has placed material (some of it belonging to the Society, and some of
it his own) at my disposal. I have actually dissected the following
forms :—

Rallide .... Aramides cayennensis.

ws ypecaha.
Fulica leucopiera.
Gallinula chloropus.

9» pheenacurus.
Hypotenidia philippensis.
Porzana carolina’,
Rallus celebensis.

» longtrostris.
» maculatus.
Gruide .... Balearica chrysopelargus (Gruine).

Aramus scolopaceus (Aramine).
Psophia leucoptera (Psophiine).
5 obseura (id.).

‘Dicholophide. Cariama cristata.
Otidide .... Otis tarda. :
Rhinochetide. Rhinochetus jubatus.
Eurypygide.. Hurypyga helias.
Heliornithide. Heliornis fulica (seu Podou surinamensis).

I have, moreover, made full use of the published observations
of Beddard (1), Gadow (4), and Firbringer (3) on these and
allied forms, but any detailed statements which I make in this
paper I have myself observed or verified unless I cite them on the
authority of their author.

The direct object of the enquiry the results of which are now to
be set out, was a prosecution of investigations to which my
discovery of the eutaxy in the wing of certain Pigeons (8) led me.
I came to the conclusion that in the Columbide the diastataxic
condition of the wing was primitive, and that the eutaxic condition
was derived therefrom by a secondary closing up of the diastema
in the ranks of feathers. I found that there was a general
coincidence between the specialized condition of the wing and
specialized conditions of other anatomical structures, and a similar
general coincidence between the primitive condition of the wing
and less specialized conditions of other anatomical structures.
Later on I studied the structure of Kingfishers, a group in which
the occurrence of both conditions of the wing was known, and I
was able to show (9) that also in that group there existed a
correlation between specialization of the wing and specialization of
other anatomical structures. In a later memoir (10) dealing with
the modifications presented by the Alimentary Canal in the whole
group of birds, I had occasion to employ a precise terminology for

1 Beddard (1) states that P. carolina is exceptional in having a nude oil-
gland; in the specimen I examined the gland was definitely tufted, and the
same was true of some chicks that I examined along with Mr. Pyeraft at
the British Museum,

1901. | ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 631

degrees of specialization of anatomical conditions. I distinguished
one condition of character found in a group as being, with regard
to that group, archecentric, that is to say as most nearly representing
the ancestral condition or common heritage of the group; while
the other conditions were distinguished as apocentric, that is to
say as having moved outwards along some radius from the arche-
centric condition. In this terminology, I regard the diastataxic
condition of the wing as archecentric, the eutaxic condition not
only as apocentric but as multiradially apocentric—that is to say, as
being an instance of such a simple and direct change as we may
imagine to have occurred independently in different cases. In
Columbidz and Alcedinide there is a general coincidence of this
apocentricity of the wing with apocentricities of other structures.
The problem of the present research was to see to what extent
and in what structures there was a similar correlation of apo-
centricities in Gruiform birds. It is clear that the field of the
problem is essentially different ; there is no doubt as to the close
genetic affinity of the different Doves and Pigeons, and the King-
fishers are a group at least equally coherent. In the case of the
birds here associated as Gruiformes, there are many taxonomic
uncertainties, among which the least uncertain point is, that
even if the assemblage be natural, many of the groups assigned to
it stand far apart.

Eutaxy AND DIASTATAXY IN THE GRUIFORMES.

Rallide.—All the Rails that I have examined have the wings
typically diastataxic. The condition in Rallus longirostris (text-
fig. 70) may serve asatype. The primary quills have major coverts

Text-fig. 70.

Wing-structure of Rallus longirostris.

Diagram of the distal secondary quills and coverts, showing the diastataxic
condition. The quills are in outline; the major coverts and “ third-
series” feathers are in black: the transverse rows are represented by
dotted lines with larger black dots showing the positions of feathers. ;

S. First secondary. P. Firet primary. x. Diastataxic gap. CR.
Carpal remex. (.C. Oarpal covert.

632 DR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE Dee. 17,

placed distally and: bound closely to them. At the carpal angle of
the wing, the transition to the secondaries is made and the carpal
remex with the carpal covert lie in this region. Since Degen (2)
drew attention to these feathers a good deal has been written
about them by various authors, and when I wrote my paper on the
Columbide (8) I was unacquainted with Degen’s work. I urged
the view, against later writers, that the carpal covert and remex
belonged morphologically to the secondaries and not to. the
primaries. [am glad to find that this was Degen’s view. In the
Rallide the carpal covert crosses the carpal remex precisely as the
¢major.coverts cross the secondary quills, and the remex is frequently
‘tied to the first large secondary by a plica of membrane. similar. fo
that-whieh I described in the Columbide. I think that there can
be: no doubt as to the homology of these feathers, and that
morphologically the diastataxic gap should be counted as coming
after the fifth secondary. The carpal remex and covert are in
process of reduction. In the Rallide this has not proceeded. far,
and the carpal remex, in most cases, as in the figure, lies very
close to the first primary, so that it appears rather like a proximally
placed, primary major covert. The four large distal quills of the
secondary series are crossed by their major coverts; then comes
the-wide diastataxic gap (w) occupied by a feather in series with the
major coverts, and then follow the more proximal secondaries with
their coverts in even series. The transverse rows of minor coverts
are not well-marked in the Rallide ; the coverts just above the
major coyerts are large, and, as frequently happens in. birds, owing
to the large size of the quills and major coverts these third-series
feathers have been pushed forwards so that they appear to lie in
between the rows; their true position will be at once plain if one
imagine the quills and major coverts reduced to the same size as
those of this third series. In the figures, which naturally are
somewhat diagrammatic, these feathers are represented rather
more nearly in their morphological position than in their actual
position. ‘hey are the feathers that I termed third-series feathers
in my paper on the Columbide. The higher members of the
transverse rows are fairly well marked in some Rails; in others
they are reduced to small, almost downy feathers without con-
spicuous transverse or horizontal arrangement.

Gruide.—The Gruine and Aramine are diastataxic, and, except
that the transverse rows are rather better marked in Aramus, there
is no point of importance to distinguish the condition of the wing
in these from the condition in the Rails. As in some Rails, the
carpal remex is not so close to the first primary as in Rallus long-
rostris. The Psophiine (text-fig. 71, Psophia obscura) display the
eutaxic arrangement of the wing-feathering. The primary quills
with their distally placed major coverts meet the secondary quills,
which, as usual, are crossed by their major coverts, at, the. carpal
angle. The secondary quills occur :in. even series, there being no
trace of the diastataxic gap. The ‘transverse rows are fairly well
marked, the third-series feathers, as in the diastataxic forms, being

1901. . ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 635

displaced forwards and so lying in the interspaces of the secondary
quills. There are several small feathers in the carpal angle of the

Text-fig. 71.

Wing-structure of Psophia obscura.

Diagram of the distal secondary quills and coverts, showing the ewtaaic
condition. General description and lettering as in text-figure 70.

T. Quills on first digit.

wing, but none of these can be identified with certainty in the
adult condition as carpal remex or carpal covert. The degeneration
of these feathers is an apocentric modification, and it is interesting
to find it associated with the eutaxic arrangement.

Dicholophide.—These are known to be eutaxic, and there is
nothing in the arrangement of the feathers to distinguish it from
the condition in Psophia. In the carpal angle there is an obvious
carpal covert, recognized by its position. Under it is a very small.
and degenerate representative of the remex. A plica binds these
two to the first Jarge secondary quill. The degeneration of the
carpal remex is here, as in Psophia, to be associated with eutaxy,
but it has not proceeded so far.

Otidide.—In the wings of these (text-fig. 72, Otis tarda) the condi-
tion is markedly diastataxic. The primary coverts are distad of their
quills, there is a good carpal covert crossing the carpal remex, the
latter being bound to the first large secondary by a plica, and the
carpal remex with its covert being in plain sequence with the
secondaries and their major coverts. The transverse rows over
the secondary quills are plain. The diastema (#) is wide, and in
it lies a major covert at the base of a normal transverse row. —

Rhinochetide.—In these (text-fig. 75, p. 634, Rhinochetus jubatus)
the wing shows the eutaxic condition. The only difference between
the wing of these and that of Psophia is that the carpal remex is
not so degenerate. It is bound to the first secondary quill by a
strong plica and is crossed in normal fashion by a small covert.

Eurypygide.—lt is curious that the references in the literature
to the condition of the wing in Huwrypyga differ. Gadow (4) and
Beddard (1) state that it is diastataxic. Pycraft (11) places it in

34. DR. P, CHALMHRS MIVCHELL ON ‘THE | Dec. 17,

Text-fig. 72.

Wing-structure of Otis tarda.

Diagram of the distal secondary quills and coverts, showing the diastataxic
condition. General description and lettering as in text-figure 70.
PI. Plica, or membranous fold binding the carpal remex to the distal secondary.

Text-fig. 73.

! wr a oe »
@ e oo i 4

He

\ Ps (* N’ i | y Vcc.

&~
Le \
SF
o)
b>)

Wing-structure of Rhinochetus yubatus.

Diagram of the secondary quills and coverts, showing ewtaxic condition,
General description and lettering as in text-figure 70.

1901. | ANATOMY OF GRULEFORM BIRDS, 635

a list of eutaxic forms ; and Seebohm (12) not only places it among
eutaxie forms but adds a footnote stating that “‘ having very care-
fully examined the wings he found no trace of surplus wing-coverts
to indicate the loss of a fifth secondary.” Along with Mr. Pycraft
I examined carefully a well-preserved spirit-specimen in the
British Museum. The wing was normally diastataxic. The
feathering was of the normal type, except that while the carpal
covert was large and bound down to the first large secondary quill
by a plica, the carpal remex was vestigial, an exception to its usual
condition among the diastataxic Gruiformes. I therefore do not
hesitate to say that Seebohm was mistaken, and that the
Eurypygide are diastataxic, as stated by Beddard and Gadow and
as shown by the specimens I examined. It is of course conceivable
that individual variations occur; the Columbide and Alcedinidee
show closely allied species with both conditions. However, the
circumstance that Seebohm was mistaken about the condition in
the next group, makes it more probable that he was mistaken here
than that Eurypyga presents individual variations.

Hehornithide.—These are eutaxic. It is impossible to mistake
the American Fin-foot, as its smaller size and feet with transverse
zebra-like black bars distinguish it plainly from the African forms.
I have examined a number of specimens, well preserved in spirit,
both at the British Museum and in Mr. Beddard’s collection.
The primaries with their distally placed major coverts are as in
other Gruiformes ; the carpal covert crosses in normal fashion a
carpal remex, and the latter, as in other eutaxic Gruiform birds
except Rhinochetus, is vestigial. The secondary quills, crossed by
their major coverts, lie in even series with no trace of a diastema.
None the less Seebohm (12) wrote as follows :—* Heliornis has
always been regarded as the New World representative of the Old
World genus Podica. The theory that the resemblance is only
accidental, and that Podica is the Old World representative of the
New World Psophiz, is supported by several facts. In spite of
statements to the contrary, there can be little doubt that Podica is
quincubital (eutaxic) and belongs to the Galliformes, whilst Heli-
ornis is aquincubital (diastataxic) and belongs to the Ralliformes.
Three specimens (two of them in spirit) of Podica senegalensis, and
one of Heliornis fulica, have been most carefully examined for me
by experts at the British Museum.” Podica seneyalensis is certainly
eutaxic, as Seebohm states, but the same condition exists in Heli-
ornis. I can only suggest that in the one specimen examined, the
“experts,” fearing to disturb the feathers too much, looked only
in the space proximad of the fourth quill, and, seeing there one of
the third-series feathers, mistook it for the major covert of a
_diastataxic form. Especially in the case of a small wing with
closely-set feathers, it is necessary to examine the whole series to
be certain as to the condition, as the forwardly displaced “ third-
series” feathers, if only a single interspace be examined, look
remarkably like diastataxic additional coverts.

The Gruiform assemblage, then, like the Columbide and the

636 DR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [ Dee. 1%,

Aleedinide, has some members with the wing in the diastataxic.
condition and some members with the wing eutaxic, and there is.
no direct relation between the distribution of these conditions and.
the accepted classifications. On the assumption that eutaxy is an
apocentric modification of the archecentric diastataxy, it is plain
that it must be what I term a multiradial apocentricity, a condition
that has been produced several times independently. How far is
this apocentricity found associated with other apocentricities ? In,
the wing-feathering generally there is an- association between
eutaxy and the degeneration of the carpal remex. hinochetus is
the only eutaxic form in which the degeneration of this feather
has not been. carried far; Hurypyga is the only form of those
that I have examined in which diastataxy is associated with a
great degeneration of the carpal remex.

Tur Gut-PAtTTERNs.

I have recently (10) described and discussed the patterns dis+
played by the convolutions of the Intestinal Tract among the
Gruiformes. They are all modifications of a metacentral condition
closely resembling that found underlying the modifications of the
Charadriiformes. It is enough to say here that Avamus appears
to show the most primitive condition in the group, a condition ‘in
which there is little trace of the special Ralline pattern. The
Ralline pattern is very definite, and the patterns found in the
Gruinz, Psophiine, and Heliornithide are practically identical with
it. Rhinochetus, Dicholophus, and Otis show apocentric modifications
of the Ralline type. Eurypyga stands out from the others,
showing, in this respect, only an extremely generalized relationship
with the group. aa

The divergence of patterns among the Gruiformes is certainly
not great, but none the less is in striking contrast with the
practically complete identity of pattern found among the different
members of the Columbide or of the Alcedinide, the state of
affairs pointing out that the Gruiform assemblage is far from
coherent. Aramus and Hurypyga, two diastataxic forms, display
the most archecentric patterns found in the group; the others,
eutaxic or diastataxic, are all apocentric, that is to say are far
modified from the Avian archecentric condition. i ?

Muscunar ANATOMY.

Latissimus dorsi anterior et posterior.—The conditions of these
muscles present a considerable range of variation among the
Gruiformes. 1) late

In the Rallidee (when I use family names in this memoir I mean to
imply only those examples mentioned as having been dissected) both
divisions of the muscle are large and unusually strong, with a wide
origin from the dorsal vertebral spines extending from the posterior
cervicals to the ilium. The posterior margin of the anterior
division is in contact with the anterior margin of the posterior

1901. | ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 637

division throughout the greater part of the extent of the muscle,
and, save in Gallinula phenicurus and Porzana carolina, they are
actually in continuity. The posterior part, corresponding to the
posterior division in most birds, is enormously strong and large,
and its origin has spread distally until it has reached a considerable
portion of the ilium and the musculature of the thigh. At the
insertion, the fleshy and broad insertion of the anterior portion
(text-fig. 74, L.A.) is superficial, and its proximal edge is in contact

Text-fig. 74. Text-fig. 75.

Shoulder-muscles of Radius longirostris. Shoulder-muscles of Psophia obscura.
Musculature of right shoulder, external view.

2. Tendon of supra-coracoideus 4.8. Anconzus scapularis, cut short,
and in text-fig. 75, reflected. S..4. Scapuli-humeralis anterior. S.P. Seapuli-
huineralis posterior. .§. Expansor secundariorum. J.P. Latissimus dorsi
posterior. Z.P.A. Slip of lat. dorsi post. to anconzus scapularis. L.A.
Latissimus dorsi anterior. 4.H, Anconzus humeralis. S.C. Sub-seapuli-
coracoideus.

3. Humeral anchor of ancoreus. 4 Humeral insertion of lat. dorsi ant.
The tendinous areas are dotted.

and partly fused with the tendinous insertion of the posterior division
(text-fig. 74, 4). The latter runs to the humerus, in close associa-
tion with the humeral anchor of the anconeus scapularis (text-
tig. 74, 3). It also sends proximally a remarkable muscular slip
(text-fig. 74, L.P.A.) which is fused with the chief origin of the
anconeus scapularis. ‘The condition of this muscle offers three
points of special note. The great size and backward extension of
the muscle with its iliac origin are certainly apocentric. The fusion
of the two divisions along a great part of their course, from
origin to insertion, is possibly archecentric, and brings to mind
the single latissimus dorsi of Apteryx, a condition possibly arche-
centric for Aves, and to be compared with the single muscle in
Reptiles. The muscular attachment to the anconeus of the inser-
tion of the posterior division possibly is archecentric: in any case
the only parallel to it with which 1 am acquainted is the similar
condition described by Fiirbringer in the case of Casuarius.

In the Gruide the conditions differ. In the Gruine the two
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1901, Vou. Il. No. XLII. 42

638 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [ Dec. 17,

divisions are relatively narrow and do not touch at origin or
insertion; the posterior division is in tendinous degeneration, an
apocentricity different from that found in the Rallide. In Aramus
the condition is more Ralline, the posterior portion being extremely
large and reaching to the ilium, although the two divisions are not
in contact either at origin or insertion. In Psophia both divisions
are large, the posterior division having spread backwards so as to
take extensive origin from the ilium and from the thigh musculature.
At their insertions (text-fig. 75) they are far apart and quite free,
and along their course the edges are not in contact. In the Dicho-
lophide both divisions are of fair size, the posterior division
possessing a backward extension to the ilium. Throughout their
course they are not in contact, and the insertions of the two
divisions are very tar apart. In the Otidide the anterior division
resembles that in other Gruitormes, but the posterior division has
coupletely disappeared. In Rhinochetus both divisions are strong,
the posterior having the Ralline backward extension to the ilium,
while the insertions are well separated, that of the posterior
division being in common with the insertion of the humeral anchor
of the anconeus. In Hurypyga the condition is more archecentric
than that in Rhinochetus; the backward extension has not reached
the ilium, and the insertions are much more nearly in contact.
The Heliornithide display the enormous backward extension and
great size of the posterior division common in the group. The
two divisions are free from one another and their insertions are
well separated.

So far as this muscle is concerned, it is plain that the Gruiformes
do not display the exact coincidence of apocentricities found in a
compact group such as the Columbide or the Alcedinide. The
most striking apocentricity is the enormous backward extension of
the posterior division. his is best marked in the Rails, which
are diastataxic, and in Heliornis, which is eutaxic, but it appears in
all the eutaxic forms. In Hurypyga, which is diastataxic, it does
not occur; in the Crane, which is diastataxic, another apocentric
condition occurs, consisting in the reduction of the posterior
division, and this is carried to the extent of complete loss in Otis,
another diastataxie form. Among the diastataxic Rails two
conditions occur for which parallels have to be sought among the
Ratites.

Latissimus dorsi metapatagialis.—This muscular slip is present
in all the Gruitormes. It is superficial to the posterior division of
the latissimus dorsi and runs to the skin in the region of the axilla.
Owing to its superficial position, it is easy to overlook it, or to
remove it accidentally in process of skinning the region.

Rhomboideus superficialis et profundus—Both muscles are
present in all the Gruiformes, and the general course of the fibres
is that those of the superficial muscle run nearly transversely from
the scapula up towards the vertebral spines, but show a tendency
to slope backwards from below upwards. The fibres of the deep
mnusele run upwards and forwards trom the scapula to the vertebrae,

1901.] ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 639

The superficial muscle shows a marked tendency to increase in
its anterior region and to decrease in its posterior region. In Otis,
a diastataxic form, it is extremely long. arising from eight or nine
vertebrae, and covering the deep muscle completely. In Zurypyga,
a diastataxic form, it is thick in front, but thins out posteriorly ;
in Rhinochetus, a eutaxic form, it is almost separated into a thick
proximal and a thin distal portion. In the others, eutaxic or
diastataxic, except the Gruine, its proximal portion extends
beyond the deep muscle, and it thins out and disappears some
distance in front of the posterior end of the scapula, this condition
being best marked in the eutaxic Psophia, where it takes origin
only from three to four vertebre. As an exception to the general
trend of modification within the group, the Gruine present the
peculiar feature that it is the distal portion of the superior muscle
which is best developed; this completely conceals the shorter
portion of the deep muscle, while that again extends further
forwards than the superficial muscle anteriorly and is left exposed.

The conditions of the deep muscle, except in Gruine, are less

irregular. In all the others it begins at the distal extremity of
the scapula and reaches forwards along the scapula to a less
extent in the diastataxic forms and in Heliornis, and to a much
greater extent in the eutaxic forms, especially in Psophia and
Dicholophus, where it is extremely long, extending practically the
whole length of the scapula and a portion of the clavicle. The
-deep muscle is certainly phylogenetically newer than the super-
ficial muscle (Firbringer) and is in process of growing forwards
along the scapula. There is a coincidence between this apocentricity
and eutaxy ; the apocentricity is least in the diastataxic Hurypyga,
greatest in the eutaxic Psophia and Dicholophide.

Biceps brachialis—In the Gruiformes, with the exception of
Rhinochetus, the biceps muscle of the arm does not present
variations of importance. Its chief origin is from the acrocoracoid,
but it has the usual secondary origin from the humerus, the latter
being weaker. It runs undivided in most of the members of the
group until close to its insertion, by tendons of nearly equal
thickness, to the opposite sides of the radius and ulna. In some of
the Rallide the radial portion shows signs of doubling. In Rhino-
chetus, as has been described by Beddard (1), there is a curious acces-
sory biceps (text-fig. 76, B.a.); Beddard described it as arising from
the humerus immediately below the insertion of the deltoid muscle ;
I found a much more extensive origin beginning on the scapula,
close to the insertion of the subscapularis internus and thence
passing down the humerus, receiving fibres from Beddard’s point
of origin. It is inserted to the Pins close to the insertion of the
radial fork of the biceps. Cases are known in which the normal
biceps is divided, the radial tendon coming from the humeral or
coraco-humeral portion of the muscle, Scopus even having a double
origin and insertion to the radius and ulna; and a tendeney to the
doubling ot the coraco-humeral portion appears in some Rallide.

Tt seems most probable that this accessory biceps in Rhinochetus is
42%

DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

640

“poyjop ate svare snourpuey
ays, ‘sterSuyed soproypep oy} Fo uorjoopop ogy Aq o[qisiA epBuT oxB SMLoLUNT OU} WO SNSUOT ef} 0} sdijs ‘gy “oy-9x09 UI ‘T “q'g aopuyy

‘sI[eUlMTopge sITeqoqoog “V'g “SIt[} JO B0¥JaMs Ot} JyO Sa1u109 tees st stperseyed stpeaoqood oy} ‘ aofeu stpeaoyood

yng ig ‘wopuey snGuory “7 ‘siferpet 1davowjout Losuayxy “V ‘sued “Jaq peyopyop pue nO ‘Tg'iq ‘slpeiseqyed sapioyjed “d'd

‘aofeut saployfaq, “@ “WOpue, stAeaq Jo sdijs jeurxo.d pure “uvipout qeystp oy, “4 ‘gl ‘7 = -uopuey stactgq ‘ug ‘“wniseyed aqy 0} sitetseyzed
sdaoiq jo dyy ‘x ‘stperseyed sdoorg “q°{ ‘sdaoiq Aaossoooy (94 “SY-3x0} Ul) “yg ‘“myoraq sdoorg “gq ‘stavpndvos sneuoouy "7

“payin SMMOYIFT JO SOpOSNUL AVY "s2ugso.unbuo) snjyjvg Fo Seposnul vy “sngpqnel SNpayIOUry YF JO SoTPSNUL LVL V

ee

vay
\

4

SSS

SYK
¢ da a

‘OL SY-4X0L

dd @

"Oy “SY-9X0 7,

1901, } ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 641

to be compared with a separated portion of a doubled coraco-
humeral-radial division of the biceps, but the extension of the
origin to the scapula is very peculiar. The condition is of course
markedly apocentric.

Deltoides patagialis.—-This muscle is relatively narrow in all
the Gruiformes, being most narrow in the Gruinz and Psophiine.
The tendons termed longus and brevis arise from its distal extremity,
directly in the Rallide (text-fig. 77, Z., br.) in Otis and in Hury-
pyga; or after a very short common tendon, as in Aramus, the
Dicholophidee, and Heliornis (text-fig. 78); or after a long common
tendon, as in the Gruine and Psophiine; or the muscle itself may
fork into peaks for the two tendons, as in Rhinochetus (text-fig. 76).
The existence or length of the common tendon seems correlated
with the size of the bird or of the wing, and to be of minor
importance ; the conditions vary in individuals and in forms so
closely allied as Chunga and Cariama. With the exception of
Rhinochetus, all the members of the group may be taken as displaying
the muscle in an archecentric condition. The peaked condition
suggested in some of the Rallide, and fully exhibited in the eutaxic
Rhinochetus, is undoubtedly apocentric and approaches the extreme
apocentricity of a completely divided muscle, a condition that I have
shown to exist in the eutaxic Alcedinide and in other modified
forms of birds.

The longus tendon is single in most of the Gruiformes (text-
figs. 76, 77, 78, Z.), but is doubled in the distal elastic portion in
Aramus, Cariama, Chunga, and Otis, and in the latter two it is
bound down to the brevis tendon by a forearm anchor near where
the brevis is inserted to the fascia over the extensor metacarpi
radialis. 1 have not the materials to estimate the values of
these slight modifications.

The brevis tendon displays the most simple condition in the
Gruine, where it is a straight, wide band running down to the
tendinous portion of the extensor metacarpi radialis, without
complication of any kind. In many of the Rallidz the condition is
similar (text-tig. 77, br.), but the tendon is rounder and more sharply
separated from the fascize of the patagial membrane, while in other
members of the family the insertion end shows signs of differen-
tiation into the distal slip termed a by Fiirbringer and the proximal
slip termed y by the same authority. In Aramus the tendon is
broad and rather diffuse, but at its insertion it divides into a well-
marked distal slip (a) and a diffuse median slip (/3), which is inserted
to the extensor tendon and passes in addition over that towards
the ulnar edge of the forearm to form a well-marked fan-shaped
extension. In the Psophiine the condition of the tendon is
rounder and better separated from the fascia of the patagium, but
the insertion end with its proximal slip and median slip with a
fan-like extension is like the arrangement in Aramus. In Chunga
and Cariama the tendon is broad and. diffuse, but distally shows
traces of the distal and median slips, of the fan, and of a proximal
slip (y of Fiirbringer) running in towards the elbow. The conditions

642 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE | Dec. 17,

in Otis are practically identical. J n Fthinochetus (text-fig. 76) the
distal slip (a), the median slip with its fan (8), and the proximal
slip (y) are all distinct. In Hurypyga the condition is very like
that in Rhinochetus, the three slips and the fan all being present,
and in Heliornis (text-fig. 78) a similar arrangement exists.

Here again the conditions of the brevis tendon show that the
Gruiformes are not a closely coherent group and do not show any
close correlation of apocentricities. The broad, diffuse condition of
the tendon, little separated from the fascize between the dorsal and
ventral portions of the patagium, is probably the more archecentric,
and occurs in the diastataxic Gruine and Aramine, but also in
the eutaxic Dicholophine. The others, eutaxic and diastataxic, show
the more apocentric condition of a well rounded tendon. The
extent to which the proximal, median, and distal slips of insertion
(y, 8, and a) are developed has no correlation with the eutaxy and
diastataxy ; the extension of the median slip (3) to form a fan
reaching towards the ulnar edge of the wing is almost certainly
apocentric, and is absent in the diastataxic Rallide, present in the
others, eutaxic or diastataxic.

Pectoralis propatagialis.—In Hurypyga alone there are separate
slips running to the longus and brevis tendons from the pectoralis
major. In all the others there is a reduced slip, chiefly tendinous,
from the pectoralis running either to the common portion of the
longus and brevis or to the longus tendon alone. Possibly repre-
senting the brevis portion, there is present in Heliornis (text-fig. 78,
p- 640) one (or in individual cases two) tendinous slips stretching
from the edge of the humerus to the common tendon of the longus
and brevis. In the figure, the deltoides propatagialis muscle is
represented as divided and turned backwards to show these.

Biceps propatagialis—This muscular slip is completely absent
in the Otidide and Dicholophide, an obviously apocentrie modifi-
cation, as the slip is present in all the other members and in the
most nearly allied groups. Garrod (6) attached great taxonomic
importance to the presence or absence of this slip ; but its presence
appears to be an Avian archecentric character and therefore of no
direct value as a guide to affinity ; its loss is an occurrence that
nicht well have occurred repeatedly and independently. Thus
Firbringer found it absent in certain members of the Steganopodes,
Pelargi, Galli, Parridee, and Megapodidee, and in individuals of Sula
and of Talegallu. Its loss is therefore to be regarded as what J
term a multiradial apocentricity and is no direct indication of
affinity.

Apart from the Otididze and the Dicholopbide, in the other
members of the Gruiform assemblage the biceps slip is always
present and arises as a bundle of fibres which, separating from the
biceps brachii, run outwards on to the patagium in the direction of
the longus tendon. ‘The insertion displays differences. In Hury-
pyga and in Rhinochetus* (text-fig. 76, B.P.) it occurs in the form

> Mr. Beddard has failed to find this is one specimen, but mentions that

Garrod had recorded its presence ; there was no doubt about its presence in my
specimen.

iy)

1901.) ANATOMY OF GRUITFORM BIRDS. 648

anatomically most simple; the whole muscle is fleshy and short
and is inserted directly to the longus tendon rather high up. In
Psophia the origin and insertion to the longus are also fleshy, but
the whole slip is much longer, so that the insertion is more distally
placed, on the elastic portion of the tendon. In the others the slip
terminates in a tendon which fuses with the longus tendon aiter a
short separate course in Aramus, and after a very long course parallel
with the longus in the Rallide (text-fig. 77, p. 640) and in Heliornis
(text-fig. 78, p. 640). The Rails, except Porzana and Heltornis, show
an additional peculiarity. The tendon of the biceps propatagialis
forks, the outer fork running to the longus as I have described, while
the inner fork spreads out on the patagial membrane, as the whole
biceps slip does in Pterocles (Fiirbringer). Beddard (1) figured the
arrangement in Heliornis differently ; but after a careful comparison
of his sketch with several dissections, I am satisfied that the tendon
marked « in his figure is in reality the junction with the longus
displaced in dissection, while the other tendon in the specimens
I examined ended on the patagium (as Beddard stated to be the case
in Podica), and did not end on the brevis.

T have not yet sufficient information to place these variations of
the biceps slip in order of apocentricity and archecentricity. It
appears to me to be probable that the biceps slip was originally a
cutaneous slip, and that a condition in which it spread out on the
patagium without definite connection with the longus and brevis
tendons is archecentric. Were this established, the condition
described by Beddard for Podica, a eutaxic form, would be arche-
centric, while Heliornis and the Rallide would stand next to it—
there being thus no correlation whatever between the condition
of this muscle and the condition of the feathering in the wing.
I may point out, also, that on this hypothesis the curious resem-
blance between the arrangements in Heliornis and the Rallide, at
first sight so suggestive of affinity, could not bear such an inter-
pretation, as the common possession of an archecentric character
does not afford a direct clue.

Deltoides major et minor.—In all the Gruiformes both these
muscles are present and the minor presents no variations of
importance. The major is a progressive muscle in most groups of
birds, its insertion gradually creeping down the humerus, a relatively
long extension being apocentric, a relatively short archecentric.
Of the Gruiformes the Gruine display it in the most archecentric
condition, the extension of its insertion not amounting to more
than the proximal third of the humerus; in the Otidide, also a
diastataxic group, the insertion extends over the proximal half of
the humerus. In Rhinochetus, a eutaxic form, it is also relatively
short (text-fig. 76, D.), butits length is interfered with by the curious
accessory biceps. Among the Gruiformes it reaches its maximum
length in eutaxic forms such as Psophia, where it extends over
six-sevenths of the humerus, and in the Dicholophide, where one
portion extends to about the end of the third quarter of the
humerus, but another portion, separated from the first by the
nerve running to supply the forearm, reaches the distal extremity

644 DR, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE | Dee. 17,

of the humerus. In the other forms, eutaxic or diastataxic, the
muscle reaches to the end of the third quarter (text-figs. 77 &
78, D.). Thus there exists a general correlation between the
apocentricity of the wing and the apocentricity of this muscle.
It is least apocentric in certain diastataxic forms, most apocentric
in certain eutaxic forms, intermediate in others.

Scapuli-humerales anterior et posterior.—The posterior muscle,
commonly termed the teres major, is present in all the Gruiformes.
Tt is much larger than the anterior muscle and runs from an
extensive origin on the scapula to converge ina tendon which is in-
serted to the median process of the humerus (text-figs. 74 & 75, 8.P.).
Its size apparently is subject to individual variation ; for in Aramus
and in Psophia Firbringer found it relatively small, while in my
specimens of these birds I found it very large, at least as large as
in any other members of the group. In Balearica alone I found
it small. Upon its size, no doubt, depends its contact with or
distance from the anterior muscle, conditions the varying nature
of which have been described by Fiirbringer.

The anterior muscle arises from the proximal portion of the
scapula and runs across the angle between the scapula and the
humerus to its insertion on the humerus near the forked origin of
the anconzus humeralis. Its maximum development in the group
appears in the Rallidee (text-fig. 74, S.A.), where, although much
narrower than the posterior muscle, it is a good strap of fleshy tissue.
In the Gruine it is relatively as large as in the Rallide, and its fibres
converge to a strong tendon. In the other diastataxic forms it is
much reduced: thus in Aramus and Kurypyga, Fiirbringer found it
present but well separated from the posterior muscle, and small,
while in my specimens the muscle was represented only by a few
fibres. In Otis it is much reduced, and is attached to the humeral
anchor of the anconeus scapularis. In all the eutaxic forms either
it displays a very marked reduction or is absent. Thus in Psophia
obscura (text-fig. 75, S.A.) 1 found it much reduced and chiefly
tendinous; in Psophia leucoptera it was absent, and Firbringer
states that it is missing in the genus. In Cariama and Chunga
and in Rhinochetus it is absent; in Melkorns it is present, but
much reduced.

It is probable that the existence of a separate anterior and
posterior scapuli-humeralis is due to the segmentation of a primitive
Reptilian single muscle, and the absence of one of the portions
normal in birds might therefore be ancestral or archecentric, the
single muscle being the undivided representative of the Reptilian
prototype. The series of conditions among the Gruiformes, how-
ever, make it plain that the presence of both muscles is the normal
and archecentric condition for the assemblage, and that the loss,
partial or complete, of the anterior muscle is an apocentric
modification. It is to be noticed, therefore, that here is a fairly
definite case of correlation of apocentricities. The anterior division
is small or absent in all the eutaxic forms; it is well developed
only in the diastataxic forms ; but the correlation is not exact, for

1901. ] ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 645

the apocentric reduction occurs also in two diastataxic forms—
Aramus and Otis,

Serratus superficialis, Serratus profundus, Sterno-coracoideus,
Supra-coracoideus, Coraco-brachialis eaxternus, Covraco-brachialis
imternus, Brachialis inferior, Sub-coraco-scapuluris, and Anconeus
are present in all: in most cases they do not present variations of
importance ; in some cases I have not materials to justify any
comment on the differences that I have noted. The portion of
the anconzeus described by Garrod and others as the Hxpansor
secundariorum presents in all what Garrod called the Ciconine
conditions ; arising from a triangular ligament in the axilla, it is
inserted to several of the proximal secondary quills. It is feeblest
in Lhinochetus and in Kurypyga ; in the latter the tendon disappears
without actually reaching the secondaries, although at its origin
it has the strong Ciconine character found in the whole group.

Tlio-tibiahs internus seu sartorius—In all the Gruiformes this
muscle is practically identical. It arises (text-fig. 79, [Z.-TIB.1.)
from one or two vertebre at the proximal end of the ilium, and from
the ilium itself with a varying extent from the anterior vertical edge
and from the fasciw over the ilio-trochanterici ; in most instances
(not in the Gruine) it is united with the proximal border of the ilio-
tibialis and it is inserted to the fascize over the knee-capsule.

Itio-tibialis.—This large muscle arises by aponeuroses from the
dorso-lateral edge of the ilium in front and behind the acetabulum,
and is inserted along with the femoro-tibialis to the knee-capsule
(text-fig. 79, JL.-T/B.), An anterior, a median, and a post-ace-
tabular region may be distinguished in it. The post-acetabular
portion, the most variable in birds generally, is very large and strong
inall theGruiformes. The median portion is reduced to a tendinous
sheet except in Hurypyga, where, after the origin, it is fleshy. The
anterior portion is tendinous in Balearica, but is fleshy after the
origin in the others. The extent of its fusion with the deeper
muscles of the thigh varies irregularly, but in many, as in Psophia
(text-fig. 79, /L.-TIB.), it is practically separate right down to the
knee. The special features of this muscle, the great development
of the post-acetabular portion, the reduction of the middle portion,
and the relative reduction of the anterior portion are common
properties of the group.

Lhio-trochanterici posterior, anterior, et medius.—These three muscles
appear in their maximum and typical development in Psophia.
The dorsal or posterior muscle (gluteus secundus) arises from nearly
all the pre-acetabular part of the ilium (text-fig. 79, IL.7R.P.).
It is much the largest of the three and runs straight to its insertion,
by a strong short tendon, on the trochanteric surface of the femur.
The most ventral or anterior muscle (gluteus tertius) is next in
size; it arises (text-fig. 79, JZ.-7'R.A.) from the anterior or ventral
edge of the pre-acetabular ilium, and its tendon of insertion is the
most distal of those on the trochanteric surface of the ilium. The
median muscle (gluteus quartus) is much smaller; it lies between

the others (text-fig. 79, 7Z.-TR.M.)inits origin, course, and insertion,

646 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE (Dec: 17,

but is partly covered by the fleshy belly of the posterior muscle.
Practically the same condition exists in Cariama and in Eurypyga,
although in the latter the medius is extremely small. In the
Gruine the anterior and posterior muscles are as in Psophia, but
the medius is absent in Grus, according to Gadow, while in Balearica
i found it present although small. In Otisa single very broad muscle
represents the anterior and medius, and there is just a trace of

Text-fig. 79.
M118

KX

NN

SU WSC FEAL
sis

AL - F/B.

c\ A
y Wax
BY Y

i
fae

SS

LELE-T/B A

Thigh-muscles of Psophia leucoptera; right thigh, external view.

/L.-TIB. Wiio-tibialis. JZ.-TIB.I, Tlio-tibialis internus. J/L.7R., A., M.,
P. Tlio-trochanterici, anterior, medius, and posterior. /L.7R.H. Tlio-
femoralis externus seu ilio-trochantericus externus, seu gluteus anterior.
FEM.-TIB. Femoro-tibialis, the distal portion cut and reflected. HHM.-
TTB... External deep slip of femoro-tibialis. //.-F/B. llio-fibularis seu
biceps. JSC.-FEM. Ischio-femoralis seu obdurator externus. (C4UD)-
[L-FEM,. Tliae division of the caud-ilio-femoralis (accessory femoro-
caudal), CAUD -IL.-FLEX. Caud-ilio-flexorius. ISC.-FLEX. Ischio-
flexorius. PUB-ISC-FEM, Pub-ischio-femorales seu adductores longus
et magnus,

The tendinous areas are dotted.

division in the tendon of insertion. In the Rallide, Aramina,
Rhinochetide, and Heliornithide the posterior and anterior muscles
are as in Psophia, but there is no separate medius. This apparent
absence may be due to disappearance of a separate medius ; and the

1901. | ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 647

conditions in the Gruinz, where the medius is small in one form,
although quite separate, and absent in another, point towards such
a cause. On the other hand, the condition in Otis suggests that
the absence of a separate medius may be due either to a secondary
fusion of the medius and anterior, or to the anterior being a
primitive muscle in process of subdivision. However, whatever
view may turn out to be best founded, there is certainly no
correlation between the absence of the muscle, whether such
absence be archecentric or apocentric, and the archecentric and
apocentric conditions of the wing.

Ilio-femoralis externus seu Glutwus anterior.— This variable
muscle is present in all the Gruiformes (text-figs. 79 & 80, [ZL.-
TR.E.) and is double in Cariama.

Tlio-femoralis internus seu pectineus.—This is present and fleshy
in all the Gruiformes.

Ambiens.—This notable muscle is present in all the Gruiformes,
with the customary origin from the ilium, course down the back
of the thigh, passage through the knee-capsule, and insertion to
the flexors of the digits. In Cariama, however, what may be a
stage in reduction exists; the tendon is immovably fixed in the
knee-capsule. This condition points in the direction of many
cases where the ambiens ceases at the knee-capsule, and it is to be
noted that this apocentricity occurs in a eutaxic member of the
Gruiformes. Below the knee the distal extremity of the ambiens
tendon torms the ‘‘ ambiens head ” of the perforated flexor muscles
of the toes. I have already figured (7. fig. 1) the arrangement of
these in Balearica, and in the other Gruiformes the arrangement
is similar except that the ambiens head is reinforced by a strong
tendinous anchor from the head of the fibula.

Femori-tibiales seu Orureus and Vastus.—The deep muscular
masses arising from the femur and passing to the tibia, or at least
to the knee-capsule, are present and well developed in all the
Gruiformes. The separate portion at the back of the thigh is in all
strong (text-figs. 81, 82, 83, 84, FEM.-TIB./.). It is what is
usually termed the vastus internus. The mass of the muscle (text-
fig. 79, FEM.-TIB.) which lies immediately under the ilio-tibialis,
with which, as I have mentioned, it is frequently fused towards
the knee, is practically identical in all; but there is specially to be
noted the distinctness of a deep slip of the muscle-mass (text-fig. 79,
FEM.-TIB.E.) with a separate origin and insertion. This slip,
frequently absent in birds, is present in all the Gruiformes, but is
much smallest and weakest in Heliornis.

Caud-ilio-femoralis (femoro-caudal and accessory). — The re-
searches of Garrod, Beddard, Gadow, and others have made it
plain that the presence of two divisions of this muscle is the
archecentrie condition for birds, and that deviations from this,
consisting of the reduction of either or of both, are apocentric.
Among the Gruiformes, the Rallide, Heliornithide, and some
Cranes alone display both muscles. In Hurypyga Garrod (5)
found both present, but in the specimen that I examined the iliac

648 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE | Dec. 17,

(accessory) was absent on both sides, and such individual variation
may be taken as evidence that in Hurypyga the iliac division is in
process of disappearing. In the genus Balearica it may be present
orabsent. In Psophia(text-fig.79, (CAUD.)-IL,-VEM.) itis present
and normal. In Avamus and in Otis it is present, but shows de-
generation in the form of a large tendinous area nearly in the middle
of the muscle (text-fig. 80,(CAUD.)-IL.-FEM.) ; and Beddard states

Text-fig. 80.

;
Dees Wea
V/WEE aT
\C2E I eH
;
$2 fey
h

BON Kas

y “y {
a : VILL
A f “LZ (gn
at 8's ode
> 3 9 y ,
> ESS
te \ a.
yy

FEMTTB E.

Thigh -muscles of Aramus scolopaceus ; right thigh, external view.
Lettering as in text-figure 79.

that a similar condition exists in Cariama, a bird in which Garrod
found the muscle absent and in which therefore it must be taken
as disappearing. It isabsent in Rhinochetus. The division of the
muscle with caudal origin (femoro-caudal) is, as | have mentioned,
present in the Rallide and Heliornithide and in some Cranes.
It is absent in the genus Balearica, and, according to Beddard, in
Grus leucogeranos. It is present, although small, in Hurypyga and
Rhinochetus. It is absent in the Aramine, Psophiine, Dicho-
lophide, and Otidide. It is plain that a tendency to apocentric
modification, consisting of reduction or disappearance of one or
of both divisions of this muscle, is a character of the Gruiform
assemblage, and the incoherent nature of the group is shown by
the chaotic incidence of the apocentricities. The archecentric
condition is shown by the Rallide and by some Cranes, these
being diastataxic forms, but also by the eutaxic Heliornithide ; a

1901. ] ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS, 649

slight degree of apocentricity is shown by the diastataxic Eury-
pygide. The apocentric loss of one division or the other is shown
by the remaining groups, eutaxic or diastataxic ; while diastataxic
Cranes may show the final apocentricity of complete loss of both
divisions, and by individuals at least of the eutaxic Dicholophide.

Caud-ilio-flexorius (semitendinosus and accessory semitendinosus).
Ischio-flexorius. Gastrocnemius, middle or posterior-femoral head.—
In all the Gruiformes the two first-mentioned constituents of this
muscle-complex are present and have a similar origin and general
course. The caud-ilio-flexorius (text-figs.’ 79 & 80, CAUD.-IL.-
FLEX.) arises from the distal surface of the ilium, distal and super-
ficial to the iliac portion of the caud-ilio-femoralis, and with a
varying extension to the lateral fasciz over thetail. It lies superficial
to the caudal portion of the origin of the caud-ilio-femoralis when
that is developed, and at its origin it may be forked to allow the
passage of that muscle. The ischio-flexorius arises from the
distal and lateral surface of the ischium, and runs nearly parallel
with the caud-ilio-flexorius, but separated from it by the cand-ilio-
femoralis when that is present. The insertions and relations
with the gastrocnemius show considerable differences among the
Gruiformes, but these fall readily into four types :—

(1) Ralline type. In Rallus longirostris (text-fig. 81)—and the
other Rails examined are similar—the caud-ilio-flexorius has a
well-marked and broad insertion to the distal end of the femur
(accessory semi-tendinosus, C.J.L. 1 in the figure), the fibres of
which meet at an angle with the fibres coming from the iliac origin,
forming a tendinous raphe. This tendon, and with it a good body
of muscular fibres, runs distally to join the tibial head of the
gastrocnemius. The junction occupies the position of the usual
posterior femoral or middle head of the gastrocnemius, but this
head either is absent or is indistinguishably fused with the
femoral insertion of the caud-ilio-flexorius. Moreover, a well-
marked flat tendon (text-fig. 81, A.7) runs straight to the tibia
from the proximal portion of the raphe, independent of and
partly under the larger flat tendon (text-fig. 81, A. 2) by which
the ischio-flexorius is inserted in normal fashion to the tibia.
From the proximal portion of the tendon of the ischio-flexorius a
stout branch is given off to the gastrocnemius, meeting that muscle
near the similar branch from the caud-ilio-flexorius.

(2) Aramus type. This type (text-fig. 82) may be described most
simply as a modification of the Ralline type, differing from that
chiefly in two points: the femoral insertion of the caud-ilio-
flexorius (C.J.L. 7) is equally broad, but is immediately superficial
to a well-marked posterior femoral head of the gastrocnemius.
This is shown in the figure at Ge. 2,a portion of the caud-ilio-
flexorius being represented as cut away. The two join the tibial
head of the gastrocnemius together, almost at the same point as
the gastrocnemial insertion of the ischio-flexorius, but the ar-
rangement is such that the latter muscle might be described as
joining the tibial head of the gastrocnemius superficial to the

650 DR, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE Deere

middle head. Secondly, the special tendon from the raphe of the
caud-ilio-flexorius seen in the Ralline type (text-fig. 81, A. 7) is
absent in the Aramus type.

Text-fig. 31. Text-fig. 82.

eye} Ay) r

ELMTIBL — ay TLNTIBLS

yA
Ws GAY
VG Get

Y

Knee-muscles of Rallus longirostris. Knee-muscles of Aramus scolopaceus.
Musculature of knee; right leg, internal view.

FEM.-TIB.-I. Internal separate slip of femoro-tibialis (vastus internus).

x. Jagament from femur to tibia.

PIF. Pub-ischio-femorales (adductors).

CLL, Caud-ilio-flexorius (semi-tendinosus). C./.0.1. Femoral insertion
of caud-ilio-flexorius (accessory semi-tendinosus).

IF. Ischio-flexorius (semi-membranosus).

A, 1. Anchor to tibia of CLL.

A, 2. Anchor to tibia of LF.

Go. 1. External femoral division of gastrocnemius.

Ge. 2. Internal femoral division of gastrocnemius.

Ge. 5. Tibial division of gastrocnemius.

SOL. Soleus.

In text-figure 82 the caud-ilio-flexorius has had a piece removed to
exhibit the deeper lying Ge. 2.

The tendinous areas are clotted.

(3) Otis type. This (text-fig. 83) differs from the Aramus type
first in that the femoral insertion of the caud-ilio-flexorius is much
narrower than, proximal to, and parallel with, the posterior femoral
head of the gastrocnemius, so that there is no longer need of cutting
the former to display the latter (text-fig. 83, CLL. 1 & Ge. 2). Its
fibres meet the fibres of origin at a raphe as in the others, and the
ischio-flexorius fibres Join the muscle-mass at the lower half of the
raphe. From this meeting-point a broad tendon (A. 2) runs to the
tibia, obviously corresponding to the normal insertion of the ischio-
tlexorius, while the muscular masses along with the posterior femoral
head of the gastrocnemius converge to a round tendon that Joins

1901. ] ANATOMY OF @RUIFORM BIRDS. 651

the tibial belly of the gastrocnemius after a short separate course.
The Otis type occurs in Oés, in the Gruine, Psophiine (but in the
latter the middle head of the gastrocnemius is double), in the
Dicholophide, in Rhinochetus, and in Hurypyga, except that the
ischio-flexorius in most cases is better separated from the under-
lying masses and appears to run straight to the tibia, merely
receiving on its way a tendinous slip from the raphe of the two
portions of the caud-ilio-flexorius.

Text-fig. 83. Text-fig. 84.

FEMI I.

Knee-muscles of Otis tarda. Knee-muscles of Heliornis fulica.

Description and lettering as in text-figures 81 & 82.

(4) Heltornis type. This type is peculiar to the group. IL
describe it from Heliornis (text-fig. 84), but I gather from Beddard’s
description that the condition in Podica is similar. The caud-ilio-
ilexorius is devoid of the normal femoral insertion, and the
gastrocnemius has no posterior femoral head. ‘The caud-ilio-
flexorius and the ischio-fiexorius end in flat tendons to the tibia
inserted very closely together.

In most respects the final interpretation of these four
types in terms of archecentricity and apocentricity must await
further knowledge. It is clear, however, that the condition in
Heliornis, a eutaxic form, is the most apocentric. Comparative
anatomy shows plainly that the existence of a femoral insertion
ot the caud-ilio-flexorius (accessory semi-tendinosus) is arche-
centric in birds, and its loss must be regarded as an apocentric
modification. The great width of this femoral insertion in
Rallus and Aramus, two diastataxic forms, would appear to
be archecentric. The placing of the Otis type and its modifica-
tions depends partly on the interpretation of the morphological
nature of the posterior femoral head of the gastrocnemius. On

652 DR. P. CHALMERS MILCHELL ON THE [ Dee. 17,

my present knowledge | am inclined to think that that head
is a separated pertion of the femoral insertion of the caud-ilio-
flexorius ; and that therefore the Ralline type is more archecentric
in this respect than the type of Otis. But however further
knowledge may lead us to interpret this, it is again plain that the
specialization of the different members of the Gruiform assemblage
has proceeded on lines of considerable independence.

Tlio-fibularis—In most of the Gruiformes this muscle (text-
fig. 79, ZL.- FB.) in its origin, passage through a sling at the knee,
and insertion to the fibula is similar to the condition found in the
majority of Avian groups. Beddard (1) has described a peculiarity
of insertion in the Heliornithide ; i Podica there are, in addi-
tion to the normal insertion, a second insertion to the leg and an
insertion to the fascia covering the gastrocnemius. The latter
insertion he found also in Heliornis, but in my specimens of that
bird it was represented only by a very slight band of fascia devoid
of muscular fibres. Such additional insertions plainly are apo-
centric modifications. I have found the gastrocnemial insertion in
the Ostrich and in some Anatide, and it ‘has been described in the
case of the Alcidw. It is a multiradial apocentricity, and there is
to be noted about it only that among the Gruiformes it occurs in
eutaxic forms.

Ischio-femoralis (obdurator eaternus), Obdurator (obdurator im-
ternus), Accessorit obduratoris (gemelli).—In all these are present,
but I have no peculiarities to note.

Pub-ischio-femoralis (adductors).—In most of the Gruiformes
both adductors are present, and in these cases the superficial
adductor is entirely fleshy and is much narrower than the dee
adductor. The latter is wide and strong in all but the Rallide
and Heliornithide ; in Ofts (text-fig. 83, PJ.) and in Eurypyga
it shows an attachment to the middle head of the gastrocnemius.
In the Rallide it shows tendinous degeneration, in many forms
being reduced to a thin although wide sheet of fascia. In the
Heliornithide (at least in Heliornis, text- fig. 84) only one of the two
muscles is present, and this muscle is entirely fleshy and very
narrow. Itappears to be the superficial muscle, the representative
of the deep muscle, which in the Rails is tendinous, having been
lost. It is to be noted that this apocentricity occurs in a eutaxic
form.

Tibialis anticus, Popliteus, Extensor digitorum communis, Peroneus
superficialis (with slip to the perforated flexor of digit 1i.).—These
are all present and practically identical in the Gruiformes, the
tibialis anticus passing through only a fibrous bridge.

Peroneus profundus.—This muscle is present and strong in all
the Gruiformes except the Aramide, Dicholophide, and Otidide.
I am able to corroborate Gadow’s statement that it is absent in
Otis. I found no trace of it in Aramus and in Cariama, but
Beddard (1) affirms its presence in the Dicholophide. The
absence must be regarded as an apocentric modification, and the
incidence of this is not correlated with eutaxy and diastataxy.

1901. | ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 695

Gastrocnemivs.—Apart from the middle or posterior femoral
head, which I have discussed above in connection with the femoral
insertion of the caud-ilio-flexorius, the archecentric condition of
the gastrocnemius in birds appears to be the existence of a strong
anterior femoral head, with which the short arm of the biceps-
sling is connected, and a very strong tibial (inner) head, the
tendons from the two heads uniting and running down to the
ankle-capsule. The anterior femoral head is double in Cariama,
there being, in addition to the normal head to which the biceps-
sling is attached and which lies under the separate deep slip of the
femori-tibialis, a head passing external to that muscle. In Otis
both these heads are present, and there isa third head to which
the biceps is superficial. In Hurypyga there are three heads with
similar relations. In fHeliornis the anterior femoral head is
enormous, but I found no trace into the two or three divisions
found respectively in Cartama and Otis,

The middle and outer heads of the gastrocnemius show marked
variations amongst the Gruiformes, but these do not present any
definite correlation with the apocentric and archecentric conditions
of the wing.

Soleus.—This muscle is present in all, and has the origin (text-
figs. 81, 82, 83, 84, SOL.) normal in birds ; its tendon passes down
to the ankle-capsule without fusing with that of the gastrocnemius.

Flewores perforantes et perforati—The superficial flexors of
digits 1. and ili. are present in all the Gruiformes and have the
relations normal in birds. In Balearica the tendon for the second
digit fuses with the tendon of the perforated flexor of the same
digit for some distance along the tarsus, but the two separate
before insertion. Except in Psophia obscura and Heliornis, the
tendon of digit 111. is connected with that of the perforated flexor
of the same digit by a strong slip near the insertion. Such a
connection is common in birds, and may be an archecentric
remnant of the original unspecialized condition of these tendons.

Flewores perforati.—The perforated flexor muscles of digits ii.,
i., and iv. are closely similar in all these birds to the condition
that I have already figured (7. fig. 1) in Balearica. The only
points to mention are that the ambiens head in most cases is tied
to the head of the fibula by a strong ligament absent in Balearica,
and that in Otis the external head is very weak.

Flexor profundus seu perforans and Flexor longus hallucis.—These
are present and are of the normal origin and general course in all
the Gruiformes including Otis, in which the hallux is absent.
The modes of junction of the tendons, however, are not all alike.

The condition found in Eurypyga (text-fig. 85, VIL) appears to
me to be the most archecentric. The longus hallucis, as it does in
all the Gruiformes in which a hallux is present, sends a slip to the
hallux, and distal of this blends completely with the profundus
tendon in such a fashion that both tendons supply each of the
three digits.

The condition in Heliornis (text-fig. 85, VIIL) is an apocentric
Proc. Zoorn. Soc,—1901. Vou, II. No. XLITI. 43

654 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE i Dee. i

modification in one direction of the Hurypyga type. Its peculiarity
is that the divisions of the hallucis tendon for the digits unite with
the similar divisions of the profundus tendon only very close to
the insertions. The conditions in the other members of the
Gruiformes, as will be apparent without description from the
drawings in text-fig. 85, can easily be explained as apocentric modi-
fieations in a different direction, consisting in further specialization

Text-fie. 85.

=

eS =

Deep plantar tendons of Gruiformes.

I. Rallus and Psophia. Jl. Baleavica. V1. Aramus. IV. Cariama.
V. Otis. VI. Rhinochetus. VII. Eurypyga. VAI. Heliornis.

The hallux in all is to the left ; the arabic numerals represent the digits ;
the flexor longus hallucis is in white; the flexor perforans seu profundus
is deeply shaded.

of the hallucis tendon and withdrawal from supply to the digits
other than the hallux. The vinculum seen in the case of Rallus
and Psophia (text-fig. 85, 1), and which is found in a large number
of birds, appears to be a late stage in the withdrawal of the hallucis
tendon from the other digits, and not, as it often has been regarded,
as a simple condition. It is plain, however, that these junctions
show in the same fashion as many of the other structures I have
passed in review, that while there is a general similarity among
the members of the Gruiform assemblage, there is little close
coherence in the group.

1901. ] ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS, 655

CoNCLUSIONS.

The most salient generalization that may be drawn from the
series of facts described in this paper is that, if one of the Grui-
formes shows the eutaxie or apocentric arrangement of the wing,
it is more likely also to show apocentric conditions of the other
structures examined. Of the apocentric modifications discussed
(and I discussed each that came within the range of my investi-
gations), there is none found in a diastataxic bird that does not
occur also in eutaxic forms. The archecentric or primitive condi-
tions similarly are more abundant in the birds which show the
archecentric or diastataxie condition of the wings. Apart from
this general correlation of apocentricities, however, there is not
the same close and definite incidence of modifications among the
Gruiformes that there is to be found in the Alcedinide and
Columbide. I hope in later communications to extend these
observations to a number of forms allied with the Gruiformes, and
for the present I wish to reserve more detailed conclusions and
especially the interpretation of the series of facts in terms of
taxonomy.

REFERENCES.

(1) Bepparp, F. E.-—The Structure and Classification of
Birds. 1898.

(2) Degen, E.—‘‘ On Some of the Main Features in the Evolu-
tion of the Bird’s Wing.” Bull. Brit. Ornith. Club, 11.
1894.

(3) Firsriverr, M.—Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und
Systematik der Vogel. 1888.

(4) Gapow, H.—* Aves” in Bronn’s Thierreich.

(5) Garrop, A. H.—* On certain Muscles of Birds.” P. 4.5.
1873, p. 626, & 1874, p. 111.

(6) Garrop, A. H.—“ On the Anatomy of Chauna derbiana.”
len Aish silo pe Sie).

(7) CuatmMurs Mrrowens, P.—‘On the Perforated Fiexor Muscles
in some Birds.” P. Z.S. 1894, p. 495.

(8) Cuaumers Mrrcuery, P.—‘ Quintocubitalism in the Wing
of Birds.” Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 237.

(9) CHatmers Mrronenn, P.—* Anatomy of Kingfishers.” The
Ibis, Jan. 1901.

(10) Craters Mirenenn, P.—‘ On the Intestinal Tract of Birds,
with Remarks on the Valuation and Nomenclature of
Zoological Characters.” Trans. Linn. Soe. ser. 2, Zool,
vol. vili. part 7.

(11) Pycravr, W. P.—“ Aguintocubitalism in the Wing of Birds.”
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 236. L

(12) Sresoum, H.—Classification of Birds. Supplement, 1595.

43%

G56 MESSRS. B.C. A. WINDLE AND F, G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

2. On the Muscles of the Ungulata. By Berrram C. A.
Winpiz, D.Se., M.D., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of
Anatomy in the University of Birmingham, and F. G.
Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.Z.8., F.L.S., Lecturer on Human
and Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital, and
Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of Surgeons,
England.

Part I.—Muscries oF tHE Heap, Neck, AND Fori-liMp.

[Received November 6, 1901.|
(‘Text-figures 86-91.)

This paper has been carried out on the same lines as those on
the Rodentia, Carnivora, and Edentata which have preceded it’.
We have as far as possible carefully compared and incorporated
the existing literature, and have checked and supplemented it by
a series of dissections of our own. In deference to the suggestion
of several critics whose opinion we value, we have paid special
attention to the nerve-supply of the muscles, though here the
literature helped us very little, and we would like to point out
that, while there is sufficient material to make us pretty sure of
eliminating the effects of variation on the attachments of muscles
in the Orders reviewed, any accurate records of dissections of
nerve-supplies, however incomplete, would be of great value to
future reviewers.

As in former papers, small numerals refer to the list of animals
at the commencement of the paper, and Roman figures to the
bibliography at its end. Those animals in the list against which
no author’s name is placed have been dissected by ourselves. All
general observations on the Order we shall reserve until the trunk
and hind-limb have been described. In conclusion, we beg to thank
those gentlemen, especially Prof. Howes and Mr. Beddard, who
have so kindly helped us with material, and Prof. Macalister,
Prot. Paterson, Dr. Dun, and Dr. Thompson, who have placed
hitherto unpublished notes at our disposal.

List of Animals.
Division A. UNGULATA VERA,
Suborder ARTIODACTYLA.
Family Hrpropora mip”.

1. Hippopotamus amphibius. Gratiolet et Alix (III.).
TAS a Humphry (IV.).
3. i Mp Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).

‘ See P. Z.S. 1894, p. 251; 1896, p. 159; 1897, p- 370; 1898, p. 152 ; 1899,
pp. 314, 990,

1901. } THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA.
Family Surpz.
+. Sus scrofa (Domestic Pig). Lesbres (V.).
Oe) ss ss A Chauveau (II.).
Wo “p Bronn (VI.).
(ich ear Me Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).
Sines ‘s a Macalister (unpublished).
Os es a Meckel (VII.).
NOS p ese ew aldy Boar): Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).
11. ,, porcus (Red-River Hog).
12. Babirusa. Vrolik (VIIL.).
13. Dicotyles (Peccary). Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).
14, ” ”
Family CaMELID..
15, Camelus dromedarius. Chauveau (L1.).
16. a 55 Lesbres (V.).
te i; a Walton (IX.).
18. ‘. a Meckel (VII.).
19. us s P. Thompson.
Family TrRaGunip2.
20. Tragulus javanicus (Chevrotain). Kinberg (X.).
21. i hanchil,
22 a stanleyanus. Macalister (unpublished).
23. Doreatherium (Water-Chevrotain). Chatin (XI.).

Family Cervip2.

. Cervus avis. Macalister (unpublished),

» manchuricus.

» Cervulus muntjac. Macalister (unpublished).
» Cariacus rufus (Brocket).

os mewicanus (Brocket).

Family GIRAFFID2.

. Camelopardus giraffa. Joly et Lavocat (XIL.).

” a Murie (XXXIT.).
09 ‘3 Owen (XIII.).

Family Bovip«.

. Bos taurus. Chauveau (I1.).

as ss Lesbres (V.).

a . Meckel (VIL.).

a a Bronn (V1I.).
R.C.S. Museum.

| Ovibos moschatus (Musk-Ox). Bell (XIV.).

~I

658

MESSRS, B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Dee. 17,

38. Ovis aries. Lesbres (V.).

Bs og 5 Chauveau (IT.).

40. ,, = Bronn (VL1.).

Aaa 59 Meckel (VITI.).

: R.C.S. Museum.

AS oss ,, steatopyga (Fat-tailed Sheep).
44, ,, » (Syrian Sheep).

45. ,, musemon (Mouflon).

46. Capra hireus. Lesbres (V.).

ie aaa - Chauveau (II.).
ASeoi Wier Bs Haughton (XV.).
49, Cephalophus grimmi (Duiker-bok).

Suborder PERISSODACTYLA.

Family Tarrrip2.
50. Tapirus americanus. Turner (XV1.).

51. . a De Longchamps (XVITI.).
FO). - es Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).
DAG ep FA Vrolik (VIII.).

53. e " Lesbres (V.).

4. 3 59

55. 3) wndreus. Murie (XVII).

Family Equip.
56. Equus caballus. Chauveau (II.).

ices He Bronn (VI.).

Bone Lesbres (V.).

BS) lige 55 Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).
GOR. <4 Meckel (VII.).

61. ,, asus. Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).
62s - Steel (XIX.).

Fanuly RitNocerorrp.s.

63. Rhinoceros sumatrensis. Beddard & 'Treves (XX.).
64. i ?sp. Haughton (XXI.).

65. i » Owen (XXII).

66. re .. Macalister (XXIII).

Division B. SUBUNGULATA.
Family Procavip”.
67. Procavia dorsalis (Hyrax). Mivart & Murie (XXIV.).
68. 3 capensis.
69. » ?sp. Brandt (XXV.).
70. us », George (XXVI.).
ale: 3 >» Meckel (VII-).

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 659

Family ELpPpHANTID®.
72. Hlephas indicus. Anderson (XXVIT.).

Seo ts os Mayer (XXVIII.).

TA os ; Miall & Greenwood (XXIX.).
(> ” ne Watson (XXX.).

On is Young (XXXI.).

UT smanes 3 Cuvier & Laurillard (1.).

78. oe africanus. R.C.S. Museum.
TOS on CERI Paterson & Dun (unpublished).

Panniculus carnosus.—The dorso-humeral part of the panniculus
is well developed in all Ungulates except the Tapir, but is not so
clearly separated from the abdomino-humeralis as is the case in
many other orders of Mammals; indeed, the latter muscle is often
only indifferently represented.

The posterior attachments of the dorso-humeralis are from the
fascia over the buttocks and outer side of the thigh as well as from
the mid-line of the lumbar and thoracic regions of the back, and
the fibres run downward and forward to be partly inserted into the
spine of the scapula and the fascia near it, and partly with the
latissimus dorsi tendon into the humerus, helping to form a fleshy
floor to the axilla.

The abdomino-humeralis, as we have said, tends to blend with
the last muscle posteriorly, though it may, as in the case of the
Elephant (77), be attached down the front of the thigh as far as
the knee; its anterior attachment is to the mid-ventral line partly
superficial and partly deep to the pectoral mass. From the records
of Cuvier and Laurillard (I.), Miall and Greenwood (XXIX.), and
Anderson (XXVII.), we believe that the abdomino-humeralis must
be better developed in the Elephantide than it is in other families,
although it was very well marked in our specimen of Hyrax.

It is important to state here that we have no knowledge of the
condition of the panniculus in the Rhinoceros or Hippopotamus,
or it would have been interesting to have noticed whether the thick
skin of their backs is coincident with small size of the dorso-
humeralis, as in the case of the Tapir.

The Equide are remarkable for a vertical bundle of pannicular
fibres situated over the shoulder, which is doubtless of value, by its
twitching, in driving off flies from this region. It is present both
in the Horse (59) and Ass (61).

In male animals, especially of the Bovide, Tragulide, and
Cervide families, some portions of the ventral panniculus are
modified for moving the prepuce.

In the neck-region of Ungulates the platysma is always present,
but it seems to reach its maximum in the Suide. In our specimen
of the Peccary (14) there were three distinct sheets—one from the
deep fascia covering the mid-line of the dorsum of the neck as far
back as the first thoracic spine and curving round the base of the
ear, another thin sheet from the fascia over the scapula, and a
third, thicker one from the shoulder-region Jower down.

660 MESSRS. B.C, 4. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON | Dec. 17,

‘The sterno-facialis is well-marked in the Suide—Pig (5, 7), Wild
Boar (10), Red-River Hog (11), Babirusa (12), and Peccary (13,
14); but a curious point about it is that it hes superficial to the
platysma instead of deep to it, as in most mammals.

In the Tragulide (20, 21) the muscle is generally absent.

In the Cervide we only have records of it in two dissections of
Brocket Deer; in one (Cariacus rufus, 27) the muscle was absent,
but in the other (C. meaicanus, 28) it was present.

In the Giraffe we can find no specific mention of the muscle,
but we feel sure that if it had been present, either Owen (XIII),
Murie (XXXII.), or Joly & Lavocat (XIT.) would have taken some
notice of it, as the attention of all these writers had been specially
directed to the neck-muscles.

Among the Bovide, Chauveau (II.) says the sterno-facialis is
present in the Ox; but there seems little doubt that it is absent in
the Sheep (39, 48, 45), as it was also in our Duiker-bok (49)
among the Antelopes. Chauveau (II.) notices the feebleness of
the cervical panniculus in the Sheep.

In the Perissodactyla the sterno-facialis was absent in our Tapir
(54), and Murie makes no mention of it in his (55), while in the
Horse, and especially the Ass, it is present, but not distinct from
the platysma.

Of the Rhinoceros we have no records.

Among the Subungulata the muscle is certainly absent in the
Hyrax (68), and no mention is made of it by any writer on the
Elephant, nor do Cuvier and. Laurillard figure it in that animal
():

Summing up, we feel justified in saying that the Ungulates as
an order do not show a high development of the panniculus car-
nosus, that the platysma and sterno-facialis are much more highly
developed in the Suidte than in the other families, and that the
latter muscle is sometimes present, but more often absent through-
out the order.

Facial Muscles.

Orbicularis palpebrarum closely resembles the same muscle in
Man; as a rule the part below the eye is better developed than
that above, this is especially the case in the Elephant (74, 75, 77).
Watson (XXX.) describes elaborate details which possibly are not
constant as they were unnoticed by Miall and Greenwood and
Cuvier.

Orbicularis oris has no bony attachments, but is continuous with
the various muscles acting on the mouth. In those animals, such
as the Elephant and the Tapir, which possess a trunk, the muscle
is prolonged into the lateral longitudinal bundle of that organ.

Zygomaticus.—A. well-marked and very constant muscle, which
rises from the malar bone below the orbit and runs to the angle of
the mouth. The only Ungulate in which we failed to find this
muscle was the Hyrax.

Superficialis facie. —We have ventured to suggest this name for

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 661

a thin sheet of muscle which we found in the Pig and Moufion,
and which is figured by Cuvier and Laurillard in the Wild Boar
(1.). We are unable to homologize it with any of the facial
muscles of human anatomy, but we have little doubt that it is
present in more than the two animals in which we have recorded
it, and that its thinness and superficial situation have caused it to
escape our notice as well as that of other writers. The fibres
cover the whole of the side of the snout and run downward and
slightly forward to the upper lip.

Levator labia superioris—The nomenclature of the lip and nose-
muscles of Ungulates is extremely difficult, owing to the fact that
the veterinary writers have names of their own, while human
anatomists have tried to trace homologies with the muscles of
Man’s face; the matter is still further complicated when one
realizes that there is almost as much difference between the nose-
and lip-muscles of the Horse and the Pig as there is between
either of these animals and Man. In the Horse and Ass the
muscle, which is usually called levator labil superioris, rises from
just in front and below the orbit, and runs down to the upper lip,
its tendon passing with that of the other side between the two
nostrils. Physiologically the muscle well deserves its name, but
it is clearly not the same muscle as the levator labii superioris of
Man.

In the Ox (32) the same muscle is seen, but its origin is much
lower down on the maxilla. In other members of the Bovide,
such as the Mouflon Sheep (45) and the Duiker-bok (49) (see
text-figs. 86 and 87), this muscle ends in the nose just above the
nostril instead of being continued on to the upper lip, and now
the name of levator labii superioris becomes objectionable because
it is misleading. We should lke to suggest that this and the
other muscles which run from the maxilla to the nose should be
called naso-maxillary muscles, and be identified as superior, middle,
and inferior, but experience in this direction has shown us the
risk of adding to the existing confusion by giving fresh names
(see text-fig. 86).

Levator labvi swperioris aleque nasi.—This muscle is well named
in the Horse, and rises from above and in front of the orbit ;
below it divides for the side of the nostril and angle of the mouth,

In the Tapir (55) the muscle is extremely well developed, and
in the Ox (32) it is also well-marked. In the Deer and Antelopes
it is suppressed, owing to the great development of the suborbital
glands ; and in the Sheep (39) and Mouflon (45), where rudiments
of this gland persist, the muscle is also absent. In the Suid, too
(5, 7, 10, 11, 13, 14), the muscle is absent, unless its rudiments are
present as the superficialis faciei already described.

Dilator naris (retractor naris)—There are usually two fleshy
bellies rising close together from the canine fossa of the maxilla
below the infraorbital foramen, and ending by a number of fine
tendons in the skin of the side of the nostril and of the upper lip
(see text-fig. 87). As we have already pointed out, in the Bovide,

G62 MESSRS. B.C. A. WINDLE AND F. G. PARSONS ON [Dec. 17,

Cervide, and Suide the so-called levator labii superioris proprius
rises with and just above these, and its tendon ends also in the
nostril. These muscles are very constant, as might be expected
when one remembers how regularly they are found throughout
the Mammalia’.

Text-fig. 86.

Zz

Facial muscles of the Duiker-bok.

1. Levator labii superioris and Dila- | 8. Attrahens aurem anterior.
tores naris (Naso-maxillaris), 19) sy », superior.

2. Zygomaticus. | 10. 5 », inferior.

3. Orbicularis oris. _ LL. Parotido-auricularis.

4. Depressor labii inferioris. 12. Masseter.

5. Depression for suborbital gland. 13. Sterno-massetericus.

6. Orbicularis palpebrarum. | 14. Parotid gland.

7. Triangularis frontis. |

Lachrymalis—A small fan-shaped muscle rising from the
anterior or internal margin of the orbicularis palpebrarum, of
which it is probably a detached portion; the fibres run down and
spread out over the face. It is best seen in the Bovide (Ox,
Sheep, Mouflon), and is small or absent in the Equide, Tapiride,
and Suide (see text-figs. 86 and 87).

Triangularis frontis.— A small fan-shaped muscle which we have

1 A description of the musculature of the trunk will be found in Watson’s
paper on the Elephant (XXX.) and in Murie’s on the Tapir (XVII).

1991.) THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 663

met with among the Bovide and Cervidee, and which rises by its
apex from the same point as the last muscle, but the diverging
fibres run up instead of down. We hesitate to homologize this
with Man’s corrugator supercilii because it is very superficial and
is not covered by the orbicularis palpebrarum (see text-figs. 86
and 87).

Text-fig. 87.

Facial muscles of the Mouflon.

1. Leyator labii superioris, | 10. Orbicularis palpebrarum.

>) 9

3. \ Retractores naris. in Frontalis.

Ai Zygomaticus. | 13, \ Attrahens aurem superior.
5. Buecinator. 14. Fe »» medius.

6. Orbicularis oris. 15. FS 5, inferior.
7. Depressor labii inferioris. 16. Parotido-auricularis.

8. Lachrymalis. 17. Triangularis frontis.

9, Rudimentary suborbital gland. |

Occipito-frontalis.—The frontalis portion of this muscle is always
feeble, and in horned animals is often suppressed ; the occipitalis,
on the other hand, rises from the occipital crest and, if looked for,
can usually be satisfactorily displayed.

Depressor labii imferrorts forms a single sheet, rising from the
mandible and being inserted into the lower lip.

Muscles of the Ear.

The most satisfactory method of describing these muscles seems
to be to follow Watson’s example, and to divide them, as he did in
the Indian Elephant (X XX.), into an anterior group of attrahentes,
a superior of attollentes, and a posterior of retrahentes. A detailed
description of them in all the Ungulates which have come under
our notice would need a special paper, but we have satisfied our-
selves that they not only vary a good deal in different animals, but
in different specimens of the same animal.

664 MESSRS. B.C. A. WINDLE AND F. G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

In the Suide, Cuvier and Laurillard (7) figure three distinct
attrahentes and three retrahentes, and there can be little doubt
that it would be most convenient to name these superior, middle,
and inferior from their position. In addition to these three attra-
hentes there is another, which, from its anterior position, is best
named attrahens anterior, and which rises from the upper and
back part of the orbicularis palpebrarum. Cuvier and Laurillard
also show the attollens divided into an anterior and _ posterior
bundle. There is another bundle which rises from the fascia over
the parotid gland and is inserted into the lower part of the auricle,
and which evidently corresponds to the hippotomists’ parotido-
auricular, a name which seems perfectly satisfactory. Our own
specimens of Suidee (11, 14) agreed fairly well with Cuvier and
Laurillard’s plates, but the different divisions of the muscles were
not so distinct as in the drawings. The attollens nearly reached
its fellow in the mid-line, and we failed to make out any division
into anterior and posterior parts, while the attrahens anterior
rose from the temporal fascia close to the posterior margin of the
orbit.

In the family of Tragulide, a very detailed description of the
ear-muscles of the Javan Chevrotain is given by Kinberg (X.),
though, owing to the absence of illustrations, it is difficult to
follow his terminology ; it is interesting to notice that he describes
the following intrinsic muscles in addition to the extrinsic—
antitragicus, helicus major et minor, and transversus.

In the Mouflon (45) the attrahens anterior was absent in our
specimen, but the superior was subdivided into two bundles, one
above the other (see text-fig. 87). In this animal and the Duiker-
bok (49) the parotido-auricularis was short but perfectly distinct.
In the Horse (56) the parotido-auricularis reaches its maximum
of development. For the details of the muscles of the Elephant’s

ear, we must refer the reader to Watson’s careful paper (XXX.),
with the nomenclature of which we have tried to make our fore-
going remarks agree.

Muscles of Mastication.

Buceinator.—This muscle rises from the alveolar margins of
both jaws and from the pterygo-mandibular ligament. As Chauveau
(II.) and Lesbres (V.) have noticed, it is divisible into two planes,
of which the superficial is the more bipenniform. It is this plane
apparently which Kinberg (X.) describes in the Chevrotain as a
separate muscle and calls m. molaris.

Temporal.—This muscle is always small, though it is com-
paratively larger in the Equide than in the other families. The
fibres are much more nearly horizontal than vertical, and probably
act much more as opponents of the pterygoids in retracting one
side of the jaw during rumination than as closers of the mouth.
This seems the more likely as the fibres are more nearly horizontal
in the Bovide, Cervidee, and Tragulide than in the Equide, Suide,

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 665

Hippopotamide, Tapiride, and Elephantide. Bronn (VI.), pro-
bably on the authority of Bendz, says that two layers may Avays
be made out in Ungulates, and Chauyeau notices the same in the
Horse. Our own experience is that these two planes require some
little care to display satisfactorily; and authors such as Miall
and Greenwood in the Elephant (XXIX.), and Kinberg in the
Chevrotain (X.), make no mention of any bilamination, although
they have evidently dissected the muscle with care. The temporal
never seems to be large enough to meet its fellow in the sagittal
line of the skull, although in the Camel (17) the two approach
very closely.

Masseter.—This muscle is always very well developed, and has
the usual origin from the zygomatic arch and insertion into the
outer surface of the ramus of the mandible.

The chief interest of various writers seems to centre in the
number of layers into which the muscle may be divided, and we
have no hesitation in saying that these are by no means constant,
and probably mean very little.

In the Horse, for example, Bendz and Liesering say there are
two lamine, v. Teuteleben three, while Chauveau says that there
are several lamine of which two are very distinct.

In the Ruminants, again, v. Teuteleben says there are three
lamin, but Allen says six.

In the following animals there are two layers which correspond
with the arrangement found in man:—Hippopotamus (3), Pig (6),
Red-River Hog (11), Peccary (14), Red Brocket (27), Mexican
Brocket (28), Sheep (43), Mouflon (45), Elephant (74, 77). In
the Duiker-bok (49), Chevrotain (21), Hyrax (68), and Tapir (54,
55) no lamination was present; while in the fat-tailed Sheep (43)
and Kinberg’s Chevrotain three layers were made out, the deepest
one being the most posterior. We are therefore inclined to agree
with Lesbres, on whose opinions we place a good deal of reliance,
that two layers are usually found in the masseter of Ungulates
but that occasionally the muscle may be trilaminar or unilaminar.

Pterygoids.—Thronghout the Order the internal is a much larger
muscle than the external, and arises from the posterior part of the
alisphenoid and anterior part of the pterygoid bone as well as
slightly from the palate. On their way to be inserted the fibres
diverge somewhat, and the muscle, becoming fan-shaped, is attached
to the mandible between the angle and the inferior dental canal,
but more strongly near the lower border. There can be no doubt
that in animals which chew the end the internal pterygoid acts as
a powerful lateraliser of the jaw, and it is noticeable that in these
the fibres of the muscle are directed outwards more than they are
in the Perissodactyla. Lesbres says that in the Horse, and to a
less degree in the Pig, the muscle is bilaminar, but that this is not
the case in the Bovide. Our own experience does not support
this generalization, for neither in the Red-River Hog (11) nor the
Peecary (14) which we dissected did we find any bilamination ;
while in the specimen of the Sheep’s masticatory muscles in

666 MESSRS. B. C, A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Dec, 17;

the Museum of the College of Surgeons (42) there is a feeble
though distinct bilamination exactly corresponding with that of the
masseter. The external pterygoid rises from the alisphenoid above
and in front of the origin of the internal, it has only one head and
is always the smaller of the two muscles. The fibres run hori-
zontally backward and outward, and are inserted into the inner
side of the neck of the condyle. The internal maxillary artery
runs below the muscle in the groove between it and the internal
pterygoid, indeed in our specimen of Duiker-bok (49) the artery
lay between the two muscles.

The nerve-supply of all the preceding muscles has been carefully
looked for and in most cases found in all the animals which we have
dissected. In every case it was as in Man.

Depressor mandibuli ( Digastric).—As a rule this muscle rises from
the paroccipital process on its anterior border, in some cases it also
comes from the paramastoid process, though in the literature of
the subject these two processes are often confounded with one
another. The central tendon and anterior attachments vary, as will
be seen from the following details.

In the Hippopotamide, Humphry (2) says that the anterior
belly is connected with the hyomental muscle, while in Cuvier and
Laurillard’s plate (3) there is apparently only an anterior belly, the
muscle rising by tendon from the paroccipital process and being
inserted into the middle of the body of the jaw.

In the Suide, Lesbres (4) says that there is only one belly which
rises from the paroccipital, and this agrees with Vrolik’s de-
scription of the Babirusa (VIII).

In our Red-River Hog (11) we found that the posterior belly
was absent and that no nerve was supplied to it by the facial. In
Cuvier and Laurillard’s Pig (7), however, two distinct bellies are
figured.

oie the Peccary (18, 14) two bellies and a distinct central tendon
are found, and the nerves from the facial and mylo-hyoid are both
present (14).

In the Camel (19) we are indebted to the kindness of Dr. Peter
Thompson, who has placed some unpublished notes and drawings
at our disposal. In his specimen two bellies with the usual nerve-
supply were found, the posterior rising from the paroccipital, the
anterior, much larger, being inserted by a thin flattened tendon near
the insertion of the internal pterygoid and extending some distance.

In the Tragulide we found (21) the usual attachments from the
paroccipital to the mandible and a very slight central tendon, while
in Kinberg’s specimen (20) the central tendon was evidently longer
and the anterior belly attached to the third quarter of the lower
border of the mandible, 2. ¢. just behind the middle.

In the Cervidee (25, 27, 28) the central tendon is very distinct,
but, as in all the preceding animals, there is no attachment to the
hyoid bone. In Cariacus rufus (27) the two anterior bellies are
connected by a muscular layer supplied by the mylo-hyoid nerve.

In the Bovidee (32, 35, 36, 39, 40, 42, 43, 45, 47, 49) the central

1901, ] THE MUSCLES OF THR UNGULATA, 667

tendon is present but unattached to the hyoid. Bronn (VI.) says
that the anterior bellies are always connected with one another in
Ruminants ; and Chauveau (II.) describes a small square muscle in
the Ox which passes transversely across, uniting the two digastrics
by passing beneath the base of the tongue. Our own experience,
based on the Ox (86), Sheep (42, 48, 45), and Duiker-bok (49),
shows us that this union across the middle line is not a charac-
teristic mark of the Bovide as a family,

In the Tapiride (52, 52a, 54) the muscle is very strong and is
inserted into the posterior half of the lower border of the mandible,
but there is no central tendon at all,

In the Equide (56, 57, 58, 61) the muscle divides immediately
after its origin from the paroccipital: one part goes to the border
of the ramus of the mandible just above the angle, while the other
forms the normal posterior belly of a typical digastric and is sepa-
rated from the anterior belly by a definite central tendon. The
insertion of the anterior belly is a good deal nearer the symphysis
than it is in most other Ungulates. Among the Subungulata the
Hyrax (67, 68) has the origin of the digastric chiefly from the
paramastoid ; as it goes forward the muscle spreads out like a fan
to be inserted into the greater part of the lower margin of the
body of the mandible from the angle forward. About two thirds
of the way from the origin is a narrow zigzag tendinous streak,
the only representative of a central tendon.

In the Indian Elephant (73, 74, 75, 76, 77) the muscle runs
from the paroccipital to the jaw in front of the angle, but there
is some difference of opinion about the central tendon. Mayer
(XXVITIT.), Watson (XXX.), and Young (XXX1I.) found one, but
Miall and Greenwood (X XTX.) and Cuvier and Laurillard (1.) did
not see it. Miuall and Greenwood’s description seems somewhat
complicated, but we have little doubt that they have included the
stylo-hyoid and masto-styloideus with the digastric.

From the foregoing description it will be seen that the digastric,
as in other orders, is of some classificatory importance: thus in the
Hippopotamus and Suide the posterior belly is often suppressed.
In the Tapiride the central tendon is absent. In the Hyracoidea
it isa mere zigzag streak. In the Elephantide it may be present
or absent. Inthe Equide a part of the posterior belly is inserted
into the ramus of the jaw, while in the Cervide the tendon is
better developed than in any other family.

Muscles attached to the Hyoid Bone.

Mylo-hyoid.—This muscle bas the usual attachments, though it
does not in all cases run forward as far as the symphysis; this is
especially seen in the Suide (11, 12,14). In the Elephant, Miall
and Greenwood (74) say that the muscle is attached to the great
cornu of the hyoid and to a tendinous arch which crosses the thyro-
hyoid membrane. Chauveau (II.) and Lesbres (V.) notice that in
Ruminants two planes are found, and our own dissections bear this

668 MESSRS. B, 0, A, WINDLE AND F, G. PARSONS ON [Dec. 17,

out; we have noticed, too, that the fibres of the more superficial
layer run forward and outward, while those of the deeper layer
run backward and outward.

In the Ass (62), Steel points out that the muscle is often divided
anteriorly into two lamine.

In the Horse (56), Chauveau says that a delicate slip lies super-
ficial to the mylo-hyoid, but from the antero-posterior direction of
its fibres it probably represents a mento-hyal muscle. We have
some little doubt as to whether the superficial layer in the Rumi-
nants may not represent a mento-hyal muscle the fibres of which
have become deflected, but this is a mere speculation; and the
occasional presence of these two layers is probably a repetition of
the splitting tendency of the mylo-hyoid, which formerly gave rise
to the anterior belly of the digastric.

The nerye-supply is from the mylo-hyoid branch of the
fifth.

Genio-hyoid and Gento-hyoglossus.—These two muscles have the
usual mammalian attachments throughout the Order, except that in
the Equide, where the glosso-hyal process of the hyoid bone is
very large, they are attached to it. In the Red-River Hog (11),
owing to the imperfect development of the mylo-hyoid already
alluded to, the genio-hyoid is seen before removing that muscle.

In the Ass (62), Steel points out that the genio-hyoid sometimes
sends a distinct band to the genio-hyoglossus opposite the middle
of the intermaxillary space.

In the Giraffe (31), Owen points out that both these muscles
rise by tendon.

The nerve-supply was the hypoglossal in all the animals which
we dissected.

Hyoglossus.—This is the hyoglossus brevis of many veterinary
surgeons, it rises from the basi- and thyro-hyals, and in the Equide
from the glosso-hyal process as well; the fibres run much more
forward than upward, and in some cases—e. g. the Mouflon (45)
and Elephant (74, 76, '77)—the fibres coming from the basi-hyal are
quite distinct and have a somewhat more vertical direction than
those coming from the thyro-hyal. We would prefer to speak of
the fibres coming from the basi-hyal as the basi-elossus, but
Watson (XXX.) calls them hyoglossus anterior, and Miall and
Greenwood (X XIX.) hyoglossus minor, while Steel (XIX.) intro-
duces a novelty by speaking of them as hyoglossus brevis. In
Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate (I.) the Elephant’s basi-glossus is
larger than the rest of the hyoglossus, and in the Giraffe Joly and
Lavocat (XII.) say that the basi-glossus is the only part present.
In the Ass, Steel describes the basi-glossus as sometimes getting an
origin from the stylo-hyoid element, though this is not the normal
arrangement ; and Kinberg in the Cheyvrotain describes the “ baseo-
glossus” as coming from the anterior part of the body and styloid
cornu (cerato-hyal).

The nerve-supply seems always to be the hypoglossal.

Masto-styloideus—This muscle is apparently present in all

ragayen orig

1901.4 THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 669

Ungulates except Hyrax (see text-fig. 88)'; it rises from the
paramastoid and outer side of the base of the paroccipital pro-
cesses, and is inserted into the posterior projection at the upper
end of the stylo-hyal bone. In the Horse (56, 57) the muscle
covers the outer side of the eustachian air-pouch.

In the Camel (19), Thompson says that its fibres seem to be
continued into the stylo-pharyngeus muscle, but this we did not
notice in any other animal.

The nerve-supply is the facial.

Text-fig. 88.

.

Ly 2a
» WP yi

y \ wv
HON
LEAN fe 8S 2

niin TSO
HI
t
fQ

eS
gy.
SO

g- Fa ij ae = :
Ks 4 Yf Shy, =

Hyoid smuscles of the Duiker-bok.

| 6. Digastric (Depressor mandibuli).
7. Stylo-hyal bone.

8. Tympanic bone.

9. Paroccipital process.

a Double Stylo-glossus.

3. Stylo-pharyngeus.
4. Stylo-hyoid.
5. Masto-styloideus.

t
|

Stylo-hyord.—This muscle usually rises by tendon from the
posterior tuberosity at the upper end of the stylo-byal, and runs
downward and forward to be inserted into the base of the cerato-
hyal. In the Hippopotamus, Gratiolet and Alix (IIT.) say that it
rises from the paramastoid process, and in Cuvier and Laurillard’s
plate of this animal (I.) it apparently has the same origin. In
the Hyrax also we (68) agree with Mivart and Murie (67) that it
arises from the paramastoid process. It is always supplied by
the facial nerve, and we believe that the masto-styloideus is the
proximal part of this muscle, which is cut off by the projection of
the stylo-hyal bone so characteristic of most Ungulates (see
text-fig. 88). This belief is strengthened by the fact that in the
Hyracoidea, where the stylo-hyoid rises from the paramastoid
process, the masto-styloideus is absent, and we await future in-
vestigations of the muscles of this region of the Hippopotamus
with interest. Thompson's assertion that some of the fibres of
the masto-styloideus are continued into the stylo-pharyngeus in

1 We have no definite account of it in the Hippopotamus.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vor. II. No. XLIV. 44,

670 MUBSSRS. B.C. A. WINDLE AND F. G. PARSONS on [Dec. 17,

the Camel must be borne in mind; but he lays stress on the fact
that the two muscles have different nerve-supplies, the stylo-
pharyngeus being as usual supplied by the glosso-pharyngeal
nerve,

In the following animals the stylo-hyoid splits to enclose the
digastric :—Peccary (13), Red-River Hog (11), only on one side,
Chevrotain (20), Brocket (28), Mouflon (45). In the other
animals which we dissected, or of which details are available, the
muscle passes deep to the digastric, with the exception of the
Giraffe (31) and Hippopotamus (8), where it is superficiak In
the Elephant we have already remarked that Miall and Greenwood
apparently described the stylo-hyoid as part of the digastric; but
Young (XX-X1.) failed to find any separate stylo-hyoid.

Styloglossus.—This muscle usually rises from the lower end of
the stylo-hyal bone, and runs along the outer surface of the hyo-
vlossus to the tongue. In the Ox (82),. Duiker-bok (49), and
Brocket (28) the muscle was double, and we are inclined to think
that this was the condition in Kinberg’s Chevrotain, although he
uses a different terminology (see text-fig. 88).

‘The nerve-supply is the hypoglossal.

Stylo-pharyngeus rises from the stylo-hyoid bone beneath the
backwardly-projecting tuberosity, and is inserted into the posterior
margin of the thyroid cartilage very much as in Man (see text-
fig, 88). The only points about it to which we wish to draw
attention are that Mivart and Murie were doubtful about its
presence in Hyrax (67), but it was undoubtedly present in our
specimen (68); and that Steel (XIX.) says that m the Ass the
hyo-pharyngeus, which we presume is synonymous with the stylo-
pharyngeus, has often an extra head from the inferior third of
the stylo-hyoid, in addition to the normal head from the superior
third.

The nerve-supply is the glosso-pharyngeal.

Hyoideus latus—This muscle, which is sometimes called the
hyoideus parvus or cerato-hyoideus parvus, is usually present in
Ungulates ; at least it is present in the following fairly repre-
sentative series :—Hippopctamus, Pig, Chevrotain, Brocket, Ox,
Sheep, Mouflon, Duiker-bok, Horse, and Ass (see text-fig. 89) ;
it passes from the thyro-hyal to the cerato- and epihyals, thus
connecting and approximating the second and third arches. Bronn
(VI.) says that it is supplied by the facial nerve; but up to the
present we regret that we have failed to find the nerve to it.

In the Ass, Steel (XIX.) says that the muscle is sometimes
absent.

Hyoideus transversus.—This muscle connects the cerato- and
epihyal of one side to those of the other across the mid-line. It
is found in the Hippopotamide, Tragulide, Cervide, Bovide, and
Equidee as far as our present knowledge goes, but not the Suide.
Of the other families we have no satisfactory records. According
to Bronn (VI.) it is supplied by the facial nerve.

Hyo-epiglottideus runs from the basihyal, and slightly from the

1901.] LHE MUSCLES OF ‘HH UNGULATA. 671

ceratohyal, to the front of the epiglottis. It is present in the
Tragulidee and Bovide and possibly in other families.

Sterno-hyoid.—In the Hippopotamus the sterno-hyoid rises as
usual from the deep surface of the manubrivm sterni in its
anterior part, and runs forwards to be closely connected with the
cephalo-humeralis, so that Cuvier (XX XIIT.) describes it as part
of the “deltoido trapeze”; it can, however, be traced forward,
and it is then found to divide into two layers, of which the more
superficial continues forward to near the symphysis of the
mandible, and is sometimes called mento-hyal, while the deeper
layer is inserted into the basibyal.

Text-fig. 89.

Hyoid apparatus of the Duiker-bok.

4, Cerato-hyal bone.

. Hyoideus latus.
5. Thyro-hyal bone.

Stylo-hyal bone.
. Epi-hyal bone.

SN

In the Suide (4, 6, 7, 11, 12, 13, 14) the muscle is very well
developed; and in our specimens it was supplied by the ansa
cervicis a3 in Man.

In the Tragulide (21) the two muscles of opposite sides are
closely connected, and they are also fused with the sterno-
thyroids in the posterior part of the neck (20).

"Among the Cervide the muscle is yery slight in the Deer (25)
and Brocket (28).

Tn the Giraffidee the muscles of opposite sides are fused near

44*

672 MESSRS. B. C. A, WINDLE AND #. G. PARSONS ON [Dec. 17,

the sternum and for 15 inches from it (31). Owen (XIIL.)
describes two distinct tendons and three fleshy bellies in the
interval between the sternum and hyoid, while Joly and Lavocat
(XII.) say that there are many tendinous intersections.

In the Bovide the arrangement is inconstant in the Ox and
Sheep. Chauveau (II.) says there is no tendinous intersection ;
but in the Duiker-bok (49) we found the sterno-hyoid and sterno-
thyroid united into a single muscle with a short central tendon.
Near the thyroid cartilage a small slip was delaminated from the
main mass for the hyoid bone. In the Mouflon (45) and Fat-
tailed Sheep (43) we failed to find any trace of the sterno-hyoid.

In the ‘lapiride (52, 54) the muscle was separate and human
in its attachments.

In the Equide (56, 61) the sterno-hyoids of opposite sides are
fused with the two sterno-thyroids, and have the same arrangement
that we have already described in the Duiker-bok, only the central
tendon is much longer. In the Ass (61) the fused mass is pro-
portiovally much slighter than in the Horse.

In the Procaviide (68) the muscles are quite distinct from one
another and from the sterno-thyroids and rise from the dorsal
surface of the triangular cartilaginous forward projection of the
sternum. ‘The insertion is normal (67, 68).

_ In the Elephantide (74, 76) the sterno-hyoid is absent.

From the foregoing it will be seen that in the Hyrax and Tapir,
which are regarded as archaic types, this muscle has the general-
ized mammalian arrangement ; but in the more specialized Ungu-
lates the sterno-hyoid tends to fuse with its fellow and with the
sterno-thyroid, and in some instances, such as the Elephant and
Sheep, to be altogether absent as a separate muscle. In animals
with long necks, such as the Giraffe, Horse, and Antelope, one or
more tendons are developed in the course of the muscle

Sterno-thyroid.—It has already been pointed out how often the
sterno-hyoid and thyroid are fused, and in these cases the sterno-
thyroid seems to form by far the greater part of the combined
muscle. In the Pig (4, 6) the sterno-thyroid is sometimes a
double muscle, at other times it splits to be inserted into the
thyroid cartilage in two bundles. It is supplied by the ansa
cervicis.

Thyvo-hyoid.—This muscle always seems to have the usual
mammalian attachments from the thyroid cartilage to the thyro-
hyal. Its nerve-supply is the hypoglossal.

Omo-hyoid.—In the Hippopotamus (1, 2) the omo-hyoid runs
from the hyoid bone to blend with the cephalo-humeral muscle in
the neck. In the Pig (4, 5, 11) among the Suide the hinder
attachment of the muscle is, as in so many Ungulates, from the fascia
attaching it to the transverse processes of the middle cervical
vertebre. In the Babirusa (12) and Peccary (14), however, a more
generalized arrangement is found, and the muscle is continued on to
the venter of the scapula. In the Tragulidie (20, 21), Cervidex (25,

7, 28), Giraflidee (29, 31), and Bovides (32, 33, 35, 39, 40, 46, 47,

1901. | THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 673

49) the posterior part of the muscle is suppressed, and the anterior
belly spreads out into fascia over the carotid artery and deep to
the cephalo-humeral, so that it depends a good deal on the fancy
of the observer whether he describes the attachment to the middle
cervical transverse processes through fascia, or to the deep surface
of the cephalo-humeral. It is apparently not an unusual thing for
this partial suppression of the omo-hyoid to become complete, as
we failed to find it in the Moufion (45) and the Fat-tailed Sheep
(43), and Macalister records its absence in a Cheyrotain (22). It
is interesting to notice that in these two sheep the sterno-hyoid
was also absent.

In the Tapiride (52, 52a) the whole muscle is present and is
attached to the scapula.

In the Kquide (56, 57, 59, 61) the origin is from some part of
the scapula, though authorities differ as to the exact attachment
for instance, Chauveau (II.) says it comes from the surface of the
scapularis ; Owen, from the coracoid process ; and Bendz, from the
first rib. In any case the omo-hyoid is a very well-developed
muscle in the Equide.

Lesbres (V.) points out that in both the Ruminants and Solipeds
the two muscles of opposite sides tend to fuse close to the hyoid
bone and to cover the insertion of the sterno-hyoid. We cannot,
however, agree that this is always the case.

In all the foregoing animals it will be noticed that the origin, as
in so many other muscles elsewhere, is the variable part, while the
insertion is constant; it seems to us that this is one of those
examples of the dependence of structure on function, for the
function of a muscle is to move a certain point in a given direc-
tion, and it does not matter where it does this from so long as the
origin is in the right direction and fairly fixed.

In the Procaviide (67, 68, 71) the omo-hyoid is absent.

Tn the Elephantide it is also absent.

Muscles of Ventral Surface of Neck unconnected with Hyoid Bone.

Sterno-mastoid and Cleido-mastoid.—These muscles vary very
much in different Ungulates. It will be seen that there is a con-
stantly recurring tendency to become partially inserted into the
lower jaw in the region of the masseter, and on this account part
of the muscle is often described as the sterno-maxillaris; but this
practice leads to much confusion, since the name of sterno-maxil-
laris is also given to the forward extension of the sterno-hyoid
muscle to the symphysis of the jaw—an arrangement which is
frequently found in the Edentata, and has also been already
described in the Hippopotamus, cf. Sterno-hyoid. We think,
therefore, that it will be advisable, if possible, to limit the name of
sterno-maxillaris to the ventro-median muscle, which is the continu-
ation of the sterno-hyoid ; and if a name is required for the facial
insertion of the sterno-mastoid, we would suggest that of sterno-
massetericus (see text-fig. 86, p. 662). In the Hippopotamus the

674 MESSRS. B. C; A. WINDLE AND F, G. PARSONS ON | Dec. 17,

sterno-mastoid runs from the sternum to the paramastoid process
(1, 3), and in (1) sends a fibrous expansion to the posterior border
of the ramus of the mandible. The cleido-mastoid is blended
with the cephalo-humeral posteriorly, but anteriorly it is inserted
into the paramastoid and paroccipital processes (3), or into the
occipital curved line (1). Beyond the fibrous expansion already
noticed there is no attachment to the masseter.

‘In the Suide (4,7, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14) the muscles are of the
generalized mammalian type, and there is no masseteric atlach-
ment. The sterno-mastoid runs from the sternum to the para-
mastoid process, while the cleido-imastoid rises from the tendinous
intersection in the cephalo-humeral muscle marking the site of
the clavicle, and runs up to be inserted into the same place as the
sterno-mastoid, but deep to it. Between these two muscles runs
the spinal accessory nerve, by which they are supplied.
In the Camel (18) the two sterno-mastoids are fused in the
posterior third of the neck, anteriorly there is an insertion into
the angle of the lower jaw as well as into the paramastoid process
(16, 18).

In the Tragulide (20, 21) the sterno-mastoids are connected
with one another in the lower third of the neck, and there is a
distinct masseteric insertion into the fascia over the masseter
by means of which the muscle acts upon the zygomatic arch. The
cleido-mastoid, as usual, is more or less fused with the cephalo-
humeral.

In the Cervide (24, 25, 27, 28) the sterno-masseteric portion of
the sterno-mastoid ends in a thin tendon, which fuses with the
anterior border of the masseter and so reaches the zygomatic
arch. Macalister says that the sterno-mandibularis (sterno-mas-
setericus) takes the place of the sterno-mastoid ; this we do not
think is the case, as we have always been able to find a para-
mastoid insertion in addition to the masseteric, although it is a
good deal hidden by the latter. The cleido-mastoid is, as usual,
blended with the cephalo-humeral in the posterior part of the
neck.

In the Giraffide (29, 31) the sterno-maxillaris is present. Owen
says (31) that it is fleshy all the way to the angle of the jaw,
while Joly and Lavocat say (29) that it is inserted into the angle
of the jaw and the surface of the masseter.

Among the Bovide the sterno-mastoid is inserted into the
paramastoid process and into the basioceipital with the rectus
eapitis ventralis (anticus) major in the Ox (32, 33, 35), Sheep (38,
39, 40, 41, 43), and Goat (46), though in the Duiker-bok (49) we
failed to find the basioccipital insertion. The sterno-masseteric
insertion is present in the Ox (82, 33), Goat (46), and Duiker-
bok (49) (see text-fig. 86), and combines with the anterior part of
the masseter just as it does in the Cervide; but in the Sheep
(38, 41, 43, 45) (see text-fig. 87) the masseteric insertion is absent,
and this seems to be one of the few myological points of distinction
between the Sheep and the Goat,

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 675

Among the Perissodactyla the Tapir (52, 53, 54, 55) has a
masseteric insertion into the angie of the mandible, and Lesbres
(V.) also found a basioccipital insertion, though in our specimen
we failed to find this (54).

In the Equide (56, 58, 59, 61) the masseteric attachment is
also into the posterior border of the ramus just above the angle, but
there is no basioccipital nor paramastoid (59) insertion. The two
sterno-mastoids of opposite sides blend in the mid-line of the
posterior part of the neck. In all the above-mentioned families
where it is not specially mentioned, the cleido-mastoid rises from
the clavicular tendinous intersection in the cephalo-humeral, and
is inserted into the paramastoid process deep to the insertion of
the sterno-mastoid.

In the Procaviide (67, 68) the sterno-mastoid, sterno-masseteric,
and cleido-mastoid elements are present, but the cleido-mastoid is
attached to the occipital crest instead of the paramastoid process,
and the masseteric portion is a huge muscular mass rising from
the manubrium and its fellow of the opposite side in the mid-
ventral line of the caudal half of the neck, and being inserted into
the angle of the mandible and the fascia over the masseter. The
sterno-mastoid element to the paramastoid process is very small.

The Elephantide are remarkable for having two masseteric
insertions (74, 76, 77), one into the posterior part of the zygoma,
and the other into the body of the mandible just in front of the
insertion of the digastric. The latter part is a separate muscle in
its whole extent, and according to Anderson (XX VII.) rises by
three heads, two from the first rib and one from the sternum.
The cleido-mastoid has the usual ungulate attachments; but in
Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate (I.) seems to send a slip to the basi-
occipital.

From the above it will be seen that the masseteric portion of
the sterno-mastoid is a very characteristic ungulate arrangement,
which is wanting in the Suide and in the Sheep, and, if present,
is only feebly developed in the Hippopotamus. It varies in its
exact attachment in different families; but its presence in Hyrax
is of interest as pointing to the ungulate affinities of that animal.

The nerve-supply of the sterno-mastoid, sterno-masseteric, and
cleido-mastoid portions of the muscle is the spinal accessory and
cervical nerves in the Sheep, Pig, Chevrotain, and Antelope.

Omo - trachelian Muscle—This muscle seems fairly constant
throughout the Order, and runs from the transverse process of the —
atlas to the acromial end of the spine of the scapula, as well as to
the fascia over the infraspinatus and scapular part of the deltoid.
Tt becomes superficial by passing between the occipital and cervical
portions of the trapezius, which as a rule are very distinct. Many
authors describe the omo-trachelian as fusing posteriorly with the
cephalo-humeral, and in two or three of our own dissections we
have thought that it ended in this way ; but more careful dissection
enabled us to trace the muscle to the region where the acromial
process ought to be, so that although we shall divide the material

676 MESSRS, B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

at our disposal into two groups according to the insertion of the
muscle, the reader must bear in mind that many of the cases in
which the insertion is said to be into the cephalo-humeral are
possibly the result of imperfect dissections, and this applies to
some of our own dissections as well as to those of other observers,
for at first we failed to realize the amount of careful cleaning which
is necessary to satisfactorily display the posterior attachment of the
omo-trachelian. On the other hand, we do not feel justified in
asserting that the muscle never ends by completely fusing with
the cephalo-humeral. |

In the following animals the omo-trachelian was traced to the
fascia over the scapula and the scapular spine—Hippopotamus
(1, 3), Pig (4, 5, 7, 11), Peccary (14), Ox (83), Sheep (38),
Mouflon (45), Goat (46), Duiker-bok (49), Tapir (52), Hyrax
(68).
In the following the muscle is said to blend with the cephalo-
humeral :—Pie (6), Chevrotain (21), Brocket (27, 28), Ox (35),
Sheep (40, 43), Tapir (54, 55), Rhinoceros (64). In the whole of
the above two groups of animals the origin was from the trans-
verse process of the atlas, except in the Duiker-bok (49), in which
a small slip came from the basioccipital in addition.

In the Muntjac (26) among the Cervide, Macalister says that
the muscle was absent, and in our own specimen of Cervus (25)
we failed to find it ; possibly in these animals the incorporation of
the omo-trachelian with the cephalo-humeral has become complete
and the origin from the atlas suppressed.

In the Giraffe (29), Joly and Lavocat point out that the length
of the neck has caused the origin of the muscle to shift back to
the transverse processes of the sixth and seventh cervical vertebre ;
and there is every reason to believe that Murie (XXXJ1.) verified
this, since he carefully studied the above authors’ paper, and only
drew attention to points in which his animals differed from theirs
or to facts which they had omitted.

In the Equide (56, 57, 58, 59) the origin is from the anterior
four cervical transverse processes, and the muscle in this case
certainly does fuse posteriorly with the cephalo-humeral in a very
complete manner.

In the Elephant, Miall and Greenwood(X XIX.) apparently failed
to notice the muscle, but we believe it is there because Anderson
(XX VII.) describes a part of the masto-humeral (cephalo-humeral)
which he says may be regarded as a separate muscle, and which
rises from the basioccipital to be inserted into the anterior border
of the scapular spine as well as into the fascia covering the
deltoid. This insertion is clearly that of the omo-trachelian, and
the origin from the basioccipital we have already shown exists
in the Duiker-bok (49), but further details of the muscle are badly
wanting in the Elephant. .

In the Pig, Peceary, Brocket, Sheep, Duiker-bok, and Hyrax
we found the nerve-supply coming from the spinal accessory.

Scalenus ventralis—The arrangement of parts in the Ungulates

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 677

makes it necessary to define what is meant by the scalenus anticus,
or ventralis as we prefer to cail it. If it is a scalene which passes
ventral to the subclavian artery, as in Man, there is no such
muscle among the Ungulates as far as we know. If, on the other
hand, it isa scalene which passes ventral to the brachial plexus,
the Ungulates have it often enough. It rises from the lower three
or four cervical transverse processes and is inserted into the first
rib. Itis present in the following animals :—Hippopotamus (1),
Pig (9, 11), Peccary (13, 14), Tragulus (20, 21), Camel (18),
Brocket (27), Giraffe (29, 30, 31), Bes (33), Sheep (38, 41, 43,
45), Goat (46), Antelope (49), Tapir (5 2, 54), Horse (56, 58, 60),
Hyrax (67, 68).

In the Elephant we are unable to find any definite statement as
to whether the scalenus ventralis was present or absent, but the
foregoing list is a very representative one and, in the absence of
any definite statement that the muscle was absent in any animal,
justifies us in generalizing and saying that the Ungulates, as an
Order, are characterized by having a scalene muscle which is
inserted into the first rib dorsal to the subciavian artery and
ventral to the brachial plexus; but whether this applies to the
Elephant or not must be left for future observation.

Scalenus longus et brevis.—These two muscles are both dorsal to
the brachial plexus, and they are so closely connected at their
anterior attachment that it is very difficult to say to how many
cervical transverse processes each is attached ; nor does there seem
any object in trying to do so, for in different specimens of the
same animal the attachments vary markedly, and this is the case
even when they are recorded by the same observer. The lower
attachment of the scalenus brevis is into the first rib, while the
longus usually lies ventral and near to it; it is inserted into a
variable number of anterior ribs on their outer surface.

The upper attachment of the conjoined muscles is into a variable
number of lower cervical vertebrae, occasionally even reaching the
atlas ; the strongest and most constant fasciculi are fastened to the
4th and 5th as a rule.

The following are some records of the number of ribs into
which the scalenus s longus is inserted :—Hippopotamus (1), ribs 1,
2, and 3; Pig (4, 7, 11), ribs 1, 2, and 8; Pig (9), ribs 3and 4;
Peccary (13), ribs 1, 2, and 3; Peccary (14), ribs 1, 2, 3, 4;
Camel (18), only to Ist rib; Chevrotain (20), ribs 1, 2, and 3;
Cervus (25), only to Ist rib; Brocket (27), only to Ist rib;
Giraffe (29, 30), ribs 1 and 2; Ox (33), ribs 1, 2, 3, and 4;
Sheep (38, +1, 48, 45), only to Ist rib; Goat (46), ribs 1, 2, 3,
and 4; Antelope (49), ribs 1, 2, and 3 (quite a small muscle);
Tapir (52, 54), ribs 1?, 2, and 3; Horse (56, 58, 60), only to Ist
rib; Ass (62), usually as in Horse, but occasionally reaches to the
2nd and 3rd ribs; Hyrax (67), ribs 1, 2, and 3; Hyrax (68), ribs
3 and 4; Hyrax (71), ribs 3, 4, 5, and 6; Elephant (74), ribs 2,
3, and 4.

In the foregoing descriptions we fear that the posterior attach-

678 MESSRS, B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G, PARSONS ON {| Dec. 17,

ments of the sealenus longus and brevis are more or less confused,
and that the attachment of the longus to the first rib might, in
many cases, be more fitly described as brevis ; but the difficulty ot
satisfactorily separating the two muscles is such, that those who
have dissected most will be least inclined to criticize our inability
to be definite. One way out of the difficulty would be to only
call those fibres which pass to ribs behind the first as scalenus
longus; but this would only be meeting one difkeulty with another,
since, in some cases, there are distinctly two insertions into the
first rib dorsal to the brachial plexus.

Summing up, we may say that the Camelide (we have no
records of the Llama), the Cervide, the Sheep, and the Equide
have no prolongation of the scalenes beyond the first rib ; while in
the other families (? Rhinocerotide) the scalenus longus usually
reaches the third rib, and in the Procaviide may be prolonged
back as far as the sixth. The arrangement in the Sheep, of which
we have many records, is especially interesting, since it forms
another sharp myological contrast with the Goat. Steel’s observa-
tion (XIX.) that the Ass has oceasionally a prolongation of the
scalenus longus to the third rib, points to the fact that that
animal is less highly specialized than the Horse. We are more
than ever convinced of the futility of attempting to homologize
the scalenus longus and brevis individually with the scalenus
medius and posticus of Man, since the brevis in its dorsal position
corresponds to the Man’s posticus, but the longus is the muscle
which goes beyond the first rib, as does the scalenus posticus of
Man. The nerve-supply of the scalenes is from the upper trunks
of the brachial plexus.

Rectus capitis ventralis (anticus) major rises from the transverse
processes of the third and two or three succeeding cervical vertebree
and is inserted into the basioccipital. There is nothing special to
remark about it.

Rectus capitis ventralis (anticus) nwnor.—Chauyean (II1.) in the
Horse and Kinberg (X.) in the Chevrotain point out that this
muscle lies external to the last, and we found the same muscle
rising from the atlas and axis in the Pig (11) and the Brocket
Deer (27). Unfortunately we failed to look carefully for this
in the other animals we dissected, but the records we have
show that it is at least of frequent occurrence in the Ungulates.
We have some little doubt as to whether this muscle can be
homologized with the r. c. v. minor of other mammals, or whether
it would not be advisable to speak of it as r. c. v. externus.

In Hyrax (67), Mivart and Murie failed to find the minor in its
usual place, but we found a few fibres running from the ventral
arch of the atlas to the basioccipital (68).

Longus collii—Lesbres (V.) and Kinberg (X.) point out that the
vertical fibres of this muscle are absent and only the two oblique
parts present. The lower oblique portion usually comes from the
anterior six thoracic vertebre, though in the Camel (18) and
Moution (45) it only reached the fourth, Steel (XIX.) points

1901. ] HE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 679

out that in the Ass it sometimes only reaches the fifth. Meckel
{ VII.) says that in the Sheep the muscle is bilamimar, but this was
not so in our Mouflon (45).

Muscles connecting the Fore-linb with the Trunk,

Cephalo-humeralis.—-This is a combination of the anterior part
of the trapezius, the cleido-mastoid, and the clavicular part of the
deltoid, and it has already been pointed out that the omo-hyoid
and omo-trachelian occasionally become blended with these. No
Ungulate possesses a clavicle, but in most cases there is a fibrous
intersection marking its site and indicating the place where the
trapezius ends and the deltoid begins.

The part of the trapezius which forms the cephalo-humeral
rises from the occipital crest in the Hippopotamide (3), Suide
(7, 11, 18, 14), Tragulide (20, 21), Cervide (25, 26, 27, 28),
Bovide (82, 33, 38, 39, 46, 49), Tapiride (52, 54, 55), Equide
(56, 58), Procaviidee (67, 68), and EHlephantidee (72). In the
Camelide and Giraffide apparently it rises from further back in
the neck. Meckel (VII.) says that in the Camel it comes from
the posterior third of the ligamentum nuchx, while Murie in the
Alpaca (XX XII.) found it rising from the transverse processes of
the fifth and sixth cervical vertebre. In the Giraffe (29, 30) it
had the same origin. We have stated that the anterior part
of the trapezius and cleido-mastoid are continued into the fore-
limb by the clavicular part of the deltoid, aud this is usually
inserted into the lower part of the humerus, at least this is
the case in the following animals:—Suide (7, 11, 12, 14),
Tragulide (20, 21), Brocket Deer (27, 28), Giraffe (29, 30),
Duiker-bok (49), Tapir (52, 52 a, 55). In the Hippopotamus (1)
and Elephant (74, 77, 79) the cephalo-humeral is inserted into
the upper part of the humerus, while in the Horse (56) and Ass
(61) it is attached just below the remainder of the deltoid. In
the Sheep (43, 45), Goat (48), and Hyrax (68) the insertion blended
with that of the biceps and was carried down into the forearm,
and in one specimen of Tapir (54) there was an insertion into the
forearm as well as one into the lower part of the humerus. The
nerve-supply of the muscle corresponds with its compound nature ;
the trapezius part is supplied by the spinal accessory and upper
cervical nerves, the deltoid part by the circumflex.

Trapezius.—The posterior portion of the trapezius is in some
animals, especially the Suide, separated by a marked interval from
the cephalo-humeral; in others, such as the Brocket Deer, the two
muscles are. only separable in their lower parts. It has already
been pointed out that the omo-trachelian usually appears on the
surface between the cephalo-humeral and the trapezius to reach
the fascia over the scapula. In other orders of Mammals the
second and third pasts of the trapezius are often quite distinct,
but in Ungulates this is seldom the case, and in many cases it is
quite difficult to separate the part of the muscle which is inserted

680 MESSRS. B,C, A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

into the spine from that which ends in the root of the spine.
When a separation is either naturally or artificially made, it is
found that the second part (counting the cephalo-humeral as the
first) rises from the posterior half or two-thirds of the ligamentum
nuche and from two or three anterior thoracic spines, while the

J.

|

Y
S/
——— I; SN

Text-fig. 90,

|

Shoulder-muscles of the Hyrax. (Dorsal view.)

1. Trapezius. 7. Teres minor.

2. Supraspinatus. 8. Dorso-epitrochlearis.
3. Omo-trachelian. 9. Latissimus dorsi.

4. Infraspinatus. | 10. Teres major.

5 & 6. Deltoid. 11 & 12. Triceps.

third or posterior part comes from a very variable number of
thoracic spines behind the third, usually reaching for about the
anterior two-thirds of the thoracic region of the vertebral column.

1901. ] HE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 681
In the Pig (8) it reaches to the 9th, in the Tapir (55) to the 8th,
in the Horse (57) to the 10 or 11th, and in the Elephant (74) to
the 14th thoracic spine. It is noticeable that in many animals the
posterior fibres are not only inserted into the root of the scapular
spine, but also for some distance along the posterior (caudal)
margin.

Latissimus dovsi.—This muscle rises from a variable number of
posterior thoracic spines, from the lumbar aponeurosis, and usually
from some of the posterior ribs. Its insertion is into the shaft of
the humerus below the neck with the teres major, and very often
some of its fibres pass across the axilla in front of the vessels and
join the insertion of the pectorals (see text-fig. 91). Lesbres (V.)
points out that in the Ruminants and Solipeds the insertion is
lower down on the humerus than in most Mammals, but that in
the Pigs this is not the case. In most Ungulates the latissimus
dorsi is a feeble muscle, but in the Tapiridee it is very well
developed. The exact number of thoracic vertebre from which
the muscle rises varies sometimes in different records of the same
animal and is often extremely difficult to determine; still, we
tabulate the origins for what they are worth :—

Thoracic vertebra. Ribs.
Hippopotamus (1). ? number. Posterior ones.
TGA (S)) Wes ee ete kD aes Posterior 4.
Biga(bil es gata 5th to last. None.
Reccary (13)... ? Posterior 4.
Peceary (14) .... 5th to last. b
Chevrotain (20) .. Last 5 (9-13) None.

Chevrotain (21).. Last 7 (7-13). Posterior ribs.

Brocket (28) .... ? Last 4 ribs.

Giraffe (380) .... ? Last 4 ribs.

Oxa(Gd) ie series - Last 4. B

Sheep (40) .....: Last 4. yy

Sheep (43) ...... Last 8. Last 3.

Sheep (45) ...... Last 4 (10-13). — Feeble costal origins.

Antelope (49)....
Tapir (54)
IEorsen(OW iat nar
IBLOHIS (BO) 615.0 6

Last 6 (9-14). Feeble costal origins.
2

Ss enges Meee Last 10.
2

Last 4.

Last 14 Gye If), 12th and 13th.

IBh ype ((O)alas ae ?

Hyrax (68)
iEltynenxe (7A es
Elephant (74).

Last 11 (10-20),
»

2)

No ribs.
No ribs.
No ribs.
Last 6 (9-14).

With regard to the insertion, slips were found crossing the axilla
in front of the great vessels in the following animals :—Brocket
(27), Sheep (41, 45), Antelope (49), Hyrax (68) (see text-fig. 91),
and apparently Elephant (74, 79).

‘The nerve-supply in the Pig, Deer, Sheep, Antelope, Elephant,
and Horse is from the long subscapular nerve.

682 MESSRS. B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. Parsons on (Dec. 17,

Dorso-epitrochlearis (Latissimo-olecranalis).—This muscle tends
to vary from the typical mammalian arrangement in shifting its
origin from the latissimus dorsi to the axillary border of the
scapula or the surface of the infraspinatus; its insertion, however,
is into the inner side of the olecranon as usual.

aN
= Ne
Sz Ss

i)
WWM
\

it
a)
ill:
WA Ow

— HUEY ir PSS
QT Hl

Arm- and shoulder-muscles of the Hyrax. (Ventral view.)

1. Supraspinatus. 12. Flexor carpi radialis.

2. Subscapularis. | 13. Flexor sublimis digitorum.

3. Serratus magnus. | 14. Palmaris longus.

4, Coraco-brachialis. | 15. Flexor carpi ulnaris.

5. Biceps. | 16. Index-slip of Flexor brevis digi-
6. Cephalo-humeral. | torum.

7. Triceps. Peekige :

8. Tecan us dorsi. |. 18. i Cumbricales,

9. Dorso-epitrochlearis. | 19. Double tendon of profundus to
10. Slip passing over vessels. | minimus.
11. Teres major. | 20. Flexor carpi radialis.

In the Suidee, Lesbres (V.) says the muscle is very well developed,
but in our specimen of the Red-River Hog (11) it was small. Its
origin is from the axillary border of the scapula close to the origin
of the triceps and from the fascia over the infraspinatus (11, 13),
but in Macalister’s specimen (8) it was also connected with the
latissimus dorsi. In the Babirusa (12) it is small and attached to
the latissimus dorsi.

In the Chevrotain (20) it rose from the infraspinatus, but
in the Water-Chevrotain (23) from the latissimus dorsi. In

1901. ] HE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 683

the Deer (25) the origin was from the latissimus dorsi, but in
the Brocket (28) the place of the muscle was taken by a slip of
what appeared to us as dorsi-humeral panniculus coming off from
the main panniculus over the teres major and being inserted into
the inner side of the olecranon. We also found some connection
with the panniculus in the Pig (11); and on this account have
asked ourselves whether, in spite of the nerve-supply always
coming from the musculo-spiral or circumflex, the dorso-epi-
trochlearis might not originally be a specialized portion of the
panniculus, but we do not feel justified in doing more than making
the suggestion at present.

In the Bovide, Bronn (VI.) says that the muscle rises from the
axillary border of the scapula, but Lesbres (V.) found it connected
with the latissimus.

In the Ox (36) at the R.C.S. Museum it rose from the latissimus
and teres major, and so it did in our specimens of Sheep (43, 45),
but it was very feeble and blended with the triceps below.

In the Antelope (49) it was altogether absent.

In the Tapiride (52, 53, 55) it is very well developed and rises
fleshy from the latissimus.

In the Horse (57) and Ass (61) from the axillary border.

In the Hyrax (67) from the infraspinatus and in (68) trom
there and slightly from the latissimus dorsi (see text-fig. 90).

In the Indian Elephant (74) from the latissimus and the axillary
border of the scapula near the angle; in (79) from the latter
origin only ; while in the African species (78) it was large and
rose entirely from the latissimus dorsi.

The generalization which we would make from the preceding is
that the Ungulates have as a group an ill-developed latissimus
dorsi, and that as an effect or coincidence the dorso-epitrochlearis
is feeble and tends to shift its upper attachment, but that in
the Tapirs, where the latissimus is very well developed, the
dorso-epitrochlearis is also large and has the usual mammalian
attachments.

Rhomboids.—In the Hippopotamide (1, 3), Suide (4, 6, 8, 11,
13, 14), and Procaviide (67, 68, 71) the capitis is well developed.
In the Tragulide (20, 21), Camelide (18), Cervidee (25, 27, 28),
Giraffide (29, 30, 31), Bovide (32, 33, 35, 38, 39, 40, 41, 43, 44,
45, 46, 49), Tapiride (54, 55), Equide (56, 57, 58, 60), and
Elephantide (74) there is no capitis.

The rhomboideus colli et thoracis are usually blended into one
sheet, which stretches from the middle of the ligamentum nuche,
from the fourth to the seventh thoracic spines, though in Hyrax
(67, 68) it reaches the tenth. The insertion is into the ventral
surface of the suprascapular cartilage where that exists. In the
Horse, Lesbres (V.) points out that the rhomboid sheet is
strengthened on its deep surface by an elastic lamina, but this is
not found in other Ungulates.

* Vrolik (VIII.) found a rhomboideus capitis in the Gnu.

684 MESSRS..B. CG. A, WINDLE AND £.G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

In the Camel (18) and Giraffe (30, 31) the rhomboids are very
small and only reach the second or third thoracic spine ; indeed,
in the latter animal Joly and Lavocat (XII.) deny its existence.
The nerve-supply of the thoracic portion of the muscle is from
the 6th cervical in the Horse (57) and Hyrax (68); in the latter
animal the rhomboideus capitis et colli was supplied by the 4th
and possibly 5th cervical.

Subclavius and Sterno-scapularis.— As the clavicle is always
wanting, the subclavius, if it is present at all, is always continued
from the junction of the first or more ribs with the sternum to
the fascia over the supraspinatus. It is present in the Hippo-
potamide (1, 3), Suide (4, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14), Tragulidee (21)
(not mentioned by Kinberg (20)), Cervidee (24, 27), Tapiridee (50,
52, 54, 55), Equide (57, 58), Rhinoceros (64), Procaviidee (67, 68),
and Hlephantide (72, 76).

In the Tragulidz and Cervidee the muscle is small and possibly
often absent, as no mention is made of it in many of these animals.

In the Tapiride, Equidee, and Procaviide the origin is from the
sternum and first three costal cartilages.

In the Bovide the muscle may be present or absent, but if it is
present it is always very small. Chauveau (II.) found it in the Ox
(32), but not in the Sheep (89) or Goat (47). Lesbres (V.) says
it is present in Ruminants as a small bundle which joins the
cephalo-humeral at the clavicular intersection, while Bourgelat
(quoted by Lesbres) describes it as absent, and Rigot (also quoted
by Lesbres) as fused with the pectoralis quartus. In our own
dissections it was fully developed though small in the Antelope
(49), rudimentary in the Fat-tailed Sheep (43), and altogether
absent in the Mouflon (45).

We have unfortunately no records of it in the Camelide and
Giraffide, but if it had been at all well marked its presence would
probably have been noticed. In consulting the literature of this
muscle the reader should bear in mind that it has many synonyms
and that only recently has it been recognized as a distinct muscle ;
it is most often found with the description of the pectoral group.

The nerve-supply comes from the 5th and 6th cervical in the
Pig (9) and Peccary (14), from the second root of the phrenic in
the Pig (8), from the phrenic and 7th cervical in the Duiker-
bok (49).

Levator anguli scapule and Serratus magnus (Serratus ventralis
colli et thoracis).—The following origins of these muscles are
recorded by ourselves and other observers :—

Cervical
transverse process. Ribs.
Hippopotamus (1). 1-7. 1-8.
Hippopotamus (8). Bic 1-1]
IgE) st ae sien: 1-7.

- 1
Pig (O)) aL un einonle ee

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 685

: Cervical
SES eg SLT) wie0 transverse process. _ Ribsingoes 2. Ay aris
Brora a) ails 1-7. 1-8.
Peccary (13) ..:.. .- 3-7. 1-8*,
-a2Peceary (14). 0: 3-7, 1-8. .
.. . Chevrotain o te 2=7.. 1-10,
e Deer (25) 23 2 S0e: 3-7. 1-8.
Brocket (28) ..... 3-7. 1-8.
Giraffe (80) =... 5-7. 1-11.
OxtG3) ey rae! 27. ENO,
Sheep (40) ...... 3-7,
isle (49D) 5 oe es Glo 1-8..
Sheep (43) 3-7. 1-9...
Sheep (44) ..0.... 4-7, 1-8.
Sheep (45) 3-7. 1-9, -
Antelope ( 49) L 3-7. 1-8.
Mayon (G5) Gee 225s 3-7.
Tapir (62) ...... 3-7. 1-7.
Mapu) ene ; 1-7,
forse (a6) hie 4. o-f. 1-8.
ibforses(S7) 2-05 = d-7.. 1-9.
Horse: (60) 2h -a8. 3-7. _ 1-9.
Alsi (G2) Rats. aid. 3-7 (sometimes 2-7), .
pane (Gp. = o—7 1-15
Helivarane (G8) ett ne: a-7 1-11
Be Eivrax (ge. 3-7. I-14.
_ .-Elephant (74) 3-7 1-10*.
’ Elephant (77), 3-5. 1-12.

ih the -tWo ‘anihals (Reecary and Elephant) against whieb a al.
asterisk is placed there was-a perfectly distinct. slip from: the
transverse process-of the atlas, and in a great many others it will
be seen that- the serratus ventralis colli or levator anguli scapulw
extends up to the atlas. We have little doubt that this is the same
muscle which we haye already deseribed in the Mustelide (X XXIV.)
under the name of rhombvideus profundus, though in the Ungu-
lates it is much more closely blended with the serratus than
with the rhomboid sheet. It is quite possible that we were wrong
in-asseciating it by name so closely with the rhomboid lamina, ana
that-it should be looked upon more as a connecting-link between
the rhomboid and serratus sheets. The nerve-supply of the costal
portion of the serratus ventralis sheet- (serratus magnus: of human
anatomy) is, as usual, the posterior thoracie.- The ypart- from the
transverse processes of the cervical vertebra-is supplied-from- some
of the-cervical-nerves— in: the Pig, Peecary,-and Duiker-bok from
the 4th-and 5th, in the Brocket Deer from the 5th and 6th..

The insertion is into the ventral surface of the suprascapular
cartilage, closely blended with the insertion of the rhomboids, and
also slightly to the adjoining part of the bony subscapular fossa.

Peetorals—All authors seem to agree in describing two main
Proc, Zoob. Soc.—1901, Vou. II, No, XLV. 45

586 MESSRS, B, C. A, WINDLE AND F, G, PARSONS ON | Dec. 17,

sheets, a superficial and a deep, but the subdivisions of these vary
immensely, and it would be impossible to quote all the combinations
which are described, nor do we think it desirable to do so as the
arrangements are not even constant for the same animal.

The superficial sheet rises from the pre- and mesosternum, and
usually consists of a main quadrilateral part which is inserted
into the pectoral ridge and greater part of the shaft of the humerus ;
in addition to this there is usually an insertion into the fascia otf
the forearm near the elbow which rises from the mesosternum
behind the last but in many cases overlaps or is overlapped
by it.

The oblique superficial band running from the presternum to
the lower part of the insertion of the muscle, which is so frequently
found in the Rodents, seems only to be present in the Procaviide,
where it comes from the cartilaginous omesternum and goes to
the lower half of the humerus. The deep layer consists of the
pectoralis quartus which rises from the posterior part of the meso-
sternum and from the linea alba and which runs forward,
narrowing as it goes, to the region of the great tuberosity of the
humerus and blending with the panniculus. Cephalad of this is
often another slip, which is the pectoralis minor of most authors,
coming from the mesosternum and being inserted with the last-
named into the fascia over the front of the shoulder-capsule.
These two deep slips are in the same plane as the sterno-scapular
muscle which is often included in their description.

Roughly speaking, the pectoral mass of the Ungulates bears out
the usual mammalian tendency, which is for the most superficial
fibres to be drawn towards the lower part of the arm, while the
deeper ones concentrate their action on the upper part. The
nerve-supply of the pectoralis minor, quartus, and ventral panni-
culus is from the great internal anterior thoracic nerve ; the more
superficial layer is partly supplied by the external auterior thoracic,
partly by the internal. There is therefore a sharp demarcation in
the nerve-supply between the pectoralis. minor and the sterno-
scapularis.

Muscles of the Fore-limb.

Deltoid.—Vhe clavicular portion of this muscle has been already
deseribed with the cephalo-humeralis. The acromial part is usually
absent owing to the suppression of the acromion process, but in
the Elephant (77, 78, 79), in which the acromion is found, this
part of the muscle is well developed and rises from the fork
between the two processes. In the Hippopotamus (3) and
Tragulus (20, 21) the acromial part is well developed, but in the
Tapir (64, 55), although present, it is feebly developed. In the
Hyrax (67), Mivart and Murie describe the acromial part as rising
from the great tuberosity of the humerus, but in our specimen (68)
if was entirely absent.

The spinous portion is a very thin sheet which rises not only
from the spine of the scapula but also from the fascia over the

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF VHE UNGULATA OST

intraspinatus. Lesbres (V.) says that in the Horse and Pig a slip
comes from the dorsal angle of the scapula. We have never found
a separate slip of the deltoid from the angle, but the origin
from the infraspinatus fascia is so extensive that it reaches the
dorsal (posterior) angle, and in Lesbres’s specimens was probably
thickened. there. The nerve-supply is in all cases the circumflex.

Subscapularis.—This is a comparatively small muscle seldom
covering more than two-thirds of the ventral surface of the
scapula, it usually rises by a series of fleshy digitations with
fibrous septa between them; in the Hyrax (68) there are four or
five of these, in the Hippopotamus (1) three. The insertion as
usual is into the lesser tuberosity.

Bronn (VI.) describes a muscle i in the Horse and Pig w hich he
calls “ subscapularis accessorius,” and he says that it is inserted
into the posterior aspect of the head of the humerus and capsule
and is supplied by the circumflex nerve (n. axillaris). The nerve-
supply and insertion show that this is not the axillary bundle of
the subscapularis, which in some animals is very distinct..

Paterson and Dun noticed a muscle in the Indian Elephant

79) which rose from the axillary part of the subscapular fossa
anterior to the triceps and passed below the capsule of the
shoulder to be inserted into the posterior surface of the humerus
Just below the head; it was supplied by the circumflex nerve, and
it is evidently the same as the muscle quoted above from Broun,

_These authors call it the subglenoid muscle, and we think that
this name had better be retained, since it corresponds with nothing
we have hitherto met with in mammalian myology. It is appar-
ently a muscle which occurs occasionally in Ungulates and is not
confined to any one family.

‘The subscapularis is usually supplied by two nerves from the
upper part of the brachial plexus.

Supraspinatus.—This is a larger muscle than the infraspinatus,
and rises not only from the supraspinous fossa but from a fibrous
septum between it and the cephalic edge of the subscapularis. At
its insertion it. usually divides to embrace the long tendon of the
biceps. In the Brocket Deer (27), Antelope (49), and Horse (56)
the insertion was entirely fleshy, but in the Pigs (11, 14) it was
tendinous. In the Horse, Ox, Sheep, Antelope, and Pig -it «is
supe nee by the suprascapular nerve.

Infraspinatus.—This is smaller than the last and is colnety
remarkable. for: having a small bundle of fibres near the axillary
border separated. from the rest. ‘This bundle is said by Chauveau
and Lesbres to be peculiar to the Solipeds, but Murie (XVII.)
describes what is evidently the same thing in the Tapir (55) as all
extra teres minor, and Haughton (XV.) says it is present in the
Goat.

In the Horse this muscle has received many names, : the chief
being scapulo-humeralis posticus, flexor brachii minimus, abductor
trochiterien, and infraspinatus secundus. We. should prefer to

use the last of these, but we are not-sure of the nerve-supply 5
4.5*

638 MESSRS. B.C. A. WINDLE AND F. G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

if it is from the suprascapular, infraspinatus secundus will be a
good name, but if it is pappiicd by the circumflex some other may
be desirable.

Steel points out that in the Ass (62) this muscle is pouotimies
almost obsolete.

Teves minor presents little of special interest ; it rises -s usually
from the middle third of the axillary border of the scapula, and is
inserted just below the infraspinatus into the. great tuberosity.
We have already pointed out that Murie has described this muscle
as double-in the Tapir, and Mayer does the same in the Elephant
(73), though whether this is another example of an infraspinatus
secundus or not depends on its nerve-supply.. In any- case -no
other author seems to have noticed it in the Elephant. The nerve-
supply-is always the circumflex, but-there- is apparently no gangli-
form enlargement-on the nerve, at least we looked for it in the
Hog (11), Peceary (14), Brocket. (27),. Duiker-bok (49), and
Hyrax (68) without success.

Teres major rises from the dorsal third of the axillary border of
the scapula, but only very slightly from the suprascapular cartilage ;
it is-inserted into the neck of the humerus, and is always very
closely connected here with the latissimus dorsi. In the Elephant,
judging from Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate (1.) and the specimen
im-the R. College of Surgeons -Museum, the teres. major at-its
insertion -lies dorsal to the latissimus dorsi, but in all the other
Ungulates of which we have records (3,-7, 36, 45, 49, 52,55, 61,
53) the teres major is ventral. The nerve ‘supply ‘is from the
lowest subscapular.

Biceps (Flexor longus cubiti).-~Ouly one bead ofthe biceps is
present, and this we believe is always the long head, in spite of
the fact that it often rises from the coracoid process and is some-
times altogether outside the shoulder-capsule. Our reasons for
believing this are that in other Mammals it is always the short
head which disappears, and that the tendon in-the Ungulates
always occupies the bicipital groove. The insertion-is chiefly. into
the upper-part of one or both forearm-bones ; but as these are so
closely connected, very careful cleaning is required. to -be sure of
its exact attachment. Often when we thought the insertion was
into the radius, careful dissection has shown us. that this was only
apparent and that the tendon really went on to the ulna,- and
this probably accounts for some of the discrepancies found in the
literature of the subject. In many cases a fibrous expansion is
given off before the main insertion which goes into the fascia on
the extensor surface of the forearm; this: may or. may not-be
homologous with the semilunar fascia of human anatomy, but it
is very different in direction-and does not pass inward superficial
to the brachial artery as in Man. Welker (XX XV.) has pointed
out that in the Tapir and Horse the tendon lies altogether outside
the shoulder-capsule, and it would be inter esting to know whether
this is also the-case in the Rhinoceros, as it would then be a
characteristic of the Perissodactyla, We believe that in the

1901. | THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 689

Artiodactyla the tendon always lies in the shoulder-capsule (it
certainly does in the Ox, Sheep, Antelope, and Elephant); but
unfortunately we read Welker’s paper too late to pay special
attention to this point, and we must reserve the question for
future investigation.

The following table gives the recorded attachments of the biceps
in Ungulates; but in using it it should be remembered that the
stunted coracoid and the “top of the glenoid cavity are close
together and very likely to be confused, and that some of the
insertions recorded as radial possibly went on to the ulna. In
this way many of the apparent discrepancies may be harmonized.

Origin. Insertion.

Hippopotamus (1) .... Coracoid. Radius and fascia of

forearms
Hippopotamus (3) .... Coracoid.
HEE (CE ce cs hie aoa ah lal ais 3 Radius and ulna.
LEE (GD) Retna Oe ernie eso ny One ree Radius and ulna.
IO (eka srakecay aan sisi Radius and ulna.
LED183:((9) lee oi Oo aon Gee nae net es Radius and ulna.
Ley (ALD) aS lee cemieeate Glenoid. Ulna.
iBapirussa;(l 2) ae sacs Glenoid. Radius.
Beccary (ar sti. <i: Glenoid. Uina.
CWanvel (5) a. ose. ae ot ae Ses ee Radius and fascia.
Wamelk@’S)) a aoe Glenoid.
Chevrotain (20) ...... Coracoid. Radius and ulna.
Chevrotain (21) ...... Glenoid. Radius.
Water-Chevrotain (23). = ...... Radius and fascia.
ID yarn CR a ee tare es Glenoid. Radius.
Brocketn(Z) 1.3 ee Glenoid. Ulna and fascia.
Brocketi(28) 2 240; . Coracoid and Ulna.

glenoid.

Gainailiel(29)) a eesti Saas Radius.
Giratel(@O ia. cr jacoudulede sack Ulna and fascia.
Ore (GB) Sie cee Glenoid. Radius.
(O21 GID) ee el emreene . Glenoid. Radius.
OES (BO) ae role Men CP singe Apparently toradius,

really to ulna.
Sheepe(Gs) yay se eas Glenoid. Radius.
Sheep (40) ........-. Glenoid. Radius.
Sheep (44) .......... Glenoid. Radius.
Niveep (43), 3 -c5).5 . a Glenoid. Ulna.
Sheep (45)iease cus coc: Glenoid. Ulna and fascia.
Goath(4As) ie peach ae a eee Radius.
Antelope (49)..... .. Glenoid. Ulna and fascia.
apis (55) Mecca Coracoid. Radius.
(Mey sie (GENYES Bins ois wate. Coracoid.
‘Rapis (Wielker)ive = 7 Coracoid.. Pr Re oa
leo (OD) Gere eyose Glenoid.. .. . _ Radius. _~

IbloraJen(B1)) 4 olociote at Glenoid. .. Radius. ©

690: MESSRS. B. ©, A. WINDLE AND ©. G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17;

: Origin. ~ _ Tnsertion.
Eforse(as) esac a modenord, Radius.
Rhinoceros (63) ...... lh erat Radius and fascia.
Rhinoceros (66) ...... Coracoid. Radius.
lshamis (GO) bonooecous Edonol, Ulna.
latyarans (OS) Micecnsb cos. Edema, Ulna.

Hye (71) ee aie Ulna.

Elephant (74)........ Glenoid. Ulna.

Elephant (77) ........ Glenoid. Ulna.

Elephant (78) ........ Glenoid.

Elephant (79) ........ -Glenoid andsmall. Radius and ulna.
coracoid. -

In the Camel (18) and the Brocket Deer (28) the tendon of
origin was'thick at the margins and very thin in the centre, giving
the ¢ appearance of a fusion of two tendons. It has been suegested
that this points to the conclusion that the long and short heads
have fused together instead of the short one disappearing. Until
some intermediate stages are found we think that this should
remain a mere suggestion. In the Water-Chevrotain (23) Chatin
notices some tendinous intersections in the muscle, but we have
not seen them in any other animal.

The nerve-supply is from a branch of the external head of the
median, which corresponds to the musculo-cutaneous of human
anatomy.

Coraco-brachialis.—Various authors state that the first, second,
or third parts of this muscle are present, but it is very difficult to
be sure what they mean by it. Our own experience makes us
insist very strongly that the position of the musculo-cutaneous
nerve does not uecessarily mark out the division between any
two parts of the muscle. The first part is the coraco-brachialis
brevis or rotator humeri, and is always inserted into the neck of
the humerus above the tendon of the latissimus dorsi. The second
part is inserted into the middle of the shaft, and passes ventral to
the latissimus dorsi. It is true that in most Memmals the nerve
passes above this part, that is, between it and the brevis; but, as
we shall see, it is not at all uncommon for the nerve to sink into
the coraco-brachialis medius in the same way that the whole or
part of the great sciatic nerve occasionally perforates the pyri-
formis. Between the second and third parts (medius and longus)
there is no definite demarcation ; whenever the muscle reaches
the lower extremity of the humerus, it is usual to say that a
coraco-brachialis longus is present.

It is greatly to be desired that anatomists in the future should
record in connection with this muscle not only the amount of
the humerus to which it is attached, but also its relation to the
latissimus dorsi tendon and to the musculo-cutaneous nerve.

In the Hippopotamus, Alix and Gratiolet (IIL) say that the
Jongus alone is present; but in Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate (1.)
there are no signs of any part of the muscle.

1901.) TILE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, G9]

In the Suide (4, 7, 11, 12, 14) the medius alone is present.
In our specimen of the Pig (11) the nerve passed entirely above
the muscle; but in the Peccary a small part of the muscle was
above the nerve.

Bronn says, apparently on the authority of Bendz, that the
brevis and medius are present; but from our experience we are
entirely unable to agree with this. In the Camel (18) Meckel
says that the muscle is inserted into the upper half of the humerus,
but whether the brevis is present or not we have no knowledge.

In our Chevrotain (21) only the middle part was present ; but
Kinberg describes internal, middle, and external portions in his
(20); as these all seem to be inserted below the upper third of
the humerus, and none of them reach the lower extremity of the
bone, we presume that they are component parts of the medius,
and it is possible that one of the separations was formed by the
nerve.

In the Cervidee (25, 27, 28) and Bovide (38, 36, 38, 44, 45,
45, 49) we believe that the medius or medius and longus are the
only parts present, and that the medius is always pierced by the
nerve to the biceps. Bronn says that in the Ox and Sheep the
longus and brevis are present ; but apparently this generalization
is taken from other authors, and no details of the exact attach-
ments or the relations to the latissimus dorsi or nerve are given.

In the Giraffe, Murie (XX XII.) and Joly and Lavocat (XII)
describe a brevis and longus, but exact details are wanting.

In the Tapir (50, 52, 54, 55) our specimen agrees with the
descriptions of three other observers, that the insertion is into the
lower three quarters of the humerus, that is to say that the
medius and longus are present.

In the Horse, Bronn (VI.), Chauveau (II.), Lesbres (V.), and
Meckel (VII.) describe a brevis and medius between which the
musculo-cutaneous nerve passes, and in Cuvier and Laurillard’s
plate these two parts are clearly shown in the Ass (1.).

In the Rhinoceros (64), Haughton (XXI.) describes a medius
inserted into the middle of the shaft of the humerus for three
inches; but in Beddard and Treves’s animal (63) the longus was
alone present and was inserted just above the internal condyle.

In the Hyrax (67, 68) the medius alone was found (see text-
fig. 91), but in (71) there seems to have been a longus as well.

In the Elephant (72, 74, 76, 77, 78, 79) the insertion extends
from the level of the attachment of the latissimus dorsi to the
internal condyle, so that, although the position of the nerve is not
given, it is pretty evident that in this animal the medius and
longus are the two parts normally found.

Brachialis anticus ( flecor brevis cubiti).—In Ungulates only the
outer head of this muscle is present: it rises from the back of
the surgical neck of the humerus, winds spirally round that: bone,
‘and is inserted into one or both bones of the forearm a little below
the insertion of the biceps. In all the animals in which we care-
fully examined the insertion—Pig (11), Peceary (14), Brocket (27),

692 MESSRS, B, C.0A. WINDLY AND 1, G. PARSONS ON | Dec. 17.

Ox (86), Mouflon (45), Duiker-bok (49), and Hyrax (68)—we
found that it was into the ulna; but the exact attachment of this
muscle, like that of the biceps, can only be clearly seen after
careful dissection. There are many records of its insertion into
the radius which we dare not contradict; but we can affirm that
in most of the animals in which we carefully dissected the muscle
it seemed at first to be fixed to the radius, and careful cleaning
was necessary to show that the real attachment was entirely into
the ulna. The only animal in which we found a distinct short
head from the front of the lower half of the humerus was the
Hyrax (68), but it was not present in Mivart and Murie’s spe-
cimen (67). In Paterson’s and Dun’s Elephant (79) a slip of the
muscle rose separately from the front of the upper tubercle of
the external condyle and continued separate to its insertion; it
was supplied by the musculo-spiral nerve.

The nerve-supply in the Pig (11), Peccary (14), Brocket (27).
Mouflon (45), and Duiker-bok (49) was entirely from the median,
not from the musculo-spiral or musculo-cutaneous.

Triceps (Extensor longus cubiti).—The usual three parts of this
muscle are always present, but they are liable to more or less sub-
division. The long or scapular head rises from half to nearly the
whole of the axillary border of the scapula, and is the largest of
all the heads; sometimes it can easily be separated into a ventral
and dorsal plane, the latter being the broader of the two; this
occurred in the Syrian Sheep (44), Mouflon (45), Duiker-bok (49),
and Elephant (77). The external head is small, and rises from
the posterior part of the neck of the humerus just under cover of
the origin of the brachialis anticus. Meckel (VII.) says that this
head is divided into two in Ruminants.. The-inner head rises
from the greater part of the posterior surface of the humerus.
“Murie, in the Tapir (55) and Hyrax (57), found this head double,
and in the Giraffe (29) the same thing occurred. In Cuvier and
Laurillard’s plates of the Pig (7) and Peccary (13), a separate
slip from near the angle of the scapula is figured; but. we failed
to observe this in our specimens of these animals, nor have we
found any other records of it.

The nerve-supply of the triceps is entirely by the musculo-
spiral.

‘ Anconeus.—In spite of Lesbres’s opinion that the anconeus is
always present in Ungulates, we believe that it is very rarely seen
as a distinct muscle. The only two animals in which it is at: all
well marked are the Hippopotamus (1, 3) and the Elephant (74,
78, 79). We presume that the nerve-supply is the musculo-
spiral.

Epitrochleo-anconcus.—This muscle is also wanting in the Ungu-
lates. The only record of it we can find is that Testut says it is
present in the Elephant; but this specimen was probably an

“jndividual variation, since Miall and Greenwood and the other
writers on the Elephant make no mention of it.

Pronator radi teres.—This muscle is often absent, but when

1901.] LHE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 6935

it is present it is usually merely a fibrous band stretching from
the internal condyle to the middle of the shaft of the radius on
its anterior surface.

In the Hippopotamus (1, 3) it is absent.

In the Swe it may be present as a small fleshy muscle (5, 6,
7. 14) or absent (11, 12).

Tn the Camelidee (18) it is rudimentary.

In the Tragulide (20, 21) it is small but fleshy.

In the Cervide (25, 26, 27, 28) absent.

In the Bovide it is absent according to Chauveau (IT.) and
Bronn (VI.), feeble according to Lesbres (V.). We found it asa
fibrous band in the Ox (36), Sheep (45), and Antelope (49); and
Meckel ( VII.) says it is rudimentary in the Goat.

In the Tapiridz a feeble muscle was present in 50, 52a, and
55, but not in 52 or 54,

In the Equidee, Chauveau (I1.) and Bronn (VI.) say that it is
absent ; but Lesbres (V.) describes an occasional fibrous rudi-
mentary band.

In the Rhinoceros (63) it is absent.

In the Hyrax (67, 68) it is present but rudimentary (see text-
sabe) Lae

In the Elephant (72, 74, 77, 78, 79) there is always a strong
fibrous band running from the internal condyle to the middle of
the radius, but this is usually reinforced by some fleshy fibres.
Cuvier says that this fleshy part is only found close to the flexor
earpi radialis; but Anderson (XXVII.) and Paterson and Dun
(79) describe it as lymg deep to the fibrous band, and having an
attachment to the radius about 5 in. long. The specimen of the
African Elephant in the Roy. Coll. Surg. Museum (78) agrees
with Anderson's description. From the foregoing it will be seen
that the muscle is best marked in the Suid and Tragulide, and
least well-marked in the Cervide and Perissodactyla. In the Pig
it is supplied by the median nerve.

Flexor carpi radialis—This is the radialis internus of many of
the veterinary authors; it rises from the internal condyle, and,
after a short, fusiform, fleshy belly, ends in a long tendon which
runs-in a fibrous canal in the lower half of the radius. The
insertion is into the palmar surface of the base of the metacarpal
bone of the index or medius, or both, according to their develop-
ment. In the Elephant the fleshy belly of the muscle is very
remarkable; between the fleshy bundles are a number of longitu-
dinal planes of yellow elastic tissue, which in a transverse section
have a coarse network appearance. There is a good specimen of
this in the Roy. Coll. Surg. Museum. The nerve-supply in the
Pig (11), Peccary (14), Brocket (27), Sheep (45), Antelope (49),
and Elephant (79) is the median.

Palmaris longus—Although this muscle is often described in
the scattered literature of the subject, we believe that it is only
present in the Subungulata, 7. ¢. in the Procaviidee and Elephan-
tide, The confusion as a rule is due to mistaking the extensor

694 MESSRS, B, C, A. WINDLE AND F, G, PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

carpi ulnaris for the flexor and in calling the flexor carpi ulnaris
the palmaris longus. Space does not allow us to discuss in detail
the so-called palmares longi of different authors; but in each
case we have gone carefully into the question, and, with the
exceptions above given, have always found that what is described
as a palmaris longus is in reality some other, or part of some
other muscle.

In Hyrax (67), Mivart and Murie say that the muscle ends in a
broad flat tendon which divides into four slips for the digits, and
in the palmar portion of which a flat cartilaginous disk is present.
Our own specimen (68) agrees with this, but we found no palmar
cartilage (see text-fig. 91). In Meckel’s specimen (71) the whole
muscle seems to have been replaced by a broad tendon.

In the Elephant (73, 74, 77, 78, 79) the muscle is well deve-
loped and passes into the palmar fascia, after which its distribution
seems to depend a good deal on the taste of the dissector, as is
so often the case with fibrous planes.

The nerve-supply in our specimen of Hyrax (68) was the
ulnar.

Flexor sublimis digitoruin.—This muscle rises from the internal
condyle and sometimes from the surface of the flexor profundus.
The muscular belly may or may not divide into two distinct slips,
and when this is the case the two slips are sometimes connected
lower down. The muscle may end in tendons for one, two, three,
or four toes, but those for the medius and annularis are of course
the most constant. The insertion is into the second phalanx,
and the tendon is perforated by that of the profundus in the
usual mammalian manner; but the fibrous loops which we have
noticed in other orders of the Mammalia passing round the pro-
fundus before the perforation of the sublimis are, if present at all,
very feebly developed. In many cases the sublimis in encircling
the profundus forms a complete tunnel for it, so that if a section
is made the profundus looks like a solid circular fibrous rod which
accurately fits into the ring-like sublimis.

In the Hippopotamus (1) tendons pass to the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and
5th toes.

In the Suide (4, 6, 14) the usual insertion is only into the
medius and annularis ; but in our specimen of the Red-River Hog
(11) there were tendons to all four toes. Lesbres (V.) points out
that in the Pigs the two muscular bellies separate early and end
in tendons for their respective digits, without any further con-
nection with one another.

In the Camelide, Tragulide, Cervidee, Giraffide, and Bovide
there are only tendons for the medius and annularis; in the latter
family, as Lesbres (V.) points out, the two fleshy bellies reunite
before giving off the two tendons; but this is not the case in the
Cervidee or Tragulide.

In the Tapir (52, 54, 55) and Rhinoceros (63) there are three
tendons, for the index, medius, and annularis respectively, In the
Horse, of course, there is only one for the medius. In the Hyrax

1901.) THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULADA, 695

(67, 68) there are tendons for the index, medius, and annularis,
but they sometimes join the flexor brevis digitorum manus, as
will be pointed out under that muscle. In the Flephant we believe
that the flexor sublimis is absent. The muscle which Miall and
Greenwood (X XIX.) describe as sublimis is evidently profundus,
for it goes to the terminal phalanges and has the lumbricals rising
from it. In the other two Elephants of which we have clear
records (77, 78) there is no flexor sublimis. The nerve-supply is
the median in the Deer, Sheep, and Hyrax.

Flevor brevis digitorum manés.— Tins muscle was first noticed by
Mivart and Murie in Hyrax, but since then it has been described
by us in many mammals. It is possibly a slip of the flexor sub-
limis which has acquired a new origin from the annular ligament
and palmar fascia, and its tendons of insertion either j join the flexor
sublimis or form perforated tendons replacing that muscle. in
the Ungulates it is found in the two archaic types Hyrax and
Tapir and in the Elephant. In the Tapir (55) Murie found it
passing to all four digits; but we failed to find it in our specimen
(54), nor do Cuvier ‘and Laurillard figure it in theirs (52). In
ee (67), Mivart and Murie found it going to the 2nd, 4th, and
5th digits, but it only formed a flexor perforatus in the 4th; the
tendon to the index joined the flexor perforans, while that to the
minimus joined the flexor sublimis and with it formed a flexor
perforatus. In our specimen of Hyrax (68) tendons passed to the
index, medius, and annularis ; the index-slip joined the tendon of
the flexor sublimis (see text-fig. 91), but those for the medius and
annularis formed independent flexores perforati.

In Miall and Greenwood’s Elephant (74) there were slips to the
sheath of the annularis and minimus, and in Cuvier and Laurillard’s
specimen (77) the insertion was apparently the same. In the
College of Surgeons preparation (78) there is only one tendon for
the medius. The nerve-supply is the median.

Flexor carpi ulnaris—This is also called the oblique flexor of
the metacarpus, the anterior ulnaris, and the ulnaris internus.
In many Ungulates it has the usual origin from the internal con-
dyle and olecranon, and is inserted into the pisiform; but the
olecranal head is seldom as well developed as in more generalized
mammals, and in many cases is absent altogether.

In the Hippopotamus (1, 3) the two heads are separable as far
as the pisiform.

In the Suide (4, 7, 11, 14) the olecranal head is absent. In
the Camel (17) both heads are present.

In the Tragulide the olecranal head was present though feeble
in our specimen (21), but it is not mentioned by Kinberg (X.).

In the Cervidee the Brockets (27, 28) have both Reade! Tin the
Giraffe, Joly and Lavocat (XIL) neither fioure nor mention the
olecranal head.

In the Bovide, Lesbres points out that the olecranal head is
feeble; it is present in the Ox (42), Sheep (45), and Goat (48),
but not in the Duiker-bok (49). In the Tapiride, Lesbres says

696 MESSRS. B.C, A. WINDLE AND F.G, PARSONS oN [ Dec. 17,

that it is almost fibrous ; but in other specimens (52, 54, 55) both
heads seem present though small.

In the Horse neither Bronn (VI.) nor Chauveau (II.) mention
the olecranal head, while Lesbres says that it is very slight.
In the Rhinoceros (63, 64) both heads are present.

Among the Subungulata also both heads are present and well
developed in Hyrax (67, 68) (see text-fig. 91) and Elephas (74,
78, 79).

Flevor profundus digitorum.—As we haye pointed out else-
where, the flexor profundus of a generalized mammal consists of
three heads from the internal condyle—eondylo-radial, condylo-
central, and condylo-ulnar—and one each from the radius and
ulna. In Man the condylar heads are usually suppressed ; but
in Ungulates the ulnar and especially the radial heads are feebly
developed. In the Hippopotamus (3) the three condylar heads
are distinct, and there is a small ulnar origin from the olecranon.
In (1) Gratiolet and Alix only mention one condylar origin and
one from the ulna; but in addition it is very interesting to note
that they found a continuatiom from the triceps to the muscle,
winding round the internal condyle in the same way that we have
alr eady. recorded among the Edentata in Myrmecophaga, Tamandua,

Cyclothurus, and Orycteropus (P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 830). The muscle
divides into four tendons for the index, eadens. annularis, and
minimus.

In the Suide (11, 14), as one would be inclined to expect, all
the five origins of the generalized muscle are present, and the
insertion is into all four digits.

In the Tragulidee our specimen (21) showed only one large
condylar head, an ulnar from the olecranon, and a very small
radial, but Kinberg made out two condylar origins in his speci-
men (20). The insertion is into the medius and annularis. In
the Water-Chevrotain (Dorcatherium) Chatin found one condylar,
one ulnar, and one radial origin, and tendons passed to all four
digits.

ae the Cervide, the Deer (26) had a condylar, olecranal,
and radial head, while in the Brocket (27) there were : (1) con-
dylo-ulnaris, which was the largest; (2) condylo-radialis, next in
size; (3) ulnaris, from olecranon only; and (4) radialis, smallest
of all. ‘Tendons only passed to the medius and annularis digits.

In the Giraffe (29) the origin seems to correspond with that of
the Brocket.

In the Bovide (35, 36, 37, 40, 44) there are either one or two
condylar origins as well as a radial and ulnar. The Duiker-bok
(49), however, is remarkable for having all three condylar origins
and no radial. The insertion in this family is into the medius
and annularis only, except in the Musk-Ox (37), where there are
two very small tendons for the lateral digits. In the Tapir Murie
(XVIT.) notices the presence of the condylo-ulnar slip, and the
insertion is into all four digits (52,55). In our specimen (54)
there were (1) condylo-ulnar, (2) condylo-central, (3) ulnar

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 697

(oleeranal), and (4) radial origins. In the. Horse (56, 58) there
are condylar, radial, and olecranal heads, and the insertion of
course is only into the medius.

“The Rhinoceros (63) apparently has two condylar heads, one of
which Beddard and Treves call palmaris longus. The insertion-is
into all three digits..

In the Hyrax (68) we found one condylar head rising in common
with the flexor sublimis and probably corresponding to the con-.
dylo-radialis, there were also radial and ulnar heads. The inser-
tion (67, 68) is into all four digits.

In the Elephant (77, 78) there are radio-condylar, radial, and.
ulnar heads and the insertion is into-all five digits (74). Ander-
son (XXVII.) -describes a radio-carpeus rising from the anterior
surface of the radius, external to the attachment of the pronator
radii teres, and corresponding to the origin of the flexor longus
pollicis in Man; it is inserted into the anterior annular ligament
and is apparently also present as the muscle marked & in Cuvier
aud Laurillard’s plate (1.).

We are able to give the following details of the nerve- supply.
In the Pig (11) and Peccary (14) the condylo-radialis, condylo-
centralis, and radialis slips are supplied entirely by the median,
the ulnaris entirely- by the ulnar, while the ee gets a
twig from both the. median and ulnar,

-In the Brocket (27) the condylo-radialis and. radialis are. sup-.
plied by the median, the ulnaris by the-ulnar, and the condylo-
ulnaris-by the median and ulnar.

In the Duiker-bok (49) the condylo- radial and condylo-central
heads were supplied by. the median, the ulnaris by the ulnar,
while the condylo-ulnar was entirely supplied by the ulnar.

- Lumbricales—In the Hippopotamus (1) there was only one
lumbrical rising from the annularis tendon. In the Suide (4, 6,
11) one from the index tendon of the flexor profundus.. In the
Tragulide, Kinberg’s Chevrotain (20) had one evidently belonging
to the annularis, but in Chatin’s Water-Chevrotain (XJ.) the index
one was apparently alone present.. In the Cervide (25, 26, 27, 28)
and the Bovide (33, 35, 36, 37,38, 40, 48, 49) no lumbricals are
present. In the Tapiride (54, 55) there are three, for the index,
medius, and annularis. In the Equide (56, 57, 58) two, one from
each side of the single profundus tendon, corresponding therefore
to medius and annularis. . :

In the Rhinoceros there are none according to- Beddard and
Treves (XX.).

In the Hyrax (67, 68). the- medius. aud annularis are present,
but Meckel failed to find. anyin his specimen (71) (see text-fig. 91).

In. the Elephant (74) there were four, but in (73). and oD the
ulnar one was wanting.

-Pronator quadr atus. —- The only ungulate in which we’ bave
been able to find any notice of this muscle is the Tapir (55), in
which Mutrie says that it occupies the lower quarter of the
forearm.

698 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND E.G. PARSONS ON [ Dee. 17,

In our Tapir (54) and in all the other Ungulates we examined
the muscle is absent.

Supinator longus.—This muscle was found in the Hippopotamus
(1) but not in (3), in the Tapir (52, 53, 54, 55), in the Rhinoceros
(68, 64), and in the Elephant (73, 74, 78, 79); in the latter
animal it is prolonged beyond the styloid process of the radius to
one of the carpal bones, apparently the lunare; in Cuvier and
Laurillard’s specimen (77), however, it is absent. In our Hyrax
(68) it was entirely wanting, but in Mivart and Murie’s (67) it is
described as very diminutive and inserted into the radius near
its neck’.

In other Ungulates the muscle is absent. When it is present
it is doubtless supplied by the musculo-spiral; our reason for
thinking this is that we know that the extensor carpi radialis
longior is so supplied.

Extensor carpi radiales longior J brevior.—It is only occasionally
that these two muscles are found distinct in the Ungulates,
more frequently they are either fused or the extensor longus is
suppressed. In the Hippopotamus there is only one muscle which
is inserted into the metacarpal bone of the medius (1, 3), but in (3)
a slip is given off which joins the extensor communis tendon to
the index. In the Suid (4, 5, 7, 10, 11, 13,14) the brevis only is
present and is inserted into the metacarpal bone of the medius.
In the Camelide (17, 18), eee 20, 21), with the exception
of Dorcatherium, Cervide (25, 26, 2 28), Giraftide (29), Bovide
(33, 35, 386, 37, 38, 40, 48, 49), cae (56, 58), and Rhino-
cerotidee (63, 64) there is only one muscle, which at least is chiefly
composed of the brevior; itis very large and forms a broad strap-
like tendon, which plays over the lower end of the extensor
surface of the ulna and is inserted into the dorsal surface of the
base of the large canon-bone, which is composed of the third or
third and fourth metacarpals ; it is the important extensor of the
carpus, and reminds one of the ligamentum patelle in the knee
except that no sesamoid bone (patella) is developed in it. In
the Water-Chevrotain (Dorcatherium 23), which, possibly as an
adaptation to its swimming-habits, retains a more generalized
arrangement of its forearm musculature, the extensor longior is
also present. In the Tapiride there may be a single insertion
into the third metacarpal (54), or a small slip may be given off for
the second as well (55). In the Procaviide (67, 68, 71) the
longior and brevior are distinct and separate muscles. In the
Elephantidee (73, 74, 77, 78, 79) there is one muscle but it ends
in two tendons for the second and third metacarpals.

With regard to the nerve-supply, the musculo-spiral supplies it
in the Pig (11), Peccary (14), Brocket (27), and Elephant (79),
the posterior interosseous in the Duiker-bok (49).

Extensor communis digitorum.—This has the usual origin from
the external condyle and is usually inserted into the middle and

' Possibly this is supinator brevis.

1901.] HN MUSCLES OF TILE UNGULATA, 699

distal phalanges of a variable number of digits. In the Hippo-
potamus (1,3) tendons pass to all four digits. Gratiolet (III.

pl. vy.) draws and describes two distinct fleshy bellies which unite
below the dorsal annular ligament and again divide for the four
digits. In the Suide the number of digits supplied varies a good
deal : for instance in the Domestic Pig (4, 5, 6, 7) there are three
fleshy bellies which are distributed with varying detail to all four
digits ; in the Red-River Hog (11) no tendon goes to the minimus ;
in one Peceary (13) there are four fleshy bellies which altogether
divide into eight tendons for the four toes in such a way that the
medius has one tendon for each phalanx, the annularis also three
tendons, while the index and minimus have one each ; in another
Peccary all the tendons are distributed to the medius and
annularis.

In the Camelide (15, 17, 18) there are slips for the medius and
annularis, the former having two.

In the Tragulide (20, 21, 23) all four toes are supplied, though
here again the medius has tw 0 tendons.

In the Cervide (25, 26, 27, 28) and Giraftidee (29) only the
medius and annularis are provided with tendons. In (25) and
(28) we found an extra small origin from the ulna.

In the Bovide (32, 33, 36, “38, 39, 43, 44, 48, 49) there are
two tendons for the medius and one for the annularis; the muscle
is double almost from its origin, the more ulnar of the two
dividing for the medius and annularis, while the radial one passes
to the medius only and in many eases at all events ends in the
middle phalanx of that digit. The Musk-Ox (37) differs from
the rest of the Bovide in having a tendon to the index from the
radial of the two fleshy bellies.

The Tapir (53, 54, 55) has tendons for the index, medius, and
annularis, and our specimen (54) had in addition a slender slip
for the minimus. Murie (XVIT.) noticed a small origin from the
ulna in his animal (55).

In the Equide (56, 58, 60) there is a small origin from the
radius as well as the usual one from the external condyle; the
muscle divides into the usual two fleshy bellies, one of which
passes to the terminal phalanx of the medius, while the other j joins
the so-called extensor minimi digiti.

In the Rhinoceros (63) there are tendons for all three digits.

In the Procaviide (67, 68, 71) all four digits have tendons, and
the same observation applies to the Elephant (ABW Go):

Two points strike one in reviewing this muscle in the Ungulata,
The first is that an extra origin from one of the forearm-bones i is
often found; the other that the muscle divides high up and forms
many tendons for few toes, so that two or more phalanges of one
toe may each be acted upon by its own tendon. ‘This is the more
curious when one thinks of the one function which the fore-foot
of an ungulate is called upon to play; but the possible expla-
nation is that the muscle acts chiefly from the foot, and that when ~
this is planted on the ground the different slips act one after

700 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND ¥.G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

another-in pulling the forearm and arm: forwards over the foot, as-
the varying position of the phalanges gives each one a seo ary
advantage.

Hextensor minimi digiti (Hwtensor digitorum lateralis),— This
muscle rises from the external condyle and deep fascia and occa-
sionally gains some fibres from the upper end of the radius. Its:
usual insertion is either into the annularis or minimus or both-
digits. We have often noticed that the tendon to the annularis:
is Inserted into the middle phalanx, leaving the extensor com=-
munis to supply the terminal phalanx, but whether this -is the
normal arrangement or not our material does not allow us to say.~

In the Hippopotamus tendons may pass to the 4th and 5th
digits (1) or to the 5th only (8). In the Suidee it is usually the
4th and 5th (annularis and minimus) (5, 6, 7, 13, 14), but some-
times the minimus only (4, 11). In the Camel (15, 17) annularis
only. In the Chevrotain (20) and Water-Chevrotain (23) annu-
laris and minimus. In the Cervide usually to the annularis only
(Bell XIV. 27, 28), but Lesbres found it going to annularis and
minimus. In the Giraffe (29) and all the Bovide (32, 33, 34, 35,
36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 40, 41, 49) to the annularis only. In this last
family Chauveau describes an extra origin from the upper end of
the radius. In the Tapir (52, 54, 55) there are slips to the annu-
laris and minimus. Murie found in his animal (55) three muscles
coming from the external condyle in addition to the extensor
communis, two of these went to the annularis and minimus and
one to the minimus ; only ; ‘ he homologizes these muscles with: the
peroneals.

In the Equidee 56, 58, 60) the muscle is: very small and he
lost its condylar attachment and slipped down to the external
lateral ligament and upper part of radius and ulna. ~ Its inser-
tion is into the proximal phalanx of the medius. In the Rhino-
ceros (63, 64) the insertion is into the medius and annularis.
In the Hyrax (67, 68) there were tendons for the annularis and
minimus, the annularis going to the proximal phalanx in (67), and
to the head of the metacarpal according to Mivart and Murie

(X XIV.) in (68). In Meckel’s specimen (71) there was only one
enon: which went to the proximal phalanx of the minimus.

Tn the Elephant the muscle rises from the condyle and ulna
(74, 78), it is inserted into the annularis and minimus (74, 77) or
into the minimus alone (78). The ‘erve- -supply is trom the
posterior interosseous. -

Extensor carpi ulnaris; also called -poster ior ulnaris, ulnares
evternus, and flexor metacurpt eaternus.—This muscle in the
Ungulates is in most instances a powerful flexor of the carpus,
arid passes from the external condyle to the pisitorm bone, just
before which it often joins the tendon of the flexor carpi ulnaris :
it also usually gives off a slip to be inserted into the fourth or
fifth metacarpal, if it is present. The muscle is well developed
in the Hippopotamus (1, 3), but in the Suidee (4, 5, 7, 11, 13, 14)
it is small and in some cases almost entirely tendinous, In the

1901. ] THE MUSCLES OF VHE UNGULAWA, TOL

Tragulide (20, 21, 23), Cervide (25, 26, 27, 23), and Bovide (32,
33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40, 41, 48, 48, 49) if is very well marked
and forms ie chiet Ales ae ‘his carpus. In the Tapir (54) it is
chietly inserted into the metacarpal bone of the minimus. In the
Hquide (56, 58, 59, 61) one part goes as usual to the pisiform
with the flexor carpi ulnaris, the other is inserted into the rudi-
mentary fourth metacarpal. In the Rhinoceros (63) it is figured
but not described, it seems to be largely inserted into the meta-
ee pone of the annularis. In the Hyrax (67) and Elephant
(74, 77, 78, 79) the muscle, though still an important flexor, 1s
au inserted into the metacarpal of the mmimus. The con-
version of this muscle from an extensor to a flexor is correlated
with two compensatory changes: firstly, the extensor carpi radialis
is much enlarged and does all ‘the extension of the carpus; secondly,
the flexor carpi ulnaris is reduced in importance and its olecranal
head is often absent.

The nerve-supply is the posterior interosseous in the Pig, Duiker-
bok, Sheep, Hyrax, and Elephant.

Supimator brevis —This muscle is described by Bronn as
entirely absent in the Ungulata, and with two exceptions we can
confirm his statement. In the Pig (V.) Lesbres found it once,
and Chauveau (I1.) says that in this animal it is extremely thin.
In our specimens of Suid (11, 14) no trace of it could be found.
In the Hyrax (68) we found it as aimere tendon, which is con-
tinued into the superficial plane of the extensor ossis metacarpi
pollicis ; ; but in Mivart and Murie’s animal (67) there is no men-
tion of it, though possibly the muscle which these authors describe
as supinator longus may, in reality, be supinator brevis. The
muscle was so aborted that we could trace no nerve to it.

Extensor ossis metacarpt pollicis—In the Hippopotamus (5)
this rises from the shaft of the ulna, and is inserted (1) into the
radial side of the carpus.

In the Suide (4, 5, 7, 9, 11, 15, 14) it is small, and rises from
below the middle of both forearm bones to be inserted into the
proximal end of the metacarpal bone of the index.

In the Tragulide (20, 21, 22, 23) it rises from the ulna, and
has the same insertion as in the Suide ; in our specimen (21) it
was almost entirely tendinous, but in Kinberg’s (20) seems to be
well developed, since it rises from the lower half of the ulna. In
the Camelide (15, 16), Cervidee (26, 27, 5 28), Giraffide (29), and
Bovidee (32, 33, 36, 38, 39, 43, 48, 49) it is inserted into the
canon-bone (8rd and 4th fused metacarpals), but sometimes (26,
27, 28, 49) a sesamoid bone is found in its tendon which, from
careful examination of the Duiker-bok (49), we believe is the
vestige of the index metacarpal. In the Tapir (54, 55) it is
well dev eloped, rises from almost the whole length of the radius
and ulna, and is inserted into the index metacarpal. In the
Horse, Bronn (VI.) says it is absent, but Chauveau (II.) and
Lesbres (V.) agree that it is present, though feeble, and inserted
into the rudimentary index metacarpal. In the Rhinoceros (68,

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vor. IT]. No. XLVI. 46

702 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

64) it has the same attachments, but in 63 an extra head was
found coming from the external condyle; there is just a possi-
bility that this is really supinator brevis.

In the Hyrax (67, 68, 71) the extensor pollicis is large and is
inserted into the rudimentary metacarpal bone of the pollex : im
our specimen, as we have mentioned before, the supinator brevis
is continued into it, and this we think may account for the
condylar head in Beddard and 'reves’s Rhinoceros. In the
Elephant (74, 77, 78) the muscle rons from the radius and ulna
to the metacarpal bone of the pollex. and in 78 to that of the
index also. In Paterson and Dun’s Elephant (79) the muscle
was inserted into the trapezium and Ist metacarpal. The nerve-
supply is the posterior interosseous.

Extensores primi et secundi internodii pollicts.—The only record
of these muscles which we have been able to find is in the
Elephant (74), where Miall and Greenwood found a slip from the
extensor profundus digitorum going to the pollex, but this was not
seen in 77 or 78.

Extensor profundus digitorum. — This muscle includes the
extensor indicis. In the Pig (5, 6) it was found passing from the
forearm below the origin of the ext. oss. metacarpi to the index
and medius digits, but we did not find it in our Pig (11) or
Peceary (14), In the Elephant (74, 77, 78) there is one tendon
to the index. In no other ungulate was any trace of it found.

Thenar Muscles.—In only three Ungulates are there any traces
of these muscles. In the Pig (7) Cuvier and Laurillard figure an
abductor indicis which, from its position, may be an abductor
pollicis which has shifted its insertion. In the Hyrax (67)
Mivart and Murie found two muscles, possibly abductor and flexor
brevis; in our specimen (68) there was only one rudimentary
one, while Meckel (71) did not find any at all. In the Elephant
(74) Miall and Greenwood found a muscle running from the os
magnum to the sesamoid bone on the pollex, perhaps a flexor
brevis pollicis ; while Paterson and Dun (79) found two distinet
muscles-—an abductor rising from the trapezium, and a flexor
brevis rising by two heads, from the trapezoid and the shaft of
the Ist metacarpal respectively, and being inserted into the
sesamoid bones at the head of the metacarpal. Both were supphed
by the median nerve. These muscles are not recorded in other
Elephants, nor are they present in the College of Surgeons
specimen (78).

Hypothenar Muscles——An abductor minimi digiti rising from
pisiform is | pre esent in the following animals :— Hippopotamus (1).
ae (4, 6, 7, 11), Peceary (14), @heveoran (20), Water-Chevrotain

23) ( (apparently ), Hey (55), Rhinoceros (63), Hyrax (67, 68),
Tlephakt (74, 17, 78,7 79). In the last animal (79) there is also
a flexor brevis minimi digiti.

Oblique Adductor Muscles —This layer of muscles is found only
in the Pig (4, 6, 11, 14), the Chevrotain (20), and the Elephant
(74, 79); in most of these there are adductores indicis et minim,

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 708

but in (74) only an adductor minimi. In (79) there was also an
adductor quarti digiti.

Interossei or Flevores breves—In the Pig (4, 6), Chevrotain
(20), Water-Chevrotain (23), Tapir (55), a Hyrax (67, 68)
there are four double-headed muscles corresponding to those of
more generalized mammals. In the Horse (56, 57, 58) there are
three, but Chauveau points out that the one belonging to the
medius has been transformed into the “ suspensory ligament ”’ of
the fetlock.

In the Rhinoceros (63) Beddard and Treves (X.X.) describe four,
but there are only three toes, and in their figure (fig. 5, p. 15) one
muscle labelled interosseous clearly rises from i pisiform, and is
probably an abductor minimi which has shifted its attachment to
the annularis. In the Elephant (74) Miall and Greenwood
describe three palmar and tunes dorsal interossei.

In the Bovide (32, 33, 35, 38, 39, 40, 49) there are two flexores
breves, but they are entirely ligamentous.

Unfortunately, we know very little definitely about the nerve-
supply of the hand-muscles of the Ungulates, but the researches
of Paterson and Dun make us suspect that, in the Elephant at
least, the median nerve plays a much larger part than it does in
Man and, so far as we know, most other mammals. We hope that
at some future date these authors will publish the result of their
dissections.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

2

IT. Cuvier et Lauriiparp.—‘ Planches de Myologie
yologie,

1849.
II. Cuatuvzav’s ‘Comparative Anatomy,’ Fleming, 2nd ed.
ISL

III. Grarroner et Atrx.—‘ Recherches sur l’Anat. de
l Hippopotame,’ 1867.
IV. Humpury.—‘ Observations in Myology, 1872.
V. Lespres.—‘ Myologie Comparée. Lyon, 1597.
VI. Bronn.—‘ Classen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs.’
VII. Mrecxen.— Manuel d’Anatomie Comparée,’ vol. vi.
VIII. Vrontx.— Recherches d’ Anat. Comp. sur le Babirussa.’
Amsterdam, 1844.
IX. WAtron.— The Camel, its anatomy, proportions, and
paces,’ 1865.
X. Kinzerc.— De Traculo Javanico. Lunde, 1849.
I. Cuattn.—Annales de Sci.. Nat.—Zoologie, sér. 5,
vol. xv. Art. no. 12.
XII. Jory et Lavocar.—Meém. de la Soe. des Sci. Nat. de
Strassbourg, 1846, vol. ii.
XIII. Owrn.—Trans. Zool. Soc. vols. 1. & i.
XIV. Breru.—Proe. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 184.
XV. Haueutron.—Proe. Irish Acad. vol. ix. p. 527.
XVI. Turnur.—Proe. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 102.
XVII. Murim.—Journ. Anat. vol. v. p. 1381.

Tod MR. F. EF. BEDDARD ON THE Decree

XVIII. De Lonecuamps.—Mém. de la Soc. Linn. de Nor-
mandie, vol. viii.
XIX. Sreri.—Proe. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 2,
XX. Brepparp & Treves.— Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 7.
XXI. Haveuron.—Proe. Irish Acad. vol. ix. p. 515.
XXII. Ownn.—‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates.’
XXIIL. Macaristrr.—‘“ Flexor Muscles of Vertebrate Limbs,”
Journ. Anat. vol. il. p. 283.
XXIV. Mrvarr & Murie.—Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 329.
XXV. Branpr.--Meém. de Acad. des Sciences de St. Pétersb.
VOlsexiveeleOgs
XXVI. Grorce.—aAnn. de Sci. Nat.-—Zoologie, sér. 6, vol. i.
Art. no. 9, p. 123.
XX VII. BRS . of Anat. vol. xvii. (1882) p. 491.
XXVIII. Mayer.—Verhand. Leopold.-Carolin. Akad. d. Natur-
forscher, vol. xxi. (1847) p. 1.
XXIX. Misrn & Greenwoop.—Studies in Comp. Anat.
no. li. (1878); also Journ. of Anat. vols. xii., xiii.
XXX. MESON dou. otf Anat. vol. 1X. B 118.
XXXII. Youne. 3s BS).
XXXII. Morin. ai & Mag. Natl Hist. oa (ose WS, 109 WT.
XXXII. Cuvinr.—Lecons d’ Anatomie Comparée.
XXXIV. Winpie & Parsons. -— “ Myology of ‘Terrestrial
Carnivora,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 370.
XXXV. Weiker.—Archiv fiir Anat. 1878, p. 20.

3. On the Spermatophores of the Karthworms of the Genus
Benhama. By Frank E. Brpparp, M.A., F.R.S.

[ Received November 19, 1901.|
(Text-figures 92-94.)

At the present moment litile is known of the spermatophores
in this genus, except the fact that they occur in several species.
So far as I am aware the following is the extent of our knowledge
on this matter. Dr. Michaelsen has reported upon the structure
of the spermatophore of Benhamia monticola’ in the following
words :—‘ Fast jede der untersuchten Samentaschen enthielt eine
erosse Spermatophore, die den grossten Theil des Raumes der
Tasche in Anspruch nahm. Eine solche Spermatophore hat die
Gestalt einer langhalsigen Karaffe. Der Bauch derselben liegt
in dem Hauptraum der Samentasche, der rohrenformige Hals in
dem Ausfitihrungsgang. Das aussere Ende des Halses schien bei
den herauspreparirten Spermatophore offen zu sein; doch ist es
moglich das ein Verschluss abgefallen ist.” A briefer note in the
same memoir concerns the spermatophore of Benhamia ctiolensis.

1 «Die Regenwiirmer Ost-Afrikas,” in Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, pp. 27 & 28, pl. i.
figs. 1 & 4.

1901. ] SPERMATOPHORES OF BENHAMLA, 705

In the spermathecal pouch of that species is found—* ein festerer,
mit hornartiger Wandung versehener Korper, den ich fiir eine
Spermatophore halte.” Of both these structures are figures given.
Finally I have myself called attention to the spermatophore of a
species of Benhamia, which I have called B. moorei'. This sperma-
tophore is of large size and lies chiefly: in the long and thick
muscular duct of the spermatheca. I have recently studied the
spermatophores in a new species of the genus Benhamia kindly
collected for me in tropical Eastern Africa by Mr. Austen, and
which I have proposed to call Benhamia austeni’. The spermato-
phores were studied 2 si¢w by means of glycerine preparations of

Text-fig. 92. Text-fig. 93.

Text-fig. 92.—Spermatheca of Benhamia austent.
A, diverticulum; C, B, parts of spermatophore.
Text-fig. 93.—Spermatheca of Benhamia austeni with an incompletely
formed spermatophore (C).
A, diverticulum of spermatheca.,

the spermathecee mounted entire or teased, and by longitudinal
sections of the entire spermatheca. ‘The spermathecee of this species
(see text-fig. 92), like those of some others, consist of a large
thin-walled sac, which is divided by a constriction into a larger
distal and a smaller proximal portion. The latter is followed by a
thick-walled duct leading to the exterior. At the junction of the
duct with the smaller of the thin-walled pouches opens a single

URE Ze Sel OOM ia plots
2 Loe. cit. p. 205.

706 Mk. EF. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Deer 17,

oval-contoured diverticulum by means of a short and slender duct.
The latter, as is the rule with the diverticula of the Megascolicide,
is filled with a felted mass of spermatozoa. In no one instance
out of the many spermathecee which I have examined did I find
an entire absence of spermatophores ; but they were fully developed
in but few. The spermatophore of this worm has a remarkable
form and mode of origin. The muscular duct of the spermatheca
was sometimes quite empty of any traces ofaspermatophore. In
other specimens it was occupied (see text-fig. 92) by a body of
apparently chitinous structure and of a trum pet-shape, as is shown
in the figure referred to. ‘This body contains a lumen which
appears to be open at both ends. The upper end is like the mouth
of atrumpet, and is wider than the section which follows. It is
closely applied to the walls of the spermatheca, and its shape is
indeed an expression of this close contact. The trumpet-shaped
extremity corresponds to the widening of the duct to form the
thin-walled pouch of the spermatheca; the edges of the sperma-
tophore are here curved outwards, and again slightly downwards.
At the opposite end there is no diminution of calibre until the
very end. At this extremity the spermatophore ends before the
end of the spermathecal duct in which it lies, and apparently by
an open mouth, as is figured by Michaelsen in the spermatophore
of Benhamia monticola. A closer examination of this trumpet-
shaped or quiver-shaped tube, by compression in glycerine, and by
sections (text-fig. 94, p. 707), enables the structure to be seen.
It is hardly at al] stained by the carmine which was used; a tact
which shows its likeness to chitin, of which I cannot doubt that
it isformed. It has, however, a definite and characteristic minute
structure. The walls are very thick in the shaft region, and thin
out considerably as the case widens out to form the trumpet-
shaped mouth with its slightly-recurved edges. The thick part of the
walls consists of two layers. The inner layer which borders upon
Me lumen appears to be quite structureless, and it resembles

xactly the thick chitinous lining of the gizzard of earthworms.
Once of this the spermatophoral walls are composed of a
parallel series of obiong pieces closely adpressed, but tending to
come apart in sections. These correspond, | take it, to the
individual cells of the ling membrane of the spermathecal duct.
The separation of the individual contributions of these cells may
be a mark of fatigue, so to speak, on the part of the cells after
throwing out the abundant matter required to form the inner half
of the spermatophoral case. They are an indication that the
secretion of chitinous matter is getting less active. When the
spermatophore is viewed from the outside, these brick-like con-
stituents form a kind of mosaic upon its surface. I have found
no variation in the form of this half of the spermatophore ;
indeed the identical form of the spermatheca leaves no room for
variation. It must be noted that there can be no doubt that this
chitinous case is formed where it is found; it is altogether too
large to have been produced by the thin ducts of the spermiducal

1901. | SPERMATOPHORES OF BENHAMIA. 707

glands and then to have been transferred to where it is found.
This structure, however, is not all of the spermatophore. The
fully-developed spermatophore is built up of two pieces, of which
the second has apparently the following origin, and has certainly
the following characters. Very constantly I have found in one
or other (not in both) division of the spermatheecal pouch, in the
thin-walled portion into which the duct expands (or rather opens,
for the minute structure of the two divisions is different), a small
chitinous case. This appears to have been seen and figured by
Michaelsen in Benhamia itiolensis. The structure in question has
an outline like a tear-drop (see text-fig. 95, p. 705) or the pendant

Text-fio. 94.

t=)

Sp.

Longitudinal section through duct of spermatheca of Benkania austen,
to show portion of spermatophore in position.

Sp., wall of spermathecal duct.
Ch., chitinous wall of spermatophore.

of acut-glasschandelier. It is usually, in fact, broaderat one end and
narrower at the other, which is widely open. This small chitinous
case is gorged with sperm, and it has been somewhat of a problem
to me to understand how it is that the sperm remains inside.
For in many instances these small cases were so widely open at
the bottom—at the end, that is to say, which is turned towards the
spermathecal duct. Why the sperm is not shed through sheer

708 ON THE SPERMATOPHORES OF BENHAMIA. [ Dec. 17,

force of gravity, if for no other reason, is impossible for me to
explain. The fact that these small cases are found in both the
upper, larger, and the Jower, smaller, half of the spermathecal
pouch seems to me to show that they are formed in the first-named
division of the spermatheca, and gradually make their way down-
wards. The cells which line the spermathecal pouch are tall and
columnar, and may easily be responsible for the formation of the
chitinous case, though I have no positive facts at my disposal
which allow me to assert this mode of origin for the cases. The
case itself does not show the complication of structure that is
exhibited by the quiver-like case within the duct of the sperma-
theca. It is not thick, and shows no structure except some
stratification. Now so far I have mentioned no connection
between the small pear-shaped chitinous cases found in the
spermathecal pouch and the large long case found in the sperma-
thecal duct. There is, however, a connection which is in my
opinion quite extraordinary. In specimens with what I consider
to be fully-formed spermatophores, the top of the lower case, its
trumpet-sbaped funnel, is plugged by these small pear-shaped
cases, by one of them at least, which, as it is pear-shaped and as
the mouth of the trumpet-like case gradually diminishes in calibre,
completely closes its orifice, and possibly fits in and remains in
position by the simple process of being jambed tight within the tube.
In any case I have (as is shown in text-fig. 92, p. 705) found the
two in this juxtaposition. It seems to me that the small sperm-
holding case gradually falls down, and therefore must end by
falling into the widely open mouth of the chitinous tube below,
as that tube completely blocks the orifice of the spermatheca.
It exactly suggests a cup and ball.

I can see no other interpretation of the facts at my disposal
than that which has been suggested. But in any case we have
here, as apparently in other species of Benhamia, a spermatophore
undoubtedly formed in the spermatheca, and not possibly to be
accounted for by the activity of the glandular epithelium of the
spermiducal glands ; that is to say, the moulding at Jeast must be
accomplished within the spermatheca, though it is conceivable that
the material may be derived from the spermiducal glands. But
even this amount of share appears {o me to be doubtful by reason
of the apparent correspondence of the outer layer of the sperma-
tophoral case with the epithelium of the spermathecal duct.
What is the ultimate fate of these spermatophores must for the
present be left undetermined. They have never been observed
adherent to the body externally as in the case of the Lumbricide
and the Geoscolecid genus Alma. If they are transferred to the
cocoon along with the ripe ova, the formation of such an elaborate
case appearsto be a work of unnecessary activity. The unprotected
sperm could, one would be disposed to consider, be conveyed
thither without any difficulty or risk of loss. We are, however,
totally unacquainted with the mode of copulation and fertilization
of these Annelids. The occurrence of spermatophores in those

J.G@reen del. et lth.
TAU CSO}

BAT

RAGISS IO

BUSTUS. 2,8.GAM!I

PZ, S I9Ohk welll IP 20COvml

Mntern Bros,imp.

PSOSTHONYX BATE ST.

1901.) MR. G@ A. BOULENGER ON AFRICAN BATRACHTIANS, 709

earthworms which do not possess spermathece is intelligible
enough, as some place is required for the storage of sperm, and
the male ducts are not furnished w ith glandular or atrial appendices
of sufficient roominess to enclose the liberated sperm. The
question, however, raises the larger question of the meaning and
homologies of the spermathecz, which is one that is hardly ripe
for discussion at present.

4. Further Notes on the African Batrachians Tricho-

batrachus and Gampsosteonyx. By G. A, BouLeNneer,

F.R.S.
[Received November 19, i901. ]

(Plate XX XVIII.)

Since the publication, in the Society’s Proceedings ', of the account
of the Batrachians and Reptiles obtained in the Gaboon district by
Mr. G. L. Bates, further collections have been received at the
Natural History Museum, made by that energetic collector in
the same district and also in the Bulu Country, Camaroons.
Among the Batrachians sent from the latter country, I was happy
to find further examples of the two Frogs which have been de-
scribed as T'richobatrachus robustus and Gampsosteonyce batesi, the
former upon two specimens, the latter upon a single one, and this
fresh material adds much to our knowledge of these extraordinary
Batrachians.

Trichooatrachus 1s now represented by seven further specimens.
With reference to the villose dermal papille, from which the name
is derived, I observed in the original description that I suspected it
to be a mere seasonal peculiarity, which, far from being a nuptial
attribute of the males, as one*might have been inclined to suppose
from analogy with various fishes, is more strongly developed in
the female than in the male. Dr. Gadow, who, with the assist-
ance of Mr. F. F. Laidlaw, has since made an examination of the
histological structure of these hair-hke appendages, remarks * ae
they consist of finger-shaped prolongations of the skin with a
axis of fibrous connective tissue which is a little denser oo
the neighbouring skin; small, very insignificant blood-vessels and
lymph-spaces are present, but no nerves or nerve-terminations
could be detected ; they are therefore not sensory organs. We
possess no clue whatever to their physiological signification. Now,
of the five adult new specimens, two are males and three are
females, evidently obtained during the breeding-season, as evidenced
by the nuptial asperities on the inner finger of the males and by
the state of the oviducts of one of the females, filled with very
large ova 4 millim. in diameter; and these males have the hair-like

' P.Z.8. 1900, p. 433.
* Anat. Anz. xviii. 1900, p. 588.

710 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON AFRICAN BATRACHIANS. | Dee. lire

papillae much more developed than in the original specimens, whilst
the females show no trace of them. The larger male, which is
fieured here (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 1), measures 107 millim. from
snout to vent, and the villosities measure up to 7 millim. on the sides
of the body, 5 on the sides of the thighs ; the second male measures
100 millim, from snout to vent, and the villosities of the body
and thigas 15 and 12 millim. respectively. I have also ascertained
that the claw-shaped phalanx of the toes is present as in Gamps-
osteonyx, but does not always project through the skin.

Four specimens of Gampsosteonyv were obtained in the Bulu
Country. These further substantiate the comparison which |
established between the exposed extremity of the claw-like phalanx
of the toes and the end of the ribs in Plewrodeles, since here like-
wise the character is not an attribute of all “oddimdlmals in two
out of the five specimens examined, the curious conformation could
not be detected externally. One of these specimens I have had
prepared as a skeleton, and, to my great surprise, it was found
that distally and dorsally to the “claw ” there is a small detached
ossification, which is also well shown in a sciagraph of another
specimen, kindly taken for me by Mr. Gardiner, to whom I am
indebted for similar favours in the past. This unique feature is a
great puzzle. Is it to be looked upon simply as an additional
ossicle, or are we to assume that the intercalary ossification which
occurs between the penultimate and distal phalanges of many
Ranid genera has here attained an exceptional hypertrophy, whilst
the distal has undergone atrophy ? Another very peculiar feature
of the limb-skeleton of Gampsosteonyx is the presence of large
sesamoid bones under the articulations of the metacarpals with
the basal phalanges of all four fingers and of the first and second
phalanges of the two outer fingers. Smaller sesamoid bones are
present in the pes. The number of phalanges in the manus is
the same asin Rana, viz. 2, 2,3, 3. The whole skeleton is typically
Ranid, but the so- galled sternum is only strongly calcified, not
bearing a true bony style, as stated in the original description ;
the omosternum, on the other hand, is supported by a bony
style, which is forked at the base.

As in Trichobatrachus, the ova are of great size. A female
measuring 80 millim. from snout to vent contains about 15 ripe
ova on the right side and 30 on the left, each Janos 4 millim.
in diameter. A breeding male, measuring 52 millim. from snout
to vent, is provided with an internal gular vocal sac, and the inner
surface of the inner metacarpal joint is covered with a black layer
formed of crowded minute horny asperities.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.

Fig. 1. Zrichobatrachus robustus, breeding male.
2 Gampsosteonyx batesi, lower aspect of skeleton of right manus, x 13.
3, Side view of skeleton of left foot of same, x 14.

1901. | ON BUTTERFLIES FROM ST. LUCIA. au

5. On some Buiterflies from St. Lucia, W. Indies, coilected
by Major A. H. Cowie, R.E., F.Z.S. By Arruur G,
Butter, Ph.D., F..S., F.Z.8., &c.

[Received November 20, 190i. |

The collection of which the following is an account was for-
warded to me by our Secretary on September 4th of the present
year, with a request that I would send him a list of the species for
publication.

The series of insects forwarded consists of 149 Butterflies,
2 Moths, a Locust, 2 Dragonflies, and an Ant-lion. The Moths
are identified by Sir George Hampson as Mulelocha sp. and Ther-
mesia gemmatalis. Respecting the Orthoptera and Neuroptera,
Mr. W. F. Kirby reports that “they are all widely distributed
species in Tropical America, except Myrincleon leachii, which
appears to be confined to the West Indies.”

OrriopTera (Fam. Phasgonuride).

Conocephalus macropterus Redtenbacher, Verh. z.-b. G. Wien,
xh. p. 402 (1891).

Nevuroprera (Fam. Libellulide).
Trithemis umbrata (Libellula u.) Linn. 8. N. x. 1, p. 545 (1758).

(Fam. Myrmeleonide).
Myrmeleon leachii (Formicateo 1.) Guilding, T. Linn. 8. Lond. xvi.
p. 49. Originally described from St. Vincent. It also occurs in
Bermuda and Jamaica, and doubtless in other islands.”

The Butterflies now sent by Major A. H. Cowie, R.E., F.Z.S.,
consist of examples of twenty-one species, of which one—Cystinewra
cowiana—is new. There seems to be a considerable resemblance
between the Butterfly-fauna of this island and that of Dominica.

The following is a list of the Butterflies :—

NYMPHALID”,

1. ANOSIA ARCHIPPUS, var. MEGALIPPH Hiibn.

The specimens show considerable variation in the black
bordering to the veins.

2, PRECIS GENOVEVA Crain.

Both sexes agreeing perfectly with those from other West
Indian islands.

ANARTIA IATROPH# Linn., and var. SATURATA Stgr.

Judging from analogy the variety named by Staudinger should
be the wet phase of the species; those received in the present
collection are rather intermediate in character, the orange suffusion
on the outer areas of the wings being very slivhtly indicated,
though the markings below are well-defined ‘and the ocelli large

ae DR. A. G. BULLER ON [ Dee. 17,

und distinct. Lam inclined to conclude therefore that such ditfer-
ences as occur in St. Lucia may be purely varietal and not subject
to seasonal influence.

4, MARPESIA PELEUS Sulzer.

5. CYStINEURA COWIANA (new species).

eo

6. Dronn VANILL& Linn.

This appears to be very common in the island.

7. Dione auta Fabr.

LycENID®.

8. SYNTARUCUS Cassius Cram.

The New World forms of Syntarucus differ from those of the
Old World in the absence of a tail to the secondaries, but in all
other structural characters they agree: the general pattern is very
similar; and, if all the forms referred to S. cassius are really
modifications of one species, the variability of that butterfly must
be quite equal to that of S. telicanus. I have not, however, seen any
Continental examples so boldly marked or with so few bands on
the under surface of the primaries as in the examples occurring in
St. Lucia and Dominica.

9, CHILADES HANNO Stoll.

I have been unable to find any structural difference between the
Old and New World forms of this genus.

10. CaLLiIcisra SALONA 2 Hewits.

The genus Callicista was founded by Grote for a little group of
hairy-eyed Theclinw of dull colouring, the males of which show a
conspicuous black sexual brand at the end of the discoidal cell of
primaries; the first two subcostal branches of these wings are
emitted well before the end of the cell, the third branch and the
upper radial being emitted almost from one point at the superior
angle of the cell.

PAPILIONIDE.
11. Turras venusra Boisd.
A common species both in St. Lucia and Dominica.

12. CALLIDRYAS SENN var. Fabr.

The West Indian form appears constantly to differ at all seasons
from typical C. sennw 9 in the smaller marginal spots and absence
of the biangulated discal series of the primaries on the upper
surface ; that sex also seems to be invariably either sulphur-yellow
or whitish, occasionally with a weak buffish tinge, but never golden
yellow as in some females of C. senne. I doubt, however, whether
the dry phase of the West Indian form can be separated from
CO. drya, the dry phase of C. senne.

190 1} BUDNTERELIES FROM S't. LUCIA. 713

This is the only species of the group in the present consignment,
but one prev iously sent included three other species belonging to
as many genera. A list of all the additional species then received
will be added at the end of the present paper.

13. Preris pHiILera Fabr., vars. ewhotea Godart & evonina Boisd.

14. Guuropnrissa Ponyt Butl.
A male of the dry phase in poor condition.

PAPILIO XENODAMAS Htibn.

HESPERIID®.

16. Eupamus proreus Linn.

17. Eupamus sant1aGo Lucas.

Pyre@us syRicHtus Fabr.

19, Hynepnina pHynevs Drury.

20, CATIA RAVOLA Godm.

21, CaLPobEs ErHirus Cram.

New Species.

CYSTINEURA COWIANA, sp. n.

Nearest to C. cana, from which it differs constantly in the fact
that the broad white belt across the disk of the primaries’ is
represented by a trifid oblique bar beyond the cell ; an ill-defined
conical belt crossed and interrupted by the median branches ; and
a discal series of small spots varying in number, sometimes reduced
to three on the upper surface of the female: on the upper surface
of the secondaries the broad central belt is ochraceous excepting
above the subcostal vein, and the white belt which follows it is
much divided up by the nervures or suffused with fuscous; on
the under surface the reduction to spots of the white belt of the
primaries represents the chief difference between the two species.
Expanse of wings 44-52 mm.

St. Lucia and Trinidad. B.M.

Had we only possessed one or two examples of this species, Il
should have thought it possible that it might be a variety of
C. cana; but Major Cowie sends seven examples (one shattered),
and we previously possessed four from Trinidad; it thus becomes

clear that we have to do here with a constant West Indian type
related to but distinct from C. cana.

Specimens of the following additional species, mostly in poor
condition, had been previously received through our Secretary from
St. Lucia.

! The white markings on the upper surface are sometimes obliterated in the
female, but on the under surface they are always distinct.

@

714 MR. L.. A. BORRADAILE ON THE SPAWN Decking:

NYMPHALID®.
22, PYRAMBIS CARDUI Linn.
23, HyponLIMNAS MISTPPUS Linn.
24, CYMATOGRAMMA DOMINICANA Godm. (A mere fragment.)
25. AGANISTHOS opIUS Fabr.
26. DionE JUNO Cram.

PAPILIONID ®.
27. RHABDODRYAS TRITE Linn.
28. PH@BIS AGARITHE Boisd.
29, APHRISSA STATIRA var. Cram.
30. PAPILIO PIRANTHUS Cram.

6. On the Spawn and Young of a Polychete Worm of the
Genus Marphysa. By li. A. Borrapaite, M.A. F.Z.S.,
Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College, Cam-
bridge.

[Received July 27, 1901. ]

(Plate XX XIX.")

The Jafna district in the extreme north of Ceylon presents a
striking contrast to the rest of the island. Instead of the rainy
hills of the south central districts, the jungle of the centre, or
the swampy plains of the south and west, all equally covered with
luxuriant vegetation, there are here flat, dry, sandy plains of
coral-limestone, endowed with the lowest rainfall in the island
and bearing a scanty growth of palmyra-palms, /?zcinas-bushes,
aloes, and cactus. These plains wre intersected by a system ot
shallow salt-water lagoons, communicating with the sea at three
points only—on the west at Jafna, on the east at Chundikulam,
and on the north near the little native village of Tondimanar.

From the Tondimanar entrance a lagoon runs southward for
some half-dozen miles inland and then breaks into two arms,
extending south-east and south-west at an obtuse angle. The
western arm finally ends by joining the large expanse of water
south-east of Jafna, which, opening to the sea both on the east
and on the west, makes the Jafna district anisland. The seaward
opening at ‘ondimanar is narrow and is almost closed by a sand-
bank at low tide. At high water there is free communication, and
the level of the lagoon of course rises and falls with that of the
sea, the water running out with a strong current at the ebb. The
bottom is of white sandy mud covering darker greyish mud, with
patches of weed in parts. The depth at low water is nowhere
more than three feet.

1 For explanation of the Plate, see p. 720.
, |

PZS. 1901, vol. Il. Pl.XXXIX.

fla,

Wie

1081 |
Bale & Damelsson Lt

YOUNG OF A WORM OF THE GENUS MARPHYSA

WOOL AND YOUNG OF A POLYCH ETE. WORM. (ONS)

In the month of May, 1899, I spent a fortnight at Kan-
kesanturai, a small native town situated on the north coast five or
six miles west of Tondimanar. From here it was easy to reach
the lagoon at its southward entrance, and I naturally made
excursions thither, exploring the shallow waters on a native raft
or catamaran. Punting along in one of these, with the midday
sun blazing overhead and the water swirling up, hot and salt and
stinging to the ankles, between the logs of the raft, my attention
was caught by large mien. of little pear-shaped masses of jelly,
Abiateheds to the ottom by their narrow ends and swinging to and
fro with the movements of the water. The native fishermen told
me that these were “ the eggs of prawns,” indicating a species of
Peneus which is common in ‘the sea near the mouth of the lagoon,
and enters the latter at high tide, and of course no subsequent
demonstration was of the least avail to shake this belief, which is
entirely erroneous. Digging in the sandy bottom reveals the fact
that the objects in question are spawn-masses of a polychaete worm
of the genus Marphysa', which hes in its burrow? in the sand
head downwards and sets free its eggs. These, with the jelly in
which they are imbedded, pass upwards and form the pear-shaped
mass.

The fully-formed spawn-mass (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 1) is about
four inches in length, of which more than one inch is due to -the
stalk, It consists of a colourless translucent mucus, in which
are imbedded small yellowish eggs, the whole being Conered with
a delicate transparent pellicle. How this pellicle is formed I did
not discover, but would suggest that it is due to some change
undergone by the surface-layer of the mucus. When it is torn
the enclosed substance has a tendency to bulge out, as though it
were under a slight tension within (PI. 2 OOM DG fig. 2). The end
of the stalk, w hich is inserted into, and fills, the « opening of the
burrow, contains a blackish or greenish mass of oval pellets, which
seem to be the dung of the worm. The mucus, which is not
divided into areas corresponding to the eggs, appears structureless
under the microscope and contains numerous ‘Infusorians. The
enclosed eggs and young are in various stages, the older ones being
generally on the outside and at the free end of the mass.

1 Owing to an unfortunate accident to a portion of my material on the way
from Ceylon to England, only one damaged epecne of this werm is in my
possession. Dr. ie Willey has kindly identified this for me as a species of
Marphysa allied to, or identical with, Mf. teretiuscula, Schmarda. Similar
spawn-masses are also found in the lagoon at Minikoi on the sand-flat at the
south end, in a spot where the conditions are not unlike those at Tondimanar
jn some respects—-namely, in that there is a shallow sheet of water, fully
exposed to the sun’s rays, with a sandy bottom and with but a narrow opening
to the sea. A few spawn-masses were found on a stretch of sand just outside
the bar of the Tondimanar lagoon, but I did not meet with them either at
Kankesanturai or on the south coast of Ceylon.

2 This burrow, which extends to some distance in the sand, is perfectly
definite, but has not very strong walls. In it there are often to be found..
besides the Marphysa, specimens of a small Nereid closely allied to Nereis
brevicirris Grube, 1867.

16 MR. Le A. BORRADAILE ON 'LHE SPAWN Dec. 17
p)

Several of these spawn-masses were brought ina vessel of water
to the rest-house at Kankesanturai, where, when they had been
placed in shallow glass dishes, a number of larvae hatched out of
them and passed through the successive stages of their develop-
ment until, as I was on the point of leaving for the south of the
island, the observations were unfortunately broken off. The
progress of the larve was, however, so rapid that, starting as
spherical ciliated objects, they had, in the few days during which
they were under observation, assumed a completely worm-like
appearance. Their history, which I propose to describe in as
great detail as my information will allow ', shows an interesting
feature in the secretion by the larve, after they have for some
time been free-swimming, of a second mucous matrix, in which
they live gregariously, much as some caterpillars do in the web
which they spin.

1. The youngest embryo observed (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 3) was very
nearly spherical in shape, about ‘2 mm. in diameter, without eye-
spots or cilia, and almost filled with a mass—presumably endo-
dermal—of protoplasm containing yolky granules and droplets.
Viewed with reflected light, this mass was yellow while the outer
layer was white. The whole was enclosed in a thick radially-
strinted membrane.

To these succeeds a stage (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 4) in which the
young, while still enclosed in the spawn-mass, develop two eye-
spots in the anterior half of the sphere and a complete covering of
cilia, by means of which they rotate in the mucus. ‘The cuticle
is thinner and its striation is Jess obvious. This ‘ atrochal” or
‘“holotrochal’’ stage resembles the pelagic larva described by
Krohn and Schneider (5) as probably belonging to a Eunicid.
The body of the latter larva, however, was more elongate, and
the apical tuft longer.

3. At the hatching-stage the young larva (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 5)
is oval, with a broad anterior end and a somewhat narrower hinder
end. Round its middle is a broad ciliated band, separated by a
narrow gap from a tuft of longer cilia at the apical pole and by
a wider gap from a patch of medium length at the hinder end.
These are the characters of Haecker’s “‘ Prototrochophora,” which
thus follows an atrochal stage in the present instance. In front,
just within the anterior Iromenrdtsiecr of the ciliated band, is on each
side a conical black eye-spot, with the apex of the cone directed
backwards and inwards and its base hollowed for the reception of
the—as yet indistinct—refractive body. The greater part of the
interior of the body is filled by a yolky mass—the rudiment of the
future mid-gut,—but at each end is a clearer granular area. ‘The
mid-gut rudiment projects backwards in the axial line towards
the anal region, with which it seems to be already in connection
by a narrow non-yolky passage, although, as no outward opening

' The same accident which deprived me of specimens of the adult worm
having also destroyed my preserved material of the developmental stages, I am
unable to deal with any but the outward features of the young and those
which may be seen, when they are mounted whole, as transparent objects.

1901. ] AND YOUNG OF A POLYCH ETH WORM, Hey

can be seen, this passage is probably only the space between the
masses of mesoblast. A clearer area of squarish shape marks the
position of the fore-gut.

The mouth cannot yet be seen in a surface view, and its relation
to the ciliated band is therefore uncertain, but the fore-gut rudi-
ment stands in the middle of the band.

On each side of the backward projection of the mid-gut rudi-
ment is a space in which the first seta-sac will shortly arise.
Behind this, on each side of the anal site, is a small mass of meso-
blast, in the middle of which lies a rounded object, perhaps a
pole-cell. The larvee now work their way out of the mass of
mucus, and swim about in a lively manner in the surrounding
water by means of their cilia. r

4, Very shortly after hatching (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 6) the first
pair of seta-sacs appear towards the hinder end of the body. The
sete are at first only two in number and of simple form, one pointed
at the end and the other somewhat blunter.

5. To these two sete there is added, in the course of an hour or
two, a third of a different form. This is a compound seta, having
at its free end an oval swelling, flattened at one side, and bearing
on the flattened surface a triangular end-joint, articulated to the
seta by one angle of its base. When placed under a coverslip
the larve now show movements of the body of an “ euglenoid ”
nature, and protrude the sete on a parapodium-like prominence,
which, however, is very contractile and can be completely with-
drawn. The form of the body is already more elongate than at
hatching, owing to the gradual lengthening of the region between
the main band of cilia and the perianal patch. It is in this region
that the successive bundles of setw will arise, the latest always at
the hind end. As this process continues, the ciliated band becomes
narrower and narrower, both absolutely and relatively to the whole
length of the body, and is thus less and less efficient as an organ
of locomotion.

6. About eighteen hours after hatching’ (P]. XXXIX. fig. 7)
a second pair of seta-sacs appears behind the first, with a single
seta in each. This seta is of the same compound form as the
third one of the antericr sac. The body is steadily elongating,
and the hind end is now no longer rounded but truncated. The
larvee begin to show a preference for the sides and bottom of the
vessel, and have a power of adherence to objects due, as it seems,
to the secretion of a sticky mucus by the epidermis, which contains
numerous unicellular glands for this purpose. They show a strong
tendency to swarm together, and such swarms are beginning to
secrete webs of mucus *, in which they lie nearly motionless.

7. About forty hours after hatching (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 8) the

1 The times given throughout this paper for the appearance of various
organs are only approximate and refer to specimens in captivity. Of course,
it by no means follows that they hold good under natural conditions.

2 That this is a normal and not a pathological phenomenon I am convinced
by the fact that it occurred in every batch of larva under observation, and by
the perfectly regular progress of the subsequent development.

Proc, Zoor. Soc.—1901, Von. IT. No. XLVII. 47

718 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE SPAWN [Decrl7,

first traces of a third seta-sac with a partly-formed compound seta
were observed. ‘he second seta-sac has now three compound
sete. The body is much elongated, and the unciliated region
preponderates greatly over the ciliated band, which hes wholly
in front of the mouth. The apical tuft is lost. Rudimentary
parapodia bear the two anterior pairs of seta-bundles. At the
hind end a small blunt knob appears on each side of the anus.
The pharynx is elongating, and a faint double line runs down
its long axis, diverging into two at the anterior end and thus
forming a Y. ‘This is the rudiment of the lower jaws (Unter-
kiefer, inferior maxillary plates).

8. Sixty hours after hatching (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 9) the embryo
has elongated until its form may be said to be definitely worm-
like. There are now three seta-bundles raised on low parapodial
eminences. The first has two compound and two simple sete,
the second three compound, the third two compound. Behind
these may be seen rudiments of a fourth pair of seta-sacs. The
anal processes are larger hut still rounded. All the cilia have
disappeared. The mid-gut has the form of an elongated isosceles
triangle, with the apex, which is truncated, situate at the anus,
and the base rounded and placed just behind the eyes; it is still
very yolky. In the fore gut (pharynx) the lower jaws are better
formed, and their diverging limbs bear each three blunt teeth.
Rudiments of the large toothed plates of the upper jaws have
appeared. But the most important feature of this stage is the
beginning of the segmentation of the region in front of the first
pair of parapodia. In this region, which has hitherto formed
a large unsegmented ‘“ head,” there now appears a low bulging
of the body-wall on each side just before the first parapodium.
Thus the segment bearing the latter becomes the second after the
head, and eventually, as we shall see, the third. The new segment
is unprovided with sete. It is interesting to notice that the two
segments which thus arise so differently from the rest are, in the
adult Marphysa, as in various other Polychetes, distinguished
by not having parapodia. The exact meaning of the process is
doubtful ; but it must be of ceenogenetic origin, for Salensky (7)
has shown that this portion of the body belongs to the trunk, not
to the head.

9. Twenty-four hours later (7.¢., eighty-four hours after hatching)
asecond segment without sete has appeared in front of the first, so
that the body now shows a rounded head followed by two seg-
ments without sete, three with sete, and a hinder portion from
which the fourth seta-bearing segment has not yet differentiated
itself. All the segments are better marked off from one another
than on the preceding day, and the parapodia stand out more
sharply from the body. The anal processes are longer, taper
slightly towards the tip, and curve outwards,

10. In the course of the next twenty-four hours the body
elongates somewhat, the fourth pair of parapodia appear with two
compound sete, and the food-yolk grows considerably less.

11. The oldest larve examined by me (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 10)

1901.] AND YOUNG OF A POLYCH#TE WORM, 719

had been hatched about 150 hours. They measured about ‘75 mm.
in length, and were ‘16 mm. in breadth at the broadest part—the
first pair of parapodia. There were four seta-bearing segments,
each with a pair of parapodia, the latter growing progressively
smaller from before backwards. The first parapodium bears two
simple and two compound sete, the rest have only compound. Of
these there are two kinds—those with a triangular end-piece like
the first-formed ones, and others with a narrower sabre-like appen-
dage. With the two setaless segments in front and the terminal
segment (bearing traces of the fifth seta-sac) there is a total of
seven, exclusive of the head. Each is separated from its neighbours
by a well-marked annular depression, and the parapodia, which
are still uniramous, stand up sharply above the general surface of
the body. At the hind end the anal processes or cirri are longer
than the terminal segment, taper to a point, and are directed
outwards. In front of them a pair of small knobs arise from the
hinder angles of the terminal segment, apparently the rudiment
of a second pair of cirri.

In the interior of the body there is now a distinct body-cavity
surrounding the gut, into which project the seta-sacs provided
with well-developed muscles. The gut consists of a pharynx, a
dilated stomach, a narrower intestine, and a ciliated rectum.
The jaws are well developed and amount to seven pieces at least.
Of the several parts of this apparatus in an adult Eunicid the
forceps alone appear to be wanting.

It is interesting to compare the larval history just described
with those of the other Hunicids in which the same processes have
been followed. These fall into three groups * :—

i. The free-swimming larve, all of unknown species, described
by Miiller (6), Krohn and Schneider (5), Claparéde and
Metschnikoff (1), and Haecker (3).

ii. The larve of LZumbriconereis sp. and Diopatra magna,
described by Fewkes (2) and Wilson (9, 10) respectively.
These pass through the whole of their earlier stages in the
spawn-jelly, and leave as young worms with several pairs
of parapodia. There is no free-swimming stage.

ili. The embryos of MWarphysa sanguinea described by Koch (4)’,
which pass through their earlier stages in the body-cavity
of the mother and are born as young worms.

The larve of the present species of Marphysa are clearly allied
with the first of these groups rather than with either of the others.
This is shown by the form of the body, the arrangement of the
ciliation and its successive phases, the presence of two eye-spots
and only two, and the early hatching-stage. Also the course of
development differs in no important feature in the two cases, so
far as they are known. But it would appear that the same cause,

1 Ophryotrocha would form a fourth group, independent of the others, poly-
trochal and free-swimming. ,
* For the later stages, see Webster (8). ‘
7 x
/

720 ON THE SPAWN AND YOUNG OF A POLYCH£TE worM, [Dec.17.

whatever it be, which makes it undesirable for so many other
Eunicid larvee to pass through a pelagic stage, is at work here
also; only that, instead of the early development being accom-
plished in the spawn-jelly, as in group i., or in the body-cavity
of the mother, as in Marphysa sanguinea, the larvee make use of
the power, which they share with those of various other Poly-
chetes, of secreting mucus in quantities from their epidermal
glands, to attain the same end of providing a fixed resting-place
during the formation of the more important organs of the body.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(1) CraparrepE (£.) und EH. Murscunikorr.—“ Beitriige zur
KXenntnis der Entwicklungsgeschichte der Polychiiten.”
Zeit. f. wiss. Zool, xix. (1869).
(2) Fawxes (J. W.).—‘“ On the Development of certain Worm-
Larve.”” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoo). Harvard, xi. (1885).
(3) Harcxkur (V.).—“ Pelagische Polychitenlarven.” Zeit. f.
wiss. Zool. Ix. (1897).
(4) Koon (}1.).—* Einige Worte zur Entwickelungsgeschichte von
Eunice.” Neue Denkschr. Allg. schweiz. Ges. Naturw.
viii. (1846).
(5) Kroun (A.) und A. ScuneipER.—“ Ueber Annelidlarven mit
pordsen Hiillen.” Arch. f. Anat. 1867.
(6) Muuuer (J.).—* Ueber die Jugendzustinde einiger Seethiere.”
Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1851.
(7) Savensky (W.).—‘ Etudes sur le développement des Anné-
lides,” deuxiéme partie. Arch. Biol. vi. (1887).
(8) Waester (H. E.).—‘“‘ On the Annelida Chetopoda of the
Virginian Coast.” ‘Trans. Albany Inst. ix. (1879).
(9) Witson (EH. B.).—‘‘ Preliminary Abstract of Observations
upon the Harly Stages of some Polychetous Annelides.”
Zool. Anz. 1. (1880).
(10) Wuxson (E. B.).—* Observations on the Early Developmental
Stages of some Polychetous Annelides.” Stud. Biol. Lab.
Joh. Hopk. Uniy. 1. (1882).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIX.
Spawn and young of a Polychete Worm of the genus Marphysa.
Fig. 1. Spawn-mass, unbroken, somewhat reduced, p. 715.
2, Spawn-mass, broken, showing embryos and_ pellicle, somewhat
reduced, p. 715.
. Embryo in striated coat, greatly enlarged. The outline of the
ectoderm underlying the coat is not shown, p. 716.
4. Young, stage 2, greatly enlarged, p. 716.

(Sh)

5. ” PP ) oe) ” p. 716.

6. ” ” 4, ” ” p- 717.

Ue aN Faison aS i p. 717.

8. ” ” ts ” 9 p- 717.

9. ” ” 8, 9 ” p. 718.
10. a otal ka Pee a p. 718.
10a. Jaws of stage 11, more highly magnified, p. 719.
100. Setz Be Bs 93 p. 719.

The figures, which are copies of working drawings of the living objects, are
not drawn to scale; but nos, 4-10 are very roughly so,

Ablabes

tricolor, 577.
Acanthodactylus

boskianus, 144.

— aspera, 144.

cantoris, 143,
Acanthodon, 230.
Acanthodrilus, 190.
Accipiter

nisus, 316, 326.
Acipenser, 494, 495,

497.
Aclis

atemeles, 857.

calotropis, 357, 460.

enilda, 857, 460.

cod, 829, 358.

loveniana, 357.
Acrochordus

qavanicus, 576, 578.
Acton

exilis, 452.

flammeus, 452.

nitidus, 452.

pudicus, 452.

steboldi, 452.
Actxopsis, 573, 57-4.
Acteopyramis

Fulva, 392.

gavisa, 392.

granulata, 392.

psyche, 392.

speciosa, 392.
Actites, gen. noy., 574.

erythrus, 574.
Actumnus

setifer, 541,
Adeorbis

clausus, 578.

placens, 573, 460.

— complanata, 873.

vanikoroides, 373.
Adgialitis, 588.

dubia, 314.

INDEX,

2

Aflurosaurus, 183.
AZsopus
urania, 407, 460.
— albens, 407.
Aétosaurus, 182.
Agama
sinaita, 139.
Agamodon
anguliceps, 141,
148.

arabicus, 140, 141, 142,

148, 152.

compressus, 141, 142.

Aganippe, 229, 231,
232.

subtristis, 231, 282.
Aganisthos

odius, 714.
Aidemosyne

cantans, 620.
Akera

soluta, 456.
Alactagulus

acontion, 472.
Allactaga

arvalychensis, 472.

elater caucasica, 472.

williamsi, 472.
Alpheus

acanthomerus, 564,

— mernris, 564.

crinitus, 564.

hippothoe, 564.

lobidens, 5638.

parvirostris, 564.
Alvania

sp., 366.

australis, 366.

didyina, 366.

robusta, 366.
Amathina

tricostata, 362.
Amathis

Jilia, 391.

142,

Amblycephalus
levis, 581.
moellendorffii, 581.
Amia, 494, 495.
Ammomanes
akeleyi, 303.
deserti, 303.
Ammophila
atripes, 25,
Amphiperas
adansi, 384.
dorsuosus, 885.
nubeculatus, 385.
obtusus, 385,
ovoideus, 384.
pudicus, 384.
pulchellus, 384,
punctatus, 384.
pyriformis, 885.
striatulus, 385.
(Cyphoma) indicus,
385.
(—) tratllit, 385.
(Neosimnia) spe/ta, 385.
(Volva) Jlanccolatus,
385.
Awmphiporus, 100, 103.
agilis, 101.
algensis, 101.
amboinensis, 101.
angulatus, 101.
areticus, 90, 93, 94,
LOW ALOK
Limaculatus, 101,
bioculatus, 101.
carinelloides, 93, 101.
cructatus, 101.
cruentatus, 101.
disstinulans, 101.
dubius, 101.
extlis, 101.
frontalis, 101.
glandulosus, 101.
glutinosus, 101,

(22

Amphiporus
greenmant, 101.
hastatus, 101.
heterosorus, 101.
lactifloreus, 101.
langiegeminus, 101.
leuciodus, 95, 101.
mariont, 101, 106.
marmoratus, 94, 101.
mesorus, 101.
moseleyt, 101.
multisorus, 101.
nebulosus, 101.
ochraceus, 101.
oligoommatus, 101.
paulinus, 90, 92, 98,

101, 107.
polyommatus, 101.
pugnax, 101.
pulcher, 101.
reticulatus, 101.
spinosissimus, 101.
spinosus, LOL.
staminsi, 101.
tetrasorus, 101.
thompsoni, 90, 91, 98,

95, 101, 104, 107.
tigrinus, 101.
validissimus, 101.
virgatus, 101, 102.

Ampullaria, 461, 462,468.

Amyciea
forticeps, 63.

Amyele
JSorticeps, 63.

Amycus
albomaculatus, 74.

Amydrus
biythi, 300.

Aname, 251, 257, 261.

arborea, 251, 252, 254, |

256.
grisea, 252, 258, 255,
258.
pallida, 251, 252, 255.
pellucida, 251, 252, 255, |
256. |
Anaplectes

blundelli, 301.

melanotis, 301, 619.

rubriceps, 301.
Anartia

iatrophe, 711.

— saturata, 711.

Anas
boschas, 824.
Anchistus
inernus, 560.
Ancilla

albifasciata, 427.
ampla, 4217.

|

|

INDEX,

Ancilla
castanea, 427.
cinnamomea, 427.
— albisulcata, 427.
eburnea, 427.
Jfasciata, 427.
lineolata, 427.
tindalli, 427.
ventricosa, 427.

Ancylus, 468.

Andasta
cyclosina, 62.
Anepsia

depressa, 61.

Ffuscolimbata, 61.
Anidiops, 229, 251.

manstridge, 251.
Anoka

moneagua, 6.

peckhami, 6, 7.
Anosia

archippus megalippe,

rolls

Anthothreptes

orientalis, 617.
Anthus

sordidus, 617.
Aphrissa

statira, 714,
Aphriza

virgata, 592.
Aplysia, 116.
Aporrhais, 465.
Apteryx, 637.
Aquila

albicans, 312.

rapax, 312.
Ara

macao, 279.

militaris, 279.

Arachnura
melanura, 59.
Aramides

cayennensis, 680.

ypecaha, 630.

Aramus, 636, 638, 641,
648, 644, 645, 649,

650, 651, 652, 654.

scolopaceus, 630, 648,

650.

Aranea

venatoria, 64.
Araneus

caput-lupi, 59.

de haant, 59.

laglaizei, 60.

nauticus, 60.

submucronatus, d9.
Arbanitis, 280, 238.

gilliesti, 233, 284, 285,

236.

Arbanitis
huttonit, 233, 284,
236.

hirkti, 233, 236.
longipes, 233, 236.
Archisometrus
scutatus, 78.
Arctus |
tuberculatus, 557.
Ardea
cinerea, d24.
purpurea, d24,
Argiope
pulchella, 58.
Argouauta
hians, 348.
Argya
aylmer?, 611.
rubiginosa, 611.
rufula, 611.
Argyrodes
Jissifrons, 51, 62.
inguinalis, 52.
miniaceus, 51.
nigra, 52.
procrastinans, 02.
Argyroepeira
elegans, 57.
fastigata, 57.
gemmed, 57.
tessellata, 57.
ventralis, 57.

Ariamnes

flagellum nigritus, 51.
Aristodesmus, 186.
Asio

abyssinicus, 604.

leucotis, 600.

nisuclia, 604.

otus, 321.
Astralium

stellatum, 352.
Atanyjoppa, gen. noy.,

37.

flavomaculata, 87.

rufomaculata, 38.
Atelodus, 157, 158.
Atergatis

dilatatus, 588.

floridus, 538.

integerrimus, 538.

roseus, 539.

scrobiculatus, 589.
Atlanta

peronti, 387.
Atrax, 272.

modesta, 272, 274.

robustus, 272, 278.

Atya
armata, d59.
motluccensis, 059,
Atys
elongata, 454.
solida, 454.
(Alicula) adicula, 454.
(—) amygdala, 454.
(—) cylindrica, 454.
(—) isse/i, 456.
(—) succisa, 454.
Automata
dolichognatha,
57+,

564,

Babirusa, 657.
Balena, 126.
mysticetus, 181, 132.
Balenoptera, 125.
Balanta, 191.
Balearica, 644, 645, 646,
647, 648, 653, 654.
chrysopeargus, 630,
Barbatula
centralis, 608.
chrysocoma, 608.
xvanthosticta, 608.
Bathanalia, 461, 465.
howesti, 465.
Batis
orientalis, 610,
Bayania, 372.
Belangeria
scabrosa, 348.
Belisana, 51.
Bellia
crassicollis, 582.
Beluga, 152.
Bembex
borneana, 26.
lactea, 25.
latitarsis, 2d.
melancholica, 26.
pinguis, 26.
Benhamia, 190.
austent, 206, 208, 209,

705. nueva
beddardi, 210, 218,
215.

holaui, (91.

budgetti, 210, 2L1, 218,
215.

buettikoferi, 210.

caerulea, 202, 2038.

crassa, 207.

gambiana, 210, 212,
213, 215, 216:

honsti, 210, 212, 213,
i5y,

itiolensis, 197, 201, 202,
203, 704, 707.

|
|
|
|
|

|

INDDX.
Benhamia

ttiolensis carulea, 201, |
202.

Johnstoni, 198, 200,
201, 202, 208, 204,
205, 206, 211.

liberiensis, 206, 210,
PANS

michaelsent, 2138, 214,
215, 216.

mollis, 203, 205.

monticola, 197, 704,
706.

moorti, 191, 198, 197,
198, 199, 201, 202,
203, 204, 206, 209,

705.
schlegelii, 210, 215.
stampfliz, 210, 215.
viridis, 191, 201.
Bianor
diversipes, 73.
Bittium
atramentarium, 3
460.
reticulatum, 375.
tenthrenois, 375.
Bos
taurus, 657.
Brachypternus
aurantius, 1.
Bracbythele, 251, 256,
272.
icterica, 251, 256.
platipus, 257.
Bradyornis
havirondensis, 609.
pumilus, 305, 609,
Bramatherium, 481, 483.
perimense, 481, 482.
Bubalis
swaynel, 499,
Bubo
abyssinicus, 604.
ctnerascens, 311.
lacteus, 604.
Buchanga
assimilis, 301, 621.
Bufo
andersont, 162.
pentont, 152.
Bulla
ampulla, 456.
vexillum, 456.
Bullia
belangert, 408.
ceroplasta, 331, 335.
hurrachensis, 331, 330.
malabarica, 335.
nitida, 334, 335.
persica, 408.

aI
cy

Bullia
(Pseudostrombus)
ceroplasta, 407.
(—) ewmingiana, 407.
(—) indusica, 408.
(—) kurrachensis, 408.
(—) lineolata, 408.
(—) inaladarica, 408.
(—) mauritiana, 408.
(—) nitida, 408.
(—) persica, 408.
(—) taheitensis, 408.
(—) vittata, 409.
Bullina
scabra, 452.
Bungarus
fasciatus, 578, 580.
Bunopus
spatalurus, 187, 152.
Buphaga
erythrorhyncha, 300.
Bycanistes
cristatus, 606.
Bythinia, 462, 467, 468.
Bythoceras, 463, 464.
sp., 461.
howesti, 464.
iridescens, 461, 464.

Cadulus
culoides, 459, 460,
gadus, 459.
Ceerostris
paradoxa, 60.
Calamaria
pavimentata, O77
Calamonastes
sinuplex, 800, O14,
Calapnita
vermiforinis, D1,
Callianassa
ambotinensis, 550.
pachydactyla, 550.
secura, 555, 556, O74.
Callicista
salona, 712.
Callidryas
drya, 712.
senneé, 712.
Calligonum
polygonotdes, 284.
Callinethis
elegans, D7.
tessellata, 57.
Calliostoma
duricastellum, 350.
Sraguin, 350.
Funiculare, 350.
laugiert, 300.
polychroma, 850,

724 INDEX.
Calliostoma Cancer | Cephalophus
scobinatum, 800. quadratus, 250, Jjohustoni, 89.
Callophis scaber, 540. nigrifrons, 90.
maculiceps, )80. strigosus, 549. rubidus, 89.
Caloctenus | tetragonon, 549, | rufilatus, 279.
oreus, 67. vespertilio, 541. spadix, 89.
Calpodes (Pilumnus) setifer, 541. weynsi, 89.
ethlius, 719. Canis Cerastes Z
Calyptraa | simensis, 283. cornutus, 151,
-edgariana, 362. | Cantharidus | Ceratodus, 498.
pellucida, 362. kotschy?, 348. | Ceratorhinus, 157,
(Trochita) spinifera, Capra blythii, 155.
362. hircus, 658. | niger, 155, 156.
Camaroptera nubtanda, 285. _ Ceratotherium, 158.
hrevicaudata, 614. stbirica, 288. | Cerberus
tincta, 614. | walie, 281. rhynchops, 578.
Cambala Caprimulgus Cerchneis

{
inornatus, 31). |
nubicus, 311.

Capulus

calwa, 507, 522, 5383.
Camelopardalis
giraffa, 657. |

cenchris, 604.
Jieldi, 313.
naumanni, 604.

Camelus | lissus, 362. pekinensis, 604.
dromedarius, 697. | violaceus, 362. tinnunculus, 312.

Campothera Cariacus Cercopithecus
nubica, 308, 609. mexicanus, 697,660. | pluto, 86.

Cancellaria rufus, 657, 660. | stuhlmanni, 86.

floridus, 538.
fornicatus, 537.
integerrtiiUs, O38.
litteralis, 549.
longimanus, 530,
natator, b44.
niger, 539.
pelagicus, O44.

ravola, 713.
Cavolinia

longtrostris, 457.
Centropus

superciliosus, 607.
Cephalophus

sp., 499.

grimimi, 658.

antiquata, 450. Cariama, 641, 644, 646, | Cerebratulus

crenifera, 451. 647, 648, 652, 658, | = greenlandicus, 90, 99,
goniostoma, 400. 654, | 107.

macrospira, 451, | cristata, 630. Cerithiopsis

oblonga, 450. Caridina | angasi, 377.
paucicostata, 334, | gracilirostris, 560, 561, | clathrata, 377.
scalarina, 461. | 563. hinduorum, 329.
(Merica) asperella, gracillima, 560, 561, | pagodulus, 377.

50. | 574. | _pulcherrima, 377.
(—) — elegans, 450. | = modighanti, 561. | rubricineta, 377.
(—) bifasciata, 450. | multidentata, 559. | sinon, 872.
(Trigonostoma) | wyckii, 560. _ sykesti, 377.

agalma, 450, 460. | Carinaria sp., 387. | (Seila) dbandorensis,
(—) bicolor, 450. Carine | 377.

(—) costifera, 451. sptlogaster, 311, (—) hinduorum, 377.
(—) crenifera, 451. | Carpilius | Cerithium

(—) — serrata, 451. marginatus, 539, | adenense, 373.

(—) erispata, 451. | roseus, 5389. | bornit, 873.

(—) hystrix, 451. | Carpilodes | ceruleum, 373.

(—-) lamellosa, 451. | laphopus, 574. clypeomorus, 373.
(—) paucicostata, | pallida, 573. columna, 374.

451. Cassinia lemniscatum, 373.
(—) scalarina, 451. kavirondensis, 609, longicaudatum, 374.
(—) wilmeri, 451. 610. mamillatum, 375.

Cancer | Casuarius, 637. | morus, 374.
ceratophthalinus, 548. Catageus | —— patiens, 374.
dorsipes, 553. rimosus, 17 | rubus, 374.
Jacchino, 553. | Catia rugosum, 374,

scabridum, 374.
torrest, 374.
vulgatum, 465.
yerburyi, 374.

(Colina) macrostoma,

374,

(—) pingue, 374.

(--) — teniatum, 374.

Cerithium

(Vertagus) atienuatum, |

(—) fasciatum, 374.

(—) — martinianun,

374.

(—) kochi, 374.

(—) obeliscus, 374.
Cervicapra

bohor, 297, 501.
Cervulus

muntjac, 697.
Cervus

axis, 657.

manchuricus, 697.
Cethegus, 250, 265,

lugubris, 265,
Cherilus

truncatus, 79.
Chaleides

ocellatus, 148.
Chameleon

calearifer, 149.

ellioti, 135.

Jischeri, 185.

jacksoni, 136.

Johnstoni, 186.

venorhinus, 180,

136.

Charadrius

pluvialis, 3826, 588.
Charybdis

affinis, 545.
Chelifer

cocophilus, 79.

javanus, 79.

(Lamprochernes) ja-

vanus, 79.
Chelone
mydas, 583.
Chenistonia,
251, 261.
maculata, 262,
major, 263, 264.
Chettusia
coronata, 314.
Chilades
hanno, 712.
Chilobrachys
annandalei, 46,
Chiracanthium
caudatuin, 67.
melanostoma, 67.
Chloridella
chlorida, 554.
Chlorodius
cavipes, 540.
exaratus, 540.
niger, 539.
Chlorodopsis
melanochirus, 539.

gen.

nov.,

INDEX.

Chrysilla
versicolor, 72, 73.

Chrysopelea
ornata, 578.

Chrysotis

augusta, 279.
bouquet, 279.
guildingi, 279.
versicolor, 279.
Chunga, 641, 644.
burmeistert, 594,
Cichladusa
guttata, 613.
rufipennis, 618.
Cingulina
archimedea, 394.
isseli, 894, 442.
spina, 395.
Cinnyris
albiventris, 803.
Jalkensteint, 617.
habessinica, 303.
hawkeri, 304.
mariquensis hawkeri,
304.
osiris, 304,
Cisticola
subriuficapilla, 614.
Clanculus
atropurpurcus, 348.
ceylanicus, 348,
depictus, 348.
microdon, 348.
pharaonius, 348.
Clarias
lazera, 161,
Clathurella
albicaudata, 444.
asperulata, 450,
bicolor, 444.
carinulata, 448.
crebrilirata, 450.
foraminata, 444.
— camacina, 444.
hindsti, 448.
horneana, 383, 444,
lemniscata, 333.
macandrewt, 450.
munda, 453.
omaleyt, 445,
perplexd, 333, 445,
polynesiensis, 445.

pyramidula, 445, 446,

reticulosa, 450.
smithi, 333, 445.
tenutlirata, 445.
thalta, 445, 460.
tineta, 446.
— lemniscata, 446.
tricarinata, 448,
Cleopatra, 468.

725

Closterochilus, 219.
Olypidina
notata, d44.
Cobus
defassa, 294, 500.
leucotis, 295, 297.
maria, 294, 295,
472.

Coccystes
glandarius, 309,
Ccelodonta, 157, 158.

Coelopeltis
motlensis, 150.
Cogia
breviceps, 107-134.
Colius
leucotis, 607.
macrurus, 311, 607.
Colobus
angolensis, 8).
matschici, 86.
occidentalis, 86.
palliatus, 85, 86.
rufomitratus, 86.
ruwenzorti, 85.
Coluber
radiatus, OTT.
teniurus, 577.
Columba
arquatrix, 314,
Columbella
alizone, 402.
astolensis, 403.
atomella, 405,
atrata, 406.
cribraria, 404.
diminuta, 407.
dunkeri, 402.
elata, 404.
euterpe, 328, 829,
Hlavilinea, 329,
Fuscata, 401.
lincolnensis, 403.
melitoma, 405.
nindoroensis, 403,
miser, 404,
nigricans, 406,
iivosa, 404.
ornata, 406, 407.
ostreicola, 406, 407.
pardalina, 401.
propinguans, 401,
pudica, 402.
puella, 405.
selasphora, 405.
terpsichore, 404.
troglodytes, 406, 407.
varians, 402,
versicolor, 401,
(Anachis) rugu/osa,
404.

207,

726

Columbella

(Anachis) terpsichore, |
404. |

(Atilia) albinodulosa,
404.

(—) compressa, 404.

(—) conspersa, 404.

(—) elata, 404,

(Mitrella) agnesianda,
401, 460.

(—) alizone, 402, 459.

(—) astolensis, 403,460.

(—) blanda, 403. |

(—) — candidans, 403.

(—) cartwrighti, 403,

(—) dorie, 403.

(—) dunkeri, 402.

(—) euterpe, 403.

(—) flavilinea, 403.

(—) marquesa, 403.

(—) miser, 404.

(—) nomadica, 404,
459. |

(—) zebra, 404. |

(Seminella) atomella, |
405. |

(—) melitoma, 405,
460.

(—) phaula, 405, 460.

(—) selasphora, 406,

(—) townsendi, 406, |
460. |

Conocephalus
macropterus, 711. |

Conus |
aculeiformis, 431.
acuminatus, 431.
acutangulus, 431. |
clytospira, 332, 480, |

459. |
elegans, 334, 340. |
episcopus, 431.
DIETS, 435.
flavidus, 429. |
Sulgurans, 482. |
gloria-maris, 431. |
longurionis , 431. |
milesi, 333. |
milne-edwardst, 450. |
nigropwnctatus, 453.
quercinus, 338.
sumatrensis, 432.
terebra, 433.
tessellatus, 338. |
(Chelyconus) achatinus, |

435. |
(—) monachus, 438. |
(—) piperatus, 435.
(Coronaxis) fulgetrum,

429,

INDEX.

Conus

(Coronaxis) hebreus,
429.

(—) minimus, 430.

(—) teniatus, 480.

(Cylinder) cliste, 435.

(—) omaria, 438.

(—) pennaceus, 433.

(—) textile, 433.

(—) — verriculum, 493,

(Dendroconus) betiu-
linus, 430.

(—) quercinus, 430.

(—) spurtus, 430.

(Leptoconus)
gulus, 430.

(—) elytospira, 480.

(—) dictator, 451.

(—) elegans, 431.

(—) taseulptus, 451.

(—) lentiginosus, 431.

(—) longurionis, 431.

(—) milesi, 431.

(—) orbigny?, 431.

(—) planiliratus, 431.

(—) secularis, 482.

(—) semisulcatus, 432.

SS) jlavidus,

GS ee 430.
(Hermes) thomusii,
433.
(Rhizoconus) bayant,
432.
(—) capitaneus, 432.
(—) eximius, 452.
(—) magus, 432.
(—) maldivus Joao
(—) monile, 432.
(—) avutabilis, 432.
(—) nemocanus, 432
(—) punctatus, "432.
(—) tegulatus, 432.
(—) traversianus, 453.
(Stephanoconus) ivi-
dus, 429.
Coprocrossa
politiventris, 71.
Coracias
abyssinicus, O05,
garrulus, 605.
nevius, 809.
Coralliophila
Jelfreysii, 400.
persica, 401.
rubro-coceined,
401, 459.
Corvus
affinis, 299.
Cosmopsarus
regius, 299,

331,

acutan- |

Cossypha
eau COO 613.
giffardi, 602, 6138.
heuglini, 613.
omoensis, 602,
622
verticalis, 602, 615.
Crabro
impetuosus, 28.
Crateropus
smithi, 308.
tenebrosus, 602, 611.
Crepidula
(Siphopatella)
262.
Creseis
acicula, 457.
striata, 457.
virgula, 407.
Cricetulus
pheus, 472.
Crocodilus
palustris, 581.
porosus, 581.
Crucibulum
scutellatum, 862.
— pectinatum, 362.
— verrucosum, 362.
— violaceum, 362.
Cryptocynodon, 181.
Cryptolopha
wmbrivirens, 308.
Cryptopodia
fornicata, 537.
Cryptorhina
afra, 602, 622.
Cteniza, 265.
antipodum, 265, 267.
hexops, 265, 266, 267,
268.
Ctenus
valvularis, 67.
Cuma
carnifera, 400.
rugosa, 399.
Cursorius, 592.
gracilis somalensis,
314.
sonmalensis, 814,
Cybele
albopalpis, 6, 9, 15
grisea, 6, 8, 15.
Cyclemys
ambotnensis, 082.
platynota, 582.
Cyclosa
bifida, 60.
insulana, 60.
Cyclostrema
anaglyptum, 346.
cancellatum, 346.

615,

walshi,

Cyclostrema
carinatum, 340.
cingulatum, 345.
cinguliferum, 345.
eburneum, 846.
micans, 346.
ocrinium, 346, 460.

quadricarinatum, 346,

460.

solariellum, 328, 347,

tricarinatum, 347.
(Daronia)
tum, d47.
Cyclothurus, 696.
Cylichna
brevissima, 454.

bushirensis, 454, 460.

consanguinea, 459.
crenilabris, 455, 460.
cylindracea, 455.
faoensis, 455, 460.
perpusilla, 459.
pumilissima, 455.
(Sao) pelly?, 454.
Cylindrobulla
fragilis, 456.
Cylindrophus
rufus, O75.
Cyllene
Fuseata, 414.
grayi, 415.
Cymatogramma
dominicana, 714.
Cymo
andreossyt, 548.
Cynodraco, 186.

Cynognathus, 183, 184,

185, 188.
Cypreea
annulus, B82.

arabica, 336, 337, 382.

— histrio, 382.

— reticulata, 382.
carneola, 382.
caurica, 882.
eburnea, 384.
crosa, 882.

Jelina, 382.

— fabula, 382.
Junbriata, 341, 382.
— macula, 382.
lamarckit, 383.

lentiginosa, 341, 883.

listeri, 383.
mauritiana, 883.
minimus, 337.
moneta, 383.
ocellata, 336, 385.

— calophthalma, 383,

onyx, 383.
ovata, 384.

subdisjunc-

INDEX,

| Cypreea

|
|

ovata nivea, 384.
pallida, 336, 385.
princeps, 384.
pulchella, 585.
pulchra, 384.
teniatus, 337.

turdus, 386, 337, d41,

384.
wvalentia, 884.
ziezac, d84.

Cyrtophora

cicatrosa, 59.
unicolor, 59.

Cystineura

cana, 715.

| cowtana, 711,712, 713.
| Cythara

cithara, 446.
cdithe, 446, 460.
élevata, 450.
gradata, 335, 446.
hypercalles, 446,
striatula, 450.
tenuilirata, 446.
typhonota, 446, 460.

Damaliscus

tiang, 292.

Damonia

subtrijuga, 582.

Daphnella

arcta, 450.

axis, 447,

cecilie, 447, 460.
compsa, 448.
delicata, 450.
evergestis, 447, 460.
jlammea, 450.
Sragilis, 450.
lymneiformis, 450.
patula, 450.
receptoria, 448, 460.
trivaricosa, 448.
veneris, 449, 460.
aylois, 449, 460.

_ Dendrophis

caudolineatus, S77.
formosus, 577.
pictus, 577.

Dendropicus

hartlaubi, 609.
hemprichi, 308.
minor, 328.

canzibari, 609.

| Dendryphantes

prudens, 7, 15, 16.
taylori, 7, 14, 16.

Dentalium

attenuatum, 458.
conspicuuin, 458.

| Dentalium

eburneum, 458,
Jjavanun, 458.
longitrorsum, 458.
octogonuim, 458.
politun, 458.
porcatum, 458,
pseudohexagonum, +
quadriapicale, 459.
semipotitum, 459.
subtorquatum, 459.
Diacria
trispinosa, 457.
Diala
pagodula, 372.
Dicerorhinus, 157.
sumatrensis, 157.
-— lasiotis, 157.
Diceros, 157.
antiquitatis, 157.
bicornis, 157, 158.
simus, 157, 158,
Dichogaster, 191.

50.

Dicholophus, 636, 639.

Dicotyles, 657.

Dicynodon, 162, 163, 166,
167, 169, 176, 180,
181, 183, 184, 188,

189.
Dilophus
carunculata, 622.
Dimetrodon, 183.

Dinemellia
dinemelli, 302.
Dione

affinis, 53.
julia, 712.
juno, 714.
vanille, 712.

| Diopatra

magni, 719.
Diplura, 250.
macrura, 251,

| Dipsadomorphus

cynodon, 578.
dendrophilus, 578,
580.
Discoglossus, 495.
Discognathus
blanfordi, 160.
chiarinit, 160.
zmberbis, 160.
johnstoni, 159.
lamta, 152, 160.
rossicus, 160.
variabilis, 160.
vinciquerre, 160.

| Distira

annandalei, 579, 583.

jgerdonti, 579.
ornata, 579.

728

Distirva
wrayt, 579.
Distorsio
cancellinus, 587.
— decipiens, 387.
Doclea
canalifera, 5305.
Doliophis
bivirgatus, 581.
Dolium
dunker2, 885.
galea, 385.
— luteostonum, 385.
maculatum, 889.
olearium, 386.
— cumingit, 385.
Dolomedes
albocinctus, 68.
longimanus, 68.
paroculus, 68.
Donax
townsendi, 334.
Donoyania
bicolor, 446.
Doratonotus
cavernicola, 507, 521,
533. |
Dorcatheriuin, 657, 696,
698.
Dorippe
dorsipes, 558
facchino, 558.
quadridens, 558.
sima, 553.
Drepanophor Pus
albolineatus, 103.
borealis, 90, 95, 97, 98,
104, 106, 107.
cerinus, 106.
crassus, 106.
lankesteri, 96.
rubrostriatus, 96.
spectabilis, 96.
willeyanus, 99.
Drillia
aleyonea, 455, 460.
angriusensis, 439.
athyrma, 436, 438,
460.
baynhaimi, 436.
cecchi, 436, 440),
circumvertens, 436, 460.
clydonia, 437, 48
460.
crassa, 833.
crenularis, 437.
— athkinsoni, 437,
— griffithii, 437.
disjecta, 437. |
éelevata, 437.
flavidula, 437.

INDEX.

Drillia
Jucata, 438.
incerta, 438, 43
inconstans, 438.
intertincta, 488.
loprestiana, 437.

lucida, 333, 488, 440.

nitens, 438, 442.
obliquata, 438.
omanensis, 438, 460.

persica, 437,489, 459.

portia, 333, 450.
prunulum, 439, 460.
puptforinis, 333, 450.
resplendens, 439, 459,
robusta, 489.
sacra, 439.
scitula, 333.
sinensis, 459.
spectrum, 439.
tasconium, 440, 460.
tayloriana, 440.
theoreta, 440.
topaza, 440, 460.
turris, 441.
variabilis, 441.
(Clavus) crassa, 441.
(—) preclara, 441,
Dromas, 592.
Dryodromas
smithi, 306.
Dryophis
Prone 578.
Dryoscopus
ethiopicus, 304.
Ffunebris, 805, 614.

Eburna

molliana, 417.
Echidna, 172, 173, 177.
Echis

carinatus, 151.
Eelisia

leptomita, 357.

tricarinata, 357.

Elaphurus
davidianus, 472.
Elephas

africanus, 279, 659.
indicus, 699.

Elis
(Dielis) aglea, 19.
—) thoracica, 19.

Ellobius
lutescens, 472.
Elusa

brunneomaculata, 391.

strigillata, 391.

subulata, 391.
Ewarginula

elongata, d44.

Emarginula

radiata, 344.
Emberiza

poliopleura, 802, 618.
Empidornis

kavirondensis, 609.

senipartita, 609, 610.
Eneyoerypta, 289, 240.

ausserert, 240, 241,

fuliginata, 241.

fusca, 240, 241.

meleagris, 240.

reticulata, 240, 242.
Hngina

epidromidea, 332, 416.

zed, 328, 416.

(Plusiostoma) mendi-

caria, 416.
Hnlyericne, gen. nov.,
627, 628

qellisionels, 625, 627.
Enbydrina

velakadien, 579, 580.
Enhydris

curtus, 580.

hardwickii, 580.

BWnida
townsend?, 334.
Entittha

caudata, 67.
melanostoma, 67.
Epeira
laglaize?, 60.
macrura, 6O.
salebrosa, 59,
serrata, 59.
stigmatisata, 59.
submucronata, 59,
thelura, 60.
thomisvides, 6Q,
(Nephila) cécatrosa, 59.

Episinopsis
rhomboidalis, 52.
Epixanthus
frontalis, 541,
Equus

asinus, 658.

burchelli, 503.

— foe, 503.

— granti, 508.

— cambesiensis, 503.

caballus, 658.

granti, 503,

grevyt, 1, 2, 508.

Johnstont, 3, 4, 281.

pryevalskit, 505,
Krato

olivaria, 885

pellucida, 385.
Eremias

guttulala, 145,

INDEX.

Evemias Huchelus Fenella

heterolepis, 145.

Eremomela

flavicrissalis, 505.

indicus, 3851.
persicus, 851.
proximus, 351.

cerithina, 370.
— scabra, 370.
pupoides, 370.

Erinaceus quadricarinatus, 351. — fusco-apicala, 370,
albulus, 284, 285, 287, | Hucta reticulata, 370.
290. istdis, 56. tanyspira, 370, 460.
auritus, 284, 286, | Hucyrtops, 229, 252. virgata, 870,
287, 288, 290, latior, 282. Fissurella
291. Eudamus

calligoni, 284, 288,
290, 472.

dauuricus, 287.

dealbatus, 286.

curopeus, 285, 286,
287, 290, 291.

hypomelas, 288, 289,
290.

macracanthus, 287, 288,
289, 290, 291.

megalotis, 291.

Eriodon, 219.

crassum, 220, 221, 222.

Fformidabile, 220, 222.

granulosum, 220, 222.

incertum, 220, 223, 224,
227,

insigne, 220, 223,
226, 227.

nigripes, 220, 227.

occatorium, 220, 222,

99,

225,

proteus, 718.

santiago, 713.
Eudothiodon, 180, 188.
Eulima

acicula, 388.

australasiaca, 389.

augur, 838.

cuming?, 888.

dens-colubri, 388.

epiphanes, 388.

gentilomiana, 388.

inflexa, 389.

latipes, 889.

martinit, 388.

nitidula, 388.

shoplandi, 388.

solida, 389.

styliferoides, 388, 460.

(Apicalia) holdsworthi,

389.

(Liostraca) arabica,589.

Jinbriata, 344.
Jukesit, 344.
Forskalia, 349.
Fossarus
bicarinatus, 364.
Senestratus, 364.
stoliczkanus, 364.
sulcatus, 564.
tornatilis, 364.
trochlearis, 364.
(Conradia) adamsiana,
365.
(—) doliaris, 365,
(—) — minor, 365.
(Couthouyia)
sus, 365.
(—) reticulatus, 365,
(—) — delicatula,
365.
(—) solutus, 365.
(—) styliferinus, 365,
(—) subreticulatus,

225, 226. (—) bivitéata, 389. 565.
rubrocapitatum, 220, (—) unilineata, 389. Francolinus

221, 223,

228.
rufipes, 220.
rugosum, 220, 225, 225.
semicoccineum, 220,

223, 228.
Eriphia
levimana smithit, 542.
smithii, d42.

225, 226,

Kulimella
cingulata, 394.
hkaisensis, 394.

Eumenes
circinalis, 30.

Eunewmertes, 93.
gracilis, 104.
mariont, 103,
neest, 99,

granti, 315, 602,

kirki, 315.
Fringilla

canariensts, 319,

celebs, 319.

maderensis, 319,

— canariensis, 319.

— moreleti, 319.

— palind, 519.

appres-

Eryops, 185. EKuphysetes, 132. montifringilla, 319,

Erythrobucco _ Euprepes | spodiogenys, 319.
rolleti, 602, 607. | pyrrhocephalus, 147, | _ teydea, 319.

Erythropus Eurbinoceros, 157. Fringillaria
amurensis, 604. Eurocephalus saturatior, 618.

Erythropygia rueppelli, 305, 616. striolata, 618.
leucoptera, 306, 613. Eurypyga, 635, 636,638, | Fulica

Estrilda 639, 641, 642, 644, leucoptera, 630,
phenicotis, 620. 645, 646, 647, 648, Fundulus

Ethalia
carncolata, 351.
minolina, 3d1.
Euchelus
asper, 350.
atratus, 850.
clathratus, 380.
foveolatus, 350.
— angulatus, 350,
horridus, 351, |

652, 653, 654.
helias, 630.
Evania
princeps, 44.
shelfordi, 49.

guentheri, 624.
gularis, 623, 624.
orthonotus, 624,
sjoestedti, 624,
Fusus
arabicus, 418.
assiinilis, 418.
forceps, 418.
zownsendi, 418,
turricula, 418.

Fairbankia, 331.
bombayana, 369.

Fasciolaria
trapezium, 418.

730

Gagrella
atrorubra, 81, 83.
bicornigera, 80, 81.
biseriata, 81, 82.
illusa, 81.
patalungensis, 81, 82.
semigranosa, 80, 83.
Galera, 626.
Galerita
cristata, 302.
senegalensis, 303.
Galictis, 626, 627.
Gallinago, 587, 588,
593, 594, 595.
celestis, 589, 590,
597, 598, 599,
602.
gallinula, 588, 596,
597, 598, 599, 600,
601, 602.
Gallinula
chloropus, 630.
phenicurus, 630, 637.
Gampsosteonyx
batesii, 709, 710.
Garypus
personatus, 79.
Gasteracantha
annainita, 61.
arcuata, 60.
Sornicata-jalorensis,
60.
globulata, 61,
hasselti, 60.
leucomelas, 61.
perakensis, 60.
Gazella
granti, BOL.
pelzelni, SOL.
rujicollis, 472.
rufifrons, 297, 472.
semmerringt, BOL.
Gea
decorata, 58.
festiva nigrifrons, 59.
nocticolor, 59.
Gebiopsis
intermedia, 555
Gelasimus
annulipes, 549,
tetragonon, 549,
Genetta
victoria, ST.
Geoemyda
grandis, 582.
spinosa, 582.
Gibbula
declivis, 348.
fanuloides, B48.
pulcherrima, 349.
stoliczkana, 349.

592,

596,
601,

INDEX,

Gibbula
(Cantharidella)
dra, 349.
(Mnida) townsend,
Giraffa, 280, 281.
camelopardalis,
475.
— capensis, 479.
— peralta, 476.
— reticulata,
476.
capensis, 475.
reticulata, 475, 476.
schillingsi, 475.
tippelskirchi, 475.
Giraudia, 465.
Glareola, 592,
Glaucidium
perlatum, 605.
Globicephalus, 121.
melas, 132.
Glomeris
infuscatus, 507, 528,
Glutophrissa
poeyt, T13.
Glyphis
bombayana, 343.
corbicula, 344.
JSuniculata, 344.
— dactylon, 344.
— indusica, 344.
Jukesti, 344.
lima, 344.
riippellit, 344,
salebrosa, 344.
subrostrata, bd44.
tenuistriata, 344.
townsendi, 344.
Gobius
jayakari, 154.
‘percivali, 152,
Gomphognathus,
188, 189.
Goniosoma
affine, 545.
callianassa, 545.
cruciferum, 5AD5.
natator, 544.
ornatwm, HAD.
Gonodactylus
chiragra, 555.
cultr ifer, 55D.
Gorgonops, 183.
Grampus, 126, 128.
Granatina
hawkeri, 301.
ianthinogastra, 301.
Grapsus
strigosus, 549,
| Grus

leucogeranos, 648.

phe-
349,
471,

475,

153.
184,

| Gymnorhis

pyrgita, 302.

| Gyrineum

| adlbivaricosum, 3586.

| erumena, 387.

spinosuin, 387.

subgranosumn, 387.

| (Argobuceinum)

| anceps, 387.

(—) bituberculare, 587.

(—) pusillum, 387.

(—-) tuberculatum,
387.

| (Lamas) graniferum,
337.

(—) lampas, 387.

(—) ranelloides, 387.

| Hadronyche, 280, 272,
| 274.
cerberea, 274, 275.
Hematopus, 588, 591,
594,
ostralegus, 593.
Haleyon

chelicutensis, 605.

cyanoleucus, 606.

semicerulea, 605.
Haliotis, 331.

rufescens, 345,
Haminea

equistriata, 456,

crocata, 456.

curta, 456.

galba, 456.
Hapalothele, 257.

reutert, 257.
Harmochirus

malaccensis, 76.
Harmonicon, 281.
Harpa

conoidalis, 424,

ventricosa, 424.
Harpilius

inermis, 565.
Hedydipna

metallica, 803.
Helcioniscus

novem-radiatus, 343.

testudinarius, 348.
| Heliornis, 638, 639, 641,
| 642, 643, 644, 647,

651, 652, 653, 654.
fulica, 630, 635, 640,
651.
Helladotherium, 4, 280,
281, 473.
Helodromas
ochropus, 603.
Hemichromis

serranus, 161.

Hemidactylus
yerburyi, 139.
Eferrec minus
albulus, 287.
Hemitragus
hylocrius, 471.
Hersilia
calcuttensis, 49.
savignyi, 49.
Heterhyphantes
emini, 619.
melanoxanthus,
619.
nigricoilis, 619.
Heteropoda
leprosa, 64.
regia, 64.
sexpunctata, 65.
venutoria, 64.
Heteropsar
albicapillus, 500.
Heterotetrax
humilis, 313.
Heterotis
humilis, 3138.
Hexathele, 276.
hochstetteri, 276, 27
petrett, 278.
petrerii, 278.
Hexops, 265, 268.
whitei, 265, 267.

Himantopus, 588, 594.

Hippolysmata

vittata, 563.
Hippopotamus

Sis 656.
Hippotragus

equinus bakeri, 298.
Homalopsis

bucceata, 578.
Hoplopterus

spinosus, 603.
Hormurus

australasie, 79.

caudicula, 79.
Hyastenus

diacanthus, 535.
Hydaspitherium, 280.
Hydatina

physts, 456.

velum, 456.

Hydrophasianus, 592,
593.1594, 595; 5977,

Hydrophis
nigrocinctus, 579.
Hygropoda
longimanus, 68.
Hylephila
phyleus, 718.
Hyllus
ianthinus, 74.

602,

INDEX.

Hylobius, 278.
Hyphantornis
abyssinicus, 619.
galbula, 302.
tenioptera, 618.
uluensis, 619.
vitellinus, 619.
— wluensis, 619.
Hypoctonus
kraepelini, 77.
Hypolais
pallida, 618.
Hypolimnas
misippus, 714.
Hypotenidia
philippensis, 630.
Hypsirhina
bocourtit,
enhydris, &
plumbea, 578.
Hystrix
galeata, 87.

8.
8.

D7
ae
D7

Tanthina
communis, 853.
fragilis, 353.
globosa, 355,

Tearia
leptogaster, 29,
sulciscutis, 29, 30.

Ichthyosaurus, 183.
Ictidosuchus, 183,

186, 188.

Tdioctis, 241.
helva, 241, 242.
palmarum, 242.

Idiommata, 239,

241,
aussereri, 241,

fuliginata, 241.
‘fusca, 24

Idiops
sigillatus, 230.
Idiosoma, 229, 230.
sigillatum, 280.
Indicator

Tphiaulax
malayanus, 43.

Trawadia, 331.
trochlearis, 369.

Trrisor
erythrorhynchus,

| 606.

| minor, 310.

| Tsanda

| crencllifera, 351.

primevus, 165, 189

blackwalli, 239, 240.

Eee: 239, 240.

indicator, 309, 607.

_ Tschnocolus, 244.

holosericeus, 244.
lucubrans, Ad,
Isodora, 462, 468.

Tsometrus

messor, 78.
=

phipsoni, 78.
weberi, TS.

| Ispidina

picta, 605.
Ixalus, 257.
Ixamatus, 251, 257.

broomt, 258, 260.

gregor 258, 259.

varius, 25/7, 258,

| Jopas

sertuim, 399.

— francolina, 399.

Julus

birmanus, 507, 525

Keiroenathus

cordylus, 162, 189.

Keitloa, 158.
Kobus
thomasi, 90.
Koptorthosoma
estuans, 34.
cerulewm, d4.
latipes, 34.

Kytra, 461, 464, 465,

kirkii, 465,

Labeo

forskalii, 159.

victorianus, 159,
Lacerta, 185.
Lachesis

bicolor, 446.

gramineus, 581.

wagleri, 581,
Lacuna

indica, 330.

tenistr tata, 364.
Lagenorhynchus

albirostris, 132.
Lagonosticta

brunneiceps, 620.
Lambrus

lippus, 536, 574.

longimanus, 536,
Lamprocolius

chalybeus, 800.
Lamprotornis

brevicaudata, 621,

622

porphyropterus, 622

superbus, 300.

viridipectus, 622.

31

732

Laniarius
chrysogaster, 614.
cruentus, 304.
erythrogaster,

614.

Lanistes,

Lanius
antinorit, 304, 615.
badius, 615.
excubitorius, 615.
nubicus, 615.
paradoxus, 615.
pectoralis, 615.
phenicuroides, 304.
pomeranus, 615, 616.
senator, 615.

—— paradoxus, 615.

Latastia
hardeggeri, 145.
longicaudata, 144.
neumannt, 145,

Latiaxis
diadema, 342, 399.

Latirus
arabicus, 418.
Jilosus, 418.

602,
461, 462, 468.

(Peristernia) xassatula,

418.
(—) pagodeformis,
418

(—) pulchellus, 418.
Latruveulus
spiratus, 417.
valentianus, 417.
Lepidosivren,
486, 488, 489,

497, 498.
Lepidosteus,
497.
Leptodius
cavipes, HAO.
exaratus, 540,
Leptothyra
filifera, 352.
leta, 352.
pilula, 852.
yemenensis, 352.
Leucotina
amena, 452.
eximia, 452.
gratiosa, 452.
gaskensis, 452.
Libytherium, 280.
Limnea, 462, 467, 468.
Limnocryptes, 601.
Limnotrochus, 461,
465.
thomsoni, 464, 465.
Linus
Jjimbriatus, 70,

484, 485,
490,
491, 493, 494, 495,

494, 495,

INDEX.

Linyphia
beccarti, 55.
passercults, 54.
phyllophora, 55,

Tiotia
cidaris, 347.
puichella, 346.

Liphistius, 218.

Lippistes
grayi, 361.
helicoides, 361.

Lithocranius
walleri, 501.

Litiopa
macula, 371.
ventrosa, 371.

(Alaba) dlanfordi, 371.

(—) rectangulata, 371.
(Diala) leith, 871.
(—) semistriata, 371.
(—) sulcifera, 371.
(Styliferina) fulva,
Sle
—) savigny?, 371.
Tame
ventricosa, 3863.
(Melaraphe) scabra,
364.

—) — pyramidalis,
364,

(—) undulata, 364.
Lollianus

perakensis, 75.
Lophoaétus

occipitalis, 603.
Lophoceros

erythror hyne hus, 310.

flavirostris, 310,

medianus, 310.

nasutus, 606.
Lophogyps

occipitalis,
Lophotis

gindiana, 313.
Lotorium

olearium, 380.

(Epidromus)

tum, 386.
(—) ceylonense, 586.
(—) distortum, 386.
—) testaceum, 386.

(Cr
(—) — punctata, 364.
(

313.

(Gutturnium) retesiwi,

386.
(—) trilineatum, 586.
(—) vespaceum, 386.
(Lagena)
386.

364,
(—) — intermedia, 364.
) — newcombi, 364.

bractea-

cingulatum,

Lotorium
(Simpulun )
386.
(—) labiosum, 386.
(—) pileare, 386.
Loxonema, 872.
Lumbriconereis
sp., 719.
Lupea
gladiator, 544,
Lutra, 626
dubia, 627.
Lybius
abyssinicus, 602, GOS.
equatorialis, 608.
Lychas
scutatus, 78.
seutillus, 78.
Lycodon
laoensis, 576.

aquatile,

_ Lyncodon, 626.
_ Lysiosquilla

spinosa, 554.

| Mabuia

brevicollis, 146.
pulchra, 147.

| Machetes, 593.
Macrodypteryx

macrodipterus, 607.
Macropisthodon
rhodomelas, 576.

| Macrothele, 265, 266, 267,

270, 272.
aculeata, 266.
antipodiana, 267.
calpetana, 266.
huttoni, 265, 267.
insignipes, 267.
Madoqua
phillipsi, 500.
saltiana, 500.
Mevia
picta, 73.
Malacobdella, 103.
grossa, 108,
Mangilia
albolabiata, 450.
averina, 441, 460,
bascauda, 442.
cardinalis, 441,
chilosema, 329, 441,
449,
crasstlabrum, 441,
decipiens, 441.
Fairbanki, 333, 442.
Sortistriata, ¢ 333, 449,
Sulvocincta, 333, 442.
galigensis, 442.
himerodes, 441,
himerta, 441.

Mangillia

horneana, 329, 442.

lucida, 442.

myrmecodes, 442, 460.

obtusicostata, +47.

opalus, 442,

pellyi, 442.

perlonga, +42.

phea, +42, 460.

pulchripicta, 443, 460.

recta, 333, 450.

scitula, 450.

spurca, 447.

subula, 443.

terpnisina, 443, 460.

theskela, 444.

theskeloides, 444.

townsendi, $828, 334,
444.

vauquelini, 441.

(Glyphostoma) obfus?-
costata, 444, 459.

(—) rugosa, 444.

(—) soror, 444.

(—) spurca, 444.

Maoriana, gen. nov., 230,
236.

dendyi, 237.

Marginella

inconspicua, 333, 425,

mazagonica, 328.

monilis, 424.

oblonga, 425,

pygmea, 426.

(Cryptospira) mabelle,
425, 460.

(—) quinqueplicata,

OA

a0.
(Gibberula) charbar-
ensis, 424.
(—) fusiformis, 425.
(—) mazagonica, 425.
(—) monilis, 425.
(—) —_ ¢erverviana,
425,
(—) nevilli, 425.
(—) shoplandi, 425.
(Glabella) faba, 424.
(—) obtusa, 424.
(—) quilonica, 424.
(Persicula) dens, 425.
(—) tsseli, 426.
(—) oodes, 426.
(—) pisum, 426.
(Volvaria) atéenuata,
426.
(—) effulgens, 426.
(—) obscura, 426.
(—) verdensis, 426.
Marpesia
peleus, 712.

Proc, Zoou. Soc.— 1901, Von. I. No. XLVIII.

INDEX.

Marphysa, 714, 715, 718,

719:
sanguinea, 719, 720.
teretiuscula, 715.

Murptusa

melanognathus, 6, 7.

Mathilda

gracillima, 378, 460.
zmitampis, 379, +60.

Matidia

aeria, 67.

Matuta

banksit, 552, 553.
picta, 552, 553.
victor, D1.
victriv, DDL.

Mecistocephalus

punctifrons,

531.

507,

Megachile

bicanaliculata, 35.
dimidiata, 35.
erythropoda, 34.
frederici, 35.

Megascolex, 206.
Melania, 461, 462, 467,

468.
admirabilis, 461, 464.
amarula, 465.

Melanobueeo

abyssinicus, 608.
equatorialis, 602, 608.

Melanoides
asperata, 372.
dactylus, 372.

Melierax
gabar, 312, 603.
niger, 312.
poliopterus, 312.

Melittophagus
bullockt, 66.

cyanostictus, 310, 311,
606.

Srenatus, 606.
pusillis
310.

revoili, 311.

shar pet, 311, 606.
Melodeus, 251.
Melongena

bucephala, 417.
Meretrix

tumida, 334, 335.
Merops

cyanostictus, 311.

nubicus. 606.

revouli, dll.

(Melittophagus) revoili,

311
Merula
ludovicie, 806.

cyanostictus,

(

Mesocricetus
koenigi, 472.
raddei, 472.

Meta
elegans, 57.
fastigata, 57.
gemimea, 57.
ventralis, 57.

Metopograpsus
maculatus, 550.

Metula
trifasciata, 415,

Micippa
mascarenica, 536,
philyra, 586.

— mascarenica, 586.
Microdrilus, 191,
Micromerys

vermiformis, 51,
Micronisus

gabar, 603.
Migas, 228.

distinctus, 229.

paradoxus, 228, 229,

sandagert, 229.
Millsonia, 191.
Milvus

egyptius, 312.
Mimetus

margaritifer, 54,
Minolia

biangulosa, 349.
climacota, 349.
eudelt, 849.
gilvosplendens, 349.
gradata, 334, 349.
nedyma, 350.
variabilis, 350.
(Conotrochus) holds-
worthiana, 350.

Mirafra

gulletti, 302.

Missulina, 219.

occatoria, 220.

Mithrax

aspera, 535.

Mitra

antonie, 419.
bovei, 418.
chinensis, 419.
celata, 422.
crebrilirata, 423.
delicata, 422.
discoloria, 422.
fidicula, 422.
guttata, 419.
hastata, 421.
maleolmensis, 422.
mica, 422.
pretiosu, 419.
scitula, 422.

48

ou INDEX.

Mitra Monilea Mutilla

subtruncata, 423.

wumbonata, 424.

zebuensis, 420.

conata, d46.

(Cancilla)
419,

(—) circulata, 419.

—) tnsculpta, 419.
(—) lalage, 419, 460.
(Chrysame) ce@eligena,

420.
(—) marginata, 420.
(—) procissa, 420.
(—) tiarella, 423.
(Costellaria) acupicta,
420.
(—) armillata, 421.
(—) casta, 421.
(—) collinsoni, 421.
(—) erebrilirata, 421.
(—) dedala, 421.
(
(

carnicolor,

—) delicata, 421.
—) fusco-apicata,
421.
(—) malcolmensis, 421,
460.
(—) — immaculata,
421.
(—), modesta, 422.
(—) obeliscus, 422.
(-—) pasithea, 422, 460.
(—) revelata, 422.
(—) scitula, 423.
(—) stephanucha, 423.
(—) subtruncata, 428.
(Cylindra) nea, 424,
(Pusia) aur colata, 423.
.(—) blanfordi, 423,460.
(—) discoloria, 423.
(—) elize, 423.
(—) multicostata, 424.
(—) osiridiis, 424
(—-) shoplandt, 424,
(—) venustula, 424.
(Seabricola). antonie,
A419.
(—) erenifera, 419.
(—) peasei, 419.
(—-) pretiosa, 419.
(—) scabriuscula, 419.
(Strigatella) litterata,
420.
(Swainsonia) fisswrata,
424.
(Turriecula) caliendrum,
420, 459.
—) hastata, 422.
Mitrularia
equestris, 302.
— layardi, 362.

astrolahensis, 349.

astrolensis, 349.

callifera, 349.

— masoni, 349.

swainsoni, 349.
Monodonta

labio, 348.

vermiculata, 348.
Monticola

cyanus, 307.

rufocinerea, 307.

saxatilis, 306, 612.
Mormula

macandrew?, 391.

rissoind, dO.
Mormyrus

kannume, 159.
Motacilla

alba, 803.

flava, 617.

vidua, 617.
Mugil

chelo, 505.
Mulelocha sp., 711.
Muniola

epentroma, 392.

spirata, 392.
Murex

anatomicus, 398.

eristatus, 398.

malabaricus, 333, 388,

367.
spinosus, 398.
tenuispind, 397.
ternispina, 398, 397.
tribulus, 398.
(Chicoreus)
397.
—) axicornis, 397.
(—) banksti, 397.
(—) maurus, 397.

(—) microphyllus, 397.

(—) spectrum, 307.

(Homalacantha) rota,

398.

(Ocinebra) bombayanus,
98.

(—) eyelostoma, 398,
(—) flexirostris, 398.
(— _) pholidotus, 398.
(—) serotinus, 398.
(
(ce

Phyllonotus) cérrosus,

397.
—) rusticus, 398.
(—) turbinatus, 398.
Muscicapa
grisola, 610.
Mustela
jilhoit, 627.
majori, 627.

adustus,

malayanda, 16.
skeatt, 17.
Mygale, 265.
antipodiana, 265, 266.
Javanensis, 4.
monstrosa, 45.
quoyt, 266.
Myopornis
boehmi, 308.
Myrmarachne
annandalei, J2.
Myrmecocichla
melanura, 308.
Myrmecophaga, 696.
Myrmeleon
leachii, 711.

Naia
tripudians, 580.
Nassa
angriasensis, 460.
arcularia, 409.
bifaria, 410.
collaticia, 460.
coronata, 409.
eranea, 460.
Jjilosa, 411.
gaudiosa, 411.
hirta, 411.
idyllia, 460.
marginulata, 412,
obesa, 333, 411.
ornata, 414,
picta, 411.
plebecula, 414.
pulla, 409.
pygmed, 414.
sturtiana, 460.
varians, 414.
zailensis, 409.
(Alectryon) babylonica,
409

(—) calata, 409.

(—) collutica, 409.

(—-) elegans, 410.

(—) eranea, 410.

(—) hirta, 410.

(—) tdyllia, 410.

(—) mucronata, 411.

(—) nodifera, 411.

(—) obesa, 411.

(Arcularia) deptospira,

409.

(--) obockensis, 409

(—) persica, 409.

(—) thersites, 409.

(—) — bimaculosa, 409,

(Hima) dermestina,
415.

(—) frederici, 413.

INDEX. 730

Nassa Natica Nilakantha, gen. nov., 8.
(Hima) éschna, 414. (Mamilla) melanostona cockerelli, 7, 8, 15.
(—) mamillifera, 414. Jibrosa, 360. Niso
(—) — hindarabica, (—) — ezanzibarica, pyramidelloides, 389.

414. 360. venosa, 328, 384, 389.
(—) paupera, 414. (Mamma) albwmen, |! — pura, 389.
(—) pseudoconcinna, 359. Notauges
414, (—) cumingiana, 359. albicapillus, 300. .
(—) stolata, 414. (—) mamitla, 359. superbus, 800.
(—) townsend, 413. (Neverita) didyma, 359. | Numenius, 588.
(Niotha) albescens, 412. | Naticina Numida
(—) — fenestra, 412. pomatiella, 360. ptilorhy oh 316.
(—) angriasensis, 412. Necrosyrtes Nveticorax, 324
(—) gemmulata, 412. monachus, 819. griseus, 326.
(—) Ateneri, 412. Nectarinia
(—) ravida, 412. metallica, 803. Ocinebra
(—) sordida, 413. pulchella, 617. bombayana, 328, 331.
(—) stigmaria, 412. Nematogmus Ocypode
(—) — adamsiana, 412. dentimanus, 54, ceratophthalma, 548.
(—) sturtiana, 413. Nemertes convera, 548.
(Phrontis) fissi/abris, neesi, 99. cordimana, 548.
413. Nemesia, 233. | Odostomia
(Uzita) nodicincta, gilliesti, 233. | antella, 395.
412 kirkit, 233, 236. brenda, 396.
(Zeuxis) Jilosa, 411. Neophron | carinata, 895.
(—) lentiginosa, 411. monachus, 313. eutropia, 390.
(—) marrati, 411. percnopterus, 313. Litiopina, 895, 460.
(—) pallidula, 411, Neothauma, 461, 466, major, 39D, 460.
(—).pteta, 411. 470. subangulata, 395.
(—) — marmorea, 411. | Nephila syrnoloides, 328, 396.
(—) planicostata, 411. baeri, 58. tenera, 399.

Nassaria flagellans, 58. (Miralda) diadema,
coromandelica, 338. holmere, 58. 396.
nivea, 416. imperialis, 51, 58. (—) idalima, 396.
recurva, £16. maculata, 58. (—) opephora, 396.
suturalis, 416. — jalorensis, 58. (Pyrgulina) caliista,

Nassopsis, 461, 465, 466. malabarensis, 58. 396.

Natica, 531. Neptunus (—) casta, 396.
abyssicola, 3d4. argentatus, 544. (—) edgarit, 396.
ala papilionts, 338. gladiator, 544. (—) epentromidea, 396.
antoni, 358. (Amphitrite) gladiator, (—) glycisma, 396.
buriasensis, 358. 544, (—) interstriata, 396.
dillwyni, 358. Nereis (—) pyrgomella, 396.
euzona, 358. brevicirris, 715. Odynerus
lineata, 358. Nerita diffusus, 30.
maculosa, 308. albicilla, 353. mephitis, 30.
marochiensis, 3859. chameleon, 358. miniatus, 30.
ponsonbyt, 358. — arabica, 353. Cidienemus
powisiand, 3)9. — quadricolor, 353. affinis, 3138.
pulicaris, 398. longit, 353. na

pyriformis, 309. oryzarum, 359. capensis, 315.
queketti, 308. plexa, 353. Okapia, gen. nov., 280,
rufa, 3d8. (Dostia) crepidularia, 472, 473, 474.
strongyla, 329, 359. 853. Johnstoni, 281.
teniata, 358. (—) — depressa, 358. Oliva
trailii, 359. | (Heminerita) anodonta, bicincta, 426.
tranquilla, 460. 353. bulbosa, 426.
(Eunatica) tranguilla, (Odontostoma) polita, inflata, 426.

309. 309. ispidula, 426.
(Mamilla) melanostoma, (Pila) chrysostoma, maura, 426.
360, 308. — sepuliuralis, 426.

736

Oliva

(Agaronia) acuminata,
426.

(—) hiatula, 426. _

(—) — ancillarioides,

. 426.

(—) — indusica, 426.

(--) nebulosa, 427.

(—) — intricata, 427.

Olivella

nympha, 407, 427.

Ommastrephes

sloantt, 116.
Omothymus

thorelli, 45.
Oncopus

truncatus, 84.

Ophryotrocha, 719.

Opsiceros, 157.

Oreotragus

megalotis, 502,
saltator, 500.
Oriolus
auratus, 602, 621.
notatus, 602.
rolleti, 621.
Orithyia
williami, 47.
Ornithorhynchus, 172,
“175, 177, 184, 188,
anatinus, 624.
Orsinome
phrygiana, 56.
Orycteropus, 696,
Oryx
beisa, 502.
Oscilla
indica, 369, 391.
tornata, 391.

Otis, 636, 638, 639, 641,
642, 645, 646, 647,
650, 651, 652, 653,
654,

tarda, 630, 633, 634,
61.
Otostigma
aculeatum,
533.
nemorensis, 530.
orientale, 507, 530, 533.
Ototpyhlonemertes
duplex, 103.
Ourebia
montana, 293, 500.
Ovibos
moschatus, 67.
Ovis
aries, 658.
arkal, 291.
musimon, 608.

Ovula, 384.

507, 531,

INDEX.

Oxyopes
lineatipes, 70.
patalongensis, 70.
Ozius
Srontalis, 541.

Pachiloscelis, 219.

nigripes, 227,

riufipes, 228,
Pachyprora

orientalis, 610.
Padillothorax

semiostrinus, 71.
Paleemon

acanthurus, 565, 567.

carcinus, 535.

— lamarrei, 565.

equidens, 565, 574.

JSorceps, 566, 570.

ide, 568.

lampropus, 568.

lancifer, 573.

nipponensis, 566, 567.

paucidens, 568, 574.

pilimanus, 567.

sunduicus, 568.
Paleohatteria, 187.
Palesomephitis

jegeri, 627.
Palamnzeus

longimanius, 78.

— angustimanus, 78.

— thorelli, 78.
Panysinus, gen. nov., 74.

nibens, TA.
Papilio

piranthus, 714.

xenodamas, 718.
Paramelania, 463, 464.

crassigranulata, 461,

464.

damoni, 461, 464.
Paraplectana

depressa, 61,
Paratilapia

serranus, 161.
Pardosa

irretita, 69.

laidlawi, 69.
Pariasaurus,

184, 187.
Pariotichus, 183, 187.
Parisoma

boehmt, 308.
Parus

barake, 616.

thruppi, 304, 616.
Passer

diffusus gongonensis,

618.

181, 183,

gongonensis, 618.

Patella
aster, 343.
testudinaria, 343.
tricarinata, 362.
(Scutellaria) pica, 343.
Pecten
townsendi, 328, 334.
Pellenes
banksi, 8, 12, 15.
translatus, 7, 11, 15.
Penzeus
sp., 971, 574.
affinis, 572.
australiensis, 571.
brevicornis, 571.
canaliculatus, 571,573,
574.
caramote, 571.
japonicus, 571, 573.
lysianassa, 572.
monoceros, 572.
mutatus, 572, STA,
semisulcatus, 570,
velutinus, 570,
Perdix
cinerea, 324.
Perionyx, 206.
Perissornis
carunculata, 622.
Pernistes
infuscatus, 315.
Petronia
pyrgita, 302, 618,
Phalacrocorax, 323.
Phasianella
elachista, 351.
minima, 351.
variegata, 352.
— nivosa, 352.
Philochortus
neumannt, 145.
Philoponus
pteropus, 47. ,
Phlogius, 244.
crassipes, 245,
Phoczena, 132.
Pheebis
agarithe, 714.
Pholeus.
diopsis, 49.
optlionides, 49.
podophthalmus, 50.
vesculus, 49,
v-notatus, 49.
Pholeuon, 233, 236.
Phoroncidia
acrosomotdes, 52.
lygeana, 52.

08
gladysie@, 416, 460.
muriculatus, 417,

Phos
roseatus, 417.
Phractura
ansorgii, 623,
bovei, 623.
scaphirhynchura, 623.
Phrictus, 244.
erassipes, 245.
Phyllostrophus
pauper, O11.
rufescens, G11.
sharpei, 610.
strepitans, 602,
611.
Physeter, 109.

macrocephalus, 121.

624,

Physopsis, 461, 462,
468.
Picus
viridis, 323.
Pieris

phileta eubota, 713.
— evonima, 713,
Pilumnus
andreossyt, 543.
forskalii, 542.
levimanus, 542.
nitidus, 542.
sluttert, 541.
vespertilio, 541,
Pinnotheres
cardii, 551.
socius, 551, 574.

Pisa

(Naxia) diacantha, 535.

Pirevella
clathrata, 372.
Pisania
ignea, 415.
Pison
Suscipalpis, 27.
suspiciosus, 27.
Planaxis
breviculus, 377.
— tessellata, 377.
lineatus, 377.
— labiosus, 377.
niger, 377.
similis, 377.
sulcatus, 377.
— savignyi, 377.
— subnigra, 377.

Planorbis, 461, 462, 467,

468.

Platydesmus
kelantanicus, 508, 532.
— var., 513.

Platypodosaurus, 172,

180, 181, 185.

robustus, 172, 180, 181,

185.

610,

INDEX,

insularis, 516, 532.

kelantanicus, h07, 512,
532.
mataccanus, 507, 517,
Do.
marginellus, S07, 511,
532.
pfeitiere, 507, 515, 532.

setosus, 5U7.

subalbus, 507, 518.

xanrthopus, 507, 518.
Platystira

albifrons, 602, 610.
Plecotrema

lirata, 458.

sykestt, 332, 458.
Plectana

lygeana, 52.
Plesiosaurus, 183.
Pleurotoma

acutigemmata, 433.

albata, 433,

albicaudata, 333.

albina, 434.

cincta, 435,

fusca, 434.

Jubata, 433.

lucida, 323.

macundrew?, 339.

marmorata, 434,

mitralis, 448.

pagoda, 441.

pouloensis, 434.

soror, 330.

tigrina, 434.

vertebrata, 435.

violacea, 434.

(Gemmula) gemmata,

434.

(—) multiseriata, 434.

(—) nellie, 434.

(Oligotoma) make-

monos, 434.

(—) nivea, 434.

(—) pouloensis, 434.

(—) violacea, 435.
Plexippus

culicivorus, 74.

danthinus, 74.

paykulli, 74.

puerperus, 8.

succinctus, 74.

versicolor, 72.

Ploceipasser
donaldsoni, 602, 620,
622.

melanorhyncha, 620,

Platyrhaeus
becearii, 507, 514, 532.
humberti, 507, 599,
| 532.

|

737

Ploseipasser
supereiliosus, 621.
Ploceus
sanguinirostris
picus, 620.
Podiea, 635, 643, 651, 652.
senegalensis, 635.
Podoa
surinamensis, 630.
Pceocephalus
rufiventris, 309.
oliohier.vx
semitorquatus, 312.
Polistes
sagittarius, 29.
Polyodontophis
geminatus, S70.
Polypterus, 484,
495, 497, 628.
Pomatorhinus
ruficollis, 1.
Pompilus
analis, 24.
pulverosus, 22.
stngaporensis, 21.

éthio-

404,

Porrhothele, 205, 266,
270.

antipodiana, 265, 266,
267.

huttont, 265, 267.
simont, 266, 268, 269.
Portunus
crucifer, 545,
gladiator, 544.
(Neptunus) pelayicus,
544.
Porzana, 643.
carolina, 630, 637.
Potamides
(Cerithidea) rhizoper-
arum, 376.
(Pirenella)
376.
( -) —cinerascens, 376.
(—) layardi, 376.
(—) — bombayanus,

conicus,

(Telescopium) — ¢e/e-
scopium, 375.
(Terebralia) sulcatus,
37d.
(Tympanonotus) fuvia-
tilis, 375.
Potamon
(Parathelphus») ¢mpro-
visum, O46, 574,
(—) stnense, 545.
(Potamonautes) stolicz-
kanum, d47,
Precis
genoveva, T1Y.

738

Prinia
mystaced, 614.
Priotrochus
sepulchralis, 849,
Pristurus
carteri, 139.
collaris, 128.
erucifer, 138.
flavipunctatus, 138.
Procavia
sp., 698.
crawshayt, 88.
dorsalis, 88, 658.
(Dendrohyrax) mar-
mota, 88.
Procolophon, 183.
Pronous
affinis, 6).
taprobanicus, 62.
Prosadenoporus, 93.
Prostheeclina
morgani, 7, 8, 13, 16.
perplexa, 7, 8, 12, 18.
venatoria, 7, 8, 13, 16.
viaria, 7, 14, 16.
Proterosaurus, 185.
Protopterus, 484, 486,
491, 492, 493, 495,
497, 498.
ethiopicus, 158.
annectens, 492.
Psammodynastes
pictus, 578.
Psammophis
schokari, 151.
Psechrus
argentatus, 47.
singaporensis, 47.
Pseudagenia
arethusa, 20.
malayana, 20.
tincta, 20.
Psendamycus
albomaculatus, 74.
Pseudidiops
rastratus, 85.
Pseudomelania, 372.
Psophia, 688, 639, 648,
644, 645, 654.
leucoptera, 630, 644,
646.
obscura, 680, 632, 688,
637, 644, 653.
Pterocera
lambis, 381.
Pteroceras, 465.
Prerocles, 648.
lichtensteint, 315,
Ptychosiagum, 168.
muicrotrema, 170.
ortentale, 175.

INDEX.

Purpura

bianfordi, 323.

muricina, 400.

persica, 399,

rudolphi, 399.

(Polytropa) sacellum,
399,

(Stramonita) dlanfordi,
399.

(—) rustica, 399.

(Phalessa) bufo, 299.

(—) echinulata, 399.

(—) Aippocastanwi,

(—) mancinella, 399.
Purpurina, 466.
Putorius, 626,
Pyenonotus

arsinoé, 308.

dodsoni, 611.
Pyrameis

cardui, 714.
Pyramidella

acus, 890.

dolabrata terebelloides,

389.

maculosa, 390.

pulchella, 390.

(Loncheeus) swlcata,

390.
(Otopleura) mtralis,
390.

(—) propingua, 390.
Pyrgulina

celata, 396.

callista, 328, 442.

consobrina, 396.

edgarit, 396.

Pyrgus

syrichtus, 718.
Pyromelana

taha, 621.
Pyrrhulauda

harrisoni, 617.

melanauchen, 303.

signata, 617.

Prrula

Jicus, 385.

levigata, 385.

reticulata, 386.
Python

reticulatus, 575.

Quelea
ethiopica, 620.

Rallus, 651, 654.
celebensis, 630.
longirostris, 630, 631,

632, 637, 640, 649,
650.

Rallus

maculatus, 680.
Rana

cyanophlyctis, 152.

Fusca, 493.
Rapana

bu/bosa, 399, 451.
Recluzia

rollandiana 854.
Recurvirostria, 588.
Retusa

nitida, 454.

(Pyrunculus) pedly2,

454,

.Rhabdodryas

trite, 714.
Rhinaster, 158.
Rhinoceros, 157.
sp., 698.
bicornis, 156 157.
crossti, 154, 156.
lastotis, 154, 155, 106.
niger, 159.
platyrhinus, 156.
simus, 156, 157.
sondaicus, 157.
sumatrensis, 154, 155,
156, 157, 658.
untcornis, 157.
Rbinochetus
Jubatus, 630, 633, 634,
636, 638, 639, 640,
641, 642, 648, 645,
648, 654.
Rhinocorax
affinis, 299.
Rhinopomastus
minor, 310,
Rhinoptilus
cinctus, 314, 603.
Rhitymna
xranthopus, 65.
Rhodophoneus
cruentus, 304,
Rhyncheea, 587, 588, 490,
592, 593, 594, 595,
596, 597.
capensis, 589, 591,
593.
Rhynchium
jlano-marginatum, 82.
taprobane, 31.

Rhyneoproctus
proboseideus, 507, 522.
Rhbytidoceros
undulatus, 471.
Rimula

propingua, 345.
Ringicula

acuta, 456.

apicata, 457.

Ringicula
charon, 457.
prismatica, 457.
propinguans, 457.
Risella
(Peasiella) tsseli, 364.
issoa
charope, 460.
costatau, 366.
interfossa, 366.
petronella, 460.
pyrrhias, 365.
axanthias, 365.
(Alvania) adveata,
366, 460.
(—) interfossa, 366.
(—) mahimensis, 366.
(Apicularia) charope,
365.
(—) versoverana, 365.
(Manzonia) petronella,
366.
(Onoba) delicata, 566.
(—) egregia, 366.
Rissoina
ambigua, 367.
— perpusilla, 367.
canaliculata, 367.
epentroma, 392.
micans, 307.
— perstriatula, 367.
nevillana, 367.
paschalis, 460.
pseudo-scalaris, 460.
sceptrum-regis, 367,
460.
stoppant, 369.
(bosinel®) clathrata,
368.
(—) paschalis, 368.
(—) sequenziana, 369.
(Pyramidelloides) 722-
randa, 369.
(—) miranda bellardi,
369.
(—) — insolita, 369.
(Rissolina) distans,
367.
—) pachystoma, 367.
—) plicata, 368.

) — bertheloti, 368.

G

(

r

(—) — sealarina, 368.

(— aes 368.

(—) pseudoscalaris,
368.

(—) rissot, 368.

(—) subfuniculata,
368.

(Schwartziella) main-
waringiana, 369.

(—) triticea, 369.

INDEX.

Rissoina
(Schwartziella) ¢ritécea
microstoma, 369,
(Stossichia) wnormis,
369.
(Zebina) applanata,
369.

(—) oryza, 369.
Rostellaria

curta, 331, 33S.

curvirostris, 381.

— curta, 381.

delicatula, 331, 381.
Ruticilla

phenicura, 612.

Saitis
anne, 0.
defloccatus, 7, 11, 15.
inutilis, 7, 10, 15,
Salius
flavus, 23.
malayensis, 23.
miserus, 22.
peregrinus, 23.
subfervens, 24.
sycophanta, 23.
taprobane, 23.
Salticus
Jimbriatus, 70.
Samotherium, 483.
Saxicola
deserti, 807.
isabellina, 307, 612.
morto, 307.
enanthe, 612.
phillipst, 807.
pleshanka, 307, 612.
somalica, 612.
vittata, 612,
Seala
alata, 35
clementina, 354.
confusa, 354.
consors, 356.
decussata, 396.
echinicosta, 35d.
glabrata, 3a4.
gloriola, 355.
trregularis, 354,
lamellosa, 396.
laxata, 354.
lineolata, 354.
maculosa, 354.
pallasi, dd4.
perpleca, 300.
pretiosa, 364.
replicata, 304.
(Acrilla) acuminata,
356.
(--) minor, 856.

739

Scala.
(Amea) raricostata,
356.
(Cirsotrema)
labrum, 356.
(—) finbriolata, 356.
(—) hidryina, 356.
(—) kieneri, 356.
(Clathrus) aculeata,
350.
—) celathrus, 355.
= ) gloriola, 35d.
( —) malcolmensis, 355.
(—) muricata, 355.
(—) ovailis, 350.
(—) philippinarum,
399.

crassi-

(Constantia) standent,
358.
(Opalia) consors, 356.
(—) diane, 356.
(—) damellosa, 356.
(—) — pseudoscalaris,
356.
Scalaria
clathrus, 356.
Jimbriolata, 339.
gloriola, 460.
(Acrilla) gracilis, 356.
(Cirsotrema) decussata,
306,
Scaliola
arenosa, 370,
elata, 379.
Sceliphron
javanum, 25.
madraspatanum, 25.
Schizophrys
aspera, 535,
Schizorhis
leucogaster, 309.
zonura, 607.
Scincus
hemprichit, 147.
Scolia
lathona, 18.
opalina, 19,
procera, 18.
rubiginosa, 18.
speciosa, 18.

Scolopax, 487, 588, 592,
593, 594, 595, 596,
597, 602.

rusticult, d89, 590,
593, 599, GOL.
Scolopendra
aringensis, 507, 529
533.
hardwicket, pee
subspinipes, 529,
Scops, 321.

740

Scops

gu, 326.

neon 605.
Scopus, 639.
Scotornis

climacurus, GOT.
Seutigera

longicornis, 5Y7, 531.
Scutus

wngiis, d45.
Seylarus

orientalis, 557.
Scytodes

marmorata, 47.
Selenocosmia, 244.

crassipes, 244, 245,

246, 249.

Javanensis, 45, 244.

lantpes, 248, 249.

stirlingi, 245.

strenua, 245, 246.

vulpina, 245, 246, 247.

Selenops
aculeatus, 64.
Selenotypus, 244, 249.
plumipes, 249.
Senex
demani, 098.
fasciatus, 559.
ornatus, O07, 509.
— levios, 557.
polyphagus, 558.
Separatista
chemnitzii, 361,
Seramba
pennatu, 66.
Seraphs
terebellum, 381.
Serinus
maculicollis, 302.
Sesarma
aspera, 500.
lafondti, 550.
maculata, 550.
quadrata, 550.
(Geosesarma) macu-
lata, 5d0.
(Parasesarma) guad-
rata, 6d0,
(Sesarma) Jlafondii,
550.
Sicyonia
lancifer, 5738.
Sigaretus
curvierianus, 360.
neritoideus, 360.
planulatus, 360.
tener, 833.
(Eunaticina) fibula,
360.
(—) papilla, 360.

INDEX.

Sigaretus

(Hunaticina) pelluci-
dus, 360.
(—) ponatiella, 360.

Siler
pulcher, 7d.

Siliquaria
sp., 380.

Simotes
purpurascens, 577.

Sinis
fimbriatus, 70.

Siphonaria
basseinensis, 331, 457.
kurracheznsis, 331,

457.
lecanium, 457.
sipho, 457.

Siphonophora

longirostris, 507, 508,
532.

Sistrum
anaxares, 400.
chrysostoma, 400.
concatenatwm, 400.
konkanense, 329, 400.
margariticolum, 400,
ochrostoma, 400.

— heptagonale, 400.
rawsont, 415.
sidereum, 400.
subnodulosum, 400.
tuberculatum, 400.
undatum, 400.
vuthedra, 328, 400.

Sitagra
luteola, 619.

Sivatherium, 481, 482,

483.

Skeatia, gen. nov, 39.
albispina, 40.
nigrispind, 41.

Smaragdinella
andersont, +54,

Solarium
delectabile, 329.
dorsuosum, 363.
levigatum, ©62.
perspectivum, 363.
regium, 363.

(Lorinia) celatwm,368.

(—) cylindraceum,
363.

(—) delectabile, 868.

( —) dorsuosum, 363.

(—) homalaxis, 363.

(—) perspectiviuncu-
lum, 569.

(—) variegatum, 363.

Solidula
affinis, 451.

Solidula
affinis coceinata, 451.
Sparassus
annandalet, 6d.
Spariolenus
tigris, 69.
Spekia, 461, 465.
Spermophora
maculata, 50.
tessellata, 5U.
Spheeropeeus
evansit, 526, 533.
extinetus, 528, 533.
hercules, 52
modigliani, 507, 5 27.
Sphasus
lineatipes, 70.

Sphecozone
dentimanus, 54.
Sphenodon, 182, 183,
185.
Sphex

aurulentus, 24.
flavo-vestita, 24.
lobatus, 24.
umbrosus, 24.
Sphodros, 219.
abboti, 227, 228.
Spirobolus
sanguineus, 507.
Spirostreptns
aterrimus, 523,
dorso-lineatus, 523,
533.
oatesit, 524.
rubripes, 507, 528,
533.
sanguineus, 507,
523.
vittatus, 525, 533.
Spondylus
extlis, 328, 334.
Spreo
superbus, 300.
Squilla
chiragra, 535.
chlorida, 554.
harpax, 553.
indefensa, 554.
nepa, 553.
raphidea, 539.
scorpto, 554.
Stanleya, 461, 464.
Steatoda
perakensis, 53.
Stenodactylus
dorie, 137.
elegans, 137.
Stenodina, 71.
Stenopusculus
crassimanus, 573.

Stenygrocercus, 260,
lord

“iv.
broomt, 270, 271.
stlvicola, 270.
Stephanibyx
coronata, 314.
Stomatella
elegans, 345.
imbricata, 345.
sulcifera, 345.
Stomatia
duplicata, 345,
phymotis, 345,
Storena
annulipes, 48.
ornubila, 48.
pseliophora, 47.
sciophana, 48.
Strepsiceros
capensis, 502.
imberbis, 502.
Sitixee,
flammea, 326.
Strombus, 465.
beluchiensis, 331, 459.
pulchellus, 380.
yerburyi, 380.
(Canarium) jloridus,
380.
(—) gibberulus, 380,
(—) yerburyi, 380.
(Conomurex) belu-
chiensis, 880.

(—) belutschiensis, 380.

(—) mauritianus, 881.
(—) — coniformis,
381.

(—) — eylindricus, 381.

(Gallinula) deformis,
380.
(—) fusiformis, 380.
Strongylosoma
bipunctatum, 507, 519,
533,

coarctatum, 507, 521.
nodulosum, 507, 518,
533.
setosum, 521.
skeatit, 507, 520, 5338.
(Orthomorpha) fusco-
collaris, 619, 533.
Stuhlmannia
variabilis, 207.
Stygophrynus
cerberus, 76.
Subemarginula
notata, 344.
Sula, 328, 642.
Sunetta
kurachensis,

334,

328,

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vou. Il. No. XLIX.,

INDEX.

{ Sureula

annulata, 437.
australis, 435,
catena, 435.
cincta, +37.
cingulifera, 435,
— amicta, 435.
Javana, 435.
nodifera, 435.
tornata, 435.
—- fulminata, 435,
tuberculata, 435.
Sus
porcus, 657.
scrofa, 657.
Sylvia
cinerea, 305,
Sylviella
gaikwari, 806.
tsabellina, 306.
micrura, 306, 614.
Synodontis
afro-fischert, 161.
Syntarucus
cassius, 712.
telicanus, 712.
Syrnola
brunnea, 390.
cinctella, 390.
elegans, 390.
karachiensis, 390.
mekranica, 390, 460.
metria, 891.
subulina, 390.
Syrnolopsis, 461.

TValegalla, 642.
Tamandua, 696.
Tanganyicia, 461, 465.
Tapirus
americanus, 658.
indicus, 658.
Tarbophis
guenthert, 150.
obtusus, 150.
Taurongia, gen.
20:
Tectarius
armatus, 364.
granularis, 364.
millegranus, 364,
nodulosus, 364.
trochoides, 364.
Telephonus
senegalus, 614,
Telescopium
fuscwin, 375.
Tellina
lechriogramma, 328.
Telphusa
stoliczkana, 547.

nov.,

—

741

Terebellum
subulatum, 381.
Terebra
alveolata, 428.
babylonia, 428.
cerulescens, 428.
capensis, 428.
cinctella, 428.
cognata, 428, 459.
contracta, 428.
duplicata, 428,
edgarii, 428,
Juscobasis, 429.
Suscocincta, 429.
gotoénsis, 428.
macandrewt, 428, 459,
lepida, 428.
nana, 428.
pellyi, 428, 459.
persica, 329, 429,
polygrata, 429,
serotina, 429,
severa, 429,
strigillata, 429.
tantilla, 429,
tenera, 429.
tricineta, 429.
undulata, 428.
(Euryta) nassoicdes,
429.
(—) thyrea, 429.
Terpsiphone
cristata, 308, 610.
Testudo
elongata, 583.
emys, 582.
Tethys
sp., 457.
argus, 457.
Tetragnatha
leptognatha, 55.
mandthulata, 5d.
minatoria, 55.
novia, 5d.
Tetrastemma,
candidum, 102.
coronatuim, 102.
eructatum, 103.
Teutamus
polttus, 68.
Textor
dinemelli, 302.
scioanus, 618.
Thalamita
crenata, 543.
dane, 543.
stimpsoni, 543.
Thalassius
albocinctus, 68.
Thalotia

beluchistana, 348,

49

742

Thelyphonus
jahorensis, 18.
linganus, 78.

Thenus
orientalis, 557.

Theragretes, 219.

Thericdion
anenum, 52.
munduluni, 52.
nigrum, 2.
TDi, 52.
rufipes, 52.
subradiatum, 52.

Theridiosoma
nebulosum, 62.

Theriodesmus, 185.
phylarchus, 189.

Thermesia
gemmatalis, 711.

Thiania
bhamoensis, 73.
subserena, 73.

Thinocorus, 592.

Thripias
schoensis, 609.

Thryropygus
javanicus, 507, 522.
‘inferorum, 23.
webert, 507, 523.

Tinnunculus
tinnunculus, 312.

Titurius
marginellus, 68.

Torinia
chemnitzii, 363.

Tornatina
crithodes, 453, 460.
euleitella, 453.
inconspicua, 453.
involuta, 453.
persianda, 458.
townsendi, 453.
zoé, 458, 460.

Totanus
ochropus, 603.

Trachyjulus
ceylanicus, 522.

Trachyphonus
arnaudt, 609.
bochmi, 608.
margaritatus, 309.
uropygialis, 608,

609.
versicolor, 608.

Tragelaphus
decula, 492.

Tragulus
javanicrs, 657,
kanchil, 657.
stanleyanus, 657.

Trechona, 251.

INDEX.

Treron
waalia, 314.

- Trichobatrachus

robustus, 709, 710.
Tricholema
blandi, 309.
stigmatothorax, 608.
Trichotropis, 331.
bicarinata, 361.
borealis, 361.
clathrata, 361.
coronata, 361.
gracilenta, 361.
insignis, 361.
kroyeri, 361.
migrans, 301,
townsendi, 360, 460.
tricar inata, 361.
Triforis
acutus, 376.
cingulatus, 376.
corrugatus, 376.
idoneus, 876, 460.
perversus, 376.
Trigaster, 191.
lankesteri, 201.
Trigonia
collina, 36.
testaceitarsis, 36.
Tringa, 592, 593, 594,
597.
canutus, 325, 588, 592,
593.
cinelus, 592.
Trionyx
cartilagineus, 583.
subplanus, 583.
Trithemis
umbrata, 711.
Triton, 386.
Tritonidea
rawsont, 415.
rubiginosa, 415
spiralis, 415.
tessott, 415.
wndosa, +15,
Trittame, 241.
gracilis, 241.
Trivia
globosa, 384.
scabriuscula, 384.
Trochictis, 627.
Trochus
bicinctus, 347.
incrassatus, 347.
(Belangeria) scabrosus,
348.
(Infundibulum) ery-
threus, 347.
(—) — persica, 347.
(—) fultoni, 347.

(3

Trochus
(Infundibulum)
schyi, 347. :
(—) radiatus, 347.
Troglodytes
parvulus, 326.
Tropidonotus
conspicillutus, 576.
geminatus, 576.
nas, 576, 583.
piscator, 576.
subminatus, 576.
trianguligerus, 576.
Tropidostoma
dunni, 170.
Truncaria
australis, 407.
Trypoxylon
coloratum, 29,
variptlosum, 28.
Turacus
leucolophus, 607.
Turbinella
rapa, 417.
Turbo
chemnitzianus, 352.
coronatus, 352.
elegans, 352.
intercostalis, 352.
radiatus, 352.
ticaonicus, 352.
Turbonilla
abercrombie, 392.
basilica, 392.
candida, 392.
charbarensis, 460.
emilie, 393.
linjaica, 393, 460.
manore, 393.
rufa, 393.
sealarts, 394.
sororia, 393.
stegastris, 393, 460.
templaris, 394.
tenuicosta, 394.
terebrina, 304.
velaini, 394.

(Pyrgostelis) char-

barensis, 393.
Turcica

(Perrinia) s¢edlata, 351.

Turdus
tliacus, 322.
merula, 322.
musicus, 322, 326.
pelios, 612.
pularis, 322, 326.
varius, 822.
viscivorus, 321, 322

Turricula
casta, 422.

Turricula
(Thala) cas‘a, 422.
Turritella
bacillum, 378.
cerea, 818.
cingulifera, 378.
cochlea, 378.
columnaris, 378.
Sultont, 331, 378, 459.
leptomita, 3857. —
terebra, 378.
— spectrum, 378.
(Haustator) — colum-
naris, 378.
(—) maculata, 378.
(—) vittulata, 378.
(Torcula) exoleta, 878
(Zaria) duplicata, 878.
Turtur
damarensis, 315.
semitorquatus,
603.
senegalensis, 315.
Tym panotomus, 464.
Typhlops
braminus, 575.
muelleri, 57d,
nigroalbus, 575.
Ty phobia, 461, 465.
hoarit, 465.

315,

Uca
annulipes, 549.
tetragonon, 549.
Udenodon, 162-190.
baint, 163, 171, 172,
175, 176, 177,
190.
gracilis, 163, 164, 165,
167, 169, 170,
175, 178, 175,
177, 178, 180, 181,
190.
greyt, 163, 167, 1C8,
169.
magnus, 181.
meyalops, 163.
prognathus, 181.
strigiceps, 163.
truncatus, 166.
Uloborus
borbonicus, 47.

4

INDEX.

Uloborus
domesticus, 47.
geniculatus, 47.
latreillei, 47.
pteropus, 47.
zozis, 47.
Umbonium
vestiarium, 338, 351,
— depressa, 351,
Upupa
senegalensis, 310.
somalensis, 310.
Ureginthus
ianthinogaster, 301.
Urobrachya
phenicea, 621.
Uromastix
ornatus, 140.
(Aporoscelis)
139) 152°
Urosalpinx
contracta, 398.
— calearea, 398,
innotabilis, 399.
Uthina
atriqularis, 51,
luzonica, 51,

benti,

Vagenatha, gen. noy., 41.

spinosa, 42.

Vanellus, 594.

Vanesia
rafofasciata, 372.
Vanikoro

cancellata, 361.

clathrata, 861.

— cumingiand, 361.

— granulosa, 361.
Varanus

griscus, 140,
Varuna

litterata, 549.
Vermetus

sp., 980.
Verpulus, gen. noy., 84.

spumatus, 80, 84.
Vespa

cincta, 29.
Vespertilio

bechsteini, 216, 217.

nattereri, 216.

THE END,

Vexilla

vexillum, 400.
Vinago

waalia, 314, 603.
Vivipara, 461, 462, 465,

468.

vivipara, 470.
Voluta

ztezae, 452.
Volvaria

avena, 426.
Volvula

acuminata, 454.

oxytata, 454.

Xantho
affinis, 540.
scaber, 540.
Xenopeltis
unicolor, 575.
Xenophora, 465.
corrugata, 361.
(Onustus) solaris, 362.
Xylocopa
ceulonta, 32.
collaris, 38.
grandiceps, 33.
malayana, 32.
pictifrons, 33.
rufescens, 32, 34.

Zaleptus
festivus, 80, 81.
Zamenis
korros, 577.
ladacensis
150.
rhodorhachis, 149.
Zizyphinus, 350.
Zonogastris
soudanensis, 620.
Zosterops
flavilateralis, 616.
senegalensis, 616.
stuhlmanni, 616.
superciliosis, 616.
Zygoballus
suavis, 6, 7.
Zygometis, gen. nov., 63.
cristulata, 63.

subnigra,

Printed by7fayLor and Francts, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

> Oy f ‘
ay ei chines

*) ait onn tre ee)

6

Perce Senn

CoNTENTS (continued).

December 3, 1901 (continued).
Page
3. List of a Collection of Snakes, Crocodiles, and Chelonians from the Malay Peninsula, 3
made by Members of the ‘‘Skeat Expedition,” 1899-1900. By F. F. Larpuaw, B.A,
Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator at Owens College. With an Appendix con-
taining a list of the names of the places visited by the ‘‘Skeat Expedition.” By W.
Repairs: 1 LCl XUN VA) vaeronctn aa cis (sve vebeval sc wa’ soe ciacale atvate SuedeieeMere cleict svclstccety snare 575

4, Notes upon the Anatomy and Systematic Position of Rhynchea. pee Frank HE. Bep-
parD, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and Prosector to the Society . <i OOn

5. On some Anatomical Differences between the Common Snipe (Gallinago ies and
the Jack Snipe (Gallinago gallinula). By Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A, F.B.S., Vice-
Beeretany and: Prosector tothe Society 5.002. cst aseecs de ccicjs es cccecccccacseees 596

6. On the Collection of Birds made by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith on his last Expedition to
Lake Rudolf and the Nile. By R. Bowpizr Suarrn, LL.D., F.Z.8., &c. (Plate XXXVI.) 602

7. Descriptions of two new Fishes discovered by Dr. W. J. Ansorge in Southern Nigeria.
Ptr A. BovusHNGER, RS) (Plate XXX VEL). Sie... ci cialt ce ces ee cele ele c\etehatad ne Oe

December 17, 1901.
Mr. G. Metcalfe and Mr. Oldfield Thomas. Remarks on the reproduction of the Duckbill. 624

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a new

Hossil Mammal (Hnhydrictis galictotdes) <6... eet e ee ee wc ween cee eee cess wee 625
Mr. J. 8. Budgett. Notice of a Memoir on the Structure of the Larval Polypterus ...... 628
1. On the Anatomy of Gruiform Birds; with special reference to the Correlation of
Modifications. By P. Cuaumers Mrrcuext, M.A., D.Se.Oxon., F.Z.8., Lecturer on
3iology at the London Hospital Medical College, Univer sity of Tondone <2 oe 629
| the Muscles of the Ungulata. By Berrram C. A. Winpis, D.Se., M.D., M.A., F.B.S.,
2rofessor of Anatomy in the University of Birmingham, and F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S.,
4.Z.8., F.L.8., Lecturer on Human and Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital,
.nd Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of Surgeons, England.—Part I. 656
3. On the Spermatophores of the Earthworms of the Genus Benkamia. By Franx E.
SEED TAR: Dt ME AC MIN EE OU orestipnc aeereat eae sa Bears iols Cia cei sal die coelt care tales o eeperet are ate iet ns 704
4. Further Notes on the African Batrachians Trichobatrachus and Gampsosteonyx. By
Gar BOULEN GER Hobs. 15: de lethele x AONG Vpn WL yy sa peute cys, cl moneys ao Sil Sete Ayala oi stofa tele coats 709
5. On Butterflies from St. Lucia, W. Indies, EO. by Major A. H. Cowie, By Arruur
Ge bomnrr yin Ds Waly Se Z 8. ccceecmateneek) adie ear ce ue eee sconces (Avatars ts oreo pate 711
6. On the Spawn and Young of a Polychxte Worm of the Genus Marphysa. By L. A,
Borrapatiz, M.A., ¥.Z.8., Lecturer in Natural Sciences of Selwyn College, Cambridge.
(Plate XXXIX.) ...... Be x babcteh etree ahaa wt aye a aD RENTS ateY elsmuatates aN Royals Vee at ata na meas 714
HSV CHEM erer costa s Sen cach citay sso ou oLaneieta al(p eUsPua ato oie cpa etattebalora ele lnaete cerpier as ital athe “slluy eitaialin estas ar alana 721
PETS FaR ese sgl voto! ele sealed tape 2S. oes sieninteras tym sulcliny eyecemete idler nt Sins bial alasaore = a'c: ale ell mccbaler etahclll ato aa i
Palasior Council: and: Oticerse |< sity eles + olvolnshete wate ab ss" oleteiale'eloleketatie, alcls eis) atapaiare pip eteraeare ii
Raise Of GOMLENIUS © 252 ‘5.25 cinjmin so 'p fegeaer site i ante RAPE ORIOL Tage eI neta) a anit os She aare cca Ste ota lii
Alphabetical Tist of Contributors... 2-224). os eee ce cee hee We eee ce om nedeee esse ow ‘ix
MNGi Ody PALES Misa Nets ui g's 3) heb mae al sa tars ata) Oa 3 arate lel nec tee te tah cl akete real Cela eiatory nite xvii
sen Oe Vert Ae mresi a i. tid. crt seelreck ve dnitie a veieNee cy cai cm Mean cic leiet bsnl etaiawats xix

List of New Generic Terms

LIST OF PEATEs

1901—VOL. II. - ~-

*PAR Ti
Plate een Page
XXV. Mollusca of Tanganyika (Neothauma and Vivipara) ...... } 461
XXVI. Mollusca of Tanganyika (Neothawma and Kytra) .
XXVII. Genito-Urinary Organs of Male Lepidosiren ...... Sa
XXVIIL { Genito-Urinary Organs of Male Lepidosiren and Poe vfs
DUCTUS ON ctwratereipishailalere: cl e(s \z0av; tet avarice tee teeercaei ate eearenaeS i
XT GUUS AMEE BWSR - ioiok 6 xh de oe tislccne a a eeteemon athe ee 503
XXX,
XXX. Myriapoda from the Malay Peninsula..........2.....%- 505
XXXII. ;
OE | Crustaceans from the Malay Peninsula ......-...+.60.. 534
XXXIV.
XXXV. Snakes from the Malay Peninsula .......... poate oe 575

XXXVI. 1. Cossypha omoensts. 2. Plocetpasser donaldsoni ...... 602
New West-African Fishes. 1. Phracturaansorgii. 2. Fun- ) 623
dulus gularis, male. 3. Fundulus gularis, female.
XXXVIII. 1. Zrichobatrachus robustus. 2, 3. Gampsosteonyx pee 709
XXXIX. Young of a Worm of the genus Marphysa .............. 714

XXXVIL. |

NOTICE.

hey PORE ONE for the year are issued in fowr parts, forming two volumes,
as follows:—

i VOL. I.
Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.
Il. ry 4 », March and April, on August Ist.
VOL, II.

Part I. containing papers read in May and June, on October Ist.
Il. a ‘4 » November and December, on April Ist.

{

y.

Ki
1

Wha ie 1" Whitt yyeiiit | PRR eee
Rian Teryryn| ATT yin aight pees shale
AY TT tl Ltelt | | gubugeN pe par yphare lau

ul pall ALS, 5 ee Lt shin pepbar Anne TU ae

Sg pe Ss ee oaaiee a 4 Alga
AGE: fas : g - ap

Be | a Aq . a!
ses) | A AA Bea ’ :

2

my amaAal, man sae “Pita te. re oY | Alani, maa
NAC UnI ii plapfial lll tala danas wdiad hes ae
alas Plas Ban’ ya y ity ire A el Lu cine Awa AMans ate
ABthaaeaenGe, ANRRS on, at , ATT even rN AOI a
fia ery =f Ly aaa 1 ] a | ¥ 088048 Sa Span tan”
hay = aan, ; { ; ,
at | bb pans, fn BIN tei al ir Sate r 4 Alay i| y ee pA gl inmanliy ghee :
= Ney. Dilin cat Aaeca Vie Nani one ee | LL Hie
aaanaaana ia) 4 | Soe = 4Aq Nw be aagih! aee- aaesae oe Wann’ a FO allt te .
| SA aun an8e., “SSRREE ~
oA SA ARAB eee Any taRiaay be AS aan ert i tetaaattel ponte ancmesiaae
| ? ap ey tiie) Mec aN oe
Aeomnhi c YOMSAUTTORATIAT Ra manedinaé “Acasa,
te man’h ah tame 8P an Nit a nAAaGaneahenpnapan ae 4, i ways
ip . Ey a ane ‘Ay. * aia antes
le) ig MA gt N aces 7 for mnie af Peer
Alig gaia? ray yy
ai a a: qa BS Baq sseunanean lye iF
a, , A ry Ot giana Me ae OO i Rs 2
‘ANA oan esa aN MAAS ere a
Boon. nee N ae A A\ Bl ip (ee Ae ol add WOU SIAR Aaa
Car B2DDya pees ease! : UU TENT Ne
v mes ahm- fi* Pon, vf bie ~ A
o- shaanad Sa An Aaa alees. ce anaiaruaia
» ARAN A VAN One Talal |
Pi Act ALTINNN .: da iA A “A

AY || nem nare Par

a sneha NAA s astf, a
aarnat’ aqadath Vial

ary 2 del

1 Pic on WU a Mo dee CORR Aral nl antitiy “ivy Y7 Pe PASS ry fuaetttae
rs AN | mS ai en “i rv a ‘il . AAG
Diller i coemmearentrt iit Pte MA Saat

~
a2e- aana y JACEE a Aa,

att : ee OR AAG @aAAAR
Mh 0 ies AN, ae pe .

‘0 ary pF <2 = Ty pie Ty = “9 : teat
ae pda. ae BE ease ee be Ais. Malti Witte
a, ST bp HT
Lt} | ST al we Aaa TE -
| pAnahnise sn Mn eneneaeel

A | wv wv
Te br EET oe
~—-, Ba On a7 . :

see enaada
War

OG Rbiae® aA he = Fr er 3 | : th \ ieee |
AN, : :
Pe aN “a Oo ae ho. af f ar
pm, Beha. LA RMT rt Andean 005) PETAL AR usr

—

Pye rdagy AlAabas i
eres ie TELL pa ictcypaaeanAann Hon paustaana as Sie ae
They ae EEE TET THAAD anaes MTT] feae PAA r PAAR 1: Tin
“. HHH] Sa TT RL || par aan4h PER aad Aaa, AL ay Lalit . Mr Ap

ra MPL Naar ORTH AreaAne COO eee a “alos " ase

i

Seer an me

Rides

P34
ey iq arenay

Bibsy Dh
sree ® it a pite Ap tear ory niet

he pews 0 wei aah ea RE ae

Peksnihoree 1

dey ig stories |
oilsveh

HS AR WE Wy haf ; Mle aa laea nett i eine : ‘ Pe Me be eset wget Mak rad tt. =
‘ seat ba eveed f ots " {ke 5 . un Lat Pours tae Jats Nate ;
{ i ; | ( ig
aneeeetseh fiat, dhs 4 Ae tn itt! rat dyads a HBR A
fits ee mereauptanat eye Sacer tata teed crue Tais acy ats Hodge ebsaret ob eacya pein serkiyinsd ki ID
HEN wey sh de me Sek Re MEER DNE bon a OR ELEY PRMD e { Witte tents tome tected mea! { i
dare Seer ns ree sey neh Sahat ey fends care ibukin ys luna Mh at
5 ihe she! Fe hh hia RP: : a med ¥ tat % tent isin ; us
: Te ila saark iol nided eehee nt ieee te } t + “ LAW Gd vats! k
Pe teehansuneeivetnins sit iiennitetrait pe tet hLita U2 AL pantie tt ‘ FRR A iS Ma toate a tray
ote ‘ : : hte ey ’
oh ae ; ‘ ;
nie i test ave :

29

:

&e
Sind

pees

ek,

nf

ce

me

ti oh
us

jopeies
Wa

Nia at
PE oh kk ny
i LH ae

ee eC CLA HL RFR ONAM OAR ek HEC ST AY PA Po MCh) Wau OD

PAM RT I Nee ‘ HALO ER ESGR Avs A
AP Ha KEY anh i {
thy ae yey

3h

Pa seht
nh OA a
na einesine
ea

rhode ahi om Hee
4

Milas

4

Plies : ee Bei nS ali Hf ab sated

Mec Haes Nee aR uIg HA Pecaitateteag st AHA randy ; ut cHeny MEE

¥ ina ‘ viica a) nba edie a 4 PAPE E Pee LO ee etd
ih § rub ea ian | yoy ie ie

Aioak 93 0 b nt : i ‘ ‘ i bev